Published on Yale University Library (https://web.library.yale.edu)

Home > Printer-friendly > Music Cataloging at Yale

Music Cataloging at Yale

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale ♪

These pages document the rules and procedures for cataloging music at Yale.
To search the library catalog, please click on Quicksearch [1] or Orbis [2].

Call numbers [3] | General music cataloging resources [4] | Biographical sources: on the web [5] | in print [6]
RDA [7] | Preferred titles [8] ♪ List of types of compositions [9] | MARC tagging [10]
Subject cataloging [11] | Sound recording cataloging [12]
Authority control and NACO [13] | ORBIS and OCLC [14] | Language tools [15]
Online catalogs [16] | WorldCat [17] | MOUG [18] | [19] | MLA Cataloging and Metadata Committee [20]

Russian transliteration table [21] (cursive [22]) | Roman numeral converter [23]
About Music Cataloging at Yale [24] | Cataloging at Yale [25]


Local documentation:

  • Local practice in Class M [26] | Call numbers for: scores [27] | books [28]
  • MARC holdings: Local practice [29] | For books and scores with accompanying audio/video items [30] | For 78 RPM recordings [31]
  • Bindery procedures [32] | Marking items with call number and property stamp [33]
  • Cataloging American Musical Theater Collection CDs to circulate in the Music Library [34]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100/M1200, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | Instrumental MT [43]

Cutter-Sanborn number generator [44]

Cutter numbers for composers: A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
Cutter numbers for titles [68] | publisher [69] | ML class numbers subarranged by local cutter number [70]

About Music Cataloging at Yale

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Music Cataloging at Yale was created in 1996 by Michelle (Mickey) Koth, Catalog Librarian at the Irving S. Gilmore Music Library [72] at Yale University. She has maintained and updated the site since then. In 2015, the site was converted to Drupal.

Please send questions, comments, or suggestions and report broken links to michelle.koth at yale.edu (change "at" to @ and remove the spaces before sending).

Authority control and NACO

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

RDA
  • NACO Training [73]
  • MARC Tags & RDA elements for personal, family, and corporate body names [74] (in RDA Toolkit)
  • A Guide to Best Practice for RDA Name Authority records in NACO [75] (in RDA Toolkit)

Yale documentation

  • Elements of name authority records [76]
  • 008 field for name authority records [77]
  • Authority control at Yale [78]
  • Searching for authority records in Voyager [79]
From LC:
  • LC Authority File [80] on the web
  • DCM Z1 [81] (PDF)
  • NACO normalization rules [82]
  • FAQs: General NACO [83] | 670 field [84]
  • PCC's NACO Advisory Group [85]
  • NACO training [86] for new NACO members

NACO-Music Project

  • NACO-Music Project [87]
  • A handbook of examples for use in authority records created by the NACO-Music Project [88]

008 field for name authority records

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Authority control and NACO [13]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

For elements of name authority records, see Elements of name authority records [76]

OCLC name authority record fixed field:

Personal name and name/title authority records
The codes in bold are those that may need to be changed from the default

position OCLC definition code information
(00-05) Entered Date entered on file    
(06) Geo subd Direct or indirect geographic subdivision n = Not applicable
(07) Roman Romanization scheme = No attempt to code
(08)   Language of catalog _ = No information provided
(09) Auth/Ref Kind of record a = Established heading
(10) Rules Descriptive cataloging rules b = AACR1
c = AACR2
d = AACR2 compatible heading
z = RDA
(11) Subj Subject heading system/thesaurus a = Library of Congress Subject Headings
(12) Series Type of series n = Not applicable
(13) Ser num Numbered or unnumbered series n = Not applicable
(14) Name use Heading use-main or added entry a = Appropriate
(15) Subj use Heading use-subject added entry a = Appropriate
(16) Ser use Heading use-series added entry b = Not appropriate
(17) Subd type Type of subject subdivision _ = Undefined (obsolete)
(28) Govt agn Type of government agency = No attempt to code
(29) Ref status Reference evaluation a = Tracings are consistent with the heading
b = Tracings are not necessarily consistent with the heading (found in old records)
n = not applicable (no references)
(31) Upd status Record update in process a = Record can be used
(32) Name Undifferentiated personal name a = Differentiated personal name (the name in the 1XX is a unique personal name)
b = Undifferentiated personal name (the name in the 1XX is used by two or more persons)
(33) Auth status Level of establishment a = Fully established
c = Provisional (the heading cannot be formulated satisfactorily because of inadequate information; code c may be changed to code a when the needed information is available)
d = Preliminary (the heading is taken from a bibliographic record; the bibliographic item was not in hand at the time the heading was established; code d may be changed to code a when the item is in hand)
(38) Mod rec Modified record _ = Not modified
(39) Source Cataloging source _
c
= National bibliographic
= Cooperative cataloging program agency

A Handbook of Examples For Use in Authority Records Created By the NACO-Music Project

NACO-Music Project [89] | PCC/NACO: General FAQs [83] | FAQs on the 670 [84] | Normalization rules [82] | NACO Participant's Manual [90], 3rd ed. | FAQs for non-Latin script data in NARs [91]

Preface

670 field, ‡a

  • Citing main entry in the 670
  • Standard ways of citing various reference and bibliographic sources
  • Citing reference sources and databases

670 field, ‡b

  • Indicating location of information cited from the item being cataloged:
    • Books and scores | Sound recordings | Video recordings | Multi-volume items
  • Citing information found in the reference source
  • Citing information from bibliographic records:
    • names | title information | bracketed information in the bibliographic record

Other:

  • Citing Internet resources:
    • Citing a web site by name | URL
    • Citing a location within a web site
    • Citing information found in a web site
  • Capitalization of key, opus, and number
  • Communications with people
  • 663 field
  • Examples of 667 and 675 fields
  • PVRs (Previously verified records)
  • Modifying machine-derived authority records (MDARs)
  • Procedures for removing a person from an undifferentiated name heading
  • Procedures for adding a death date to a heading with an open date
  • NMP BFM requests and queries
  • Reporting duplicate authority records to LC updated April 4, 2014
  • Reporting heading changes for inclusion in the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB)

Preface

This handbook is a compilation of examples with explanations for creating citations for sources of information in the authority record. It does not encompass establishing the heading itself; only how to cite the sources in which information necessary to create the heading was found. The examples are not to be regarded as "rules." The fields that are affected are:

670: Source data found: includes information about the name or title represented in the 1XX field, including facts that contribute to the identification of the heading and that justify the choice of the form used as the 1XX heading and references to it.

667: Non-public general note: gives information of permanent value and general interest that is not necessarily taken from the item being cataloged.

675: Source data not found: lists consulted sources in which information about the 1XX heading might be expected to be found, but was not.

Generally, only the NAR number, 1XX field, and 670 field appropriate to the example are included, even if the authority record has cross references and multiple 670 fields. When needed to illustrate a point, cross references and multiple 670 fields are included.

This handbook was compiled in 1992, with the assistance of Jeffrey Earnest, and revised in 1994. Several people's contributions need to be acknowledged. Ralph Papakhian and Sue Stancu at Indiana University, Linda Barnhart at University of California, San Diego, Mark Scharff at Washington University in St. Louis, and Harry Price and the late Virginia Gifford at the Library of Congress, contributed and commented on the first and revised drafts. Jennifer Bowen and Laura Snyder at the Eastman School of Music, Sibley Music Library, provided examples for the first version. It was completely revised in 1998 and continues to be updated as needed.

The NACO Music Project's (NMP) goal is the cooperative contribution of music name and name/uniform title authority records to the LC Name Authority File as part of the national NACO project. All music headings should be contributed as part of the NACO Music Project. NMP is administered through a funnel configuration under the purview of the Music Library Association's Cataloging and Metadata Committee, coordinated by Mark Scharff, at Washington University in St. Louis. Utilizing e-mail, the NMP coordinator and independent NMP participants review the headings of new participants until they become independent. Those independent participants then review new participants' headings until they too become independent. Independent status is defined as having the authority to contribute name and/or name/uniform title authority records without review. A participant can become independent in stages, with names first, then name/uniform titles, or both at once. Although participation in NMP is granted to the combined individual and institution, independent status for an NMP participant is achieved through the NMP review and testing process, not through the status of the home institution.

NMP has established a number of ways of training and communicating with its members. First, this handbook provides instructions for formulating the 670 fields in the authority record. Second, NMP has a e-mail list used for various purposes: to ask general questions concerning establishing a heading or citing information in the authority record, to make announcements of interest to all NMP participants, and to announce new developments or revised documentation. Third, while still administered under the Music OCLC Users Group, during the annual MOUG meeting, which usually precedes the annual Music Library Association meeting, the NMP participants meet to discuss new developments and air concerns.

Currently, the project comprises more than 60 music libraries or collections in various stages of training, at university, college, conservatory, and public libraries. New libraries can be added in several different ways:

  • Music catalogers at newly-trained NACO institutions ask to participate;
  • Music catalogers at libraries not in the NACO program apply in response to a call for applications;
  • Music catalogers at an NMP library move to a new position, and request to continue their NMP participation there.

For more information about the NACO Music Project, contact Mark Scharff, NMP Coordinator, Gaylord Music Library, Washington University, Box 1032, St Louis, MO 63130, (314) 935-5560 (e-mail: mscharff@wustl.edu [92])


The handbook does not replace any other related documents, such as RDA, Z1, etc. It is not an official publication of NACO, LC, or PCC. It is revised following the release of any related Library of Congress revisions. The handbook is meant to be an aid to creating authority records, and not necessarily to be considered written in stone. Current changes in LC documentation, such as Z1, now allow for considerable cataloger judgment in many areas of the authority record.


Citing main entry in the 670

When establishing headings for persons, corporate bodies, or name/title combinations, the first 670 field should represent the work being cataloged. If the item used to establish the heading is not a book, score, or serial, use an abbreviated general material designator in brackets before the date, e.g. [SR], [VR], [MI].

Main entry is the person or corporate body in the 1XX field:

For personal name headings, use the last name and initials (with no spaces) for forenames for the person considered the main entry for that work.

nr 94008904

100 1_ Rosenlöcher, Christine, ‡d 1964-
670 __ Rosenlöcher, C. Rudolf Walther Hirschberg, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Christine Rosenlöcher) p. 4 of cover (b. 1964, Berlin)

When the main entry is a forename with subfield c following it, include the information in subfield c in the 670 field:
no919344

100 0_   Josquin, ‡c des Prez, ‡d -1521. ‡t Missa La sol fa re mi
670 __ Josquin, des Prez. Missa Pange lingua [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Missa La sol fa re mi)

nr9519224

100 1_ Valdivia, Hector
670 __ Beach, H.H.A., Mrs. Barcarolle, c1994: ‡b t.p. (Hector Valdivia)

nr92984

100 1_ Victoria, Tomás Luis de, ‡d approximately 1548-1611. ‡t Masses ‡n (1592). ‡p Missa Vidi speciosam
670 __ Victoria, T.L. de. Missa Vidi speciosam [SR] p1988: ‡b label (Missa Vidi speciosam)

n87887393

100 1_ Menezes Filho, Florivaldo, ‡d 1962-
670 __ Menezes Filho, F. Apoteose de Schoenberg, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Florivaldo Menezes Filho) front flap (b. Apr. 18, 1962 em São Paulo)

For corporate name headings, give the heading abbreviated as much as possible within the limits of intelligibility when the corporate body is considered the main entry for that work:
nr9416247

110 2_ Boston Baroque Ensemble
670 __ Boston Baroque Ensemble. Dinner music of the 1740's [SR] 1966: ‡b label (Boston Baroque Ensemble)

Main entry is not the person or corporate body in the 1XX field:

When the person or corporate body in the heading is not the main entry for the work being cited, use either person/body followed by a title or a title only. If the work is entered under a personal or corporate heading, give the heading abbreviated as much as possible within the limits of intelligibility. Use initials (with no spaces) for forenames of authors entered under surname.

Main entry is the composer:
nr9218498

110 2_ Carmina Mundi (Musical group)
670 __ Distler, H. Morike-Chorliederbuch [SR] 1991?: ‡b label (Carmina Mundi)

Performer is main entry:
nr929111

100 1_ Caccini, Francesca, ‡d 1587-approximately 1640. ‡t Musiche. ‡p O che nuovo stupor
670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] 1988: ‡b container (O che nuovo stupor) insert (O che nuovo stupor; from Primo libro delle musiche)

Main entry is title:
no9116071

100 1_ Bunjes, Paul George, ‡d 1914-1998
670 __ The Praetorius organ, 1966: ‡b t.p. (Paul George Bunjes)

Performing group is main entry:
nr9115327

100 1_ Dupree, Jillon Stoppels
670 __ Music's Recreation (Musical group). Récréation de musique [SR] p1987: ‡b insert (Jillon Stoppels Dupree, harpsichord)

The name of a conference is main entry:
nr9240246

100 1_ Jutten, Odile
670 __ Congrès international Cavaillé-Coll (1st : 1987 : Epernay, France). Cavaillé-Coll, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Odile Jutten)

When the main entry doesn't represent the person responsible for the title being established in a name/title authority record, it is an option, for the purposes of clarity, to include to the statement of responsibility for the person represented in the heading:
no2001002686

100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, ‡d 1525?-1594. ‡t Motets ‡n (1584 : Voices (4)). ‡p Ad Dominum cum tribularer
670 __ Hilliard Ensemble. In paradisum [SR] p2000: ‡b insert (Ad Dominum cum tribularer clamavi / Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina)

no2007015446

100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da,‡d 1525?-1594.‡t Motets‡n (1583).‡p Introduxit me rex
670 __ Victoria, T.L. de. O Domine Jesu [SR] 1936:‡b label (Introduxit me / Palestrina)

It is not necessary to do so, however:
no2002041437

100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da,‡d 1525?-1594.‡t Motets‡n (1563).‡p Hodie Beata Virgo
670 __ Allegri, G. Miserere [SR] 1999:‡b container (Hodie Beata Virgo Maria)

Standard ways of citing various reference and bibliographic sources

These are some of the most commonly used references and one or two standard ways of citing them in 670 fields.

When a print source is arranged alphabetically, do not cite page number. When an entry appears in a location other than where it would be found alphabetically, cite volume and/or page number. When citing a location within a source, use a colon before the indication of location, e.g. [Title of source]: ‡b p. 35 [data]

When establishing name/title headings, check existing authority records for similar name/title headings for that composers. Often, LC uses a brief citation, such as "Schmieder, 2. Ausg." and using this abbreviated form can save time and keystrokes.

Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b ___. T.

Anderson, E.R. Contemporary Amer. composers, 2nd ed.

ASCAP, 4th ed.

Baker, 8th ed.

Baker, centennial ed.

BSB-Musik [also cited as Bayerische Staatsbibliothek. Katalog der Musikdrucke]

Ceskoslovenský hudební slovník

Claghorn, C.E. Biog. dict. of Amer. mus.

Cohen, A.I. Int'l. enc. of women composers, 2nd ed.

Compositores de América: ‡b v. ___

CPM to 1980

Dicc. de la mús. española e hispanoamericana

Diz. enc. universale della mus. e dei musicisti

Eitner. Quellen-Lexikon

Enc. della mus., 1972

Grove, ___ ed. [any edition other than New Grove or New Grove, 2nd ed.]

    Also used: Grove's dict. of mus. and musicians, ___ ed.

Guinness enc. of popular mus.

Honegger, M. Dict. de la mus., 1986

Int. ww in mus., ___ ed. [for 1st-14th eds.]

    Int. ww in mus., classical, __ ed. [for 15th ed. on]

    Int. ww in mus., popular, __ ed. [for all eds.]

Journal title, Month abbrev. year: ‡b p. ___

Ki kiscoda magyar zeneéletben

Kutsch, K.J. Unvergängliche Stimmen, 2. Aufl.

    1987 ed. cited as Kutsch/Riemens, 1987-

MGG

MGG Suppl.

MGG, 2.[, neubearb.] Ausg.

Mus. index, [year] cumulation

Muz. ents.

Muz. ents.: ‡b v. 6, dop. ___

New Grove

New Grove, 2nd ed.

     Grove music online, [date of search] ‡b ([data]) [For more information, see Grove music online below.]

New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.

Norton/Grove dict. of women composers

NYPL. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll. ‡b (hdg.: __________ ; usage: [if different from hdg.] ; variants: __________)

OCLC, [date of search given in this form: Feb. 2, 1997] ‡b (hdg.: __________ ; usage: [if different from hdg.])

Pazdírek

Riemann Musik Lexikon, 12. Aufl.

Riemann Musik Lexikon, 12. Aufl. Suppl.

Sohlmans musiklexikon, 2nd ed.

Stieger, F. Opernlexikon: ‡b ___. T.
    1. T. = Title Katalog
    2. T. = Komponisten
    3. T. = Librettisten

Ww in Amer. mus., classical, 2nd ed.

Zenei lexikon


Citing reference sources and databases

When a print source is arranged alphabetically, do not cite page number. When an entry appears in a location other than where it would be found alphabetically, cite volume and/or page number.

There are two instances of prescribed punctuation. When citing a location within a source, use a colon before the indication of location (e.g.: New Grove: ‡b v. 16, p. 742). When citing headings found in bibliographic sources, specific punctuation is prescribed: [Source] ‡b (hdg.: [data])

This is a straight forward example of citing an encyclopedia in which the entries are arranged alphabetically:
nr9140037

100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495-
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. ca. 1495, Eichstätt, d. after 1549)

Both the volume and page of New Grove are cited because the entry for Johann Ernst Bach is included in the article on the entire Bach family, not under Bach, Johann Ernst. The name is cited in direct rather than inverted order, as that is how it appears in the source:
no9014009

100 1_ Bach, Johann Ernst, ‡d 1722-1777
670 __ New Grove: ‡b v. 1, p. 863 (Johann Ernst Bach; b. Jan. 30, 1722, Eisenach; d. Sept. 1, 1777, Eisenach)

Another form that seems to be accepted is:

670 __ New Grove ‡b (under Bach: Johann Ernst Bach... )

In this citation also, the name is also cited in directed order.

This form of citation is also useful for citing information from articles not about the person or corporate body being established:

670 __ New Grove ‡b (under Chicago: Opera of Chicago... )

The volume and page of New Grove American are cited because the entry is under an entry for the entire family:
nr9145292

100 1_ Damrosch, Frank, ‡d 1859-1937
670 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.: ‡b v. 1, p. 565 (Frank (Heino) Damrosch; b. June 22, 1859, Breslau, Germany (now Wroclaw, Poland), d. Oct. 22, 1937, New York; conductor and teacher; came to New York in 1871)

Indicate edition if other than the first:
no9012924

100 1_ Cassler, G. Winston ‡q (Glenn Winston), ‡d 1906-1990
670 __ Anderson, E.R. Contemporary Amer. composers, 2nd ed. ‡b (Cassler, G. Winston; b. Sept. 3, 1906, Moundridge, Kans.)

nr9229805

100 1_ Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Wir Christenleut, ‡n BWV 710
670 __ Schmieder, 2. Ausg. ‡b (690-713a, Choralbearbeitungen in der Kirnergerschen Sammlung. 710, Wir Christenleut)

no9014525

100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1855-1907
670 __ MGG: ‡b v. 6, column 113 (Hellmesberger, Söhne Josephs: Joseph; b. Apr. 9, 1855, d. Apr. 26, 1907, Wien)

There are two parts to this source, so the Teil must be indicated:
nr9145304

100 1_ Rellstab, Johann Friedrich, ‡d 1759-1813
670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T. (Rellstab, Friedr.; b. Feb. 27, 1759, Berlin, d. Aug. 19, 1813, Berlin)

In this case, the page was also cited because the information was in an entry for the entire family:
nr924795

100 1_ Schuberth, Carl, ‡d 1811-1863
670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T., p. 562 (Schubert, Karl; b. Nov. 25, 1811, Magdeburg, d. July 22, 1863, Zurich)

When citing information from this set (Compositores de América), cite only the volume when the articles are in alphabetical order by composer in that volume. In some early volumes entries are not in alphabetical order, so for these, page numbers would also have to be given, as in the next example:
nr9135296

100 1_ Broque, Alfonso, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Cantos uruguayos
670 __ Compositores de América: ‡b v. 6 (Tres cantos uruguayos)

In volume three of this set, the composers are not given in alphabetical order, thus the page must be cited as well:
no883169

100 1_ Villa-Lobos, Heitor. ‡t Carnaval das criancas. ‡p Guizos do dominozinho
670 __ Compositores de América: ‡b v. 3, p. 24 (Carnaval das criancas brasileiras. 3, Os guizos do dominozinho)

n0063145

100 1_ Bononcini, Giovanni Maria, ‡d 1642-1678. ‡t Arie, correnti, sarabande, gighe & allemande, ‡m violin, continuo, ‡n op. 4. ‡n No. 25-27
670 __ RISM A.I.1, B3628 ‡b (op. 4 Arie, correnti, sarabande, gighe, & allemande a violino, e violone, over spinetta, con alcune intavolate per diverse accordature... 1671)

This is cited from an LC card, as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source. Usage is cited because it is different from the heading found in the source:
nr9212642

100 1_ Pickett, A. G. ‡q (Andrew G.)
670 __ LCCN 59-61290 ‡b (hdg.: Pickett, Andrew G.; usage: A.G. Pickett)

NUC pre-56 cited as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source, hence the construction (hdg.: ______________ ; usage: ___________)
nr916899

100 1_ Rickaby, Franz, ‡d 1889-1925
670 __ NUC pre-56 ‡b (hdg.: Rickaby, Franz Lee, d. 1925; usage: Franz Rickaby)

It could also have been cited as a reference source. In this case, however, the usage (without the middle name) could not have been indicated:

670 __ NUC pre-56 ‡b (Rickaby, Franz Lee, d. 1925)

The New York Public catalog cited as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source. Also an example of multiple usage in one source:
nr9131821

100 1_ Lahoz, F. ‡q (Florencio), ‡d 1815-1868
670 __ NYPL. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll., 2nd ed. ‡b (hdg.: Lahoz, Florencio, 1815-1868; usage: F. Lahoz; Florencio Lahoz)

When citing the date of search in a database, cite the month, day, and year, in any form (e.g. March 6, 1992 or 6 March 1992) as long is cited in full:
nr9217472

100 1_ Falla, Manuel de, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Retablo de Maese Pedro
670 __ LC in RLIN, May 6, 1992 ‡b (hdg.: Falla, Manuel de, 1876-1946. Retablo de Maese Pedro)

Cite only the part pertaining to the heading in the 100 field of the authority record being established. The actual title portion heading in the LC record was:
‡t Pièces, ‡m organ ‡n (1862). ‡p Grande pièce symphonique. ‡p Allegro non troppo e maestoso.
nr9138558

100 1_ Franck, César, ‡d 1822-1890. ‡t Pièces, ‡m organ ‡n (1862). ‡p Grande pièce symphonique
670 __ LC in RLIN, Oct. 22, 1991 ‡b (hdg.: Franck, César, 1822-1890. Pièces, organ (1862). Grande pièce symphonique)

The LC record has a typographical error. The heading was: Galpin, Francis Williams, 1858-1945. Errors such as this should be cited in the correct form, and notification of the error should be sent to LC.
nr9215778

100 1_ Galpin, Francis W. ‡q (Francis William), ‡d 1858-1945
670 __ LC in RLIN, May 4, 1992 ‡b (hdg.: Galpin, Francis William, 1858-1945; usage: Francis W. Galpin)

Citing UK MARC records:
The date of birth was found in a UKM record. It could not be verified elsewhere and was needed to resolve a conflict.
From Richard Hunter at LC: "I have recorded two decisions from Desc Pol (1987 and 1988): one to the effect that UKM records should be treated like member contributed records in OCLC, the other to the effect that there was no problem with citing a specific heading in the "Serial Record way (see example at the bottom of DCM Z1, p. 29), which would end up with a citation like "UK MARC xxxxxxx." While the variation you ask about is a variation, I do not see a problem with it. Of course it could also be cited as 'OCLC (followed by date).'"

Citing dates from an order slip:
MCD 22.17: When an item being cataloged is accompanied by a dealer's order slip that gives a date for the composer, and the date does not appear in the item itself and has not otherwise come to light, record the date in the composer's name authority record in the 670 "Sources found" field for the item being cataloged, giving "Harrassowitz slip," [Blackwell slip, etc.] as the location. Do not include in the heading for a composer a date whose only source is a dealer's slip, unless the date is needed to resolve a conflict and an unsuccessful attempt has been made to find confirmation of the date in reference sources.

n88630844

100 1_ Zieritz, Grete von
670 __ Zieritz, G. Triptychon, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Grete von Zieritz) Harrassowitz slip (b. 1899)

This information is sometimes given in a separate 670 field in both new and changed records:

670 __ Zieritz, G. Triptychon, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Grete von Zieritz)
670 __ Harrassowitz slip ‡b (b. 1899)

Indicating location of information cited from the item being cataloged

Books and scores | Sound recordings | Video recordings | Multi-volume items

Include a colon before the indication of location (e.g.: [Title]: ‡b t.p. [data])

Books and scores

nr9214750

100 1_ Leersnyder, Brigitte de
670 __ Charles Tournemire (1870-1939), 1989: ‡b t.p. verso (Brigitte de Leersnyder)

nr977030

100 1_ Glazunov, Aleksandr Konstantinovich, ‡d 1865-1936. ‡t Preliudiia i mazurki, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 25
670 __ Glazunov, A. Präludium und 2 Mazurken für Klavier, Opus 25, c1995: ‡b t.p. (Präludium und 2 Mazurken für Klavier, Opus 25) added t.p. (Preliudiia i 2 mazurki)

n89637693

100 1_ Labitzky, Joseph, ‡d 1802-1881
670 __ Oesten, T. Joyous sound. no. 9, Leinate's Klänge waltz, 185-?: ‡b list t.p. (Labitzky)

n0077331

100 1_ Ansink, Caroline. ‡t IJssel
670 __ Ansink, C. IJssel, c1999: ‡b t.p. (IJssel) running title (Yssel)

nr9144709

100 1_ Rozengauz, Bronislava
670 __ Shostakovich, D.D. Izbrannye netrudnye p'esy dlia fortepiano, 1990: ‡b t.p. (B. Rozengauz) colophon (Bronislava Moissevna Rozengauz)

nr9534147

100 1_ Kulenkampff, Georg, ‡d 1898-1948
670 __ Dvorák, A. Concerto in A minor, op. 53, for violin with orchestral accompaniment, 19--: ‡b caption of violin part (Georg Kulenkampff)

The titles given in the 670 were taken from individual captions within the item:
no9620525

100 1_ Rheinberger, Josef, ‡d 1839-1901. ‡t Praeludien und Fugen, ‡m organ
670 __ Rheinberger, J. Drei Praeludien und Fugen für die Orgel, 1993: ‡b captions (JWV 16, C minor; JWV 10, D minor; JWV 13, E minor) pref. (3 preludes and fugues conceived as a unit)

nr9314122

100 1_ Heinemann, Michael, ‡d 1959-
670 __ Heinemann, M. Heinrich Schütz und seine Zeit, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Michael Heinemann) jkt. (b. 1959, Bergisch-Gladbach)

nr9214151

100 1_ Pogue, Samuel F. ‡q (Samuel Franklin), ‡d 1919-1994
670 __ Musique de joye, 1991: ‡b superius part t.p. (Samuel F. Pogue)

nr9211577

100 1_ Hume, Tobias, ‡d -1645. ‡t Poeticall musicke. ‡p Sweet musicke
670 __ English lute songs, 1969: ‡b leaf H2 (Poeticall musicke. Sweet musicke) leaf H verso (Sweete musicke)

n0077766

100 1_ Coll, Xavier
670 __ Granados, Enrique. Valsos poètics, c1999: ‡b t.p. (Xavier Coll; guitarist) copyright statement (Xavier Coll Quetglàs)

The preliminary pages in this item are not numbered:
nr9231190

110 2_ Société française d'ethnomusicologie
670 __ L'ethnomusicologie en Europe, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Société française d'ethnomusicologie) prelim. p. vii (French Society of Ethnomusicology)

The information in the 670 is taken from at least three different locations in the score. Follow Z1 (19): Generally use "etc." to avoid giving more than two locations or a sequence of locations:
nr922996

100 1_ Grenser, Johan Fredrik, ‡d -1795
670 __ Grenser, J.F. Six trio sonatas op. 1, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Johan Fredrik Grenser, d. 1795) p. i, etc. (J.F. Grenser; Swedish flutist, oboist, and composer; originally from the German city of Dresden; active in Stockholm from 1773 until his death in 1795)

More than two locations can be cited if the cataloger feels it is important:
n85283448

100 1_ Mahaut, Antoine
670 __ Mahaut, A. VI sonata a flauto traversiere solo col basso continuo, 1983: ‡b t.p. (Antoine Mahaut) p. 1 (Antonio Mahaut) p. 11, 2nd group (Antonio Maho)

n87887393

100 1_ Menezes Filho, Florivaldo, ‡d 1962-
670 __ Menezes Filho, F. Apoteose de Schoenberg, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Florivaldo Menezes Filho) front flap (b. Apr. 18, 1962 em São Paulo)

n9588356

100 1_ Minozzo, Raffaella, ‡d 1958-
670 __ Campane e campanari nel Biellese, 1994: ‡b t.p. (Raffaella Minozzo) flap on p. 3 of cover (b. 1958)

This item is a UMI photocopy of a dissertation. The fuller name information is taken from the half title, which was added by UMI:
nr931209

100 1_ Jones, Daniel C. L. ‡q (Daniel Charles Lloyd)
670 __ Jones, D.C.L. Elias Mann (1750-1825), 1991: ‡b t.p. (Daniel C.L. Jones) half title (Jones, Daniel Charles Lloyd)

Either style may be used: "p. 4 of cover" or "back cover":

nr9143670
100 1_ D'Amore, Giulio, ‡d 1961-
670 __ D'Amore, G. Le opere pianistiche di Luigi Dallapiccola, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Giulio D'Amore) p. 4 of cover (b. 1961, Rome)
nr916904
100 1_ Wettig, Karin, ‡d 1952-
670 __ Wettig, K. Satztechnische Studien in der Madrigalen Carlo Gesualdos, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Karin Wettig) back cover (Anna Sophia Karin Wettig; b. 1952, Köln)

n944244

100 1_ Lorenz, Ricardo
670 __ Scores and recordings at the Indiana University Latin American Music Center, c1995: ‡b CIP t.p. (Ricardo Lorenz) CIP forward (Ricardo Lorenz-Abreu) pub. info. (composer; native of Venezuela; resides in Chicago) published book, p. 434 (b. 1961)

Sound recordings

"The new Z1 deliberately does not mention the use of GMDs as LC was asked to discontinue this practice ... LC does not require catalogers to include the GMD nor has it made any restrictions on [its] use."

NMP encourages the use of the GMD. If you choose to use it, include the GMD in abbreviated form: [SR]. Do not precede or follow it with any punctuation.

Use "label" at all times, even if the information appears on both sides of an LP or on each CD in a multi-disc set. For CDs, which have no label per se, consider the information appearing on the disc itself to be the "label."
nr927498

100 1_ Proud, Malcolm
670 __ Handel, G.F. Italian solo cantatas and instrumental works [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Malcolm Proud, harpsichord)

nr9223903

100 1_ Kitchen, Linda
670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen; singer)

The following examples illustrate how the NACO Music Project has interpreted LC's guidelines in the past. Harry Price has said, "As long as it's clear where the information comes from, specific wording doesn't need to be prescribed." Options for citing locations other than the sound disc itself are "notes," "container," "container notes," "liner notes," "insert," and "program." None are prescribed.

Use "container" for information such as performer or title statements taken from the front, back, or spine of the container. For CDs, consider any information on the insert that can be seen through the jewel case to be on the container.
nr9217448

100 1_ Seiler, Erich
670 __ Rosbaud, H. Hans Rosbaud conducts three masterpieces of 20th century [SR] p1990: ‡b container (Erich Seiler, percussion)

Use "container notes" for information taken from program notes printed on the container:
nr9244711

100 1_ Sibelius, Jean, ‡d 1865-1957. ‡t Kappaletta, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 85
670 __ Sibelius, J. Pianoävellysten, osa 5 [SR] p1985: ‡b label (Five pieces, op. 85 : the flowers) container notes (Five flower pieces = Fem blomsterstyckena = Fünf Blumenstücke = Cinq morceaux de fleur)

Use "insert" for notes that are physically separable and inserted into a single or multiple LP container, or single or multiple CD jewel box. Generally do not indicate page numbers in the insert, unless the insert is extensive:
nr929111

100 1_ Caccini, Francesca, ‡d 1587-approximately 1640. ‡t Musiche. ‡p O che nuovo stupor
670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] p1988: ‡b container (O che nuovo stupor) insert (O che nuovo stupor; from Primo libro delle musiche)

When the cataloger listens to a recording to determine an element of the uniform title, that is indicated in the 670 field. LC has used "audition" to indicate this:
n 2008074562

100 1_ Zarębski, Juliusz, ‡d 1854-1885. ‡t Berceuse, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 22, ‡r A&#x266D major
670 __ Zarębski, J. Piano works, p2006: ‡b container (Berceuse op. 22) audition (in A&#x266D major)

n 81031370

100 1_ Debussy, Claude, ‡d 1862-1918. ‡t Page d'album
670 __ Debussy, Claude. Devoted to Debussy [SR] c2007: ‡b container (Pièce sans titre (Piece without title); identified by audition as Page d'album)

Video recordings

"The new Z1 deliberately does not mention the use of GMDs as LC was asked to discontinue this practice ... LC does not require catalogers to include the GMD nor has it made any restrictions on [its] use."

NMP encourages the use of the GMD. If you choose to use it, include the GMD in abbreviated form: [VR]. Do not precede or follow it with any punctuation.
nr9110201

100 1_ Hampe, Michael, ‡d 1935-
670 __ Andrea Chenier [VR] c1985: ‡b title frames (producer Michael Hampe)

Multi-volume items

Cite the volume and the location within that volume:
no937977

100 1_ Frobenius, Wolf
670 __ Koenig, G.M. Ästhetische Praxis, c1991: ‡b Bd. 1, t.p. (Wolf Frobenius)

When the information occurs on one container of a multiple LP or CD set, indicate the volume from which the information is taken, and then the source within that volume:
no8921086

100 1_ Chipp, Edmund Thomas, ‡d 1823-1886
670 __ Hobson, I. The London piano school [SR] p1988: ‡b v. 3, container (Edmund Thomas Chipp, 1823-1886)

If the item is the first volume of a multi-volume item, record the date of publication as an open date, leaving a space between the open date and colon preceding the location of information:
nr9336172

100 1_ Mlakar, Pia
670 __ Mlakar, P. Unsterblicher Theatertanz, c1992- : ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Pia Mlakar) spine (P. Mlakar)

If the entire set is in hand, record beginning and ending dates:
nr9313110

100 1_ Sadanowsky, Michel
670 __ Bach, J.S. Oeuvres complètes pour luth, c1988-c1990: ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Michel Sadanowsky)

Citing information found in the reference source

There is no prescribed manner of citing information. For consistency's sake, NMP encourages the following. Transcribe name and/or title information as it appears in the reference source. Date, place and other data can be translated, summarized, and abbreviated. Using semi-colons to separate the elements of name, date/place, and other information, follow this standard form: (Lastname, Firstname; born date, place, died date, place; other data)

Cite dates in full: February 2, 1997.

nr9241556

100 1_ Attey, John, ‡d -1640
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Attey, John; fl. 1622, d. 1640, Ross, Herfordshire; English lutenist and composer)

no9012360

100 1_ Arkwright, G. E. P. ‡q (Godfrey Edward Pellew), ‡d 1864-1944
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Arkwright, Godfrey Edward Pellew; b. Apr. 4, 1864, Norwich, d. Aug. 16, 1944, Highclere Hants.; music scholar)

no9011219

100 1_ Clark, Scotson, ‡d 1840-1893
670 __ Baker, 7th ed. ‡b (Clark, Frederick Scotson; b. Nov. 16, 1840, London, d. July, 5. 1883, London; clergyman, organist, and composer)

nr9237395

100 1_ Gramont, Louis de, ‡d 1854-1912
670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T. (Gramont, Louis; b. 1854, d. Dec., 1912, Paris; librettist)

The name is given in full regardless of identical consequent citations of the name. Brackets in New Grove are transcribed as parentheses in the 670.
nr9140037

100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495-
670 __ MGG ‡b (Lemlin, (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. probably around 1495, Eichstätt, date and place of death not established)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. ca. 1495, Eichstätt, d. after 1549)

The ultimate example of citing the name in full regardless of repetition of information:
no88433

100 0_ Mana-Zucca
400 0_ Manna-Zucca
400 1_ Zucca, Mana
400 1_ Zuckermann, Augusta
400 1_ Zuckermann, Gussie
400 1_ Zuccamana, Gizella
400 1_ Zuccamana, Augusta
400 1_ Della, Ella
400 1_ Zuchermann, Augusta
400 1_ Cassel, Irwin, ‡c Mrs.
670 __ Mana-Zucca. Jocosity, c1972: ‡b cover (Mana-Zucca)
670 __ Mana-Zucca. Valse brillante, c1916: ‡b cover (Mana Zucca)
670 __ Mana-Zucca. I love life [SR] 194-?: ‡b label (Manna-Zucca)
670 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus. ‡b (Mana Zucca (Zuckermann, Augusta; Zuckermann, Gussie); b. Dec. 15, 1885, New York, d. Mar. 8, 1981, Miami; changed her name to Mana Zucca in her teens)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Mana-Zucca (Zuccamana, Gizella (Augusta)); b. Dec. 25, 1894; altered her name in 1916; composed under some pseuds., including Ella Della)
670 __ Baker, 7th ed. ‡b (Mana-Zucca (real name, Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1887, d. Mar. 8, 1981)
670 __ NYPL. Ref. Dept. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll.‡b (Zuckermann, Augusta, 1888- ; Zuchermann, Augusta, 1888- )
670 __ Cohen, I. Int. enc. of women composers ‡b (Mana-Zucca (Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1894? (1897? 1891?))
670 __ Hixon, D. Women in music ‡b (Mana-Zucca (real name Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1890)
670 __ Stern, S. Women composers ‡b (Mana-Zucca (née Augusta Zuckermann, Mrs. Irwin Cassel); b. Dec. 25, 1887)
670 __ Int ww mus, 8th ed. ‡b (Mana-Zucca; b. Dec. 25, 1894; married Irwin M. Cassel)

The multiple biographical sources were included to demonstrate the uncertainty of the year of her birth. In each citation, the name is cited in full even though the name may have been cited in that form in a previous citation.

Transcribe both non-Gregorian or old style/new style dates when they both appear in the source. Except for names and titles, generally translate data in foreign languages into English, paraphrasing or summarizing where possible:
nr9142210

100 1_ Mil'man, M. ‡q (Mark), ‡d 1910-1995
670 __ Muz. ents. ‡b (Mil'man, Mark Vladimirovich; b. Apr. 20 (May 5), 1910, Moskva; composer, pianist, and pedagogue)

The information has been translated into English:
nr9140037

100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495-
670 __ MGG ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. probably around 1495, Eichstätt, date and place of death not established)

Performing groups:

Include information on the foundation date, place of foundation, performers' names and instruments, and anything else that might be used to distinguish the performing group from another with the same name. LC has said that including information such as this is optional; NMP encourages such additions.

nr919862

110 2_ Aurora (Musical group)
670 __ Handel, G.F. Handel in Italy [SR] p1988: ‡b label (Aurora) insert (Aurora, a Baroque quartet of period instruments founded in 1979)

"Choral ensemble" was included to distinguish this group from several other performing groups of different types which have similar names:
nr945457

110 2_ Convivium Musicum
670 __ Catan, D. Homenaje a Octavio Paz [SR] p1991: ‡b insert (Convivium Musicum; choral ensemble)

Citing information from bibliographic records

names | title information | bracketed information in the bibliographic record

Names

With headings for editors or arrangers of scores, NMP now has the option of indicating function (editor, arranger, etc.) of the person in subfield b of 670.

The title page has "Herausgegeben von Leo Kappel." An option would have been to cite the name this way: (Leo Kappel; editor)
nr9234402

100 1_ Kappel, Leo
670 __ Burger, J. 24 Trompetenduette, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Leo Kappel)

Even though the name appears on the title page as "Pia und Pino Mlakar" and on the spine as "P. und P. Mlakar," record only the name being established:
nr9336172

100 1_ Mlakar, Pia
670 __ Mlakar, P. Unsterblicher Theatertanz, c1992- : ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Pia Mlakar) spine (P. Mlakar)

If the name cited is not in the nominative case, do not amplify the citation to "explain" this, though ellipses may be used to show that surrounding words have been omitted. They indicate that words preceding the name cause the name not to be in the nominative. The title page has "sostavlanie i pedagogicheskaia redaktsiia Bronislavy Rozengauz."
nr9144709

100 1_ Rozengauz, Bronislava
670 __ Shostakovich, D.D. Izbrannye p'esy dlia fortepiano, 1987: ‡b t.p. (... Bronislavy Rozengauz)

Optionally, include the words that indicate the action or function of the person:
no2012089231

100 1_ Fiedler, H. ‡q (Hynek), ‡d 1836-1870
670 __ Smetana, B. Dalibor, 1945: ‡b colophon (z atelieru H. Fiedlera)

A person's name used in the title of a book is considered to be usage and does not need to be repeated in subfield b if it is the only significant usage in the item.
nr928424

100 1_ Moreschi, Alessandro, ‡d 1858-1922
670 __ Buning, R.A. Alessandro Moreschi and the castrato voice, 1990.

When a person's name is used in the title of a book and is considered usage, repeat it in subfield b when subfield b is needed to record additional information:
nr935980

100 1_ Pace, Carmelo, ‡d 1906-1993
670 __ De Gabriele, M. Carmelo Pace, a Maltese composer, c1992: ‡b t.p. (Carmelo Pace) p. xv (Carmelo Pace, b. Aug. 17, 1906, Vallette, Malta)

nr9138556

100 1_ Cross, Richard, ‡d 1955-
670 __ Cross, R. Richard Cross présente La voix dévoilée, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Richard Cross) p. 8 (b. 1955, Bordeaux)

Consider a person's name used in the title of a sound recording to be usage and do not repeat it in subfield b unless recording other information.
nr9229841

100 1_ Rider, Rhonda
670 __ Rider, R. Rhonda Rider, violoncello [SR] p1988.

When a person's name is used in the title of a sound recording and is considered usage, it should be repeated in subfield b only when subfield b is being used to record additional information:
nr9125373

100 1_ Watters, Clarence, ‡d 1902-1986
670 __ Watters, C. Clarence Watters [SR] p1989: ‡b label (Clarence Watters, organ) insert (1902-1986)

For headings for performers on sound recordings, indicate the instrument, vocal range, etc. in subfield b. LC has said that including information such as this is optional; NMP encourages such additions.
nr9217448

100 1_ Seiler, Erich
670 __ Rosbaud, H. Hans Rosbaud conducts three masterpieces of 20th century [SR] p1990: ‡b container (Erich Seiler, percussion)

nr9244234

100 1_ Rolston, Shauna
670 __ Rolston, R. Cello sonatas [SR] p1989: ‡b label (Shauna Rolston, cello)

Use English unless the word does not have an English equivalent. The container had "Flöte":
nr943144

100 1_ Hülschoff, Cordula
670 __ Mozart, W.A. Klavierkonzert D-Dur, KV 451 [SR] 1983?: ‡b container (Cordula Hülschoff, flute)

Singers with no designation of vocal range:

LC used to include a 678 field with the function, such as "Singer." They no longer use this field, although it is still found in older authority records. There are two options now.

nr9223903

100 1_ Kitchen, Linda
670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen) container (sings role of Dinorah)

OR

670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen; singer)

LC suggests the latter option when it is obvious the person is singing. At Indiana, the designation "singer" is used only when neither the voice range nor the role is known.

Title information

The first 670 field is always for the item in hand. For titles, include only one 670 field, for the item in hand, unless information from another source provides helpful information not found on the item in hand. If the form used in the 1XX field is not generated from or does not appear on the item cited in the first 670, include a second 670 field citing the source for the form of title used in the heading. If references are generated from other forms found on the item in hand, include that information in the 670. When references are taken from other items or reference sources, do not cite the sources from which the references are taken, unless the sources provide helpful information not found on the item in hand. Additional 670 fields for reference sources considered necessary to clarify the title may also be added.

The title cited in subfield a of the 670 is not repeated in subfield b because no additional information or other forms of the title to justify the chosen uniform title were found on the item. The second 670 was added since the uniform title was not established from the item in hand.
nr9222382

100 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Chants du Rhin
400 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Bilder vom Rhein
400 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Songs of the Rhine 
670 __ Bizet, G. Bilder vom Rhein, 19--.
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Chants du Rhin, 1865)

The title cited in subfield a of the 670 is repeated in subfield b The reference was generated from a form found later in the item. Since additional information following the title proper was recorded, it was necessary to repeat the title proper in subfield b.
nr941620

100 1_ Strauss, Johann, ‡d 1825-1899. ‡t Camelien-Polka
400 1_ Strauss, Johann, ‡d 1825-1899. ‡t Camellia polka
670 __ Strauss, J. Camelien-Polka, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Camelien-Polka : op. 248) p. 4 (Camellia polka)

Since the established uniform title was not generated from the item itself, the source of the established title must be indicated.
nr941929

100 1_ Tausig, Carl,‡d 1841-1871. ‡t Tägliche Studien
670 __ Tausig, C. Esercizi giornalieri, 1991: ‡b t.p. (Esercizi giornalieri : per pianoforte = Exercices journaliers : pour piano = Daily exercises : for piano = Tägliche Übungen : für Klavier = Ejercicios diarios : para piano)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Tägliche Studien)

Include all of the title proper, including alternative titles, in the 670 field:
no893045

100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruinen von Athen
670 __ Beethoven, L. Ruines d'Athènes ; et, Le roi Estienne, 1846?

nr935495

100 1_ Philips, Peter, ‡d 1561-1628. ‡t Cantiones sacrae, ‡m voices (8). ‡p Ecce vicit Leo
670 __ Philips, P. Ave Jesu Christe ; & Ecce vicit Leo, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Ecce vicit Leo) p. 2 (from the Cantiones sacrae, 1613, double choir motet)

nr9210685

100 1_ Sibelius, Jean, ‡d 1865-1957. ‡t Trios, ‡m piano, strings, ‡r C major
670 __ Sibelius, J. Trio in C major for violin, cello and piano, 1991, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Trio in C major for violin, cello and piano : Lovisa trio)

nr9218689

100 1_ Persichetti, Vincent, ‡d 1915-1987. ‡t Parable, ‡n no. 25
670 __ Persichetti, V. Parable for two trumpets, c1991: ‡b caption (Parable : for two trumpets : (Parable XXV) : op. 164)

nr9214739

100 1_ Heinrich, Anthony Philip, ‡d 1781-1861. ‡t Indian fanfares
670 __ Heinrich, A.P. Indian fanfares, c1987: ‡b cover (Indian fanfares = Indianerfanfaren)

nr9212657

100 1_ Schaffer, Bogslaw. ‡t Monolog
670 __ Schaffer, B. Monolog, c1980: ‡b t.p. (Monolog : Bass-Klarinette solo) caption (Monologue : for bass clarinet solo = Monolog : na klarnet basowy solo)

no9214518

100 1_ Villa-Lobos, Heitor. ‡t Histórias da carochinha
670 __ Villa-Lobos, H. Histórias da carochinha, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Histórias da carochinha = Nanny's tales = Ammenmarchen : para piano)

The second 670 was added to justify the chosen uniform title:
nr922055

100 1_ Ferrabosco, Alfonso, ‡d approximately 1575-1628. ‡t Ayres. ‡p Come my Celia, let us prove
670 __ Baird, J. The English lute song [SR] p1988: ‡b container (Come my Celia) insert (Come my Celia = Venez, ma Celia = Komm, meine Celia)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Ayres: Come my Celia, let us prove)

New Grove has "Beato mi direi, 4vv, 155724. M iv, 64." 155724 is Il secondo libro de madregali, 4vv (155724) There is a Secondo libro de madregali for five voices; "4vv" here is necessary to distinguish the two:
nr9144718

100 1_ Rore, Cipriano de, ‡d 1515 or 1516-1565. ‡t Madrigals, ‡m voices (4), ‡n book 2. ‡p Beato mi direi
670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] p1988: ‡b container (Beato me direi)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Beato mi direi, 4vv; from his Il secondo libro de madregali, 4vv)

nr9233455

100 1_ Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759. ‡t Quel fior che all'alba ride, ‡n HWV 154
670 __ Handel, G.F. Italian solo cantatas and instrumental works [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Quel fior che all'alba ride) insert (solo cantata)
670 __ Händel-Handbuch ‡b (154, Quel fior che all'alba ride; Cantata a voce sola, Sopr., Basso continuo; 2 other cantatas with this text, HWV 192 for 2 sopranos and continuo, HWV 200 for 2 sopranos, bass, and continuo)

An example of information in New Grove that is not phrased in this exact way, but rather summarized for brevity's sake:
nr9125469

100 1_ Fibich, Zdenek, ‡d 1850-1900. ‡t Nálady, dojmy a upomínky, ‡n op. 41
670 __ New Grove ‡b ((376) Nálady, dojmy a upomínky (Moods, impressions and reminiscences), 1892-9; four sets as op. 41, 44, 47, and 57)

n95111432

100 1_ Uspenskiĭ, Vladislav, ‡d 1937-2004. ‡t Temperamenty
670 __ His Temperaments, c1994: ‡b cover (Temperaments = Temperamenty [in Cyrillic])

An example showing how LC indicated that one title on the chief source was more prominent than another, affecting the choice of uniform title (i.e., "Sonata in two movements" vs. "Sonatas, cello, piano"):
nr200128990

100 1_ Schonthal, Ruth. ‡t Sonata in two movements
670 __ Schonthal, R. Sonata in two movements for cello and piano (1989), c2000: ‡b t.p. (Sonata in two movements [in bold]; bottom of p.: Sonata in two movements (1989)) caption (Sonata for cello & piano in two movements)

nr9218973

100 1_ Halffter, Rodolfo, ‡d 1900-1987. ‡t --Huésped de las nieblas--
670 __ Halffter, R. --Huésped de las nieblas--, c1981: ‡b t.p. (--Huésped de las nieblas-- = --Guest from the mists--)

Use ellipses with no punctuation before the date of publication when shortening a long title proper.
nr931670

100 1_ Wubbenhorst, Thomas Martin, ‡d 1952-
670 __ Wubbenhorst, T.M. Personality characteristics of music educators and performers ... 1992: ‡b t.p. (Thomas Martin Wubbenhorst) leaf 99 (b. Aug. 9, 1952, Greenwich, Conn.)

The title proper of this recording was "Concerto grosso no. 1 ; Concerto grosso no. 2 ; Schelomo," three titles proper in actuality. In a case like this, the second and third titles can be left out without using ellipses:
nr9140031

100 1_ Miquelle, Georges, ‡d 1894-1977
670 __ Bloch, E. Concerto grosso no. 1 [SR] p1991: ‡b container (Georges Miquelle) insert (b. 1894, Lille, France, d. 1977; came to U.S. in 1918)

"Title not given": This is not a typical citation, so an example of it may be useful. There is no colon before the subfield b since a location within the item is not being cited:
nr9135296

100 1_ Broque, Alfonso, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Cantos uruguayos
670 __ Slonimsky, N. History making premieres [SR] 1972 ‡b (title not given)

This is an exception to the practice of not repeating the title proper unless recording other forms of the title. Normally, the subtitle information would not be required in this 670, and so there would be no subfield b at all. However, the references from Petites pièces and Piccoli pezzi need the opus number in order to distinguish them from his Petites pièces and Piccoli pezzi op. 3. The subtitle was given in the 670 in order to identify this set as op. 11:
nr9131842

100 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Recueil de petites pieces
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Petites pièces, ‡n op. 11
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t 10 petites pièces, ‡n op. 11
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Dix petites pièces, ‡n op. 11
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Diece piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11
400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t 10 piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11
670 __ Carcassi, M. 10 piccoli pezzi, 1988: ‡b t.p. (10 piccoli pezzi : op. 11 : per chitarra)

Citing parts of larger works:
LC tends to use the following style:
(Work no., Title of the whole work. No. of the part if needed, Title of the part), as shown in the next three examples:

no884209

100 1_ Ives, Charles, ‡d 1874-1954. ‡t Contemplations. ‡p Central Park in the dark
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Two contemplations. 2, Central Park in the dark)

nr9110853

100 1_ Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Choräle von verschiedener Art, ‡n BWV 651-668. ‡p Allein Gott in der Höh' sei Ehr', ‡n BWV 662
670 __ Schmieder ‡b (651-668, Achtzehn Choräle von verschiedener Art. 662, Allein Gott in der Höh' sei Ehr')

n9298675

100 1_ Haydn, Joseph, ‡d 1732-1809. ‡t Quartets, ‡m strings, ‡n H. III, 79, ‡r D major. ‡p Largo cantabile e mesto
670 __ Hoboken ‡b (Gruppe III, Streichquartette 75-80 known as op. 76. No. 5. II, Largo cantabile e mesto)

Bracketed information in the bibliographic record

Dates from the 260 field in the bibliographic record:

Do not enclose the date of publication in brackets, even when brackets are used in the 260 subfield c of the bibliographic record.
nr9211920

100 1_ Rollet, Nicole
670 __ Rollet, N. Analyse graphologique de Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, 1990?: ‡b t.p. (Nicole Rollet)

nr9244246

100 1_ Mignone, Francisco, ‡d 1897-1986. ‡t Cânticos de Obaluayê
670 __ Mignone, F. Canticos de Obaluayê, between 1934 and 1942.

Unnumbered pages:

In the item, p. 3 is not numbered. In a bibliographic record, it would be indicated as "p. [3]"; in this case, brackets are not used:
nr9143665

100 1_ Leistritz, Helmut, ‡d 1934-
670 __ Leistritz, H. Sonate in B für zwei Trompeten und Posaune, c1989: ‡b t.p. (Helmut Leistritz) p. 3 (b. 1934, Wustewaltersdorf/Schlesien)

Do not use "p. [4] of cover" even though there is no page number on the back cover:
nr9143670

100 1_ D'Amore, Giulio, ‡d 1961-
670 __ D'Amore, G. Le opere pianistiche di Luigi Dallapiccola, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Giulio D'Amore) p. 4 of cover (b. 1961, Rome)

Bracketed information from the 245 in the bibliographic record:

Sonatas is incorrectly spelled "sonats" on the label. The bib record has "Horn sonat[a]s":
nr9222802

100 1_ James, Ifor
670 __ Beethoven, L. Horn sonatas [SR] 1988?: ‡b container (Ifor James, horn)

The word "Untiteled" is a misspelling; the bib record has "Morton Feldmans Untiteled [sic] Composition für Cello und Klavier":
nr9233567

100 1_ Staub, Volker
670 __ Staub, V. Morton Feldmans Untiteled Composition für Cello und Klavier, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Volker Staub)

Citing Internet resources

The examples below are for informational purposes only. They do not indicate any prescriptive practice.

Contributors to this section of the NMP Handbook are Chuck Herrold, Mickey Koth, Mark Scharff, Sarah Shaw, and Terry Simkins.

See also Princeton's documentation [93]

Citing a web site by name: Grove music online | Wikipedia | Virtual international authority file | Google books | academic sites | other examples | Citing multiple web sites | online library catalogs | genealogy and death indexes
Citing a web site by URL
Citing a location within a web site: Grove music online | academic sites | commercial sites | online journals and periodicals | other examples
Citing information found: citing variant forms | citing pages in parallel language versions | other examples


Citing a web site by name

Generally, cite web pages by giving the name of the page and the date it was consulted. The date is important, since web page contents can change from day to day. When citing the URL, follow the instructions given in the LC Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Section Z1, explained below.

The following construction is generally used to cite web pages:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] ‡b ([data])"
     Note: It is not necessary to include the word "accessed" or the phrase "viewed on" before the date of search.

If the information is found on a subpage, cite the location:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] :‡b [location] ([data])"

Adding "WWW site" to a citation for a resource that has the word "online" in its title or is known to be available only on the Web is unnecessary. However, using "WWW site" (_____________ WWW site ...) is generally preferred to "WWW page," "home page," or "homepage." Examples using this form, reflecting past practice, appear in this document.

Grove music online

no2008028859

100 1_ Herschkowitz, Philip, ‡d 1906-1989. ‡t Vesennie tsvety
670 __ Grove music online, Feb. 22, 2008 ‡b (Vesenniy tsvetï; (Spring flowers), pf, 1947)

When adding information to an authority record that cites Grove music online (or any Internet source), either add a second 670 field:

n85367781

100 1_ Dolukhanova, Zara, ‡d 1918-2007
670 __ Grove music online, Feb. 10, 2006 ‡b (Dolukhanova, Zara (Zarui) (Agas'yevna); b. Mar. 15, 1918, Moscow; Russian mezzo-soprano)
670 __ Grove music online, June 12, 2009 ‡b (Dolukhanova, Zara (Zarui) (Agas'yevna); b. Mar. 15, 1918, Moscow, d. Dec. 4, 2007, Moscow; Russian mezzo-soprano)

or add to the existing 670 field, with the date of the most recent viewing of the source:

Grove music online ‡b (accessed Mar. 7, 2003: [info]; accessed Nov. 21, 2008: [additional info])

Grove music online includes the full text of The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2nd ed., The New Grove Dictionary of Opera, and The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz. To cite information found in entries marked with the word "opera" or "jazz", the following pattern may be used:

670 __ Grove music online, [date of search]: ‡b Opera ([data])

n 95078997

100 1_ Rovère, Gilbert, ‡d 1939-2007
670 __ Grove music online, Jan. 3, 2008: ‡b Jazz (Rovère, Gilbert (Bibi); b. Aug. 29, 1939, Toulon, France; French double bass player)

Wikipedia

Wikipedia is a source that is known to be available only on the Web, and thus using "WWW site" in a citation for it is unnecessary.
n 2007082096

100 1_ Rose, Axl, ‡d 1962-
670 __ Wikipedia, Nov. 15, 2007 ‡b (Axl Rose, W. Axl Rose, William Axl Rose, singer-songwriter, frontman of Guns n' Roses; b. Feb. 26, 1962, Lafayette, IN)

no2005105684

100 1_ Butler, John, ‡d 1975-
670 __ Wikipedia, Mar. 21, 2008 ‡b (John Butler; b. Apr. 1, 1975, Torrance, Calif.; Australian musician having moved to Australia on 26 January 1986; leader of the John Butler Trio)

When the data is taken from a Wikipedia site in another language, that language precedes the name "Wikipedia":
n 85184925

100 1_ Hübner, Wilhelm, ‡d 1915-2004
670 __ German Wikipedia, Apr. 7, 2008 ‡b (Wilhelm Hübner; b. Nov. 12, 1915, Prag; d. Jan. 30, 2004; German composer, conductor, and writer)

When the information is found within an article about a topic other than the heading being established or updated, cite the name of the article:
no20080502121

100 1_ Berthold, Henry, ‡d 1933-1987
670 __ Wikipedia, Mar. 28, 2008: ‡b List of classical composers in East Germany (Henry Berthold; 1933-1987)

Virtual international authority file

n 2011026232

100 1_ Günther, Ulrich, ‡d 1923-
670 __ VIAF, viewed Apr. 19, 2011 ‡b (hdg. in Deutsche Nationalbibliothek: Günther, Ulrich, 1923-)

no2002112706

100 1_ Svéd, Sándor, ‡d 1906-1979
670 __ Virtual international authority file, June 1, 2011 ‡b (hdgs.: Svéd, Alexander, 1906-1979, Svéd, Alexander, 1904-1979, Svéd, Alexander, 1906- ; variant forms: Svéd, Alessandro, Svéd, Sándor, Svéd, Alessandro de)

Google books

There is no consensus about citing books viewed via Google books. A conversation via the PCC list considered whether or not it was even necessary to indicate that the book was not in hand but was viewed online.

This format, citing Google books first and then the book, has been used:
670 Google book search, [date of search]: ‡b [title proper of book], [date of publication]: p. ([data])
nr2007003858

110 2_ New York Academy of Sacred Music
670 __ Google Book Search, via WWW, Feb. 23, 2007: ‡b Williams, H. Thomas Hastings, 2005, p. 100 (New York Academy of Sacred Music; choral soc. for the cultivation of sacred music; est. 1835, in NYC, by Thomas Hastings, et al.; gave concerts at the Broadway Tabernacle Church)

This format, citing the book first and then indicating that it was viewed online was used in a majority of authority records cited in an e-mail from Gary Strawn on Nov. 11, 2007:
670 [Title proper of book], [date of publication], via Google book search, [date of search]: ‡b ([data])

no2010021130

100 1_ Panthès, Marie, ‡d 1871-1955
670 __ Boston Symphony Orchestra. Programme, v. 1907-1908, viewed on Google Books, Feb. 5, 2010: ‡b p. 1666 (Marie Panthès (Mrs. Kutner); b. Nov. 3, 1871, Odessa)

Academic web sites

no9962921

100 1_ Nussbaum, Frederick, ‡c Mrs., ‡d 1887-1973
670 __ Gaylord Music Library WWW site, July 29, 1997 ‡b (Anna May Loewenstein Nussbaum; b. 1882?; d. Feb. 23, 1973; at least one item in library's collection of mss. and other materials shows usage: Anna May Loewenstein)

Other examples

The Google knowledge panel includes the information that appears on the right side of the first screen of google search results.
no2017089020

100 1_ Spanjers, Roel, ‡d 1969-
670 __ Google knowledge panel, July 7, 2017 ‡b (Roel Spanjers; born October 21, 1969; singer; member of Normaal since 2003)

nr200128397

100 1_ Kollavik-Jensen, Curt
670 __ Ensemble Nord WWW site, July 17, 2001 ‡b (Curt Kollavik-Jensen, guitar; Curt Kollavik)

nr200145509

100 1_ Leighton, Kenneth, ‡d 1929-1988. ‡t Sonatinas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 1a
670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001 ‡b (Sonatina 1 opus 1a (1946))

The citation for the Internet movie database. Note that "WWW site" is not included:
no9822892

130 _0 Cleopatra (Motion picture : 1963)
670 __ IMDb, Aug. 24, 2001 ‡b (Cleopatra (1963); also Cleopatra (1917), Cleopatra (1920), Cleopatra (1912), Cleopatra (1934))

The name of the web site includes "online" and thus "WWW site" in not included:
n2002067229

130 _0 Concertino, ‡m harpsichords (2), ‡r G major
670 __ RISM A/II online ‡b (400014085, Concertino à due cembali))

no2001090755

100 1_ Rautavaara, Einojuhani, ‡d 1928- ‡t Säännöllisiä yksikköjaksoja puolis äännöllisessä tilanteessa
670 __ Finnish Music Information Centre WWW site, Nov. 12, 2001 ‡b (Säännöllisiä yksikköjaksoja puolis äännöllisessä tilanteessa = Regular sets of elements in a semi-regular situation; orchestra, 1971)

no2001095894

110 2_ Alien Ant Farm (Musical group)
670 __ All music guide WWW site, Dec. 4, 2001 ‡b (Alien Ant Farm; southern California alt-metal rock group, formed 1996)

no2011178553
All music guide changed its name to AllMusic:

110 2_ Hurray for the Riff Raff (Musical group)
670 __ AllMusic WWW site, Nov. 17, 2011‡b (Hurray for the Riff Raff; New Orleans-based, indie folk band)

no9744270: from Princeton: "The formal presentation of the name of a corporate body on the body's own home page (i.e. at a Web site created or sponsored by that body), is tantamount to formal presentation on the chief source of one of the body's own publications."

110 2_ Texas Music Educators Association
670 __ Texas Music Educators Association WWW Home page, Sept. 23, 1996 ‡b (Texas Music Educators Association; TMEA; est. 1920 as the Texas Band Teachers Association [no publ.])

no2001095933

110 2_ York Theatre Company
670 __ York Theatre Company WWW site, Nov. 16, 2001 ‡b (York Theatre Company, New York, N.Y.; non-profit off-Broadway company dedicated to new musicals)

nr0023020

100 1_ Freihofner, Philip
670 __ Philip Freihofner WWW site, July 17, 2000 ‡b (Philip Freihofner; oboist, composer, and music publisher)

no200118279

100 0_ Mac Daddy, ‡d 1978-
670 __ Celebrity birthdays A2Z WWW site, Mar. 7, 2001 ‡b (Mac Daddy; real name: James Christopher Kelly; b. Aug. 11, 1978)

no2001072098

100 1_ Mattson, Donald E., ‡d 1929-
670 __ California Military Museum WWW site, Sept. 10, 2001 ‡b (director, Brig. Gen. Donald E. Mattson)

no2014014751

110 2_ Golinski Brothers
670 __ YouTube, January 17, 2014: ‡b Golinski Brothers, Bloody (audio only) (Golinski Brothers; Bob Golinski, guitar; Dave Harries, vocals; Will Gibbs and Alan Bines, saxophone; Ollie Crook, bass; part of the Brighton punk scene) ‡u https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i4l_SnqZ5FE [94]

Examples from blogs

no2012135322

100 1_ Bennett, Ruth ‡c (Harpist)
670 __ Writing from Merida, WWW site, October 15, 2012: ‡b Guest bloggers (Blog entry, May 10, 2010: Ruth Bennett, harpist; born in Whitstable, Britain; moved to United States at age 9; now lives full time in Merida [Mexico])

no 95046363

100 1_ Velu, Charles ‡d1920-2004
670 __ Seventh heaven blog, Sept. 24, 2012 ‡b (Christopher Charles Velu; b. Aug. 18, 1920, d. Sept. 10, 2004; organist and choirmaster at St. Thomas Cathedral, 1948-1970)

Citing multiple web sites

no200191418

100 1_ Forsman, Alf
670 __ Cunniform Records WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Affe Forsman)
670 __ Krakatau WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Affe Forsman, drummer (of Sielun Veliet))
670 __ ECM WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Alf Forsman, drums)
670 __ Suomijazz WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Alf Forsman, drums)

A general phrase, such as "Internet, [date of search]" or "Google search, [date of search]" has been used to record various forms of usage across a number of web sites:
no2006121832

100 1_ Enăchescu, Voicu, ‡d 1943-
670 __ Internet, Feb. 1, 2008 ‡b (surname principally spelled Enăchescu in Romanian language pages)

n 96063061

110 2_ Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia
670 __ Internet, Apr. 9, 2008: ‡b Russian language pages (Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia; Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia imeni A.V. Sveshnikova)

The search results from multiple web sites are included in a 667 field in this authority record. This specific search is also included:
no2005092492

100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie
667     Google search on "Sophie Karthauser," Feb. 15, 2006, yielded ca. 406 results; "Sophie Kartauser" yielded only 12, all referring to the Capriccio recording of the Myslivecek Passione di nostro Signore Gesu Christo cited as source for the Kartäuser spelling

The search results from multiple web sites are included in a 670 field in this authority record:
no2008080552

110 2_ Z-kvartetten
670 __ Google search, May 30, 2008 ‡b (Z-kvartetten predominates as form of name on Swedish-language pages)

Online library catalogs

nr20022633

100 1_ Munzinger, Eduard, ‡d 1831-1899
670 __  Swiss National Library catalog WWW site, Jan. 17, 2002 ‡b (hdgs.: Munzinger, Edouard; Munzinger, Eduard; usage: Edouard Munzinger, Eduard Munzinger, Ed. Munzinger, E. Munzinger)

nr0029156

100 1_ Le Dhuy, Adolphe
670 __ Bibliothèque nationale de France WWW catalog, Sept. 12, 2000 ‡b (hdgs.: Le Dhuy, Adolphe; Ledhuy, Adolphe; predominant usage: Adolphe Le Dhuy; other usage: Adolphe Ledhuy; A. Le Dhuy)

Genealogy and death indexes

no9928910

100 1_ Connor, William H., ‡d 1917-1993
670 __ Social Security death index WWW site, Apr. 24, 1999 ‡b (William Connor; b. July 27, 1917; d. July 23, 1993)

no9987575

100 1_ Lawrence, Mike, ‡d 1945-1983
670 __ Ancestry.com WWW site, Dec. 7, 1999: ‡b Social Security death index (Michael Lawrence; b. Dec. 3, 1945; d. Jan. 1983)

no9987016

100 1_ Rohland, Cora D.
670 __ FamilySearch int. geneal. index WWW site, Apr. 2, 2001 ‡b (Cora Dolbee; b. Oct. 23, 1856, Sagadahoc, Me.; m. Charles B. Rohland, Jul. 9, 1879, St. Louis)

Citing a web site by URL

The February 2008 revision of the LC Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Section Z1, p. 6 of the 670 section) includes the following:
"Catalogers may optionally provide a uniform resource identifier (URI) in the 670 citation to link to the cited resource if it contains significant information related to the established heading that cannot be cited succinctly in the authority record. Note that use of a URI in the 670 ‡u does not take the place of the requirement to cite relevant data in subfields ‡a and ‡b of the 670 field needed to support the heading or references (this information will continue to be available if the site changes or disappears). ... If a URI is included, it must be given in subfield ‡u."

no2006015137

100 1_ Boccherini, Luigi, ‡d 1743-1805. ‡t Works. ‡f 2005
670 __ Luigi Boccherini. Opera omnia, WWW site, Feb. 10, 2006 ‡b (Opera omnia. 45 volumes projected) ‡u http://www.luigiboccherini.com/ [95]

no2005092492

100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie
670 __ WWW page of artist management firm Pelléas Artists, viewed Feb. 15, 2006 ‡b (Sophie Karthäuser, soprano) ‡u http://www.pelleas-artists.com/artistes/karthauser.htm [96]

Citing a location within a web site

When the only source of the information is in the HTML coding <title> field, it can be cited as:
no2008107141

100 1_ Musselman, Daniel
670 __ Music of Daniel Musselman WWW site, July 24, 2008 ‡b (Daniel Musselman) HTML header (Daniel Musselman, composer, doctoral candidate at the University of Kansas)

Other locations within the header tags may also be cited:
no2005076405

110 2_ Rutgers University. ‡b Wind Ensemble
670 __ The Rutgers Wind Ensemble WWW page, Aug. 17, 2005: ‡b HTML meta name (Rutgers University Wind Ensemble) HTML title (Rutgers University Wind Ensemble)

Generally include indication of subpage only when it would not be obvious where the information would be found.
nr200131703

100 1_ Robinson, John H. ‡q (John Henry), ‡d 1945-
670 __ The Lute Society WWW site, Aug. 7, 2001: ‡b Publications and other services (John Robinson; John H. Robinson)

When citing subsequent subpages, capitalize the first word of the title of each subpage and separate the titles with a semicolon:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] :‡b [Title of subpage]; [Title of subpage]; [Title of subpage] ([data])"
nr200128928

100 1_ Brouwer, Leo, ‡d 1939- ‡t Concertos, ‡m guitar, orchestra, ‡n no. 1
670 __ Classical Music on the Web WWW site, July 20, 2001: ‡b Composer profiles; Non-British Composer pages (Leo Brouwer; Concerto no. 1 for guitar and orchestra)

When information about a composer's work found on the composer's web site in included in a subpage which is linked to with a label such as "works" or "compositions," it is not necessary to cite that location. Citing the information found is sufficient:
Even though the information is found on the subpage

Citing the subpage's title
670 __ [Name of composer's web site] WWW site, [date of search]: ‡b Works ([data])
670 __ [Name of composer's web site] WWW site, [date of search] ‡b ([data])

nr200145509

100 1_ Leighton, Kenneth, ‡d 1929-1988. ‡t Sonatinas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 1a
670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001: ‡b Piano/piano duet/two pianos/harpsichord (Sonatina 1 opus 1a (1946))
This is sufficient for indicating the information:
670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001 ‡b (Sonatina 1 opus 1a (1946))

When it is not possible for a page from which the information is cited to be retrieved easily by others, either because there is no search function for the site or because there is no navigational means of finding the page, include the URL in ‡u following the information cited:
no2005084810

100 1_ Pichierri, Louis, ‡d 1917-1972
670 __ Rhode Island Civic Chorale and Orchestra WWW site, Apr. 5, 2011: ‡b (Louis Pichierri; b. Sept. 17, 1917, Burlington, Vt., d. July 12, 1972)
‡u http://www.ricco.org/Our_Founder.htm [97]

Locations within Grove music online

Citing a location within Grove music online is required only when the information is not found where one would expect to find it. These examples are similar to the second example in the section on citing reference sources and databases where the information about a composer is found in an article for the entire family.
n7972787

100 1_ Lully, Jean-Baptiste, ‡d 1632-1687
670 __ Grove music online WWW site, Feb. 22, 2001 ‡b (under Lully: Jean-Baptiste Lully (Lulli, Giovanni Battista); b. Nov. 29, 1632, Florence, d. Mar. 22, 1687, Paris; composer, dancer and instrumentalist of Italian birth)

n8015507

100 1_ Stamitz, Karl, ‡d 1745-1801
670 __ Grove music online WWW site, Aug. 1, 2001 ‡b (under Stamitz: Carl (Philipp) Stamitz; b. Mannheim, bapt. May 8, 1745, d. Nov. 9, 1801, Jena; composer and violinist, viola player and viola d'amore player)

Locations within academic sites

nr2001026660

100 1_ Bosch, Ben van den. ‡t Entstehung und Entwicklung der Posaunenarbeit der Brüdergemeinen in Deutschland und in aller Welt. ‡l English
670 __ William and Gayle Cook Music Library WWW site, July 6, 2001: ‡b Historic brass bibliography, 1988-96: letters R-S (Die Entstehung und Entwicklung der Posaunenarbeit der Brüdergemeinen in Deutschland und in aller Welt)

n87903526

100 1_ Palm-Beulich, Helga-Maria
670 __ University of Music and Dramatic Arts Mozarteum Salzburg WWW site, Feb. 12, 1999: ‡b Hochschullehrer; Gesamtübersicht (Palm-Beulich, Helga-Maria; b. Mar. 16, 1954, Nürnberg)

no20010901

100 1_ Baldassarre, Antonio
670 __ Universität Zürich, Musikwissenschaftliches Institut WWW page, Jan. 4, 2001: ‡b Mitarbeiter (lic. phil. Antonio Baldassarre, Assistent)

nr200139796

100 1_ Taylor, Jeffrey James
670 __ The Conservatory of Music of Brooklyn College WWW site, Oct. 1, 2001: ‡b Faculty & staff (Jeffrey Taylor, professor, history, musicology; BA Carleton College, MA, Ph. D., University of Michigan; published books and articles on jazz of 1920s-30s and transcriptions of jazz piano performances)

nr0019506

100 1_ Myers, Richard, ‡d 1929-
670 __ University at Buffalo, Department of Music WWW site, June 13, 2000: ‡b Faculty and staff (Richard Myers; lecturer, trombone)

nr0034857

100 1_ Gresham, W. Jonathan
670 __ Northern Kentucky University Music Department WWW site, Nov. 3, 2000: ‡b Faculty (W. Jonathan Gresham; Jon Gresham)

Locations within commercial sites

no200191590

130  0  Références (EMI Classics (Firm))
670 __ EMI Classics WWW homepage, Nov. 5, 2001: ‡b Catalogue (series: Références)

nr200126125

100 1_ Zácek, Jan, ‡d 1957-
670 __ Fermate WWW site, July 3, 2001: ‡b New CDs (Jan Zacek, guitar; b. 1957, Prague)

nr200127642

100 1_ Grisoni, Renato. ‡t Preludes, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 1
670 __ Pizzicato Edizioni Musicali WWW site, July 12, 2001: ‡b Katalog, Klavier (Grisoni Renato, 24 preludi op. 1)

n83162782

100 1_ Allen, Betty, ‡d1927-2009
670 __ New York times WWW site, June 26, 2009, ‡b(in obituary published June 25: Betty Allen; b. Elizabeth Louise Allen, Mar. 17, 1927, Campbell, Ohio; known as Betty Lou; d. Monday [June 22, 2009], Valhalla, N.Y., aged 82)

nr200143678

100 1_ Ballabeni, Franco, ‡d 1957-
670 __ Harrassowitz WWW site, Oct. 24, 2001: ‡b New classical music title index (Ballabeni, Franco, 1957-)

nr200149448

100 1_ Vítores, José, ‡d 1962-
670 __ Verlag Neue Musik/Edition Margaux WWW site, Nov. 29, 2001: ‡b Autorenverzeichnis (Vítores, José; b. 1962)

nr0035343

100 1_ Procaccioli, Stefano, ‡d 1960-
670 __ TauKay Edizioni Musicali WWW site, Nov. 8, 2000: ‡b Compositori (Stefano Procaccioli; b. 1960, Treviso)

nr0035994

100 1_ Battistoni, Enrico
670 __ Clivis Publicacions WWW site, Nov. 14, 2000: ‡b Cataleg; Instruments de tecla (BATTISTONI, Enrico)

nr0027034

100 1_ Manduca, Mark
670 __ Manduca Music Publications WWW site, Aug. 23, 2000: ‡b Brass (Mark Manduca; trombonist-composer)

no9983112

100 1_ Zimmermann, Ewald, ‡d 1910-1998
670 __ Henle-Verlag WWW Site, Nov. 16, 1999: ‡b Informationen (Ewald Zimmermann; d. 1998)

no9849786

100 1_ Kilby, Cody
670 __ Rebel Records WWW home page, Jan. 28, 1998 ‡b (under New releases: Cody Kilby; 16-year-old guitar, mandolin, and banjo player from Cowan, TN)

no9921606

100 1_ Cardoso, Berta, ‡d 1911-1997
670 __ Discoteca do Carmo WWW home page, Mar. 26, 1999: ‡b Artistas (Berta Cardoso; fadista)

Locations within online journals and periodicals

no9877783

100 1_ Knouse, Nola Reed
670 __ Current musicology WWW site, July 6, 2001: ‡b Tables of contents from past issues (Nola Reed Knouse; Joseph Riepel and the emerging theory of form in the eighteenth century)

no0077234

100 1_ Heyer, Hermann, ‡d 1898-1982
670 __ Hochschule für Musik und Theater "Felix Mendelssohn Bartholdy" Leipzig WWW site, Sept. 21, 2000: ‡b MT-Journal, Nr. 5, article 3 (Hermann Heyer; b. July 17, 1898, Leipzig; d. Dec. 11, 1982, Wangen (Allgau); professor of musicology)

no9926256

100 1_ Davis, Vest, ‡d 1890-1988
670 __ St. Louis Post-Dispatch Postnet WWW site, Apr. 14, 1999: ‡b Archives, Jan. 23, 1988 (Vest Davis; b. Mar. 15, 1890, Hornersville, Mo.; d. Thursday, [Jan. 21, 1988], Springfield, Mo., at age of 97; retired English teacher, author)

no0052753

100 1_ Brink, Guido, ‡d 1968-
670 __ European music journal WWW site, July 25, 2000: ‡b Musikunterricht, Brink/Kopiez, Autoren (Guido Brink; b. 1968)

Other examples

n89625050

100 1_ Berger, Michel, ‡d 1947-1992
670 __ Lexis-Nexis database, Apr. 3, 2001: ‡b The independent [London], Aug. 10, 1992, p. 21 (Michel Hamburger (Michel Berger); b. 1947, Paris, d. Aug. 3, 1992, Saint Tropez, France; singer, songwriter)

nr200150885

100 1_ Kennedy, Martin, ‡d 1978-
670 __ ASCAP WWW site, Dec. 7, 2001: ‡b Winners of The ASCAP Foundation Morton Gould Young Composers Awards for 1998 (Martin Kennedy; b. 1978, Wakefield, England; graduated from Central High School in Tuscaloosa, AL; student at Indiana University)

no9876066

100 1_ Lyons, George ‡c (Harpist)
670 __ Ragtime WWW Home page, Apr. 1, 1998: ‡b Sheet music covers page (George Lyons; harpist, composer; part of vaudeville duo Lyons & Yosco)

no9884941

100 1_ Delchevalerie, Charles, ‡d 1872-1950
670 __ Wallonie en ligne WWW Homepage, May 12, 1998: ‡b Carlier, P. La Wallonie à la recherche d'une féte nationale, footnote 18 (Charles Delchevalerie; b. 1872, Couillet; d. Liège, 1950; Belgian journalist)

n85116935

100 1_ Saary, Margareta
670 __ Netscape People finder WWW site, Feb. 15, 2000: ‡b Austria (Saary Margareta Dr., Wien; search on "Margarete Saary" yielded no hits)

nr005035

130 _0 Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. ‡t Kataloge der Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. ‡n X, ‡p Historischen Tonträger
670 __ Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt WWW site, Mar. 1, 2000: ‡b Veröffentlichungen der UBEI (A, Kataloge der Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. X, Die historischen Tonträger; the work cat is listed as "Band 1").

no2001018601

100 0_ Chops ‡c (Rapper)
670 __ Asiatic theory online WWW site, Mar. 8, 2001: ‡b Mountain Brothers (Chops (Scott Jung); rapper)

n8365283

100 1_ Lyons, Graham, ‡d 1936-
670 __ Classical music on the Web WWW site, July 24, 2001: ‡b Composer profiles; British light music composers; Garland 55 (Graham Lyons; born 1936; composes works for students learning wind instruments, primarily clarinet pieces)

n85161543

100 1_ Barnes, Milton
670 __ Canadian Music Centre WWW site, Mar. 23, 2001: ‡b Directory of associate composers (Milton Barnes; 1931-2001; d. Toronto; Feb. 27, 2001)

nr944785

110 2_ Anonymous 4 (Musical group)
670 __ AMG all classical guide WWW site, May 21, 2001 ‡b (under Anonymous 4: female vocal quartet; formed in 1986; members, Marsha Genensky, Susan Hellauer, Jacqueline Horner, Johanna Maria Rose)

no9440278

100 1   Dijk, Pieter van, ‡d 1958-
670 __ Organfestival Holland WWW homepage, July 30, 2001 ‡b (under People: Pieter van Dijk, b. 1958; professor for organ at the Conservatory of Amsterdam and at the Hamburg "Hochschule für Musik und Theater")

no9876778

100 1_ Campbell, William, ‡d 1926-2011
670 __ Internet Movie Database WWW site, Apr. 3, 1998 ‡b (under Cast/crew name search: William Campbell (I); b. Oct. 30, 1926, Newark, NJ; film and television actor)

no0025908

100 1_ Fernandez, Jose, ‡d 1948-1994
670 __ Fame, the musical WWW site, Apr. 12, 2000: ‡b Biographies (Jose Fernandez; b. Aug. 19, 1948, Havana, Cuba; d. Jan. 8, 1994; actor, writer)

nr9924929

100 1_ Rudolph, Glenn L., ‡d 1951-
670 __ Glenn L. Rudolph WWW site, Aug. 5, 1999: ‡b Biography (Glenn Rudolph; b. 1951, Miami, Fla.)

nr200118864

100 1_ Weiner, Howard, ‡d 1952-
670 __ Harp events WWW site, May 17, 2001: ‡b Authorized bibliographies (Howard Weiner; b. 1952, Chicago; trombonist)

n99272311

100 1_ Sørensen, Bent, ‡d 1958- ‡t Sirenengesang
670 __ Danish Music Information Centre WWW site, Dec. 4, 2001: ‡b Composers and works; Sørensen, Bent (Chamber ensemble. Sirenengesang (1994-1994))

Citing information found in a web site

Citing variant forms

nr0034857

100 1_ Gresham, W. Jonathan
670 __ Northern Kentucky University Music Department WWW site, Nov. 3, 2000: ‡b faculty (W. Jonathan Gresham; Jon Gresham)

Citing pages in parallel language versions

The Dutch version is the front page of this site; the English version is a link from the front page. Thus only the location of the English language information is given.
no200338000

110 2_ Nederlands Concertkoor
670 __ Nederlands Concertkoor WWW site, Apr. 15, 2003 ‡b (Nederlands Concertkoor (NCK)) English version (Netherlands Concert Choir; founded 1987)

Neither Chinese nor English are the front page of this site; both are links from the front page, thus the location of both Chinese and English information is given.
no200335521

110 2_ Shanghai guan buo jiao xiang yue tuan
670 __ Shanghai Broadcasting Symphony Orchestra WWW site, Apr. 8, 2003: ‡b English version (Shanghai Broadcasting Symphony Orchestra) Chinese version (Shanghai guan buo jiao xiang yue tuan)

no976558

110 2_ Sankt-Peterburgskaia gosudarstvennaia konservatoriia im. N.A. Rimskogo-Korsakova. ‡b Chamber Orchestra
675 __ Sankt-Peterburgskaia gosudarstvennaia konservatoriia imeni N.A. Rimskogo-Korsakova WWW site, Mar. 9, 2001 ‡b (Russian version "under construction"; no specific citation for the chamber orchestra in English site)

Other examples

no9962921

100 1_ Nussbaum, Frederick, ‡c Mrs., ‡d 1887-1973
670 __ Gaylord Music Library WWW Home page, July 29, 1997 ‡b (Anna May Loewenstein Nussbaum; b. 1882?; d. Feb. 23, 1973; at least one item in library's collection of mss. and other materials shows usage: Anna May Loewenstein)

no9843128

100 1_ Werner Josten Library
670 __ Werner Josten Library WWW home page, Jan. 26, 1998 ‡b (title: Werner Josten Library; variant forms: Werner Josten Library for the Performing Arts; Josten Library)

nr200132197

100 1_ Bazzotti, Marco, ‡d 1964-
670 __ Marco Bazzotti WWW homepage, Aug. 9, 2001 ‡b (b. 1964, Milan, Italy; guitarist; also studied physics)

Capitalization of key, opus, and number

Key:

In German, D in Dur and M in Moll are capitalized. In major, the key is capitalized: D-Dur, but not in minor: a-Moll. In English, the key is capitalized, but not the mode: A major, D minor. In other languages, neither is capitalized: fa majeur, sol mineur.

nr9227273

100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Concertos, ‡m cello, orchestra, ‡n op. 129, ‡r A minor
670 __ Schumann, R. Symphonie Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61 [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Konzert für Violoncello und Orchester a-Moll, op. 129)

nr9312085

100 1_ Rheinberger, Josef, ‡d 1839-1901. ‡t Masses, ‡n op. 155, ‡r E♭ major
670 __ Rheinberger, J. Messe in Es op. 155, 1989: ‡b t.p. (Messe in Es op. 155 : Reginae St. i Rosarii)

D in dur is not capitalized because it is not in German:
nr9237824

100 1_ Drápela, Emil
670 __ Neruda, J.B.G. Koncert C dur pro fagot a smycce, 1990: ‡b t.p. (Emil Drápela)

nr9341925

100 1_ Leisinger, Ulrich
670 __ Bach, C.P.E. Concerto in A minor (Wq 166, H 431) for flute, strings and basso continuo, c1992: ‡b caption (Ulrich Leisinger)

nr9131807

100 1_ Vento, Mattia, ‡d 1735-1776
670 __ Vento, M. Sonata per cembalo in sol maggiore, 1973?: ‡b cover (M. Vento)

Opus:

In German, opus is capitalized when spelled out, but not when abbreviated: Opus, op. In other languages, neither is capitalized.

nr9224585

100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Fugues, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 72
670 __ Schumann, R. Vier Fugen Opus 72, c1984.

nr9324025

100 1_ Schoenberg, Arnold, ‡d 1874-1951. ‡t Trio, ‡m strings, ‡n op. 45
670 __ Schoenberg, A. String trio opus 45, 1988.

nr9227273

100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Concertos, ‡m cello, orchestra, ‡n op. 129, ‡r A minor
670 __ Schumann, R. Symphonies Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61 [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Konzert für Violoncello und Orchester a-Moll, op. 129)

Number:

In German, number and its abbreviations are capitalized: Number, Nr., No. In other languages, it is not: number, no., nr.

nr9226876

100 1_ Kaiser, Norbert
670 __ Bambaro, V. Duo concertant für zwei Klarinetten op. 3, Nr. 1, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Norbert Kaiser)

nr924795

100 1_ Schuberth, Carl, ‡d 1811-1863
670 __ Schuberth, C. Quartet No. IV für 2 Violinen, Viola & Violoncello, op. 40, 1863: ‡b cover (Carl Schuberth)

nr932564

100 1_ Blavet, Michel, ‡d 1700-1768. ‡t Sonates mélées de pièces. ‡p Chauvet
670 __ Blavet, M. Sonata in D major op. 2 no. 2, c1991.

Communications with people

Conversations in person:

nr9144619

100 1_ Earnest, Jeffrey, ‡d 1944-
670 __ Conversation with author, Dec. 12, 1991 ‡b (Jeffrey Earnest; b. 1944)

nr9227264

100 1_ Slocum, Brad, ‡d 1947-
670 __ Slocum, B. Improvisation for oboe and piano, 1991: ‡b caption (Brad Slocum)
670 __ Conversation with composer, July 21, 1992 ‡b (Brad Slocum; b. 1947)

no882134

100 1_ Elliott, Richard, ‡d 1957-
670 __ Craigheadisms, 1988: ‡b t.p. (Rick Elliott)
670 __ Conversation with R. Elliott, Aug. 2, 1988 ‡b (Richard Elliott is full and preferred form of name; b. Feb. 8, 1957)

Telephone calls:

nr9217438

100 1_ Kramer, Karl, ‡d 1957-
670 __ Eval'd, V.V. Quintet #4 in A-flat major, opus 8, c1990: ‡b p. 2 of cover (Karl Kramer)
670 __ Phone call to K. Kramer, May 5, 1992 ‡b (Karl Kramer; b. Mar. 14, 1957; tuba player, arranger, and teacher; member of Brass Ring)

nr925557

100 1_ Frohnmayer, Ellen Phillips
670 __ The flowering of English song [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Ellen Phillips, soprano) container (Ellen Frohnmayer, soprano)
670 __ Phone call to E. Frohnmayer, June 13, 1991 ‡b (Stage name is Ellen Phillips Frohnmayer; Ellen Phillips is a variant name)

E-mail correspondence:

no913426

100 1_ Kosovsky, Robert
670 __ Electronic communication, Sept. 20, 1991 ‡b (Bob Kosovsky, New York Public Library, Music Division)

nr925559

110 2_ Music Guild at Stanford
670 __ Communication from the Director of the Music Guild, Apr. 7, 1992 ‡b (Properly called the Music Guild at Stanford)

663 field

The 663 field is for complex see also reference–name when the reference is more complex than can be conveyed solely through the contents of one or more 5XX fields.

no2003045319

100 1_ Lincoln, Harry J., ‡d 1878-1937
663 __ For works of this composer entered under other names, search also under: ‡b Jay, Harry, 1878-1937 ‡b Crosby, Ben E., 1878-1937 ‡b Losch, Abe, 1878-1937 ‡b Vandersloot, Carl D., 1878-1937.

no 95022742

100 1_ Gobbaerts, L. ‡q (Louis), ‡d 1835-1886
663 __ For works of this author entered under other names, search also under ‡b Ludovic, G., 1835-1886 ‡a and ‡b Streabbog, L. (Louis), 1835-1886

no 98080965

100 1_ Streabbog, L. ‡q (Louis), ‡d 1835-1886
663 __ Works by this author are entered under the name used in the item. For a listing of other names used by this author, search also under ‡b Gobbaerts, L. (Louis), 1835-1886

no 98080974

100 1_ Ludovic, G., ‡d 1835-1886
663 __ Works by this author are entered under the name used in the item. For a listing of other names used by this author, search also under ‡b Gobbaerts, L. (Louis), 1835-1886

Examples of 667 and 675 fields

667 field: Non-public general note

Name NARs

n84800020

100 1_ Bosseur, Jean-Yves
667 __ Old catalog heading: Bosseur, Jean Yves

The 667 field was added to the existing LC record to correspond to the 667 field included in the new NACO record:
n83178669

100 1_ Haas, Karl
667 __ Do not confuse with the conductor and musicologist: Haas, Karl, 1900-1970

no885907

100 1_ Haas, Karl, ‡d 1900-1970
667 __ Do not confuse with the radio personality and writer on music: Haas, Karl

The 667 fields were added to point out a possible confusion between the father and son, both of whom wrote and edited music:
no9014707

100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1828-1893
667 __ Do not confuse with: Hellmesberger, Joseph, 1855-1907

no9014525

100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1855-1907
667 __ Do not confuse with: Hellmesberger, Joseph, 1828-1893

no2005092492

100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie
667 __ Google search on "Sophie Karthauser," Feb. 15, 2006, yielded ca. 406 results; "Sophie Kartauser" yielded only 12, all referring to the Capriccio recording of the Myslivecek Passione di nostro Signore Gesu Christo cited as source for the Kartäuser spelling.

n83013643

100 1_ Hartke, Stephen, ‡d 1952-
667 __ Previous AACR2 hdg.: Hartke, Stephen Paul. Usage in composer's published scores is almost exclusively Stephen Hartke.

n 2009023174

100 1_ Clark, Alan ‡q (N. Alan)
667 __ Previously entered under Clark, Alan, composer

According to LC's FAQ [98] about non-Latin script data in name authority records, catalogers should add a 667 field stating "Non-Latin script reference(s) not evaluated."
n 94108681

100 1_ Zhou, Long, ‡d 1953-
400 1_ 周龍, ‡d 1953-
667 __ Non-Latin script references not evaluated.

The policy concerning non-Latin script cross-references in NARs is changing. Until August 15, 2023, the practice was to code the MARC 008/29 (reference evaluation code) as "b" (Tracings are not necessarily consistent with heading) and include a 667 note indicating that the non-Latin script variant access points have not been evaluation.

Note: This date has been postponed. As of August 15, 2023, 008/29 code "b" will not be used in newly created NARs.

Code "b" may still be found in LC records created before the adoption of AACR 2 in Jan. 1981 and name and series authority records with non-Latin script references created before August 15, 2023, until those references have been evaluated and the authority record is updated.

When code "b" is found in existing NARs and the non-Latin script references are not evaluated, retain the 667 note with the statement indicating that the non-Latin script variant access points have not been evaluation (e.g., "Non-Latin script reference(s) not evaluated") or a statement indicating partial evaluation (e.g., "Greek and Cyrillic script references evaluated. Other non-Latin script references not evaluated.")

Change the 008/29 code from "b" to "a" and delete the associated field 667 notes about the references only after all non-Latin script variant access points have been evaluated.

For more information and evlauation guidelines, see SCS Policy Recommendations on Non-Latin Script Cross-Reference Special Coding Practice in the LC/NACO Name Authority File [99] (May 16, 2023)

Name-title NARs: form of heading

n7989415

100 1_ Gabrieli, Giovanni, ‡d approximately 1554-1612. ‡t Sacrae symphoniae
667 __ Use this uniform title for 1597 publication; use Symphoniae sacrae for 1616 publication.

no9547068

100 1_ Copland, Aaron, ‡d 1900-1990. ‡t Red pony. ‡p Suite
667 __ Use for orchestral suite.

no2008070344

100 1_ Binkerd, Gordon, ‡d 1916-2003. ‡t Memorial
667 __ Uniform title chosen as being better-known in the same language.

no2006104190

130 _0 Mouvements du coeur
667 __ This is the heading for the complete cycle; enter individual songs under their respective composers

no2007032509

100 1_ Harrison, Lou, ‡d 1917-2003. ‡t New first suite
667 __ Treated as independent work as per 25.25A, fn. 9
670 __ Alves, B. Works list of Lou Harrison, WWW site, Mar. 23, 2007 ‡b (1995. New first suite for strings, for string orchestra; rev. of First suite for strings (1947-48))

no2006090984

100 1_ Willaert, Adrian, ‡d 1490?-1562. ‡t In convertendo
667 __ Because the 1550 publication in which this motet appears is a collection and not a work, the motet is treated as an independent work

no2006048498

100 1_ German, Edward, ‡d 1862-1936. ‡t Henry VIII. ‡p Shepherds' dance
667 __ Use [Henry VIII. Shepherds' dance] for the original incidental music (for orchestra), and [Henry VIII. Shepherds' dance; arr.] for partsong, organ arr., and other versions.

Name-title NARs: initial title element

no2009160858

100 1_ Scherer, Sebastian Anton, ‡d 1631-1712. ‡t Intonations and toccatas, ‡m keyboard instrument, ‡n op. 2
667 __ Title formulated per 25.27C1b

n94015772

100 1_ Roussel, Albert, ‡d 1869-1937. ‡t Concert
667 __ Since the French word "Concert" does not mean "Concerto," the title is considered distinctive.

no2009019996

100 1_ Cage, John. ‡t Quartets, ‡m orchestra
667 __ Initial title element chosen according to LCRI 25.27A1, fn. 10; medium of performance is required to distinguish this work from the composer's quartets for various groups of 4 instruments, as per 25.35B1

Name-title NARs: medium of performance

n9733714

100 1_ Rubinstein, Anton, ‡d 1829-1894. ‡t Symphonies, ‡n no. 2, op. 42, ‡r C major ‡n (1880)
667 __ AACR2 25.27B1 applied.

n89606949

100 1_ Harper, Edward, ‡d 1941-2009. ‡t Fantasias, ‡n no. 3
667 __ Fantasias are for different media; thus medium omitted from uniform title.

no2009126356

100 1_ Durón, Sebastián,‡d 1660-1716.‡t Taedet animam meam,‡m voices, instrumental ensemble
667 __ Provisional; reference sources have conflicting information. If the 8 voice Taedet is a different work, possibly use [Taedet animam meam, voices, continuo]

no2008074146

100 1_ Weber, Carl Maria von,‡d 1786-1826.‡t Se il mio ben,‡m altos (2), clarinet, horns (2), violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
667 __ For version with 2 sopranos and piano, use: Duets, sopranos, piano, op. 31. Se il mio ben

Name-title NARs: key

This 670 cites the item being cataloged as giving the key, but it isn't used in the uniform title.
n2003085843

100 1_ Boughton, Rutland, ‡d 1878-1960. ‡t Concertos, ‡m flute, string orchestra
667 __ None of the printed eds. in OCLC state the key.

Name-title NARs: numbering

nr9412871

100 1_ Hummel, Johann Nepomuk, ‡d 1778-1837. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 20, ‡r F minor
667 __ Serial numbering deferred.
670 __ Hummel, J.N. Sonate no. 2 pour le piano forte, oeuvre 20, 1824.

n 94053153

100 1_ La Barre, Michel de, ‡d approximately 1675-1745. ‡t Suites, ‡m flutes (2)
667 __ The original serial numbering ends with the 11th suite (cf. New Grove and 89-754926). Higher numbers are editorial in origin.

nr9233455

100 1_ Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759. ‡t Quel fior che all'alba ride, ‡n HWV 154
667 __ Owing to complexity of mediums in cantata settings of this text, use only HWV nos. in uniform titles.

no2007124541

100 1_ Lallouette, Jean François, ‡d 1651-1728. ‡t Motets, ‡n book 1
667 __ No other books pubd.; qualifier added to distinguish this set from 6 motets, 3vv, bc, in Bibliothèque nationale de France

Numbering in a part of a larger work
n200522741

100 0_ Annibale, Padovano, ‡d 1527-1575. ‡t Ricercars, ‡m voices (4). ‡n No. 1-4
667 __ Authority record designated provisional because the particular problems of formulating the headings for the parts of this work are not specifically addressed in AACR2

Name-title NARs: Other

n82001178

100 1_ Liszt, Franz, ‡d 1811-1886. ‡t Episoden aus Lenau's Faust. ‡p Tanz in der Dorfschenke
667 __ Until the chronology is firmly established, consider the piano version to be an arrangement.

675 field: Sources not found

nr9144763

100 1_ Herbert, J. B. ‡q (John Bunyan), ‡d 1852-1927
675 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.; ‡a Grove's dict. of mus. and musicians, 3rd ed.; ‡a Baker, 7th ed.; ‡a Baker, 4th ed.

PVRs (Previously verified records)

In regard to editing existing 670 fields, Carolyn Sturtevant stated this in an e-mail to the PCC list on May 20, 2002: "It's valid to add more information to a 670 citation if you have the same item in hand."

The bolded areas represent the changes made to the existing records.

Personal name: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a personal name record must be included.
nr9118699

100 1_ Parsley, Osbert, ‡d 1511-1585
400 1_ Parsley, Osberto, ‡d 1511-1585
400 1_ Parslye, Osbert, ‡d 1511-1585

670 __ University of St. Andrews. Renaissance Group. Music of light and shadow [SR] p1982: ‡b container (Osbert Parsley, 1511-1585)
670 __ New Grove ‡b (Parsley, Osbert; b. 1511, d. 1585, Norwich; composer and singer; memorial tablet in Norwich Cathedral has Osberto Parsley)
670 __ The Oxford Music School collection at the Bodleian Library, Oxford, c1979: ‡b p. 35 (Parslye, Osbert)

Corporate name: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a corporate name record must be included.
nr895035

110 2_ Niederaltaicher Scholaren
410 2_ Niederaltaich Scholars
670 __ Suddeutsche Mehrchorigkeit um 1600 [SR] p1980: ‡b label (Niederaltaicher Scholaren) container (instrumental early music group; mostly alumni of Gymnasium der Benediktiner, Niederaltaich)
670 __ Gastoldi, G.G. 5 balletti for singing, playing, and dancing [SR] 1987: ‡b label (Niederaltaich Scholars)

Name/uniform title: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a name/title record are not included.
no893045

100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruinen von Athen
400 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruines d'Athènes
400 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruins of Athens
670 __ Beethoven, L. Ruines d'Athènes ; et, Le roi Estienne, 1846?
670 __ LC database, Mar. 1, 1989 ‡b (hdg.: Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827. Ruinen von Athen)

Modifying machine-derived authority records (MDARs)

by Deta S. Davis, Library of Congress
Updated by Michelle Koth

When modifying machine-derived authority records (MDARs) treat them just like any other name authority record. Please observe the following points:

General

  • If you have an item for the heading in hand, change the 008/33 (Auth status in OCLC) encoding from preliminary ("d") to full ("a"). This may be the only change to the record.
  • Remove or correct machine-generated references as appropriate.
  • Do not remove the 667 "Machine-derived authority record."
  • "Do not routinely delete or change existing 670 fields..."--Z1, 670, p. 2, 2nd paragraph. If additional source information from the same bibliographic item needs to be added to the original 670 citation, give the source of the information at the end of the 670 and add the new information. Any 670 citation should be changed if it has an error or typo.
  • Do not add additional 670s if they do not add any new information.

Incorrect headings and duplicate MDARs/NARs

  • If an unmodified MDAR contains an erroneous heading, correct the heading and notify the LC NACO-Music liaison at nacomus@loc.gov [100]. Following the instructions above, include the LCCNs of all bibliographic records that need to be updated, including the LCCN of the bib record with the error, which is included in the 670 of the MDAR.
  • If an MDAR duplicates a pre-existing NAR or another MDAR, follow the instructions for reporting duplicate authority records to LC.

Procedures for removing a person from an undifferentiated name heading

by A. Ralph Papakhian

You may alter the NAR for the undifferentiated heading as necessary. In some cases, you will be changing the undifferentiated heading into a "differentiated" one. In other cases, the heading will remain undifferentiated, but you will delete information relative to someone who is now differentiated. So, for example, if a heading represents four different people and you want to remove the violinist from among them (either by providing a date or by utilizing the ‡c qualifier for violinist), then simply delete the fields in the NAR related to the violinist. Delete any information pertaining to the musician from the 675 note, if it is possible to determine which sources apply to the musician. If the heading represents only two people, and you are going to differentiate them, then you would delete the 670s from the existing heading and change the fixed field coding as necessary while also making the new NAR. In both situations, existing DLC/DLC bib records could be involved, so you must search for those and report them for BFM.

If a library is not yet independent, any change along the lines described above would be reported to the coordinator before contribution. Once independent, the library can make the necessary changes to the NARs and then report the change to LC at the following e-mail address: nacomus@loc.gov [100].

New procedure as of July 23, 2001 as per the revision of DCM Z1 (yellow pages):

When removing a name from an undifferentiated name record to create a new and unique record, include a 667 field saying "Formerly on undifferentiated name record:" and supply the LCCN of the record from which it was removed.

New procedures as of January 7, 2014 as per the revision of DCM 008/32 Undifferentiated personal name [101]:

  • Do not use code "b" (for undifferentiated) in an RDA name authority record; all personal name authority records coded RDA should be differentiated.
  • Do not add a new identity to an existing personal name authority record coded 008/32 "b"
  • When information is found to distinguish a person included in an existing undifferentiated name record:
    • Create a new name authority record for that person, with distinguishing information
    • Transfer information pertaining to that person from the undifferentiated name record and edit as necessary.
    • If more than one identity remains in the undifferentiated NAR, and there is not sufficient information in the NAR to create new NARs for each name, leave the NAR coded AACR2.
  • In order to facilitate machine processing of authority records (e.g., matching, linking), when only one identity is left on an undifferentiated personal name authority record (i.e., other identities are being disambiguated and removed), take the following steps:
    • Assure that the undifferentiated NAR only contains information relevant to the single identity remaining (e.g., 670s)
    • Add a 667 field to the undifferentiated NAR saying "Last identity on undifferentiated record; reported for deletion."
    • Report the undifferentiated NAR for deletion to naco@loc.gov [102]; LC will create a new replacement NAR and delete the old record.

To facilitate searching LCCNs in 667 fields in OCLC, format the LCCN following these guidelines from OCLC:

  • Include the prefix (1 or 2 characters), the year portion (2 or 4 digits), and control number, with no hyphen.
  • Add spaces following the prefix and preceding the year as explained here:
type of prefix: type of year: add space(s)? examples:
1 character prefix ("n") 2 digit year add 2 spaces n_ _85204041
1 character prefix ("n") 4 digit year add 1 space n_2005035179
2 character prefix ("nb," "no," "nr") 2 digit year add 1 space nr_99012578
2 character prefix ("nb," "no," "nr") 4 digit year add no spaces no2007016671

no2008061867

100 1_ Young, James, ‡d 1980-
667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: no2006009312

n 2008015019

100 1_ Kirby, Paul H., ‡d 1946-
667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: n_ _95114066

n 2008016439

100 1_ Golden, John, ‡d 1941-
667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: no_98052776

Procedures for adding a death date to a heading with an open date

Basic instructions | Other changes that may be made to headings when adding death dates
Updating a heading coded AACR2 | AACR2 compatible | Reporting headings with death dates added for inclusion in the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB)

Basic instructions

These instructions derived from the LC guidelines Addition of dates to existing personal name headings [103], LC responses to questions raised by NMP members, and examination of LC practice in the lists of changed headings [104] reported on the OCLC site.

  1. The optional addition of death dates applies to established headings that contain birth dates only.
         (LCRI 22.17 allows for the addition of dates to an existing heading without dates if that heading is being revised for another reason.)
    Copland, Aaron, ‡d 1900- to Copland, Aaron, ‡d 1900-1990
    Burleigh, Cecil, ‡d b. 1885 to Burleigh, Cecil, ‡d 1885-1980
  2. Dates (either birth or death dates) should not be added to a personal name heading in an existing authority record that currently does not have dates, except in cases of conflict or when revising the heading for another reason (LCRI 22.17).
  3. When making a change to a date in a 1XX all references must reflect the change and all related NARs must also be changed, e.g., name/title NARs, musical groups for which the personal name heading is is a see also reference:
  4. Pasquier, Pierre,‡d 1902- to Pasquier, Pierre, ‡d 1902-1986
    The heading for Pasquier is a see also reference (5XX) in the authority record for Trio Pasquier; the death date should also be added to the see also reference in that authority record.
  5. When making a change to a date in a 1XX in an MDAR or AACR2-compatible heading, the name portion of the heading should be evaluated for correct RDA form and changed if incorrect.
  6. When making a change to a date in a 1XX in a name/title NAR or MDAR, the title portion of the heading should be evaluated for accuracy and changed if incorrect:
    Koetsier, Jan, ‡d 1911- ‡t Quintets,‡m trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba
    to
    Koetsier, Jan, ‡d 1911-2006. ‡t Quintets, ‡m trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba, ‡n op. 65
    When reporting changes for the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB), report only name/title headings in which the title portion of the heading has been changed along with the name portion of the heading.

References

In a message to the PCC list [105], Antony Franks sent a reminder that all cross references must be reviewed for compliance with AACR2 26.1J when revising an established heading, even if only adding the death date.
100 1_ Di Stefano, Giuseppe, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Stefano, Giuseppe di, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Di Stefano, G. ‡q (Giuseppe), ‡d 1921-2008

Not:
100 1_ Di Stefano, Giuseppe, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Stefano, Giuseppe di, ‡d 1921-
400 1_ Di Stefano, G. ‡q (Giuseppe), ‡d 1921-

Exception: A death date is not added to a linking reference (a pre-RDA form of a heading coded as ‡w nnaa)
Do not add the former heading as a 400 reference coded with subfield ‡w nne when the only difference is the addition of the death date. Reporting changes
NMP members who are not yet independent should report changed headings to their reviewers before contribution.
Report changes to LC for BFM when appropriate.
Report all changes for the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB).

Other changes that may be made to headings when adding death dates

Changes that reflect new practices:
For example, the 2001 Amendment to AACR2 provided for omitting British terms of honor ("Sir," "Dame," "Lord," "Lady") in new headings. These terms are removed when updating the heading for another reason, such as adding a death date:
Solti, Georg, ‡c Sir, ‡d 1912- to Solti, Georg, ‡d 1912-1997
Groves, Charles, ‡c Sir, ‡d 1915- to Groves, Charles, ‡d 1915-1992

Corrections:
Year of birth corrected
Horowitz, Vladimir, ‡d 1904- to Horowitz, Vladimir, ‡d 1903-1989
Milliet, Paul, ‡d 1858- to Milliet, Paul, ‡d 1848-1924
Andrassy, Gabor, ‡d 1951- to Andrasy, Gabor, ‡d 1943-2004
Michelin, Bernard, ‡d 1918- to Michelin, Bernard, ‡d 1915-2003
Cavaquinho, Nélson, ‡d 1911- to Cavaquinho, Nélson, ‡d 1910-1986

More definitive biographical information becomes available:
Year of birth no longer in question
Bach, J. M. (Johann Michael), ‡d b. 1754? to Bach, J. M. (Johann Michael), ‡d 1745-1820
Zimmermann, Frederick, ‡d 1906?-1967 to Zimmermann, Frederick, ‡d 1906-1967
Krismer, Giuseppe, ‡d b. 1878? to Krismer, Giuseppe, ‡d 1876-1946

Year of birth, still not completely certain, is more accurate
Lappi, Pietro, ‡d d. 1630? to Lappi, Pietro, ‡d approximately 1575-1630

Year of birth, not previously known, is now known
Sabater, Carles, ‡d d. 1999 to Sabater, Carles, ‡d 1962-1999
Koshetz, Nina, ‡d d. 1965 to Koshetz, Nina, ‡d 1894-1965

Year of birth, previously known, appeared in the heading as "‡d b."; year of death is now known Koff, Charles, ‡d b. 1909 to Koff, Charles, ‡d 1909-1977
Grossman, Bernie, ‡d b. 1885 to Grossman, Bernie, ‡d 1885-1951

Year of birth in heading is now either questioned or uncertain
Only the death date appears in the revised heading:

Dupree, Champion Jack, ‡d 1910- to Dupree, Champion Jack, ‡d -1992

When the day of birth was added to a heading to distinguish between persons with the same name born in the same year, retain the day of birth in the revised heading.
Shaw, Robert, ‡d 1908 August 9- to Shaw, Robert, ‡d 1908 August 9-1985
Ferris, William, ‡d 1937 February 26- to Ferris, William, ‡d 1937 February 26-2000
Mills, Charles, ‡d 1914 January 8- to Mills, Charles, ‡d 1914-1982

Updating a heading already coded AACR2 (rules c)
Do not add the former heading as a 400 reference coded with subfield ‡w nne when the only difference is the addition of the death date.

Updating a heading that is AACR2 compatible (rules d)
It is LC policy to fully upgrade an AACR2-compatible heading to the AACR2 form when revising the heading for any reason, including when adding a death date. Generally the AACR2-compatible form will include a middle name and the revised form will either omit the middle name or include the middle initial with a ‡q qualifier, depending on predominant usage.
Basner, Veniamin Efimovich, ‡d 1925- to Basner, V. ‡q (Veniamin), ‡d 1925-1996
Kondrashin, Kirill Petrovich, ‡d 1914- to Kondrashin, Kirill, ‡d 1914-1981
Bay, Melbourne Earl, ‡d 1913- to Bay, Mel, ‡d 1913-1997
Wright, Robert Craig, ‡d 1914- to Wright, Robert, ‡d 1914-2005
Albrecht, Otto Edwin, ‡d 1899- to Albrecht, Otto E. ‡q (Otto Edwin), ‡d 1899-1984
Boyden, David Dodge, ‡d 1910- to Boyden, David D. ‡q (David Dodge), ‡d 1910-1986
Simpson, Robert Wilfred Levick, ‡d 1921- to Simpson, Robert, ‡d 1921-1997
Frankenstein, Alfred Victor, ‡d 1906- to Frankenstein, Alfred V. (Alfred Victor), ‡d 1906-1981
Azpiazu Iriarte, José de, ‡d 1912- to Azpiazu, José de, ‡d 1912-1986

The difference between an AACR2-compatible and the revised form may be as minor as the addition or removal of a hyphen in the person's given name.
Martin, Henri Jean, ‡d 1924- to Martin, Henri-Jean, ‡d 1924-2007

Note: LC applies this guideline inconsistently. In an e-mail dialog on NMP-L in January 2009, Joe Bartl of LC said, "Because of automated matching processes (real and imagined) and because of the potential for complications down the line (real and easily imagined for a name like "John Williams") it would seem the path of least resistance to retain the Mar. 13 in the heading." In response to NMP members' question about this, Ana Cristán said, "To the question "what is the official LC policy" ... , the fact is that there is no LC/PCC policy. That being the case, the answer is that LC relies on cataloger's judgment to determine the best option. As Joe Bartl opined, the path of least resistance would be to simply add the death date and move on; however, some cataloger's will disagree, etc. and each is correct to do as his/her judgment dictates."


NMP BFM requests and queries

NMP participants occasionally make changes to existing headings in authority records. When these headings are represented in the Library of Congress catalog, LC should be notified in certain cases so that bibliographic file maintenance (BFM) can be done. Previously, all heading changes had to be reported. Because of new software that will inform LC when a 1XX field in an authority record has changed, it is no longer necessary to report "straightforward changes to 1XX headings," (which includes name/title heading changes).

Because the new software doesn't handle newly created authority records, it is still necessary to report the following changes:
    ° a new heading and authority record for a person removed an undifferentiated authority record
    ° a new authority record for a heading in the LC bibliographic file but not in the authority file, in which the heading in the new record differs from the form in the LC bibliographic file.

These types of changes and queries should be sent directly to the following e-mail address: nacomus@loc.gov [100]. This e-mail account was established specifically to handle this correspondence. Responsibility for responding to BFM requests and queries will rotate monthly among senior music catalogers at LC.

A list of the types of BFM that LC still needs to have us report is on the PCC website: http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/bfmguide.html [106]

Please send notification of all changed headings to the Editor [107] of the Music Cataloging Bulletin.


Reporting duplicate authority records to LC

Multiple authority records that improperly represent the same person or work should be reported to LC. These may be records with duplicate headings or records with different headings that nonetheless identify the same person and that do not represent situations where "multiple bibliographic identities" are warranted.

A decision as to which authority record to retain and which to cancel should be made by the NMP participant. Unless there are other factors involved, the decision will generally be accepted by LC. Generally:

  • Prefer to keep a heading that has been coded for RDA over one coded AACR2 or coded for earlier rules.
  • If both NARs are coded for AACR2 or RDA, prefer the heading that contains more information (e.g., dates, fuller form of name).
  • If both headings are identical, prefer the one with the more complete set of information citations (670s) and references, 046 or 37X fields.
  • If all things are equal, pick either one. Do not agonize over the choice!

Transfer as much relevant and useful data, including varying forms of headings (references), from the record to be deleted to the record to be retained as the OCLC validation software will allow and then replace the record. (Only LC can add the LCCN of the record to be deleted to the 010 field of the record to be retained.)

Once you have replaced the authority record that is to be retained, do not report the duplicate record until the following work day, as the revised version of the record will not arrive at LC until then. This will ensure that when LC adds the cancelled LCCN to the record or makes any other changes, they will be working with the revised record and your changes will not be overlaid.

The validation software does not allow replacing a name record containing a 4XX field that normalizes to a form matching a 1XX in another authority record. If the 1XX in the record to be deleted would be a legitimate reference in the record to be retained, do not add it. Make all changes that can be done,replace the record to be retained, and wait one working day to notify LC. Then, when reporting the duplicate LCCN, request that the the 1XX in the duplicate record be added as a 4XX to the surviving record.

When reporting a duplicate record, the following information should be sent to the LC NACO-Music liaison (nacomus@loc.gov [100]):

  • The LCCN of the authority record to be cancelled and the LCCN of the record to which the cancelled LCCN is to be added.
    • Send LCCNs, not OCLC authority record numbers (ARNs).
      The LCCN is in the 010 field and is preceded by a prefix n, nb, no, or nr, which must be included when you report the LCCNs.
      The ARN appears at the top left of the OCLC authority record following the acronym ARN and has no prefix. LC catalogers cannot use the ARN when searching for authority records in their online catalog.
    • Example:
      Please delete n 84107906 in favor of no2002112706
      not
      Please delete ARN 1163881 in favor of ARN 5931714
    • When you have replaced the authority record that is to be retained, wait at least one working day before you report it to LC. If not, your changes may be overlaid when LC adds the cancelled LCCN to the record.
  • If the headings in the authority records differed, send a list of LCCNs for bibliographic records to be updated.
    • Send LCCNs, not OCLC record numbers.
      The LCCN is in the 010 field.
      The OCLC record number appears at the top left of the bibliographic record.
    • Example:
      BFM needed for LCCNs 2006653168, 2002557697, 2005650856
      not
      BFM needed for OCLC #76899635, #49741303, #8583354

Reporting heading changes for inclusion in the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB) to the Editor

Report all changes to 1XX fields music-related authority records to the MCB Editor [107].

Include the following information:
° the old form of the heading
° the new form of the heading
° the LCCN (not the OCLC ARN) (See the instructions above)

Remove delimiters and subfields.

If there are diacritics in the heading that have been removed, indicate so:

The name of the diacritic follows the letter to which it applies:
Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848. Cre[acute]puscule
to
Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848. Nuits d'e[acute]te]acute a[grave] Pausilippe. Cre[acute]puscule no2003074096

Studio for New Music (Moscow, Russia)
to
Studiia novoi muzyki (Moscow, Russia) (diacritics omitted)

When a heading with diacritics is pasted from OCLC or a Word document into an e-mail message, the result can be indecipherable:

Vostr?a´k, Zbyne?k,
Enăchescu, Voicu
Eben, Petr. PiÌsneÌŒ z TeÌŒsÌŒiÌŒnskaÂ

If it could be unclear how a record has been changed, indicate the change:

Say Hi (Musical group) (no2008050345) (removed extra space preceding qualifier)

When reporting the addition of a death date, cite the previous form and the new form:

    Albert, Stephen, 1941- to Albert, Stephen, 1941-1992 (n 86143547)

If only the name portion of a composer's heading has been changed, it is not necessary to report the associated name/title heading changes or other associated NARs. Even though this name appears as a see also reference for Trio Pasquier (n 82217167), and the see also reference has had the death date added, report only the name record and not the associated record for the MCB.

    Pasquier, Pierre, 1902- to Pasquier, Pierre, 1902-1986 (no 92024918)

When reporting changes for the MCB, report only name/title headings in which the title portion of the heading has been changed along with the name portion of the heading.

    Presser, William, 1916- to Presser, William, 1916-2004 (n 81035966)

and

    Presser, William, 1916- Quintets, trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba, no. 4
    to
    Presser, William, 1916-2004. Quintets, no. 4 (n 88617462)

Elements of name authority records

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Authority control and NACO [13]

For fixed field elements of name authority records, see 008 field for name authority records [77]

Definitions | References (4XX/5XX fields) | Sources found (670 field) | Sources not found (675 field) | Non-public notes (667 field) | 663 field


Definitions

AACR2-compatible: Denotes the coding on a name authority record (NAR) that was in the database before AACR2 rules came into effect, but was judged to be similar enough to accept in the online catalog without being converted to AACR2 rules. Fixed field: Rules (008/10) code is d.

Conflict: A condition in which certain variant access points match an authorized access point, jeopardizing its uniqueness within the database. Conflicts are to be avoided or resolved wherever possible.

Justification: The practice of giving a citation in the 670 field in an authority record for the forms of a name used as the authorized access point and for variant access points.

Non-unique name: A NAR with a 1XX heading that represents more than one person with the same name because there is insufficient information to make a unique AR for each. Also referred to as a consolidated AR. Synonymous with Undifferentiated personal name. Fixed field: Name (008/32) codes are a (unique) or b (non-unique)

Normalization: The automated process by which access points are compared for uniqueness to prevent duplicate access points and conflicts between records. Under the rules of normalization, all diacritics and punctuation marks (except for the first comma) are removed, all letters are converted to uppercase, and modified letters are converted to their unmodified forms. Subfield delimiters (but not subfield codes) are retained. Access pointsthat differ only in diacritics, marks of punctuation (except the first comma), or special characters normalize to the same form and are thus considered in conflict. Such access points need to be further differentiated.

Preliminary records: Authority records created without an item in-hand, usually created as part of a retrospective conversion project. Fixed field: Auth status (008/33) code is d.

Provisional records: Authority records created when there is not enough information to establish a full record (for example, the cataloger does not have the language expertise to establish the record in full or a subordinate body name is available only in a language that is different from the language of the parent body). Fixed field: Auth status (008/33) code is c.

Qualifier: An addition to an access point or variant access point to further clarify its identify or to make it unique in the database.

Usage: The form of name usually found in a statement of responsibility in the item-at-hand. Variant usages may also appear in other parts of the item, such as in the title proper or in a quoted note.

Variant: A form of the name not chosen as the authorized access point; generally appears in the AR as a variant access point.


References

References are added to the authority record, including tags, subfields, delimiters, and diacritics formulated according to RDA.

See references (4XX field)

4XXs should be justified by citation in the 670 field or as required by RDA.

Search all cross-references to insure they do not conflict with authorized access points (1XXs). Do not include a 4XX see reference that would normalize to the same form as the 1XX or 5XX in another authority record. 4XX references may conflict with 4XX in other records [except for name/title headings].

Includes a reference from each variant that affects the primary elements of the name. Generally, this means variations in all elements to the left of the comma and in the first element to the right of the comma.
Generally:
• make one reference from each possible entry element of the name chosen as the heading.
• make only one reference from each variant. Do not trace a reference that would normalize to the same form as the heading on the same record or to the same form as the heading on another record.

See also references (5XX field)

Make a see also reference when:
• a contemporary author uses one or more pseudonyms. Create name authority records for each name and link them with 500 see also references.
• the name of a performing or artistic group contains the name of one or more of its members. Make a see also reference from the heading for each person to the heading for the group and from that group heading to the heading for each individual.
5XX see also references will normalize to the same form as the established heading in another authority record.


Sources found (670 field)

A 670 is required to justify all elements of a authorized access point and variant access points. The first 670 in the record is normally for the work being cataloged.

It is not necessary to add 670 fields to justify references in the following cases:
• References justified by rules or rule interpretations only, usually because the reference is derived from inverting, shortening, etc., the heading or giving a substitute form in the heading.
• References made on the basis of the cataloger's awareness of different romanizations or orthographies.
• Name/title cross references derived from the work being cataloged, from other works cataloged under the same heading, or from information in standard reference sources.

Elements of the 670 field:

‡a

  • main entry of the work being cataloged (not required by PCC)
  • title proper of the work being cataloged
    • It is only necessary to cite the title proper; in most cases, other title information need not be given.
    • If the title is relatively brief, cite it in full. If the title is long, shorten it by abbreviating words or by using the 3 dot mark of omission after the first four or five words.
  • date of publication or edition of the work
    • The date in the authority record does not include brackets even when they are used on the bibliographic record.
    • The following should also be included when citing the date:
      • symbols used, including the copyright "c" or phonogram copyright "p," question marks, and hyphens
      • multiple dates, if the bibliographic record has them

‡b

  • the specific location(s) of the information found when the work cited is other than a reference source
    • examples: title page, jacket, cover, label, colophon, page 3 of cover, back cover, label, container
    • the information found (enclosed in parentheses)
    • necessary only when information is being provided in support of the formulation and/or identification of the 1XX, 4XX and sometimes the 5XX fields.

‡b immediately follows the date in ‡a
 


Sources not found (675 field)

The 675 field a reasonable source where information about where the heading is not found. It is not necessary to include in the 675 for every reference source consulted or in every authority record.


Nonpublic general note (667 field)

The 667 field is used to give:
• information of permanent value and general interest to catalogers
• instructions on the subject usage of the heading


Complex see also reference–name (663 field)

The 663 field is used to give:
• See also references prepared by the cataloger when the reference is more complex than can be conveyed solely through the contents of one or more 5XX fields

Call Numbers

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • From LC: Outlines of the LC Classification schedules [108]: Class M [109] (PDF) | Class M glossary and general guidelines [110] (PDF)
  • Class numbers for:
    • instrumental music: Solo music: M6-M175 [35] | Duets: M180-M298.5 [36] | Trios-nonets: M300-M990 [37] | Orchestra/string orchestra/band: M1000/M1100/M1200, etc. [38]
      Solo instrument(s) with orchestra/string orchestra: M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | Instrumental instruction and study [43]
    • vocal music: Choral music and dramatic music: M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | Vocal ensembles: M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | Solo vocal music: M1611/M2102, etc. [42]
  • Shelflisting and cuttering in Class M [111] by Renee McBride
  • Cutter numbers: Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112]
  • Cutter numbers for:
    • Composers: A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
    • Titles [68]
    • Publisher [69]
    • Cutter numbers for M class numbers that are subarranged by cutter number: ML 102, etc. [70]
  • Yale Music Library practices in Class M [26] ° Size [113] | Local practice in cutter numbers [114] | MARC holdings and local practice [29]
    • Call numbers for: scores [27] | books [28]
  • Sound recordings classification
    • Classifying music CDs: unearthing the collection [115] by Angela Kroeger & Jan Boyer
    • The ANSCR [alpha-numeric system for classification of recordings] classification system for sound recordings [116]

Cutter numbers for composers: S

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
S152 Saint-Saëns, Camille, 1835-1921
S165 Salieri, Antonio, 1750-1825
S168 Sallinen, Aulis
S189 Sammartini, Giovanni Battista, 1700 or 1701-1775
S1895 Sammartini, Giuseppe, 1695-1750 S189 in M219.5, M289, M312.4, M317, M1123
S274 Say, Fazil, 1970- S2735 in M25
S253 Satie, Erik, 1866-1925
S255 Sauguet, Henri, 1901-1989
S286 Scarlatti, Alessandro, 1660-1725
S2862 Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757
S289 Scelsi, Giacinto, 1905-1988
S294 Schäffer, Boguslaw (ä cuttered as "ae") S293 in M221; S2935 in ML410; S296 in M62, M287, M1473, M1613.3; S297 in ML390; S294 and S296 in M289
S296 Schafer, R. Murray
S318 Scheidt, Samuel, 1587-1654
S319 Schein, Johann Hermann, 1586-1630
S331 Schickele, Peter
S334 Schilling, Hans Ludwig
S347 Schmelzer, Johann Heinrich, approximately 1623-1680
S355 Schmitt, Florent, 1870-1958
S358 Schneider, Georg Abraham, 1770-1839 S3578 in M287; S358 and S359 in M289; S3585 in ML410
Schneider, Enjott, 1950- S358 in M246, M342, M1560, M2013; S358 and S359 in M11; S3585 in M2092; S359 in M8.5, M184, M317, M1621, ML2075, ML3545
S361 Schnittke, Alfred, 1934-1998 S558 in M220, M231.5, M286, M385, M447, M512, M1140, M2010 (incorrectly cuttered as Shnittke); S558 and S361 in M452
S364 Schoeck, Othmar, 1886-1957
S365 Schoenberg, Arnold, 1874-1951
S3657 Schoenfield, Paul S366 in M322, M342
S378 Schreker, Franz, 1878-1934 S377 in M1001, M1003, ML49, ML410, MT100
S381 Schroeder, Hermann, 1904-1984 S795 in M1621
S384 Schubert, Franz, 1797-1828
S386 Schuller, Gunther
Schulhoff, Erv'in, 1894-1942 S3855 in M362, M452, M1380; S3855 and S386 in ML410; S387 in M1613.3
S385 Schütz, Heinrich, 1585-1672
S3915 Schumann, Camillo, 1872-1946 S3917 in M8, S3919 in M8
S3916 Schumann, Georg, 1866-1952
S3918 Schuman, William, 1910-1992
S3919 Schumann, Clara, 1819-1896
S392 Schumann, Robert, 1810-1856
S399 Schwartz, Elliott, 1936-
S3995 Schwartz, Stephen S399 in M1503, M1508; S411 in M1507
S629 Scriabin, Aleksandr Nikolayevich, 1872-1915; cutter as Skriabin
S437 Sculthorpe, Peter, 1929-
S451 Seeger, Ruth Crawford, 1901-1953
S486 Serocki, Kazimierz
S493 Sessions, Roger, 1896-1985
S529 Shapey, Ralph, 1921-2002 S528 in M233
S538 Shchedrin, Rodion Konstantinovich, 1932- S5385 in M1003, M1530, M1531, ML134; S561 in M261; S548 in M1523
S559 Shostakovich, Dmitrii Dmitrievich, 1906-1975
S563 Sibelius, Jean, 1865-1957
S5715 Siegmeister, Elie, 1909-1991
S572 Sierra, Roberto
S623 Sitsky, Larry M6225 in M221, M312
Sitt, Hans, 1850-1922
S626 Skalkottas, Nikos, 1904-1949
S628 Skolnik, Walter
S629 Scriabin, Aleksandr Nikolayevich, 1872-1915
S634 Slonimskii, Sergei Mikhailovich S633 in M25, M1500; S6335 in M221, M250, M1621, ML410; S634 in M117, M219.5, M226, M246, M312, M1001, M1010, M1011, M1016, M1105, M1045, M1503, M1620, M1624, M1624.7, M2021, M2103.3
Slonimsky, Nicolas, 1894-1995
S638 Smetana, Bedrich, 1824-1884
S684 Soler, Antonio, 1729-1783
S698 Sondheim, Stephen S6975 in M1500
S714 Sor, Fernando, 1778-1839 S713 in M125, MT582
S725 Sousa, John Philip, 1854-1932
S731 Sowerby, Leo, 1895-1968
S742 Speer, Daniel, 1636-1707 S698 and S742 in M557.4
S762 Spohr, Louis, 1784-1859
S783 Stamitz, Anton, 1750-
S7835 Stamitz, Johann, 1717-1757 S783 in M1010, M1011, M1105, M1106
S7836 Stamitz, Karl, 1745-1801
S785 Stanford, Charles Villiers, 1852-1924 S784 in M1529.5
S788 Stanley, John, 1712-1786
S795 Starer, Robert S7953 and S7958 in M457.2; S7953 in M452, M557.4, M957.4, M1001, M1140, M1141, M1528; S7958 in M11, M146, M1041
S816 Steffani, Agostino, 1654-1728
S827 Stepan, Josef Antonin, 1726-1797 S816 M22, M25, M1010; S8271 in ML410
Stephan, Rudi, 1887-1915
S844 Stevens, Halsey, 1908-1989
S864 Stock, David, 1939- S863 in M175.X9, M298, M385, M557.4, M585, S8635 in M77, M452, M485, M1613.3
Stockhausen, Karlheinz, 1928-2007
S865 Stockmeier, Wolfgang
S872 Stölzel, Gottfried Heinrich, 1690-1749 (ö cuttered as "oe") S876 in M2010
S889 Stout, Gordon
S895 Stradella, Alessandro, 1639-1682
S911 Straus, Oscar, 1870-1954
S9111 Strauss, Christoph, approximately 1575-1631
S9113 Strauss, Eduard, 1835-1916
S9114 Strauss, Franz, 1822-1905
S9115 Strauss, Johann, 1804-1849
S9116 Strauss, Johann, 1825-1899
S9118 Strauss, Josef, 1827-1870
S912 Strauss, Richard, 1864-1949
S913 Stravinsky, Igor, 1882-1971
S9134 Stravinsky, Soulima, 1910-1994 S9131 in M312, M452; S9133 in M220, M221, M1380; S9134 in M25, M26.2, M204, M1621; S9135 in M231
S924 Stroud, Richard, 1929-1997
S9381 Styne, Jule, 1905-1994
S941 Subotnick, Morton
S948 Suk, Josef, 1874-1935
S949 Sullivan, Arthur, 1842-1900 S95 in M22, ML96.5; S949 and S95 in M1503, M1507, ML410
S965 Sutermeister, Heinrich, 1910-1995
S974 Sweelinck, Jan Pieterszoon, 1562-1621
S982 Sydeman, William, 1928-
S985 Syl'vestrov, Valentyn Vasyl'ovych, 1937- S5875 (Silʹvestrov) in M221
S997 Szekely, Endre, 1912-1989
S999 Szymanowski, Karol, 1882-1937

Call numbers for books

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

This document explains the practices of assigning call numbers to books in the Yale University Music Library. These practices may or may not coincide with those of other libraries.
Class numbers
Cutter numbers: Author (100) as main entry | Title (245) as main entry | Cutter by subject (6XX)
Further elements needed to make the call number unique: Additional number added to final cutter number or additional cutter number | Date of publication
Reprints | Translations | Conference reports


Class numbers

Use class ML for items about a person, place, specific type of music, or instrument. Use MT for instructional items or books about music theory.

Books that contain mostly analysis of a composer's work(s) should be classed in MT rather than ML410.

The first line of the call number includes the class letter (ML or MT) and number.

The call numbers assigned to the same book by different units within the Yale Library may look very different. Call numbers for books cataloged in the main cataloging department using LC classification include "(LC)" at the end. This is to distinguish the LC classification numbers from the old Yale class numbers, which used an initial upper case letter followed by a second lower case letter. The old Yale class number generally will not be close alphabetically to the corresponding LC class number.

Mt10 = the old Yale class for folk songs and national songs
MT10 = the LC class number for teachers' and supervisors' manuals, etc. of printed pedagogical aids for music

SML call numbers may also include an upper case X or a date. These call numbers are for the same books held by different Yale libraries:
ML3800 B786 M9 (music library)
ML3800 B785X 2007 (LC) (SML)

ML3800 B816 M9 (music library)
ML3800 B796X 2008 (LC) (SML)


Cutter numbers for main entry or subject
For local practice in using cutter numbers, see Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112].

The second line of the call number is a cutter number for

  • main entry, using the first letter and two to four numbers, when the topic of the book is implied by the class number,
    e.g., ML390 is for collected biography of composers.
    This can be either author as main entry or title as main entry.
    or
     
  • subject, when the topic of the book is indicated by a cutter number added to the class number,
    e.g., ML410 is for biographies of individual composers. The first cutter number should represent the composer who is the topic of the book.
    Depending on the class, the cutter number for the subject of a book can be for
    • person
    • topic, such as a class number subdivided by a cutter for a specific instrument (guitar), a specific type of music (jazz), or other topics (notation, performance practice), etc.
    • place.

    See also Class numbers that are cuttered by person, instrument, place, or topic [114].

Cutter by main entry

   Author as main entry:

If the main entry is the author, use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to find the apropriate cutter number, e.g., Adorno = A241

Note: The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number:      A241    not    .A241

When there is a conflict with a cutter number (the cutter is the same as one assigned to another author), check the class number in which the item will go to determine if another cutter for the composer has been established in that class. If there is none, search the person's name in the catalog to see if a specific cutter is being used for that person in other class numbers. If there is none, add an additional number to the cutter. When possible, adjust the number to ensure that the composers' names are in alphabetical order within that class number. That may require adding an additional number to the cutter number preceding the number already established for the first composer.

ML3800 K62 M9 = Kittler, Friedrich A.
ML3800 K622 M9 = Kivy, Peter
ML3800 M216 M9 = Mahrenholz, Simone
ML3800 M2169 B3 = Maier, Franz Michael
ML3800 M385 Q1 = Martinelli, Dario
ML3800 M3852 F4 = Martinelli, Riccardo

Title as main entry

This section intentionally blank; it is not yet written.

Cutter by subject

   Person as subject:

If the subject is a composer, use the cutter number already for this composer:

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to find the apropriate cutter number, e.g., Mozart = M939.

Note: The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number:      M939    not    .M939

Note: Local practice is to further divide the class number for individual composer biography and criticism and interpretation with the A___ numbers below. The number is added immediately following the cutter number for the individual, followed by any further cutter numbers needed for author, etc.:

A101 = Writings, collected and selected
A102 = Correspondence
A103 = Autobiography
A104 = Single literary works
A105 = Anniversaries, festivals, congresses, etc.
A106 = Societies
A107 = Memorial volumes
A109 = Documents, interviews, etc.

   Topic as subject:

This section intentionally blank; it is not yet written.

   Place as subject:

Generally, when using a cutter number for place [114], a second cutter for main entry is added. This second cutter usually need be only the initial letter with one number:

class number place cutter main entry cutter
ML275.8 H465 M9
ML275.8 H465 P5
ML275.8 L531 L2
ML275.8 L531 P9

If a cutter number not following these guidelines has already been established, follow the established pattern. It is better to have all books about the same place sit together on the shelf. In the call numbers below, Rome was set up as R76, even though the cutter number is R763 in Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table. The last entry uses the full cutter number, not following previously established practice:

ML290.8 R76 A1
ML290.8 R76 A16
ML290.8 R76 A6
ML290.8 R76 A8
ML290.8 R76 C3
ML290.8 R76 C91
ML290.8 R76 C91 17111
ML290.8 R76 K16
ML290.8 R76 L4
ML290.8 R76 M9
ML290.8 R76 M98
ML290.8 R76 R4
ML290.8 R763 S7
1For an explanation of the use of the date in this call number, see cuttering by date of publication.

In these examples, place (New York) is further divided by the institution, society, etc. (Philharmonic) that is the subject of the book. A third cutter number, when needed, is added for main entry:

class number place cutter institution cutter main entry cutter
ML200.8 N532 P5 H8 = Horizons '83 (title main entry)
ML200.8 N532 P5 H9 = Huneke
ML200.8 N532 P5 K5 = King
ML200.8 N532 P5 K9 = Krehbie

Although it is LC policy to limit a call number to two cutter numbers, it is Yale policy to use a third cutter number when deemed necessary.
 


Further elements needed to make the call number unique

Additional number added to final cutter number or additional cutter number | Date of publication

Additional number added to the final cutter number or an additional cutter number

In this example, the additional number added to the main entry cutter indicated two different authors for whom a single number cutter number would be the same:

class number place cutter main entry cutter
ML270.8 P23 B8 = Brevan
ML270.8 P23 B86 = Brody

In this example, the additional number added to the main entry cutter indicated the same author, but a different title classed in the same class number as another book by that author:

class number place cutter main entry cutter
ML290.8 V459 S4 = Selfridge-Field, Eleanor
ML134 R832 S46 = Selfridge-Field, Eleanor; additional number "6" indicates that it is a different book

In this example, a third cutter number was added for the titles of the second and third books by the same author:

class number place cutter main entry cutter title cutter
ML410 B118 S1 = Sackmann, Dominik   = Bach und Corelli; title of the first book received; no cutter number for title needed
ML410 B118 S1 = Sackmann, Dominik B1 = Bach und der Tanz; title of another book by the same author
ML410 B118 S1 = Sackmann, Dominik T8 = Triumph des Geistes über die Materie; title of another book by the same author

This is an example of two ways to use cutter numbers to make a call number unique:
1. Add an additional cutter number.
2. Add an additional number to the last cutter number in the call number.

ML55 H685 H3 1 Festschrift der Hochschule für Musik "Franz Liszt" Weimar
ML55 H6853 2 Festschrift zum zehnjährigen Bestand der Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst in Graz
ML55 H6855 2 Kirchenmusik als Erbe und Auftrag : Festschrift zum 50 jährigen Bestehen der Hochschule für Kirchenmusik Esslingen der Evangelischen Landeskirche in W urttemberg

In some class numbers, it makes sense to add a fuller author cutter number. In areas in which a high number of books are expected, such as ML410 for Bach, Beethoven, etc., assigning a fuller author cutter number might avoid future conflicts.

The example below illustrates this point. The first book to be received was by Goertzen, and was assigned an author cutter number with only one number. The full cutter number for Goertzen would be G597, but because there were no other books on Brahms with an author cutter number beginning with G5, the final two digits were omitted. An additional number was needed in the author cutter number for the second book. The two books on Brahms will not sit alphabetically on the shelf.

Call number
-------------------
Author
---------------------------------------
ML410 B813 G5 Goertzen, Valerie Woodring, 1954-
ML410 B813 G52 Giribaldi, Emilia, 1970-

Date of publication

The date of publication is added to these call numbers because they are different editions issued by the same publisher:
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
   Dissonanzen; Musik in der verwalteten Welt. -- 2., erweiterte Ausgabe. -- Gottingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, [1958].
ML197 A241 D6 1958

Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
   Dissonanzen. Musik in d. verwalteten Welt.-- 5. Aufl. -- Gottingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1972.
ML197 A241 D6 1972
 


Reprints:

Add the original date of publication followed by a lower case letter as the last line of the call number. This is added whether or not we own the original edition. If not, when we receive it, it would be assigned the same call number as the reprint minus the lower case letter following the date:

Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
   Klavierschule. Kassel ; New York : Barenreiter, 1962.
MT222 T913 K6 1789a

MT222 T913 K6 1802

If we receive more than one reprint of the same publication, assign lower case letters to the original date of publication alphabetically:

Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764.

MT50 R171 T7 1722a Madrid : Arte Tripharia, c1983.
MT50 R171 T7 1722b Geneve : Slatkine Reprints, 1986.
MT50 R171 T7 1722c [Paris] : Klincksieck, c1992.

Translations:

An extra number is added to the title cutter number to indicate that the item is a translation. Reserve number 1 for translations from any language into English; any other number can be used for translations from any language into any language other than English.

Add the extra number even when we do not own the item in the original language.

The item in the original language: The translation:
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
   Mahler : eine musikalische Physionomik.

ML410 M214 A2

Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
   [Mahler. English]
Mahler : a musical physiognomy
ML410 M214 A21


 
The item in the original language (also a reprint): The translation:
Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634.
Conclusioni nel suono dell' organo

MT180 B213 C7 1609a

Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634.
   [Conclusioni nel suono dell'organo. English]
Conclusions for playing the organ
MT180 B213 C71+


The item in the original language: The translation:
Delair, Denis.
Traite d'accompagnement pour le theorbe et le clavecin.
MT49 D334+
Delair, Denis.
   [Traite d'accompagnement pour le theorbe et le clavecin. English] Accompaniment on theorbo and harpsichord
MT49 D334 T71


The item in the original language: The translation:
Terry, Charles Sanford, 1864-1936.
   Bach; a biography

ML410 B118 T3

Terry, Charles Sanford, 1864-1936.
   [Bach. German]
Johann Sebastian Bach : eine Lebensgeschichte
ML410 B118 T3 B1 3

3 In this case, there are several books about Bach by Terry. The cutter number for title in each call number begins with "T3":

ML410 B118 T3 Bach; a biography If we had added an additional number to the final cutter number, the translation would not have sat next to the original version. To avoid this, an additional cutter number, for title, was added to the translation:
ML410 B118 T3 B1
ML410 B118 T32 Bach's chorals
ML410 B118 T325 Bach : the historical approach
ML410 B118 T327 Bach, the Mass in B minor
ML410 B118 T329 Bach's orchestra
ML410 B118 T3291 The music of Bach : an introduction


The item in the original language: The translation:
Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764.
Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie, servant
de base a tout l'art musical theorique & pratique.
ML3805 R171 D38
Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764.
   [Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie. English]
Rameau's Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie
ML3805 R171 D381


In this example, we have the 1850 edition of the original and a translation of the 1851 edition. In addition to the number "1" to indicate translation into English, the date is also added to the second call number:
The item in the original language: The translation:
Weber, Gottfried, 1779-1839.
Versuch einer geordneten Theorie der Tonsetzkunst

MT40 W374 V56 1830

Weber, Gottfried, 1779-1839.
   [Versuch einer geordneten Theorie der Tonsetzkunst. English]
The theory of musical composition
MT40 W374 V561 1851

Generally add an additional number for translation to the title cutter number even when we do not own the original. When we receive it, it will be assigned the same title cutter number minus the final letter indicating translation.

In the example below, the number 1 is added for the translation from German into English, even though we don't own the original German version. This anticipates a possible conflict should we get the German edition.

Bree, Malwine, 1861-1937.
   [Grundlage der Methode Leschetizky. English]
The groundwork of the Leschetizky method
MT222 B832 G81

When the translation is from any language, including English, into language other than English, assign an additional number other than 1:

The original English version: The translation into Italian:
Heller, Karl, 1935-
   Antonio Vivaldi

ML410 V855 A65

Heller, Karl, 1935-
   [Antonio Vivaldi. Italian]
Vivaldi
ML410 V855 A652

This is an example in the incorrect way to indicate translation in the call number:

The original language: The translation:
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
Unterweisung im Tonsatz.

MT40 H662 U6

Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
   [Unterweisung im tonsatz. English]
The craft of musical composition
MT40 H662 C8

The original was cuttered by U6 for Unterweisung. The translation was cuttered by C8 for Craft. It should have been cuttered by U6, not only because it is a translation, but also because there is a uniform title. When both a 240 and a 245 exist, the title cutter number should be based on the uniform title (240).
 


These call numbers give an example of several elements used to distinguish among different publication dates, reprints, and translations:
MT222 T913 K6 1789
MT222 T913 K6 1789a
MT222 T913 K6 1802
MT222 T913 K61

Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
   [Klavierschule]
Klavierschule, oder, Anweisung zum Klavierspielen für Lehrer und Lernende
MT222 T913 K6 1789

Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
Klavierschule
MT222 T913 K6 1789a

Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
   [Klavierschule]
Klavierschule, oder, Anweisung zum Klavierspielen : für Lehrer und Lernende
MT222 T913 K6 1802

Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
   [Klavierschule. English]
School of clavier playing, or, Instructions in playing the clavier for teachers & students
MT222 T913 K61


Conferences

Call number
111/711 field
ML3805 F418 1967 Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (9th : ‡d 1967 : ‡c Paris, France)
ML3805 F418 1969 Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (11th : ‡d 1969 : ‡c Paris, France)
ML3805 F418 1970 Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (12th : ‡d 1970 : c Paris, France)
ML3805 F418 1975 Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (17th : ‡d 1975 : ‡c Paris, France)

Call numbers for scores

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

This document explains the practices of assigning call numbers to scores in the Yale University Music Library. These practices may or may not coincide with those of other libraries.

It is the goal to have different manifestations of the same work or expression sit next to each other on the shelf. This may occasionally call for using an incorrect, but already existing class number or cutter number. If possible, when a class or cutter number is egregiously incorrect, reclass the item. If there are several items with the incorrect number, use that class or cutter number.


General guidelines for Class M [117] | Class numbers | Oversize
Cutter numbers for main entry: Composer as main entry (100) | Title as main entry: uniform title (130) ; title proper (245)
Additional elements for title: 1. Opus or work number | 2. Serial number | 3. Cutter by first letter of title | 4. Key | 5. Date of composition | 6. Title implied by class number
Parts of a larger work: With a number designation | With a title
Further elements needed to make the call number unique: Capital letter | Publication date | Vocal range | Cutter number by: Publisher ; Editor
Translations | Reprints


General guidelines for Class M

See LC classification: Class M [117]

Class numbers

Use class M for all printed music (with some exceptions for rare items and for facsimiles) and MT for instructional items that are scores (there are both books and scores classed in MT). The first line of the call number includes the class letter (M or MT) and number.

Class numbers for instrumental music: M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39]
Class numbers for dramatic and vocal music: M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42]
Class numbers for instrumental instruction: MT179-MT735 [43]

See Local practice in Class M [118] for explanations of Yale's local practices for class numbers for scores.


Local practice for manuscripts and facsimiles

Facsimiles of scores or sketches are classed in ML96.4 (collections) and ML96.5 (individual works). Manuscripts are classed in Misc. ms. [no.]. Manuscripts are assigned sequential numbers.


Yale practice for oversize scores

A plus sign (+) or double plus sign (++) is added to the end of a call number for books and scores 27 cm. in width or height or more. The existence of a plus or double plus sign does not make the call number unique.

Plus (+) = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
When an item is 36 cm. and will be bound commercially, the binding will add enough to the height that the item should be made a double plus (++).

Double-plus (++) = equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)


Cutter number for main entry

The second line of the call number is a cutter number, usually for main entry, using the first letter and two to four numbers.

Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to derive cutter numbers for composers. See Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] for instructions.

When a class number requires a specific cutter number for instrument (e.g., M110 R4), special season or occasion (e.g., M2098.M6), text (e.g., M2099.G4), etc., use the cutter number already given in Class M. When required but not specified in class M, derive the number using the LC cutter table [119]).

Composer as main entry | Uniform title as main entry | Title proper as main entry

Composer as main entry

If the main entry is a composer, use the cutter number already for this composer:
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67] |

Or use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] to find the appropriate cutter number, e.g., Mozart = M939.

The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number:      M939    not    .M939

When there is a conflict with a cutter number (the number is the same as one assigned to another composer), check the class number in which the item will go to determine if another cutter for the composer has been established in that class. If there is none, search the composer's name in the catalog to see if a specific cutter has been used for that composer in other class numbers. If there is none, add an additional number to the cutter. When possible, adjust the number to ensure that the composers' names are in alphabetical order within that class number. That may require adding an additional number to the cutter number preceding the number already established for the first composer.

A7479 Arne, Michael, 1741?-1786
A748 Arne, Thomas Augustine, 1710-1778

C5975 Clarke, Herbert L. (Herbert Lincoln), 1867-1945
C598 Clarke, Jeremiah, 1669?-1707

K96 Kuhlau, Friedrich, 1786-1832
K965 Kuhnau, Johann, 1660-1722

B117 Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, 1714-1788
B1171 Bach, Georg Christoph, 1642-1697
B1172 Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782
B1173 Bach, Johann Christoph, 1642-1703
B1174 Bach, Johann Christoph Friedrich, 1732-1795
B1175 Bach, Jan
B1176 Bach, Johann Ernst, 1722-1777
B1177 Bach, Johann Ludwig, 1677-1731
B1178 Bach, Johann Michael, 1648-1694
B118 Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750

S911 Straus, Oscar, 1870-1954
S9111 Strauss, Christoph, approximately 1575-1631
S9113 Strauss, Eduard, 1835-1916
S9114 Strauss, Franz, 1822-1905
S9115 Strauss, Johann, 1804-1849
S9116 Strauss, Johann, 1825-1899
S9118 Strauss, Josef, 1827-1870
S912 Strauss, Richard, 1864-1949

Uniform title as main entry

If the main entry is a uniform title (130), cutter by the first word.

Squarcialupi codex.
   Il codice Squarcialupi ...
ML96.5 S773

Codex Faenza. Selections.
   Three madrigals for keyboard ...
M11 C669

Title proper as main entry

If the main entry is the title proper (245), cutter by the first word, excluding any initial article [120].

Assumpta est Maria : for 4 or 5 instruments ...
M990 A851

The Fitzwilliam virginal book ...
M21 F564 1949


Additional elements for title

Additional elements for title are added in most cases. It is best to use the same type of additional element for a composer's work in a given class number. Preferably, the choice of additional element is in this order of preference, but existing practice within a class number takes precedence:
1. Opus or work number
2. Serial number
3. Cutter number for first letter of the title
4. Key
5. Date of composition
6. The title is implied by the class number (e.g., M8, M23, M219, M231, M1001, etc.)


1. Opus or work number [121], when known. Opus or work number is the preferred means of indicating title in the call number because it is a unique identifier for the work. The number may appear on the item or you may find it in another source.
Do not add a space between the opus or work number and the number:
M1001 B415 op.91
M622 H415 H II,1
M1004 S912 AV80
M76 B118 S.1007- 1008
M246 T268 TWV41:a3

When opus or work number is available, use that element only; do not also include a cutter number for title. For example, for this piece, "op.45" is unique enough to identify this work; adding "S4" for "serenade" would be redundant, since the title is already indicated by "op.45" in the call number:

Hétu, Jacques, 1938- 2010.
   Serenade, flute, string quartet, op. 45
M562 H591 op.45    not     M562 H591 S4 op.45    or     M562 H591 op.45 S4

When two works are included, both opus/work numbers will appear in the call number.

Sequential opus/work numbers
Include a comma but no space between the two opus or work numbers so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.

M452 M537 op.12,13
M1620 M492 op.19,19a 1911a
M221 M939 K.374a-b


Non-sequential opus/work numbers
Include a comma and a space between the two opus or work numbers so that they will appear on separate lines when a label is printed.

M25 C966 op.20, op.39
M25 G789 op.3, op.61

Special procedures for individual composers

J.S. Bach: Work numbers assigned to works by J.S. Bach should be preceded by S. (Schmieder) rather than BWV Bach-Werke-Verzeichnis). When needed in the uniform title, BWV rather than S is used. The number itself would be the same in either case:

M25 B118 S.906   not   M25 B118 BWV906

C.P.E. Bach: Work index numbers assigned to works by C.P.E. Bach should be the W. (Wotquenne) numbers, even though the uniform titles are assigned the H. (Helm) numbers. They are not the same:
M242 B117 W.123   not   M242 B117 H.550

Beethoven: for WoO numbers, use "K." instead of "WoO" in the call number. The WoO number will be the same as the K. number.

Haydn: String quartets: use the op. number instead of the H. number. The number not be the same:
Uniform title: Quartets, strings, H. III, 45, C major
Call number: M452 H415 op.50 no.2

Haydn: Symphonies: use M. instead of H. in the call number. The H. number is used in the uniform title. The number will remain the same:
Uniform title: Symphonies, H. I, 94, G major
Call number: M1001 H415 M.94


2. Serial number, when an opus or work numbering is unknown or lacking.
Do not include a space between "no." and the number so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.

M452 A385 no.1
M452 S559 no.1-5

For a series of numbered works with the same title for different instruments (they would class in different class numbers), cutter by the title and do not add the serial number:

M62 B511 S4 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 1] Sequenza : per flauto solo
M117 B511 S42 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 2] Sequenza II : per arpa sola
M1621.2 B511 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 3] Sequenza III : per voce femminile
M25 B511 S4 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 4] Sequenza IV : for piano
M92 B511 S4 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 5] Sequenza V : for trombone solo
M47 B511 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 6] Sequenza VI : per viola sola
M67 B511 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 7] Sequenza VII : per oboe solo
M107 B511 S4 no.7b 1 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 7b] Sequenza VIIb : per sassofono soprano
M42 B511 S4 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 8] Sequenza VIII : per violino solo
M107 B511 S4 no.9b 1 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 [Sequenza, no. 9b] Sequenza IXb : per sassofono soprano

1 The serial number is needed here because there are two works with this title, but with different serial numbers, for saxophone. They are classed in the same class number.

For a series of numbered works with the same title for the same instrument (they would class in the same class number), see below in the section on cuttering by first letter of the title.


3. First letter of the title.
Some class numbers include a cutter number as part of the class number, for examples, instrument (e.g., M110 R4), special season or occasion (e.g., M2098.M6), text (e.g., M2099.G4). Use the cutter number already given in Class M. When required but not already given in class M, derive the number using the LC cutter table [119]).

Most class numbers, however, do not include a specific cutter number. In those cases, use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to derive cutter numbers for titles. See Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] for instructions.

In the absense of opus, work, or serial number, cutter by the first letter of the title. When there is a uniform title in the 240 field, cutter by that title. If there is no uniform title in the 240, cutter by the first word, excluding any initial article [120], of the title proper (245):

M557.4 B1175 F2 Bach, Jan. [Fanfare and fugue, trumpets (5)] (cuttered by uniform title (240))
M557.4 B1175 L3 Bach, Jan. Laudes (cuttered by title proper (245))
M557.4 B1175 R8 Bach, Jan. [Rounds and dances, trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba] (cuttered by uniform title (240))

When two different works by the same composer in the same class number would be assigned the same cutter number, add another number to the cutter number of the second work. As much as possible, adjust the number to ensure that the works appear in alphabetical order within that class number:

M261 C5975 S7 Clarke, Herbert L. ... The southern cross
M261 C5975 S79 Clarke, Herbert L. ... Stars in a velvety sky

For a series of numbered works with the same title for the same instrument (they would be classed in the same class number), cutter by the title and add the serial number. Do not include a space between "no." and the number so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.

M25 I95 S9 no.20 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. [Studies, piano, no. 20]
M25 I95 S9 no.21 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. [Studies, piano, no. 21]
M25 I95 S9 no.22 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. [Studies, piano, no. 22]
M25 I95 S9 no.23 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. [Studies, piano, no. 23]
M25 I95 S9 no.5 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. [Studies, piano, no. 5]

When the first letter in the first word of a series of titles are all the same, which occurs with masses, madrigals, etc., cutter by the first letter of the second word:
Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, 1525?-1594.

M2011 P157 Masses, book 1
M2011 P157 A8 Missa, Assumpta est Maria
M2011 P157 D5 Masses, book 6. Missa Dies sanctificatus
M2011 P157 I8 Masses, book 5. Missa Iste confessor
M2011 P157 L3 Missa Lauda Sion
M2011 P157 T9 Missa, Tu es Petrus

When two or more editions of the same work are being cataloged, adding an additional cutter number is one method of making the call number unique, as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique.

M2011 P157 P2 Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli
M2011 P157 P2 L8 Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli
M2011 P157 P2 S6 Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli

Specific works are assigned a cutter for title even when the opus, work, or serial number is known. After the cutter, a capital letter makes the call number unique as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique:
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
   [Inventions, harpsichord, BWV 772-786]
M25 B118 I6
M25 B118 I6 A
M25 B118 I6 B
M25 B118 I6 C
M25 B118 I6 D
M25 B118 I6 E
M25 B118 I6 F
M25 B118 I6 G
M25 B118 I6 H
M25 B118 I6 I


4. Key. Use the key to distinguish among works when cuttering by title would not make sense (such as when the title is implied by the class number) and there is no other way to distinguish among them (opus, work, or serial number). For example, it would not make sense to cutter all of Telemann's sonatas for recorder by S6, S61, S62, etc. or Wagenseil's symphonies as S9, S91, S92, etc., so key is used to distinguish among them:

M242 T268 Cmaj.
M242 T268 Fmaj.

M1001 W131 Dmaj.
M1001 W131 Emaj.
M1001 W131 Fmaj.

When the key includes a flat sign, it is spelled out (e.g., flat) in the call number.

M129 P116 S9 Aflatmaj.


5. Date of composition

When there is no other means of assigning unique call numbers, the date of composition may be used. The date may appear in the uniform title, in the title proper, or in a reference source. To distinguish the piano sonata of 1949 from that of 1956:
Lilburn, Douglas, 1915-2001.
   [Sonatas, piano (1949)]
M23.5 L728 1949

   [Sonatas, piano (1956)]
M23.5 L728 1956

To distinguish the two violin, piano sonatas, the date is used. Since the mode of the keys were not used in the uniform title, using the letters E and C in the call numbers would imply different editions of the same work, as described in Section 6. Other below.
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
   [Sonatas, violin, piano, E]
Sonate in E fur Geige und Klavier (1935)
M219.5 H662 1935

Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
   [Sonatas, violin, piano, C]
Sonate fur Violine und Klavier, 1939
M219.5 H662 1939


6. The title is implied by the class number (e.g., M8, M23, M219, M231, M1001, etc.)

Some class numbers imply a title, e.g.,

M8 = organ sonatas
M23 = piano sonatas (Yale practice in M23 [122])
M219 = violin sonatas (Yale practice in M219 [122])
M231 = cello sonatas (Yale practice in M231 [122])
M1001 = symphonies

In these classes, it does not make sense to cutter by title because everything in that class number would be cuttered by the same cutter number, e.g., S6 for sonata or S9 for symphony

If the composer has written only one work of that type that would be classed in that class number, do not include a cutter number for title:
Benson, Warren, 1924-2005.
   [Sonatina, cello, piano]
M231.5 B474 not M231.5 B474 S6

Boatwright, Howard.
   [Symphony]
M1001 B662 not M1001 B662 S9

However, do include a cutter number for title if the work has a distinctive title, such as:
Becker, John J.
   [Soundpiece, no. 3]
   Soundpiece, no. 3 : a sonata : for violin and piano
M219.5 B395 S7

Constant, Marius, 1925-2004.
   Nana symphonie
M1001 C757 N1

If the composer has written more than one sonata/sonatina or symphony in that class number, use either opus or work number, serial number, key, year, etc. to distinguish among them. For example:

Serial number      Year of composition Key                      
M23.5 B136 no.1 M219.5 H662 1935 M219.5 T338 Amaj.
M23.5 B163 no.2 M219.5 H662 1939 M219.5 T338 Dmaj.
    M219.5 T338 Gmaj.
M1001 C784 no.1    
M1001 C784 no.2 M1001 H662 S9 1940 M1001 C573 B♭maj.
M1001 C784 no.3 M1001 H662 S9 1946 M1001 C573 Dmaj.

These violin sonatas by Bach are cuttered by work number only, since S6 (sonata) is implied by the class number and is redundant. (Elements to make the call number unique are added as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique).

M219.5 [123] B118 S.1021 [publisher: Breitkopf & Härtel
M219.5 B118 S.1021 B14 [publisher: Bärenreiter]
M219.5 B118 S.1021 W6 [publisher: Wiener Urtext Edition]


Parts of a larger work

Add an additional element to the call number when cataloging a part of a larger work.

Parts of a larger work with a number designation | title

Number designation
For parts of a larger work with a number designation, add it on a separate line.
Do not include a space between "no." and the number so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.
M242 A139 op.6 no.1
M242 A139 op.6 no.3
M242 A139 op.6 no.6
M252 M939 K.439b no.1

Veracini, Francesco Maria, 1690-1768.
   Sonatas, violin, continuo (1716). No. 8; arranged.
M261 V474 1716 no.8

Brahms, Johannes, 1833-1897.

Sonatas, clarinet, piano, op. 120 M250 B813 op.120 There are two sonatas in op. 120; both are included in this edition. The call number reflects the entire opus number.
Sonatas, clarinet, piano, op. 120. No. 1 M250 B813 op.120 no.1 Only no. 1 is in this edition
Sonatas, clarinet, piano, op. 120. No. 2 M250 B813 op.120 no.2 Only no. 2 is in this edition

When a part of a larger work has a serial number, but the work itself has no work or serial number, use a cutter number for the title of the work followed by the serial number for the part of the work:

Haussmann, Valentin, active 1588-1611.
   Neue Paduane und Galliarde. Paduan, no. 29
M990 H377 N4 no.29

When a part of a larger work has both a serial number and a title, generally use the serial number rather than a cutter number for the part in the call number:
Braña, Hernán.
   Pieces for young brass quintet. No. 6, Basso ostinato
6 pieces for young brass quintet. No. 6, Basso ostinato
M557.4 B816 P6 no.6  not   M557.4 B816  P6 B3

When the work itself has a work, opus, or serial number, but the individual parts have titles, but no numbers, use the work, opus, or serial number for the larger work with a cutter number for title of the part.

Mozart's incidental music Thamos, König in Ägypten is K. 345; the individual parts are titled but not numbered:
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, 1756-1791.
   [Thamos, König in Ägypten. Gottheit, Gottheit über Alle mächtig]
Gottheit! Dir sey Preiss und Ehre!
M2020 M939 K.345 G6

Two or more (but not all) numbered parts are included:

Sequentially numbered parts:

Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623.
   In nomines, voices (4), no. 1-2 [these are not complete; otherwise the indication of no. would be unnecessary]
M990 B995 I3 no.1-2

Satie, Erik, 1866-1925.
   Nocturnes, piano, no. 1-3
M25 S253 N7 no.1-3

Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782.
   Sonatas and duetts, op. 15. No. 3-4
M219.3 B1172 op.15 no.3-4
Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782.

   Sonatas, keyboard instrument, op. 5. No. 2-4
M23.3 B1172 op.5 no.2-4

Corelli, Arcangelo, 1653-1713.
   Sonatas, violin, continuo, op. 5, no. 7-12
M242 C797 op.5 no.7-12

Kozeluch, Leopold, 1747-1818.
   Pieces, piano, P. XIII:6-17
M25 K88 P XIII no.6-17

Rheinberger, Josef, 1839-1901.
   Stücke, violin, organ, op. 150. Abendlied
Abendlied und Gigue : fur Violine und Orgel : op. 150 Nr. 2 und 3
Rheinberger, Josef, 839-1901. Stücke, violin, organ, op. 150. Gigue.
M221 R469 op.150 Nr.2,3

Non-sequentially numbered parts:

Include a comma and a space between the two serials numbers so that they will appear on separate lines when a label is printed.

Dering, Richard, approximately 1580-1630.
   Pavans, voices (5), no. 1
Dering, Richard, approximately 1580-1630. Pavans, voices (5), no. 7.
M990 D433 P3 no.1, no.7

When a composer has written several "books" with the same title, include the book number in the call number when only the item in hand does not contain all the books:

Godard, Benjamin, 1849-1895.
   Etudes, piano, op. 149. Book 1
M25 G577 op.149 bk.1

Buus, Giacques, -1565.
   Ricercars, book 1
M990 B989 R2 bk.1
   Ricercars, book 2
M990 B989 R2 bk.2

Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918.
   Preludes, piano, book 1
M25 D289 P9 B bk.1
When both books of preludes are published together, the call number will not include designation of books:
M25 D289 P9

Two books of madrigals are included in this edition:
Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643.
   Madrigals, book 4
Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643. Madrigals, book 5.
M1549 M782 M1 bks.4-5 D7

Loeillet, Jean Baptiste, 1688-
   Sonatas, flute, continuo, op. 5, livre 1. No. 4
M246 L8252 op.5/1 no.4

Even when an equivalent word for "book" is used in the uniform title, but the English abbreviation "bk." in the call number:

Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623.
   Gradualia, liber 2. Selections
M2086 B995 G7 bk.2

In these examples, however, the abbreviation for the word "series" or "part" is the word used in the uniform title. Use that in the call number:
Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918.
   Images, piano, 2nd ser.
M25 D289 I3 Ser.2

Wolpe, Stefan.
   Studies, piano. Part 2
M25 W866 S9 pt.2

For parts of a larger work with a title, add a cutter number for it on a separate line:
(Note: this is local practice; LC policy is to includes no more than two cutter numbers)

Copland, Aaron, 1900-1990.
   Rodeo. Hoe-down
M1045 C784 R6 H6

Wagner, Richard, 1813-1883.
   Ring des Nibelungen. Gotterdammerung. Trauermarsch
M1045 W134 R5 G5 T7

Strozzi, Barbara, 1619-1677.
   Madrigals, book 1. Con le belle non ci vuol fretta
M1552 S926 C7
   Madrigals, book 1. Consiglio amoroso
M1552 S926 C75

Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643.
   Madrigals, book 8. Hor ch'el ciel e la terra
M1531 M782 H8

Gussago, Cesario.
   Sonate con alcuni concerti. Onofria
M990 G982 O5

Frescobaldi, Girolamo, 1583-1643.
   Canzoni, 1o libro. Bernardina
M293 F884 B5

Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634.
   Canzoni alla francese. Feliciana
M990 B213 C2 F3

Franck, Melchior, -1639.
   Recreationes musicae. Canzon
M990 F8227 R3 C2

Guami, Gioseffo, 1542-1611.
   Canzonette alla francese. Lucchesina
M990 G912 C2 L9

Cavaccio, Giovanni, approximately 1556-1626.
   Musica. Pavana
M990 C376 M9 P3


Further elements needed to make the call number unique

A capital letter, date of publication when a publisher reissues a work, cutter number by vocal range, publisher, editor, or some other aspect can be used.

Capital letter

Some works are assigned a letter rather than an opus or work number or cutter. When the end of the alphabet is reached, begin with AA, BB, etc. When to use this practice can be determined only by consulting the shelflist.

When a work is in many editions, frequently a capital letter is added to the call number:
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
   [Sonatas, viola da gamba, harpsichord]
M231 B118 S.1027-1029
M231 B118 S.1027-1029 A
M231 B118 S.1027-1029 B
M231 B118 S.1027-1029 C
M231 B118 S.1027-1029 D

Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
   [Wohltemperierte Klavier, 1. T.]
M24 B118 W8
M24 B118 W8 A [Henle edition from 1950]
M24 B118 W8 A 1959 [Henle edition from 1959]
M24 B118 W8 A 1995 [Henle edition from 1995]
M24 B118 W8 B
M24 B118 W8 C
M24 B118 W8 CC
M24 B118 W8 D
M24 B118 W8 DD
M24 B118 W8 EE
M24 B118 W8 F
M24 B118 W8 FF
M24 B118 W8 H
M24 B118 W8 HH
M24 B118 W8 I
M24 B118 W8 II
M24 B118 W8 J
M24 B118 W8 JJ
M24 B118 W8 K
M24 B118 W8 KK
M24 B118 W8 L
M24 B118 W8 LL
M24 B118 W8 M
M24 B118 W8 MM
continuing to
M24 B118 W8 X
M24 B118 W8 Y
M24 B118 W8 Z

Other works are assigned capital letters rather than other available elements because the call number assigned to the first cataloged edition did not include any of those elements. For example, Bach's cello suites might normally be assigned the call number M51 B118 S.1007-1012. However, it was originally assigned the call number M51 B118 and we must follow that practice. To distinguish among the various editions, a capital letter is added to the call number for each new edition that is cataloged:

Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
   [Suites, cello, BWV 1007-1012]
M51 B118 A
M51 B118 AA
M51 B118 B
M51 B118 C [edited by Paul Tortelier; published in 1966 by Galliard]
M51 B118 C 1983 [edited by Paul Tortelier; published in 1983 by Stainer & Bell]
M51 B118 D
M51 B118 E
M51 B118 F
M51 B118 G
M51 B118 H
M51 B118 I
M51 B118 J
M51 B118 K
M51 B118 L
continuing to
M51 B118 X
M51 B118 Y
M51 B118 Z

Score and parts:
When parts are published separately from the score, the parts are usually assigned the same call number with the letter A [or B, C, etc. as needed].
score: M557.4 B1175 L3
parts: M557.4 B1175 L3 A

Date of publication when a publisher reissues the piece: Add the date of publication when a publisher reissues the same work at a later date:

Carter, Elliott, 1908-2012.
   Night fantasies : for piano
M22 C323 N6: New York : Associated Music Publishers, 1982.
M22 C323 N6 1995: New York, N.Y. : Associated Music Publishers, 1995.
Both are published by Associated Music Publishers.

Rossini, Gioacchino, 1792-1868.
   [Signor Bruschino. Vocal score]
M1503 R835 S57 R5
M1503 R835 S57 R5 1983
Both are published by Ricordi. The second is a reissue of the first.
R5 = Ricordi (see cutter number by publisher)

Vocal range

Arias for bass M1507 A696 L3
Arias for soprano M1507 A696 L32
Arias for mezzo-soprano M1507 A696 L33
Arias for tenor M1507 A696 L342
Arias for baritone M1507 A696 L35
Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1759. 45 arias from operas and oratorios M1507 H135 K11H
Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1759. 45 arias from operas and oratorios M1507 H135 K11L

Title: Italian arias of the Baroque and Classical eras

M1507 I88 H [high voice]
M1507 I88 L [low voice]
M1507 I88 M [medium voice]

Publisher

Schubert, Franz, 1797-1828.
   Auf dem Strom
M1621.3 S384 op.119 P4

Haydn, Joseph, 1732-1809.
   [Sonatas, piano]

M23 H4151 Universal Edition
M23 H415 B83 Breitkopf & Härtel
M23 H415 D7 Dover
M23 H415 H5 G. Henle Verlag
M23 H415 P4 C.F. Peters

1This call has number for this edition has no cutter for publisher because it was the first edition added to the collection.

This chart lists the cutter numbers already established for the major music publishers. Use the the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for any not listed here.

Cutter Publisher   Cutter Publisher
A4 Amadeus   K1 Kalmus
B2 Bärenreiter   L4 Leeds
B7 Boosey & Hawkes   M1 MCA
B83 Breitkopf & Härtel   P4 Peters
D7 Dover   R5 Ricordi
E88 Eulenburg   S3 Schirmer
H5 Henle   S37 Schott
I6 International   U5 Universal

Editor

Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the editor. Generally use only one number following the letter (e.g., B4 rather than B47 or B475 for the editor Rita Benton) unless a longer cutter number is needed to break a conflict.

Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918.
   [Songs. Selections]

M1620 D289 B4 edited, with translations of the texts, by Rita Benton
M1620 D289 B8 critical edition by James R. Briscoe
M1620 D289 K1H edited by Sergius Kagen

Here, the cutter number for editor for the second item needs an additional number to break the conflict with the call number for the first item.:
Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757.
   [Sonatas, harpsichord. Selections]

M23.3 S2862 L8 edited by Arthur Loesser
M23.3 S2862 L85 a cura di Longo

Translations

An extra number is added to the title cutter number to indicate that the item is a translation. Reserve number 1 for translations from any language into English; any other number can be used for translations from any language into any language other than English. This is generally the case with books; however, practice varies with scores due to the high number of translations for vocal scores. Usually, another means of indicating the item is a translation is used, one of the elements needed to make the call number unique.

In this example, an extra number is added to the title cutter number (although "1" is used for an Italian translation):
Massenet, Jules, 1842-1912.
   [Roi de Lahore. Vocal score]
Le roi de Lahore : opera en 5 actes
M1503 M415 R7

Massenet, Jules, 1842-1912.
   [Roi de Lahore. Vocal score. Italian]
Il re di Lahore; opera in 5 atti de Luigi Gallet.
M1503 M415 R74


Reprints

Add the original date of publication followed by a lower case letter as the last line of the call number. This is added whether or not we own the original edition. If not, when we receive it, it would be assigned the same call number as the reprint minus the lower case letter following the date:

Senaille, Jean Baptiste, approximately 1688-1730.
   [Sonatas, violin, continuo, 2e livre]
Deuxieme livre de sonates a violon seul : avec la basse-continue
Basel : M. Meadow, [198-]
M219.5 S474 1712a
We do not own the original edition of this item. If we receive it, it will be assigned this call number: M219.5 S474 1712

If we receive more than one reprint of the same publication, assign lower case letters to the original date of publication alphabetically:

Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757.
   [Sonatas, harpsichord. Selections]
Essercizi per gravicembalo / Domenico Scarlatti. -- Farnborough Hants., England : Gregg International Publishers, 1967.
M23.3 S2862 K59 C1 1738a

Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757.
   [Sonatas, harpsichord. Selections]
Essercizi per gravicembalo / Domenico Scarlatti. -- Firenze : Studio per edizioni scelte, 1985.
M23.3 S2862 K59 C1 1738b

An incorrect way of doing this is adding an additional cutter number, as was done below:

Original edition:
Geminiani, Francesco, 1687-1762.
   [Sonatas, violin, continuo, op. 1]
Le prime sonate a violino, e basso, di F. Geminiani. Nuovemento ristampate, e con diligenza corrette, aggiuntovi ancora per maggior facilita le grazie agli adagj, ed i numeri per la trasposizione della mano ... -- Londra [s.n.] 1739.
M219.5 G322 op.1 1739

Reprint received first:
Geminiani, Francesco, 1687-1762.
   [Sonatas, violin, continuo, op. 1]
Le prime sonate a violino, e basso / di F. Geminiani. -- Karslbad-Dittersbach : Zimmermann, 1988.
M219 G322 op.1 1739a

Reprint received second:
Geminiani, Francesco, 1687-1762.
   [Sonatas, violin, continuo, op. 1]
Le prime sonate a violino, e basso / di F. Geminiani. -- Wyton, Huntingdon, Cambs. : King's Music, [198-]
Incorrect: M219 G322 op.1 1739a K5
Correct: M219 G322 op.1 1739b

Class M

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

Library of Congress Classification: Class M: M1-M5000

Outline of Library of Congress Classification: Class M and detailed charts [35] (these do not include the entire Class M schedule)
Sources: Class M; Mark McKnight. Music classification systems, 2002.

Class numbers in the Library of Congress Classification system are alpha-numeric. The letter portion includes one or more capital letters to indicate the general subject area. The number portion includes one or more arabic numbers to subdivide the subject area.

Class M, for music, is subdivided into three main sections:
M notated music (scores)
ML literature of music (books about music, such as biographies, histories, discographies, thematic indexes, etc.)
MT musical instruction and study (method books, studies and exercises intended for pedagogical use (as opposed for concert use), treatises, books on music theory, music-appreciation textbooks (even those with extensive musical examples), etc.; includes scores and books)

General guidelines for Class M (taken from http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/LCC_M_GL.pdf [110])

Definitions of collection:
1. an item containing compositions by two or more composers,
2. an item containing works by one composer and selected from two or more of the composer's works,
or
3. an item containing one composer's works in more different forms or for a greater variety of performers than are provided for by any more specific class.

A collection is not to be confused with a set, which is a group of compositions published as a single work. This can be determined by an identifying number, such as an opus number or book number, etc., or a qualifying number that indicates the individuals parts are part of a larger work.

Further subclasses of collections are:
Miscellaneous collection: contains both original and arranged works
General collection: contains a greater variety of forms or types of works than may be provided for by any more specific neighboring class.
Special collection: contains two or more works by one or more composers that are of the type indicated for separate works, e.g., class collections of string quartets as well as individual string quartets in M452-M452.4 [124].
 


Class numbers for instrumental music

Class numbers for instrumental music focus on number of instruments and are easy to remember. Music for two instruments is generally classed in M2XX; three instruments in M3XX, etc., until M9XX, where music for nine instruments is classed as well as for chamber music for ten or more instruments, one to a part.

Many class numbers are subarranged according to whether it is a collection (a miscellaneous collection of original and arranged works; a collection of original works; or a collection of arranged works) or a separate work that is original or a separate work that is arranged. When this subarrangement is used, a span of 5 class numbers are given, to be subarranged according to Table 2, Table of original works and arrangements.

Each number in the first row is the last digit in the first number of a span of numbers (i.e., M60-M64, M224-M228).

type of collection or work assign the five numbers in the span as follows:
Miscellaneous collections 0 1 2 3 4 5
Original compositions
   Collections 1 2 3 4 5 6
   Separate works 2 3 4 5 6 7
Arrangements
   Collections 3 4 5 6 7 8
   Separate works 4 5 6 7 8 9

The table has been expanded to include the first digit 0

For example, the span of numbers for viola and piano music is M224-M228 [125]. Take the last letter (4) of the first number in the range (224) and go to Table 2. Find "4" in the top row and following the numbers down from there:

M224 for a collection (2 or more works) of original and arranged works for viola and piano
M225 for a collection (2 or more works) of original works for viola and piano by one or more composers
M226 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer
M227 for a collection (2 or more works) of arranged works for viola and piano by one or more composers
M228 for a single arranged work for viola and piano by one composer (including excerpts from a single work by one composer)

The span of numbers for five wind instruments is M555-M559 [126], which is also subarranged using Table 2.

M555 for a collection (2 or more works) of original and arranged works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M556 for a collection (2 or more works) of original works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M557 for a single original work for 5 woodwind and brass instruments
   M557.2 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer for 5 woodwind instruments
   M557.4 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer for 5 brass instruments
M558 for a collection (2 or more works) of arranged works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M559 for a single arranged work for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass) (including excerpts from a single work by one composer)

The complication is that there are two subfamilies of wind instruments:
woodwinds [127]: flute, oboe, clarinet, recorder, saxophone, bassoon, etc.
and
brasses [128]: horn, cornet, trumpet, trombone, baritone, euphonium, tuba, etc.

Note that the class number M557 is further subdivided: M557 is for quintets for a combination of both woodwind and brass instruments; M557.2 for only woodwind quintets, and M557.4 for only brass quintets. (Adding to the confusion is the terminology "woodwind quintet," which is used for quintets with flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, and bassoon. These qualify as "wind" quintets for cataloging purposes because they include a non-woodwind instrument; the horn is a brass instrument.) The rest of the span of numbers is not similarly subdivided. For example, M556 is used for collections of original works for either wind quintets, woodwind quintets, or brass quintets, not M556, M556.2, and M556.4. M559 is used for a single work arranged for either wind quintet, woodwind quintet, or brass quintet; M559.2 and M559.4 are not used.

Class numbers for orchestra, string orchestra, and band music
The class numbers for orchestra, string orchestra, and band music (not including works for solo instrument(s) and orchestra, string orchestra, or band) vary from those for chamber music. Many individual forms within these ranges are assigned separate numbers. The same class number is applied to both individual works and collections of works.

M1000-M1075 for orchestra
M1100-M1175 for string orchestra
M1200-M1268 for band (the numbers in this range vary some from the individual numbers in M1000-M1075 and M1100-M1175)

M1001 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for orchestra
M1101 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for string orchestra
M1201 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for band

M1002 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for orchestra
M1102 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for string orchestra
M1202 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for band

M1003 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for orchestra
M1103 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for string orchestra
M1203 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for band

M1004 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for orchestra
M1104 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for string orchestra
M1204 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for band

M1042 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for orchestra
M1142 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for string orchestra
M1242 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for band

Works not in one of these forms fall under the catch-all term "pieces," although even these have numbers for individual forms:

M1045 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for orchestra
M1145 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for string orchestra
M1245 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for band

M1046 = an individual march or a collection of marches for orchestra
M1146 = an individual march or a collection of marches for string orchestra
M1247 = an individual march or a collection of marches for band

M1047 = a collection of dances for orchestra
M1147 = a collection of dances for string orchestra
M1247.9 = a collection of dances for band

The class numbers for dances are further subdivided according to two-rhythm (polka, etc.) and three-rhythm (waltz, etc.):

M1048 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for orchestra
M1148 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for string orchestra
M1248 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for band

M1049 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for orchestra
M1149 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for string orchestra
M1249 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for band

Classifying works with keyboard:
Piano, etc.: "Unless specific classes are otherwise available, the term is meant to include harpsichord, clavichord, virginal, and similar keyboard instruments whose strings are plucked or struck."
Continuo: "Class works with continuo parts as if the continuo were played by one, not two, performers, and, in general, as if the chordal portion of the continuo part were for piano (harpsichord, etc.)"

Studies and exercises:
Pedagogical works (with or without accompaniment): class in MT studies and exercises
Concert works: class concert works titled "studies" by medium of performance in class M.
 


Class numbers for vocal music

Class numbers for vocal music tend to emphasis the accompaniment and are less easy to remember.

Secular and sacred works of the same type and for the same medium of performance are classed in different class numbers. For example, a secular song for voice and orchestra is classed in M1613 and a sacred song for voice and orchestra in M2103. There is no pattern like M1613/M2113 or M1619/M2119 in the class schedule, making it difficult to memorize the class numbers.


Some limitations of Class M are:

The schedule is inconsistent in the level of detail.

» Many classes are subdivided in detail. For example, the class numbers for music organ (M6-M14 [129]), piano (M20-M39 [130]), violin and piano (M217-M223 [131]), violoncello and piano (M229-M236 [132]), and orchestra (M1000/M1075 [38]) are further subdivided by type of composition (suite, sonata, symphony, etc.)

» Other class numbers are so general that a wide variety of works are classed in it. For example, see the class numbers M298 [133] and 298.5 [134] and M385, M485, M685, etc. [135] and M386, M486, M586, etc. [136] Most works that include percussion are classed in one of these class numbers, because percussion is not covered elsewhere in the schedule.

» Still other class numbers are in-between highly detailed and not detailed enough. For example, all music for two wind instruments, original or arranged, are classed in just two class numbers: M288 [137] (collections) and M289 [137] (separate works).

The entire schedule is oriented toward western art music.

It is difficult to use Class M to classify sound recordings. (Some libraries use a variation of LC Class M; other libraries shelve recordings by accession number or manufacturer number. One system used by many public libraries is the ANSCR classification system for sound recordings [138], which includes over fifty major categories into which sound recordings may be organized.)


Outline of Library of Congress Classification: Class M

M1.A1-1.A15 Music printed or copied in manuscript in the United States or the colonies before 1860
M1.A5-2.3 Collections
M2-2.3 Collections of musical sources
M3-3.3 Collected works of individual composers
M3.3 First editions
M5-1490 Instrumental music
M6-175.5 [35]     Solo instruments
M176     Instrumental music for motion pictures
M176.5     Instrumental music for radio and television
M177-990     Music for two or more solo instruments
M180-298.5 [36]        Duets
M300-386 [37]        Trios
M400-486 [37]        Quartets
M500-586 [37]        Quintets
M600-686 [37]        Sextets
M700-786 [37]        Septets
M800-886 [37]        Octets
M900-986 [37]        Nonets and larger combinations of purely chamber music
M990 [139]        Chamber music for instruments of the 18th century and earlier
M 1000-1356.2     Instrumental music for large ensembles
M1000-1075 [38]        Orchestra
M1100-1160 [38]        String orchestra
M1200-1269 [38]        Band
M1270        Fife (bugle) and drum music, field music, etc.
M1350-1353        Reduced orchestra
M1356-1356.2        Dance orchestra and instrumental ensembles
M 1360-1490        Miscellaneous instrumental music
M1360           Mandolin and similar orchestras of plucked instruments
M1362           Accordion band
M1363           Steel band
M1365           Minstrel music
M1366           Jazz ensembles
M1375-1420     Instrumental music for children
M1450     Dance music
M1470     Chance compositions
M1473     Electronic music
M1480     Music with color or light apparatus
M1490     Music printed before 1700 or copied in manuscript before 1700
M1495-2199 Vocal music
M1497-1998     Secular vocal music
M1500-1527.8        Dramatic music
M1528-1529.5 [41]        Duets, trios, etc., for solo voices
M1530-1546.5 [140]        Choruses with orchestra or other ensemble
M1547 [141]        Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
M1548-1600 [142]        Choruses, part-songs, etc., with accompaniment of keyboard or other solo instrument, or unaccompanied
M1608        Choruses, etc., in tonic sol-fa notation
M1609 [143]        Unison choruses
M1610        Cantatas, choral symphonies, etc., for unaccompanied chorus (secular and sacred) with or without solo voices
M1611-1624.8 [42]        Songs
M1625-1626 [144]        Recitations with music
M1627-1853        National music
M1900-1978        Songs (part and solo) of special character
M1985        Musical games
M1990-1998        Secular music for children
M1999-2199     Sacred vocal music
M1999        Collections
M2000-2007 [145]        Oratorios
M2010-2017.6 [146]        Services
M2018-2019.5 [41]        Duets, trios, etc. for solo voices
M2020-2036 [147]        Choruses, cantatas, etc.
M2060 [141]        Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
M2061-M2099 [142]        Choruses, part-songs, etc., with accompaniment of keyboard or other solo instrument, or unaccompanied
M2102-2114.8 [42]        Songs
M2115-2146        Hymnals. Hymn collections
M2147-2188        Liturgy and ritual
M2147-2155.6           Roman Catholic Church
M2156-2160.87           Orthodox churches
M2161-2183           Protestant churches
M2184           Other Christian churches
M2186-2187           Jewish
M2188           Other non-Christian religions
M2190-2196        Sacred vocal music for children
M2198-2199        Gospel, revival, temperance, etc. songs
M5000 Unidentified compositions

Class numbers for choral music and dramatic music

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

M1500-M1609/M2000-M2014.6/M2020-M2101.5

Choral music encompasses secular and sacred choruses and cantatas, with or without solo voices, with or without accompaniment.

Operas | Incidental music | Ballets | Oratorios | Masses
Choruses: Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments: Mixed voices | Men's voices | Women's (treble) voices
Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
Accompaniment of 1 instrument or unaccompanied: keyboard instrument | 1 instrument other than keyboard | unaccompanied
Unison choruses

Operas

M1500 Complete works
M1501 Concert arrangements
M1502 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
M1503 Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment
M1503.5    Concert arrangements
M1504 College operas
  Excerpts
M1505    Original accompaniment
     Arranged accompaniment or unaccompanied
M1506       Orchestra or other ensemble
        Keyboard instrument and unaccompanied; including sheet music with only the melody or lead sheets
M1507          Collections
M1508          Separate works. By title
      canceled; Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
M1508.1          canceled; see M1507
M1508.2          canceled; see M1508
M1509 Operatic scenes (independent works)

Incidental music

M1510 Full scores
M1512 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
M1513 Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment
  Excerpts
M1515    Original accompaniment
     Arranged accompaniment
M1516       Orchestra or other ensemble
        Piano or organ
M1517          Collections
M1518          Separate works. By title

Ballets

M1520 Full scores
M1522 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
M1523 Piano scores. Vocal scores with piano
  Excerpts
M1524    Original accompaniment
     Arranged accompaniment
M1525       Orchestra or other ensemble
M1525       Piano

Oratorios

Secular Sacred  
M1530 M2000 Full scores
M1532 M2002 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
M1533 M2003 Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment
    Excerpts
M1534 M2004    Original accompaniment
       Arranged accompaniment
M1535 M2005       Orchestra or other ensemble
          Piano or organ
M1536 M2006          Collections
M1537 M2007          Separate works

Masses

(See also Parts of the Mass [148])
Use for cyclical choral works set to liturgical or other texts, whether or not for use in a church

  Settings of the Ordinary and Requiems
    Complete works
M2010       Accompaniment of orchestra or other ensemble
M2011       Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment and unaccompanied
M2013       Accompaniment of organ, piano, or other instrument; vocal scores
M2013.5       Unison voices
M2014    Excerpts
M2014.5 Settings of Propers
M2014.6 Offices and other services
For Anglican, Jewish, etc. services, see Class M, M2015-M2017.6;
Use M2020-M2102.5 for individual parts of liturgical (e.g., Credo) or nonliturgical services set as separate compositions

Choruses

For sacred choral music, follow the instructions preceding M2060 in Class M, music and books on music:
Class works in the following priority unless otherwise noted: 1) by type or absence of accompaniment, 2) by text, 3) by season or occasion, 4) by type of chorus

Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments: Mixed voices | Men's voices | Women's (treble) voices
Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
Accompaniment of 1 instrument or unaccompanied: keyboard instrument | 1 instrument other than keyboard | unaccompanied
Unison choruses

Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments
Mixed voices
Secular Sacred Full scores
    Orchestral accompaniment
M1530 M2020    General
M1530.3 M2020.3    With recitation
M1531 M2021 Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment)
Secular Sacred Vocal scores
M1532 M2022 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
    Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment
M1533 M2023    General
M1533.3 M2023.3    With recitation
Secular Sacred Excerpts
M1534 M2025 Original accompaniment
    Arranged accompaniment
M1535 M2026    Orchestra or other ensemble
       One or two keyboard instruments
M1536 M2027      Collections
M1537 M2028      Separate works
M1537.5 M2025.5    Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
Choruses
Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments
Men's voices
Secular Sacred Full scores
  M2029 Orchestral accompaniment
M1538 M2029    General
M1538.3 ----   With recitation
  M2029 Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment)
M1539      General
M1539.3      With recitation
  M2029.5 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
Secular Sacred Vocal scores
  M2030 Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment
M1540 ----    General
M1540.3 ----    With recitation
M1540.5 M2029.5 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
Secular Sacred Excerpts
M1541 M2031 Orchestral accompaniment
M1542 M2032 Piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment
M1542.5 --- Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
Choruses
Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments
Women's (treble) voices
Secular Sacred Full scores
  M2033 Orchestral accompaniment
M1543 M2033    General
M1543.3 ---    With recitation
M1543.5 M2033 Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment)
Secular Sacred Vocal scores
  M2034 Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment
M1544 ----    General
M1544.3 ----    With recitation
M1544.5 M2033.5 Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment
Secular Sacred Excerpts
M1545 M2035 Accompaniment other than solo keyboard
M1546 M2036 Vocal scores with keyboard instrument
Choruses
Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
Secular Sacred  
M1547 M2060 Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
Choruses
Accompaniment of 1 instrument or unaccompanied
Secular Sacred Accompaniment of keyboard instrument
Note: LC class numbers in subject authority records for choruses with accompaniment of piano (4 hands) indicate that "piano (4 hands)" is considered to be 1 keyboard instrument.
LC class numbers for in subject authority records for choruses with accompaniment of pianos (2) also fall within this range (M1548-1570 and M2061-M2080).
However, in some LC bibliographic records, choruses with accompaniment of 2 pianos are sometimes classed in M1543.5
    Collections (including collections with accompaniment of other solo instrument)
M1548 M2061    2 or more types of chorus
M1549 M2062    mixed voices
M1550 M2063    men's voices
M1551 M2064    women's (treble) voices
    Special seasons and occasions
  M2065    Christmas
  M2066    Easter
  M2067    Thanksgiving
  M2068.A-Z    Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M)
    Separate works
M1552 M2072    mixed voices
M1560 M2073    men's voices
M1570 M2074    women's (treble) voices
    Special seasons and occasions
  M2075    Christmas
  M2076    Easter
  M2077    Thanksgiving
  M2078.A-Z    Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M)
  M2079.A-Z    works with liturgical text (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6)
Choruses
Accompaniment of 1 instrument other than keyboard
Secular Sacred  
M1574 M2080.4 2 or more types of chorus (collections only)
M1575 M2080.5 mixed voices (collections and separate works)
M1576 M2080.6 men's voices (collections and separate works)
M1577 M2080.7 women's (treble) voices (collections and separate works)
Choruses
Unaccompanied
Secular Sacred  
    Collections
M1578 M2081    2 or more types of chorus
M1579 M2082    mixed voices
M1580 M2083    men's voices
M1581 M2084    women's (treble) voices
    Special seasons and occasions
  M2085    Christmas
  M2086    Easter
  M2087    Thanksgiving
  M2088.A-Z    Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M)
    Separate works
M1582 M2092    mixed voices
M1590 M2093    men's voices
M1600 M2094    women's (treble) voices
    Special seasons and occasions
  M2095    Christmas
  M2096    Easter
  M2097    Thanksgiving
  M2098.A-Z    Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M)
  M2099.A-Z    works with liturgical text (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6)
Choruses
Unison
Secular Sacred  
M1609 2101.5 Unison choruses, with and without accompaniment

Cutter numbers for special texts (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6)
If more than one language is present and one of those is Latin, use "L" in the cutter number.
  __11 Agnus Dei
  __14 Alma Redemptoris Mater
  __16 Ave Maria
  __161 Ave Maria Stella
  __165 Ave Verum corpus
  __169 Beatus vir
  __25 Cantate Domino
  __34 De profundis
  __373 Dixit Dominus
  __4 Gloria in excelsis Deo
  __5 Kyrie eleison
  __6 Magnificat
  __62 Miserere mei
  __7 Nunc dimittis
  __77 Regina Caeli
  __8 Salve Regina
  __82 Stabat Mater
  __9 Te Deum
  __94 Veni Creator Spiritus
For special texts not listed in Table M6, class works by medium of performance.

The M schedule doesn't offer a solution to special texts in languages other than those listed in the Table M6, but begin with the letter of one the languages listed there (e.g., "L" is used for Latin, and cannot be used with Latvian, Lithuanian, etc., special texts). The cuttering directions use up all the available numbers under a given letter, so unless a different lettering system were introduced for letters already occupied, there's no class legitimately available.

Several workarounds are possible:

  1. Add a cutter number between "L" and the number for the text (e.g., La, Li),
  2. Class with medium of performance instead of special texts,
  3. Interfile all languages beginning with a specific alpha character without regard for their differences

Source: dialog on MLA-L, Geraldine Ostrove (LC), Joe Bartl (LC), and Chuck Herrold (Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh)

Class numbers for instrumental music: M6-M175

Class numbers for music for 3 to 9 instruments

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

Note: M900-M990 applies to nonets and larger combinations of purely chamber music.

MX00-MX04 Organ and 2-8 or more instruments
MX05-MX09 Harmonium and 2-8 or more instruments
MX10-MX14 Piano and string instruments
MX15-MX19 Piano and wind instruments
MX20-MX24 Piano, string, and wind instruments
MX25-MX29 Piano and plucked instruments
MX30-MX34 Piano, string, and plucked instruments
MX35-MX39 Piano, wind, and plucked instruments
M340-M344 Piano and 2 other instruments Trios only
MX40-MX44 Piano, and 3 or more string, wind, and plucked instruments
MX45-MX49 Piano and 3 or more other instruments
MX49-MX53 String instruments
MX55-MX59 Wind instruments
MX60-MX64 String and wind instruments
MX65-MX69 Plucked instruments
MX70-MX74 String and plucked instruments
MX75-MX79 Wind and plucked instruments
MX80-MX84 String, wind, and plucked instruments
MX85 Other combinations of 3 or more specified instruments (including works with non-musical objects used as instruments)
MX86 Other combinations of 3 or more unspecified instruments
M990 Chamber music for instruments of the 18th century and earlier that are generally not used in the modern symphony orchestra
Class Instruments
MX00-MX04 Organ and 2-8 instruments
MX00 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX01    General collections
MX02    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX03    Collections
MX04    Separate works
MX05-MX09 Harmonium and 2-8 instruments
MX05 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX06    General collections
MX07    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX08    Collections
MX09    Separate works
MX10-MX14 Piano and X string instruments
MX10 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX11    General collections
MX12    Special collections and separate works
         M312=piano, violin or viola, cello
            M312.4=piano and 2 other string instruments
         M412=piano, violin, viola, cello
            M412.2=piano, 3 violins
            M412.4=piano and 3 other string instruments
         M512=piano, 2 violins, viola, cello
            M512.2=piano, 4 violins
            M512.4=piano and 4 other string instruments
  Arrangements
MX13    Collections
MX14    Separate works
MX15-MX19 Piano and 2-8 wind instruments
MX15 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX16    General collections
MX17    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX18    Collections
MX19    Separate works
MX20-MX24 Piano and 2-8 string and wind instruments
MX20 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX21    General collections
MX22    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX23    Collections
MX24    Separate works
MX25-MX29 Piano and X plucked instruments
MX25 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX26    General collections
MX27    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX28    Collections
MX29    Separate works
MX30-MX34 Piano and 2-8 string and plucked instruments
MX30 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX31    General collections
MX32    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX33    Collections
MX34    Separate works
MX35-MX39 Piano and 2-8 wind and plucked instruments
MX35 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX36    General collections
MX37    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX38    Collections
MX39    Separate works
M340-M344 Piano and 2 other instruments (Trios only; for quartets, quintets, etc., see MX40-MX44)
M340 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M341    General collections
M342    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M343    Collections
M344    Separate works
MX40-MX44 Piano and 3 or more string, wind, and plucked instruments (Quartets, quintets, etc. only; for trios, see M340-M344)
MX40 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX41    General collections
MX42    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX43    Collections
MX44    Separate works
MX45-MX49 piano and 3 or more other instruments
MX45 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX46    General collections
MX47    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX48    Collections
MX49    Separate works
  string instruments
M349-M353 3 string instruments (Trios only; for quartets, quintets, etc., see MX50-MX54)
M349 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M350    General collections
M351    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M352    Collections
M353    Separate works
MX50-MX54 4 or more string instruments (Quartets, quintets, etc., only; for trios, see M349-M353)
MX50 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
X51    General collections
X52    Special collections and separate works
        Quartets only:
   M452          Two violins, viola, cello
   M452.2          Four violins
   M452.4          Other combinations of four string instruments (separate works only)
  Arrangements
X53    Collections
X54    Separate works
MX55-MX59 3 or more wind instruments
MX55 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX56    General collections
MX57    Special collections and separate works
   MX57       Both woodwinds and brasses
   MX57.2       Woodwinds only
   MX57.4       Brasses only
  Arrangements
MX58    Collections
MX59    Separate works
MX60-MX64 3 or more string and wind instruments
MX60 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX61    General collections
MX62    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX63    Collections
MX64    Separate works
MX65-MX69 3 or more plucked instruments
MX65 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX66    General collections
MX67    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX68    Collections
MX69    Separate works
MX70-MX74 3 or more string and plucked instruments
MX70 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX71    General collections
MX72    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX73    Collections
MX74    Separate works
MX75-MX79 3 or more wind and plucked instruments
MX75 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX76    General collections
MX77    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX78    Collections
MX79    Separate works
MX80-MX84 3 or more string, wind, and plucked instruments
MX80 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
MX81    General collections
MX82    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
MX83    Collections
MX84    Separate works
MX85 Other combinations of 3 or more specified instruments
MX86 Other combinations of 3 or more unspecified instruments
M990 Chamber music for instruments of the 18th century and earlier that are generally not used in the modern symphony orchestra; use:
M182+ [149] 1 instrument of the 18th century and earlier and organ
M239 [150],
M270-M271 [151],
M282-M283 [152],
M284-M285 [153]
1 instrument of the 18th century and earlier and piano
M177-M986 ensembles with both instrument(s) of the 18th century and earlier and modern instrument(s)

Class numbers for music for full orchestra, string orchestra, band, and other large ensembles

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

M1000-M1004, M1042-M1075, M1100-M1104, M1142-M1175, M1200-M1204, M1242-M1268, M1360-M1366

Orchestra: This includes full and chamber orchestra
1 For solo instrument(s) with orchestra or string orchestra, see M1005-M1041 / M1105-M1141 [39]

Orchestra String orchestra Band Original compositions
M1000 M1100 M1200 Miscellaneous and general collections
         Original compositions, including special collections
M1001 M1101 M1201       Symphonies
M1002 M1102 M1202       Symphonic poems
M1003 M1103 M1203       Suites. Variations (including separately published suites from operas, ballets, etc.)
M1004 M1104 M1204       Overtures (including separately published opera preludes, entr'actes, and overtures)
Orchestra String orchestra Band Solo instrument(s) with accompanying large ensemble
----1 ----1 M1205     Full score (for arranged works for solo instrument(s) with band, see M1257)
----1 ----1 M1206     Solo(s) with piano
M1042 M1142 M1242 Concertos for full orchestra/string orchestra/band
      Pieces
M1045 M1145 M1245 General
M1046 M1146 M1247 Marches
      Dances
M1047 M1147 M1247.9    General
M1048 M1148 M1248       Two-rhythm (polka, etc.)
M1049 M1149 M1249       Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.)
Orchestra String orchestra Band Arrangements
---- ---- M1254 Symphonies, symphonic poems, suites, etc.
---- ---- M1255 Overtures (includes separately published opera preludes, entr'actes, overtures)
---- ---- M1257 Solo instrument(s) with band (for original works for solo instrument(s) with band, see M1205)
            Pieces
M1060 M1160 M1258          General
---- ---- M1260          Marches
               Dances
---- ---- M1262             General
---- ---- M1264                Two-rhythm (polka, etc.)
---- ---- M1266                Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.)
M1070 M1170 ----          Excerpts
Orchestra String orchestra Band More original compositions
M1075 M1175 M1268 Potpourris, fantaisies, etc.
  Other large instrumental ensembles see Class M for a complete list
M1356 Dance orchestra and instrumental ensembles
   M1356.2    Lead sheets
M1360 Mandolin and similar orchestras of plucked instruments
M1362 Accordion band (including music for 2 or more accordions)
M1363 Steel band
M1366 Jazz ensembles, including instrumental duets, trios, etc.

Class numbers for music for two instruments

Music Cataloging at Yale [154] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

M180-M198 Organ or Harmonium and 1 other instrument (including piano)
M200-M216 Piano (piano, 4 or more hands | 2 or more pianos, 2 or more performers)
M217-M239 Piano and 1 string instrument
M240-M271 Piano and 1 wind instrument
M272-M283 Piano and 1 plucked instrument
M284-M285 Piano and 1 other instrument
M284.5-M284.6 Piano and 1 unspecified instrument
M286-M287 2 string instruments
M288-M289 2 wind instruments
M290-M291 1 string and 1 wind instrument
M292-M293 2 plucked instruments
M294-M295 1 string and 1 plucked instrument
M296-M297 1 wind and 1 plucked instrument
M298 Other combinations of 2 specified instruments
M298.5 Other combinations of 2 unspecified instruments
Class Instruments
M180-M181 1 or more organs, 2 or more players
M180 Collections
M181 Original compositions
M182-M186 Organ and 1 other instrument (including piano)
M182 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M183    General collections
M184    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M185    Collections
M186    Separate works
M190 1 harmonium, four hands OR 2 harmoniums, four hands
M191-M195 Harmonium and 1 other instrument (including piano)
M191 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M192    General collections
M193    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M194    Collections
M195    Separate works
M200-M216 Music for piano: piano, 4 or more hands | 2 or more pianos, 2 or more performers
M200-M204 Piano, 4 hands
M200 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M201    General collections
     Special collections and separate works
M202       Sonatas
M203       Suites and kindred cyclical works
M204       Pieces (separate works only)
M205 Piano, 3 hands, original and arranged works
M207-M212 Piano, 4 hands, arranged works
M207 Miscellaneous collections
  Separate works
     Operas, ballets, oratorios, cantatas, etc.
M208       General
M208.5       Excerpts
M209    Orchestra and band music, including detached overtures
M210    Concertos, etc.
M211    Chamber music, songs, part-songs
M212    Potpourris, etc. and single transcriptions for piano, 4 hands
M213 Piano, 5, 6, 8, etc., hands
M214-M215 2 pianos, 2 performers
M214 Original compositions
M215 Arrangements
M216 2 or more pianos, 3 or more performers
M217-M239 Piano and 1 string instrument: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other
M217-M223 Piano and violin
M217 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M218 General collections
     Special collections and separate works
M219 [122]       Sonatas (See Local Yale practice in Class M [122])
M220       Suites. Variations
M221       Pieces (separate works only)
  Arrangements
M222    Collections
M223    Separate works
M224-M228 Piano and viola
M224 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M225    General collections
M226    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M227    Collections
M228    Separate works
M229-M236 Piano and cello
M229 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M230 General collections
     Special collections and separate works
M231 [123]       Sonatas (See Local Yale practice in Class M [122])
M232       Suites. Variations
M233       Pieces (separate works only)
  Arrangements
M235    Collections
M236    Separate works
M237-M238 Piano and double bass
M237 Collections
M238 Separate works (original and arrangements)
M239 Piano and 1 other string instrument1 (cutter by name of instrument [70])
  [Collections & separate works, original works & arrangements]
   .V54 Viola da gamba
   .V56 Viola d'amore
   .V58 Viola pomposa
   .V62 Violone
M240-M271 Piano and 1 wind instrument: flute | oboe | clarinet | bassoon | horn | trumpet/cornet | trombone | tuba | saxophone | other
M240-M244 Piano and flute
M240 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M241    General collections
M242    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M243    Collections
M244    Separate works
M245-M247 Piano and oboe
M245 Collections
  Separate works
M246    Original
M247    Arrangements
M248-M252 Piano and clarinet
M248 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M249    General collections
M250    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M251    Collections
M252    Separate works
M253-M254 Piano and bassoon (original and arranged works)
M253 Collections
M254 Separate works
M255-M259 Piano and horn
M255 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M256    General collections
M257    Special collections and separate works
  Arrangements
M258    Collections
M259    Separate works
M260-M261 Piano and trumpet (original and arranged works)
M260 Collections
M261 Separate works
M262-M263 Piano and trombone (original and arranged works)
M262 Collections
M263 Separate works
M264-M265 Piano and tuba (original and arranged works)
M264 Collections
M265 Separate works
M268-M269 Piano and saxophone (original and arranged works)
M268 Collections
M269 Separate works
M270-M271 Piano and 1 other wind instrument 1 (cutter by name of instrument [70])
  [Original works & arrangements]
M270 Collections
M271 Separate works
   .B37    Baritone
   .E5    English horn
   .B37    Euphonium
   .P45    Piccolo
   .R4    Recorder
M272-M283 Piano and 1 plucked instrument1: harp | guitar | mandolin | other
M272-M273 Piano and harp (original and arranged works)
M272 Collections
M273 Separate works
M276-M277 Piano and guitar (original and arranged works)
M276 Collections
M277 Separate works
M278-M279 Piano and mandolin (original and arranged works)
M278 Collections
M279 Separate works
M282-M283 Piano and 1 other plucked instrument 1 (cutter by name of instrument [70])
  [Original works & arrangements]
M282 Collections
M283 Separate works
   .L88    Lute
M284-M285 Piano and 1 other1 instrument (cutter by name of instrument [70])
  [Original works & arrangements]
M284 Collections
   .A3    Accordion
M285 Separate works
   .A3    Accordion
  Piano and 1 unspecified instrument (original and arranged works)
M285.5 Collections
M285.6 Separate works
M286-M287 2 string instruments
M286 Collections
M287 Separate works
M288-M289 2 wind instruments
M288 Collections
M289 Separate works
M290-M291 1 string and 1 wind instrument
M290 Collections
M291 Separate works
M292-M293 2 plucked instruments
M292 Collections
M293 Separate works
M294-M295 1 string and 1 plucked instrument
M294 Collections
M295 Separate works
M296-M297 1 wind and 1 plucked instrument
M296 Collections
M297 Separate works
M298 Other combinations of specified instruments (Original and arranged works)
M298.5 Other combinations of unspecified instruments (Original and arranged works)

1 For a complete list of instruments, consult Class M, music and books on music.

Class numbers for musical instruction and study: Instrumental

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735

MT179-MT735

MT179-MT258 Keyboard instruments
MT259-MT338 Bowed stringed instruments
MT339-MT533 Wind instruments: woodwind instruments | brass instruments
MT539-MT654 Plucked stringed instrument
MT655-MT725 Percussion instruments
  Other instruments
MT728-MT735 Instrumental ensembles

Definitions:
Teaching pieces: works composed principally for pedagogical purposes
Instructive editions: works heavily annotated with textual instructions for practice and interpretation
Rudiments of music: rudiments of music combined with instruction for the instrument

Class Keyboard instruments: organ | electronic | harmonium | piano | harpsichord | Other keyboard
MT179 General works
MT180-MT198 Organ
MT180 General
MT182 Systems and methods
MT185 Studies and exercises
  Special technical
MT189    Pedal techniques
MT190    Registration techniques
MT191    Accompaniment techniques for Gregorian chant and other liturgical music
MT191 Other A-Z
   .A3    Accompaniment
   .A8    Arranging
   .C5    Chorales
   .H4    Harmony
   .I5    Improvisation
   .M6    Modulation
   .T7    Trio playing
MT192/MT198 Electronic keyboard instruments (including synthesizers with keyboards)
MT192    General works
MT192.2    Systems and methods
MT192.3    Studies and exercises
MT192.4    Orchestral studies
MT192.5    Teaching pieces
MT192.6    Instructive editions
MT192.7    Two instruments
MT192.8    Self-instructors
MT193 Teaching pieces
  Instructive editions
MT195    Two or more composers
MT197    One composer
MT198 Self-instructors
MT200-MT208 Reed organ (harmonium)
MT200 General works
MT202 Systems and methods
MT205 Studies and exercises
MT208 Self-instructors
MT220-MT255 Piano
MT220 General works
MT221    Physiology of the hand; including hand exercises
MT222    Systems and methods
MT224    Rudiments of music
     Studies and exercises
MT225       General works
        Special techniques
MT226          Left hand
MT227          Pedal
MT228          Touch (class here works about legato, staccato, melody, etc., playing)
MT229          Wrist (class here works about octave, chord, etc., playing)
MT230          Thirds, sixths, etc.
MT231          Scales and arpeggios
MT232          Fingering
MT233          Rhythm
MT235          Phrasing
MT236          Sight reading, transposition, accompaniment, etc.
MT238          Polyphonic playing
MT239          Performance of popular music (vamping, ragtime, vaudeville piano playing, jazz, boogie-woogie, improvisation, playing by ear, etc.; including accompaniment
MT240.A-Z          Other, A-Z
MT242    Four-hand, two-piano, etc., playing
MT243    Teaching pieces
     Instructive editions
MT245       Two or more composers
MT247       One composer
MT248    Self-instructors
     Special kinds of piano, including early instruments
MT250       General works
MT252       Harpsichord, etc
MT255       Janko keyboard
MT257.A-Z Other keyboard instruments, A-Z
MT258 Virgil clavier, technicon, and similar instruments for practicing
Class Bowed stringed instruments: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other | early instruments
MT259 General works
violin viola cello double bass  
MT260 MT280 MT300 MT320 General works
MT261 ---- ---- ---- Physiology of the hand (for hand exercises, see MT221)
MT262 MT282 MT302 MT322 Systems and methods
      MT330 Studies and exercises
MT265 MT285 MT305 ----    General works
MT266 MT286 MT306 MT331    Orchestral studies
           Special techniques
MT267 MT287 MT307 ----       Bowing
MT268 MT288 MT308 ----       Positions
MT269 MT289 MT309 ----       Chords
MT270 MT290 ---- ----       Harmonics
MT271 MT291 MT310 ----       Other (not A-Z)
MT272 MT292 MT312 MT333.6    Two instruments
MT274 MT294 MT314 MT333 Teaching pieces
      MT333.4 Instructive editions
MT275 MT295 MT315 ----    Two or more composers
MT276 MT296 MT317 ----    One composer
MT278 MT298 MT318 MT334 Self-instructors
        Special styles
MT279.5 ---- ---- ----    Fiddling, Folk-style violin playing
MT279.7 ---- ---- ----    Jazz
Class Other bowed stringed instruments (for a complete list see MT335.A-Z)
MT336-MT338 Early bowed stringed instruments
MT336 viola d'amore
MT337 viola da gamba
MT338 other
Class Wind instruments:
MT339 General works
MT339.5 Woodwind instruments (general)
  Woodwind instruments:
flute piccolo recorder oboe clarinet saxophone bassoon  
MT340 MT357 MT350 MT360 MT380 MT500 MT400 General works
MT342 MT357.2 MT351 MT362 MT382 MT502 MT402 Systems and methods
MT343 MT357.5 MT352.5 MT363 MT383 MT503 MT403 Teaching pieces
MT344 MT357.6 MT352.6 MT364 MT384 MT504 MT404 Instructive editions
MT345 MT357.3 MT352 MT365 MT385 MT505 MT405 Studies and exercises
MT346 MT357.4 ---- MT366 MT386 MT506 MT406 Orchestral studies
MT347 MT357.7 MT352.7 MT367 MT387 MT507 MT407 Two instruments
MT348 MT357.8 MT353 MT368 MT388 MT508 MT408 Self-instructors
Class Other woodwind instruments (for a complete list, see MT358-MT415, MT510-MT533)
MT356 fife
MT358.P45 penny whistle
MT376 English horn
MT392 bass clarinet
MT412 contrabassoon
Class Brass instruments: horn | trumpet/cornet | trombone | bass trombone, contrabass trombone | tuba | other
MT418 General works
horn trumpet
cornet
trombone bass, contrabass
trombone
baritone
euphonium
tuba  
MT420 MT440 MT460 MT472 MT496 MT480 General works
MT422 MT442 MT462 MT472.2 MT496.2 MT482 Systems and methods
MT423 MT443 MT463 MT472.5 MT496.5 MT483 Teaching pieces
MT424 MT444 MT464 MT472.6 MT496.6 MT484 Instructive editions
MT425 MT445 MT465 MT472.3 MT496.3 MT485 Studies and exercises
MT426 MT446 MT466 MT472.4 MT496.4 MT486 Orchestral studies
MT427 MT447 MT467 MT472.7 MT496.7 MT487 Two instruments
MT428 MT448 MT468 MT472.8 MT496.8 MT488 Self-instructors
Class Other brass instruments (for a complete list, see MT456-MT497)
MT452 bugle
MT493 flügelhorn
MT497 contrabass tuba, heloicon, etc.
Class Plucked stringed instruments: harp | banjo | guitar | mandolin | zither | other
MT539 General works
harp banjo guitar lute mandolin zither  
MT540 MT560 MT580 MT640 MT600 MT620 General works
MT542 MT562 MT582 MT640.2 MT602 MT622 Systems and methods
MT543 MT563 MT583 MT640.5 MT603 MT623 Teaching pieces
MT544 MT569 MT589 MT640.6 MT608.5 MT628.5 Instructive editions
---- MT564 MT584 ---- MT604 MT624 Rudiments of music
MT545 MT565 MT585 MT640.3 MT605 MT625 Studies and exercises
MT546 ---- MT586 MT640.4 MT606 ---- Orchestral studies
MT547 MT567 MT587 MT640.7 MT607 MT627 Two instruments
MT548 MT568 MT588 MT640.8 MT608 MT628 Self-instructors
Class Other plucked stringed instruments (for a complete list, see MT557-MT654)
MT552 Celtic harp
MT599.B4 (electric) bass guitar
MT599.D6 dobro
MT632 autoharp
MT654.A7 Appalachian dulcimer
Class Percussion instruments: timpani | drums | bongo/conga | xylophone, marimba, vibraphone, etc. | other percussion | other
MT655 General works
MT655.2 Systems and methods
MT655.3 Studies and exercises
MT655.4 Orchestral studies
MT655.5 Teaching pieces
MT655.6 Instructive editions
MT655.7 Two instruments
MT655.8 Self-instructors
timpani snare drum
bass drum
drum set, etc.
bongo
conga
xylophone
marimba
vibraphone
 
MT660 MT662 MT663 MT719 General works
MT660.2 MT662.2 MT663.2 MT719.2 Systems and methods
MT660.3 MT662.3 MT663.3 MT719.3 Studies and exercises
MT660.4 MT662.4 MT663.4 MT719.4 Orchestral studies
MT660.5 MT662.5 MT663.5 MT719.5 Teaching pieces
MT660.6 MT662.6 MT663.6 MT719.6 Instructive editions
MT660.7 MT662.7 MT663.7 MT719.7 Two instruments
MT660.8 MT662.8 MT663.8 MT719.8 Self-instructors
Class Other percussion instruments (for a complete list, see MT664-MT725)
MT710 carillon, bell ringing, etc.
MT711 hand bell ringing
MT720 tubular bells, chimes
MT725.B55 bodhrán
MT725.S7 steel drum
  Other instruments (for a complete list, see MT670-MT725)
accordion concertina  
MT680 MT681 General works
MT680.2 MT681.2 Systems and methods
MT680.3 MT681.3 Studies and exercises
MT680.4 MT681.4 Orchestral studies
MT680.5 MT681.5 Teaching pieces
MT680.6 MT681.6 Instructive editions
MT680.7 MT681.7 Two instruments
MT680.8 MT681.8 Self-instructors
Class Additional other instruments
MT682 harmonica
MT700 player-piano
MT722 implements pout to musical use
MT723 computer sound processing
MT724 electronic instruments (not A-Z)
MT725.H37 hurdy-gurdy
MT728-MT735 Ensembles (for a complete list, see MT733)
  Chamber music
MT728 General works
  Instructive editions
MT728.2    Two or more composers
MT728.3    One composer
MT730 Orchestra
Class Band
MT733 General works
MT733.4 Marching bands and maneuvers
MT733.7 Big band, dance band, jazz band
MT734 Mandolin, etc., orchestra

Class numbers for one or more solo instruments accompanied by orchestra or string orchestra

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

M1005-M1041/M1105-M1141

Orchestra: This includes full and chamber orchestra
For solo instrument(s) with band, see M1205-M1206 [155]

One or more of the same: Keyboard instrument | Bowed stringed instrument | Wind instrument | Plucked instrument | Percussion instrument | Other instrument | Two or more different instruments

Keyboard instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
1 or more organs M1005 M1006 M1005.5 M1108 M1109 M1108.5
1 or more pianos M1010 M1011 M1010.5 M1110 M1111 M1110.5
Bowed stringed instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
1 or more violins M1012 M1013 M1012.5 M1112 M1113 M1112.5
1 or more violas M1014 M1015 M1014.5 M1114 M1115 M1114.5
1 or more cellos M1016 M1017 M1016.5 M1116 M1117 M1116.5
1 or more double basses M1018 (both full scores and solo(s) with piano) M1018.5 M1118 (both full scores and solo(s) with piano) M1118.5
Wind instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
1 or more flutes M1020 M1021 M1020.5 M1120 M1121 M1120.5
1 or more oboes M1022 M1023 M1022.5 M1122 M1123 M1122.5
1 or more clarinets M1024 M1025 M1024.5 M1124 M1125 M1124.5
1 or more bassoons M1026 M1027 M1026.5 M1126 M1127 M1126.5
1 or more horns M1028 M1029 M1028.5 M1128 M1129 M1128.5
1 or more trumpets/cornets M1030 M1031 M1030.5 M1130 M1131 M1130.5
1 or more trombones M1032 M1033 M1032.5 M1132 M1133 M1132.5
1 or more other wind instrument
   see Class M for more
With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
Baritone, euphonium M1034.B37 M1035.B37 M1034.5.B37 M1134.B37 M1135.B37 M1134.5.B37
Basset horn M1034.B38 M1035.B38 M1034.5.B38 M1134.B38 M1135.B38 M1134.5.B38
English horn M1034.E5 M1035.E5 M1034.5.E5 M1134.E5 M1135.E5 M1134.5.E5
Oboe d'amore M1034.O26 M1035.O26 M1034.5.O26 M1134.O26 M1135.O26 M1134.5.O26
Piccolo M1034.P5 M1035.P5 M1034.5.P5 M1134.P5 M1135.P5 M1134.5.P5
Recorder M1034.R4 M1035.R4 M1034.5.R4 M1134.R4 M1135.R4 M1134.5.R4
Saxophone M1034.S4 M1035.S4 M1034.5.S4 M1134.S4 M1135.S4 M1134.5.S4
Tuba M1034.T8 M1035.T8 M1034.5.T8 M1134.T8 M1135.T8 M1134.5.T8
Plucked instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
1 or more harps M1036 M1037 M1036.5 M1136 M1137 M1136.5
1 or more other plucked instrument
   see Class M for more
Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas
Guitar M1037.4.G8 M1037.4.G8 M1037.4.G8 M1137.4.G8 M1137.4.G8 M1137.4.G8
Lute M1037.4.L9 M1037.4.L9 M1037.4.L9 M1137.4.L9 M1137.4.L9 M1137.4.L9
Mandolin M1037.4.M3 M1037.4.M3 M1037.4.M3 M1137.4.M3 M1137.4.M3 M1137.4.M3
Percussion instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
one or more soloists playing two or more different percussion instruments M1038 M1039 M1038.5 M1138 M1139 M1138.5
see other instruments for one or more soloists, each playing one of the same percussion instrument
Other instruments, including one or more percussion soloists, each playing one of the same percussion instrument
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas
Accordion M1039.4.A3 M1039.4.A3 M1039.4.A3 M1139.4.A3 M1139.4.A3 M1139.4.A3
Electronics M1039.4.E35 M1039.4.E35 M1039.4.E35 M1139.4.E35 M1139.4.E35 M1139.4.E35
Ondes Martenot M1039.4.O5 M1039.4.O5 M1039.4.O5 M1139.4.O5 M1139.4.O5 M1139.4.O5
Tape M1039.4.T3 M1039.4.T3 M1039.4.T3 M1139.4.T3 M1139.4.T3 M1139.4.T3
Xylophone, vibraphone, marimba M1039.4.X9 M1039.4.X9 M1039.4.X9 M1139.4.X9 M1139.4.X9 M1139.4.X9
2 or more different instruments
Instrument With orchestra With string orchestra
Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas Full scores Solo(s) with piano Cadenzas
2 or more different instruments M1040 M1041 M1040.5 M1140 M1141 M1140.5

Class numbers for solo instrumental music: M6-M175

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 | M180-M298.5 [37] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

organ: M6-M14 (See Class M15-M19 for Harmonium music) | piano: M20-M39 | string instruments: M40-M59 | wind instruments: M60-M114 | plucked instruments: M115-M142 | percussion and other instruments: M145-M175 | unspecified solo instrument: M175.5

Class Instrument
M6-M14 Organ
M6 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M7    General collections
     Special collections and separate works
M8       Sonatas
M8.5       Symphonies
M9       Suites and kindred cyclical works; variations
M10       Fugues with or without preludes; Canons (see sh 85019705 [156])
M11       Pieces (separate works only)
M11.2       Pedal pieces
  Arrangements
M12    Collections
M13    Separate works
M14 Organ books (includes organ acc. to collections of psalms, hymns, etc.)
M14.3 Liturgical music (works composed for liturgical purposes)
  Special seasons and occasions (original and arranged works)
M14.4    Collections, cuttered by season
          two seasons or occasions, cutter for the first
      A1 three or more seasons
      A4 Advent
      C5 Christmas
      E2 Easter
      E6 Epiphany
      F8 Funeral music
      H2 Harvest, Thanksgiving
      H5 Holy communion
      H6 Holy week
      L5 Lent. Passiontide
      P4 Palm Sunday
      W3 Wedding music
      W4 Whitsuntide, Pentecost Festival
M14.5    Separate works
          two seasons or occasions, cutter for the first
      A1 three or more seasons
      A4 Advent
      C5 Christmas
      E2 Easter
      F8 Funeral music
      H2 Harvest, Thanksgiving
      H5 Holy communion
      H6 Holy week
      L5 Lent. Passiontide
      P4 Palm Sunday
      W3 Wedding music
      W4 Whitsuntide, Pentecost Festival
M20-M39 Piano
M20 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
     General compositions
M21       Two or more composers
M22       One composer
     Special collections and separate works
M23          Sonatas (See Local practice in Class M [122])
M24          Suites and kindred cyclical works
           Pieces
M25             General
M25.3          2 pianos, 1 performer
           Piano, 1 hand, original and arranged works
M26             Left hand
M26.2             Right hand
M27       Theme and variations
M28       Marches
        Dances
M30          General
M31             Two-rhythm (polka, etc.)
M32             Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.)
  Arrangements, including transcriptions
M32.8    Miscellaneous collections
        Piano scores of operas, oratorios, cantatas, etc. (Class vocal scores in the class for the original work)
M33          General
M33.5          Excerpts
M34       Transcriptions, paraphrases (generally for concert purposes) of an opera, oratorio, cantata, etc.
        Arrangements of orchestra and band music of every kind
M35          General
M35.5          Excerpts
        Concertos, etc. (concertos arranged for 1 piano; not concertos in which the accompaniment is arranged for piano)
M37          Complete works
M37.5          Excerpts
M38       Chamber music, part songs, music for 1 instrument
M38.3       Simplified edition of piano music for 2 hands
M38.5       Songs
M39       Potpourries. Medleys; including orchestra potpourries, etc. arranged for piano 2 hands
M39.5       Works for 2 pianos, 1 performer
M39.6       Works for piano, 1 hand
M40-M59 String instruments: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other
M40-M44 violin
M40 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M41    Collections
M42    Separate works
  Arrangements
M43    Collections
M44    Separate works
M45-M49 viola
M45 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M46    Collections
M47    Separate works
  Arrangements
M48    Collections
M49    Separate works
M50-M54 cello
M50 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M51    Collections
M52    Separate works
  Arrangements
M53    Collections
M54    Separate works
M55-M58 double bass
M55 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M56    Collections
M57    Separate works
  Arrangements
M58    Collections and separate works
M59 Other string instrument
.B4    baryton
.V54    viola da gamba
.V56    viola d'amore
M59.5    unspecified string instrument
M60-M111 Wind instruments: flute | oboe | clarinet | bassoon | horn | trumpet, cornet | trombone | tuba | saxophone | other
M60-M64 flute
M60 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M61    Collections
M62    Separate works
  Arrangements
M63    Collections
M64    Separate works
M65-M69 oboe
M65 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M66    Collections
M67    Separate works
  Arrangements
M68    Collections
M69    Separate works
M70-M74 clarinet
M70 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M71    Collections
M72    Separate works
  Arrangements
M73    Collections
M74    Separate works
M75-M79 bassoon
M75 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M76    Collections
M77    Separate works
  Arrangements
M78    Collections
M79    Separate works
M80-M84 horn
M80 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M81    Collections
M82    Separate works
  Arrangements
M83    Collections
M84    Separate works
M85-M89 trumpet, cornet
M85 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M86    Collections
M87    Separate works
  Arrangements
M88    Collections
M89    Separate works
M90-M94 trombone
M90 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M91    Collections
M92    Separate works
  Arrangements
M93    Collections
M94    Separate works
M95-M99 tuba
M95 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M96    Collections
M97    Separate works
  Arrangements
M98    Collections
M99    Separate works
M105-M109 saxophone
M105 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M106    Collections
M107    Separate works
  Arrangements
M108    Collections
M109    Separate works
M110 other wind instrument
.B33    baritone, euphonium
.B35    basset horn
.E5    English horn
.F53    Flügelhorn
.R4    recorder
M111.5 unspecified wind instrument
M115-M142 Plucked instruments: harp | banjo | guitar | mandolin | zither | lute | other
M115-M119 harp
M115 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M116    Collections
M117    Separate works
  Arrangements
M118    Collections
M119    Separate works
M120-M124 banjo
M120 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M121    Collections
M122    Separate works
  Arrangements
M123    Collections
M124    Separate works
M125-M129 guitar
M125 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M126    Collections
M127    Separate works
  Arrangements
M128    Collections
M129    Separate works
M130-M134 mandolin
M130 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M131    Collections
M132    Separate works
  Arrangements
M133    Collections
M134    Separate works
M135-M139 zither
M135 Miscellaneous collections
  Original compositions
M136    Collections
M137    Separate works
  Arrangements
M138    Collections
M139    Separate works
M140-M141 lute
M140 Collections
141 Separate works
M142 other plucked instrument
.A8    archlute
.C5    chitarrone
.C58    cittern
.E4    electric guitar
.V53    vihuela (local practice is to cutter as .V69)
M145-M175 Percussion and other instruments
  Percussion instruments:
M146 drum(s) [timpani, drum set, side drum, etc.; works for 1 performer on 2 or more different percussion instruments]
M147 bells, glockenspiel, etc.
M172 carillons, chimes
M175.X6 xylophone, vibraharp, vibraphone
M175.X9 [157] marimba (this is local practice; LC practice is to cutter as M175.X6)
  Other instruments:
M175.A4 accordion
M175.C44 celesta
M165 glass harmonica
M175.O5 ondes Martenot
M175.5 unspecified solo instrument

Class numbers for solo vocal music

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. | MT179-MT735 [43]

M1611-1626/M2102-2114

Solo vocal music encompasses secular and sacred arias, solo cantatas, solo songs, and song cycles with or without accompaniment.

Songs: Orchestral, etc. accompaniment | Piano accompaniment and unaccompanied | Accompaniment of one instrument other than piano or unaccompanied
Recitations (solo vocalizations not sung)

Orchestral, etc. accompaniment
Secular Sacred Original compositions
    Collections (including miscellaneous collections)
M1611 M2102    Full scores
M1612 M2102    Vocal scores
    Separate works
       Full scores
M1613 M2103       Orchestral accompaniment
M1613.3 M2103.3       Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instruments, electronic)
M1614 M2104    Vocal scores with piano
M1621.2 M2113.2    Unaccompanied
M1621.3 M2113.3    Accompaniment of piano and 1 other instrument
M1621.4 M2113.4    Song cycles
Secular Sacred Arrangements
    Collections (including miscellaneous collections)
M1615 M2105    Full scores
M1616 M2106    Vocal scores
    Separate works
       Full scores
M1617 M2107       Orchestral accompaniment
M1621.3 M2113.3       Accompaniment of piano and 1 other instrument, see M1621.3 (secular); M2113.3 (sacred)
M1618 M2108    Vocal scores with piano
Piano accompaniment and unaccompanied
Secular Sacred  
    Collections
      Two or more composers
M1619 M2110     General
M1619.5.A-Z ----       Individual poets, A-Z
M1620 M2112   One composer
    Separate works
M1621 M2113    Piano accompaniment
M1621.2 M2113.2    Unaccompanied
M1621.3 M2113.3    Accompaniment of piano and one other instrument
M1621.4 M2113.4    Song cycles
---- M2114    Works with liturgical text, by language A-Z
       Special seasons and occasions
  M2114.5       Christmas
  M2114.6       Easter
  M2114.7       Thanksgiving. Harvest
---- M2114.8.A-Z       Other season
Accompaniment of one instrument other than piano or unaccompanied
Secular Sacred  
    Collections
       Plucked instrument
M1623 M2113       General
M1623.4 M2113          Harp
M1623.5 M2113          Lute
M1623.8 M2113       Other instrument
    Separate works
       Plucked instrument
M1624 M2113       General
M1624.4 M2113          Harp
M1624.5 M2113          Lute
M1624.7 M2113    Wind instrument
M1624.8 M2113    Other instrument
Recitations with music, both secular and sacred
Secular Sacred  
M1625 M1625 Accompaniment of orchestra or other instrumental ensemble
M1626 M1626 Accompaniment of piano or other instrument, including piano scores
Cutter numbers for special texts taken from Table M6 (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6)
Use the initial letter of the name of the language in English, followed by the number for the text:
Cutter numbers under M2114.8 for other special seasons and occasions (other than Christmas, Easter, and Thanksgiving) (for a complete list, see Class M under M2114.8)
  __11 Agnus Dei
  __14 Alma Redemptoris Mater
  __16 Ave Maria
  __161 Ave Maria Stella
  __165 Ave Verum corpus
  __169 Beatus vir
  __25 Cantate Domino
  __34 De profundis
  __373 Dixit Dominus
  __4 Gloria in excelsis Deo
  __5 Kyrie eleison
  __6 Magnificat
  __62 Miserere mei
  __7 Nunc dimittis
  __77 Regina Caeli
  __8 Salve Regina
  __82 Stabat Mater
  __9 Te Deum
  __94 Veni Creator Spiritus
  .A4 Advent
  .A5 All Saints Day
  .A6 Ascension Day
  .C2 Candlemas
  .E5 Epiphany
  .G5 Good Friday
  .H56 Holy Saturday
  .H58 Holy Week
  .H6 Holy Year
  .L5 Lent. Passiontide
  .M35 Maundy Thursday
  .N5 New Year
  .P4 Palm Sunday

Class numbers for vocal ensembles

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]

M1528-1529.5/M2018-2019.5

Vocal ensembles include secular and sacred duets, trios, quartets, etc., (one voice to a part), with or without accompaniment.
For class numbers for choral ensembles (two or more voices to a part), see Class numbers for choral music [40].

Secular Sacred Orchestra, other ensemble, or electric accompaniment
M1528 M2018 Full scores
M1528.5 ---- Vocal scores without accompaniment
M1529 M2019 Vocal scores
Secular Sacred Accompaniment of keyboard or other instrument or unaccompanied
    Duets
M1529.2 M2019.2    Collections
M1529.3 M2019.3    Separate works
    Trios, quartets, etc.
M1529.4 M2019.4    Collections
M1529.5 M2019.5    Separate works

Class numbers for vocal music

Cutter numbers for composers: A

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
A116 Dall'Abaco, Evaristo Felice, 1675-1742 D144 in M1105
A139 Abel, Karl Friedrich, 1723-1787
A164 Absil, Jean, 1893-1974
A193 Adam, Adolphe, 1803-1856
A214 Adams, John, 1947-
Adams, John Luther, 1953- A2145 in M146, M284, M585, M985, M1045, ML410; A214 and M2145 in M1140
A237 Adler, Samuel, 1928-
A317 Alain, Jehan, 1911-1940
A328 Albéniz, Isaac, 1860-1909
A336 Albinoni, Tomaso, 1671-1750
A341 Albrechtsberger, Johann Georg, 1736-1809
A342 Albright, William
A527 Amram, David.
A531 Amy, Gilbert
A538 Ancelin, Pierre, 1934-2001
A555 André, Johann Anton, 1775-1842
A573 Andriessen, Jurriaan
Andriessen, Louis, 1939-
A587 Angerer, Paul, 1927-
A627 Antheil, George, 1900-1959
A645 Apostel, Hans Erich, 1901-1972
A672 Archer, Violet
A679 Arel, Bülent, 1919-1990
A681 Arensky, Anton Stepanovich, 1861-1906
A691 Argento, Dominick
A727 Arma, Paul, 1905-1987
A748 Arne, Thomas Augustine, 1710-1778
A757 Arnold, Malcolm
A794 Harut'yunyan, Alek'sandr Grigori, 1920-2012
cutter as old form of the name: Arutyunyan
H338 in M1206
A832 Asia, Daniel
A888 Auber, D. F. E. (Daniel Francois Esprit), 1782-1871
A928 Auric, Georges, 1899-1983

Cutter numbers for composers: B

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
B112 Babbitt, Milton, 1916-2011
B116 Bacewicz, Grazyna B117 in M1001, M1015, M1045, M1140; B116 and B117 in M287; B122 in M1014, M1016
B1169 Bach, August Wilhelm, 1796-1869
B117 Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, 1714-1788 For use of work numbers in call numbers for C.P.E. Bach, see Special procedures for C.P.E. Bach [158]
B1171 Bach, Georg Christoph, 1642-1697
B1172 Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782
B1173 Bach, Johann Christoph, 1642-1703
B1174 Bach, Johann Christoph Friedrich, 1732-1795
B1175 Bach, Jan
B1176 Bach, Johann Ernst, 1722-1777
B1177 Bach, Johann Ludwig, 1677-1731
B1178 Bach, Johann Michael, 1648-1694
B118 Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750 For use of work numbers in call numbers for J.S. Bach, see Special procedures for J.S. Bach [159]
S331 Bach, P. D. Q., 1807-1742?; cutter as Schickele, Peter [160]
B1185 Bach, Wilhelm Friedemann, 1710-1784
B1187 Bach, Wilhelm Friedrich Ernst, 1759-1845
B1189 Bach, Maria, 1896-1978.
B136 Badings, Henk, 1907-1987
B171 Balakirev, Milii Alekseevich, 1837-1910
Balay, Guillaume, 1871-1943 B171 and in B1715 in M261
B213 Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634
B223 Barab, Seymour B232 in M1626
B234 Barber, Samuel, 1910-1981
B269 Barraud, Henry, 1900-1997
B292 Bartók, Béla, 1881-1945
B2922 Bartolozzi, Bruno B292 in M585, M1026
B293 Bartos, Frantisek, 1905-1973
B319 Bassett, Leslie, 1923-
B351 Baur, Jürg B327 in M1001
B354 Bavicchi, John, 1922-2012
B355 Bax, Arnold, 1883-1953
B362 Bazelon, Irwin
B365 Beach, H. H. A., Mrs., 1867-1944
B387 Beber, Ambrosius, active 1610-1620
B397 Beckwith, John
B415 Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827 For use of WoO numbers in call numbers for Beethoven, see Special procedures for Beethoven [161]
B444 Bellini, Vincenzo, 1801-1835
B458 Benda, Franz, 1709-1786 B4575 in M242
Benda, Georg, 1722-1795
B468 Benjamin, Arthur, 1893-1960
B472 Bennett, Richard Rodney
B478 Bentzon, Niels Viggo, 1919-2000
B493 Berg, Alban, 1885-1935
B496 Berger, Arthur, 1912-2003
B511 Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003
B512 Berkeley, Lennox, 1903-1989
Berkeley, Michael also B5125 or B513 in many classes
B527 Bernhard, Christoph, 1627-1692
B514 Berlin, Irving, 1888-1989 B515 in M1630.18; B5155 in M1503
B515 Berlioz, Hector, 1803-1869
B5295 Bernstein, Elmer B530 in Rec call numbers
B531 Bernstein, Leonard, 1918-1990
B553 Berwald, Franz, 1796-1868
B554 Besard, Jean Baptiste, approximately 1567-
B581 Biber, Heinrich Ignaz Franz, 1644-1704
B5815 Biber, Carl, 1681-1749
B598 Billings, William, 1746-1800
B612 Binder, Christlieb Siegmund, 1723-1789
B613 Binkerd, Gordon, 1916-2003
B619 Birtwistle, Harrison
B625 Bizet, Georges, 1838-1875
B642 Blank, Allan, 1925-
B649 Bliss, Arthur, 1891-1975
B651 Bloch, Ernest, 1880-1959
B6515 Blockx, Jan, 1851-1912 B651 in M1047
B653 Blomdahl, Karl Birger, 1916-1968
B657 Blow, John, -1708
B662 Boatwright, Howard
B664 Boccherini, Luigi, 1743-1805
Bochsa, Robert Nicolas Charles, 1789-1856 B6642 in ML410; B645 in M462, MT542
B6641 Bochsa, Charles, -1821
B669 Boëllmann, Léon, 1862-1897 (cutter as boeellmann) B671 in M9, M11, M17
B683 Boismortier, Joseph Bodin de, 1689-1755 B682 in M24, M62, M231.5, M289, M291, M412.2, M557, M557.2, M1117, M1127; B682 and M683 in M242; B679 in M322
B685 Boito, Arrigo, 1842-1918
B687 Bolcom, William
B716 Bonneau, Paul
B736 Bornefeld, Helmut, 1906-1990 B7355 in M25, ML410
Borodin, Aleksandr Profir'evich, 1833-1887 Borodin, Aleksandr Profir'evich, 1833-1887
B737 Borris, Siegfried, 1906-1987 B738 in M242, ML55
B745 Bossi, Marco Enrico, 1861-1925 B7445 in M11
B751 Bottesini, Giovanni, 1821-1889
B7625 Boulanger, Lili, 1893-1918 B763 in M22, M221, M1533, M1552, M2020, M2021, M2023
B763 Boulanger, Nadia
Boulez, Pierre, 1925-
B789 Boyce, William, 1711-1779
B793 Bozza, Eugène, 1905-1991
B813 Brahms, Johannes, 1833-1897
B842 Bresgan, Cesar, 1913-1988
Bresnick, Martin B8422 in M25, M312, M1045; B8425 in M385, M452, M557, M654, M962
B846 Bréval, J. B. (Jean Baptiste), 1753-1823 B8465 in M238; B845 in M231.5 (but B846 in M231)
B851 Bridge, Frank, 1879-1941
B858 Brindle, Reginald Smith, 1917-2003 cuttered as Smith (S664) in M294
B862 Britten, Benjamin, 1913-1976
B876 Brouwer, Leo, 1939-
B877 Brown, Earle, 1926-2002
B887 Bruch, Max, 1838-1920
B888 Bruckner, Anton, 1824-1896
B915 Bryars, Gavin
B922 Buck, Dudley, 1839-1909
B931 Buhr, Glenn, 1954-
H141 Bull, Edvard Hagerup, 1922-2012
cutter as Hagerup Bull [162], Edvard, 1922-2012
B935 in M357.4
B959 Burkhard, Willy, 1900-1955
B979 Busnois, Antoine, -1492
Busoni, Ferruccio, 1866-1924 B978 in ML410 and other classes
B981 Busser, Henri, 1872-1973 B928 in some classes
B988 Butterworth, George, 1885-1916
B991 Buxtehude, Dietrich, 1637-1707
B995 Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623

Cutter numbers for composers: C

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
C118 Caccini, Giulio,1551-1618
C131 Cage, John
C145 Caldara, Antonio, 1670-1736
C156 Call, Leonhard von, 1767-1815
C175 Cambini, Giuseppe Maria, 1746-1825
C199 Campra, André, 1660-1744
C243 Capirola, Vincenzo, 1474-
C277 Carissimi, Giacomo, 1605-1674
C323 Carter, Elliott, 1908-2012
C329 Carulli, Ferdinando, 1770-1841 M328 in M382; C328 and M329 in M297; C328 and M331 in M127
C3435 Casadesus, Henri Gustave, 1870-1947
C334 Casadesus, Robert, 1899-1972
C3345 Casadesus, Marius
C337 Casella, Alfredo, 1883-1947
C349 Castelvuovo-Tedesco, Mario, 1895-1968
Castérède, Jacques, 1926- C3495 in M250, M1037.4 G8
C355 Castro, Jean de, approximately 1540-approximately 1600 C354 and C3555 in M1579; M355 in M3
Castro, Juan Jose, 1895-1968
C3557 Castro, Washington, 1909-2004
C376 Cavalieri, Emilio de, approximately 1550-1602
C422 Cesti, Antonio, 1623-1669
C429 Chabrier, Emmanuel, 1841-1894
C434 Tchaikovsky, Peter Ilich, 1840-1893
C448 Chaminade, Cecile, 1857-1944
C4839 Charpentier, Gustave, 1860-1956
C484 Charpentier, Jacques, 1933- C4839 in M25
Charpentier, Marc-Antoine, 1643-1704
C499 Chausson, Ernest, 1855-1899
C512 Chávez, Carlos, 1899-1978
Chaynes, Charles C5125 in M25, M127, M1010, M1011
C521 Tcherepnin, Alexander, 1899-1977 T251 in M37.5, M117, M203, M239 V54, M250, M357.4, M557, ML134; T252 in M1045
Tcherepnine, Nicolas, 1873-1945 C5215 in M25, M357.2, M457.4, M1004, M1620, M2000; C251 and T251 in ML134, ML410; T251 in M2003; T2516 in M1620.3
C523 Cherubini, Luigi, 1760-1842
C537 Childs, Barney
C549 Chopin, Frédéric, 1810-1849
C573 Cimarosa, Domenico, 1749-1801
C5975 Clarke, Herbert L. (Herbert Lincoln), 1867-1945
C598 Clarke, Jeremiah, 1669?-1707
C626 Clementi, Muzio, 1752-1832
Clementi, Aldo C625 in ML410; C6255 in M242, M322; C6257 in M25
C693 Coleridge-Taylor, Samuel, 1875-1912 C691 in M25
C757 Constant, Marius, 1925-2004
C772 Cooke, Arnold
C782 Coperario, John, approximately 1570-1626 C782 in most classes; C785 (cuttered as Coprario) in some classes
C784 Copland, Aaron, 1900-1990
C794 Cordero, Roque, 1917-2008
C797 Corelli, Arcangelo, 1653-1713
C798 Corigliano, John, 1938- C7983 in M1045
C824 Corrette, Michel, 1709-1795
C855 Coulthard, Jean, 1908-2000
C856 Couperin, François, 1668-1733
C8565 Couperin, Louis, approximately 1626-1661
C874 Cowell, Henry, 1897-1965
C922 Creston, Paul, 1906-1985
C941 Croft, William, 1678-1727
C955 Cruft, Adrian
C956 Crumb, George
C966 Cui, César, 1835-1918
C998 Czerny, Carl, 1791-1857

Cutter numbers for composers: D

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
D131 Dahl, Ingolf, 1912-1970
A116 Dall'Abaco, Evaristo Felice, 1675-1742
cutter as Abaco [163], Evaristo Felice Dall', 1675-1742
D144 in M1105
D144 Dallapiccola, Luigi, 1904-1975
D155 Damase, Jean Michel, 1928-2013
D199 Danzi, Franz, 1763-1826
D249 David, Ferdinand, 1810-1873
David, Johann Nepomuk, 1895-1977 D683 in M902; D2495 in M1013;
Davidovsky, Mario, 1934- D2499 in M62
D257 Davies, Peter Maxwell, 1934- M2565 in M412
D289 Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918
D312 Defaye, Jean Michel also D313 in many classes
D313 De Filippi, Amedeo, 1900-1990
D353 Delibes, Leo, 1836-1891
D355 Delius, Frederick, 1862-1934
D358 Dello Joio, Norman, 1913-2008
D366 Del Tredici, David
D396 Denisov, Edison Vasil'evich, 1929-1996
J83 Des Prez, Josquin, -1521
cutter as Josquin [164], des Prez, -1521
D424 in M3, M1495, M2092.4, M2092.6; D473 in M2011; J835 in ML410
D536 Diabelli, Anton, 1781-1858
D537 Diamond, David, 1915-2005
D561 Diemer, Emma Lou D5612 in M11
D5615 Diémer, Louis, 1843-1919
I39 D'India, Sigismondo, approximately 1580-1629; cutter as India [165] Sigismondo d', approximately 1580-1629
D614 Distler, Hugo, 1908-1942
D617 Dittersdorf, Karl Ditters von, 1739-1799
D645 Dodgson, Stephen, 1924-2013
D656 Dohnányi, Erno, 1877-1960
D683 Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848
D687 Donovan, Richard, 1891-1970
D692 Doppler, Franz, 1821-1883
D747 Dowland, John, 1563?-1626
D7475 Dowland, Robert, approximately 1586-1641
D759 Dragonetti, Domenico, 1763-1846
D784 Druckman, Jacob, 1928-1996
D816 Dubois, Pierre Max, 1930-1995
D854 Dufay, Guillaume, 1397-1474
D877 Dukas, Paul, 1865-1935
D957 Durey, Louis, 1888-1979
D967 Duruflé, Maurice, 1902-1986
D974 Dussek, Johann Ladislaus, 1760-1812
D976 Dutilleux, Henri, 1916-2013
D988 Dvorak, Antonín, 1841-1904
D995 Dyens, Roland, 1955-

Cutter numbers for composers: E

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
E15 Eben, Petr
Ebenhöh, Horst, 1930- E155 in M246
E16 Eberl, Anton, 1765-1801
E19 Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. (Sophie-Carmen), 1899-1974.
E22 Eder, Helmut, 1916-2005 E225 in ML410
E284 Egge, Klaus, 1906-1979
E29 Egk, Werner, 1901-1983
E35 Einem, Gottfried von, 1918-1996
E36 Eisler, Hanns, 1898-1962 E355 in M1003, E49 in M1584, M1597, M1610; E365 in ML134
E41 Elgar, Edward, 1857-1934
E42 Eliasson, Anders, 1947- E427 in M1001
E46 Ellington, Duke, 1899-1974
E56 Enesco, Georges, 1881-1955 E561 in many classes
E65 Erb, Donald, 1927-2008
E651 Erbach, Christian, -1635
E652 Erbse, Heimo
E69 Erlebach, Philipp Heinrich, 1657-1714
E74 Escher, Peter
E75 Eshpai, Andrei IAkovlevich E74 in M62
E84 Etler, Alvin, 1913-1973 E83 in M11, M146; E83 and E84 in M457.2

Cutter numbers for composers: F

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
F194 Falla, Manuel de, 1876-1946
F248 Fasch, Johann Friedrich, 1688-1758
F265 Fauré, Gabriel, 1845-1924
F312 Feld, Jindrich M3115 in most classes
Feldman, Morton, 1926-1987
F3675 Ferrabosco, Alfonso, 1543-1588 also assigned M368, same cutter used for Alfonso Jr.
F368 Ferrabosco, Alfonso, approximately 1575-1628
F413 Fesch, Willem de, 1687-1757
F438 Fiala, Joseph, 1748-1816
F454 Field, John, 1782-1837
F495 Fine, Irving, 1914-1962
Fine, Vivian, 1913-2000
F497 Finger, Godfrey, approximately 1660-1730
F514 Finney, Ross Lee, 1906-1997
F516 Finzi, Gerald, 1901-1956
F5285 Fischer, Johann Christian, 1733-1800 F529 in M289, M1010
F529 Fischer, Johann, 1646-1716 or 1717 F534 in M241
Fischer, Johann Kaspar Ferdinand, 1656-1746 F528 in M7
Fischer, Michael Gotthard, 1773-1829
F688 Foote, Arthur, 1853-1937
F743 Fortner, Wolfgang, 1907-1987
F751 Foss, Lukas, 1922-2009
F757 Foster, Stephen Collins, 1826-1864
F767 Foulds, John, 1880-1939
F798 Frackenpohl, Arthur, 1924- F799 in M289
F814 Françaix, Jean, 1912-1997
F822 Franck, César, 1822-1890
F911 Frederick, II, King of Denmark and Norway, 1534-1588
F884 Frescobaldi, Girolamo, 1583-1643
F897 Fricker, Peter Racine, 1920-1990.
F922 Froberger, Johann Jacob, 1616-1667
F962 Fuleihan, Anis, 1900-1970
F996 Fux, Johann Joseph, 1660-1741

Cutter numbers for composers: G

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
G1178 Gabrieli, Andrea, approximately 1533-1585
G1179 Gabrielli, Domenico, 1659-1690
G118 Gabrieli, Giovanni, 1557-1612
G124 Gade, Niels W. (Niels Wilhelm), 1817-1890
G146 Gal, Hans, 1890-1987
G168 Galliard, John Ernest, -1749
G181 Galuppi, Baldassare, 1706-1785 G175 in M8
G253 Gassmann, Florian Leopold, 1729-1774
G269 Gaultier, Denis, -1672
G322 Geminiani, Francesco, 1687-1762
G341 Genzmer, Harald, 1909-2007
G368 Gerhard, Roberto, 1896-1970
G381 Gershwin, George, 1898-1937
G411 Ghedini, Giorgio Federico, 1892-1965
G425 Ghirlandaio, Domenico, 1449-1494
G492 Ginastera, Alberto, 1916-1983
G537 Giuliani, Mauro, 1781-1829
G553 Glazunov, Aleksandr Konstantinovich, 1865-1936
G559 Glière, Reinhold Moritsevich, 1875-1956
G561 Glinka, M. I. (Mikhail Ivanovich), 1804-1857
G562 Globokar, Vinko, 1934-
G567 Gluck, Christoph Willibald, Ritter von, 1714-1787
G577 Godard, Benjamin, 1849-1895
G594 Goehr, Alexander, 1932- G549 in M1528; G595 in M11, M357.2, M1582
G619 Goldmark, Carl, 1830-1915.
G666 Górecki, Henryk Mikołaj, 1933-2010
G687 Gottschalk, Louis Moreau, 1829-1869
G697 Gould, Morton, 1913-1996
G711 Gounod, Charles, 1818-1893
G743 Grainger, Percy, 1882-1961
G748 Granados, Enrique, 1867-1916
G774 Graun, Johann Gottlieb, 1702 or 1703-1771 G7733 in M1114, M1115
Graupner, Christoph, 1683-1760
G789 Grechaninov, Aleksandr Tikhonovich, 1864-1956
G834 Grétry, André-Ernest-Modeste, 1741-1813
G848 Grieg, Edvard, 1843-1907
G849 Griffes, Charles Tomlinson, 1884-1920
G921 Gubaidulina, Sofia, 1931-
G957 Guillaume, de Machaut, approximately 1300-1377
G961 Guillou, Jean, 1930 April 18- G962 in M9, M184, M1108, ML550; G961 and G962 in M1005
G962 Guilmant, Alexandre, 1837-1911 G962 and G972 in M7, M8

Cutter numbers for composers: H

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [166] | T [167] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
H113 Hába, Alois, 1893-1973
H141 Hagerup Bull, Edvard, 1922-2012 B935 in M357.4
H148 Hahn, Reynaldo, 1875-1947
H135 Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1749; cutter as Händel, or as Haendel
H155 Hakim, Naji, 1955-
H169 Halffter, Cristóbal, 1930-
H218 Hamilton, Iain, 1922-2000
H135 Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1749 (cutter as Händel)
H255 Harbison, John
H315 Harris, Roy, 1898-1979
H319 Harrison, Lou, 1917-2003
H332 Hartley, Walter S. (Walter Sinclair), 1927- H325 in M317
H333 Hartmann, Karl Amadeus, 1905-1963 H333 and H3331 in ML410
H338 Hartzell, Eugene
A749 Harut'yunyan, Alek'sandr Grigori, 1920-2012 cutter as Arutyunyan [168] H338 in M1206
H354 Hasse, Johann Adolf, 1699-1783
H368 Haubenstock-Ramati, Roman H366 in ML410
Hauer, Josef Matthias, 1883-1959 H3685 in M1045
H369 Haufrecht, Herbert, 1909-1998
H415 Haydn, Joseph, 1732-1809 For use of work numbers in call numbers for Haydn's string quartets or symphonies, see Special procedures for Haydn [169]
H4155 Haydn, Michael, 1737-1806
H434 Healey, Derek, 1936-
H465 Heiden, Bernhard
Heider, Werner, 1930- H464 in M25; H4645 in M11; H466 in M557
H466 Heiller, Anton, 1923-1979 H465 in M11, M25; H465 and H466 in M9; H477 in M1005
H468 Heinichen, Johann David, 1683-1729
H526 Hensel, Fanny Mendelssohn, 1805-1847 H5262 in ML134, ML410; H5257 in M25
H528 Henze, Hans Werner, 1926-2012
H537 Herbert, Victor, 1859-1924
H584 Warlock, Peter, 1894-1930
cuttered as Heseltine, Philip, 1894-1930
use W277 in M3.1, M1102, M1620 (but H584 in M1620.3), ML410, ML2831
H591 Hétu, Jacques, 1938-2010
H632 Hidas, Frigyes
H652 Hiller, Lejaren, 1924-1994 H5621 in ML410
H662 Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963
H687 Hoddinott, Alun
H711 Hoffmeister, Franz Anton, 1754-1812 H7115 in M1001, M1015; H699 and H711 in M1021, H71 in M1014
Hoffstetter, Roman, 1742-1815 For works attributed to Haydn, cutter as H415
H713 Hofmann, Josef, 1876-1957
Hofmann, Leopold, 1738-1793
Hofmann, Richard, 1844-1918 M7135 in M287, M351
H723 Holborne, Anthony, -1602
V7471 Holm, Peder
H747 Holmboe, Vagn, 1909-1996
H756 Holst, Gustav, 1874-1934
H772 Honegger, Arthur, 1892-1955
H781 Hook, Mr. (James), 1746-1827
H846 Hovhaness, Alan, 1911-2000 H845 in M1039.4 X9; H845 and H846 in M1001, M1045; H8455 in M557.4
H859 Howells, Herbert, 1892-1983
H925 Hummel, Bertold H924 in M25 H9248 in M226, M385, M552, M1613.3; H9255 in M322
Hummel, Johann Nepomuk, 1778-1837
H926 Humperdinck, Engelbert, 1854-1921
H968 Husa, Karel, 1921-

Cutter numbers for composers: I

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
I12 Ibert, Jacques, 1890-1962
I32 Imbrie, Andrew, 1921-2007
I39 India, Sigismondo d', approximately 1580-1629
I42 Indy, Vincent d', 1851-1931
I64 Ippolitov-Ivanov, Mikhail Mikhailovich, 1859-1935.
I73 Isaac, Heinrich, approximately 1450-1517
I95 Ives, Charles, 1874-1954

Cutter numbers for composers: J

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
J15,J16 Jacob, Gordon, 1895-1984 use J15 or J16 depending on class
J331 Janacek, Leos, 1854-1928
J332 Janequin, Clément, approximately 1495-approximately 1560
J330 Janitsch, Johann Gottlieb, 1708-approximately 1763 J33 in M8, M424, M1101
J36 Jaques-Dalcroze, Émile D144 in ML410
J52 Jenkins, John, 1592-1678
J62 Joachim, Joseph, 1831-1907
J69 Johnson, Tom, 1939-
J75 Jolas, Betsy J74 in some classes
J751 Jolivet, André, 1905-1974 J75 in some classes
J755 Jommelli, Nicolò, 1714-1774
J79 Jongen, Joseph, 1873-1953
J81 Joplin, Scott, 1868-1917
J83 Josquin, des Prez, -1521 J835 in ML410; D424 in M3, M1495, M2092.4, M2092.6; D473 in M2011
J86 Joubert, John, 1927-
Joubert, Claude-Henry J855 in M261
J95 Junge, Helge, 1943-

Cutter numbers for composers: K

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
K11 Kabalevsky, Dmitry Borisovich, 1904-1987 K105 in M1001
Kadosa, Pal, 1903-1983 K113 in M220, M557
K115 Kagel, Mauricio K11 or K12 in some classes
K12 Kahn, Erich Itor, 1905-1956
K146 Kalinnikov, Vasilii, 1866-1901 K14 in M3 and M1620.3
K17 Kapsperger, Giovanni Girolamo, 1580-1651
Kapustin, Nikolaĭ, 1937- K175 in M25
K18 Karg-Elert, Sigfrid, 1877-1933 K17 in M7, M8, M11, M2021, K18 in M23, M25, M231, M250, M502, ML134, ML410, MT145, MT345, K185 in M72
K23 Kay, Ulysses, 1917-1995
K29 Kelterborn, Rudolf, 1931- K293 in ML410
K34 Kennan, Kent, 1913-2003
K45 Khachaturian, Aram, 1903-1978
K454 Khachaturian, Karen, 1920-2011 K45 in M351, M452; K451 in M219.5, M1017
K48 Kilar, Wojciech K472 in M1621; K475 in ML410
Killmayer, Wilhelm K475 in M1621
K58 Kirchner, Leon K58 and K61 in M25
Kirchner, Theodor, 1823-1903 K585 in M25, M221, M412; K59 in M452
K595 Kirnberger, Johann Philipp, 1721-1783 K59 in M322
K62 Kittel, Johann Christian, 1732-1809
K68 Knecht, Justin Heinrich, 1752-1817
K74 Knussen, Oliver
K76 Kodály, Zoltán, 1882-1967
K77 Koechlin, Charles, 1867-1950
K78 Koetsier, Jan, 1911-2006 K7 in M452.4; K77 in M265; K786 in M1014
K79 Kohn, Karl, 1926- K785 in M127
K81 Kolb, Barbara
K84 Korn, Peter Jona K835 in M1004, M1129
Korngold, Erich Wolfgang, 1897-1957 K83 in M1017; K835 and K85 in M452
K88 Kozeluch, Leopold, 1747-1818 K855 in M1010, M1025
K89 Kraft, Leo K885 in M452; K888 in M1001; K885 and K888 in M25
Kraft, William K895 in M385
K91 Kraus, Joseph Martin, 1756-1792 K899 in M452
K918 Krieger, Johann, 1651-1735 K92 in M517, M2020, ML410, MT92; K16 in M312.4
K92 Krebs, Johann Ludwig, 1713-1780 K913 in M11; K914 in M25; K921 in M8
Krenek, Ernst, 1900-1991 K922 in 184
Kreisler, Fritz, 1875-1962 K916 in M452
Kreutzer, Conradin, 1780-1849 K921 in M242; K921 and K927 M322; K82 in M522; K925 in M27, M317
Kreutzer, Rodolphe, 1766-1831 K925 in M362
K93 Krommer, Franz, 1759-1831
Krol, Bernhard K925 in ML134; K931 in M357.4, M557.4; K932 in M287
K94 Kropfreiter, Augustinus Franz K93 in M127, M250
K935 Krouse, Ian, 1956-
K95 Kubik, Gail, 1914-1984
Kuffner, Joseph, 1776-1856 K951 in ML410; K955 in M289
K96 Kuhlau,Friedrich, 1786-1832 K951 in ML410; K955 in M289
Kummer, Friedrich August, 1797-1879 K968 in M1116
Kupferman, Meyer, 1926-2003 K955 in M1001, M1034; K965 in M242, M289, M457.4
K965 Kuhnau, Johann, 1660-1722 K96 and K965 in ML410
K966 Kummer, Kaspar, 1795-1870 K968 in M289, M297
K967 Kurtág, György K96 in M47, M2113; K965 in M452, M557; K967 in ML410

Cutter numbers for composers: L

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
L137 Lachenmann, Helmut
L138 Lachner, Franz, 1803-1890 L138 and L139 in M552; L139 in M452.4
L154 Ladermann, Ezra
L212 Lalo, Edouard, 1823-1892
L226 Lambro, Phillip L226 and L266 in M25
L234 La Montaine, John
L282 Langlais, Jean, 1907-1991
L334 Larsson, Lars-Erik, 1908-1986
L348 Lasso, Orlando di, 1532-1594 L346 in M2072; L347 in M1529.4, M2011, ML 134; L347 and L348 in M1582, M2082, ML410
L431 Lazarof, Henri L4315 in M1042
L459 Lechner, Leonhard, -1606
L487 Lees, Benjamin, 1924-2010
L529 Leighton, Kenneth
L534 Le Jeune, Claude, -1600 L433 in M2082; L535 in M3.1, M454, M1588, M2072.4
L548 Lemare, Edwin H. (Edwin Henry), 1865-1934
L582 Leoncavallo, Ruggiero, 1858-1919
L644 Lesur, Daniel, 1908-2002
L668 Levy, Frank, 1930- L6675 in M242; L6685 in M25, M322
L675 Lewis, Robert Hall, 1926-1996
Lewis, Peter Scott, 1953- L6755 in M25 and M233
L693 Liapunov, S. M. (Sergei Mikhailovich), 1859-1924. L6931 in M22
L981 Liadow, Anatole, 1855-1914
cutter as Lyadov
L693 and L981 in M22; L693 in M1000, M1002, M1045, ML410; L9795 in M885
L716 Liebermann, Lowell
Liebermann, Rolf, 1910-1999 L71 in ML1700.1
Lieberson, Goddard, 1911-1977
L7168 Lieberson, Peter, 1946-2011 L716 in M62
L723 Ligeti, György, 1923-2006
L764 Lipatti, Dinu, 1917-1950
L774 Liszt, Franz, 1811-1886
L775 Litaize, Gaston
L793 Lloyd Webber, Andrew, 1948-
Lloyd Webber, William, 1914-1982
L811 Locatelli, Pietro Antonio, 1695-1764
L814 Locke, Matthew, 1621 or 1622-1677
L817 Lockwood, Normand, 1906-2002
L825 Loeffler, Charles Martin, 1861-1935
L8251 Loeillet, Jacques, 1685-1748
L8252 Loeillet, Jean Baptiste, 1688-
L8253 Loeillet, John, 1680-1730
L826 Loesser, Frank, 1910-1969
L827 Loewe, Frederick, 1901-1988
L863 Loos, Armin
L878 Lortzing, Albert, 1801-1851
L948 Luening, Otto, 1900-1996 L949 in M1122
L956 Lully, Jean-Baptiste, 1632-1687
L974 Lutoslawski, Witold, 1913-1994
Lutyens, Elisabeth, 1906-1983 L9741 in M982, M1613.3; L9745 in M452, M1621, ML410
L981 Lyadov, Anatoly Konstantinovich, 1855-1914 L693 and L981 in M22, M1000, M1002, M1045, ML410

Cutter numbers for composers: M

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

NOTE: Cutter a name beginning with "Mc" as "Mac". [170]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
M121 McCabe, John, 1939-
use this form of the name; cutter as MacCabe
M121 and M113 in M452 (incorrectly cuttered as "macabe")
M138 MacDowell, Edward, 1860-1908
M171 Maconchy, Elizabeth, 1907-1994
M181 Maderna, Bruno
M214 Mahler, Gustav, 1860-1911
M245 Maleingreau, Paul de, 1887-1956
M251 Malipiero, Gian Francesco, 1882-1973
Malipiero, Riccardo, 1914-2003 M251 and M2515 in M1045
M265 Mamlok, Ursula
M284 Mannino, Franco, 1924-2005
M324 Marenzio, Luca, 1553-1599 M314 in M1586
M379 Martin, Frank, 1890-1974
M386 Martini, Giovanni Battista, 1706-1784 M385 or M3855 in some classes
Martino, Donald, 1931-2005 M3855 in M25; M3857 in M1010, M1011; M3858 in M250; M3863 in M462
Martinon, Jean, 1910-1976 M3855 in M557, M1001; M3864 in M219.5, M357.2
Martinu, Bohuslav, 1890-1959 M3865 in M214, M226, M242, M312.4, M322, M412, M962, M1012, M1016, M1112, M1145, M1524, M1621, M2092; M386 and M3865 in M1013, ML134, ML410; M387 in M22
M41 Mason, Lowell, 1792-1872
M415 Massenet, Jules, 1842-1912
M431 Mathias, William M438 in M23.5 (incorrectly cuttered as Matthais); M426 and M421 in M557.4
M438 Matthews, Colin M419 in M462 (incorrectly cuttered as Mathews)
Matthews, David, 1943- M4385 in M452
M462 Maw, Nicholas
M474 Mayr, Giovanni Simone, 1763-1845
M121 McCabe, John, 1939-
cuttered as MacCabe
M121 and M113 in M452 (incorrectly cuttered as "macabe")
M492 Medtner, Nikolay Karlovich, 1880-1951
M5365 Mendelssohn, Arnold, 1855-1933 M5367 in M2095; M5375 in M11; M5381 in M23.5, M1203
M537 Mendelssohn-Bartholdy, Felix, 1809-1847
M5475 Menotti, Gian Carlo, 1911-2007
M585 Messiaen, Olivier, 1908-1992
M613 Meyerbeer, Giacomo, 1791-1864
M636 Migot, Georges, 1891-1976 M63 in M7; M6365 in M1621
M6365 Mihalovici, Marcel, 1898-1985 M634 in M269; M636 in M26, M47, M67, M219.5, M226, M242, M1004, M1012
M637 Milán, Luis, active 16th century
M6445 Milhaud, Darius, 1892-1974
M729 Molter, Johann Melchior, 1696-1765
M782 Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643
M821 Moore, Douglas, 1893-1969
M831 Moravec, Paul, 1957- M8295 in M25
Morawetz, Oskar, 1917-2007
M916 Moszkowski, Moritz, 1854-1925 M917 in M25, M201; M971 in Rare M25
M931 Mouret, Jean-Joseph, 1682-1738 M929 in M1613.3
M939 Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, 1756-1791
M9395 Mozart, Leopold, 1719-1787
M942 Muczynski, Robert, 1929-2010. M941 in M351
M947 Müller-Zürich, Paul (ü cuttered as ue) M9472 in M11, M25
M961 Mulsant, Florentine, 1962-
M986 Musgrave, Thea
M987 Mussorgsky, Modest Petrovich, 1839-1881

Cutter numbers for composers: N

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
N176 Nancarrow, Conlon, 1912-1997
N224 Nardini, Pietro, 1722-1793
N311 Naumann, Johann Gottlieb, 1741-1801 N299 in M289; incorrectly cuttered as N331 in M1500, M1530, M1621,
N419 Nelhybel, Vaclav
N486 Neukomm, Sigismund, Ritter von, 1778-1858
N636 Nicolai, Otto, 1810-1849 N649 in M33.5
N669 Nielsen, Carl, 1865-1931
N7128 Nilsson, Bo
N754 Nobre, Marlos, 1939-
N814 Nono, Luigi N813 in M935
N769 Nørgard, Per, 1932- (ø cuttered as "oe") also N838 (cuttered as "nor")
N996 Nyman, Michael
N998 Nystedt, Knut, 1915- N996 in M1600

Cutter numbers for composers: O

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
O16 Ockeghem, Johannes, approximately 1410-1497
O32 Offenbach, Jacques, 1819-1880
O36 Ohana, Maurice, 1914-1992
O67 Orff, Carl, 1895-1982
O75 Orrego Salas, Juan, 1919-
O935 Ourkouzounov, Atanas O93 in M295 and M467

Cutter numbers for composers: P

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
P116 Pachelbel, Johan, 1653-1706
P123 Paderewski, Ignace Jan, 1860-1941
P126 Pärt, Arvo (ä cuttered as ae)
P129 Paganini, Nicolò, 1782-1840
P149 Paisiello, Giovanni, 1740-1816
P157 Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, 1525?-1594
P239 Parker, Horatio, 1862-1919
P277 Pasatieri, Thomas
P2845 Pasquini, Bernardo, 1637-1710 P284 in M7
P375 Peeters, Flor, 1903-1996 P373 in ML582; P481 in M25
P397 Penderecki, Krzysztof, 1933-
P419 Pentland, Barbara, 1912-2000
P424 Pepping, Ernst, 1901-1981
Pepusch, John Christopher, 1667-1752 P421 in M1131; P4242 in M242, M271; P4245 in M11
P439 Pergolesi, Giovanni Battista, 1710-1736
P451 Perle, George, 1915-2009
P466 Persichetti, Vincent, 1915-1987
P493 Petrassi, Goffredo, 1904-2003
P521 Pezel, Johann, 1639-1694
P529 Pfitzner, Hans Erich, 1869-1949 P5295 in ML410
P558 Phillips, Burrill
P619 Pierné, Gabriel, 1863-1937
P655 Pinkham, Daniel
P679 Piston, Walter, 1894-1976
P719 Platti, Giovanni Benedetto, 1697-1763
P727 Pleyel, Ignaz, 1757-1831
P729 Plog, Anthony P7285 in M2897
P824 Poot, Marcel, 1901-1988
P848 Porter, Quincy, 1897-1966
P874 Poulenc, Francis, 1899-1963
P878 Pousseur, Henri
P888 Powers, Anthony
P898 Praetorius, Jacob, 1586-1651 P898 in M7
Praetorius, Johannes, 1630-1680 P8981 in M7
Praetorius, Michael, 1571-1621 P8982 in M7
P935 Presser, William, 1916-2004
P944 Previn, André, 1929-
Prévost, André, 1934-2001
P964 Prokofiev, Sergey, 1891-1953
P977 Puccini, Giacomo, 1858-1924
Pütz, Eduard P9773 in M127; P979 in M24; P993 in M25, M752
P978 Pugnani, Gaetano, 1731-1798
P9785 Pujol, Emilio, 1886-1980 P979 in MT582
P979 Pujol, Máximo Diego, 1957-
P9845 Purcell, Daniel, 1660?-1717 P985 in most classes, P984 in some classes
P985 Purcell, Henry, 1659-1695

Cutter numbers for composers: Q

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
Q15 Quantz, Johann Joachim, 1697-1773

Cutter numbers for composers: R

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
R119 Rachmaninoff, Sergei, 1873-1943
R136 Raff, Joachim, 1822-1882
R171 Rameau, Jean-Philippe, 1683-1764
R185 Ran, Shulamit, 1949-
R195 Rands, Bernard
R217 Raphael, Gunter, 1903-1960
Raphling, Sam R2175 in M23.5, M27, M289
R252 Ravel, Maurice, 1875-1937
R262 Rawsthorne, Alan, 1905-1971 R26 in M1003
R282 Read, Gardner, 1913-2005
R312 Reda, Siegfried
R333 Reger, Max, 1873-1916
R347 Reich, Steve, 1936-
R348 Reicha, Anton, 1770-1836 R347 and R348 in M351; R3479 and R3482 in ML410, R351 and M384 in M362; R348 in M22, M25, M221, M242, M254, M257, M351, M356, M357.4, M359, M422, M457.2, M462, M556, M557, M562, M862, M1001, M1035, M1126, M2020, M2079, MT40, MT47, MT50; R351 in M289; R361 in M22
Reicha, Joseph, 1752-1795 R347 in M351, R348 in M857, M957, M1015, M1020, M1029, M1116, R348 and R381 in M1017, R3482 in M1021, R381 in M287, M1012, M1013, M1022, M1023, M1028
R3485 Reichardt, Johann Friedrich, 1752-1814 R348 in ML410; R348, R3487, R3489 in some classes; R348, R351 in rare
R363 Reimann, Aribert
R366 Reinecke, Carl, 1824-1910
R434 Respighi, Ottorino, 1879-1936
R447 Reutter, Hermann, 1900-1985
R454 Revueltas, Silvestre, 1899-1940
R464 Reynolds, Roger, 1934-
R465 Reynolds, Verne
R469 Rheinberger, Josef, 1839-1901 R465 in M962
R535 Richter, Franz Xaver, 1709-1789 R534 in M317, M322, M1001, M1021, M1101; R447 in ML410
R547 Ridout, Alan, 1934-1996
R554 Riegger, Wallingford, 1885-1961
R559 Ries, Ferdinand, 1784-1838 R559 and R562 in M25
R572 Rihm, Wolfgang
Riisager, Knudage, 1897-1974
R573 Riley, Terry, 1935-
R576 Rimmer, John, 1939-
R577 Rimsky-Korsakov, Nikolay, 1844-1908
R579 Rinck, Christian H. (Christian Heinrich), 1770-1846
R625 Rivier, Jean, 1896-1987
R672 Rochberg, George
R687 Rode, P. (Pierre), 1774-1830
R696 Rodrigo, Joaquíin
R6965 Rodríguez Picó, Jesús
R722 Roger-Ducasse, 1873-1954
R733 Rogg, Lionel
R738 Rohlig, Harald, 1926-
R749 Rolla, Alessandro, 1757-1841
R758 Roman, Johan Helmich, 1694-1758
R761 Romberg, Andreas, 1767-1821 M762 in M452, M852, M1583, M1999, M1662; R761 and R762 in M562, M2020; R733 and R761 in M1533
R762 Romberg, Bernhard, 1767-1841 M7625 in M412, M452
R784 Ropartz, Joseph Guy Marie, 1864-1955
R786 Rore, Cipriano de, 1515 or 1516-1565 M787 in M1549, M1582; M786 and M787 in ML410
R787 Rorem, Ned, 1923-
R813 Rosenberg, Hilding, 1892-1985
R8135 Rosenblatt, Alexander, 1956- R813 in M25, M27, M231.5
R817 Rosetti, Antonio, approximately 1750-1792
R821 Roslavets, Nikolai, 1881-1944
R835 Rossini, Gioacchino, 1792-1868
R863 Rouse, Christopher, 1949-
R865 Roussel, Albert, 1869-1937
R893 Rózsa, Miklós, 1907-1995 R841 in M1142
R894 Rubbra, Edmund, 1901-1986
R896 Rubinstein, Anton, 1829-1894
R915 Ruders, Poul, 1949-
R932 Ruggles, Carl, 1876-1971
R971 Rust, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1739-1796
R977 Rutini, Giovanni Marco, 1723-1797

Cutter numbers for composers: T

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
T132 Tailleferre, Germaine, 1892-1983
T136 Takács, Jeno, 1902-2005 T135 in M1380, ML410; T1363 in M25
Takemitsu, Toru
T149 Tallis, Thomas, approximately 1505-1585
T151 Talma, Louise, 1906-1996
T1635 Taneev, Aleksandr Sergeevich, 1850-1918
T164 Taneev, Sergei Ivanovich, 1856-1915
T168 Tansman, Alexandre, 1897-1986
T195 Tartini, Giuseppe, 1692-1770
T217 Tate, Phyllis, 1911-1987 T271 in M1531
T232 Tavener, John
T233 Taverner, John, approximately 1490-1545
C434 Tchaikovsky, Peter Ilich, 1840-1893; cutter as Chaikovsky [171]
C521 Tcherepnin, Alexander, 1899-1977; cutter as Cherepnin [172] T251 in M37.5, M117, M203, M239 V54, M250, M357.4, M557, ML134; T252 in M1045
Tcherepnine, Nicolas, 1873-1945; cutter as Cherepnine [173] C5215 in M25, M357.2, M1004, M2000; C251 and T251 in ML410; T251 in M2003; T2516 in M1620.3
T251 Tcherepnin, Ivan
T268 Telemann, Georg Philipp, 1681-1767 For use of work numbers in call numbers for Telemann, see Special procedures for Telemann [174]
T485 Thomson, Virgil, 1896-1989
T595 Tippett, Michael, 1905-1998
T655 Tomasi, Henri, 1901-1971
T678 Torelli, Giuseppe, 1658-1709
T683 Torke, Michael
T728 Tournemire, Charles, 1870-1939
T737 Tower, Joan, 1938- T738 in M295
T831 Trimble, Lester, 1923-1986
T918 Tull, Fisher
T938 Turina, Joaquín, 1882-1949

Cutter numbers for composers: V

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
V131 Vaĭnberg, M. (Moiseĭ) W4227 in M1001
V152 Valen, Fartein, 1887-1952
V159 Valentine, Robert, 1674-approximately 1735
W247 Vanhal, Johann Baptist, 1739-1813; cutter as Wanhal [175]
V334 Vasks, Peteris, 1946-
V296 Varèse, Edgard, 1883-1965
V3715 Vaughan Williams, Ralph, 1872-1958
V474 Veracini, Francesco Maria, 1690-1768
V484 Verdi, Giuseppe, 1813-1901
V645 Victoria, Tomás Luis de, approximately 1548-1611
V665 Vierne, Louis, 1870-1937 V6655 in M25
V671 Vieuxtemps, Henri, 1820-1881 V668 in M47
V714 Villa-Lobos, Heitor
V799 Viotti, Giovanni Battista, 1755-1824
V855 Vivaldi, Antonio, 1678-1741
V883 Vogler, Georg Joseph, 1749-1814
W941 Vranicky, Anton, 1761-1820 (old form previously used for cutters); cutter as Wranitzky, Anton, 1761-1820 [176]

Cutter numbers for composers: W

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
W131 Wagenseil, Georg Christoph, 1715-1777
W134 Wagner, Richard, 1813-1883
W135 Wagner, Siegfried, 1869-1930
Wagner, Wolfram, 1962- W134 in M2011
W179 Walker, George, 1922-
W237 Walther, Johann Gottfried, 1684-1748
W241 Walton, William, 1902-1983
W247 Wanhal, Johann Baptist, 1739-1813 see Vanhal [177] for correct form of name V254 in M23.3, M24, M219.3, M312.4, M451, M452 M562, M1011, M1017, M1040; V254 and W247 in M226, M242, M250, M351, M362, M1001, M2021
W262 Ward, Robert, 1917-2013
W271 Ware, Peter, 1951-
H584 Warlock, Peter, 1894-1930
cutter as Heseltine [178], Philip, 1894-1930
Except use W277 in M3.1, M1102, M1620 (but H584 in M1620.3), ML410, ML2831
W375 Weber, Carl Maria von, 1786-1826
W3755 Weber, Reinhold, 1927-2013
W377 Webern, Anton, 1883-1945 W375 and W377 in M1045
W422 Weill, Kurt, 1900-1950
W423 Weinberger, Jaromir, 1896-1967 W4225 in M1003
Weiner, Leó, 1885-1960
Weiner, Stanley W4225 in ML410; W4322 in M1027 (incorrectly cuttered as Wiener)
Weingartner, Felix, 1863-1942 W4235 in M1103
W424 Weinzweig, John, 1913-2006
W432 Weiss, Silvius Leopold, 1686-1750 W431 in MT145
W451 Wellesz, Egon, 1885-1974
W514 Wesley, Samuel, 1766-1837
W5145 Wesley, Samuel Sebastian, 1810-1876 W514 in M2016.2, M2072, M1999, ML3131
W641 Widor, Charles Marie, 1844-1937
Widmann, Jörg M6395 in M1621
W647 Wieniawski, Henri, 1835-1880 W6475 in M226
W673 Wilder, Alec
W689 Willan, Healey, 1880-1968 W732 in M2092.6
W731 Williamson, Malcolm, 1931-2003
W855 Wolf, Hugo, 1860-1903
W855 Wolff, Christian, 1934-
Wolf-Ferrari, Ermanno, 1876-1948 W853 in M231.5, W8552 in M452, W855 in M219.5, M1035, M1503, ML410, W856 in M312, W858 in M25, M1017, M1127
W866 Wolpe, Stefan
W941 Wranitzky, Anton, 1761-1820 previously cuttered for Vranicky: V978 M1247; V987 in in M357.2, M359, M1015; V978 and W941 in M552
Wranitzky, Paul, 1756-1808 V978 and W941 in M289
W966 Wuorinen, Charles

Cutter numbers for composers: XYZ

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]

A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".

Cutter Name Comments
X5 Xenakis, Iannis, 1922-2001
Y91 Ysaye, Eugene, 1858-1931
Y95 Yun, Isang
Z21 Zaimont, Judith Lang, 1945-
Z42 Zechlin, Ruth, 1926-2007
Z49 Zelenka, Johann Dismas, 1679-1745
Z53 Zelter, Carl Friedrich, 1758-1832
Zemlinsky, Alexander, 1871-1942 Z535 in ML410
Z73 Zimmermann, Anton, 1741-1781.
Zimmermann, Bernd Alois, 1918-1970. Z735 in M452
Z98 Zwilich, Ellen Taaffe, 1939-

Shelflisting and cuttering in Class M

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]


Filing 'M' (Music) Shelflist Cards
prepared by Renee McBride
Used by permission of Renee McBride, September 21, 2000

As music cataloger at the University of Oklahoma in 1992, I prepared the following guide to filing M shelflist cards at the request of a staff member who supervised the student filers. Some of the information may be peculiar to the University of Oklahoma shelflist, but provides a model for other libraries. I would like to thank the late Virginia Gifford for providing me with the Library of Congress' filing order in M, and Donna Arnold and Judy Weidow for reading the document and offering suggestions.

I. Definitions of terms | II. Thematic index numbering conflicts | III. Filing order | IV. Correspondence on MLA-L concerning shelflisting/cuttering

I. Definitions of terms

1) Cutter number: An alphanumeric symbol that represents a name, title, etc.

M
23
.B414
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827.
[Sonatas, piano]
(represents "Beethoven")

The purpose of cutter numbers is to alphabetize by composer, author, etc.

2) Double cutter numbers: 2 alphanumeric symbols that represent names, titles, etc.

M
25
.F53
P5
Fiocco, Joseph Hector, 1703-1741.
[Pieces de clavecin. Selections]
(represents "Fiocco")
(represents "Pieces de clavecin")

3) Opus number: A number assigned to a musical composition, indicating the order of composition.

M
23
.B414
op.13
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827.
[Sonatas, piano, no. 8, op. 13, C minor]
(represents "Beethoven")
(opus number)

4) Serial number: Enumeration of a musical composition, indicating the order of composition and/or publication.

M
23
.A88
no.4
Asturias, Rodrigo.
[Sonatas, piano, no. 4]
(represents "Asturias")
(serial number)

5) Thematic index: A list of a composer's works with the theme given for each composition, or for each section of large compositions. Thematic index number: A unique number assigned by the compiler of a thematic index to each composition in the index.

M
111
.B3
BWV1053
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
[Concertos, harpsichord, string orchestra, BWV 1053, E major; arranged]
(represents "Bach")
(thematic index number)

II. Thematic index numbering conflicts

For a list of work numbers (other than or in addition to opus numbers) for composers, see Work numbers for composers [121]

Bach, Carl Phillip Emanuel
Bach, Johann Sebastian
Beethoven, Ludwig van
Handel, George Frideric
Haydn, Joseph
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus
Vivaldi, Antonio
H and W
BWV and S
K and WoO
B and HWV
H and M
K and K. Anh.
F, RV and R

III. Filing order

1. Single cutter no. M
23
.B414
2. Single cutter no. + date of composition(1982) The date of composition is always enclosed in parentheses, in order to avoid confusion with the publication date. M
322
.L63
(1982)
3. Cutter no. + opus no. M
23
.B414
op.27
4. Cutter no. + opus no. + serial no. M
23
.B414
op.27
no.1
5. Cutter no. + opus no. + 2nd cutter no. M
23
.B414
op.27
B7
6. Cutter no. + opus no. + serial no. + 2nd cutter no. M
23
.B414
op.27
no.1
B7
7. Cutter no. + thematic index no. M
1111
.B3
BWV1053
8. Cutter no. + thematic index no. + 2nd cutter no. M
1111
.B3
BWV1053
K4
9. Cutter no. + serial no. M
23
.A88
no.4
10. Cutter no. + key of composition M
1010
.R22
Gmaj.
11. Double cutter no. M
25
.F53
P5
12. Triple cutter no. M
1520
.S915
H4
K3

Most call numbers will contain the date of publication as the last element of the call number. When call numbers are identical except for the date of publication, file as follows:

1.Call no. without date M
23
.B414
B95
2. Call no. + date M
23
.B414
B95
1894
M
23
.B414
B95
1923

Continue filing in chronological order.


IV. Correspondence on MLA-L concerning shelflisting/cuttering

Question:

What do my fellow music catalogers prefer to use in a call number: no. or op. (catalog) number? Is there a rule anywhere or is the choice purely opinion? For example: Beethoven's Concerto for piano and orchestra in C minor. Would you use no. 3 or op. 37? In a 'perfect' Music Library, the same piece (just different publisher) would be classed together on the shelf by whatever means possible. Alas, it is not a perfect world and I have the above title classed under both no. 3 AND op. 37.

Response:

° The LC Subject cataloging manual, Shelflisting (2nd ed.), G 800 (Music materials) states that instrumental music should be shelflisted by adding the opus or thematic index number whenever they appear in the uniform title. If these numbers are not given, THEN a serial number is used. Hence, for the Beethoven Piano concerto no. 3, op. 37 is used. Of course no one is (theoretically) obligated to use LC's procedure here, but for practical purposes most (?) libraries do. I would strongly urge the use of the opus number.

° I want to share with the list a response I received from June Gifford to my inquiry about filing M shelflist cards. She asked one of LC's shelflisters what their order was, and the response was as follows:

Filing order in M
The order in which cards would be filed in a card catalog
Order of cuttering in M
The order of preference for adding elements for composer and work to a class number to form a call number
See also Cutter Numbers for Main Entry [179] and Additional Elements for Title [180]
Single cutter number
Single cutter number plus date composed
Cutter number plus opus number
Cutter number plus thematic catalog number
Cutter number plus serial number
Cutter number plus key
Double cutter
Opus number
Thematic catalog number
Serial number
Key
Date composed in parentheses
Double cutter by title
Single cutter

° I generally follow LC in this regard. A source for LC's practice -- the SCM: Shelflisting text, part G800 -- describes the classification and shelflisting of music materials. A line which refers to the topic you bring up reads: "Add the opus number or thematic index number [BWV, etc.] whenever they appear in the uniform title" (G800, page 1). A later section has the following: "If the opus number or thematic index number is not given, and the class number is specifically for the individual title or uniform title of the work, add one of the following elements, in the following order of preference: serial number, key..." (G800, page 2).

Following this, I use an explicit serial number (i.e. no. 2, not one of those instances where you hide it in a cutter, such as H34*2*) only if it appears in the uniform title without an opus or thematic index number. In cases when the uniform title has both, I choose the opus; using both would be redundant I feel.

° According to the MLA Technical Report No. 9, Shelflisting Music, by Richard Smiraglia, the order of preference is:

1. Opus or thematic index number (with LC preferring thematic index no. when there's a conflict)
2. Serial number, when the uniform title = class number.
3. Key.
4. Date of composition.
5. Work no. for title (for works without 1-4, works whose titles don't class, and all dramatic works)

General music cataloging resources

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • Music Library Association Cataloging and Metadata Committee [181] (CMC)
  • Musical instruments
    • The names of instruments and voices in English, French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish [182]
    • When is a flute not a flute [183], by David Lasocki
    • Musical instrument ranges [184]
  • Information about vocal music: Vocal ranges [185] | What does SATB mean? [186] | Song cycles [187] | Parts of the mass [148]
  • Music publishers: list from IMSLP [188], with direct links for music publishers plate numbers [189] (useful for estimating a date for a score with no date of publication)
  • Music terminology and symbols: Basic glossary of musical forms [190] | Dolmetsch music dictionary online [191] | On music dictionary [192]
    Dolmetsch musical symbols [193]: explanation of musical notation, some with equivalents in other languages | Music terminology [194]
    Italian musical terminology [195] (see also Music-specific language tools [196])
  • Notation
    • Table of musical pitches [197]
    • Early music notation:
      • Neume notation through history [198]
      • Evolution of noteshapes [199]
      • Rhythmic modes in medieval polyphony [200]
  • When to create a new bibliographic record for music [201]
  • Guidelines for determining proper format for scores and score-like material [202]

Basic glossary of musical forms

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

air/ayre: (1) an English song or melody from the 16th to the 19th century; (2) a 16th-century solo song with lute accompanied.

aleatory music: music in which chance or indeterminacy are compositional elements.

anthem: a choral setting (often with solo voice parts and organ accompaniment) of an English language religious or moral text, usually for performance during Protestant services.

antiphon: a liturgical chant sung as the response to the verses of a psalm.

arabesque: a short piece of music featuring various melodic, contrapuntal, or harmonic decorations.

bagatelle: a short, light instrumental piece of music of no specified form, usually for piano.

ballade: (1) a 14th-15th-century French song form which set poetry to music; (2) an instrumental (usually piano) piece with dramatic narrative qualities.

barcarolle: song or instrumental piece in a swaying 6/8 time (i.e., suggesting the lilting motion of a Venetian gondola).

berceuse: a soft instrumental piece or lullaby, usually in a moderate 6/8 tempo; a lullaby.

canon: a contrapuntal form in two or more (voice or instrumental) parts in which the melody is introduced by one part and then repeated by the next before each previous part has finished (i.e., such that overlapping of parts occurs).

cantata: term applied to a 17th-18th- century multi-movement non-theatrical and non-liturgical vocal genre; subsequently used to describe large-scale vocal works in the same spirit, generally for soloists, chorus and orchestra; may also be for solo voice and accompaniment.

canzona: (1) 16th-17th-century instrumental genre in the manner of a French polyphonic chanson, characterized by the juxtaposition of short contrasting sections; (2) term applied to any of several types of secular vocal music.

caprice/capriccio: term describing a variety of short composition types characterized by lightness, fancy, or improvisational manner.

carol: since the 19th century, generally a song that is in four-part harmony, simple form, and having to do with the Virgin Mary or Christmas.

chaconne: a slow, stately instrumental work in duple meter employing variations.

chanson: French for song; in particular, a style of 14th- to 16th-century French song for voice or voices, often with instrumental accompaniment.

chant/plainchant: monophonic music used in Christian liturgical services sung in unison and in a free rhythm.

concertante: (1) a term used to modify another form or genre, suggesting that all parts should be regarded as equal in status (18th century) or indicating a virtuoso first violin part (19th century); (2) a work with solo parts in the nature of, but not the form of, a concerto.

concerto: (1) ensemble music for voice(s) and instrument(s) (17th century); (2) extended piece of music in which a solo instrument or instruments is contrasted with an orchestral ensemble (post-17th century).

concerto grosso: orchestral form especially popular in the 17th and 18th centuries in which the contrasting lines of a smaller and a larger group of instruments are featured.

credo: third item of the Ordinary of the Mass [148].

divertimento/divertissement: a style of light, often occasion-specific, instrumental music arranged in several movements.

etude/study: especially, a piece written for purposes of practicing or displaying technique.

fancy/fantasia/fantasie/fantasy/phantasie: an instrumental piece in which the formal and stylistic characteristics may vary from free, improvisatory types to strictly contrapuntal; form is of secondary importance.

fugue: contrapuntal form in which a subject theme ("part" or "voice") is introduced and then extended and developed through some number of successive imitations.

galliard: a lively court dance of Italian origin, usually in triple time.

gigue (jig): a quick, springy dance often used as the concluding movement to 18th century instrumental suites.

Gloria: second item of the Ordinary of the Mass [148].

impromptu: a short instrumental piece of a free, casual nature suggesting improvisation.

incidental music: music composed for atmospheric effect or to accompany the action in a predominantly spoken play; the music is not integral to the work even though it may have dramatic significance.

Lied(er): German for song(s); in particular, a style of 19th-century German song distinguished by the setting of texts from the literary tradition and by the elaboration of the instrumental accompaniment.

madrigal: (1) a 14th-century Italian style of setting secular verse for two or three unaccompanied voices; (2) a 16th/17th-century contrapuntal setting of verse (usually secular) for several equally important voice parts, usually unaccompanied.

magnificat: a setting of the Biblical hymn of the Virgin Mary (as given in St. Luke) for use in Roman Catholic and Anglican services.

march: instrumental music in duple meter with a repeated and regular rhythm usually used to accompany military movements and processions.

masque: an aristocratic 16th-17th-century English theater form integrating poetry, dance, music, and elaborate sets.

mass [148]: the principal religious service of the Catholic Church, with musical parts that either vary according to Church calendar (the Proper) or do not (the Ordinary).

mazurka: a moderately fast Polish country dance in triple meter in which the accent is shifted to the weak beats.

microtonal music: music which makes use of intervals smaller than a semitone (a half step).

minuet: a graceful French dance of moderate 3/4 tempo often appearing as a section of extended works (especially dance suites).

motet: (1) to ca. 1400, a piece with one or more voices, often with different but related sacred or secular texts, singing over a fragment of chant in longer note-values; (2) after 1400, a polyphonic setting of a short sacred text.

nocturne: a moderately slow piece, usually for piano, of dreamy, contemplative character and song-like melody.

ode: cantata-like musical setting of the lyric poetry form so called.

opera: theatrically staged story set to instrumental and vocal music such that most or all of the acted parts are sung. a drama set to music sung by singers usually in costume, with instrumental accompaninent; the music is integral and is not incidental.

operetta: a light opera with spoken dialogue, songs, and dances.

oratorio: originally setting of an extended religious narrative (and since ca. 1800, non-religious ones as well) for vocal soloists, chorus, and orchestra, intended for concert or church performance without costumes or stage settings.

ostinato: a short melodic, rhythmic, or chordal phrase repeated continuously throughout a piece or section while other musical elements are generally changing.

partita: term initially applied as a synonym for "set of variations" (17th century), then as a synonym for "suite" (ca. 1700 to present).

passacaglia: an instrumental dance form usually in triple meter in which there are ground-bass or ostinato variations.

pavan(e): a stately court dance in duple meter, from the 16th and 17th centuries, and remaining popular in the 17th century as an instrumental form.

polka: an energetic Bohemian dance performed in the round in 2/4 time.

polonaise: a stately Polish processional dance in 3/4 time.

prelude: (1) an instrumental section or movement preceding or introducing a larger piece or group of pieces; (2) a self-contained short piece usually for piano.

psalm: a vocal work set to text from the Book of Psalms.

quadrille: a lively, rhythmic 19th-century French country couple dance that incorporates popular tunes, usually in duple meter.

requiem: a musical composition honoring the dead; specially the Roman Catholic Mass for the dead, but also other commemorative pieces of analogous intent.

rhapsody: term similar to "fantasia" applied to pieces inspired by extroverted romantic notions.

romance: (1) a song with a simple vocal line and a simple accompaniment; especially popular in late 18th-19th-century France and Italy; (2) a short instrumental piece with the lyrical character of a vocal romance.

rondo: an instrumental form in which one section intermittently recurs between subsidiary sections and which concludes the piece.

scherzo: term designating lively and usually lighthearted instrumental music; most commonly used to label the fast-tempo movement of a symphony, sonata, etc.

serenade: a light and/or intimate piece of no specific form such as might be played in an open-air evening setting.

sinfonia: term applied in a variety of contexts in different periods; e.g., as a near synonym for "instrumental canzona," "prelude," "overture," and "symphony."

sonata: an extended piece for instrumental soloist with or without instrumental accompaniment), usually in several movements.

sonatina: a short sonata, or one of modest intent; especially popular during the Classical Period.

song cycle [187]: a group of songs performed in an order establishing a musical continuity related to some underlying (conceptual) theme.

Stabat Mater: a sequence in the Roman Catholic liturgy regarding the crucifixion, and used in several Divine offices.

suite: a set of unrelated and usually short instrumental pieces, movements or sections played as a group, and usually in a specific order.

symphonic poem/tone poem: a descriptive orchestral piece in which the music conveys a scene or relates a story.

symphony: an extended piece for full orchestra, usually serious in nature and in several movements.

tango: an Argentinian couple dance in duple meter characterized by strong syncopation and dotted rhythms.

Te Deum: (from the Latin, "We praise Thee, O God") lengthy hymn of praise to God in the Roman Catholic, Anglican, and other Christian liturgies.

toccata: a piece for keyboard intended to display virtuosity.

trio sonata: a 17th-18th-century sonata for two or three melody instruments and continuo accompaniment

variations: composition form in the theme is repeated several or many times with various modifications.

waltz: a popular ballroom dance in 3/4 time.

Guidelines for determining proper format for scores and score-like material

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also When to create a new bibliographic record for music [201]


Input in Scores (type code c) Input in Books (type code a)
Publications of printed music (scores, scores and parts, solo instrumental music). An item with extensive musical examples that are not complete pieces intended for performance (in concert or for instructional purposes) may qualify as a book, not a score. Thematic catalogs; textbooks with extensive musical examples not intended for performance
Opera scores (full scores, vocal scores, collections of arias, etc.) Opera libretti (may contain music of principal arias, but if the principal intent of the publication is presentation of text of the opera, input in books)
Hymnals with music (either harmonized or melody only) Hymnals consisting of text only
Art songs (music as well as text) Art song texts, no music (class in M)
Other songs that would be classed in LC M1627-1998 (popular, patriotic, national songs, etc.) Texts for popular, patriotic, national songs, etc., no music (class in M)
Musical compositions written in chord diagrams or a chord diagram book with enough music in it to be considered a score Chord diagram books that are not intended as musical compositions but as information on playing an instrument
For resources classed MT170-MT950, catalog resources that are predominantly music as scores. Use subject heading subdivisions [203] as a tool in determining the correct format:
Subject subdivision        Format (type code a=books | c=scores)     
Instruction and study       usually a   
Methods a or c
Studies and exercises c
Orchestra studies c
Teaching pieces c
CD-ROM publications of scores (add 006 and 007 for the computer file aspects)  
Methods, instrumental and vocal, consisting largely of studies and exercises and/or teaching pieces
Musical studies and exercises
Methods consisting principally of text with few musical examples
Theses that are scores  
Manuscripts of music and published facsimiles of music manuscripts  
Microform publications of the types of materials listed above Microform publications of the types of materials listed above

In all other cases when resources contain a substantial amount of both text and music, the cataloger should make a judgment as to the primary intent of the resource (exposition with musical examples or presentation of the musical score itself) to determine which is more appropriate.

SOURCES: RLIN Update, vol. 5, p. 2 (1981), (rev., M. Koth, 8-17-95); MOUG Newsletter, no. 69, p. 16, no. 80, 23.

Musical biographical resources on the Web

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

See also Printed biographical sources for composers and their works held in the Yale University Music Library [204]
and
Biographical resources [205] (from Authority Control at Yale)

General resources | Composer biographies | by time period | Women composers and musicians | Performer biographies
Birth and death indexes | Online music publishers' catalogs [206]
Multiple composer biographical sources by city, country, or geographic area | instrument or genre


General resources

General:
Biographie-Portal [207]
      • Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie (ADB)
      • Neue Deutsche Biographie (NDB)
      • Österreichisches Biographisches Lexikon 1815-1950 (ÖBL)
      • Historisches Lexikon der Schweiz (HLS)
      • Oesterreichisches Musiklexikon [208] (OeML)
      • Rheinland-Pfälzische Personendatenbank (RPPD)
      • Sächsische Biografie (SäBi)
      • Slovenska biografija (SBI)

Music:

  • MGG [209] (Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart)
  • ASCAP, 2nd ed. [210]
  • Authority tools for audiovisual and music catalogers [211]: an annotated list of useful resources
  • Eitner: Biographisch-bibliographisches Quellen-Lexikon der Musiker und Musikgelehrten [212]
  • Fétis: Biographie universelle des musiciens et bibliographie générale de la musique vol. 1 [213] | vol. 2 [214] | vol. 3 [215] (D-Gibbons) | vol. 4 [216] | vol. 5 [217] | vol. 6 [218] | vol. 7 [219] | vol. 8 [220] | vol. 8 [220] | suppl. 1 [221] | suppl. 2 [222]
  • DW3 [223] from Duke University; note: this is an archived version of the page; it is no longer being maintained
  • Internet Broadway database [224]
  • Internet movie database [225]

Composer biographies

  • Afrocentric voices in classical music [226] (focus on African American performers and composers)
  • Composers of African Descent [227]
  • AMS composer home pages [228]
  • American Composers Alliance [229]
  • American Composers Forum [230]
  • ccm composers-classical-music com [231] includes 7494 composers
  • The christian fellowship of art music composers [232]
  • Classical and contemporary composers [233]
  • Classical composers [234]
  • Classical composers database [235]
  • Classical music on the web [236]: British and Irish composers [237] | Non-British composers [238]
  • Composer birth & death dates [239] from the University of Illinois Bands, current through 1/1/2006
  • Composer pages [240] from Stanford University
  • Composers [241] from Indiana University
  • Composers [242] (from T. Moore)
  • Composers biographies [243] from The Gaudeamus Foundation
  • Composers' homepages [244] from Simmons College
  • Composers-classical-music [245]
  • Composer homepages [246] from Duke University
  • Les compositeurs [247] from CDMC (Centre de documentation de la musique contemporaine)
  • Contemporary classical music [248]
  • Dichter und Komponisten [249] (Poets and composers)
  • Directory of composers on the net [250] from Center for the Promotion of Contemporary Composers
  • IRCAM [251] Alphabetical list of composers
  • Jewish Music WebCenter [252] | Milken Archive: American Jewish music [253]
  • Komponisten-Daten [254]
  • Lexikon verfolgter Musiker und Musikerinnen der NS-Zeit [255]
  • Library of Congress copyright search: books, music, etc. [256]
         Library of Congress Copyright Office. Catalogue of copyright entries 1906 [257] | 1907 [258] | 1908 [259] | 1909 [260] | 1910 [261] | 1911 [262]
  • The living composers project [263]
  • Meet the composer [264]
  • MusicMoz: Contemporary composers [265] |Early 20th-century composers [266]
  • Musiques actuelles: Les compositeurs classiques [267]
  • Notamorn [268]
  • On music dictionary: composers [269]
  • Russian Jewish encyclopedia [270]; not specific to music
  • Society of Composers [271]
  • Amati violin and bow makers [272]
  • Vox Novus [273]; a collective of contemporary composers

Composer biographies by time period

  • Babel scores [274]: contemporary music online (from the last 40 years) (requires subscription)
  • List of 21st century classical composers [275] (Internet archive version)
  • Komponisten der Gegenwart [276] from Edition Text + Kritik
  • Medieval Music & Arts Foundation composer pages [277]
  • Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical era composers [278]

Women composers and musicians biographies

  • By country: Czech [279] | Dutch Foundation for Women in Music [280] | Japan [281]| New York [282]
  • Brass music of Women composers database [283]
  • Las compositoras españolas de obras con guitarra [284]
  • Contributions of Jewish Women to music and of Women to Jewish music [285]
  • Early music women composers [286], from Ancient & Byzantine to Late baroque & early classical
    See also Women's early music chronology [287]
  • Early Women masters [288]
  • Ebel, Otto. Les femmes compositeurs de musique : dictionnaire biographique [289], 1910; PDF
  • Archiv Frau und Musik [290]
  • Hildegard Publishing Company [291] a music publisher devoted to "promot[ing] and preserv[ing] the music of women composers of the past and present"
  • Leonarda Productions [292]
  • Meisterinnen der Töne [293]
  • Mujer y guitarra española [294]
  • Musik und Gender im Internet [295]
  • Sigma Alpha Iota Composer Bureau [296]; SAI is an international music fraternity for women in the United States. This web site includes information about American composers (and some Canadian), both female and male.
  • Swedish music by women composers [297]
  • Women composers, a scoreography [298] from the University of Oregon music library
  • Women composers database [299]
  • Women composers' materials [300]: the collection of Hudební informacní stredisko Ceský Hudební Fond
  • Women composers web index [301]
  • Women hymn composers before 1900 [302]
  • Women of note [303]
  • Women's music [304]

Performer biographies

  • For sound recordings [305]
  • Performer biographies [306] from Thomas Moore

Birth and death indexes

  • Anybirthday.com [307] "relies on driver's license and voting registration for its information, with the hazards those sources entail"--Mark Scharff
  • Necrology [308] from Gaylord Music Library, Washington University in St. Louis
  • RootsWeb [309]
  • Social Security death master file, free [310]

By country or geographic area
International Association of Music Information Centres [311]: 43 member organisations in 38 countries
See also Classical music country index [312]

  • Classical composers archive [313]: by country
  • Argentina: Música Clásica Argentina [314] | Compositores & Intérpretes [315]
  • Armenia: Armenian composers [316]
  • Australia: Australian music centre [317] | Australasian Computer Music Association [318]
  • Austria: Music Information Center Austria [319] | Oesterreichisches Musiklexikon Online [320] | Osterreichischer Komponistenbund [321] | Interessengemeinschaft Niederösterreichische Komponisten [322] (Association of Composers of Lower Austria)
  • Basque area (Paiís Vasco): see Spain
  • Belgium: CeBeDeM: Belgian [323] Documentation Centre for Contemporary Music | Database of Flemish composers after 1950 [324] | Studiecentrum voor Vlaamse Muziek [325]
  • Brazil: Brazil Centro de Documentação de Música Contemporânea [326] Note: alphabetical by composer's first name! | Multimusica [327] | Dicionário Cravo Albin da Música Popular Brasileira [328]
  • England and Great Britain: British Music Page list of composers [329] | British and Irish composers [330] | North-West Composers Association [331] | Central Composers' Alliance [332] | British composer project [333] | Early English music, 1385-1714 [334] | British Music Collection [335] (UK contemporary music)
  • Bulgaria: Union of Bulgarian composers [336] | Index of contemporary Bulgarian composers [337]
  • Canada: Canadian Music Centre [338] | Encyclopedia of music in Canada [339] | Canadian League of Composers [340] | Canadian compositions for trombone [341] | Contemporary Canadian composers [342]
  • Catalonia: see Spain
  • Colombia: Compositores colombianos [343]
  • Croatia: Croatian Composers' Society [344] (English version)
  • Czech Republic: Ceský hudební slovník osob a institucí [345] | Czech Music Information Center [346] | Czech composers [347] (from Wikipedia)
  • Denmark: Det virtuelle musikbibliothek [348] (Online Music Research Library of Denmark) | Værkfortegnelser for danske komponister [349] (Worklists for Danish composers) | Samfundet til udgivelse af Dansk musik [350] (Society for the publication of Danish music): The composers) | Dansk Komponist Forening [351]
  • Estonia: Estonian Music Information Centre [352] | Estonian Composers Union [353] | Estonian composers [354] (from Wikipedia)
  • Finland: Music Finland [355] | Society of Finnish Composers [356]
  • France: CDMC [357] | Musica et memoria [358]
  • Georgia: Les peuples géorgiens: musique [359] (in French)
  • Germany:
    • Allgemeine deutsche Biographie & Neue deutsche Biographie [360]
    • Deutsches Komponistenarchiv [361]
    • Deutscher Komponistenverband [362]
    • Deutsches Musikinformationszentrum [363]
    • Handbuch deutsche Musiker, 1933-1945 [364] by Fred K. Prieberg
    • Komponisten der Gegenwart [365]
    • Künstler im Kultur-Netz [366]
    • Lexikon verfolgter Musiker und Musikerinnen der NS-Zeit [255]
      Gerber, Ernst Ludwig. Neues historisch-biographisches Lexikon der Tonkünstler, 1812-1814 A-D [367] | E-J [368] | K-R [369] | S-Z [370]
    • By city or region
      • Komponisten aus Baden und Württemberg [371]
      • Bayerische Musiker Lexikon Online [372]
      • Thüringer Komponisten & Bearbeiter [373]
  • Greece: Greek Composers' Union [374]
  • Hungary: Contemporary Hungarian composers [375] | Hungarian composers [376] | Magyar zeneszerzk listája [377] (List of Hungarian composers; from Wikipedia) | Kortárs magyar zeneszerzok kincsestára [378] (Treasury of contemporary Hungarian composers; note: Internet Archive version)
  • Iceland:Icelandic composers [379] (from Wikipedia)
  • Ireland: Contemporary Irish composers [380] | British and Irish composers [330]
  • Israel: Israel Music Information Center [381] | Israel composers' league [382]
  • Italy: Banca dati dei compositori Italiani [383] | Italian composers whose songs have been recorded by or with the Trio Lescano A-C [384] D-L [385] D-L [386] Q-Z [387] | Federazione CEMAT [388] (electroacoustic and computer music)
  • Japan: Music from Japan [389]: composer index
  • Latin America: Latin American Music Center catalog [390] (Catholic University) | Colegio de Compositores Latinoamericanos de Música de Arte [391] | Catálogo de obras para saxofón de compositores de América Latina [392]
  • Latvia: Music in Latvia [393] (Latvian version [394])
  • Lithuania: Lithuanian composers [395]
  • Luxemburg: Luxemburg Society for Contempory Music [396]
  • Macedonia: Composers Association of Macedonia [397]
  • Mexico: Diccionario enciclopédico de música en Mexico [398] (PDF)
  • New Zealand: New Zealand composers [399] from the Centre for New Zealand Music | Australasian Computer Music Association [318]
  • Norway: Norwegian composers [400] (from Wikipedia)
  • Poland:Polski Centrum Informacji Muzycznej [401] | Polish composers [402], from USC | Culture.pl [403] | Polish composers from Middle Ages to Baroque [404]
  • Portugal: Atrium: base de dados de compositores portugueses [405] | Compositores contemporâneos [406] | Centro de Investigação & Informação da Música Portuguesa [407]
  • Romania: Romanian music information center [408]
  • Russia: Illiustrirovannyi biograficheskii entsiklopedicheskii [409] slovar' gitaristi i kompository (illustrated biographical encyclopedic dictionary of guitarists and composers (in Russian (Cyrillic)) | Two centuries of Russian composers [410] | Russiches Musikarchiv [411] | Muzykal'naia entsiklopediia [412] | see also Soviet Union
    • Saint Petersburg Contemporary Music Center [413]
  • Scotland: Scottish Music Centre [414] | Scottish composers [415]
  • Slovakia: Hudobné Centrum Slovakia [416] | Slovak composers [417] (from Wikipedia)
  • Sloveni: Society of Slovene composers [418]
  • South Africa: Domus [419] | South African composers [420] (from Wikipedia)
  • Soviet Union: Soviet composers [421] | A bibliography of trumpet concertos from the former Soviet Union [422] | see also Russia
  • Spain: Important Spanish composers of the twentieth century [423]
    • By city or region
      • Basque area (Paiís Vasco): Musikagileak [424] (Association of Basque Navarrese composers)
      • Catalonia: Associació Catalana de Compositors [425] | Cat Música [426]
      • Valencia: Asoiacion de compositores sinfonicos valencianos [427]
  • Sweden: Föreningen svenska tonsättare [428] (Society of Swedish composers) | Classical Music Center Sweden [429] | Svensk music [430] | Musik-Lexikon [431] scanned from the ed. published: Tryckt hos J. & A. Riis, 1864. | Liste schwedischer Komponisten klassischer Musik [432] (from Wikipedia) | Svenskt biografiskt handlexikon [433] (not music specific; digital version of the 1906 ed.) | Svenskt biografiskt lexikon [434] (not music specific) | Swedish song [435] | Swedish music by women composers [297]
  • Switzerland: Schweizer Musikedition [436] | Répertoire international des sources musicales: Schweiz [437] | musinfo [438] banca dati sulla musica in Svizzera)
    • By city or region
      • Vaud: Musiciens vaudois [439]
  • Ukraine: Music Information Center Ukraine [440]
  • United States:
    • General:
      • American Composers Alliance [441]
      • Composers bureau [442] from Sigma Alpha Iota
      • National Association of Composers/USA: composer list [443] (with work lists) | links to members' homepages [444]
    • By state or city:
      • Cleveland Composers Guild [445]
      • Connecticut Composers, Inc. [446]
      • Iowa Composers Forum [447]
      • Long Island Composers Alliance [448]
      • New York Women Composers [282]
      • Oregon Composers [449]
      • Southeastern Composers League [450]
      • Wisconsin: Wisconsin [451]Alliance [451] for composers [451] | Wisconsin music archives [452] list of Wisconsin composers

Multiple composers biographical sources by instrument or genre

Cello: A catalogue of twentieth-century cello ensemble music [453] (pdf)
Church music: Biographisch-bibliographisches Kirchenlexikon [454] (not music-specific)
Clarinet: Clarinet compositions [455]
The clarinet quintet [456]
Flute: Composers of flute music [457]
Claudia's flutepage [458] (composers and flutists)
Guitar: Compositores Guitarristas Catalanes, nacidos en el siglo XIX [459] | siglo XX [460] (Internet archive versions)
Classical guitar composers list - alphabetical [461]
Las compositoras españolas de obras con guitarra [284]
Dirks guitar page [462]
Max Eschig [463] guitar catalog, pdf, 2001
Guitar composers of the classical and early romantic period, circa 1780-1900 [464]
The guitar in Italy in the nineteenth century, sixty biographies of Italian composers and guitarists [465] (PDF; Internet archive version of 12/6/05)
Illiustrirovannyi biograficheskii entsiklopedicheskii slovar' gitaristy i kompository [409] (illustrated biographical encyclopedic dictionary of guitarists and composers (in Russian (Cyrillic))
Master list of classical guitar composers [466] arranged by nationality
Mujer y guitarra española [294] (Spanish Women composers for guitar)
Partituras para guitarra clás [467] (use the list of composers along the right side of the page)
Select list of works written in the last 25 years for guitar [468] held at the Australian Music Centre library
Sheer pluck [469]
Three composers significant to nineteenth century Nordic guitar tradition [470]
Wikipedia list of composers for the classical guitar (nationality) [471]
Hymns: Hymnary [472]
HymnTime.com [473]
Jazz: Wikipedia Liste des musiciens de jazz A-K [474] | L-Z [475] | The last post [476] database of jazz people who have "gone on"
Opera: Opera composers [477]
Italian Opera [478]
Opernführer [479] = Opera guide : 1001 Links zu Libretti und Inhaltsangaben in verschiedenen Sprachen
Zarzuela! [480]
Organ: Biographical dictionary of organists, composers for organ and organ builders [481]
Composers for the organ [482]
Liste von Organisten [483] (from German Wikipedia)
Piano: Pianopedia [484]: includes 894 composers, 5471 works (indicating 15748 movements or excerpt)
Piano music for the left hand alone [485]
Recorder: Composers for recorder on the Web [486] (Internet archive version of 1/24/14)
Saxophone: Listes des compositeurs et leurs oeuvres [487]
Catálogo de obras para saxofón de compositores de América Latina [392]
Song: Index of composers of Lieder and art songs [488]
Deutsches Lied [489]
Italian composers whose songs have been recorded by or with the Trio Lescano A-C [384] | D-L [385] | D-L [386] | Q-Z [387]
Stabat Mater: www.stabatmater.info/composers.html [490]
Trombone: Canadian compositions for trombone [341]
Viola: List of compositions for viola: A-E [491] | F-K [492] | L-R [493] | S-Z [494]

Parts of the Mass

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

The list [495] of uniform titles from IFLA's Working Group on Uniform Headings for Liturgical Works [496] includes useful explanations of liturgical terminology.

Spoken Sung or chanted
A term that is a type of composition is linked to its entry in Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497]
Links to definitions (from Indiana University) are in italics
Proper Ordinary Proper Ordinary
    1. Introit [498] definition [499]  
      2. Kyrie [500] definition [501]
      3. Gloria [502]1  definition [503]
4. Collect      
5. Epistle      
    6. Gradual [504] definition [505]  
    7. Alleluia (Tract) definition [506]  
8. Gospel      
      9. Credo [507] definition [508]
    10. Offertory [509] definition [510]  
11. Secret      
12. Preface      
      13. Sanctus [511] definition [512] and Benedictus
  14. Canon    
      15. Agnus Dei [513] definition [514]
    16. Communion definition [515]  
17. Postcommunion      
      18. Ite, missa est (Benedicamus Domino) definition [516]
  19. Last Gospel    

1The Gloria is omitted in seasons of Advent and Lent.

Song cycles

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

From the New Grove dictionary of music and musicians:

Song cycle:

  • a composite form of vocal music consisting of a group of individually complete songs
  • for solo or ensemble voices
  • with or without instrumental accompaniment
  • may relate a series of events, or a series of impressions, or may simply be a group of songs unified by mood
  • the texts may be by a single author or from several sources

LC examples:

The form is stated explicitly in the title statement:

89-751995
245 10 An Mauern hin : a song-cycle based on the poetry by G. Trakl / Christoph Campestrini.

92-768274
245 10 Bald sing' ich das Schweigen : ein Liederzyklus für Gesang und Klavier, Opus 79 / Gottfried von Einem ; nach Gedichten von Lotte Ingrisch.

90-753355
245 10 An Mauern hin : Zyklus für Sopran und Orchester nach Gedichten von Georg Trakl (1887/88) / Christoph Campestrini.

88-751683
245 10 Cäsar Flaischlen-Zyklus : für eine mittlere Singstimme und Klavier, komponiert 1926 / Karl Höller.

85-751907
245 10 --and waken green : a cycle of songs for medium voice and piano / seven poems by Douglas Worth ; music by David Ward-Steinman.

86-750135
245 10 Arcobaleno : a cycle of seven songs for bass / Rocco DiGiovanni ; poetry by Nicola Rossi-Lemeni.

94-702002
245 02 A cycle for voice and percussion / words by Emily Dickinson ; music by Dawn LaBuy.

92-752760
245 10 Adjustable tears : 1977 : a cycle of three blues for soprano, clarinet & bass / [words and music by] Meyer Kupferman.

92-757398
245 10 Aftonland : sangsyklus til dikt av Pär Lagerkvist : for soprano (or tenor) and chamber ensemble / Arne Nordheim.

95-702430
245 00 Concertino pre flautu a sláč. orchester ; Ako padajú hviezdy : cyklus piesni na slová P. Koyša, op. 31 ; Portréty : pre organ / A. Očenáš.

The form is not stated in the title statement:

When the word "cycle" or phrase "song cycle" or an equivalent is not stated in the title, generally LC adds a note to that effect and a corresponding subject heading.

84-760395
245 10 Five lyrics of Louise Bogan : for mezzo-soprano and flute / Warren Benson.
500     Song cycle.

92-753987
245 14 The Auden poems : for voice, violin, cello, and piano / Ned Rorem.
500      Song cycle.

92-753900
245 10 Between two worlds / [words by] Robert Bly and Jacob Boehme ; [music by] John Harbison.
500     Song cycle for soprano, 2 violoncellos, and 2 pianos.

97-701931
245 10 Afschied van een landschap : voor stem en (bas-)klarinet (1994) / Alex Manassen.
500     Song cycle for high voice and piano.

When the title a publisher has given to a collection of songs by one composer implies or states that it is a song cycle and it was not the intent of the composer for the songs to form a song cycle, do not use the subject heading "Song cycles."

93-722531
100 1   Rooth, Anna-Greta, 1901-1993.
240 10 Songs. Selections
245 10 4 sånger till dikter av Gabriela Mistral : röst och piano / Anna-Greta Rooth ; [tolkning, Hjalmar Gullberg].
650  0  Songs (Medium voice) with piano.

Vocal Ranges

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

Vocal Ranges according to The New Harvard Dictionary of Music

Definitions for use in music cataloging

RDA does not define the ranges of vocal types. General practice is to follow the instructions given in the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings section H 1917.5: Base vocal range on the verbal indication on the item. If no vocal range is indicated, use the ranges specified in the New Harvard Dictionary of Music:

Vocal ranges


These ranges correspond to the following:

High voice Medium voice Low voice
Soprano: C4-A5 Mezzo soprano: A3-F5 Alto: F3-D5
Tenor: B2-G4 Baritone: G2-E4 Bass: E2-C4

Note: these definitions, from the New Harvard Dictionary of Music, are used in music cataloging, using the Library of Congress Subject Headings [517] and RDA [7].

Vocal ranges for solo or choral works may differ, as evidenced from the different ranges found in other sources.
For example, see:
° The Wikipedia article on vocal range [518], which gives different ranges for operatic works and choral works.
° Catherine Schmidt-Jones' article [519] and chart [520].
° Grove Music Online definitions:

soprano: C4 to A5
mezzo-soprano: A3 to F#5
alto: G3 to E5 (and contralto as F3-D5)
tenor: roughly C3 to A4
baritone: A2 to F4
bass: F2 to E4

Octave designation: The International Standards Organization (ISO) system for register designations assigns "C4" to middle C (the first ledger line below the staff in treble clef). A commonly found British standard assigns "c1" to middle C.

When is a "flute" not a flute?

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]

The flute produces its sound from the flow of air across an opening. Modern flutes are usually made of metal and have keys that are depressed over the tone holes. Previously, the flute was called traverse flute (indicating how it was held), or included that word in other languages, e.g., traversa, traverso, etc.

The recorder has a fipple or whistle mouth piece, with a thumb hole and seven finger holes, rarely with keys. The recorder played an important role in the Renaissance and Baroque eras, and was revived in the 20th century. The use of the English word "recorder" (thought to be derived from the Latin recordari) dates back the the 14th century. In other languages, the name for the recorder includes a cognate of the word "flute," e.g., flûte, Flöte, flauto, or flauta, etc., which may make for confusion over which instrument is meant. Some of the names for recorder in French, German, Italian, and Spanish are:

  • French: flûte douce, flûte à bec
  • German: Blockflöte
  • Italian: flauto dolce, flauto a becco, flauto diritto
  • Spanish: flauta dulce, flauta de pico

David Lasocki, former music librarian and scholar in the field of historical woodwind playing, created this guide to pre-19th century English and French music publications. The chart indicates whether the word "flute" or its foreign language equivalent actually means "recorder" or "flute."

When is a "flute" not a flute

by David Lasocki, Indiana University
provisional version from 1997

Language tools

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Music-specific

  • Common terms used in German publications and thematic indices [521]
  • The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522] | other languages [523] | Numerals in various languages: Indo-European languages [524] (Wikipedia)
  • The names of keys in English, French, German, Italian, and Spanish [525]
  • The names of instruments and voices in English, French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish [526]
  • Capitalization of key, opus, and number [527]
  • Online translating dictionary for music: Cadenza glossary [528]: a multi-lingual dictionary of musical terms English, French, German, and Serbian
  • See also Music terminology [529]

General

  • Diacritics and special characters by language [530]
  • List of initial articles: by language [120] | complete list in alphabetical order [531] from LC
  • Bibiographic terms in other languages: Foreign language equivalents for bibliographic information [532] (Dutch, French, German, Italian, Spanish) (Internet Archive version)
  • Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish [533]
  • Fraktur [534]
  • Russian and other Cyrillic languages
    • ALA-LC transliteration tables [535]: Russian [21] (cursive Russian [536] [not ALA-LC]) | Ukrainian [537] (cursive Ukrainian [538] [not ALA-LC])
      • Transliteration of the hard sign (tverdyi znak) [539] from the Slavic Cataloging Manual [540]
    • Cyrillic language alphabets and how they diverge from one another [541]
    • Online transliterator [542] note: may not follow the ALA-LC transliteration schemes [535]
  • Woxikon [543] translates words and word sequences in Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish
  • Online dictionaries: Travlang's translating dictionaries [544] | Reverso translation [545] | Lingvosoft [546] | Hungarian [547] | Portuguese [548] | Welsh to English Lexicon [549]
  • Language identifier [550]

Capitalization of key, opus, and number

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: These instructions apply to recording information for title and contents notes in bibliographic records and 670 field [551] in authority records. They do not apply to authorized access points for music.

Key:

See also The names of keys in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [525]

  • In English, the key is capitalized, but not the mode: A major, D minor.
  • In German1, D in Dur and M in Moll are capitalized.
    • In major, the key is capitalized: D-Dur, Fis-Dur
    • In minor, it is not capitalized: a-Moll, fis-Moll
  • In other languages,
    • when given as a letter, the key is capitalized: F majeur, G mineur
    • but when given as a word, it is not capitalized: fa majeur, sol mineur.
  • Symphonie Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61
  • Konzert für Violoncello und Orchester a-Moll, op. 129
  • Messe in Es op. 155
  • Concerto in A minor (Wq 166, H 431) for flute, strings and basso continuo
  • Sonata per cembalo in sol maggiore
  • Koncert C dur2 pro fagot a smycce

The LC Music Division's Bibliographic Access Section's policy regarding transcription and recording of statements of key that are in German:

  • The words "Dur" and "Moll" will always be capitalized.
  • Letters and initial letters with suffixes indicating flats and sharps (-is, -es) will be in upper case when preceding "Dur" and in lower case when preceding "Moll".

Source: e-mail on NMP-L from Damian Iseminger, Head, Bibliographic Access Section, Music Division, Library of Congress, dated 10/11/2018

1This policy is based on a 1977 LC memo stating that, regardless of how a word appears on the publication, for German capitalization, follow Duden Rechtschreibung der deutschen Sprache und der Fremdwörter (Mannheim : Bibliographisches Institut, c1986) It is unknown if LC is applying this policy in RDA
2D in dur is not capitalized here because it is not in German.

Opus:

  • In German1, opus is capitalized when spelled out, but not when abbreviated: Opus, op.
  • In other languages, neither is capitalized.
  • Vier Fugen Opus 72
  • String trio opus 45
  • Symphonies Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61
  • Quartet op. 73 for 2 violins, viola, and cello

Numbers:

See also The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]

  • In German1, number and its abbreviations are capitalized: Number, Nr., No.
  • In other languages, it is not: number, no., nr.
  • Duo concertant für zwei Klarinetten op. 3, Nr. 1
  • Fantasie für Klavier ohne D-Nummer = Fantasy for piano without "D" number
  • Quartet No. IV für 2 Violinen, Viola & Violoncello, op. 40
  • Sonata in D major op. 2 no. 2

Common terms used in German music publications and thematic indices

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

compiled by Diane Napert
revised with terminology from
the Symphony Orchestra Library Center's Glossary of German publishing terminology [552]

Note: The terms in this list are defined according to their usage in music publications; other definitions are also possible.
See also German abbreviations from AA to z.Z [553] | Glossary of bibliographic information: German [554]
The names of numbers in German, etc. [522] | The names of keys in German, etc. [525]


A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ

A
German word abbreviation English
Abdruck Abdr. impression, print, reproduction
Abschrift Abschr. reprint, copy
Abteilung Abt. part
Anhang Anh. appendix, supplement
Anmerkung Anm. commentary
arrangiert   arranged
Aufführung(en); Aufführungsdauer   performance(s); performance duration
Aufführungspraxis   performance practice
Auflage Aufl. impression, edition
Ausgabe Ausg. edition
ausgewählte   selected
Autograph   holograph
B
German word abbreviation English
Band Bd. volume
Bearbeiter; bearbeitet; Bearbeitung(en) Bearb. arranger; arranged, revised; arrangement(s)
Beiheft   supplement
Beispiel   example
Bemerkungen   remarks, annotations, commentary
Bericht   report, commentary
Besetzung   setting (usually referring to instrumentation)
Bibliothek   library
Blatt   leaf, page (of book); folio (of manuscript); sheet
Buhnenwerke   dramatic works
Brief   letter
D
German word abbreviation English
Druck   impression, print
Dur   major (key)
durchgesehen   revised
E
German word abbreviation English
eigentlich eigtl. introduction
Einleitung Einl. introduction
Einrichtung   fingering
Erhaltene Werke   surviving works
erscheinen   to publish
Erstausgabe   first edition
erweitert erw. enlarged
etwa   approximately
F
German word abbreviation English
Fassung   version
Festschrift   publication on the occasion of a celebration
Folge   series
Fundort Verzeichnis   found/discovered index
G
German word abbreviation English
geboren geb. born
gedruckt gedr. printed
Gegenwart   present time
Generalbass Gb. continuo
Gesamtausgabe   complete works
Geschichte   history
Gesellschaft   society, association, club
gestorben gest. died
getauft get. baptized
H
German word abbreviation English
Handschrift   manuscript
heilig   sacred
herausgegeben von hrsg. von edited by
Herausgeber Hrsg. editor
Heft H. number, part
I
German word abbreviation English
Inhalt   Contents
J
German word abbreviation English
Jahr   volume, annual, year
Jahrhundert Jh. century
K
German word abbreviation English
Katalog   catalog
Klavierauszug   piano-vocal score
Komponist   composer
korrigiert   corrected
Kritischer Bericht   critical report or commentary
Kunst   art
M
German word abbreviation English
Manuskript Ms. manuscript
Mitarbeiter   collaborator
Moll   minor (key)
Musikforschung   music research
Musikschule   music school
Musikwissenschaft   musicology
N
German word abbreviation English
Nachdruck   reprint
Nachweise   proof, records
Nachwort   afterword
Namenszug   signature
Neudruck Neudr. reprint
Neue Ausgabe; Neuausagbe   new edition
Nummer Nr. number
O
German word abbreviation English
Opus op. opus
P
German word abbreviation English
Partitur Part. score
Q
German word abbreviation English
Quelle   source
R
German word abbreviation English
Redakteur; Redaktion   editor; editing
redigiert   edited
Register   index
Reihe   series
revidiert rev. revised
Revisionsbericht   critical commentary
S
German word abbreviation English
Sammlung Samml. collection
Sämtliche Werke   complete works
Satz   movement
Schrift   writing, book, periodical, etc.
Seite S. page
Skizzen   sketches
Sprechgesang; Sprechstimme   speech-song
Stimmen   instrumental parts; voices
T
German word abbreviation English
Teil T. part, volume
Textbuch   libretto
Titelblatt   title page
Tonkunst   art music; music
U
German word abbreviation English
Überschrift   heading, title
Übersetzung   translation
Übertragung(en)   transcription, transcriptions
unbekannt   unknown
Untergeschoben   attributed falsely
Urtext   original text
V
German word abbreviation English
Verfasser   composer, author
Verlag; Verlager   publishing house or firm; publisher
verlorengegangene   lost
veröffentlicht; Veröffentlichung   published; publication
Verzeichnis Verl. list (usually of works)
W
German word abbreviation English
weltlich   secular
Werke(s)   work(s)
Widmung   dedication
Wissenschaft   science, knowledge
XYZ
German word abbreviation English
Zahl   number
zusammengestellt   compiled
zweifelhaft   doubtful, questionable; usually applied to attribution of a work

Cyrillic language alphabets and how they diverge from one another

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

The following letters in the Cyrillic alphabet diverge from those in Russian, as found in the Library of Congress Russian transliteration table [555]. This chart includes letters from Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, Russian (cursive [22]), and Ukranian that are unique to that language. The chart serves to help identify the language of publications in the Cyrillic alphabet.

This information was compiled from: Cyrillic Alphabets [556] by Karel Piska, transliteration tables [557] from the Princeton University Slavic Cataloging Manual, and A manual of European languages for librarians, by C.G. Allen.

  • See also
    • CPSO's Identification of Serbian, Croatian, and Bosnian [558], which says that "works in the Cyrillic alphabet are probably Serbian. Works in the roman alphabet may be Serbian, Croatian, or Bosnian."
    • information from Wikipedia on Belarusian [559], Bulgarian [560], Macedonian [561], Russian [562], Serbian [563], and Ukrainian [564].
    • Cyrillic alphabet [565] from Omniglot

Bulgarian

Upper case Lower case Transliterates as
 
Sht, sht
,

Macedonian

Upper case Lower case Transliterates as
,
Note: Macedonian uses the Serbian form of the Cyrillic alphabet, but uses:
° and after and T instead of and
° s (dz) after
Upper case Lower case Transliterates as
,
S s Dz, dz
J j J, j
,
Lj, lj
Nj, n j
C, c [transliterates as , in Russian]
,

Serbian

Upper case Lower case Transliterates as
,
J j J, j
Lj, lj
Nj, n j
,

Russian (cursive [22])

Upper case Lower case Transliterates as
Ë ë Ë, ë

Ukranian

H, h [transliterates as G, g in Russian]
G, g
,
, [transliterates Zh, zh in Russian]
Y, y [transliterates as I, i in Russian]
I i I, i [transliterates as , in Russian]
Ï ï Ï, ï

Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

A guide for use in cataloging music

This information was compiled from: Piska, Karel. Catalan language [566]; Watkins, Thayer. Catalan [567].
Allen, C.G. A manual of European languages for librarians. London ; New York : Bowker [for] the London School of Economics, 1975.

Dipthongs

Catalan has a lack of rising diphthongs (such as ie and ue)
Catalan Spanish English
be, bo bien, bueno well, good
Catalan has an abundance of falling diphthongs
Catalan Spanish English
peu, bou pie, buey foot, ox
English, Catalan, Spanish, and Portuguese spellings of the same sound
English Catalan Spanish Portuguese
ny ny ñ nh
y_ ll ll lh
_own _an _an _ão
_n _n _n _m

Definite and indefinite articles in Catalan and Spanish

definite articles indefinite articles
Catalan M F N M F
singular el, l' >la, l' --- >un >una
plural els les --- uns unes
Spanish M F N M F
singular el la, el lo un in(a)
plural los las --- unos unas

Numbers in Catalan and Spanish

Cardinal

Ordinal

  Catalan Spanish   Catalan Spanish
1 un, una uno,una 1st primer primer(o)
2 dos, dues dos 2nd segon segundo
3 tres tres 3rd Terç(er) tercer(o)
4 quatre cuatro 4th quart cuarto
5 cinc cinco 5th cinquè quinto
6 sis seis 6th sisè sexto
7 set siete 7th setè séptimo
8 vuit ocho 8th vuitè octavo
9 nou nueve 9th noveè noveno
10 deu diez 10th desè décimo
11 onze once 11th onzè undécimoo
40 quaranta cuarenta 40th --- cuadragesimo
12 dotze doce 12th --- duodécimo
13 tretze trece 13th --- decimotercio
14 catorze catorce 14th --- decimocuarto
15 quinze quince 15th --- decimoquinto
16 setze dieciséis 16th --- decimosexto
17 disset diecisiete 17th --- decimoseptimo
18 divuit dieciocho 18th --- decimoctavo
101 cent un siete 101st --- ---
19 dinou diecinueve 19th --- decimonono
20 vint veinte 20th --- vigesimo
21 vint-i-un veintiun(o) 21st vint-i-unè vigesimo primo
30 trenta treinta 30th trentè trigesimo
31 trenta-un treinta y un(o) 31st --- ---
50 cinquanta cincuenta 50th --- quincuagesimo
60 seixanta sesenta 60th --- sexagesimo
70 setanta setenta 70th --- septuagesimo
80 vuitanta ochenta 80th --- octogèsimo
90 noranta noventa 90th --- nonagesimo
100 cent siete 100th --- cntésimo
200 dos-cents,
dues-centes
siete 200th --- ducentesimo
1,000 mil siete 1,000th --- milésimo

Fraktur

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also: script and printed Fraktur [568] | Fraktur [569] | written [570] Fraktur | What does this blasted thing say? [571] | Fraktur in different fonts [572]

Capital letters Lower case letters
= A = N = a = n
= B = O = b = o
= C = P = c = p
= D = Q = d = q
= E = R = e = r
= F = S = f = s     = ss
= G = T = g = t
= H = U = h = u
= I = V = i = v
= J = W = j = w
= K = X = k = x
= L = Y = l = y
= M = Z = m = z
  Source of this chart: www.jewishgen.org/jri-pl/translit.htm [573]
Fraktur letters that can be confused for each other
Source: What does this blasted thing say? [571]

appears only at the end of a word or syllable. See A Manual of European Languages for Librarians, c1975: p. 34.
is used only as lower case and substituted with Ss when it would be used in upper case.
     This information is from Sven-Olof (carlsson.hh at arcor.de), Hamburg, Germany, received in an e-mail on July 21, 2005

Initial articles listed by language

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

For a complete list of initial articles, see Initial Definite and Indefinite Articles [531] from LC's Network Development and MARC Standards Office.

Words in italics may have other uses, such the cardinal numeral one or a demonstrative pronoun, in that language.


English
a; an; d'; de; the; ye
Catalan
el; els; en; l'; la; les; un; una
Danish
de; den; det; en; et; het
Dutch
de; een; eene; het; 'n; 't
French
l'; la; le; les; un; une
German
das; dem; den; der; des; die; ein; eine; einem; einen; einer; eines; 's
Hungarian
a; az*; egy
*Note: "az az" means "that" and "ez az" means "this" in Hungarian
Italian
gl'; gli; i; il; l'; la; le; lo; un; un'; una; uno
Norwegian
de; dei; den; det; e; ei; ein; eit; en; et
Portuguese
a; as; o; os; um; uma
Romanian
a; al; o; un; unei; unui
Spanish
el; la; las; lo; los; un; una
Swedish
de; den; det; en; ett
Welsh
y; yr
   

More German numbers

Language tools [15] ♪ The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]

Source Les nombres cardinaux = Die Kardinalzahlen : de 100 à 999 (Internet archive version)

1-49 Cardinal Ordinal 50-99 Cardinal Ordinal

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

eins
zwei
drei
vier
fünf
sechs
sieben
acht
neun
erste
zweite
dritte
vierte
fünfte
sechste
siebte / siebente
achte
neunte

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

fünfzig
einundfünfzig
zweiundfünfzig
dreiundfünfzig
vierundfünfzig
fünfundfünfzig
sechsundfünfzig
siebenundfünfzig
achtundfünfzig
neunundfünfzig

fünfzigste
einundfünfzigste
zweiundfünfzigste
dreiundfünfzigste
vierundfünfzigste
fünfundfünfzigste
sechsundfünfzigste
siebenundfünfzigste
achtundfünfzigste
neunundfünfzigste

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

zehn
elf
zwölf
dreizehn
vierzehn
fünfzehn
sechzehn
siebzehn
achtzehn
neunzehn
zehnte
elfte
zwölfte
dreizehnte
vierzehnte
fünfzehnte
sechzehnte
siebzehnte
achtzehnte
neunzehnte

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

sechzig
einundsechzig
zweiundsechzig
dreiundsechzig
vierundsechzig
fünfundsechzig
sechsundsechzig
siebenundsechzig
achtundsechzig
neunundsechzig

sechzigste
einundsechzigste
zweiundsechzigste
dreiundsechzigste
vierundsechzigste
fünfundsechzigste
sechsundsechzigste
siebenundsechzigste
achtundsechzigste
neunundsechzigste

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

zwanzig
einundzwanzig
zweiundzwanzig
dreiundzwanzig
vierundzwanzig
fünfundzwanzig
sechsundzwanzig
siebenundzwanzig
achtundzwanzig
neunundzwanzig
zwanzigste
einundzwanzigste
zweiundzwanzigste
dreiundzwanzigste
vierundzwanzigste
fünfundzwanzigste
sechsundzwanzigste
siebenundzwanzigste
achtundzwanzigste
neunundzwanzigste

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

siebzig
einundsiebzig
zweiundsiebzig
dreiundsiebzig
vierundsiebzig
fünfundsiebzig
sechsundsiebzig
siebenundsiebzig
achtundsiebzig
neunundsiebzig

siebzigste
einundsiebzigste
zweiundsiebzigste
dreiundsiebzigste
vierundsiebzigste
fünfundsiebzigste
sechsundsiebzigste
siebenundsiebzigste
achtundsiebzigste
neunundsiebzigste

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

dreißig
einunddreißig
zweiunddreißig
dreiunddreißig
vierunddreißig
fünfunddreißig
sechsunddreißig
siebenunddreißig
achtunddreißig
neununddreißig
dreißigste
einunddreißigste
zweiunddreißigste
dreiunddreißigste
vierunddreißigste
fünfunddreißigste
sechsunddreißigste
siebenunddreißigste
achtunddreißigste
neununddreißigste

80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89

achtzig
einundachtzig
zweiundachtzig
dreiundachtzig
vierundachtzig
fünfundachtzig
sechsundachtzig
siebenundachtzig
achtundachtzig
neunundachtzig

achtzigste
einundachtzigste
zweiundachtzigste
dreiundachtzigste
vierundachtzigste
fünfundachtzigste
sechsundachtzigste
siebenundachtzigste
achtundachtzigste
neunundachtzigste

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

vierzig
einundvierzig
zweiundvierzig
dreiundvierzig
vierundvierzig
fünfundvierzig
sechsundvierzig
siebenundvierzig
achtundvierzig
neunundvierzig
vierzigste
einundvierzigste
zweiundvierzigste
dreiundvierzigste
vierundvierzigste
fünfundvierzigste
sechsundvierzigste
siebenundvierzigste
achtundvierzigste
neunundvierzigste

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

neunzig
einundneunzig
zweiundneunzig
dreiundneunzig
vierundneunzig
fünfundneunzig
sechsundneunzig
siebenundneunzig
achtundneunzig
neunundneunzig

neunzigste
einundneunzigste
zweiundneunzigste
dreiundneunzigste
vierundneunzigste
fünfundneunzigste
sechsundneunzigste
siebenundneunzigste
achtundneunzigste
neunundneunzigste

100-900 Cardinal Ordinal      

100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900

hundert / einhundert
zweihundert
dreihundert
vierhundert
fünfhundert
sechshundert
siebenhundert
achthundert
neunhundert
hundertste
zweihundertste
dreihundertste
vierhundertste
fünfhundertste
sechshundertste
siebenhundertste
achthundertste
neunhundertste
     
X00-X149 Cardinal Ordinal X50-X99 Cardinal Ordinal

X01
X02
X03
X04
X05
X06
X07
X08
X09

___hunderteins
___hundertzwei
___hundertdrei
___hundertvier
___hundertfünf
___hundertsechs
___hundertsieben
___hundertacht
___hundertneun
___hunderterste
___hundertzweite
___hundertdritte
___hundertvierte
___hundertfünfte
___hundertsechste
___hundertsiebte
___hundertachte
___hundertneunte

X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59

___hundertfünfzig
___hunderteinundfünfzig
___hundertzweiundfünfzig
___hundertdreiundfünfzig
___hundertvierundfünfzig
___hundertfünfundfünfzig
___hundertsechsundfünfzig
___hundertsiebenundfünfzig
___hundertachtundfünfzig
___hundertneunundfünfzig

___hundertfünfzig
___hunderteinundfünfzig
___hundertzweiundfünfzig
___hundertdreiundfünfzig
___hundertvierundfünfzig
___hundertfünfundfünfzig
___hundertsechsundfünfzig
___hundertsiebenundfünfzig
___hundertachtundfünfzig
___hundertneunundfünfzig

X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19

___hundertzehn
___hundertelf
___hundertzwölf
___hundertdreizehn
___hundertvierzehn
___hundertfünfzehn
___hundertsechzehn
___hundertsiebzehn
___hundertachtzehn
___hundertneunzehn

___hundertzehnte
___hundertelfte
___hundertzwölfte
___hundertdreizehnte
___hundertvierzehnte
___hundertfünfzehnte
___hundertsechzehnte
___hundertsiebzehnte
___hundertachtzehnte
___hundertneunzehnte

X60
X61
X62
X63
X64
X65
X66
X67
X68
X69

___hundertsechzig
___hunderteinundsechzig
___hundertzweiundsechzig
___hundertdreiundsechzig
___hundertvierundsechzig
___hundertfünfundsechzig
___hundertsechsundsechzig
___hundertsiebenundsechzig
___hundertachtundsechzig
___hundertneunundsechzig

X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
X25
X26
X27
X28
X29

___hundertzwanzig
___hunderteinundzwanzig
___hundertzweiundzwanzig
___hundertdreiundzwanzig
___hundertvierundzwanzig
___hundertfünfundzwanzig
___hundertsechsundzwanzig
___hundertsiebenundzwanzig
___hundertachtundzwanzig
___hundertneunundzwanzig
___hundertzwanzigste
___hunderteinundzwanzigste
___hundertzweiundzwanzigste
___hundertdreiundzwanzigste
___hundertvierundzwanzigste
___hundertfünfundzwanzigste
___hundertsechsundzwanzigste
___hundertsiebenundzwanzigste
___hundertachtundzwanzigste
___hundertneunundzwanzigste

X70
X71
X72
X73
X74
X75
X76
X77
X78
X79

___hundertsiebzig
___hunderteinundsiebzig
___hundertzweiundsiebzig
___hundertdreiundsiebzig
___hundertvierundsiebzig
___hundertfünfundsiebzig
___hundertsechsundsiebzig
___hundertsiebenundsiebzig
___hundertachtundsiebzig
___hundertneunundsiebzig

X30
X31
X32
X33
X34
X35
X36
X37
X38
X39

___hundertdreißig
___hunderteinunddreißig
___hundertzweiunddreißig
___hundertdreiunddreißig
___hundertvierunddreißig
___hundertfünfunddreißig
___hundertsechsunddreißig
___hundertsiebenunddreißig
___hundertachtunddreißig
___hundertneununddreißig
___hundertdreißigste
___hunderteinunddreißigste
___hundertzweiunddreißigste
___hundertdreiunddreißigste
___hundertvierunddreißigste
___hundertfünfunddreißigste
___hundertsechsunddreißigste
___hundertsiebenunddreißigste
___hundertachtunddreißigste
___hundertneunund vierzigste

X80
X81
X82
X83
X84
X85
X86
X87
X88
X89

___hundertachtzig
___hunderteinundachtzig
___hundertzweiundachtzig
___hundertdreiundachtzig
___hundertvierundachtzig
___hundertfünfundachtzig
___hundertsechsundachtzig
___hundertsiebenundachtzig
___hundertachtundachtzig
___hundertneunundachtzig

X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49

___hundertvierzig
___hunderteinundvierzig
___hundertzweiundvierzig
___hundertdreiundvierzig
___hundertvierundvierzig
___hundertfünfundvierzig
___hundertsechsundvierzig
___hundertsiebenundvierzig
___hundertachtundvierzig
___hundertneunundvierzig
___hundertvierzigste
___hunderteinundvierzigste
___hundertzweiundvierzigste
___hundertdreiundvierzigste
___hundertvierundvierzigste
___hundertfünfundvierzigste
___hundertsechsundvierzigste
___hundertsiebenundvierzigste
___hundertachtundvierzigste
___hundertneunundvierzigste

X90
X91
X92
X93
X94
X95
X96
X97
X98
X99

___hundertneunzig
___hunderteinundneunzig
___hundertzweiundneunzig
___hundertdreiundneunzig
___hundertvierundneunzig
___hundertfünfundneunzig
___hundertsechsundneunzig
___hundertsiebenundneunzig
___hundertachtundneunzig
___hundertneunundneunzig

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

zweihundert
zweihunderteins
zweihundertzwei
zweihundertdrei
zweihundertvier
zweihundertfünf
zweihundertsechs
zweihundertsieben
zweihundertacht
zweihundertneun
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
zweihundertzehn
zweihundertelf
zweihundertzwölf
zweihundertdreizehn
zweihundertvierzehn
zweihundertfünfzehn
zweihundertsechzehn
zweihundertsiebzehn
zweihundertachtzehn
zweihundertneunzehn
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
zweihundertzwanzig
zweihunderteinundzwanzig
zweihundertzweiundzwanzig
zweihundertdreiundzwanzig
zweihundertvierundzwanzig
zweihundertfünfundzwanzig
zweihundertsechsundzwanzig
zweihundertsiebenundzwanzig
zweihundertachtundzwanzig
zweihundertneunundzwanzig
zweihundertdreißig
320
421
522
623
724
825
926
dreihundertzwanzig
vierhunderteinundzwanzig
fünfhundertzweiundzwanzig
sechshundertdreiundzwanzig
siebenhundertvierundzwanzig
achthundertfünfundzwanzig
neunhundertsechsundzwanzig
       

1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039

tausenddreißig
tausendteinunddreißig
tausendzweiunddreißig
tausendreiunddreißig
tausendvierunddreißig
tausendfünfunddreißig
tausendsechsunddreißig
tausendtsiebenunddreißig
tausendachtunddreißig
tausendneununddreißig
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
tausendvierzig
tausendeinundvierzig
tausendzweiundvierzig
tausenddreiundvierzig
tausendierundvierzig
tausendfünfundvierzig
tausendsechsundvierzig
tausendsiebenundvierzig
tausendachtundvierzig
tausendneunundvierzig
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
tausendfünfzig
tausendeinundfünfzig
tausendzweiundfünfzig
tausenddreiundfünfzig
tausendvierundfünfzig
tausendfünfundfünfzig
tausendsechsundfünfzig
tausendsiebenundfünfzig
tausendachtundfünfzig
tausendneunundfünfzig
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
tausendsechzig
tausendeinundsechzig
tausendzweiundsechzig
tausenddreiundsechzig
tausendvierundsechzig
tausendfünfundsechzig
tausendsechsundsechzig
tausendsiebenundsechzig
tausendachtundsechzig
tausendneunundsechzig
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
tausendsiebzig
tausendeinundsiebzig
tausendzweiundsiebzig
tausenddreiundsiebzig
tausendvierundsiebzig
tausendfünfundsiebzig
tausendsechsundsiebzig
tausendsiebenundsiebzig
tausendachtundsiebzig
tausendneunundsiebzig
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
tausendachtzig
tausendeinundachtzig
tausendzweiundachtzig
tausenddreiundachtzig
tausendvierundachtzig
tausendfünfundachtzig
tausendsechsundachtzig
tausendsiebenundachtzig
tausendachtundachtzig
tausendneunundachtzig
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
tausendneunzig
tausendeinundneunzig
tausendzweiundneunzig
tausenddreiundneunzig
tausendvierundneunzig
tausendfünfundneunzig
tausendsechsundneunzig
tausendsiebenundneunzig
tausendachtundneunzig
tausendneunundneunzig
       
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
tausendhundert
tausendhunderteins
tausendhundertzwei
tausendhundertdrei
tausendhundertvier
tausendhundertfünf
tausendhundertsechs
tausendhundertsieben
tausendhundertacht
tausendhundertneun
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
elfhundert
elfhunderteins
elfhundertzwei
elfhundertdrei
elfhundertvier
elfhundertfünf
elfhundertsechs
elfhundertsieben
elfhundertacht
elfhundertneun
   
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
tausendzweihundertzehn
tausendzweihundertelf
tausendzweihundertzwölf
tausendzweihundertdreizehn
tausendzweihundertvierzehn
tausendzweihundertfünfzehn
tausendzweihundertsechzehn
tausendzweihundertsiebzehn
tausendzweihundertachtzehn
tausendzweihundertneunzehn
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
zwölfhundertzehn
zwölfhundertelf
zwölfhundertzwölf
zwölfhundertdreizehn
zwölfhundertvierzehn
zwölfhundertfünfzehn
zwölfhundertsechzehn
zwölfhundertsiebzehn
zwölfhundertachtzehn
zwölfhundertneunzehn
   
1300
1401
1502
1603
1704
1805
1906
1907
1908
1909
dreizehnhundert
vierzehnhunderteins
fünfzehnhundertzwei
sechzehnhundertdrei
siebzehnhundertvier
achtzehnhundertfünf
neunzehnhundertsechs
neunzehnhundertsieben
neunzehnhundertacht
neunzehnhundertneun
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
neunzehnhundertneunzig neunzehnhunderteinundneunzig neunzehnhundertzweiundneunzig neunzehnhundertdreiundneunzig
neunzehnhundertvierundneunzig neunzehnhundertfünfundneunzig neunzehnhundertsechsundneunzig neunzehnhundertsiebenundneunzig neunzehnhundertachtundneunzig neunzehnhundertneunundneunzig
   

Numbers in languages other than French, German, Italian, and Spanish

Language tools [15] ♪ The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]

See also Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish: A guide for use in cataloging music [533]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Catalan | Dutch| Hungarian | Latin| Polish | Portuguese | Swedish

Catalan source [574] (archived version of the website)
See also Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish: A guide for use in cataloging music [533]
1 = un
2 = dos
3 = tres
4 = quatre
5 = cinc
6 = sis
7 = set
8 = vuit
9 = nou
10 = deu
11 = onze
12 = doze
13 = tretze
14 = catorze
15 = quinze
16 = setze
17 = disset
18 = divuit
19 = divnou
20 = vint
21 = vinte e dois
30 = trenta
40 = quarenta
50 = cinquanta
60 = seixanta
70 = setanta
80 = vuitanta
90 = noranta
100 = cent
100 = mil
 
Croatian from various web sites
1 = jedan
2 = dva
3 = tri
4 = četiri
5 = pet
6 = šest
7 = sedam
8 = osam
9 = devet
10 = deset
11 = jedanaest
12 = dvanaest
13 = trinaest
14 = četrnaest
15 = petnaest
16 = šesnaest
17 = sedamnaest
18 = osamnaest
19 = devetnaest
20 = dvadeset
21 = dvadeset i jedan
22 = dvadeset i dva
23 = dvadeset i tri
30 = trideset
40 = četrdeset
50 = pedeset
60 = šezdeset
70 = sedamdeset
80 = osamdeset
90 = devedeset
100 = sto
101 = sto jedan
102 = sto dva
103 = sto tri
104 = sto četiri
200 = dvjesto
300 = tristo
400 = četristo
500 = petsto
600 = šesto
700 = sedamsto
800 = osamsto
900 = devetsto
1000 = tisuća
5000 = pet tisuća
100,000 = sto tisuća
1000,000 = milijun
Danish source [575]
1 = en, et
2 = to
3 = tre
4 = fire
5 = fem
6 = seks
7 = syv
8 = otte
9 = ni
10 = ti
11 = elleve
12 = tolv
13 = tretten
14 = fjorten
15 = femten
16 = seksten
17 = sytten
18 = atten
19 = nitten
20 = tyve
30 = tredive
40 = fyrre(tyve)
50 = halvtreds(indstyve)
60 = tres(indstyve)
70 = halvfjerds(indstyve)
80 = firs(indstyve)
90 = halvfems(indstyve)
100 = hundrede
ordinals
1st = forste
2nd = and/en, -et
3rd = tredje
4th = fjerde
5th = femte
6th = sjette
7th = syvende
8th = ottende
9th = niende
10th = tiende
11th = ellevte
12th = tolvte
13th = trettende
14th = fjortende
15th = femtende
16th = sekstende
17th = syttende
18th = attende
19th = nittende
20th = tyvende
Dutch source [576]
0 = nul
1 = een
2 = twee
3 = drie
4 = vier
5 = vijf
6 = zes
7 = zeven
8 = acht
9 = negen
10 = tien
11 = elf
12 = twaalf
13 = dertien
14 = veertien
15 = vijftien
16 = zestien
17 = zeventien
18 = achttien
19 = negentien
20 = twintig
21 = eenentwintig
22 = tweeëntwintig
23 = drieëntwintig
24 = vierentwintig
25 = vijfentwintig
26 = zesentwintig
27 = zevenentwintig
28 = achtentwintig
29 = negenentwintig
30 = dertig
31 = eenendertig
32 = tweeëndertig
33 = drieëndertig
34 = vierendertig
35 = vijfendertig
36 = zesendertig
37 = zevenendertig
38 = achtendertig
39 = negenendertig
40 = veertig
50 = vijftig
60 = zestig
70 = zeventig
80 = tachtig
90 = negentig
100 = honderd
1,000 = duizend
1,000,000 = één miljoen
ordinals
1st = eerste
2nd = tweede
3rd = derde
4th = vierde
5th = vijfde
6th = zesde
7th = zevende
8th = achtste
9th = negende
10th = tiende
Hungarian source: Allen, C.G. A manual of European languages for librarians. London ; New York : Bowker [for] the London School of Economics, 1975.
Note: Numerals are followed by nouns in the singular.
1 = egy
2 = kettq/két
3 = három
4 = négy
5 = öt
6 = hat
7 = hét
8 = nyolc
9 = kilenc
10 = tíz
11, etc. = tizenegy, etc.
20 = húsz
21 = huszonegy
30 = harminc
31 = harmoncegy
40 = negyven
50 = ötven
60 = hatvan
90 = kilencven
100 = száz
101, etc. = százegy, etc.
1000 = ezer
2000 = kétezer
ordinals
1st = elsQ
2nd = második
3rd = harmadik
4th = negyedik
5th = ötödik
6th = hatodik
7th = hetedik
8th = nyolcadik
9th = kilencedik
Latin source [577]
1 = unus
2 = duoe
3 = tres
4 = quattuor
5 = quinque
6 = sex
7 = septem
8 = octo
9 = novem
10 = decem
11 = undecim
12 = duodecim
13 = tredecim
14 = quattuordecim
15 = quindecim
16 = sedecim
17 = septemdecim
18 = duodeviginti
19 = undeviginti
20 = viginti
30 = triginti
40 = quaquaginta
50 = juinquaginta
60 = sexaginta
70 = septuaginta
80 = octoginta
90 = nonaginta
100 = centum
ordinals
1st = primus
2nd = secundus, alter
3rd = tertius
4th = quartus
5th = quintus
6th = sextus
7th = septimus
8th = octavus
9th = nonus
10th = decimus
Polish source [578]
1 = jeden
2 = dwa
3 = trzy
4 = cztery
5 = pięć
6 = sześć
7 = siedem
8 = osiem
9 = dziewięć
10 = dziesięć
11 = jedenaście
12 = dwanaście
13 = trzynaście
14 = czternaście
15 = piętnaście
16 = szesnaście
17 = siedemnaście
18 = osiemnaście
19 = dziewiętnaście
20 = dwadzieścia
30 = trzydzieści
40 = czterdzieści
50 = pięćdziesiąt
60 = sześćdziesiąt
70 = siedemdziesiąt
80 = osiemdziesiąt
90 = dziewięćdziesiąt
100 = sto
1000 = tysiąc
 
Portuguese source [574] (archived version of the website)
1 = um, uma
2 = dois, duas
3 = três
4 = cuatro
5 = cinco
6 = seis
7 = sete
8 = oito
9 = nove
10 = dez
11 = onze
12 = doze
13 = treze
14 = quatorze
15 = quinze
16 = dezesseis
17 = dezesete
18 = sezeoito
19 = dezenove
20 = vinte
21 = vinte e um
22 = vinte e dois
30 = trinta
31 = trinta e um
32 = trinta e due
40 = quarenta
50 = cinquenta
60 = sesenta
70 = setenta
80 = oitenta
90 = noventa
100 = ciem
200 = duzentos
500 = quinhentos
100 = mil
 
Swedish source [579] (archived version of the website)
1 = en,ett
2 = två
3 = tre
4 = fyra
5 = fem
6 = sex
7 = sju
8 = åtta
9 = nio
10 = tio
11 = elva
12 = tolv
13 = tretton
14 = fjorton
15 = femton
16 = sexton
17 = sjutton
18 = arton
19 = nitton
20 = tjugo
21 = tjugoen, tjugoett
30 = trettio
40 = fyrtio
50 = femtio
60 = sextio
70 = sjuttio
80 = åttio
90 = nittio
100 = (ett)hundra
200 = tvåhundra
1000 = (ett)tusen
2000 = tvåtusen
 

The names of instruments and voices in English, French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Russian diacritics and ligatures are not displayed.

The source used for some of these names is Terminorum musicae index septem linguis redactus (Polyglot dictionary of musical terms). Budapest: Akadémaia Kiadó ; Kassel: Bärenreiter, 1978. ISBN 9630512769, 3761805535 and Instrument names in other languages [580] from Dolmetsch online [581]

Thanks to Marco Adorna for assistance with the Italian terminology and Jean-Baptiste Mazon for help with the French terminology

Wind instruments: Woodwind instruments | Brass instruments | Stringed instruments | Plucked instruments | Keyboard instruments | Percussion instruments | Electronic instruments | Other instruments | Instrumental ensembles | Voices | Vocal ensembles


Wind instruments
Woodwind instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
wind instruments instruments à vent Blasinstrumenten strumenti a fiato dukhovye instrumenty instrumentos de viento
woodwind instruments les bois; instruments à vent en bois Holzblasinstrumente legno dereviannye dukhovye instrumenty instrumentos de madera
reeds anches     trosti  
double reeds anches doubles     double reeds  
flute see also
When is a flute not a flute [183]
flûte;
grande flûte;
flûte traversière
Flöte; Querflöte flauto fleita flauta
oboe hautbois Oboe oboe goboi oboe
clarinet clarinette Klarinette clarinetto klarnet clarinete
bass clarinet clarinette basse Bassklarinette clarinetto basso bass-klarnet clarinete bajo
bassoon basson Fagott fagotto fagot fagot(e)
English horn cor anglais Englischhorn corno inglese angliiskii rozhok corno/cuerno inglés
recorder see also
When is a flute not a flute [183]
flûte à bec;
flûte douce/droite
Blockflöte flauto dolce/
dritto/a becco
blokfleita flauta recta/
dulce/de pico
saxophone saxophone Saxophon sassofono; saxofono saksofon saxofón; saxofóno
piccolo piccolo; flûte piccolo;
petite flûte
Pikkoloflöte; Piccolo;
kleine Flöte
ottavino;
flauto piccolo
pikkolo; malaia fleita;
fleita pikkolo
flautín; ottavino
oboe d'amore hautbois d'amore;
hautbois d'amour
Liebesoboe oboe d'amore goboi d'amur oboe de amor
Brass instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
brass instruments instruments à vent de cuivre; cuivres Blechblasinstrumente ottone mednye dukhovye instrumenty instrumentos de metal/
cobre; instrumentos de viento-metal; metales
horn cor Horn corno Gorn; rog; rozhok
Also valtorna, which is natural or hunting horn, also used for "French" horn
corno; corno francés;
trompa (da pistones); cuerno
natural horn cor simple Waldhorn corno naturale valtorna trompa natural
trumpet trompette Trompete tromba; clarino truba trompeta
cornet cornet (à pistons) Kornett cornetta kornet corneta
flugelhorn   Flügelhorn flicorno fliugel'gorn fliscorno
trombone trombone Posaune trombone trombon trombón
bass trombone basse-trombone;
trombone basse
Bass Posaune trombono basso bas trombon trombón bajo
tuba tuba Tuba tuba tuba tuba
baritone baryton; bariton Bariton baritono bariton barítono
euphonium euphonium Euphonium eufonio evfonium euphonium
Stringed instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
string instruments instruments à cordes;
instruments à cordes frottées
Saiteninstrumente strumenti a corda;
strumenti archi
strunnye instrumenty instrumentos de cuerdas
strings cordes Streicher archi struny cuerdas
violin violon Violine; Geige violino skripka violín
viola alto Viola; Viole; Bratsche viola viola viola
violoncello violoncelle Violoncello; Cello violoncello violonchel' violoncelo; cello;
violonchelo
double bass; string bass contrebasse Kontrabass contrabasso kontrabas contrabajo
viola da gamba viole de gambe;
viola da gamba
Viola da gamba;
Gambe
viola da gamba viola da gamba;
gamba
viola de gamba;
viola da gamba
viola d'amore viole d'amour Viola d'amore;
Liebesgeige
viola d'amore viola d'amur viola d'amore
Plucked instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
plucked instruments instruments à cordes pincées Zupfinstrumente strumenti a pizzico shchipkovye instrumenty instrumentos punteados
cimbalom cymbalum Zymbal      
guitar guitare Gitarre chitarra gitara guitarra
harp harpe Harfe arpa arfa arpa
lute luth Laute liuto liutnia laúd
mandolin mandoline Mandoline mandolino mandolina mandolina
zither cithare Zither cetra da tavolo tsitra cítara
Keyboard instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
keyboard instrument instrument à clavier Tasteninstrumente strumenti a tastiera klavishnyi instrument instrumentos de tecla
accordion accordéon Akkordeon fisarmonica akkordeon acordeón
bayan   Bajan bayan, fisarmonica bayan baian  
celesta célesta Celesta celesta chelesta celesta
clavichord clavicorde Clavichord; Klavichord clavicordo klavikord clavicordio
continuo;
thorough-bass
basse continue Generalbass;
Basso continuo
basso continuo basso kontinuo;
general-bas
bajo continuo
harpsichord clavecin Cembalo; Clavicembalo clavicembalo klavesin; chembalo clavecémbalo; clavecín;
clavicímbalo
organ orgue Orgel organo organ órgano
piano piano Piano; Klavier piano fortep'iano piano
Percussion instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
percussion instruments instruments à percussion Schlaginstrumente;
Perkussionsinstrumente
strumenti a percussione udarnye instrumenty instrumentos de percusión
bass drum grosse caisse Grosse Trommel cassa; grancassa;
gran cassa
bol'shoi baraban bombo
castenets castagnettes Kastagnetten castagnette kastan'ety castañuelas
cowbells cloches à vache     caubel  
cymbals cymbales Becken piatti tarelki cimbalos
drum tambour Trommel tamburo baraban tambor
glockenspiel glockenspiel; jeu de timbres Glockenspiel glockenspiel;
metallofono; campanelli
kolokol'chiki campanólogo; juego
de timbres/órgano de
campanas
marimba marimba Marimbaphon marimba marimba marimba
rattle crécelle Ratsche, Knarre, Schnarre raganella treshchotka carraca, matraca
snare drum caisse claire Leinentrommel tamburo rullante;
tamburo militare;
rullante
frantsuzskii baraban tambor afinable/con tensores
tenor drum caisse roulante Rührtrommel;
Wirbeltrommel;
Tenortrommel
cassa rullante;
tamburino
tsilindricheskii baraban redoblante
tambourine tambourin Tamburin tamburello buben pandereta
timpani timbales Pauken timpano litavra timbal
tubular bells cloches tubulaires Rohrenglocke campane tubolari trubchatye kolokola campanas tubulares
xylophone xylophone Xylophon xilofono ksilofon xilofón; xilofóno
Electronic instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
electronic instruments       electronnye instrumenty  
computer ordinateur Computerklänge   kompiuter  
ondes martenot ondes martenot        
synthesizer synthétiseur   sintetizzatore sintezator  
tape bande Tonbande; Zuspielband nastro magnitofonnaia lenta banda
Other instruments
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
dulcimer (hammered)   Hackbrett salterio tsimbaly dulcema
harmonica harmonica Mundharmonika   gubnaia garmoshika  
Instrumental ensembles
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
instrumental ensembles ensembles instrumentaux        
band orchestre d'instruments à vent; orchestre à vent;
harmonie de concert; harmonie; orchestre d'harmonie
Blasorchester orchestra di strumenti a fiato dukhovoi orkestr orquesta de vientos
brass band fanfare        
chamber orchestra orchestre de chambre Kammerorchester orchestra da camera kamernyi orkestr orquesta de cámara
string orchestra orchestre à cordes Streichorchester orchestra d'archi strunnyi orkestr orquesta de cuerdas
orchestra orchestre Orchester orchestra orkestr orquesta
Voices
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
voice voix Stimme voce golos voz
soprano soprano, dessus Sopran soprano soprano soprano
male alto/low
soprano
bas-dessus        
mezzo soprano mezzo-soprano Mezzosopran mezzosoprano metstsosoprano/
metso-soprano
mezzo-soprano
alto; contralto alto; contralto Alt contralto al't; kontral'to contralto
tenor ténor, taille Tenor tenore tenor tenor
baritone baryton; bariton Bariton baritono bariton barítono
bass baritone basse taille        
bass basse Bass basso bas bajo
counter tenor contre-ténor;
haute-contre
Contratenor controtenore kontratenor contratenor
high voice haut hohe acuto vysokaia agudo
medium voice médium; moyen mittlere medio sredniaia medio
low voice grave tiefe grave nizkaia grave
Vocal ensembles
English French German Italian Russian Spanish
vocal ensembles ensembles vocaux        
chorus chœur Chor coro khor coro
mixed voices voix mixtes Stimmen gemischte voci miste smeshannye golosa voces mixtas
women's voices chœur de femmes Frauenchor;
Frauenstimme
coro femminile zhenskii khor coro femenino
men's voices chœur d'hommes Männerchor;
Männerstimme
coro maschile muzhskoi khor coro masculino;
choro de hombres
children's voices chœur d'enfants Kinderchor voci bianche detskii khor coro infantil;
coro de niños
equal voices voix égales Stimmen gleiche voci pari odnorodnye golosa voces iguales

The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also Numbers in languages other than French, German, Italian, and Spanish [523] | Lots of German numbers [582] and Find French words for numbers [583]

Cardinal Numbers

 

Ordinal Numbers

  French German Italian Spanish   French German Italian Spanish
1 un(e) ein(s) uno,una uno,una,un 1st premièr(e) erste primo primer(o),-re
2 deux zwei due dos 2nd deuxième
second(e)
zweite secondo segundo,-da
3 trois drei tre tres 3rd troisième dritte terzo tercer(o), tercio
4 quatre vier quattro cuatro 4th quatrième vierte quarto cuarto
5 cinq fünf cinque cinco 5th cinquième fünfte quinto quinto
6 six sechs sei seis 6th sixième sechste sesto sexto
7 sept sieben sette siete 7th septième siebente settimo septimo
8 huit acht otto ocho 8th huitième achte ottavo octavo
9 neuf neun nove nueve 9th neuvième neunte nono noveno, nono
10 dix zehn dieci diez 10th dixième zehnte decimo décimo
11 onze elf undici once 11th onzième elfte undicesimo undecimo
12 douze zwölf dodici doce 12th douzième zwölfte dodicesimo duodecimo
13 treize dreizehn tredici trece 13th treizième dreizehnte tredicesimo decimotercio
14 quatorze vierzehn quattordici catorce 14th quatorzième vierzehnte quattordicesimo decimocuarto
15 quinze fünfzehn quindici quince 15th quinzième Füzehnte quindicesimo decimoquinto
16 seize sechzehn sedici dieciséis 16th seizième sechzehnte sedicesimo decimosexto
17 dix-sept siebzehn diciassette diecisiete 17th dix-septième siebzehnte diciassettesimo decimoseptimo
18 dix-huit achtzehn diciotto dieciocho 18th dix-huitième achtzehnte diciottesimo decimoctavo
19 dix-neuf neunzehn diciannove diecinueve 19th dix-neuvième neunzehnte diciannovesimo decimonono
20 vingt zwanzig venti veinte 20th vingtième zwanzigste ventesimo vigesimo
21 vingt et un einundzwanzig ventuno veintiuno 21st vingt et unième einundzwanzigste ventunesimo vigesimo primo
22 vingt-deux zweiundzwanzig ventidue veintidos 22nd vingt-deuxième   ventiduesimo  
23 vingt-trois dreiundzwanzig ventitre veintitres 23rd vingt-troisième   ventitreesimo  
24 vingt-quatre vierundzwanzig ventiquattro veinticuatro 24th vingt-quatrième   ventiquattresimo
See below for more
 
30 trente dreissig trenta treinta 30th trentième dreissigste trentesimo trigesimo
40 quarante vierzig quaranta cuarenta 40th quarantième vierzigste quarantesimo cuadragesimo
50 cinquante fünfzig cinquanta cincuenta 50th cinquantième fümfzigste cinquantesimo quincuagesimo
60 soixante sechzig sessanta sesenta 60th soixantième sechzigste sessantesimo sexagesimo
70 soixante-dix siebzig settanta setenta 70th soixante-dixième siebzigste settantesimo septuagesimo
80 quatre-vingt(s) achtzig ottanta ochenta 80th quatre-vingtième achtzigste ottantesimo octogèsimo
90 quatre-vingt-
dix
neunzig novanta noventa 90th quatre-vingt-
dixième
neunzigste novantesimo nonagesimo
100 cent hundert cento cien(to) 100th centième hundertste centesimo centésimo
200 deux cents zweihundert duecento doscientos 200th deux centième zweihundertste   ducentesimo
300 trois cents dreihundert trecento trescientos 300th trois centème dreihundertste   tricentesimo
400 quatre cents vierhundert quattrocento cuatrocientos 400th quatre centième vierhundertste   cuadringentesimo
500 cinq cents fünfhundert cinquecento quinientos 500th cinq centième fünfhundertste   quingentesimo
600 six cents sechshundert seicento seiscientos 600th six centième sechshundertste   secentesimo
700 sept cents siebenhundert settecento setecientos 700th sept centième siebenhundertste   septingentesimo
800 huit cents achthundert ottocento ochocientos 800th huit centième achthundertste   octingentesimo
900 neuf cents neunhundert novecento novecientos 900th neuf centième neunhundertste   noningentesimo
1,000 mille tausend mille mil 1,000th millième tausendste millesimo milésimo

Italian ordinal numbers:
When Italian ordinal numbers are used as adjectives, they must agree in number and gender with that which they modify. Hence, "seicentesimo" may be any of the following:
seicentesimo = singular, masculine nouns
seicentesima = singular, feminine nouns
seicentesimi = plural, masculine nouns
seicentesime = plural, feminine nouns

Some more Italian numbers:
Italian
2000 = duemila
3000 = tremila
25th = venticinquesimo
26th = ventiseiesimo
27th = ventisettesimo
28th = ventiottesimo
29th = ventinovesimo
200th = duecentesimo
300th = trecentesimo
400th = quattrocentesimo
500th = cinquencentesimo
600th = seicentesimo
700th = settecentesimo
800th = ottocentesimo
900th = novecentesimo
1000th = millesimo

Local Yale music cataloging documentation

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • Local practice in Class M [26]
  • MARC holdings: Local practice [29] | For books and scores with accompanying audio/video items [30] | For 78 RPM recordings [31]
  • Bindery procedures [32] | Marking items with call number and property stamp [33]
  • Cataloging American Musical Theater Collection CDs to circulate in the Music Library [34]

Bindery procedures

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]

Local information Commercial bindery information
Size Instructions for filling out bindery slips
Instructions for binding the item: Type of Binding | Binding and print colors | Covers | Parts
Instructions for filling out author/title information
Special instructions for multi-volume items | multi-volume items in 1 binding | dissertations
Where to send an item for binding
Scores with parts
When to bind two scores together [585] Added volumes/copies
Items with accompanying audio/video recordings [30] Repairs

Local Information

Size

Non-plus = less than or equal to 26 cm. in any direction (height or width)

Plus = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
• Indicated as ‡m Oversize in Voyager.

Double-plus = more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
• Indicated as ‡m Folio in Voyager.


Where to send an item for binding

Items can be bound in-house (pam-bound):
• 35 pages or fewer AND with a single signature OR with no signatures (i.e., single sheets) AND is 36 cm. or less

Items should be commercially bound:
• 36 pages or more
OR
• with multiple signatures, even with fewer than 36 pages
OR
• 37 cm. or more in any direction (height or width), even with fewer than 36 pages and a single signature


Scores with parts

When you are preparing a score with parts to be bound, either for the in-house bindery or especially for Bridgeport, please put the parts in the front of the item right inside the front cover. This will prevent Bridgeport from binding parts in with the scores because they were stuck in the middle or in the back. This will also help greatly in the sorting process for the pam-binder project.


Commercial Bindery

Bridgeport's standard binding is double-fan glued and requires a minimum of 1/3" margin. This will be done unless instructions indicate otherwise.


Instructions for filling out bindery slips

These are sample instructions to be used alone or in combination.

Instructions for binding the item: Type of Binding | Binding and print colors | Covers | Parts
Instructions for filling out author/title information
Special instructions for for multi-volume items, and dissertations


Type of binding

Recase

When the item is already nicely sewn, this instruction will tell Bridgeport to retain the original signatures. This will make for a stronger binding. Otherwise, Bridgeport will cut off the inner edges and double-fan glue. In either case, the book or score will open flat, but the stronger recased item is worth the surcharge. Specify recase also for volumes to be repaired when the book block is still intact.

Sew thru fold

Use for single signature items. However, if the item is fairly thick (more than 3/8"), have Bridgeport double-fan glue (no special instructions needed).

Trim edges

Use when any of the three edges of the pages have not been cut.


Binding and print colors

Binding color: Print color:
Scores: 192 (dark red) W (white)
Books: 494 (olive green) G (gold)
Yale collection: 563 (blue) W (white)

Covers

Keep front cover; Keep back cover

Use when the front or back covers or the inside of either includes information that does not appear elsewhere on the item. This information can include biographical information needed to establish the heading for the author(s), ISBN, other title information, illustrations, or a summary of the contents.

Mount front cover onto binding

When an item has a cover of particular interest, beauty, or other eye-catching nature, it may be pasted on the binding. Make sure there is no information on the inside of the cover that needs to be retained. Select a binding color that compliments the cover and a print color that will be easily read against the binding color.


Parts

Parts in pocket

Use when the parts are very thin or if it is anticipated that they will receive little use. This will be a paper pocket.

Parts in half-cloth cover

Use when the parts are fairly thick or if it is anticipated that they will receive much use. Bridgeport will automatically make a buckram pocket for half-cloth bound parts.

Bind score [recase or sew thru fold]); parts in buckram pocket (do not cover parts)

Bridgeport will automatically make a paper pocket for part(s) if fairly thin; it is necessary to specify a buckram pocket if desired for uncovered parts. However, if it is specified that parts should be half-cloth bound, Bridgeport will automatically insert them in a buckram pocket.

Vol. [Parts] to go as is into portfolio with velcro closures

Use when a wraparound portfolio is desired, such as for a thick set of facsimile parts that will not be bound or half-bound.

N.B. Sets of parts: For especially thick, heavy-use parts (e.g., complete Beethoven quartets), bind and barcode each part separately. This departs from past practice of wraparound and case.


Filling out author/title information

Author's/composer's name:
Generally include the last name of the author and the full title. Use the spelling in the established heading (in the 100 field) even if that's not the form used on the item.

When the composer's name appears in the title, it isn't necessary to include the name separately. Include only the title.

When dealing with authors or composers from prolific families, such as Bach or Haydn, include the first initial(s) as well. Give the initial(s) and last name in direct order, e.g., J.S. Bach, rather than in indirect order (Bach, J.S.).

Title:
If the title is very long and unlikely to fit on the spine, shorten the title at a sensible spot. If we don't do this, Bridgeport will cut off the title wherever needed to fit the spine.

For titles beginning with "Mel Bay presents" leave out "Mel Bay presents" and include only the portion of the title that follows.

When the title is the main entry, include only the title.

When ellipses (...) appear in a title, they are transcribed as two dashes (--). On the bindery slip, keep them as ellipses. If you use dashes, Bridgeport will interpret them as a line break.

Corporate body or conference name as main entry:
When a corporate body is the main entry, include what can reasonably fit on the bindery slip.

When a conference is the main entry, include what can reasonably fit on the bindery slip.  Check the shelf to see what has been done for earlier meetings of the conference.


Special instructions

Multi-volume items | Multi-volume items bound in 1 binding | Dissertations

Multi-volume items:
Bindery slips for multi-volume items are filled out in the standard manner, with the addition of the volume designation after an additional dashed line:

 [title] \\  VOL. ____

Use the English abbreviation "vol." even if the call number will include an abbreviation in another language, e.g.:
Call number has "Bd. 1"; spine will have "Vol. 1"

Multi-volume items bound in 1 binding:
Sometimes the volumes of a multi-volume score are to bound together. Even if each volume could be pam-bound on its own, the item must be sent to the commercial bindery when all the volumes are to be bound together.

The instructions are "BIND ____ VOLS TOGETHER IN 1 BINDING."

Request that the item be recased following the instructions above.
See also When to bind two scores together [585].

Dissertations:
Binding color: 990 (black)
Print color: G (gold)

TITLE  \\  [VOL. ____]


Added volumes/added copies

When adding a volume to an existing multi-volume set or serial, consult the volumes already on the shelf as to:
° binding color;
° what to have printed on the spine;
° spine printing color.


Repairs

Recase whenever original signatures/sewings are still intact. Ask that loose leaves be reattached if there are just a few loose.

Otherwise, rebind unless pages are too brittle. In that case, order a conserphase box (gray archival board or buckram/roxite-covered, string and button or velcro closures). If rebinding, consider choosing a buckram color and ink to match original binding. For reference volumes, be sure to instruct Bridgeport as to format of title on spine, so that they will match other volumes in the set as closely as possible. For multi-volume sets, check the shelf for past rebinding practice.

If unsure as to how to proceed or whether item is reparable, send item to Bridgeport and leave treatment decision to them. Or, provide them with acceptable options, e.g., Rebind or Conserphase, or Repair or Rebind.

When to bind two scores together

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Bindery procedures [32]

When music for two or more instruments is issued as two scores and the scores are not issued together (e.g., the 300 field says "1 score") follow these instructions:

M1011, M1111:
When we get two 2-piano scores, they should never be bound together.
When we a solo piano part and one 2-piano score, they should be bound together.

Other class numbers:
When music for two or more instruments is issued in scores published singly, and we purchase enough for performance, bind all together. For example, when we buy two copies of a score for two violins, the 300 field will say "1 score."  Assign only one barcode, even though we have two copies.

Indicate that the two scores are bound together:

Bibliographic record: Holdings:
Add a 590 field:
590 __ MUS: Copy 1-2 bound together.
OR
590 __ MUS: Copy 1-2 in 1 binding.
Add a universal message in ‡z the 852 field:
852 00 ... ‡z 2 copies in 1 binding

In the past, there have been several ways of noting this:

Piano concertos
Orbis #3127413
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ Copy 1-2 in one binding. 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 ‡i B415 op.15 H5+ ‡m Oversize
   In the item record:
   Enum: c.1-2
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 ‡i B415 op.15 H5+ ‡m Oversize
   No item record or barcode
Orbis #666226
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. Two item records; two barcodes:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
Orbis #666255
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. One item record for c. 1; one barcode:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
Orbis #666259
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Library's copies: 2 scores each. Three item records; three barcodes:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 3 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize
Orbis #666709
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding.

852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 M939 K.316a ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize ‡x 2 copies in 1
   In item record:
   Enum: c.1-2

Orbis #666713
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 M939 K.449 ‡i S3+ ‡m Oversize ‡z 2 copies in 1 binding
   In item record:
   Enum: 2 copies
Violin duets
Orbis #3009868
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
300 __ 1 score (43 p.) ; ‡c 30 cm.
No 590 field
One item record; one barcode:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 ‡i G951 op.2 B1+ ‡m Oversize ‡z copy 1-2 in 1 binding
   In item record:
   Enum: c.1-2
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 ‡i G951 op.2 B1+ ‡m Oversize
   No item record or barcode
Orbis #742306
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
300 __ score (2 v.) ; ‡c 31 cm. 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 L462 op.3 ‡i M9+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 L462 op.3 ‡i M9+ ‡m Oversize ‡x c.2-c.3 in one binding
Orbis #659257
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : Copy 2 bound in pocket. Two item records; two barcodes:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 M181 ‡i S7+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 M181 ‡i S7+ ‡m Oversize
Orbis #673837
Bibliographic record: Holdings:
590 __ MUS : c.1-2 bound together. One item record; one barcode:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 ‡i S626+ ‡m Oversize
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 ‡i S626+ ‡m Oversize

Cataloging American Musical Theater Collection (AMTC) CDs to circulate in the Music Library

Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

These are procedures for cataloging musicals on CD for The American Musical Theater Collection [586] in the Irving S. Gilmore Music Library [72].

Cataloging | Authorized access points | Call numbers | MARC holdings | Item records | Processing


Cataloging

Copy in OCLC: LC copy (DLC) is usually not as full as member copy. These member codes in the 040 are preferred over DLC: CPL, OBE, SNN, IUL

MARC tagging

  • Fixed field codes [587]: Voyager (008 and Leader)
  • Physical description codes [588]: Voyager (007)
  • The 024 field: UPC and EAN codes [589]
  • The 028 field: Manufacturer's number [590]
  • The 033 field: Date and place of capture [591]
    • Geographical area and sub-area codes [592] for the 033 field

Authorized access points for musicals

When the sound recording contains all the music from a composer's musical or revue, the uniform title does not include "‡k Selections," even if the dialogue is not included in the item.
If it is unclear or not stated on the recording that all the music is included, assume that it is complete.

100 1   Sondheim, Stephen.
240 10 Funny thing happened on the way to the forum
245 00 Original cast recording of A funny thing happened on the way to the forum ‡h [sound recording] . . .

When it is clear that not all the musical portions are included, add "‡k Selections" to the uniform title:

100 1   Sondheim, Stephen.
240 10 Funny thing happened on the way to the forum. ‡k Selections
245 00 Selections from A funny thing happened on the way to the forum ‡h [sound recording] . . .

When all the songs on the recording are by one composer taken from more than one musical, use "Musicals. ‡k Selections":

100 1  Sondheim, Stephen.
240 10 Musicals. ‡k Selections
245 14 A little Sondheim music ‡h [sound recording] : ‡b songs from musicals by Sondheim . . .

Use "Songs. ‡k Selections" for a collection of songs even when some are taken from theatrical works:

100 1  Sondheim, Stephen.
240 10 Songs. ‡k Selections
245 10 Old friends ‡h [sound recording] : ‡b Geraldine Turner sings the songs of Stephen Sondheim . . .
500     Chiefly excerpts from musicals.

Call numbers

Assign an LC call number as if it were a score. The following class numbers are all that will probably be needed for these CDs:

M1500 = complete musicals, stage versions
M1503 = complete musicals, accompaniment arranged for piano
M1505 = excerpts with original accompaniment, stage versions and motion pictures
M1506 = excerpts with accompaniment arranged for orchestra or other ensemble (not piano), stage versions and motion pictures
M1527 = complete musicals, motion picture music either originally composed for motion pictures or adapted from stage versions
M1527.7 = television music, complete works
M1527.8 = television music, excerpts

° Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for composer and title cutters.
° If necessary, add the date of performance in parentheses to differentiate between identical call numbers.
° Add "CD" as the final elements of the call number:

M1500 B531 ‡i W9 CD
M1500 B531 ‡i W9 (1998) CD
M1500 M151 ‡i L9 CD
M1500 W952 ‡i K2 CD

Use capital letters following the date of performance for the second (and any subsequent) recordings of the same recording date and cast issued by the same manufacturer, but with different manufacture numbers and date of issue:
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 CD
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 (1949) CD
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 (1949A) CD

Use date of manufacture to distinguish between recordings with the same recording place, cast, and probable recording date, issued by different manufacturers when neither manufacturer gives date of recording:
M1500 L765 J6 CD ‡i J6 CD
M1500 L765 J6 CD ‡i J6 (2003) CD


MARC holdings

Tag 852 = call number
   Indicator 1: 0 = LC classification
   Indicator 2: 0 = single disc
   Indicator 2: 1 = multiple disc set
Tag 866 = volume holdings (for multiple disc set)
   Indicator 1: 4 = detailed extent of holdings information
   Indicator 2: 1

single disc:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡h M1500 K39 ‡i L4 CD

multiple disc set:
852 01 ‡b mus ‡h M1500 B531 ‡i W9 CD
866 41 ‡8 0 ‡a disc 1-2

Include the note "Gift of the Shen Family Foundation" in ‡x of the 852 field for the CDs from the "suitcase," which were donated by the Shen family:

For more information about MARC holdings, see MARC holdings and local practice [29].


Item records

The default codes in "Perm. Loc." and "Item type" when you request a new item record are "ccl" and "circ." Change the Item Type from "circ" to "media":

multiple disc set
Create an item record for each disc and assign numbers "disc 1," "disc 2," etc., in the Enum field:

When the holdings are displayed, each disc will be listed with disc number and barcode:

After assigning the barcode and disc number (if needed), click on the middle button in the lower left hand corner of the dialog box:

It looks like a pie chart:

When it opens, select "CD".
Double click on "CD" or click the blue arrow
to move it to the upper portion of the box.
Then click "OK" and save the item record.


Processing done in the music library

Instructions for removing CDs from jewel cases and putting them in translucent cases:
1. Remove the disc and booklet from the jewel case. Take the jewel case apart to remove the back panel/spine.

2. Put the disc in the translucent case.
Slip the back panel/spine under the plastic covering of the back of a translucent case.
Put the CD booklet inside the front cover of the translucent case, if it fits. If it doesn't fit, put it in another translucent case.

3. Put the barcode on the front of the translucent case on the upper left, front corner, closest to the spine of the case.
Use single sided barcodes (if you don't know what a single sided barcode is, ask for help before doing this step):

Multi-disc sets:
     Barcode each disc in a multi-disc set.
     Rubber band together the CDs in a multi-disc set.

     When a CD booklet requires the use of an additional translucent case, barcode that case as well.

4. Rubber band any extraneous wrappers, notes, etc. for single CDs or multi-disc sets to the cases for the CDs.

Post-cataloging processing:
Use a black fine-point permanent marker and write "Yale University Music Library" and the call number on the side of the CD that has the label.
When the label is too dark, use a different color marker, such as silver.

Local practice in Class M

Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584] ♪ Call numbers [3]

Size | M23, M219, M231 | M175 | ML410 | Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table
Class numbers that are cuttered by person, instrument, topic, or place


Size

This applies to both books and scores. The existence of a plus or double plus sign does not make the call number unique.

Non-plus = less than or equal to 26 cm. in any direction (height or width)

Plus = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)

Double-plus = equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
 


M23, M219, M231: Yale practice for sonatas for piano, violin, and cello

The class numbers for sonatas for piano, violin, and violoncello are further subdivided:

All sonatas by one composer Selected sonatas by one composer Individual sonatas by one composer
M23 piano sonatas M219 violin and piano sonatas M231 cello and piano sonatas
M23.3 selected piano sonatas M219.3 selected violin and piano sonatas M231.3 selected cello and piano sonatas
M23.5* individual piano sonatas M219.5* individual violin and piano sonatas M231.5* individual cello and piano sonatas

* Practice varies, but M23.5, M219.5, and M231.5 are used even when the composer has written only one sonata for that medium.


M175: Yale practice for solo marimba music

M175.X6: music for xylophone, marimba, vibraharp, vibraphone is divided into two separate class numbers:
M175.X6: xylophone, vibraharp, vibraphone
M175.X9: marimba

Application of this practice has varied in the past. Marimba music can be found in both M175.X6 and M175.X9.


ML410: Yale practice for composer biographies

The class number for individual composer biography and criticism and interpretation is further divided:

A101 = Writings, collected and selected
A102 = Correspondence
A103 = Autobiography
A104 = Single literary works
A105 = Anniversaries, festivals, congresses, etc.
A106 = Societies
A107 = Memorial volumes
A109 = Documents, interviews, etc.

For exhibitions about a composer, use ML141. Cutter by city of exhibition, then by composer (one number only), e.g., ML141 P898 M9 for an exhibition about Mozart in Prague).


Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table

The Yale University Music Library uses the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table as the source for cutter numbers.

  • The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number:

M939 not .M939

  • If a name or word falls between two cutter numbers, use the lower number:

° The name Stankovíc falls between Stanh S786 and Stanl S787. Because "k" comes after "h" but before "l," use the lower number: S786.

  • Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e":

° Because the name Boëly has an umlaut, it should be cuttered as "boeely," making it fall between Boe B669 and Boeh B671. Because "e" comes before "h," the lower number, B669 is used.

° If the umlaut had not been in the name, it would have been cuttered as "boely," falling between Boeh B671 and Boer B672.

  • Cutter a surname with more than one element as one word:
Name
Entered under
Cutter as
Not as
Henry-Louis de La Grange La Grange lagrange (lagr = L178) la grange (la = L111)
John La Montaine La Montaine lamontaine (lamon = L234) la montaine (la = L111)
Helga de la Motte-Haber De la Motte-Haber delamotte (delam = D336) de la motte (de = D278) or la motte (la = L111)
Carl Van Wyk Van Wyk vanwyk (vanw = V285) van wyk (van = V217)
  • Cutter a name beginning with "Mc" as "Mac":

° The cutter table jumps from "mazzon" (478) to "me" (479), with no intervening "mc," so it would be difficult to cutter all names beginning with "McC" in M478.

Name
Cutter
Cuttered as
McCabe M121 maccabe
MacClintock M127 macclintock
MacCombie M129 maccombie
McCormack M131 maccormack
MacDowell M138 macdowell
McPhee M172 macphee

Local practice for cutter numbers and Class M

Class numbers that are subarranged or cuttered by person, instrument, topic, or place

When a class number is subarranged or cuttered the cutter number may be found in Class M (or determined by using the LC cutter table [593]) or may be established by using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table. The sections below indicate when to use the cutter number given in Class M and when to use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table, even when a cutter number is given in Class M.
 


Class numbers that are cuttered by instrument or topic:

Use the cutter numbers, when required and given, in Class M (or determined by using the LC cutter table [593]) for the following classes:
All class numbers from M1-M2191


By person: Use the cutter number already established for this person:
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67] or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the composer, performer, etc. followed by a cutter number for main entry if needed in classes:

ML410-ML429 MT100 MT115 MT130 MT145

By instrument or topic: Use the cutter number already established for the topic [70] or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the following classes:

ML102 ML128 ML132 ML156.4 ML990 ML1015 ML1038 ML1089 ML3560 ML3561 ML3611
ML3616 ML3621 ML3645 ML3646 ML3656 ML3661 ML3671 ML3695 ML3713 ML3717 ML3722
MT64 MT191 MT335 MT358 MT533 MT559 MT634 MT654 MT725 MT801  

By place: Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to establish cutter numbers when any class can be specified by country or, following the table for ML198+, by state, province, etc., or city:

ML102 ML106 ML136 ML141
ML198-ML360.8 ML475-ML547 ML560-592 ML610-ML642 ML660-ML692
ML710-ML742 ML810-ML842 ML860-ML890
ML1110-ML1151 ML1210-ML1251 ML1310-ML1351 ML1410-ML1451 ML1510-ML1551
ML1610-ML1651 ML1710-ML1751
ML2510-ML2551 ML2610-ML2651 ML2810-ML2851 ML2910-ML2951 ML3010-ML3051
ML3110-ML3151 ML3210-ML3251 ML3310-ML3351 ML3410-ML3451 ML3475-ML3776

MARC holdings and 590 notes for books and scores with accompanying audio/video recordings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]

Sound and video recordings, CD-ROMs, and USB drives that accompany a book or score are shelved separately, not with the book or score itself.

Sound and video recordings

In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the sound recording as well.

If the book or score is being sent to commercial bindery, attach a note saying "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" to the bindery slip. When the item is returned from being bound, "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" will be stamped on the item.

In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."

For the book or score:

° Change the Item type to "circ"

° Add "book" or "score" to Enum.

For the sound/video recording:

° Change Perm. Loc. to musrec.

° Change the Item Type to "media"

° In Enum, use one of the following:

  ° sound cassette
  ° compact disc
  ° video cassette
  ° DVD

The information will display in the OPAC like this:

Location:

MUSIC LIBRARY, SML
compact disc Shelved at MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Recordings Collection (Non-Circ)

Call Number:

M298 W976 F7+
Oversize

Status:

Not Checked Out

Put the barcode for the recording on a slip with ORBIS ID and call number and take the recording to the sound recordings collection.


CD-ROMs

In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the CD-ROM as well.

Assign a call number "CDRM ____" after searching by call number to determine the next number to be assigned. Give the call number in the holdings record:


Add a note in a 590 field in the bib record: "MUS: Accompanying CD-ROM shelved at Circulation Desk as CDRM ____."

In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."

For the book or score:

° Change the Item type to "circ"

° Add "book" or "score" to Enum.

For the CD-ROM:

° Create a new holdings record in which the CD-ROM will be assigned its own call number.

° There is no change to temp loc; it remains as "muscirc".

° Change the Item Type to "media"

° There is no change to enum/chrom

The information will display in the OPAC like this:

Location:

MUSIC LIBRARY, SML

Call Number:

ML3790 C411 D6

Status:

book Checked out - Due 06/02/2005

Location:

MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Circulation Desk

Call Number:

CDRM 75

Status:

Not Checked Out

USB Drive

In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the USB drive as well.

If the book or score is being sent to commercial bindery, attach a note saying "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" to the bindery slip. When the item is returned from being bound, "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" will be stamped on the item.

In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."

For the book or score:

° Change the Item type to "circ"

° Add "book" or "score" to Enum.

For the USB drive:

For the sound/video recording:

° Change Perm. Loc. to musrec.

° Change the Item Type to "recordings"

° In Enum, use "USB drive"

The information will display in the OPAC like this:

Location:

MUSIC LIBRARY, SML
USB drive Shelved at MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Recordings Collection

Call Number:

ML410 S118 K23

Status:

Not Checked Out

Put the barcode for the USB drive on a slip with ORBIS ID and call number and take the USB drive to the sound recordings collection.

MARC holdings and local practice

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]

See also MARC holdings and 590 notes for books and scores with accompanying audio/video recordings [30] | MARC holdings for 78 RPM recordings [31]
For official YUL Cataloging Depart policy, see MFHD policies & procedures [594] | MFHD examples [595]
Multipart monograph MFHD guidelines [596]

Subfield codes for call numbers in the holdings record in Voyager
‡b Location code: ‡b Mus      ‡b Musref
‡t Copy number, when there is more than one copy, goes in ‡t.
‡h The class number goes in ‡h.
When there are two cutter numbers, the first cutter number goes in ‡h
When there are three or more cutter numbers, all but the last cutter number goes in ‡h
‡i The remainder of the call number goes in ‡i
When needed, the plus sign or double plus sign should be the last element of ‡i
‡m For call numbers with a plus sign, include ‡m Oversize
For call numbers with a double plus sign, include ‡m Folio
‡2 For non-LC call numbers, include ‡2 localyale
‡z local notes

Location codes for music:
mus
muscar (carrel charges)
muscirc (used CDRMs)
musmic (microforms)
musoff1 (Librarian's Office, ML 107M (Non-Circ))
musoff2 (Tech Services, ML 106M (Non-Circ))
musoff3 (Librarian's Office, ML 112 (Non-Circ))
HSR:
   mushsr
   mushsrref (HSR reference)
musohm (OHAM)
musper (periodicals)
musrar1 (rare materials that live in the Music Library)
musrar2 (used to be for rare M and ML; not used anymore)
musrec (recordings)
musref (reference)
musres (permanent open reserve)
muszzz (no longer used; once used for desk copies in people’s offices and for withdrawn/discarded copies; most of the MFHD are suppressed)
LSF
   lsfohmr (OHAM)
   lsfmus
   lsfmusr (rare materials including HSR materials except for individual recordings)
   lsfhsrr (for HRS individual recordings)
   lsfmusrecr


Multiple copies
For an item with multiple copies, add ‡t 1, ‡t 2, etc. to the holdings record:
852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1001 B415 op.21 ‡i K1

852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1001 B415 op.21 ‡i K1
    Change copy number to 2 in the item record, as well.


Examples of MARC holdings
multi-volume items:
852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡h M126 L387 ‡i G9+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1-v.10
See Gap and non-gap breaks; line breaks [597] for incomplete holdings.

multiple copies of multi-volume items:
852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M23.5 O74 ‡i B6+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1

852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M23.5 O74 ‡i B6+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1


Item records
Record enumeration [598] designations go in the ENUM field in the Voyager item record

  • The nonchronological scheme used by the publisher on the bibliographic unit to identify the individual bibliographic units of a serial and to show the relationship of a bibliographic unit to the serial as a whole.

Record chronological designations [599] go in the CHRON field in the Voyager item record

  • The chronology is the different types of dates used by the publisher on the work to identify the individual bibliographic unit of a serial (for example, date of coverage, date of publication, date of printing, or date of reprinting).

Including part captions [600] is preferred.

  • A caption is an alphabetic word or phrase attached as a prefix to the enumeration data that describes the type of data (for example, volume, Band, Heft, part, number, or tome)
  • It is sufficient to transcribe the caption only at the beginning of the range to save space.
  • In the absence of a caption, a generic one should be supplied, e.g. "v." The main objective is to make the Status line intelligible for the patrons to the extent possible.

Marking items with call number and property stamp

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]

Marking books and scores | Parts | Reference and rare
Items with accompanying audio/video recordings [30] | Special 590 notes and marking the item | Gifts


Marking books and scores

Use pencil, writing on the location (title page, cover, caption, etc.) used as the chief source of information in the bibliographic record.

  • When the source is the title page or cover, add the call number and property stamp to the verso of the title page or cover.
  • When the caption is the source, mark and stamp that location, rather than going to the next page of music following the caption.
    The call number will go in the upper left hand corner and the stamp on the bottom of the page.

Make three dots below the first letter of the name or title (excluding initial articles) functioning as the main entry in the bibliographic record.

  • If the spelling of the name as it appears in the bibliographic record varies greatly from the form of the name on the item, pencil in the form used in the bibliographic record.
  • When the information is in Cyrillic, write the matching Roman characters above or below (wherever they will best fit) the Cyrillic characters.

Formatting the call number on the item

The class and class number are entered on separate lines on the item.
The decimal point preceding the first cutter number in the 090 or 050 field in the bibliographic record is not included in the call number in the holdings record and is not marked on the score.

050/090 in the bib record: M1045.B651 ‡b A5
852 in the holdings record: M1045 B651 ‡i A5

M
1045

B651
A5

not

M1045
.B651
A5

When the call number includes a decimal portion of the class number (e.g., M557.4), drop the decimal portion to the second line of the call number, aligned to the right side:

M
1623
    .5
B745
T3

 

ML
3630
    .1
D486
N7

Oversize and folio
Use a single plus sign for oversize (equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
Use two plus sings for folio (equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)

The plus sign is not included in the 050/090 field in the bib record.
The plus sign follows the last element of the call number in the holdings record.

050/090 in the bib record: M652.L767 ‡b S5
852 in the holdings record: M652 L767 ‡i S5+ ‡m Oversize

M  
652  
L767  
S5+

Call number with a opus, work, serial, or thematic index number; date; key; or other element needed to make the call number unique:
050/090 in the bib record: M184 ‡b .T435 op.41
852 in the holdings record: M184 ‡i T435 op.41+ ‡m Oversize

The item is marked with the plus sign after the final cutter number preceding opus, work, or thematic number.

M  
184  
T435+
op.41  

not

M  
184  
T435  
 op.41+

050/090 in the bib record: M175.X6 A315 ‡b S4 no.1
852 in the holdings record: M175 X6 A315 ‡i S4 no.1+ ‡m Oversize

M  
175  
X9  
A315  
S4+
no.1  

not

M  
175 
X9  
A315  
S4  
no.1+  

The call number has a cutter number following the opus number to indicate publisher [601] or editor [602] in order to make the call number unique.
050/090 in the bib record: M452 ‡i B415 ‡b op.127 H5
852 in the holdings record: M452 ‡B415 op.127 H5+ ‡m Oversize

M  
452  
B415+
op.127  
H5  

not

M  
452  
B415  
op.127  
H5+

Multiple copies: copy number is not indicated for copy 1:

M
214
C429
V2

M
214
C429
V2
c.2

not

M
214
C429
V2
c.1

M
214
C429
V2
c.2

Multiple copies of multiple volumes: the volume is indicated before the copy number:

M  
128  
C293  
B1+
v.1  
c.2  

not

M  
128  
C293  
B1+
c.2  
v.1  

Parts

The call number is placed in the upper left-hand corner of the first page of the part. This could be a cover, title page, or caption, but it must be visible when it is placed in a pocket in the binder. Give the name of the instrument in English as the last line of the call number. The property stamp should usually be somewhere along the bottom. However, the first priority is to avoid obscuring any of the music with the property stamp.

When all you have is a set of parts, one of them will generally be bound. While all the other parts will have the part name indicated as the last line of the call number, do not indicate this on the part to be bound. If you do, the person creating the label will add the name of the part to the label.

With individual parts from multiple volumes, are they marked:

M  
557  
   .4  
A123  
B4+
v.1  
trumpet 1  

not

M  
557  
   .4  
A123  
B4+
trumpet 1  
v.1  

Multiple copies and parts: "Copy 1" is not indicated. Add the elements in this order: volume, copy, instrument.

M  
557  
   .4  
A123  
B4+
v.1  
trumpet 1  

 

M  
557  
   .4  
A123  
B4+
v.1  
c.2  
trumpet 1  


Reference and rare

Location:

Add as first line of the call number on the item:

Reference
Rare

Ref.
Rare


590 notes and marking the item

590 Fields

For non-rare items, generally do not include a 590 field related to gift or fund. See Gifts for marking the item.

For rare items, the 590 format we've been using the most lately is:
Purchased from J & J Lubrano with income from the Rose Jackson Fund, 1997.

If no funds were involved, there are other possibilities for rare items, depending on the situation:
Gift of Richard F. French, 1996.
From the Estate of Virgil Thomson.


Note in item

The item is to marked in pencil on the title page verso, bottom center.

For non-rare items, although there are variations abounding in the stacks, it's probably simplest to specify "____________ plate" if we have a specially printed one in the bindery bookplate collection, e.g.:
O'Meara plate
Carl S. Miller plate

See also Gifts for non-rare, gift items.

The goal is just to let the bindery worker know to use a special plate in place of the normal one, so it's not so important if the name is transcribed differently from cataloger to cataloger.

In lieu of a special plate, pencil on item whatever bindery worker should type on bookplate, e.g.:
Gift of Jane Smith.
From the Estate of Virgil Thomson
Gift of the Friends of Music at Yale University, 1997.
Gift of the Margaret Waith Fund, 1995.

This information would be taken from an annotation sent to the cataloger with the volume.

If you see a five-digit number written on the slip with the Orbis ID number and barcode, this is a fund number, for example "26280." On the item, write in pencil below the property stamp "Plate 26280."

For rare items, follow instructions for non-rare note-pencilling above, but write especially small and use discretion so as to minimize impact on the item. Shorten notes if the volume is fragile, e.g. "Friends of Music, 1997" instead of "Gift of the Friends of Music at Yale University, 1997."  A cataloger will be more involved in the bindery preparation for rare items than for non-rare items. The 590 note in the bibliographic record will be consulted more frequently when there's a question as to bookplate, and also items should be flagged if there is more complete information as to bookplate. The majority of the endowed funds have special plates.


Gifts

When an item is a gift or from the estate of a donor, a note to that effect is written on the slip the barcode is on and in the holdings record:
852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡h M25 S456 ‡i W7+ ‡m Oversize ‡x gift of the publisher
 

After writing the call number on the item and stamping it with the oval Yale property stamp, write in pencil underneath the stamp:
From the estate of "________________"
Gift of "________________"

Web characters

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Note: this page was created with coding webpages for Music Cataloging at Yale in mind.

Complete list of Unicode 9.0 character code charts [603] | Cyrillic [604] (from Penn State)

To display these letters and characters in an HTML document, precede the three- or four-digit number with an ampersand and number and follow it with a semi-colon: &#192; displays as À
Vowels
A E I O U
192 À | 224 à
193 Á | 225 á
194 Â | 226 â
195 Ã | 227 ã
196 Ä | 228 ä
197 Å | 229 å
198 Æ | 230 ç
256 Ā | 257 ā
258 Ă | 259 ă
260 Ą | 261 ą
550 Ȧ | 551 ȧ
200 È | 232 è
201 É | 233 é
202 Ê | 234 ê
203 Ë | 235 ë
274 Ē | 275 ē
276 Ĕ | 277 ĕ
278 Ė | 279 ė
280 Ę | 281 ę
282 Ě | 283 ě
552 Ȩ | 553 ȩ
204 Ì | 236 ì
205 Í | 237 í
206 Î | 238 î
207 Ï | 239 ï
296 Ĩ | 297 ĩ
298 Ī | 299 ī
300 Ĭ | 301 ĭ
302 Į | 303 į
304 İ | 305 ı
307 IJ | 308 ij
520 Ȉ | 521 ȉ
522 Ȋ | 523 ȋ
210 Ò | 242 ò
211 Ó | 243 ó
212 Ô | 244 ô
213 Õ | 245 õ
214 Ö | 246 ö
216 Ø | 248 ø
332 Ō | 333 ō
334 Ŏ | 335 ŏ
336 Ő | 337 ő
338 Œ | 339 œ
558 Ȯ | 559 ȯ
524 Ȍ | 525 ȍ
526 Ȏ | 527 ȏ
554 Ȫ | 555 ȫ
556 Ȭ | 557 ȭ
560 Ȱ | 561 ȱ
217 Ù | 249 ù
218 Ú | 250 ú
219 Û | 251 û
220 Ü | 252 ü
360 Ũ | 361 ũ
362 Ū | 363 ū
364 Ŭ | 365 ŭ
366 Ů | 367 ů
368 Ű | 369 ű
370 Ų | 371 ų
431 Ư | 432 ư
532 Ȕ | 533 ȕ
469 Ǖ | 470 ǖ
471 Ǘ | 472 ǘ
473 Ǚ | 474 ǚ
475 Ǜ | 476 ǜ
Consonants
C D G H I
199 Ç | 231 ç
262 Ć | 263 ć
264 Ĉ | 265 ĉ
266 Ċ | 267 ċ
268 Č | 269 č
208 Ð | 240 ð
270 Ď | 071 ď
272 Đ | 073 đ
284 Ĝ | 285 ĝ
286 Ğ | 287 ğ
288 Ġ | 289 ġ
290 Ģ | 291 ģ
292 Ĥ | 293 ĥ
294 Ĥ | 295 ĥ
308 Ĵ | 0309 ĵ
K L N R S
310 Ķ | 311 ķ
312 ĸ
313 Ĺ | 314 ĺ
315 Ļ | 316 ļ
317 Ľ | 318 ľ
319 Ŀ | 320 ŀ
321 Ł | 322 ł
209 Ñ | 241 ñ
323 Ń | 324 ń
325 Ņ | 326 ņ
327 Ň | 328 ň
329 ʼn
330 Ŋ | 3313 ŋ
340 Ŕ | 341 ŕ
342 Ŗ | 343 ŗ
344 Ř | 345 ř
530 Ȓ | 531 ȓ
346 Ś | 347 ś
348 Ŝ | 349 ŝ
350 Ş | 351 ş
352 Š | 353 š
536 Ș | 537 ș
T W Y Z Special characters
354 Ţ | 355 ţ
356 Ť | 357 ť
358 Ŧ | 359 ŧ
538 Ț | 539 ț
372 Ŵ | 373 ŵ 221 Ý | 253 ý
374 Ŷ | 375 ŷ
376 Ÿ | 255 ÿ
562 Ȳ | 563 ȳ
377 Ź | 378 ź
379 Ż | 380 ż
437 Ƶ | 438 ƶ
381 Ž | 382 ž
548 Ȥ | 549 ȥ
223 ß
222 Þ | 254 þ
Other
Punctuation Music notation
135 ‡ delimiter or &Dagger;
161 ¡ inverted exlamation point
191 ¿ inverted question mark
183 · dot in the middle
176 ° degree sign
186 º masculine ordinal indicator
151 — em dash
8226 • bullet or &bull;
8594 → arrow
8658 ⇒ double arrow
9837 ♭ flat sign or &#x266D
9838 ♮ natural sign
9839 ♯ sharp sign
9834 ♪ single 8th note
9835 ♫ beamed 8th notes
9836 ♬ beamed 16th notes

See also The ISO 8859 Series [605]; Character entity reference [606] (Internet Archive version); Character set 256-1169, 1456-1785, 3585-3676, 7840-8993 [607]

In numeric order:

 HTML
 Char.              Description
 -----              ___________
&#256; Ā  Latin Capital Letter A With Macron      (Capital A Macron)
&#257; ā  Latin Small Letter A With Macron        (Small A Macron)

&#258; Ă  Latin Capital Letter A With Breve       (Capital A Breve)
&#259; ă  Latin Small Letter A With Breve         (Small A Breve)
&#260; Ą  Latin Capital Letter A With Ogonek      (Capital A Ogonek)
&#261; ą  Latin Small Letter A With Ogonek        (Small A Ogonek)
&#262; Ć  Latin Capital Letter C With Acute       (Capital C Acute)
&#263; ć  Latin Small Letter C With Acute         (Small C Acute)

&#264; Ĉ  Latin Capital Letter C With Circumflex  (Capital C Circumflex)
&#265; ĉ  Latin Small Letter C With Circumflex    (Small C Circumflex)
&#266; Ċ  Latin Capital Letter C With Dot Above   (Capital C Dot)
&#267; ċ  Latin Small Letter C With Dot Above     (Small C Dot)
&#268; Č  Latin Capital Letter C With Caron       (Capital C Hacek)
&#269; č  Latin Small Letter C With Caron         (Small C Hacek)

&#270; Ď  Latin Capital Letter D With Caron       (Capital D Hacek)
&#271; ď  Latin Small Letter D With Caron         (Small D Hacek)
&#272; Đ  Latin Capital Letter D With Stroke      (Capital D Bar)
&#273; đ  Latin Small Letter D With Stroke        (Small D Bar)
&#274; Ē  Latin Capital Letter E With Macron      (Capital E Macron)
&#275; ē  Latin Small Letter E With Macron        (Small E Macron)

&#276; Ĕ  Latin Capital Letter E With Breve       (Capital E Breve)
&#277; ĕ  Latin Small Letter E With Breve         (Small E Breve)
&#278; Ė  Latin Capital Letter E With Dot Above   (Capital E Dot)
&#279; ė  Latin Small Letter E With Dot Above     (Small E Dot)
&#280; Ę  Latin Capital Letter E With Ogonek      (Capital E Ogonek)
&#281; ę  Latin Small Letter E With Ogonek        (Small E Ogonek)

&#282; Ě  Latin Capital Letter E With Caron       (Capital E Hacek)
&#283; ě  Latin Small Letter E With Caron         (Small E Hacek)
&#284; Ĝ  Latin Capital Letter G With Circumflex  (Capital G Circumflex)
&#285; ĝ  Latin Small Letter G With Circumflex    (Small G Circumflex)
&#286; Ğ  Latin Capital Letter G With Breve       (Capital G Breve)
&#287; ğ  Latin Small Letter G With Breve         (Small G Breve)

&#288; Ġ  Latin Capital Letter G With Dot Above   (Capital G Dot)
&#289; ġ  Latin Small Letter G With Dot Above     (Small G Dot)
&#290; Ģ  Latin Capital Letter G With Cedilla     (Capital G Cedilla)
&#291; ģ  Latin Small Letter G With Cedilla       (Small G Cedilla)
&#292; Ĥ  Latin Capital Letter H With Circumflex  (Capital H Circumflex)
&#293; ĥ  Latin Small Letter H With Circumflex    (Small H Circumflex)

&#294; Ħ  Latin Capital Letter H With Stroke      (Capital H Bar)
&#295; ħ  Latin Small Letter H With Stroke        (Small H Bar)
&#296; Ĩ  Latin Capital Letter I With Tilde       (Capital I Tilde)
&#297; ĩ  Latin Small Letter I With Tilde         (Small I Tilde)
&#298; Ī  Latin Capital Letter I With Macron      (Capital I Macron)
&#299; ī  Latin Small Letter I With Macron        (Small I Macron)

&#300; Ĭ  Latin Capital Letter I With Breve       (Capital I Breve)
&#301; ĭ  Latin Small Letter I With Breve         (Small I Breve)
&#302; Į  Latin Capital Letter I With Ogonek      (Capital I Ogonek)
&#303; į  Latin Small Letter I With Ogonek        (Small I Ogonek)
&#304; İ  Latin Capital Letter I With Dot Above   (Capital I Dot)
&#305; ı  Latin Small Letter Dotless I

&#306; IJ  Latin Capital Ligature IJ               (Capital I J)
&#307; ij  Latin Small Ligature IJ                 (Small I J)
&#308; Ĵ  Latin Capital Letter J With Circumflex  (Capital J Circumflex)
&#309; ĵ  Latin Small Letter J With Circumflex    (Small J Circumflex)
&#310; Ķ  Latin Capital Letter K With Cedilla     (Capital K Cedilla)
&#311; ķ  Latin Small Letter K With Cedilla       (Small K Cedilla)

&#312; ĸ  Latin Small Letter Kra
&#313; Ĺ  Latin Capital Letter L With Acute       (Capital L Acute)
&#314; ĺ  Latin Small Letter L With Acute         (Small L Acute)
&#315; Ļ  Latin Capital Letter L With Cedilla     (Capital L Cedilla)
&#316; ļ  Latin Small Letter L With Cedilla       (Small L Cedilla)
&#317; Ľ  Latin Capital Letter L With Caron       (Capital L Hacek)

&#318; ľ  Latin Small Letter L With Caron         (Small L Hacek)
&#319; Ŀ  Latin Capital Letter L With Middle Dot
&#320; ŀ  Latin Small Letter L With Middle Dot
&#321; Ł  Latin Capital Letter L With Stroke      (Capital L Slash)
&#322; ł  Latin Small Letter L With Stroke        (Small L Slash)
&#323; Ń  Latin Capital Letter N With Acute       (Capital N Acute)

&#324; ń  Latin Small Letter N With Acute         (Small N Acute)
&#325; Ņ  Latin Capital Letter N With Cedilla     (Capital N Cedilla)
&#326; ņ  Latin Small Letter N With Cedilla       (Small N Cedilla)
&#327; Ň  Latin Capital Letter N With Caron       (Capital N Hacek)
&#328; ň  Latin Small Letter N With Caron         (Small N Hacek)
&#329; ʼn  Latin Small Letter N Preceded By Apostrophe (Small Apostrophe N)

&#330; Ŋ  Latin Capital Letter Eng
&#331; ŋ  Latin Small Letter Eng
&#332; Ō  Latin Capital Letter O With Macron      (Capital O Macron)
&#333; ō  Latin Small Letter O With Macron        (Small O Macron)
&#334; Ŏ  Latin Capital Letter O With Breve       (Capital O Breve)
&#335; ŏ  Latin Small Letter O With Breve         (Small O Breve)

&#336; Ő  Latin Capital Letter O With Double Acute (Capital O Double Acute)
&#337; ő  Latin Small Letter O With Double Acute  (Small O Double Acute)
&#338; Œ  Latin Capital Ligature OE               (Capital O E)
&#339; œ  Latin Small Ligature OE                 (Small O E)
&#340; Ŕ  Latin Capital Letter R With Acute       (Capital R Acute)
&#341; ŕ  Latin Small Letter R With Acute         (Small R Acute)

&#342; Ŗ  Latin Capital Letter R With Cedilla     (Capital R Cedilla)
&#343; ŗ  Latin Small Letter R With Cedilla       (Small R Cedilla)
&#344; Ř  Latin Capital Letter R With Caron       (Capital R Hacek)
&#345; ř  Latin Small Letter R With Caron         (Small R Hacek)
&#346; Ś  Latin Capital Letter S With Acute       (Capital S Acute)
&#347; ś  Latin Small Letter S With Acute         (Small S Acute)

&#348; Ŝ  Latin Capital Letter S With Circumflex  (Capital S Circumflex)
&#349; ŝ  Latin Small Letter S With Circumflex    (Small S Circumflex)
&#350; Ş  Latin Capital Letter S With Cedilla     (Capital S Cedilla)
&#351; ş  Latin Small Letter S With Cedilla       (Small S Cedilla)
&#352; Š  Latin Capital Letter S With Caron       (Capital S Hacek)
&#353; š  Latin Small Letter S With Caron         (Small S Hacek)

&#354; Ţ  Latin Capital Letter T With Cedilla     (Capital T Cedilla)
&#355; ţ  Latin Small Letter T With Cedilla       (Small T Cedilla)
&#356; Ť  Latin Capital Letter T With Caron       (Capital T Hacek)
&#357; ť  Latin Small Letter T With Caron         (Small T Hacek)
&#358; Ŧ  Latin Capital Letter T With Stroke      (Capital T Bar)
&#359; ŧ  Latin Small Letter T With Stroke        (Small T Bar)

&#360; Ũ  Latin Capital Letter U With Tilde       (Capital U Tilde)
&#361; ũ  Latin Small Letter U With Tilde         (Small U Tilde)
&#362; Ū  Latin Capital Letter U With Macron      (Capital U Macron)
&#363; ū  Latin Small Letter U With Macron        (Small U Macron)
&#364; Ŭ  Latin Capital Letter U With Breve       (Capital U Breve)
&#365; ŭ  Latin Small Letter U With Breve         (Small U Breve)

&#366; Ů  Latin Capital Letter U With Ring Above  (Capital U Ring)
&#367; ů  Latin Small Letter U With Ring Above    (Small U Ring)
&#368; Ű  Latin Capital Letter U With Double Acute (Capital U Double Acute)
&#369; ű  Latin Small Letter U With Double Acute  (Small U Double Acute)
&#370; Ų  Latin Capital Letter U With Ogonek      (Capital U Ogonek)
&#371; ų  Latin Small Letter U With Ogonek        (Small U Ogonek)

&#372; Ŵ  Latin Capital Letter W With Circumflex  (Capital W Circumflex)
&#373; ŵ  Latin Small Letter W With Circumflex    (Small W Circumflex)
&#374; Ŷ  Latin Capital Letter Y With Circumflex  (Capital Y Circumflex)
&#375; ŷ  Latin Small Letter Y With Circumflex    (Small Y Circumflex)
&#376; Ÿ  Latin Capital Letter Y With Diaeresis   (Capital Y Diaeresis)
&#377; Ź  Latin Capital Letter Z With Acute       (Capital Z Acute)

&#378; ź  Latin Small Letter Z With Acute         (Small Z Acute)
&#379; Ż  Latin Capital Letter Z With Dot Above   (Capital Z Dot)
&#380; ż  Latin Small Letter Z With Dot Above     (Small Z Dot)
&#381; Ž  Latin Capital Letter Z With Caron       (Capital Z Hacek)
&#382; ž  Latin Small Letter Z With Caron         (Small Z Hacek)
&#383; ſ  Latin Small Letter Long S

MARC tagging

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • MARC tagging for scores: fixed field codes [608] (Voyager 008 and Leader) | variable fields [609]
  • MARC tagging for sound recordings: fixed field codes [587] (Voyager 008 and Leader) | Physical description [588] (Voyager 007) | variable fields [609]
  • MARC tagging for books: fixed field codes [610] (Voyager 008 and Leader) | variable fields
  • 010 [611] field (LCCN)
  • 024 field: ISMN [612] | UPC, EAN, and other codes [589]
  • 028 field: Publisher or distributor number (028 field) for scores [613] | Manufacturer's number [590] (sound recordings)
  • 033 [591] field: Date and place of capture
    • Geographical area and sub-area codes [592] for the 033 field
  • 041 [614] field: Language code for sung or spoken text and accompanying material
  • 046 [615] field: Special coded dates | EDTF validator [616]
  • 246 [617] field: Varying form of title
  • 264 [618] field: Production, publication, distribution, and manufacture statements and copyright date
  • 336-338 [619] fields: Content, media, and carrier type
  • 348 [620] field: Format of notated music and form of musical notation
  • 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, and 378 [621] fields: Name attributes
  • 380 [622] | 381 [623] | 382 [624] | 383 [625] | 384 [626]: Work and expression attributes
    • Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms [627] (LCGFT) (380 (and 655))
    • Commonly used terms in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music [628] (LCMPT) (382)
    • Mapping of Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and form subdivisions to their corresponding LCGFT and LCDGT terms [629] (380 and 655)
  • 655 [630] Genre/form index term
  • 775 [631] field: Other edition

General

  • RDA to MARC bibliographic mapping [632] (maps RDA elements to corresponding MARC 21 bibliographic elements; in RDA Toolkit)
  • RDA changes from AACR2 in MARC tag order [633] J. McRee Elrod
  • Bibframe
    • Bibliographic Framework Initiative [634]
    • CMC BIBFRAME Task Force blog [635]
    • MARC to BIBFRAME [636]: an exploration of the future of cataloging (video of a presentation at the 2015 MLA [637] meeting)
  • Filing indicators/characters
    • Counting non-filing characters in MARC 21 bibliographic records [638] (LC)
    • Change in practice for counting non-filing characters in MARC 21 [639] (LC)
    • Everything you always wanted to know about filing indicators but were afraid to ask [640] (Yale)
  • LC documentation
    • Bibliographic Framework Initiative [641]
    • RDA in MARC [642]
    • MARC 21 for authority data [643] (100-388 fields [644])
    • MARC 21 encoding to accommodate new RDA elements 046 and 3XX in NARs and SARs [645] (Word document)
    • MARC 21 for bibliographic data: 00X [646] | 01X-09X [647] | 1XX [648] | 20X-24X [649] | 25X-28X [650] | 3XX [651] | 4XX [652] | 5XX [653] | 6XX [654] | 70X-75X [655] | 76X-78X [656] | 80X-83X [657] | 841-88X [658]
    • Country codes: code sequence [659] | name sequence [660]
    • Geographic codes: code sequence [661] | name sequence [662]
    • Language codes: code sequence [663] | name sequence [664]
  • OCLC documentation
    • Authority record format [665]
    • Bibliographic formats and standards [666]: fixed field [667] | 0XX [668] | 1XX [669] | 2XX [670] | 3XX [671] | 4XX [672] | 5XX [673] | 6XX [674]| 7XX [675] | 8XX [676] | 9XX [677]

Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

This is a list of commonly used names of genre and form terms selected from the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT).

This list is not complete. It includes most, but not all, terms for western art music and some popular genres.
It does not show the hierarchy.
For the complete list and the hierarchical structure, please see Music Genre/Form Terms in LCGFT [678] (scroll down to the top music term "music"). To search individual terms, please see Classification Web [679] (subscription required) or the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms [680] website.

About vocal works with sacred texts: while LCGFT includes terms for forms of sacred music, e.g., Masses, Requiems, Vespers (Music), Psalms (Music) (but not specific psalms), Litanies (Music), etc., terms for settings of specific texts are not included in LCGFT, e.g., Magnificat, Kyrie, Agnus Dei, etc. (For a setting of a specific text, an added entry (730) may be made.) (source: Library of Congress, NMP-L, Mon 11/22/2021)

These terms are used in conjunction with Recording form of work [681] (RDA 6.3), MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [682] (version 1.2 (July 8, 2019)), and MARC 380 [622] (Form of work) and/or MARC 655 [683] (Index term–genre/form).

A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ

A
Accompaniments (Music)
Advent music
Airs de cour
Aleatory music
All Saints' Day music
Alleluias (Chants)
Allemandes (Music)
Alma mater songs
Animated film music
Animated television music
Anthems
Antiphonaries (Service books)
Antiphons (Music)
Arabesques (Art music)
Arrangements (Music)
Ascension Day music
Ayres
B
Background music
Bagatelles (Music)
Ballad operas
Ballades (Formes fixes)
Ballades (Instrumental music)
Ballads
Ballate
Ballets (Music)
Balletti (Part songs)
Barbershop (Music)
Barcaroles
Bawdy songs
Benediction of the Blessed Sacrament (Music)
Berceuses (
Blues (Music)
Blues-rock music
Boleros (Music)
Boogaloos (Music)
Boogie woogie (Music)
Bop (Music)
Bossa nova (Music)
Bourrées (Music)
C
Cadenzas
Cajun music
Calypso (Music)
Camp songs
Campaign songs
Cancans (Music)
Candlemas music
Canons (Music)
Cantatas
Canticles
Cantillations
Cantorial music
Canzonas (Instrumental music)
Canzonets (Part songs)
Capriccios (Music)
Carnival music
Carols
Celtic music
Chamber music
Chaconnes (Music)
Chants
Chorale preludes
Chorales
Choros
Chorus scores
Christmas music
Circus music
Clausulas (Songs)
Clog dance music
Compline music
Communion service music
Concert etudes
Concertos
Concerti grossi
Conductus
Congadas (Music)
Contrafacta
Coronation music
Corpus Christi Festival music
Cotillions (Music)
Country-dances (Music)
Courantes (Music)
Court dances (Music)
Csárdás (Music)
Cumulative songs
D
Dance music
Dialogues (Music)
Dirges (Music)
Divine Office (Music)
Dixieland music
Dramatic music
Drinking songs
Drum circles
Dumky (Art music)
E
Easter music
Ecossaises (Music)
Elegies (Music)
Ensaladas
Enumerative songs
Epic songs
Epiphany music
Erotic songs
Estampies (Music)
Evening service music
Event music
Exercise music
F
Falsobordone
Fakebooks (Music)
Fandangos (Music)
Fanfares
Fantasias (Music)
Feast of the Transfiguration music
Fight songs
Finales (Music)
Flamenco music
Folias (Music)
Folk dance music
Folk music
Folk-rock music
Folk songs
Foxtrots (Music)
Fraternity and sorority songs
Frottole (Music)
Fugues
Functional music
Funeral music
Furiants (Music)
G
Galliards (Music)
Galops (Music)
Gavottes (Music)
Glees (Music)
Glitch music
Gospel music
Graduals (Chants)
Graduals (Service books)
Gregorian chants
Giustiniane (Villanelle)
Guarachas (Music)
H
Habaneras (Music)
High Holiday music
Hobo songs
Holy Week music
Hornpipes (Music)
Humorous music
Humorous songs
Hunting music
Hymn tunes
Hymnals
Hymns
I
Impromptus (Music)
Improvisations (Music)
In nomines (Music)
Incidental music
Instrumental settings
Intabulations
Interludes (Music)
Intermezzos (Instrumental music)
Introits (Music)
J
Jazz
Jigs (Dance music)
Jingles (Advertising songs)
Jotas (Music)
Juvenilia (use for works created during a person's childhood or youth)
K
Karaoke
Klezmer music
Krakowiaks (Music)
Kyriales
L
Ländler (Music)
Laude
Lauds (Music)
Lead sheets
Lenten music
Litanies (Music)
Lounge music
Love songs
Lullabies (Songs)
M
Madrigals (Music)
Mambos (Music)
Marches (Music)
Mariachi (Music)
Mashups (Music)
Masses
Mazurkas (Music)
Medleys (Music)
Methods (Music)
Merengues (Music)
Michaelmas music
Microtonal music
Military music
Milongas (Music)
Minnesang
Minstrel music
Minuets (Music)
Missals (Service books)
Mission music
Modern dance music
Monologues (Music)
Monophonic chansons
Motets
Motion picture music
Morning service music
Morris dances (Music)
Mouth music
Musical games
Musical parodies
Musical sketches
Musicals
Musique concrète
N
Narrative songs
Nocturnes (Music)
Nonsense songs
Notated music
Novelty songs
O
Obereks (Music)
Offertories (Music)
Old-time music
Open form music (musical compositions in which the sections are played in an order that is determined by the performers)
Operas
Oratorios
Organ masses
Organa
Orthros (Music)
Overtures
P
Pachangas (Music)
Pantomimes (Music)
Part books
Part songs
Parts (Music)
Pasillos (Music)
Paso dobles (Music)
Passacaglias
Passamezzos (Music)
Passepieds (Music)
Passover music
Pasticcios (Music)
Pastoral music
Pavans (Music)
Penitential psalms (Music)
Pentecost Festival music
Peyote songs
Piano scores
Pilgrimage music
Polkabilly music
Polka-mazurkas (Music)
Polkas (Music)
Polonaises (Music)
Polskas (Music)
Polyphonic chansons
Polyphonic Lieder
Popular music
Postludes (Music)
Powwow songs
Preludes (Music)
Processionals (Service books)
Production music
Program music
Propers (Music)
Prosulas (Music)
Protest songs
Psalms (Music)
Q
Quadrilles (Music)
Quicksteps (Marches)
Quodlibets (Music)
R
Radio music
Radio operas
Ragtime music
Rappresentazioni sacre (Music)
Recorded accompaniments
Reels (Music)
Remixes (Music)
Reproaches (Chants)
Requiems
Responses (Music)
Revues
Rhapsodies (Music)
Ricercars
Rigaudons (Music)
Rockabilly music
Romances (Music)
Rondos
Rounds (Music)
Rumbas (Music)
S
Sabbath music
Sacred music
Salsa (Music)
Saltarellos (Music)
Sambas (Music)
Sarabandes (Music)
Sardanas (Music)
Satirical songs
Scat singing
Scherzos
Schottisches (Music)
Scores
Sea shanties
Seguidillas (Music)
Sequences (Music)
Sequentiaries (Service books)
Serenatas
Service books (Music)
Sevillanas (Music)
Shape-note hymnals
Sicilianas (Music)
Silent film music
Simplified editions (Music)
Singing commercials
Singing games
Sonatas
Song cycles
Song parodies
Songbooks
Songs
Songs without words (Instrumental music)
Sound effects recordings
Soundscapes (Music)
Spirituals (Songs)
Square dance music
State songs
Strathspeys (Music)
Studies (Music)
Suites
Swing (Music)
Symphonic poems
Symphonies
T
Tangos (Music)
Tap dance music
Tarantellas (Music)
Teaching pieces (Music)
Television music
Television operas
Tientos (Art music)
Toccatas
Tonadillas
Trinity Sunday music
Tropes (Music)
Tune books
Tyroliennes (Music)
U
V
Variations (Music)
Vaudeville songs
Vespers (Music)
Villanelle (Songs)
Villotte
Virelais (Formes fixes)
Vocal scores
Vocalises
W
Waulking songs
Waltzes (Music)
Wedding music
Western swing (Music)
Work songs
XYZ
Yodels
Yom Kippur music
Zamba (Music)
Zortzikos (Music)

Commonly used terms in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music (LCMPT)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

This is a list of commonly used names of instruments, voices, and ensembles as found in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music (LCMPT). This is not a complete list. Please consult Classification Web [679] (subscription required) or the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] website for the complete list.

These terms are used in conjunction with MLA's Best practices for using LCMPT [685] (version 1.41, 3/31/2020)) and Recording medium of performance for musical works [686] (RDA 6.15) in
the 382 field in bibliographic and authority records. See Medium of performance (MARC 382) [624] for MARC coding in the 382 field

Instruments: keyboard | wind: woodwind | brass | bowed string | plucked string | percussion | electronic | other | early | unspecified
Voices
Ensembles: instrumental | vocal

Keyboard instruments
keyboard instrument (unspecified or unidentified keyboard instrument)
celesta
clavichord
electronic keyboard
electronic piano
harpsichord
organ
piano
reed organ
Wind instruments
wind instrument (unspecified woodwind or brass instrument)
   ° woodwind instrument (unspecified woodwind instrument)
      ° reed instrument (unspecified reed instrument)
         ° double reed instrument (unspecified double reed instrument)
         ° single reed instrument (unspecified single reed instrument)
   ° brass instrument (unspecified brass instrument)
Woodwind instruments Brass instruments
flute
   ° piccolo
   ° alto flute
   ° bass flute
   ° contrabass flute
oboe
   ° English horn
   ° oboe d'amore
clarinet
   ° sopranino clarinet (use for E♭ clarinet)
   ° alto clarinet
   ° bass clarinet
   ° contra-alto clarinet
   ° contrabass clarinet
   ° basset horn
bassoon
   ° contrabassoon
recorder
   ° sopranino recorder
   ° soprano recorder
   ° alto recorder
   ° tenor recorder
   ° bass recorder
   ° contrabass recorder
   ° great bass recorder
saxophone
   ° sopranino saxophone
   ° soprano saxophone
   ° alto saxophone
   ° tenor saxophone
   ° baritone saxophone
   ° bass saxophone
   ° contrabass saxophone

horn
trumpet
   ° bass trumpet
   ° piccolo trumpet
flugelhorn
cornet
saxhorn
   ° alto horn
euphonium (tenor instrument of the tuba family)
baritone horn (baritone instrument of the saxhorn family, pitched in B♭)
trombone (use for tenor trombone)
   ° alto trombone
   ° bass trombone
tuba
   ° sousaphone

Bowed string instruments Plucked string instruments Percussion instruments
bowed string instrument (unspecified string instrument played with a bow)
violin
viola
cello
double bass
viola d'amore
plucked string instrument (unspecified plucked string instrument)
banjo
guitar
   ° electric guitar
   ° acoustic bass guitar
   ° resonator guitar (use for dobro)
   ° steel guitar
harp
   ° pedal harp (use for the modern Western pedal harp)
   ° Irish harp (use for Celtic harp)
lute
   ° archlute
lyre
mandolin
   ° mandola
   ° mandoloncello
ukulele
percussion instrument (a single unspecified percussion instrument)
chimes
claves
cowbell
cymbal
drum
   ° bass drum
   ° bongos
   ° snare drum
   ° timpani
   ° tom-tom drum set
glockenspiel
gong
   ° tam-tam
marimba
tambourine
tubular bells
steel drum
triangle
xylophone
Electronic instruments Early instruments Unspecified instruments
electronic instrument
   ° computer
   ° electronics
      ° live electronics
   ° MIDI controller
   ° ondes Martenot
   ° pre-recorded audio
   ° sampler
   ° sequencer
   ° synthesizer
   ° theremin
keyboard
   ° virginal
woodwind
   ° shawm
   ° cornamusa
   ° crumhorn
   ° dulcian
   ° racket
brass
   ° cornett
   ° serpent
   ° sackbut
bowed string
   ° baryton
   ° rebec
   ° viol
      ° treble viol
      ° viola da gamba
      ° violone
plucked string
   ° psaltery
instrument
   ° melody instrument
      ° bass instrument
Other instruments
bayan
accordion
bagpipe
bandoneon
hurdy-gurdy
Voices Vocal ensembles
voice (unspecified vocalized part)
  ° singer (a performer who uses her or his voice to produce musical tone)
      ° child's voice
         ° child soprano voice
         ° boy soprano voice
      ° high voice
         ° soprano voice
         ° countertenor voice
         ° tenor voice
      ° medium voice
         ° mezzo-soprano voice
         ° baritone voice
      ° low voice
         ° alto voice
         ° bass-baritone voice
         ° bass voice
         ° basso profondo
      ° lead singer
      ° female voice
      ° male voice
   ° speaker (a performer who uses a speaking, rather than a singing, voice)
vocal ensemble (two or more unspecified voices)
  ° solo vocal ensemble (solo voices)
  ° chorus (unspecified chorus of voices)
      ° children's chorus
      ° chorus changing voices
      ° equal voices (all the voices parts are for one type of voice)
      ° girls' chorus
      ° boys' chorus
      ° men's chorus (adult male voices)
      ° mixed chorus
      ° spoken chorus (performers who use a speaking voice rather than a singing voice)
      ° women's chorus
Instrumental ensembles
instrumental ensemble (diverse instruments that cannot be described by a more specific term)
   ° orchestra
      ° chamber orchestra
   ° string orchestra
   ° band
         ° band versus wind ensemble:
            ° a "band" is a large ensemble consisting primarily of winds, brass, and percussion.
               ° may include non-wind instruments.
            ° a “wind ensemble” is an ensemble consisting of two or more mixed wind instruments.
               ° consists solely of wind instruments.
                      source: MLA's Best Practices for Using LCMPT [687], page 12
      ° big band (generally 10-15 solo instruments, sometimes including a vocalist)
      ° brass band (brass instruments, sometimes percussion)
   ° keyboard ensemble (two or more varied keyboard instruments)
      ° harpsichord ensemble
      ° organ ensemble
      ° piano ensemble
   ° wind ensemble (two or more mixed wind instruments) (see band for the difference between "band" and "wind ensemble")
      ° woodwind ensemble (two or more different woodwind instruments)
         ° flute choir
         ° oboe ensemble
         ° clarinet choir
         ° saxophone ensemble
      ° brass ensemble (diverse brass instruments that cannot be described by a more specific term)
         ° cornet ensemble
         ° trumpet ensemble
         ° horn ensemble
         ° trombone ensemble
         ° tuba ensemble
   ° bowed string ensemble mixed or unspecified ensemble of bowed string instruments)
      ° violin ensemble
      ° viola ensemble
      ° cello ensemble
   ° plucked instrument ensemble
      ° guitar ensemble
      ° harp ensemble
      ° lute ensemble
      ° mandolin ensemble
   ° percussion ensemble
      ° handbell choir
      ° mallet ensemble
      ° marimba ensemble
      ° steel band
   ° electronics (unspecified electronic sounds, either produced live or from a recording)
      ° live electronics
      ° processed sound

Date and place of capture (MARC 033)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

The 033 contains information regarding the date and/or place of the recording session, when this information is stated on the item. The data encoded in the 033 corresponds to the information found in the 518 field, and may also appear in the 511 or 245.

Use a single 033 field when:

  • There is a single work;
  • There are multiple works, but the date and/or place of recording applies to the recording as a whole;
  • There is an approximate date or range of dates;
  • A single place of recording is implied, but not stated explicitly.

Use multiple 033 fields when:

  • There is more than one work and different dates and/or places are specified for each work;
  • When the relationship of dates and places cannot be included in a single 033 field.

SOURCE: Jay Weitz, Music Coding and Tagging, p. 84- 85

1st indicator: date

[blank] = no date information
0 = single date
1 = multiple single dates
2 = range of dates

2nd indicator: type of event

[blank] = no information provided
0 = capture information
1 = broadcast information
2 = finding information

For musical sound recordings, the second indicator is 0 in most cases.

‡a = Date of capture, when known. There are eight numbers:
year (4 digits), month (2 digits), and day (2 digits). Hyphens are supplied for any part of the date that is not known:

Coding in 033 Field Note in 518 Field
033 00 1988---- 518     Recorded in 1988.
033 00 198805-- 518     Recorded in May 1988.
033 00 19880503 518     Recorded May 3, 1988.
033 10 19850503 ‡a 19880620 518     Recorded May 3, 1988 and June 20, 1988.
033 20 19850503 ‡a 19880620 518     Recorded between May 3, 1988 and June 20, 1988.

‡b = Geographic classification area code. These are four-number codes assigned to place of recording. The code can be as specific as a state or province, or as general as a country. Codes are taken from LC Class G. Each code in the table looks like this: 5830/4. This is the code for France. When the information concerning place is no more specific than the country, use the first code: 5830. When a city within the country is specified, use the second code: 5834, and assign a code for the city in ‡c.

‡c = Geographic classification subarea code. This is the two- digit code assigned to cities within the larger geographic areas tagged in ‡b. Most of these codes are also assigned by LC, as found in Class G or in online LC bibliographic records. If a code does not appear in either place, formulate one by using the LC shelflisting table.

For a chart of codes for countries (‡b), both with and without city (‡c), see Geographical area and sub-area codes for the 033 field [592].

Examples:

Coding in 033 Field Note in 518 Field
033 0   ‡b 5834 ‡c P3 518     Recorded in Paris, France. [no date information given]
033 00 1988---- ‡b 5834 518     Recorded in France in 1988.
033 20 19880503 ‡a 19880620 ‡b 5834 ‡c P3 518     Recorded in Paris, France, between May 3 and June 20, 1988.
Commonly used codes:
New York City:
London:
Los Angeles:
‡b 3804 ‡c N4
‡b 5754 ‡c L7
‡b 4364 ‡c L6

Everything you always wanted to know about filing indicators but were afraid to ask

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

By Martha Conway, former Catalog Management Librarian, Yale University Library
With additions by Mickey Koth

Yale's policy concerning MARC 21:

  • On Voyager, neither use of the current MARC 21 convention nor the obsolete method will affect retrieval.
  • For all new records created in Voyager or RLIN, begin using the new method of counting non-filing indicators. Apply the new method whether or not the record is coded as pcc.
  • It is not necessary to update the filing indicator in source copy records using the pre-MARC 21 counting method.
  • For more information, see Yale University Library Cataloging Documentation on Non-filing Indicators [688]

What is a filing indicator | MARC fields and filing indicators | Characters to be ignored | Summary | PCC policy

______________________________________________________

What is a filing indicator?

A filing indicator is used to indicate the number of characters that are to be ignored when a title is indexed. (For a list of initial articles in foreign languages, see List of initial articles [689].)

______________________________________________________

MARC fields and filing indicators:

Some title fields have filing indicators and some do not.

If a field has a filing indicator, the title should be entered as it is found on the piece (including initial articles, if any) and the filing indicator should be set so that those initial articles are skipped when the title is searched.

If a field does not have a filing indicator, initial articles (such as A, An, or The) must be omitted when the title is recorded.

Which MARC fields do not have filing indicators?

The following fields do not have filing indicators. Omit initial articles when recording the title.

246 Varying form of title
‡t (any field) Title of a work
‡p (any field) Name of a part/section of a work

Which MARC fields do have filing indicators?

The following fields have filing indicators. Record the title as it is found on the piece, including any initial article [689]. Set the filing indicator by entering the number of characters in the article, plus spaces, punctuation, and diacritics that precede the first filing character. If the title does not begin with an article, enter 0.

242 Translation of Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
245 Title statement (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
440 Series Statement (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)

Aren't there other MARC fields that have filing indicators?

The following fields also have filing indicators. However, AACR2 1988 rev. prescribes that you do not enter initial articles in uniform titles. Because cataloging practices have varied, some records have titles with articles and filing indicator values. Current practice is to enter the title without the initial article and use 0 for the filing indicator.

130 Main Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
240 Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
243 Collective Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
630 Subject Added Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
730 Added Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
740 Added Entry--Uncontrolled Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
830 Series Added Title--Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)

______________________________________________________

Characters that are to be ignored

The following information is taken from Change in Practice for Counting Non-Filing Characters in MARC 21 [690] and Counting non-filing characters [638] chart and from e-mail correspondence with Ana Lupe Cristan in consultation with Kay Guiles

What to count when determining the filing indictor What not to count when determining the filing indicator
  • initial article [689]
  • blank space
  • alif
  • any mark of punctuation preceding the first filing character, including a bracket, apostrophe, quotation mark, and hyphens when an initial article that is to be ignored in filing is involved
  • a diacritic associated with the first filing character
  • characters representing the word "and": ampersand, plus sign
  • any mark of punctuation preceding the first filing character, including a bracket, apostrophe, quotation mark, and hyphens that is not associated with an initial article
Characters that can be considered a first filing character:
  • alphabetic characters:
    • Latin letters
    • AE and OE digraphs, crossed d, Polish L, hooked o and u, slashed o, etc.
  • numbers:
    • Arabic numbers
    • super and subscript numbers
  • other characters:
    • hatch mark (#)
    • ampersand
    • plus sign
Examples, with characters to be ignored in bold
245 12 L'été ... initial article and apostrophe to be ignored; "é" is first filing character
245 14 The_part ... initial article and space to be ignored; "p" is first filing character
245 15 [The_part] ... bracket, initial article, and space to be ignored; "p" is first filing character
245 15 The_"part" ... initial article, space, and quotation mark to be ignored; "p" is first filing character
245 10 "Part" ... no initial article, so quotation mark is not counted as a character to be ignored; "p" is first filing character

______________________________________________________

In summary:

1. Record initial articles in fields 242, 245, and 440 only. Set the filing indicator accordingly.
2. Do not record initial articles in field 246.
3. Do not record initial articles in ‡t or ‡p in any field.
4. Do not record initial articles in fields 130, 240, 243, 630, 730, 740, or 830 unless you are transcribing pre-AACR2 retrospective copy, in which case you may record initial articles and set the filing indicator accordingly.
5. Ignore punctuation at the beginning of a title unless it occurs as part of an initial article.

______________________________________________________

PCC policy:

Posted to the PCCLIST on April 22, 2003 from Ana Cristán, BIBCO Coordinator, and Kay Guiles, CPSO:

The BIBCO Coordinator and CPSO have worked with representatives of OCLC and RLG to formulate the following response to the request for clarification from Steven Arakawa, Yale, regarding counting non-filing characters.

When MARC 21 was issued in 1999 the method of counting non-filing characters was clarified. That clarification resulted in a change in practice that the Library of Congress implemented on February 20, 2003 (www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.pdf [639]). Since the method of counting non-filing characters is a MARC 21 convention, presumably the aim of all PCC participants would be, sooner or later, to follow that convention if they haven’t been since 1999. When to make the adjustment needed to follow the convention as currently stated in MARC 21 may be influenced by considerations related to local systems or to the bibliographic utilities. LC kept both OCLC and RLIN apprised of its schedule and of the details of its implementation and both have indicated that they are currently able to handle the old and new conventions.

In cataloging a PCC record today, follow the current MARC 21 convention for counting non-filing characters if that convention is supported by the local system or bibliographic utility one is working in. If that is not possible, follow the convention that is supported at the time of input. The ultimate goal will be eventually for all to follow the MARC 21 convention.

Form of work (MARC 380)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key

The 380 field is used in authority records for LCGFT indicating the class, form, genre, and/or other characteristics of the work being described.
For the use of LCGFT in bibliographic records in the 655 field, see Genre/form index term (MARC 655) [630]

Use in conjunction with Recording form of work [681] (RDA 6.3), MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [691], and Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627]

Indicators and subfields for 655 field

General instructions:

  • Prefer a controlled vocabulary, such as LCGFT (Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms), LCSH (Library of Congress Subject Headings), etc.
  • Capitalize the first term in each subfield ‡a.
  • When terms are not from a controlled vocabulary, use the singular form.
  • Do not record in a 380 field types of composition terms that are:
    • medium of performance terms (e.g., Duet)
    • tempo markings (e.g., Allegro)
    • other generic terms that do not convey formal characteristics (e.g., Piece, Music)

Generally use the most specific appropriate term available. For example:

  • "Chamber music" is a narrower term under "Art music," so both terms would not be for a chamber work.
  • "Sonatas" is a narrower term under "Art music," so both terms would not be used for a sonata for a solo instrument.
  • "Waltzes (Music)" is a narrower term under "Dance music," so only "Waltzes (Music)" would be used when the work is a waltz and no other dance form is present.

However, use as many terms as are needed to adequately describe the work:

  • "Sonatas" and "Chamber music" for a sonata for a chamber group.
  • "Waltzes (Music)" and "Chamber music" for a waltz for a chamber group.
  • "Songs," "Cantatas," and "Sacred music" for a sacred cantata for solo voice.
Indicators and subfields for 380 field
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Form of work: a term expressing the class or genre of the work.
  • Multiple forms of work from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a.
  •  Capitalize the first term in each ‡a
  •  Terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate 380 fields
  •  When terms do not come from a controlled vocabulary, use a singular form
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
  • use ‡2 lcgft for LCGFT
  • use ‡2 lcsh for LCSH
Examples
From a controlled vocabulary:

Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms

380 __ Art music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Dance music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Masses ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Mazurkas (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Motets ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Operas ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Part songs ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Pastoral music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Preludes (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Suites ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Variations (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Studies (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Requiems ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Requiems ‡a Excerpts ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Preludes (Music) ‡a Canons (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Tangos (Music) ‡a Art music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Cantatas ‡a Sacred music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Songs ‡a Art music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Songs ‡a Gospel music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Dramatic music ‡a Art music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Ballets (Music) ‡a Art music ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Sonatas ‡a Excerpts ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Sonatas ‡a Excerpts ‡a Variations (Music) ‡2 lcgft

Library of Congress Subject Headings

380 __ Solo cantatas ‡2 lcsh
380 __ Magnificat (Music) ‡2 lcsh
380 __ Mixed media (Music) ‡2 lcsh

From more than one controlled vocabulary

n 2016011498
380 __ Sacred music ‡a Litanies (Music) ‡2 lcgft
380 __ Kyrie eleison (Music) ‡2 lcsh

 

sources: LC MARC 21 format for authority data [692] and DCM Z1 [693]

Format of notated music and form musical notation (MARC 348)

Music Cataloging at Yale [694] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging at Yale in mind.

The 348 field is used to indicate the musical or physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the format of notated music, as well as the form of musical notation itself. It is used in addition to the 300 field and any applicable 655 fields and may contain data that duplicates that in the 300 and/or 655 fields.

Format of notated music
The physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the form of musical notation, such as score, part, vocal score, etc.

Both indicators are blank.
‡a = Format of notated music term
‡2 = Source of term and code: rdafnm (nm=notated music) from RDA Format of Notated Music.

The terms are used in the singular, for example "part," even when the resource has more than one part.

Examples:
348 __ ‡a chorus score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a condensed score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a part ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a piano conductor part ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a piano score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a study score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a vocal score ‡2 rdafnm

Note that the source code for format of notated music (rdafnm) is similar to the source code for Form of musical notation (rdafmn)

Format of notated music terms and definitions
The is a list of commonly used terms. For a complete list of terms, codes, and definitions, see RDA Format of Notated Music [695]
Term Definition
chorus score a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard or other chordal instrument or omitted.
condensed score a score in which the number of staves is reduced to two or a few, generally organized by instrumental sections or vocal parts, and often with cues for individual parts.
part the music for the use of one or more, but not all, performers;
for music for a solo performer, see score [696].
piano conductor part music consisting of a performance part for a piano performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct.
piano score a score consisting of the reduction of an instrumental work or a vocal work with instruments to a version for piano.
score notated music consisting of graphical, symbolic, or word-based musical notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble or a work for solo performer or electronic media.
study score a score issued in a musical image of reduced size, not primarily intended for use in performance.
vocal score a score showing all vocal parts, with the instrumental accompaniment either omitted or arranged for a keyboard or other chordal instrument or instruments.

sources: 348 Format of Notated Music [697] (OCLC) and RDA Format of Notated Music [695]

Form of musical notation
The characters or symbols used to express musical content, such as staff notation, tablature, etc.

MLA's Interim Best Practices update for form of musical notation in field 348 and 546 [698] of May 2022 outlines interim practice for adding form of musical notation in the 348 field, as per MARC updates of June 2021. It is recommended to use field 348 ‡c; however field 546 ‡b may still be used if required by local policy.

‡c = Form of musical notation term
‡2 = Source of term and code: rdafmn (mn=musical notation) from RDA Form of Musical Notation.

Note that the source code for Form of musical notation (rdafmn) is similar to the source code for format of notated music (rdafnm)

Note: OCLC prefers that multiple controlled 348 terms be entered in separate fields.

Examples:
348 __ ‡c graphic notation ‡2 rdafmn
348 __ ‡c staff notation ‡2 rdafmn
348 __ ‡c tablature ‡2 rdafmn

When a term is not found, code the information in ‡b or ‡c without ‡2:
348 __ ‡c verbal instructions
348 __ ‡c guitar chord diagrams

This information may also be included in a 546 field [699], as information in the 348 field does not currently display in the catalog. Yale Music Library policy is to include a 546 when the form of notation includes staff notation and one or more other forms. When the form is only staff notation, the 348 field will suffice.

Form of musical notation terms and definitions
This is a list of commonly used terms. For a complete list of terms, codes, and definitions, see RDA Form of Musical Notation [700]
Term Definition
graphic notation musical notation that uses various suggestive lines, symbols, color, etc., to prompt or guide the performers.
letter notation musical notation that uses the letters of the alphabet to designate pitches.
mensural notation musical notation, beginning around 1260 and continuing through about 1600, employing four principal note-values and associated rests: long, breve, semibreve, and minim to notate duration.
number notation musical notation conveying pitch by use of numbers, assigned to the notes of a scale, the keys of a keyboard, the finger positions or frets of a string instrument, or to the holes or valves of a wind instrument.
staff notation musical notation in wide use for Western art music, conveying pitch and duration using a staff of parallel lines, often in combination with other staves.
tablature musical notation that uses letters of the alphabet or other symbols not found in staff notation, and which generally specifies the physical action required to produce the music from a specific instrument, rather than an abstract representation of the music itself.

Source: RDA Form of Musical Notation [700]

Genre/form index term (MARC 655)

Music Cataloging at Yale ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging at Yale in mind.

The 655 field is used in bibliographic records for LCGFT indicating the class, form, genre, and/or physical characteristics of the materials being described.
For the use of LCGFT in authority records in the 380 field, see Form of work (MARC 380) [701]

Use in conjunction with MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [691] (version 1.2, July 8, 2019), Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627], and Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual [693] (DCM) Z1.

See also Mapping of Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and form subdivisions to their corresponding LCGFT and LCDGT terms [629]

Indicators and subfields for 655 field

General instructions:

LCGFT does not use medium of performance, as LCSH does. Medium of performance is brought out in the 382 field [702] using LCMPT [703]:

  • LCSH:
    • 650 _0 Sonatas (Piano)
  • LCGFT and LCMPT:
    • 382 01 piano ‡n 1 ‡s 1 ‡2 lcmpt
    • 655 _7 Sonatas. ‡2 lcgft

Generally use the most specific appropriate term available. For example:

  • "Chamber music" is a narrower term under "Art music," so both terms would not be used in a bibliographic record for a chamber work.
  • "Sonatas" is a narrower term under "Art music," so both terms would not be used in a bibliographic record for a sonata for a solo instrument.
  • "Waltzes (Music)" is a narrower term under "Dance music," so only "Waltzes (Music)" would be used when the work is a waltz and no other dance form is present.

However, use as many terms as are needed to adequately describe the resource:

  • "Sonatas" and "Chamber music" for a sonata for a chamber group.
  • "Waltzes (Music)" and "Chamber music" for a waltz for a chamber group.
  • "Songs," "Cantatas," and "Sacred music" for a sacred cantata for solo voice.

Some terms in LCFT and LCSH are the same:

  • Aleatory music
  • Ayres
  • Circus music
  • Interludes (Music)
  • Overtures
  • Part songs
  • Polkabilly music
  • Scherzos
  • Sonatas

Other terms are slightly different:

  • Monologues (Music) (LCGFT)
  • Monologues with music (LCSH)
  • Variations (Music) (LCGFT)
  • Variations (LCSH)
  • Villanelle (Part songs) (LCGFT)
  • Villanelle (Songs) (LCSH)

Some terms are very different:

  • Canons (Music) (LCGFT) and
  • Fugues (LCGFT)
  • Canons, fugues, etc. (LCSH)
  • Medleys (Music) (LCGFT)
  • Potpourris (LCSH)
  • Studies (Music) (LCGFT)
  • [subject heading for instrument] ‡v Studies and exercises (LCSH)

Some terms are confusingly similar:

  • Music theater (LCSH)
    • for musical works, often small in scale and primarily of the 20th century, that combine elements of music, drama, and sometimes dance in unconventional ways that result in works distinct from traditional forms
  • Musical theater (LCGFT)
    • for musical compositions that are often small-scale, date primarily from the 20th century, and combine elements of music, drama, and sometimes dance, in unconventional ways
    • "Musical theater" is also an LC subject heading for works about music in the theater

Some terms in LCGFT are not in LCSH:

  • Bagatelles (Music)
  • Concert etudes
  • Fantasias (Music)
  • Preludes (Music)

Some terms in LCSH are not in LCGFT:

  • Secular oratorios (LCGFT has only "Oratorios")
  • Trios, Quartets, Quintets, etc.
Indicators and subfields for 655 field
Indicators
1st blank: type of heading = basic
2nd 7: Source specified in subfield ‡2
Subfields
‡a Form of work: a term expressing the class or genre of the work.
     ° Multiple forms of work from the same source vocabulary are recorded in separate 655 fields.
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° use ‡2 lcgft for lcgft [704] (Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms)
Examples

Examples:
655 _7 Art music. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Chamber music. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Scores. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Parts (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Fantasias (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Drinking songs ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Microtonal music. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Nocturnes (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Organ masses ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Preludes (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Romances (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Ragtime music. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Sarabandes (Music) ‡2 lcgft

Arrangements:
655 _7 Arrangements (Music) ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Vocal scores. ‡2 lcgft
655 _7 Piano scores. ‡2 lcgft

Geographical area and sub-area codes for the 033 field

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

See also Date and place of capture (MARC 033) [591]

A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U (United States) | V | W | XYZ


* This number is not subdivided by city; use the number for the country, province, or state to subdivide

Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Albania 6830          
Argentina 5350          
Australia 8960 8964 Brisbane     B7
    Melbourne     M4
    Perth     P4
    Sydney     S9
    Victoria     V5
Austria 6490 6494 Salzburg     S2
    Vienna V4    
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Belgium 6010 6014 Brussels     B7
    Leuven     L4
    Sing-Truiden     S5
Bolivia 5320          
Brazil 5400          
Bulgaria 6890          
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Canada*
Province cutter numbers [706] (NCSU)
3400 * * * * *
   Alberta 3500 3504        
   British Columbia 3510 3514 Vancouver     V3
   Manitoba 3480 3484 Winnipeg     W5
   New Brunswick 3430 3434        
   Nova Scotia 3420 3424        
   Ontario 3460 3464 Toronto     T6
   Prince Edward Island 3440 3444        
   Quebec 3450 3454 Montreal     M6
   Saskatchewan 3490 3494        
   Yukon 3520 3524        
Chile 5330 5334        
China 7820 7824        
Colombia 5290 5294        
Cuba 4920 4924        
Czech Republic     Prague      
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Denmark 5920 5924 Copenhagen     C6
    Ringsted     R5
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Ecuador 5300 5304        
Egypt 3300 3304        
England 5750 5754 Bristol     B7
    Cambridge     C3
    Chicester     C4
    Dorse     D6
    London L7    
    Sheffield     S5
    Snape     S6
    Sussex     S9
    Winchester     W5
Europe* 5700 * * * * *
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Finland 6960 6964        
France 5830 5834 Montpellier     M6
    Nimes     N5
    Paris P3    
    Toulouse     T6
    Yvelines     Y8
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Germany 6290 6295 Aachen     A1
    Berlin B3    
    Dresden     D7
    Frankfurt     F7
    Hamburg     H3
    Hannover     H4
    Köln     K6
    Munich M8    
    Sandhausen     S2
    Stuttgart     S7
Great Britain* 5740 * * * * *
Greece 6810 6814        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Holland 6000          
Hungary 6500 6504        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Iceland 6930 6934        
India 7650 7654        
Ireland 5780 5784 Dublin D7    
Ireland, Northern 5790 5794        
Israel 7500          
Italy 6710 6714 Bologna   B7 B6
    Florence     F5
    Lucca     L8
    Lugano     L9
    Rome     L9
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Japan 7960 7964        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Mexico 4410 4414 Mexico City M6    
Monaco 5980 5984        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Netherlands 6000 6004 Nijmegen     N5
    Oegstgeest     O3
New Zealand 9080 9084        
Norway 6940 6964        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Paraguay 5380 5384        
Peru 5310 5314        
Poland 6520 6524 Katowice     K3
    Warsaw     W3
Portugal 6690 6694        
Puerto Rico 4970 4974        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Romania 6880 6884        
Russia 7000 7004 Leningrad L4    
    Moscow     M6
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Scotland 5770 5774 Linlithgow L4    
Spain 6560 6564        
Sweden 6950 6954 Eskilstuna     E8
    Stockholm S7    
Switzerland 6040 6044 Arlesheim     A7
    Basel B3    
    Berm B4    
    Geneva G4    
    Lucerne L8    
    Romainmotier     R6
    Zurich Z7    
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Taiwan 7910 7914        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
United Kingdom
   see Great Britain
           
United States* 3700 * * * * *
   Alabama 3970 3974        
   Alaska 4370 4374        
   Arizona 4330 4334 Tempe     T4
   Arkansas 4000 4004        
   California 4360 4364 Los Angeles     L6
    San Francisco   S5  
   Colorado 4310 4310 Denver D4    
   Connecticut 3780 3784 New Haven     N4
    Hartford     H3
    Redding     R4
    Stamford     S7
   Delaware 3830 3834        
   District of Columbia 3850 3854 Washington, DC     W3
   Florida 3930 3934 Miami M5    
   Georgia 3920 3924 Atlanta A8    
   Hawaii 4380 4384        
   Idaho 4270 4274        
   Illinois 4100 4104 Chicago C6    
   Indiana 4090; 4094 Bloomington B5    
   Iowa 4150 4154        
   Kansas 4200 4204 Lawrence L3    
   Kentucky 3950 3954 Louisville L7    
   Louisiana 4010 4014 New Orleans N5    
   Maine 3730 3734        
   Maryland 3840 3844 Baltimore B2    
   Massachusetts 3760 3764 Boston B6    
    Cambridge C2    
   Michigan 4110 4114 Ann Arbor     A5
    Detroit D4    
   Minnesota 4140 4144 Minneapolis M5    
    St. Paul S4    
   Mississippi 4980 4984        
   Missouri 4160 4164 Saint Louis S4   S2
   Montana 4350 4354        
   Nebraska 4490 4494        
   Nevada 4250 4254        
   New Hampshire 3740 3744        
   New Jersey 3810 3814        
   New Mexico 4320 4324        
   New York 3800 3804 Buffalo     B8
    New York City N4    
    Rochester R6    
    Rye     R9
    Troy T7    
   North Carolina 3900 3904 Raleigh     R3
   North Dakota 4170 4174        
   Ohio 4080 4084 Cincinnati     C5
   Oklahoma 4020 4024        
   Oregon 4290 4294 Portland P6    
   Pennsylvania 3820 3824 Philadelphia P5    
   Rhode Island 3770 3774 Newport N4    
   South Carolina 3910 3914        
   South Dakota 4180 4184        
   Tennessee 3960 3964 Memphis M5    
    Nashville N2    
   Texas 4030 4034 Austin A9    
    Dallas D2    
    Houston H8    
   Utah 4340 4344 Salt Lake City S3    
   Vermont 3750 3754 Marlboro     M3
   Virginia 3880 3884        
   Washington 4280 4284 Seattle S4    
   West Virginia 3880 3884        
   Wisconsin 4120 4124 Madison     M3
   Wyoming 4260 4264        
Uruguay 5370 5374        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Virgin Islands 5010 5014        
Country ‡b country code; not subdivided by city ‡b country code: subdivided by city ‡c city code source of code:
LC Class G LC bib records LC cutter table [705]
Wales 5760 5764        

Key (MARC 384)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Use in conjunction with Recording key for musical works [707] (RDA 6.17) and Best practices for music cataloging [708]

See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [709] and authority data [710] and DCM Z1 [693]

Indicators | Subfields | Examples

In bibliographic and authority records: the set of pitch relationships that establishes a single pitch class as a tonal center, or principal tonal center, for a musical work or expression. May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.

Currently, 384 fields are not added to authority records for authorized access points representing arrangements.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], section on field 384:
     ° Best practices:
          » Encode when available for works [711].
          » Do not encode for expressions [712].
          » In case of doubt, do not encode.

Indicators
1st 0 = original key
1 = transposed key
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Key: The pitch name and the mode (e.g., major or minor).
Examples
384 0_ G major
384 0_ F# minor
384 0_ A minor/E minor [mode indicated in the AAP [713]: ‡r A minor/E minor (no2008048534)]
384 0_ B [no mode indicated in the AAP [713]: ‡r B]
384 0_ C [no mode indicated]
384 0_ F♯ major/minor [mode indicated in the AAP [713]: ‡r F♯ major/minor (n 2014046262)]

Language code for sung or spoken text and accompanying material (041 field)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

When to use the 041 field | Codes | Indicators | Subfields | Translations | Examples

_________________________________________

When to use the 041 field:

The 041 field is required when:
   • there are two or more languages involved in a score or sound recording.
When required, the 041 field is not optional.

The 041 field is not used when:
   • When it is an instrumental work with no accompanying material.
   • When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and has no accompanying material.
   • When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and has accompanying material, which is in the same language as the sung or spoken text and which has not been translated.
      ° The language code in the fixed field [714] is sufficient.

_________________________________________

Codes

These are languages codes frequently found in music materials.
See US MARC language list [715] for a complete list of language codes.

cat = Catalan fin = Finnish lat = Latin scc = Serbian
chi = Chinese fre = French jpn = Japanese slo = Slovak
chu = Church Slavic ger = German mul = multiple languages spa = Spanish
scr = Croatian gre = Greek (modern) nor = Norwegian swe = Swedish
cze = Czech heb = Hebrew pol = Polish tlh = Klingon
dan = Danish hun = Hungarian por = Portuguese und = undetermined (use for nonsense syllables)
dut = Dutch ita = Italian rus = Russian      

_________________________________________

Indicators

1st indicator 0 = there is no translation of the text involved
1 = the text of the work is or includes a translation
2nd indicator _ = always blank

The 1st indicator applies only to the written or sung text of a work, which implies a vocal work that is sung or spoken (with a narrator).

For a vocal work, the 1st indicator is:
1 • When the written or sung text has been translated, even when the original language is also included in the work.
0 • When the written or sung text is in the original language.
      ° This includes works that always included more than one language.
      ° This does not apply when a composer sets an already-translated text to music.
   • When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and there is accompanying material, translated or not.
      OCLC documentation [716] states "Accompanying material is not considered when determining if an item is a translation,"
      but adds "When printed music contains a translation of a vocal text printed as text, the item is considered a translation
      and use value 1."
[emphasis added]
      LC documentation [717] merely says "0 - Item not a translation/does not include a translation; 1 - Item is or includes a translation,"
      with no instruction for application.
   • When it is an instrumental work with accompanying material that has been, translated or not.

_________________________________________

Subfields

Each language code is tagged in a separate subfield code. The former practice was to include all language codes with the same subfield tag in the same subfield. The current practice is to tag each separately.

Obsolete practice Current practice
‡a engfreger ‡h ita ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡a ger ‡h ita
‡a engfre ‡h gerrus ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡h ger ‡h rus

Guidelines for the number of language codes to be used in any single subfield in the 041 field: Source: CSB no. 52, p. 29-33

• Six or fewer languages: The first code is for the predominant language (which should match the code in the fixed field (008) [714], if applicable). The codes for the remaining languages should be input in English alphabetical order.
• Seven or more languages: Use the code for the predominant language and "mul" (multiple languages) for all other languages.

For texts of vocal works:
The two subfields that involve the 1st indicator are:
‡a = language of the written or spoken text in a score
‡d = language of the sung or spoken text on a sound recording

For accompanying material:
Accompanying material may be words printed as text, prefatory information, poems that inspired an instrumental work, instructional material, critical report, etc. Because none of these are the sung, spoken, or written words of a vocal work, they do not affect whether the 1st indicator will be 1 or 0.
‡e = language of the words or libretto printed as text
‡g = language of accompanying material other than libretto or words

Summaries and abstracts:
‡b = language(s) of a summary or abstract

Order of subfields:
‡d should be first when present; in all other cases, ‡a should be first when present.
Multiple occurrences of the same subfields ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, ‡e, ‡f, ‡g, ‡j should be grouped together.
Single occurrences and grouped multiple occurrences of subfields ‡h, ‡m, ‡n should follow the subfield or group of subfields to which they apply.

Order of language codes within subfields:
‡a: codes should be in the order of their predominance in the resource; if no language is predominant, the codes should be in alphabetical order.
‡b (summary/abstract) and ‡f (table of contents): codes should be alphabetical.

_________________________________________

Translations

When a translation is involved in any of these categories (written, sung, or spoken text or accompanying material), the code for the original language for each category follows the coding of the final language in that category.
Changed definition:
‡h = language code(s) for the original language of the primary content of the item; this subfield follows subfield ‡a ‡d, ‡j, ‡k
New subfields:
‡k = language code(s) for an intermediate language between the original and the current translation, where the resource was translated from an intermediate language other than the original. If subfield ‡k is present, it would precede a subfield ‡h.
‡m = language code(s) for the original language of accompanying materials other than librettos; this subfield follows subfield ‡b or ‡g
‡n = language code(s) for the original language(s) of the printed text of the vocal/textual content of the work; this subfield follows subfield ‡e
After subfields: Use:  
‡a ‡d, ‡j, ‡k    ‡h
‡b, ‡g ‡m
‡e ‡n

_________________________________________

Examples with new subfields in bold

A score of a vocal work with English and French words; French is the original language:
041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡h fre

A sound recording of songs sung in English, which were originally in German:
041 1_ ‡d eng ‡h ger

A sound recording with two vocal works in English; German is the original language of the first work and Russian is the original language of the second work:
041 1_ ‡d eng ‡h ger ‡h rus

A score of a vocal work with the original English text and the text printed with French and German translations:
041 0_ ‡a eng ‡e eng ‡e fre ‡n ger ‡n eng

A score of an instrumental work with performance instructions in English
041 0_ ‡g eng

A score of an instrumental work with performance instructions in English and French; the original language is English:
041 0_ ‡g eng ‡g fre ‡m eng

A score of a vocal work in English (the original language) with a preface and words printed as text in English:
No 041 field; the language code in the fixed field is enough.

A score of a vocal work in English, French, German, and Italian (original language is German), with the words printed in all four languages and with a preface in English, French, and German (no original language is indicated):
041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡a ger ‡a ita ‡h ger ‡e eng ‡e fre ‡e ger ‡e ita ‡n ger ‡g eng ‡g fre ‡g ger

MARC Tagging for Books: Fixed Field Codes

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Voyager (008)

Publication status | Date 1, Date 2 | Place of publication | Illustrations | Audience | Form of item | Contents | Govt. publication | Conf. publication | Festschrift | Index | Literary form | Biography | Language | Modified record | Cataloging source
Voyager Definition
Publication status Type of date/publication status
b = no dates given; B.C. date involved
d = serial item ceased publication
e = detailed date
s = single known date/probable date
c = serial item currently published
t = publication date and copyright date
i = inclusive dates of collection
k = range of years of bulk of collection
m = multiple dates
p = date of distribution/release/issue/production/recording session when different
r = reprint/reissue date and original date
n = dates unknown
u = dates unknown
q = serial item status unknown
Date 1, Date 2 Date of publication
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (see Publication status above)
Place of publication Place of publication
fr = France
gw = Germany
it = Italy
ru = Russia
sp = Spain
xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario)
xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England)
xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut)
See US MARC country list [718] for a full list
Illustrations Illustrations; use up to 4 codes
 = no illustrations              
a = illustrations
b = maps
c = portraits
d = charts
e = plans
f = plates
g = music
h = facsmiles
i = coats of arms
j = genealogical tables
k = forms
1 = samples
m = phonodisc, etc.
o = photographs
p = illuminations
Audience Audience (intellectual level)
  = non-juvenile
j = juvenile
Form of item Form of item
  = none of the following
r = regular print reproduction (eye-readable)
a = microfilm
b = microfiche
s = electronic
Contents Contents; up to 4 codes
 = no specified nature of contents
a = abstracts/summaries
b = bibliographies
c = catalogs
d = dictionaries
e = encyclopedias
f = handbooks
g = legal articles
i = indexes
j = patent document
k = discographies
l = legislation
m = theses
n = surveys of the literature in subject area
o = reviews
p = programmed texts
q = filmographies
r = directories
s = statistics
t = technical report
v = legal case and case notes
w = law reports and digests
z = treaties
Govt. publication Government publication
 = not a government publication       
i = international intergovernmental
f = federa/national
a = autonomous or semi-autonomous component
m = multistate
s = state, provincial, territorial, dependent, etc.
c = multilocal
l = local
o = government publication-level undetermined
u = unknown if item is government publication
z = other type of government publication
Conf. publication Conference publication
0 = not a conference publication
1 = conference publication
Festschrift Festschrift
0 = not a festschrift
1 = festschrift
Index Index
0 = no index
1 = index present
Literary form Literary form
0 = not fiction              
1 = fiction
c = comic strips
d = dramas
e = essays
f = novels
h = Humor, satires, etc.
i = letters
j = short stories
m = mixed forms
p = poetry
s = speeches
u = unknown
Biography Biography
 = no biographical material
a = autography
b = individual biography
c = collection biography
d = contains biographical information
Language Language
eng = English
fre = French
ger = German
ita = Italian
rus = Russian
spa = Spanish
See US MARC language list [715] for a full list
Modified record Modified record
  = not modifiec
o = romanized (having to do with printed cards)
Cataloging source Cataloging source
  = Library of Congress
d = other sources (e.g., OCLC member)
c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC)
i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA

MARC tagging for scores and sound recordings: Variable fields

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Not completely updated to comply with RDA

See also MARC Tagging for Scores: Fixed Field Codes [608]

024 028 033 041 045 046 047 048 100 110 130 240 245 246 250 254 260
300 490 440 500 546 511 518 505 600 610 650 700 710 730 740 800 830
024 Other standard number
  See ISMN [612] (International standard music number) for scores
See UPC [589] (Universal product code) for scores and sound recordings
028 Publisher number
  See Publisher and distributor number [613] for scores
See Manufacturer number [590] for sound recordings
033 Date/time and place of an event
  See Date and place of capture [591] for sound recordings
041 Languages codes (See also Language code for sung or spoken text and accompanying material (041 field) [614])
  Indicators
1st 0 = Item is not a translation/does not include a translation.
1 = Item is or includes a translation Note: For a score, this applies to the spoken or sung text only (tagged in ‡a), not to any accompanying material (tagged in ‡e or ‡g); but see also OCLC instructions [720]
2nd always blank
Subfields: previously, only ‡h was repeatable; for all other subfields, multiple language codes were included in one subfield; now all subfields are repeatable and a subfield is repeated for as many language codes as apply; input only one language code per subfield
a = Language(s) of sung or spoken text
e = Language code of libretto
g = Language code of accompanying material other than libretto
h = Language code of original language for translations of sung or spoken text (requires 1st indicator 1) or accompanying material (1st indicator is 0) The subfield ‡h (single or repeated) applies to all of the preceding subfields of the same type (e.g., ‡a, ‡g)
Examples:
Old way: New way: not:
‡a engfreger ‡h ita ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡a ger ‡h ita ‡a eng ‡h ita ‡a fre ‡h ita ‡a ger ‡h ita
‡a engfre ‡h gerrus ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡h ger ‡h rus ‡a eng ‡h ger ‡h rus ‡a fre ‡h ger ‡h rus
041 1  ‡a fre ‡a eng ‡h fre
041 0  ‡g eng ‡h ger ‡g ger     
sung or spoken text in English and French; original language is French
accompanying material in English and German; original language is German
045 optional Time period of content optional
See 046 [721]
(Special coded dates for works and expressions)
for the new
MARC field
for RDA
Indicators
1st always blank
2nd   = no dates 0 = single date
1 = multiple single dates
2 = range(s) of dates
Subfields
a = time period (repeatable)
b = formatted date (repeatable)
Examples: 045     ‡a x6x7
045  0 ‡b ‡d1989
045  1  ‡b ‡d1989 ‡b ‡d1990
045  2 ‡b ‡d1993 ‡b ‡d1994
046 Special coded dates
  See Special coded dates (MARC 046) [615]
047 optional Form of composition optional
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = Form of musical composition code (repeatable)
Examples: F/COMP in fixed field = mu
047    ‡a sn ‡a rd
048 optional Number of musical instrument or voices optional
Use 382 [624]
(Medium of performance)
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = performer or ensemble (repeatable)
b = soloist (repeatable)
Examples: 048    ‡a ka01
048    ‡b wa01 ‡a oa
048    ‡a wa01 ‡a ka01
048    ‡a oc
100 Personal name
  Indicators
1st 0 = entered under forename
1 = single or compound surname
2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname)
2nd always blank
Subfields
Order of subfields in 100 field: There is no prescribed MARC order for the subfields beyond subfield ‡a in the X00 fields. RDA 9.2.2.9.5 provides guidance for the placement of words indicating relationship (e.g., Jr.) and MARC defines subfield ‡q as "fuller form of name." When providing multiple additions to the name generally follow these guidelines:
1. Subfield ‡d (date) should always be the last element in a 100 string unless ‡c (Spirit) is being added.
   ° Add ‡c (Spirit) as the last element in a 100 string.
2. Generally add subfield ‡c before subfield ‡q when also adding words (e.g., Jr.), numerals (e.g., III), etc. indicating relationship
   ° but add subfield ‡c after subfield ‡q when adding other words (e.g., Sister)
   ° (See 9.2.2.9.5 [722] for treatment of Portuguese names)
3. For exceptional situations, such as when subfield ‡a contains only a surname or only a forename or the name includes a prefix, etc. consult LC-PCC PS 1.7.1, section Access points for persons in name authority and bibliographic records, paragraph 3c.
source: PCCLIST 8/4/2015
a = name (not repeatable)
c = titles (e.g., Sir, Mrs.) (repeatable)
q = fuller form of name (not repeatable)
d = dates (not repeatable)
e = relationship designation [723] (repeatable)
Examples: 100 1    Beach, Amy, ‡d 1867-1944.
100 1    Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. ‡q (Sophie-Carmen), ‡d 1899-1974.
110 Corporate name as main entry
  Indicators
1st 0 = inverted name
1 = jurisdiction name
2 = name in direct order
2nd always blank
Subfields
a = corporate or jurisdiction name (not repeatable)
b = subordinate unit (repeatable)
k = form subheading (repeatable)
n = number of part (repeatable)
e = relationship designation [723] (repeatable)
Examples: 110 2    Yale Symphony Orchestra.
110 2    Berliner Philharmoniker. ‡b Blechbläser-Ensemble.
110 2    Bibliothèque nationale (France). ‡k Manuscript. ‡n Latin 3549, fol. 149-169.
130 Uniform title as main entry
  Indicators
1st non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0
2nd always blank
Subfields
a = uniform title (not repeatable)
m = medium of performance (repeatable)
n = number (repeatable)
r = key (not repeatable)
s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.) (not repeatable)
k = selections (repeatable)
l = language (not repeatable)
Example: 130 0   Star-Spangled banner (Song)
240 Uniform title (used in conjunction with personal name in the 100 field)
  Indicators
1st 0 = Not printed or displayed
1 = Printed or displayed; 1 is the default
2nd non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0
Subfields
a = uniform title (not repeatable)
m = medium of performance (repeatable)
n = number (repeatable)
p = part (repeatable)
r = key (not repeatable)
s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.) (not repeatable)
k = selections (repeatable)
l = language (not repeatable)
o = arranged (not repeatable)
Examples: 240 10   Trios, ‡m flute, violin, guitar, ‡n op. 12, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged
240 10   Masses, ‡n op. 23, ‡r C major. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l German
245 Title and statement of responsibility area
  Indicators
1st 0 = No title added entry (negative)
1 = Title added entry (affirmative)
2nd 0-9 = non-filing characters (See Filing indicators [640])
Subfields
a = title proper (not repeatable)
b = remainder of title (not repeatable); this can be parallel title, sub-title, alternative title, other title information
n = number of part/section of work (repeatable)
    ‡n follows ‡a and may precede or follow ‡b. 
p = name of part/section of work (repeatable)
   ‡p follows ‡a and may precede or follow ‡b.
c = statement of responsibility (not repeatable)
   Once subfield ‡c has been recorded, no further subfield coding of field 245 is possible. See 245 Title Statement [724] from OCLC.
Example: 245 00 Concerto in D major, K. 314 for flute and piano / ‡c Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart ; edited by James Galway ; piano reduction by Phillip Moll.
245 14 The dream net : ‡b for alto saxophone and string quartet / ‡c Warren Benson.
246 Varying form of title
  See 246 field [617]; See also 740 field
250 Edition statement (See Recording edition statement (250 field) for scores [725] for RDA examples)
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = edition statement
b = statement of responsibility
Example: 250     Urtext der Neuen Bach-Ausg. = Urtext of the New Bach ed. / ‡b herausgegeben von Hans Eppstein.
254 Musical presentation statement
scores only
AACR2 only

Use 250
in RDA

Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = musical presentation statement
Example: 254    Studienpartitur.
260 Imprint
AACR2 only

See 264 [618]
(Production, publication, distribution, manufacture, and copyright notice)
for the new
MARC field
for RDA

Indicators:
1st blank (undefined)
2nd blank (undefined)
Subfields
a = place of publication, distribution, etc.
b = name of publisher, distributor, etc.
c = date of publication, distribution, etc.
e = place of manufacture (e.g., printing)
f = manufacturer (e.g., printer)
g = date of manufacture
Examples: 260    New Haven, CT : ‡b CommonMuse Music Publishers, ‡c c1988.
260    Frankfurt : ‡b C.F. Peters, ‡c c1992.
260    Frankfurt : ‡b Zimmermann ; ‡a New York : ‡b C.F. Peters Corp., ‡c c1979.
300 Physical description
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = extent (e.g., 1 score (80 pages); 1 vocal score (42 pages), etc.)
b = illustrative matter
c = dimensions (in centimeters)
e = accompanying material
Example: 300    1 score (7 pages) + 3 parts ; ‡c 30 cm
336-338 Content, media, and carrier type
  See Content, media, and carrier type (MARC 336-338) [726]
348 Format of notated music and form of musical notation
  See Format of notated music and form musical notation (MARC 348) [620]
382 Medium of performance
  See Medium of performance (MARC 382) [702]
490 Series
  Indicators:
1st 0 = series transcribed from the item; not traced
1 = series transcribed from the item; traced in the form found on the item or in a different form in an 830 or 800 field
2nd blank
Subfields
a = series statement
x = ISSN (International Standard Serial Number)
v = volume number
440 The 440 field is obsolete. For traced series, use 490/1 and 830 or 800
500 Note area
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = text
Example: 500    Figured bass realized for keyboard instrument. .
546 Language note: Textual information on the language or notation system used to convey the content of the described materials
  Do not include language and notation system information in the same 546 field.
Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = name of language of text
b = alphabet, script
Examples: 546    English and French words.
546    Sung in Italian.
546    German words; ‡b Fraktur.
546    Ukrainian words; ‡b Cyrillic alphabet; ‡b Roman alphabet.
b = form of musical notation. This information is also included in the 348 field [727].
(See also Interim Music Library Association Best Practices for Form of Musical Notation in Fields 348 ‡c and 546 ‡b [698])
Examples: 546    ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Tablature.
546    ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Chord symbols; ‡b Guitar chord diagrams.
Chord symbols are the letters, numbers, and/or other symbols (e.g., C, G7, Dm, F/C) for the names of chords; guitar chord diagrams [728] are the illustrations indicating the fingering of a chord on a fretted instrument.
511 Statements of responsibility for performers
  This note need not be transcribed directly from the chief source; however, as in the 245/‡c, statements of responsibility for different functions are separated by space-semicolon-space.
Indicators:
1st 0 = No display constant generated
1 = cast
2nd blank
Subfields
a = performers
Examples: 511  0 Carol Wincenc, flute ; Samuel Sanders (1st, 3rd, 5th-6th works), Lukas Foss (2nd work), David Del Tredici (4th work), piano.
511  0 Christopher Hogwood, clavichord (by Johann Adolf Hass, 1761).
511  0 Jaap Schröder, violin ; with Christopher Hirons, violin (3rd work) ; Academy of Ancient Music ; Christopher Hogwood, conductor and harpsichord.
511  0 Charles Krigbaum, performing on the Newberry Memorial organ, Woolsey Hall, Yale University.
511  0 Sebastian Hennig (2nd work), Stefan Rampf, Allan Bergius (3rd work), sopranos ; René Jacobs, alto ; Kurt Equiluz, tenor ; Max von Egmond (1st-2nd works), Walter Heldwein (3rd work), basses ; Knabenchor Hannover, Collegium Vocale, Leonhardt-Consort, Gustav Leonhardt, conductor (1st-2nd works) ; Tölzer Knabenchor, Concentus Musicus Wien, Nikolaus Harnoncourt, conductor (3rd work).
518 Date/time and place of recording
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
a = date/time and place of recording
Examples: 518    Recorded between 1952 and 1972 in Trinity College Chapel, Hartford, Conn. (1st-2nd, 4th, 6th-7th works) and Woolsey Hall, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. (3rd and 5th works).
518    First recordings of tambora music from the Mexican state of Sinaloa recorded by various bands between 1952 and 1965.
518    Recorded June 1-5, 1984, at American Academy and Institute of Arts and Letters, New York City.
518    Recorded in Kingsway Hall, London, Nov. 1983 (1st work) and in Walthamstow Assembly Hall, London, Aug. 1984 (2nd work).
518    Recorded digitally directly from a 1910 Steinway 65/88 noteplayer.
505 Contents note
  Indicators:
1st 0 = complete contents
1 = incomplete contents
     use when not all parts of a multipart score are available for analysis and so cannot be included in the contents note
2 = partial contents
     use for selected contents (not including accompanying textual material) of a fully available score
8 = no display constant generated
2nd blank
Subfields
a = contents
Example: 505 0  Toccatina -- Notturno -- Perpetuum mobile -- Romanza -- Finale.
505 0  Die trunkene Tänzerin / Curt Bock -- Wie Sanct Franciscus schweb' ich in der Luft / Christian Morgenstern -- Traum / Else Lasker-Schüler.
600 Personal name as subject heading
  Indicators
1st 0 = entered under forename
1 = single or compound surname
2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname)
2nd 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings/LC authority files
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729])
Name portion of heading:
a = name
c = titles (e.g., Sir, Mrs.)
q = fuller form of name
d = dates
Title portion of heading:
t = uniform title
m = medium of performance
n = number
r = key
Subdivision portion of heading:
v = form subdivision
x = topical subdivision
Examples: 600 10  Cummings, E. E. ‡q (Edward Estlin), ‡d 1894-1962 ‡x Musical settings.
600 10  Wagner, Richard, ‡d 1813-1883. ‡t Operas.
610 Corporate name as subject entry
  Indicators
1st 0 = inverted name
1 = jurisdiction name
2 = name in direct order
2nd 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729])
Name portion of heading:
a = corporate or jurisdiction name
b = subordinate unit
Subdivision portion of heading:
v = form subdivision
x = topical subdivision
Example: 610 20 New York Philharmonic ‡v Pictorial works.
650 Topical subject heading (See also Subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731])
  Indicators
1st blank
2nd 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings/LC authority files
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729])
a = subject heading
v = form subdivision
x = topical subdivision
y = time period subdivision
z = geographic subdivision
Examples: 650  0   Quintets (Piano, flute, trumpet, violin, violoncello) ‡v Scores.
650  0   Piano ‡x Instruction and study.
650  0   Music ‡z United States ‡y 20th century.
700 Personal name as added heading
  Indicators
1st 0 = entered under forename
1 = single or compound surname
2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname)
2nd blank = personal name alone or personal name with related title
2 = analytical entry: personal name with title of work included in the item
Subfields See 100 field for order of subfields
Name portion of heading:
a = name
c = titles (e.g., Sir, Mrs.)
q = fuller form of name
d = dates
e = relationship designation [723]
Note: Appendix I relationship designators are not used in a name/title access point tagged MARC 700.
Title portion of heading:
t = uniform title
m = medium of performance
n = number
p = part
r = key
s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.)
k = selections
l = language
o = arranged
Examples: 700 1    Schmidtner, Franz.
700 1    Oliver, Alexander ‡c (Tenor)
700 1    Schikaneder, Emanuel, ‡d 1751-1812.
700 12  Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, ‡d 1756-1791. ‡t Nozze di Figaro. ‡s Libretto. ‡l French.
700 12  Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Trios, ‡m piano, flute, bassoon, ‡n WoO 37, ‡r G major.
710 Corporate name as added entry
  Indicators
1st 0 = inverted name
1 = jurisdiction name
2 = name in direct order
2nd blank = corporate name alone or corporate name with related title
2 = analytical entry: corporate name with title of work included in the item
Subfields
a = corporate or jurisdiction name
b = subordinate unit
k = form subheading
n = number of part
e = relationship designation [723]
Examples: 110 2   Orchestra New England. ‡4 prf
710 22 British Library. ‡k Manuscript. ‡n Additional 36881.
730 Added entry- uniform title: use for anonymous works, manuscripts, etc.
  Indicators:
1st non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0
2nd blank = no information provided
2 = analytical entry
Subfields
a = uniform title
m = medium of performance
n = number
p = part
r = key
s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.)
k = selections
l = language
o = arranged
f = date of a work
Example:  
740 Uncontrolled related or analytical title as added entry (See also 246 field [617])
  Indicators:
1st non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0
2nd blank = no information provided
2 = analytical entry
Subfields
a = Uncontrolled related/analytical title
Example:  
800 Personal name as series added heading
  Indicators
1st 0 = entered under forename
1 = single or compound surname
2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname)
2nd always blank
Subfields
Name portion of heading:
a = name
c = titles (e.g., Sir, Mrs.)
q = fuller form of name
d = dates
e = relationship designation [723]
Note: Appendix I relationship designators are not used in a name/title access point tagged MARC 800.
Title portion of heading:
t = uniform title
m = medium of performance
n = number
p = part
r = key
s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.)
k = selections
l = language
o = arranged
f = date of a work
v = series volume number/sequential designation
Examples: 800 1     Hampton, Calvin. ‡t Organ music. ‡k Selections (Leupold) ; ‡v no. 5.
800 1     Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Works. ‡f 1954 ; ‡v Ser. 2, Bd. 8.
830 Series as added entry, traced in the form found on the item or in a different form
  Indicators:
1st blank
2nd non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0
Subfields
a = series statement
n = number of part or section
p = name of part or section
v = volume number

MARC tagging for scores: Fixed field codes

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

See also MARC tagging for scores and sound recordings: Variable fields [609]

Leader:

00861ccm 2200241 a 4500 00861ccm 2200241 a 4500 00861ccm 2200241_ a 4500 00861ccm 2200241 a 4500
Type of record Bibliographic level Encoding level Cataloging form (i.e., rules)
c = printed music (score),
printed or microform
d = manuscript music,
printed or microform
a = component part, monographic
b = component part, serial
c = collection
d = subunit
m = monograph/item
s = serial
  = full level, material in hand
4 = core level
5 = partial (preliminary) level
7 = minimal level
8 = prepublication level (including CIP)
a = AACR2
i  = pre-AACR2, ISBD punctuation
   = pre-AACR2, pre-ISBD punctuation
u = unknown
c = ISBD punctuation omitted (OCLC TB 260 [732])
008: Publication status | Date 1| Date 2 | Place of publication | Composition | Format of music | Audience
Form of item | Accompanying matter | Literary text for sound recording | Language | Cataloging source
ORBIS Definition
Publication status Type of date/publication status
b = no dates given; B.C. date involved
d = serial item ceased publication
e = detailed date
s = single known date/probable date
c = serial item currently published
t = publication date and copyright date
i = inclusive dates of collection
k = range of years of bulk of collection
m = multiple dates
p = date of distribution/release/issue/production/recording session when different
r = reprint/reissue date and original date
n = dates unknown
u = dates unknown
q = serial item status unknown
Date 1 (yyyy) Date of publication
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (D/CODE) above
Date 2 (yyyy) Date of publication
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (D/CODE) above
Place of publication Place of publication (assign codes according to present geographic boundaries) (See US MARC country list [718] for a full list)
fr = France
gw = Germany
it = Italy
ru = Russia
sp = Spain
xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario)
xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England)
xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut)
Composition Form of composition
See Form of musical composition codes [733]
Format of music Format (See Recording extent of notated music (RDA 3.4.3.2) [734] for definitions of formats)
MARC code Term Definition
a full score staff notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an instrumental and/or vocal ensemble arranged one underneath the other, usually on different staves, so that they can be read simultaneously
     ° in RDA: use code l (score) for works represented with graphic, symbolic (e.g., staff), or word-based notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble, arranged so that they can be read simultaneously, or a work for solo performer or electronic media
     ° Note: Continue to use subfield a in AACR2 records. Use code l [small letter L] in RDA records.
b full score, miniature or study size the same types of scores described for code a, but with the size of notes and staves reduced and not usually intended to be used in performance
c accompaniment reduced for keyboard accompaniment is reduced for keyboard instrument(s) and the vocal parts and/or solo instrumental parts remain the same
     ° use code h for chorus scores and k for vocal scores
Note: MARC Proposal no. 2012-07 [735] stated that MLA would be producing documentation discouraging the use of codes c, d, and e for RDA records. This proposal was passed, but there is no MLA documentation on the MLA BCC MARC Formats Subcommittee website [736] concerning this.
MARC 008/20 [737] prefers code h (chorus score) or code k (vocal score)
d voice score a score for solo and/or choral voice(s) with the accompaniment omitted
     ° vocal works originally unaccompanied are assigned other codes as appropriate
     ° use code h for chorus scores and k for vocal scores
Note: MARC Proposal no. 2012-07 [735] stated that MLA would be producing documentation discouraging the use of codes c, d, and e for RDA records. This proposal was passed, but there is no MLA documentation on the MLA BCC MARC Formats Subcommittee website [736] concerning this.
MARC 008/20 [737] prefers code h (chorus score) or code k (vocal score)
e condensed score or piano-conductor score a score for orchestral or band music that has been reduced
     ° it may be part of an ensemble work for a particular instrument, with cues for other instruments
     ° used by an individual playing the instrument for which the score was written or for the conductor
     ° in RDA: use i for condensed score or code j for performer-conductor part if the two types of scores can be distinguished
Note: MARC Proposal no. 2012-07 [735] stated that MLA would be producing documentation discouraging the use of codes c, d, and e for RDA records. This proposal was passed, but there is no MLA documentation on the MLA BCC MARC Formats Subcommittee website [736] concerning this.
MARC 008/20 [737] prefers code i (condensed score) or code j (performer-conductor part) if the two types of scores can be distinguished.
g close score a score (e.g., a hymnal) that has separate parts transcribed in condensed form
     ° all the separate parts are transcribed on two staves
     ° in RDA: use condensed score
h chorus score a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted
     ° Note: see code k (vocal score) for scores that include solo voices as well as chorus parts
i condensed score a score in which the number of staves is reduced to two or a few, generally organized by instrumental sections or vocal parts, and often with cues for individual parts.
     ° sometimes called: Reduced score, Short score.
j performer-conductor part a score reduced to a single instrument for which the score was written or for the conductor
Use for the following as defined in RDA:
piano conductor part: a performance part for a piano performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct
violin conductor part: a performance part for a violin performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct
k vocal score a score showing all vocal parts, solo and/or choral, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted.
     ° Note: see code h (chorus score) for scores of works for solo voices and chorus that include only chorus parts.
     ° Note: see code p (piano score [738]) for reductions of vocal works that do not include the vocal line(s).
l score graphical, symbolic (e.g., staff), or word-based musical notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble, or a work for solo performer or electronic media.
     ° do not confuse with Part.
     ° code a part or parts as z (other than score format)
m multiple score formats several types of scores are issued together, as is frequently the case with band music
n not applicable item is a sound recording
o online a score that is accessed by means of hardware and software connections to a communications network
     ° code s (electronic) can be used as a generic code for any form of electronic resource if a distinction between types of electronic resources is not necessary
p piano score a reduction of an instrumental work or a vocal work with instruments to a version for piano. May include the words of a vocal work.
     ° Note: see code k (vocal score) for scores that include solo voices as well as chorus parts
q direct electronic a score that is stored on a directly accessible tangible recording medium, e.g. disc, tape, playaway device, flashdrive, portable hard drive, etc.
     ° code s (electronic) can be used as a generic code for any form of electronic resource if a distinction between types of electronic resources is not necessary
s electronic a score that is intended for manipulation by a computer that:
     ° may reside in a carrier accessed either directly or remotely
     ° may also require the use of peripheral devices attached to the computer (e.g., a CD-ROM player)
code s
     ° is not used for items that do not require the use of a computer (e.g., music compact discs and videodiscs)
     ° may be used as a generic code for any form of electronic resource
u unknown format of the item is unknown
z other than score format none of the other defined codes is appropriate.
use if the item is a
     ° choir book: a large music book made to be placed on a stand in front of a choir, with each part is notated separately, usually in the configuration that presents, when the book is open, the soprano and tenor parts on the verso of a leaf, and the alto and bass parts on the recto of the next leaf
or
     ° table book: a music book made to be placed on a table and displayed in such a way that the performers can read their parts while seated or standing across or around the table, with each part is notated separately, usually in a configuration that presents, when the book is open, different parts in inverted and/or perpendicular positions, or consists only of parts
or
     ° consists only of a part or parts: a component consisting of the music for the use of one or more, but not all, performers

     ° Note: Continue to use subfield z in AACR2 records for a work for solo performer or electronic media. Use code l [small letter L] in RDA records.

Audience Target audience (intellectual level)
  = non-juvenile
j = juvenile
Form of item Form of item
  = non of the following
a = microfilm
b = microfiche
c = microopaque
d = large print
f = braille
r = regular print reproduction
s = electronic
Accompanying matter Accompanying material (use up to six, in alphabetical order)
  = no accompanying matter
a = discography
b = bibliography
c = thematic index
d = libretto or text
e = biography of composer or author
f = biography of performer or history of ensemble
g = technical and/or historical information on instruments
h = technical information on music
i = historical information
k = ethnological information
r = instructional materials
s = music
z = other accompanying matter
Literary text for sound recording 1 Literary text for sound recordings
n = not applicable
Literary text for sound recording 2 Literary text for sound recordings
n = not applicable
Language Language of sung or spoken text (See US MARC language list [715] for a full list)
eng = English
fre = French
ger = German
ita = Italian
rus = Russian
spa = Spanish
zxx = no linguistic content
und = undetermined language or arbitrary syllables, humming, or other human-produced sounds for which a language cannot be specified
Cataloging source Cataloging source
  = Library of Congress
d = other sources (e.g., OCLC)
c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC)
i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA

MARC tagging for sound recordings: Fixed field codes (008)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Voyager (Leader and 008)

See also Physical description codes for musical sound recordings (007) [588] | MARC tagging for scores and sound recordings: Variable fields [609] | Sound recording cataloging: MARC tagging [739]

Leader:

01820cjm a2200433 a 4500 01820cjm a2200433 a 4500 01820cjm a2200433_ a 4500 01820cjm a2200433 a 4500
Type of record Bibliographic level Encoding level Cataloging form (i.e., rules)
j = musical sound recording
i = non-musical sound recording
a = component part, monographic
b = component part, serial
c = collection
d = subunit
m = monograph/item
s = serial
  = full level, material in hand
4 = core level
5 = partial (preliminary) level
7 = minimal level
8 = prepublication level (including CIP)
a = AACR2
i  = pre-AACR2, ISBD punctuation
   = pre-AACR2, pre-ISBD punctuation
u = unknown
008: Publication status | Date 1| Date 2 | Place of publication | Composition | Format of music | Audience | Form of item
Accompanying matter | Literary text for sound recording | Language | Modified record | Cataloging source
Voyager 008 DEFINITION
Publication status Type of date/publication status
t = actual date, copyright date
m = multiple dates from/to
n = unknown
p = issue date/recording date1 when there is a difference
q = questionable (such as 1982 or 3)
r = reissue date/original date2
s = single date (such as 1982, [198-], etc.)
1Issue date/recording date: When there is a span of recording dates, the earliest date of recording goes in date 2.
2Reissue date/original date: A sound recording is considered a reissue when it is issued with a new manufacturer number, issued on a new label or in a new format, or when it is a collection with previously released material from numerous sources.
Date 1 (yyyy)
Date 2 (yyyy)
Date of publication
The content is determined by the Publication status above
Place of publication Place of publication (assign codes according to present geographic boundaries)
fr = France
gw = Germany
it = Italy
ru = Russia
sp = Spain
xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario)
xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England)
xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut)
See US MARC country list [718] for a full list
Composition
optional
Form of composition
See codes for Form of musical composition [733]
Format of music Format
n = not applicable
Audience Target audience (intellectual level)
__ = non-juvenile
j = juvenile
Form of item Form of item
__ = none of the following
Accompanying matter
optional
Accompanying material (use up to six, in alphabetical order)
__ = no accompanying matter
a = discography
b = bibliography
c = thematic index
d = libretto or text
e = biography of composer or author
f = biography of performer or history of ensemble
g = technical and/or historical information on instruments
h = technical information on music
i = historical information
k = ethnological information
r = instructional materials
s = music
z = other accompanying matter
Literary text for sound recording 1
Literary text for sound recording 2
Literary text for sound recordings
for musical sound recordings:
__ = item is a musical sound recording
for non-musical sound recordings:
a = autobiography
b = biography
c = conference proceedings
d = drama
e = essays
f = fiction
g = reporting
h = history
i = instruction (How to...)
j = language instruction
k = comedy
l = lectures, speeches
m = memoirs
o = folktales
p = poetry
r = rehearsals
s = sounds (sound effects, natural sounds, bird calls, etc.)
t = interviews
z = other
Language Language of sung or spoken text
eng = English
fre = French
ger = German
ita = Italian
rus = Russian
spa = Spanish
zxx = no linguistic content
und = undetermined language or arbitrary syllables, humming, or other human-produced sounds for which a language cannot be specified
Multilingual items:
For two to six languages use:
   ° the predominant language code
   ° the code that is first alphabetically if predominance cannot be determined.
For six or more languages use:
   ° the code for the language of the first title .
   ° code "mul" if there is no predominant language and the cataloging institution has chosen not to specify a language.
See US MARC language list [715] for a full list
Modified record Whether bibliographic information was modified for entry into machine-readable form
__ = not modified
see OCLC BFS [740] for more codes
Cataloging source Cataloging source
  = Library of Congress
d = other sources (e.g., OCLC)
c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC)
i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA
Voyager leader CODES
Record status c = corrected or revised
d = deleted
n = new
p = increase in encoding level from prepublication
Type of record i = nonmusical sound recording
j = musical sound recording
Bibliographic level m = monograph (non-serial item)
s = serial
Type of control __ = no specific type of control
a = archival control
Encoding level __ = full level
see OCLC BFS [741] for more codes
Cataloging form (rules) a = AACR2
i = ISBD, pre-AACR2 (use for RDA when using ISBD punctuation)
__ = pre-ISBD, pre-AACR2

Manufacturer number for sound recordings (MARC 028)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

This document has not been modified to conform to RDA. However, the MARC tagging is still correct.
See also Publisher or distributor number (028 field) for scores [613]

Issue numbers or matrix numbers of sound recordings are tagged in the 028 field. Recent discussions have questioned whether two items, identical other than manufacturer number, constitute different editions. LC considers a variant manufacturer number to be an indication of a new edition. "... for sound recordings, consider that different editions exist whenever two items have different [issue or matrix] numbers."

1st indicator

 0  Issue number(s), which appears on the label1, container2, and/or insert
 1 Matrix number, which is etched onto an LP, usually between the innermost grooves and label, but may also appear on the label. Matrix numbers are distinguished from issue numbers in that matrix numbers usually differ on each side of the disc. The matrix number is used only when no issue number appears.

1Label: The label, for the purposes of CDs, which have no "label," is the information appearing on the disc itself.
2Container: With CDs, consider any information on the insert that can be seen through the jewel case to be on the container.

2nd indicator

0 no note, no added entry
1 note, added entry
2 note, no added entry
3 no note, added entry

‡b contains the name of the record company as found in ‡b of the 260/264 field.

Examples

The disc with one number on the disc and a variant form of the number on the container:
028 01 CD 125 ‡b Record Company
028 00 2 CD 125 ‡b Record Company

The disc with one number on the label and a completely different number on the container or insert:
028 01 CD 125 ‡b Record Company
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
500 Record Company: 1234 5678 (on container).
Each distinct number goes in a separate note. This does not apply to a multi-disc set.

A multi-disc set with individual numbers also has on the container a variant form, which is a truncation of the numbers on the discs:
On discs: CD 125, CD 126; on container: CD 125/6.
028 01 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
Do not enter the truncated form of the numbers in an 028 field or note.

A multi-disc set with both a set number and individual numbers on each disc:
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
028 00 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
500 Recording Company: 1234 5678 (CD 125--CD 126).

A multi-disc set with a range of matrix numbers:
028 11 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
This will generate the following note:
500 Record Company: CD 125 (matrix)--CD 126 (matrix).

A multi-disc set with both a range of matrix numbers on the discs and a number on the container for the set:
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
028 10 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
500 Record Company: 1234 5678 (CD 125 (matrix)--CD 126 (matrix)).

Mapping of Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and form subdivisions to their corresponding LCGFT and LCDGT terms

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

This list is taken from the ALA Subcommittee on Genre/Form Implementation document 185/155 mapping [742]. It includes music Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and subject subdivisions and their equivalents in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT).

The table below includes the LCSH subject heading or subdivision, the LCGFT term, the LCDGT intended audience term, and comments

See also:
Form of work (MARC 380) [622] and Genre/form index term (MARC 655) [743]
Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627]

LCSH term LCGFT term LCDGT audience term Comments
2-harpsichord scores Scores* and Arrangements (Music) n/a *valid only if resource is notated music
2-organ scores Scores* and Arrangements (Music) n/a *valid only if resource is notated music
2-piano scores Scores* and Arrangements (Music) n/a *valid only if resource is notated music
3-piano scores Scores* and Arrangements (Music) n/a *valid only if resource is notated music
Cadenzas Cadenzas   music
Chord diagrams Notated music n/a music; probably redundant in a score record
Chorus scores with organ Chorus scores n/a music
Chorus scores with piano Chorus scores n/a music
Chorus scores without accompaniment Chorus scores n/a music
Hymns Hymns n/a  
Hymns--Texts Hymns (?) n/a  
Instructive editions Instructional and educational works n/a music
Instrumental settings Derived works n/a music
Juvenile   Children  
Juvenile sound recordings Children's sound recordings Children  
Lead sheets Lead sheets n/a music
Librettos Librettos n/a  
Manuscripts--Facsimiles Facsimiles n/a  
Methods Methods (Music) n/a music
Methods--Group instruction Methods (Music) n/a music
Methods--Juvenile Methods (Music) Children music
Methods--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Alternative rock) Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music n/a music
Methods (Alternative rock)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music n/a music
Methods (Alternative rock)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Big band) Methods (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Methods (Big band)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Methods (Big band)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Bluegrass) Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music n/a music
Methods (Bluegrass)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music n/a music
Methods (Bluegrass)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Blues-rock) Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music n/a music
Methods (Blues-rock)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music n/a music
Methods (Blues-rock)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Blues) Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) n/a music
Methods (Blues)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) n/a music
Methods (Blues)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Boogie woogie) Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) n/a music
Methods (Boogie woogie)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) n/a music
Methods (Boogie woogie)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Bop) Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) n/a music
Methods (Bop)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) n/a music
Methods (Bop)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Celtic) Methods (Music) and Celtic music n/a music
Methods (Celtic)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Celtic music n/a music
Methods (Celtic)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Celtic music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Country) Methods (Music) and Country music n/a music
Methods (Country)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Country music n/a music
Methods (Country)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Country music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Dixieland) Methods (Music) and Dixieland music n/a music
Methods (Dixieland)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Dixieland music n/a music
Methods (Dixieland)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Dixieland music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Folk) Methods (Music) and Folk music n/a music
Methods (Folk)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Folk music n/a music
Methods (Folk)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Folk music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Funk) Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) n/a music
Methods (Funk)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) n/a music
Methods (Funk)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Gospel) Methods (Music) and Gospel music n/a music
Methods (Gospel)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Gospel music n/a music
Methods (Gospel)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Gospel music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Heavy metal) Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) n/a music
Methods (Heavy metal)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) n/a music
Methods (Heavy metal)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Honky-tonk) Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music n/a music
Methods (Honky-tonk)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music n/a music
Methods (Honky-tonk)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Jazz-rock) Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) n/a music
Methods (Jazz-rock)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) n/a music
Methods (Jazz-rock)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Jazz) Methods (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Methods (Jazz)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Methods (Jazz)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Jazz and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Latin jazz) Methods (Music) and Latin jazz n/a music
Methods (Latin jazz)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Latin jazz n/a music
Methods (Latin jazz)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Latin jazz and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Popular music) Methods (Music) and Popular music n/a music
Methods (Popular music)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Popular music n/a music
Methods (Popular music)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Popular music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Progressive rock) Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) n/a music
Methods (Progressive rock)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) n/a music
Methods (Progressive rock)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Ragtime) Methods (Music) and Ragtime music n/a music
Methods (Ragtime)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Ragtime music n/a music
Methods (Ragtime)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Ragtime music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Reggae) Methods (Music) and Reggae music n/a music
Methods (Reggae)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Reggae music n/a music
Methods (Reggae)--Self-instruction "Methods (Music) and Reggae music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Rhythm and blues) Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music n/a music
Methods (Rhythm and blues)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music n/a music
Methods (Rhythm and blues)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Rock) Methods (Music) and Rock music n/a music
Methods (Rock)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Rock music n/a music
Methods (Rock)--Self-instruction "Methods (Music) and Rock music and Programmed instructional materials" n/a music
Methods (Salsa) Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) n/a music
Methods (Salsa)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) n/a music
Methods (Salsa)--Self-instruction "Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) and Programmed instructional materials" n/a music
Methods (Swing) Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) n/a music
Methods (Swing)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) n/a music
Methods (Swing)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Methods (Western swing) Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) n/a music
Methods (Western swing)--Group instruction Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) n/a music
Methods (Western swing)--Self-instruction Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) and Programmed instructional materials n/a music
Music Music n/a See also narrower terms
Musical settings Music n/a music
Orchestral excerpts Excerpts? n/a music
Organ scores Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Parts Parts (Music) n/a music
Parts (solo) Parts (Music) n/a music
Piano scores Piano scores n/a music
Piano scores (4 hands) Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Scores Scores n/a music
Scores and parts Scores and Parts (Music) n/a music
Scores and parts (solo) Scores and Parts (Music) n/a music
Simplified editions Simplified editions (Music) n/a music
Solo with harpsichord and piano Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solo with keyboard instrument Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solo with organ Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solo with piano Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solo with pianos (2) Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solos with organ Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solos with piano Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Solos with pianos (2) Scores and Arrangements (Music) n/a music
Songs and music n/a n/a music
Songs and music--Texts n/a n/a music
Studies and exercises Studies (Music) n/a  
Studies and exercises (Alternative rock) Studies (Music) and Alternative rock music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Big band) Studies (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Studies and exercises (Bluegrass) Studies (Music) and Bluegrass music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Blues-rock) Studies (Music) and Blues-rock music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Blues) Studies (Music) and Blues (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Boogie woogie) Studies (Music) and Boogie-woogie (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Bop) Studies (Music) and Bop (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Celtic) Studies (Music) and Celtic music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Country) Studies (Music) and Country music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Dixieland) Studies (Music) and Dixieland music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Folk) Studies (Music) and Folk music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Funk) Studies (Music) and Funk (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Gospel) Studies (Music) and Gospel music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Heavy metal) Studies (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Honky-tonk) Studies (Music) and Honky-tonk music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Jazz-rock) Studies (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Jazz) Studies (Music) and Jazz n/a music
Studies and exercises (Latin jazz) Studies (Music) and Latin jazz n/a music
Studies and exercises (Left hand) Studies (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Popular music) Studies (Music) and Popular music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Progressive rock) Studies (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Ragtime) Studies (Music) and Ragtime music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Reggae) Studies (Music) and Reggae music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Rhythm and blues) Studies (Music) and Rhythm and blues music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Right hand) Studies (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Rock) Studies (Music) and Rock music n/a music
Studies and exercises (Salsa) Studies (Music) and Salsa (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Swing) Studies (Music) and Swing (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises (Western swing) Studies (Music) and Western swing (Music) n/a music
Studies and exercises--Juvenile Studies (Music) Children music
Teaching pieces Teaching pieces (Music) n/a music
Thematic catalogs Thematic catalogs (Music)   music
Vocal scores with accordion Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with continuo Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with guitar Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with harp Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with harpsichord Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with keyboard instrument Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with organ Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with organ and piano Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with piano Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with piano (4 hands) Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores with pianos (2) Vocal scores   music
Vocal scores without accompaniment Vocal scores   music

Medium of performance (MARC 382)

Music Cataloging at Yale ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Use in conjunction with Recording medium of performance for musical works [686] (RDA 6.15) and Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music and LC's documentation [744] for its use.

See also a PDF [745] of the complete list as of 2017 or a list of commonly used terms [628].

See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [746] and authority data [747] and DCM Z1 [693]

Indicators | Subfields: a | b | d | e | n | p | r | s | t | v | 2 | Examples: instrumental | vocal

See Best Practices for Using LCMPT [748] (Music Library Association Subject Access Subcommittee, version 1.5 3/1/2023)

For some of the most commonly used terms, see Commonly used terms in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music (LCMPT) [628]

General hierarchy of LCMPT:
Ensemble (generally more than one performer) Performer
  • instrumental ensemble:
    • accordion band
    • band
    • bowed string ensemble
    • continuo
    • electronics
    • keyboard ensemble
    • orchestra
    • percussion ensemble
    • plucked instrument ensemble
    • wind ensemble
  • vocal ensemble:
    • chorus
    • solo vocal ensemble
  • conductor
  • instrument
    • keyboard instrument
    • percussion instrument
    • plucked instrument
    • string instrument
  • mixed media
  • voice
    • singer
    • speaker

In authority records:
the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance for which a musical work was originally conceived or for which a musical expression is written or performed.
     ° May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.
          Currently, 382 fields are not added to authority records for authorized access points representing arrangements.

In bibliographic records:
"LCMPT and the 382 are not tethered to a descriptive cataloging standard. In other words, it's acceptable (and indeed encouraged) to add a LCMPT-based 382 whenever you would add a 'subject' heading in the current environment." Casey Mullin, MOUG-L, 6/2/2014

For manifestations: the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance embodied in the manifestation.
For works and expressions: the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance for which a musical work was originally conceived or for which a musical expression is written or performed.
     ° May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.

General guidelines for the 382 currently being followed, which may or may not be adopted/approved by LC:

° Record the complete medium of performance for a single work in a single 382 field.

° Provide a 382 field for each medium of performance when there is more than one work in the manifestation.

° Do not include a 382 field for expressions [712] (e.g., arrangements, etc.)
     ° Optionally, supply medium of performance in expression authority records.

° Record the names of instruments, voices, and ensembles following these guidelines:

  • Record the name of an instrument, voice, or ensemble in the singular (even if there is more than one required for performance)
  • Record the name of a solo instrument or voice in ‡b in the singular (even if there is more than one required for performance)
  • Record the name of a doubling instrument in ‡d in the singular (even if there is more than one required for performance), following the name of the instrument to which it applies
  • Record the name of an alternate instrument or voice in ‡p in the singular (even if there is more than one required for performance), following the name of the instrument or voice to which it applies
  • Include the terms alto, tenor, bass, etc.
         ° although these terms are omitted from the medium of performance in access points as per 6.15.1.6.2 [749]
  • There is no prescribed order of voices/instruments
         ° Use cataloger's judgment
         ° Choose order listed or score order when feasible

° Record the number of instruments, voices, and ensembles following these guidelines:

  • Record the number of instruments or voices of the same type needed for performance in ‡n following the name of the instrument or voice to which it applies
  • Record the number of ensembles of the same type needed for performance in ‡e following the name of the ensemble to which it applies
  • Record the total number of solo instruments or voices needed for performance in ‡r
  • Record the total number of ensembles needed for performance in ‡t
  • Record the total number of performers needed for performance in ‡s at the end of the field
     
  • For a manifestation containing several works (e.g., an anthology or an audio recording), generally provide a 382 field for each different combination of mediums
         ° If this is not feasible, omit the 382 or provide a partial 382 (first indicator 1).
     
  • If considered important for identification and access, provide an additional 382 that does not apply these guidelines.

382 fields for operas (from a discussion on MOUG-L, 6/18/2015:
"[LC doesn't] have a written policy, but for the most part the LC Music Division cataloging specialists skip the 382 for operas." (Valerie Weinberg)
However, it was acknowledged that using a partial medium of performance that includes the voice parts of the major roles or soloists, the orchestra, the chorus, and the conductor, without accounting for every singer, could be useful for users searching for parts or roles for a particular voice or range.
It was noted that one cannot always consider a recorded manifestation to be authoritative enough to make a work-based judgment unless the notes were authoritative or there was a score or thematic index to back it up.

Indicators
1st _ = no information provided
0 = medium of performance
1 = partial medium of performance
2nd always blank in authority records
0 = not intended for access (bibliographic records only)
1 = intended for access (bibliographic records only)
Subfields
Multiple mediums from the same source vocabulary may also be recorded in separate occurrences of the field if each medium is controlled by an authority record control number or standard number in subfield ‡0
‡a Medium of performance: a term that indicates the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance.
     ° multiple mediums from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a.
     ° terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate occurrences of the field.

Use the term "percussion" unless cataloger judgment dictates the need for greater detail.

‡b Soloist: term for a soloist (a featured instrument or voice accompanied by an ensemble; do not code a solo instrument or voice in ‡b when the accompaniment is for a solo instrument, even when the accompaniment was originally for an ensemble)
Examples: instrumental | vocal
‡d Doubling instrument: term for the instrument(s)/voice(s) a performer plays in addition to the primary instrument/voice in a musical work/expression
     ° may be recorded in separate occurrences of subfield ‡d
     ° may also be recorded in separate occurrences of the field if each medium is controlled by an authority record control number or standard number in subfield ‡0.
Examples: instrumental
‡e Number of ensembles of the same type named in the preceding subfield
          ° Use after ‡a (Medium of performance) or ‡p (Alternative medium of performance)
‡n Number of performers of the same medium named in the preceding subfield.
     ° may be omitted if the number equals 1
     ° give the name of the instrument or voice in the singular
     ° do not enclose the number in parentheses:
            violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1

Do not use ‡n if the medium includes an uncertain, unknown, or variable number of performers.
See current practice for more than one performer on one instrument (tagged in ‡v).
Do not include the number of ensembles in ‡n for an ensemble.
Examples: instrumental | vocal

‡p Alternative medium of performance: term for an alternative instrument, vocal, and/or other medium of performance, given as an alternative to its primary medium of performance in preceding subfield ‡a, ‡b, or ‡d.

Record alternative instruments in one of two ways:
1. Use a single 382 field:
     ° record alternative instruments in ‡p following the appropriate ‡a, ‡b, or ‡d
     ° include a number in ‡n when applicable following each ‡p.
2. Use two 382 fields:
     ° 1st 382 field: record initial initial medium of performance.
     ° 2nd 382 field: record alternate mediums, recording alternative instruments in ‡p.
Examples: instrumental | vocal

‡r Total number of individuals performing alongside ensembles.
     ° The total number of solo individual performers as indicated in all instances of subfield ‡b needed to perform in the musical work/expression alongside one or more ensembles
     ° However, use subfield ‡s, not ‡r, for individual performers when no accompanying ensembles are involved.
Code ‡r before ‡t and ‡s.
Examples: instrumental | vocal
‡s Total number of performers needed to perform the musical work.
‡s follows the last ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, ‡n, or ‡p
     ° Do not use ‡s when:
          ° the medium statement is partial (1st indicator 1)
          ° one or more ensemble terms are present in the medium statement
          ° when the medium is known, but the exact number of performers is unknown or variable
Examples: instrumental | vocal
‡t Total number of ensembles needed to perform the musical work.
When known, record the number of ensembles in ‡t following the last ‡e or ‡r, but before ‡s
Examples: instrumental | vocal
‡v Free-text note for information that is not otherwise in the subfields of the field when further detail is desired.
     ° may contain a description of the relationship between an alternative medium of performance and its primary medium of performance, or other textual information
Place ‡v immediately following the subfield to which it applies:
     1. following ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, or ‡p when describing the nature of a specific medium component
     2. following ‡n or ‡e when describing the numbering of a specific medium component
     3. following all other subfields but preceding ‡2 when describing the performing forces as a whole
     ° use method 3 when in doubt

From Hermine Vermeij on PCCLIST, 1/21/2014: Situations in which ‡v would be useful, when the medium isn't clear from the title, the preferred title, or the 382 field, if present:
     ° giving voice type details for vocal works (SATB, SSA, etc.)
     ° explaining complicated doubling or instrumentation that can't easily be expressed using controlled vocabulary
Examples: instrumental | solo vocal | other vocal

‡2 MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° use ‡2 lcmpt for Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] (LCMPT)
     ° For guidelines on the application of LCMPT, see Provisional Best Practices for Using LCMPT [750]
     LCMPT terms are now used in the medium of performance [686] in authorized access points
     ° However, the exception g) at 6.28.1.9.1 still applies to instruments: omit range for an instrument:
          clarinet not bass clarinet
     But include it for a vocal range:
          soprano voice not soprano

The names of some instruments and voices vary from past practice in the 382 field and from RDA:

Past practice or RDA LCMPT
soprano soprano voice
mezzo-soprano mezzo-soprano voice
alto alto voice
baritone [for the brass instrument] baritone horn
baritone [for the voice type] baritone voice
bass bass voice
voice [for unspecified singing range] singer
narrator speaker
mixed voices mixed chorus
women's voices women's chorus or treble chorus
men's voices men's chorus or tenor bass chorus
Examples
Instrumental examples
The following examples represent practice allowed by the revision of the DCM Z1 document concerning the 382 field; further refinement may be forthcoming:
382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano, 4 hands ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ prepared piano
382 0_ alto flute
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡s 1
382 0_ ‡b clarinet ‡a string orchestra
382 0_ oboe ‡p saxophone ‡v alternative for oboe
Unspecified medium of performance for instruments
382 0_ performer ‡2 lcmpt
          ° the definition of performer is "an unspecified participant in a musical work," which could apply to an unspecified instrument or unspecified vocalist.
382 0_ instrument ‡n 6 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° use "instrument" for an unspecified instrument; this may be indicated by the misleading word "voices" in an authorised access point for a 16th- or 17th-century work;
             e.g., Fantasia, ‡m voices (6)
                 ° "voice" in this case should not be confused with an unspecified singing range, for which the term "singer" is used
382 0_ instrument ‡n 4 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ instrument ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a instrument ‡n 2 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ melody instrument ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ bowed string instrument ‡n 12 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ instrument ‡v bass clef ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° use ‡v to indicate "bass clef," because "bass instrument," which is used in a preferred title, is not found in LCMPT
Number of instrumental performers in ‡n and ‡s
382 0_ violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
          ° since "continuo" can consist of multiple instruments, ‡n and ‡s were omitted.
           An alternative practice for continuo, when multiple instruments are playing the continuo and each instrument is known, is to include two 382 fields:
            382 0_ oboe ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
                  ° no ‡s, since continuo is a flexibly-sized group
            382 0_ oboe ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
                  ° ‡s is included
382 0_ synthesizer ‡n 1 ‡a saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a speaker ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ vibraphone ‡n 2 ‡a marimba ‡n 2 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ synthesizer ‡n 3 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ instrument ‡n 5 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 2 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ trumpet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° in the AAP, the timpani and percussion are subsumed under the term "percussion"
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 13 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ trumpet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 4 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a bass trombone ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡s 14 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 2 flutes, 2 clarinets, 2 oboes, 2 horns, 2 trombones, 2 bassoons, 2 trumpets, prepared piano
          ° note that score order places bassoons after trombones and trumpets after trombones
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 4 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a saxophone ‡n 5 ‡a trumpet ‡n 4 ‡d flügelhorn ‡n 4 ‡a trombone ‡n 4 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡a drums ‡n 1 ‡s 18 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 4 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a alto clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 4 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a soprano saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a tenor saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a baritone saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 28 ‡2 lcmpt
Electronics
The number of "electronics" is not generally indicated because it is considered an ensemble.
382 0_ electronics ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ live electronics ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a live electronics ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° However, use ‡n may be used when the number of persons or ensembles operating/realizing or required to operate/realize the electronic component(s) is obvious or can be determined.
Solo instrument(s) with ensemble (‡b)
382 0_ ‡b marimba ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 4 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for solo marimba with percussion quartet
382 0_ ‡b cello ‡n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b marimba ‡a percussion ensemble ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b viola ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡ t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b theremin ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a harmonic canon ‡n 1 ‡a chromelodeon ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 3 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for solo theremin, guitar 1, harmonic canon 1, chromolodeon [that is, chromelodeon] 1, diamond marimba, bass marimba, zoomoozophone, and juststrokerods
382 0_ ‡b violin ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 2 ‡a cello ‡n 2 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for string septet; 2 violins (one solo), 2 violas, 2 cellos, double bass
382 0_ ‡b piano ‡n 1 ‡b saxophone ‡n 4 ‡b pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡b percussion ‡n 4 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 10 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 3 ‡b oboe ‡n 2 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b accordion ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt

Keep in mind that there may a difference in the terms that are appropriate as an attribute of the work and those that are appropriate for an access point.

In the authorized access point, "instrumental ensemble" is used. There are two 382 fields, one in which "instrumental ensemble" is used and another in which each instrument in the instrumental ensemble is listed:
382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt

In this example, the instruments in the flute ensemble/choir are listed in the 1st 382 field. In the 2nd and 3rd 382 fields, the name of the accompanying ensemble (called "flute orchestra" on the resource) is used:
382 0_ ‡b flute ‡n 1 ‡a piccolo ‡n 3 ‡a flute ‡n 5 ‡a alto flute ‡n 2 ‡s 11 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute choir ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt

More examples of this:

382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt

382 0_ ‡b bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a woodwind ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt

382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt

Doubling (‡d) for instruments
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡d harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute/alto flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, trumpet, trombone, piano, violin, viola
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡d celesta ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡d marimba ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute/alto flute, oboe/English horn, clarinet/bass clarinet, viola, violoncello, double bass

382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a keyboard instrument ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a kora ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for piano, kora, flute (doubling piccolo), clarinet, cello, keyboards, percussion

382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 3 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute/piccolo, clarinet, bassoon, trumpet, timpani, percussion, 3 violins, and double bass; one performer plays both the timpani and percussion parts

382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡d celesta ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a chimes ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡d glockenspiel ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 11

382 0_ alto flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a bass trombone ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 12 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for alto flute/piccolo, clarinet in A, bass clarinet/chimes, horn/chimes, bass trombone/chimes, percussion, harp, violin, viola, cello, bass

382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡d aerophone ‡v bassoon reed ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡d aerophone ‡v saxophone mouthpiece ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡v 5-string ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute (piccolo), oboe (English horn, nose flute, bassoon reed), clarinet (bass clarinet, nose flute), bassoon (nose flute), horn (nose flute), trumpet (nose flute), trombone (nose flute), tuba (saxophone mouthpiece), percussion (two players), piano, violins (2 players), viola, cello, double bass (5-strings))

Two or more of the same instrument, only one of which doubles another instrument
Z1 [693] says: "6) Record doubling instrument(s) in ‡d following the appropriate ‡a, according to cataloger's judgment." This does not address the situation in which only one of two or more of the same instrument doubles on another instrument. For example, two flutes, one of which doubles on piccolo has been coded one of the following ways:

     flute ‡n 2 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡s 2
     flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡s 2

However, making the numerals in ‡n subfields of ‡a and ‡d pairs seems to be more amenable to machine processing. This situation will be addressed in the next revision of the Provisional Best Practices for Using LCMPT [751].

382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡d contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 2 flutes (2nd doubling piccolo), 2 oboes (2nd doubling English horn), 2 clarinets (A and B flat) (2nd doubling bass clarinet), 2 horns in F, and 2 bassoons (2nd doubling contrabassoon)

382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 21 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 2 flutes (2nd doubling piccolo), 2 oboes, 2 clarinets (2nd doubling bass clarinet), alto saxophone, 2 bassoons, 2 horns, 2 trumpets, trombone, piano, percussion, 2 violins, viola, cello, and double bass

Alternate instruments (‡p)
382 0_ horn ‡n 1 ‡p violin ‡n 1 ‡p flute ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for horn or violin or flute and piano

382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡p pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute, violin, cello, and piano or harp

382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡p bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute, clarinet, viola, and cello or bassoon

382 0_ trombone ‡n 1 ‡p horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for trombone or horn and string quartet
380 0_ harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡p piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡p violin ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡p violin ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡p viola ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡p cello ‡n 1 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for flute (or violin), oboe (or violin), horn (or viola), bassoon (or cello), and harpsichord (or piano)

Total number of solo instruments (‡r)
382 0_ ‡b violin ‡n 1 ‡b cello ‡ n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for solo violin and cello with orchestra
Total number of instrumental ensembles (‡t)
382 0_ ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for orchestra
Explanatory note (‡v) for instruments

382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡v prepared piano in the 1st and 3rd movements ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b piano ‡n 2 ‡b synthesizer ‡n 1 ‡v keyboards, 1 player ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡v 4 hands ‡v performers also vocalize ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ trombone ‡n 1 ‡s 1 ‡v with F-attachment tuning slide removed ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡v scordatura ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ violin ‡n 5 ‡a viola ‡n 3 ‡a cello ‡n 3 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡v amplified ‡s 12 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ trumpet ‡n 5 ‡a trombone ‡n 4 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡s 12 ‡v two brass instrument groups, piccolo trumpet in D, group 2 ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ cornet ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 4 ‡a trombone ‡n 3 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡s 11 ‡v two brass instrument groups ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ guitar ‡n 4 ‡a double bass ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 2 ‡a double bass ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ unspecified instrument ‡n 4 ‡s 4 ‡v unlimited number of performers beyond 4 ‡2 lcmpt

Pitch for an instrument, when other than typical
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡v in A and B♭ ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡v in A ‡d clarinet ‡n 1 ‡v in E♭ ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡d piccolo ‡v piccolo part is optional ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡v clarinet in A doubles on sopranino E♭ clarinet ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d harmonica ‡v harmonica in A-flat ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡d harmonica ‡v harmonica in F-sharp ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡d harmonica ‡v harmonica in B ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt

More than one performer on one instrument
LCMPT does not have terms for more than one performer on one instrument. For keyboard instruments (including percussion keyboard instruments), current practice is to use ‡n to indicate the total number of performers required for that instrument and ‡v to indicate how hands are required:
382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano 4 hands ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 2 performers, 1 piano, 4 hands total
382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano 3 hands ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 2 performers, 1 piano, 1 performer using both hands, 1 performer using only 1 hand
382 0_ piano ‡n 4 ‡v 2 pianos, 4 hands ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 4 performers, 2 pianos, 4 hands each piano
382 0_ marimba ‡n 4 ‡v 2 marimbas, 8 hands ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 4 performers, 2 marimbas, 4 hands each marimba
382 0_ piano ‡n 6 ‡v 3 pianos, 12 hands ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 6 performers, 3 pianos, 4 hands each piano

Multiple 382 fields for different mediums of performance
n 2014000149
382 0_ ‡v orchestral version: ‡a orchestra ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v chamber version: ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

382 0_ mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡b soprano ‡n 1 ‡b contralto ‡n 1 ‡b baritone ‡n 1 ‡v flute and oboe or violins in obligato ad libitum ‡2 lcmpt
380 0_ organ ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡a audience ‡n 1 ‡a instrument ‡n 3 ‡v string or wind instruments ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡a orchestra ‡b soprano ‡n 1 ‡b alto ‡n 1 ‡p string orchestra ‡v alternative for orchestra ‡p piano ‡n 1 ‡v alternative for orchestra ‡p organ ‡n 1 ‡v alternative for orchestra ‡2 lcmpt

Multiple 382 fields to reflect differing instrumentation in each movement or part
n 2014054923
382 0_ percussion ‡n 1 ‡v 1st movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ cello ‡n 1 ‡v 2nd movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡v 3rd movement ‡2 lcmpt

n 2014078001
382 0_ violin ‡n 1 ‡a mandolin ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡v 1st movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ guitar ‡n 1 ‡a mandolin ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡v 2nd movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a mandolin ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡v 3rd movement ‡2 lcmpt

nr 00026013
3820 ‡v no. 1-3: ‡a recorder ‡n 2 ‡p violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
3820 ‡v no. 4-6: ‡a recorder ‡n 1 ‡p violin ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
3820 ‡v no. 7-12: ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

n 2014001809
382 0_ ‡v Movements 1, 5, 6: ‡a tenor saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v Movement 2: ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v Movement 3: ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v Movement 4: ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a hand claps ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v Movement 7: ‡a sopranino saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡v Movement 8: ‡a soprano saxophone ‡n 1 ‡d bass flute ‡n 1 ‡d clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d flute ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

nr2002022366
382 0_ organ ‡a piano ‡a recorder ‡n 2 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a saxophone ‡a violin ‡a guitar ‡a percussion ‡a viola ‡v 1st movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡a flute ‡a clarinet ‡v 2nd movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡a organ ‡a synthesizer ‡a flute ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a saxophone ‡a trumpet ‡a percussion ‡a tape ‡v 3rd movement ‡2 lcmpt

n 2015017771
382 0_ violin ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt ‡v 1st, 5th, and 7th parts
382 0_ men's chorus ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt ‡v 2nd, 8th parts
382 0_ prepared piano ‡2 lcmpt ‡v 6th part
382 0_ instrumental ensemble ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt ‡v 4th part

n 2015040601
382 0_ shakuhachi ‡n 1 ‡v 1st, 5th, 11th, 14th movements ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ guitar ‡n 1 ‡v 2nd, 4th, 13th, 17th movements ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡v 7th movement ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡v 3rd, 9th-10th, 16th movements ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ violin ‡n 1 ‡v 6th, 12th, 15th, 18th movements ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ er hu ‡n 1 ‡v 8th movement ‡2 lcmpt

Vocal examples
The following examples are being revised to conform to LCMPT.

The term "singer" is the LCMPT form for a performer who uses his or her voice to produce musical tone.
The LCMPT term "voice" is used for an unspecified vocalized part, including speaking voice and vocal percussion.
382 0_ singer ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ singer ‡n 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ singer ‡n 2 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ singer ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ singer ‡n 8 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt

Examples of numbers in ‡n and ‡s for voices
Solo voice(s) (including narrator), without chorus:
382 0_ soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ soprano voice ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
          ° since "continuo" can consist of multiple instruments, ‡n and ‡s were omitted from these two 382 fields.
382 0_ baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ alto voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ high voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
Explanatory note (‡v) for solo voice
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡v wordless
          ° use for a vocalise

Narrator/Speaker:
382 0_ drum set ‡n 1 ‡d speaker ‡n 1 ‡s 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 1 performer; the percussionist speaks the words
382 0_ ‡b speaker ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ speaker ‡n 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b speaker‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ synthesizer ‡n 1 ‡a saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a speaker ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡b speaker ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 3 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b speaker ‡n 1 ‡a tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a big band ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 2‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b mezzo-soprano ‡n 1 ‡b speaker ‡n 5 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a alto flute ‡n 2 ‡a harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡a chamber organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b speaker ‡n 3 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡a computer ‡a mixed media ‡2 lcmpt

Choruses:

As of May 2021, vocal range has been separated from that of gender of the singers in terms for choruses:
mixed chorus: a chorus comprising adult voices singing both higher (soprano and/or alto) and lower ranges (tenor and/or bass)
women's chorus: a chorus comprising adult soprano and/or alto voices identified as women's voices
treble chorus: a chorus comprising soprano and alto voices of unspecified age or gender
men's chorus: a chorus identified as comprising adult male voices
tenor bass chorus: a chorus comprising adult voices of unspecified gender singing lower ranges (tenor, baritone, and/or bass)

Number and ranges of parts not indicated:
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

Number of choruses and range of voices indicated:
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSA ‡e 1 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b speaker ‡n 1 ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 3 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt

Range of voices indicated:
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SMezATBarB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SA ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano, 4 hands ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSMzAC ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡a tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡a bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SSSAAATTTBBB ‡e 1 ‡r 4 ‡t 1‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano ‡n 1 ‡b flute ‡n 1 ‡a women's chorus ‡v SSAA ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ unison chorus ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt (n 2015022836)
382 0_ unison chorus ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt (n 2015003053)

Number of parts and range of voices known:
382 0_ treble chorus ‡v 3-part ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt (n 2016025306)

Number of parts, but not ranges of voices, known:
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v 3 parts ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v 4 parts ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡v 3-5 parts ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡v 4-8 parts ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡v 4-12 parts ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ equal voices ‡n 1 ‡v 1-2 voices ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v 10 parts ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt

Solo voice(s) (including narrator), with chorus:
382 0_ ‡b female voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡et ‡r 1 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SSSAAATTTBBB ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡a orchestra ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡p singer ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for solo voice for baritone or singing actor
382 0_ ‡b mezzo-soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SSTBB ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SSATB‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a men's chorus ‡v TTBB ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡r 4 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a children's chorus ‡v optional ‡e 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 3 ‡2 lcmpt

Solo voice(s) with ensemble (‡b)
382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b low voice ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola da gamba ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b female voice ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a singer ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡p English horn ‡n 1 ‡p clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡n 3 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for soprano, French horn (or English horn or clarinet), and piano
382 0_ ‡b tenor voice ‡n 2 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a bowed string ensemble ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt

This is an example of one 382 field used to name an accompanying ensemble and one 382 field in which each instrument in the accompanying ensemble is listed:
382 0_ ‡b voice ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt

This is an example of one 382 field used to list each instrument in an accompanying ensemble and one 382 field in which the name of the accompanying ensemble is used:
382 0_ ‡b soprano ‡n 3 ‡b alto ‡n 3 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 6 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano ‡n 3 ‡b alto ‡n 3 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 4 ‡a bass guitar ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

Choral music, without accompaniment or solo voice(s):
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSS ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSSAAA ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ men's chorus ‡v TTBB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v cantus, contratenor, tenor, bass ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt

Choral music, with accompaniment, without solo voice(s):
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB ‡e 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v 3 parts ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB, SATB ‡e 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSMzAC ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB, SATB ‡e 3 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SA ‡e 1 ‡a piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano, 4 hands ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SMezA ‡e 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt

Alternate voice(s) (‡p)
382 0_ tenor ‡n 1 ‡p soprano ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡p singer ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for solo voice for baritone or singing actor
382 0_ male voice ‡n 4 ‡p with piano accompaniment ad libitum ‡v originally for voice and piano
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡p soprano voice ‡p alto voice ‡p tenor voice ‡p bass voice ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for soprano solo, SATB chorus (or soloists), and orchestra
Total number of solo voices (‡r)
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 3 ‡b alto voice ‡ n 2 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡ n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡ n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 8 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for 8 solo voices (SSSAATBarB) and orchestra
Total number of vocal ensembles (‡t)
382 0_ ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB, SATB ‡e 2 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for two mixed choruses
Explanatory note (‡v) for vocal ensembles
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB ‡e 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSS ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ soprano ‡n 1 ‡a alto ‡n 1 ‡a tenor ‡n 1 ‡a bass ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a bowed string ensemble ‡e 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt

Other interesting examples:
380 0_ organ ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a audience ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt
          ° for mixed choir, congregation, and organ

Name attributes (MARC 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, and 378)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

370: Associated place | 371: Address | 372: Field of activity | 373: Associated group | 374: Occupation | 375: Gender | 377: Language | 378: Fuller form of personal name
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for authority data [642] and Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], sections on field 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, and 378

MARC Definition
37X Subfields that apply to all fields in the 37X range (with exceptions noted)
‡u Uniform Resource Identifier (URI)
     ° Used to record the location of the source of information about a place recorded in the field that is accessible electronically.
     ° Data can be used for automated access to an electronic item using one of the Internet protocols.
          » For example, a URL or URN that provides electronic access data in a standard syntax.
‡v Source of information
     ° Source where the information recorded was found if not through a URI.
‡2 Source of term
     ° Specifies a code that identifies the source of a controlled vocabulary term for activity terms in subfield ‡a.
          » Does not apply to the 371 field.
     ° Follows immediately after the data to which it applies:
          373 __ Universität für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Wien ‡2 naf ‡s 1992
          not
          373 __ Universität für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Wien ‡s 1992 ‡2 naf
MARC Definition
370 Associated place
Use in conjunction with
RDA 9.8-9.11 [752] for recording place of birth, death, country, residence, and address for persons
RDA 6.5 [753] for recording place of origin for works and expressions
A town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with persons, corporate bodies, families, works, and expressions.
     ° For a person: the town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with a person's place of birth, death, residence, and/or identity
     ° For a corporate body: a significant location associated with a corporate body (e.g., location of a conference, etc., location of the headquarters of an organization)
     ° For a family: a place where the family resides or has resided or has some connection
     ° For a work or expression: the country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work or expression originated.

Field 370 should be repeated when start and end periods in subfields ‡s and ‡t pertain to a different associated place.
When place data is from a controlled vocabulary, the vocabulary is indicated in subfield ‡2 (Source of term).
     ° When using subfield ‡2, repeat the 370 if subfield ‡2 does not apply to all place names

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 370, updated on 9/11/2013:
     ° Use the authorized access point form as found in the authority file
     ° If the authorized form has not yet been established in the authority file, use name of the place in the authorized RDA form
          » There is no need to establish a name not in the authority file

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Place of birth
     ° The town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person was born.
‡b Place of death
     ° The town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person died.
‡c Associated country
     ° A country with which the person, corporate body, family, or work is identified.
     ° Dates that pertain to the country are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period).
‡e Place of residence/headquarters
     ° The town, city, province, state, locale, and/or country in which a person resides or has resided, or an organization has its headquarters or carries out its activities.
     ° Dates associated with a place of residence/location of headquarters are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period).
‡f Other associated place
     ° Other or additional town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with persons, corporate bodies, families, works, and expressions.
     ° Dates associated with other place are recorded in subfields in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period).
‡g Place of origin of work
     ° The country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work originated.
     ° Dates associated with place of origin of work are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period).
‡s Start period
     ° The starting date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression.
‡t End period
     ° The end date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression.
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies
          » naf = NACO authority file
Examples: Persons:
Place of birth only:
370 __ Los Angeles (Calif.) ‡2 naf
370 __ Donna (Tex.) ‡2 naf
370 __ Nuremberg (Germany) ‡2 naf
370 __ Mátészalka (Hungary) ‡2 naf
370 __ Odense (Denmark) ‡2 naf
370 __ Hamburg (Germany) ‡2 naf
370 __ Managua (Nicaragua) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of death only:
370 __ ‡b Geneva (Switzerland) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡b Ontario ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Places of both birth and death:
370 __ Muskegon Heights (Mich.) ‡b Alamo (Calif.) ‡2 naf
370 __ Rosslau (Germany) ‡b Blandford Forum (England) ‡2 naf
370 __ Hamm (North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany) ‡b Aurora (Colo.) ‡2 naf
370 __ Frankfurt am Main (Germany) ‡b Frankfurt am Main (Germany) ‡2 naf
370 __ Tikhvin (Russia) ‡b Saint Petersburg (Russia) ‡2 naf
370 __ Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) ‡b North Tarrytown (N.Y.) ‡2 naf
370 __ Leipzig (Germany) ‡b Venice (Italy) ‡2 naf
370 __ London (England) ‡b Croydon (London, England) ‡2 naf
370 __ Aversa (Italy) ‡b Venice, (Italy) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth and death, and associated country:
370 __ Scott (N.Y.) ‡b Inglewood (Calif.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf
370 __ Schrobenhausen (Germany) ‡b Dresden (Germany) ‡c Germany ‡2 naf
370 __ Vienna (Austria) ‡b Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf
370 __ Saint Petersburg (Russia) ‡b Los Angeles (Calif.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf
370 __ Ghent (Belgium) ‡b Dallas (Tex.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth, associated country, and other associated place:
370 __ Glossop (England) ‡c Great Britain ‡f Reading (England) ‡2 naf
370 __ Tokyo (Japan) ‡c Japan ‡f Berlin (Germany) ‡f Weimar (Thuringia, Germany) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of residence:
370 __ ‡e United States ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e United States ‡2 naf ‡s 1948 ‡t 2013
370 __ ‡e Netherlands ‡2 naf ‡s 1990
370 __ ‡e Muncie (Ind.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1959 ‡t 1992
370 __ ‡e Lake Placid (N.Y.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1992 ‡t 2010
370 __ ‡e Salzburg (Austria) ‡2 naf ‡s 1595 ‡t 1596
370 __ ‡e Prague (Czech Republic) ‡2 naf ‡s 1596 ‡t 1612

_________________________________________

Other associated place:
370 __ ‡f La Crescenta (Calif.) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth and residence:
370 __ Peru ‡e Manheim (Pa.) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth, death, and residence (two 370 fields):
370 __ Weimar (Thuringia, Germany) ‡b Hamburg (Germany) ‡e Berlin (Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1738 ‡t 1768
370 __ ‡e Hamburg (Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1768 ‡t 1788

_________________________________________

Place of birth and other associated place(s):
370 __ Hay (Wales) ‡f Enfield (London, England) ‡2 naf
370 __ Mátészalka (Hungary) ‡f Budapest (Hungary) ‡f Stuttgart (Germany) ‡f Christchurch (N.Z.) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth, death, and associated country, with other associated places with start and end dates, in separate 370 fields:
370 __ Ghent (Belgium) ‡b Dallas (Tex.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e Lubbock (Tex.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1934 ‡t 1950
370 __ ‡e Dallas (Tex.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1950 ‡t 1951
370 __ ‡f Houston (Tex.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1913 ‡t 1916
370 __ ‡f San Antonio (Tex.) ‡2 naf ‡s 1917 ‡t 1922

_________________________________________

Place of residence and other associated place(s):
370 __ ‡e England ‡e Scotland ‡f London (England) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth, residence, and other associated place:
370 __ Uelzen (Germany) ‡e Hannover (Germany) ‡f Berlin (Germany) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Place of birth and country to which the composer emigrated (two 370 fields):
370 __ Mosul (Iraq) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡c United States ‡2 naf ‡s 1960

_________________________________________

Place of birth and places of residence (two 370 fields):
370 __ Brno (Czech Republic) ‡b Woodstock (N.Y.) ‡e New York (N.Y.) ‡e Woodstock (N.Y.) ‡c United States ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e Vienna (Austria) ‡2 naf ‡s 1928 ‡t 1938

_________________________________________

Examples: Corporate bodies:
370 __ ‡e Amherst (Mass.) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e Wolfville (N.S.) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e Berlin (Germany) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡e Frederiksberg (Denmark) ‡2 naf

_________________________________________

Examples: Works:
370 __ ‡g United States ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡g Hamburg (Germany) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡g Eau Claire (Wis.) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡g New York (N.Y.) ‡2 naf
370 __ ‡g Brooklyn (New York, N.Y.) ‡g Peterborough (N.H.) ‡2 naf

MARC Definition
371 Address (For persons, see also RDA 9.12.1.3 [754])
An address (as well as electronic access information such as e-mail, telephone, fax, TTY, etc. numbers) associated with the entity described in the record.
     ° Multiple addresses, such as mailing addresses and addresses corresponding to the physical location of an item or facilities, are recorded in separate occurrences of field 371.
     ° For a person: the address of a person's place of residence, business, or employer and/or an e-mail or Internet address.
     ° For a corporate body: the address of the corporate body's headquarters or offices, or an e-mail or Internet address for the body.

The difference between fields 370 and 371:
     ° Field 370 (Associated place) includes information about places associated with a person or a corporate body at the level of the country, the town, etc.
     ° Field 371 (Address) contains information relating to the location of a person or a corporate body, at which they can be found or reached (e.g., printed mail address, e-mail address, etc.)

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 371:
Best practice:
     ° Supply based on cataloger's judgment, if the information is readily available and not already being recorded in field 370 subfield ‡e (Place of residence/headquarters).
     ° In cases where subfield ‡a is not recorded, include at a minimum subfield ‡m (Electronic mail address) or subfield ‡b (City).
  ° Do not record physical addresses for living people.
     ° Catalogers are not required to maintain address information when updating a record that contains an address.
     ° Repeatability: In choosing between repeating a field vs. repeating a subfield:
          » If the only addition to an existing field is an additional term from the same vocabulary, repeat the affected subfield.
          » If the vocabulary source differs, or if another associated element differs (such as a range of dates), repeat the field.
          » Overall best practice: repeat the field when needed for clarity.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Address
     ° All address information preceding the name of the city or town.
     ° The subfield can also contain information indicating that no address information is available.
     ° Subfield ‡a is repeated to indicate separations of address information.
‡b City
     ° Name of city or town in address of a person or corporate body.
‡c Intermediate jurisdiction
     ° Name of intermediate jurisdiction, such as state or province, in address of a person or corporate body.
‡d Country
     ° Name of country in address of a person or corporate body.
‡e Postal code
     ° Alphanumeric code assigned to the postal delivery area by a national postal agency.
‡m Electronic mail address
     ° Electronic mail address associated with the person or corporate body.
          » If more than one electronic mail address applies, subfield ‡m is repeated.
‡s Start period
     ° The starting date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression.
‡t End period
     ° The end date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression.
Examples: Persons:
371 __ ‡m janeoakland@stresspoints.co.uk [755]
371 __ ‡m merwinsiu@hotmail.com [756] ‡u http://www.angelfire.com/ms/merwinsiu/ [757]
371 __ ‡m musictheory@cmu.edu [758] ‡v David Berlin WWW site, Oct. 26, 2012 ‡u http://www.davidberlin.com [759]
371 __ ‡m pnagyp@gmail.com [760] ‡v Liszt Ferenc Zeneművészeti Egyetem WWW site, March 13, 2013 ‡u http://www.zeneakademia.hu/oktatok/1428 [761]

Examples: Corporate bodies:
371 __ Rosenørns Allé 22, 1970 &#135b Frederiksberg &#135d Denmark &#135m dkdm@dkdm.dk [762]
371 __ ‡m info@paminatrio.com [763] ‡v Pamina Trio website, viewed Oct. 29, 2012 ‡u http://www.paminatrio.com [764]
371 __ Giornicostrasse 242 ‡b Basel ‡d Switzerland ‡e CH- 4059 ‡m info@lafloridiana.com [765] ‡v La Floridiana WWW site, February 22, 2013 ‡u http://www.lafloridiana.com/?p=contact [766]

MARC Definition
372 Field of activity (For persons, see also RDA 9.15 [767])
For a person: a field of endeavor, area of expertise, etc., in which the person is engaged or was engaged
For a corporate body: a field of business in which the corporate body is engaged, its area of competence, responsibility, jurisdiction, etc.
The field is repeated if the entity has multiple fields of activity for different time periods.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 372:
     ° When recording a term indicating the field, prefer controlled vocabulary, such as LCSH or MeSH, recording the source in subfield ‡2.
     ° Capitalize the first term in each subfield ‡a.
     ° Repeatability: In choosing between repeating a field vs. repeating a subfield:
          » If the only addition to an existing field is an additional term from the same vocabulary, repeat the affected subfield.
          » If the vocabulary source differs, or if another associated element differs (such as a range of dates), repeat the field.
          » Overall best practice: repeat the field when needed for clarity.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Field of activity: A field of endeavor or area of expertise in which the person or corporate body is or was engaged.
     ° Multiple characteristics from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a.
     ° Terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate occurrences of the field.
‡s Start period
     ° The starting date of engagement in a field of endeavor or field of business for a person or corporate body.
‡t End period
     ° The end date of engagement in a field of endeavor or field of business for a person or corporate body.
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies
          » lcsh = Library of Congress Subject Headings
Examples: Persons:
372 __ Music ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Composition (Music) ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Performing arts ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Arrangement (Music) ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Education ‡2 lcsh
373 __ Music ‡a Psychology ‡a Singing ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Musical performance
372 __ Contemporary music
372 __ Church music--Catholic Church ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Electronica (Music) ‡a Techno music ‡a Software ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Alternative rock music ‡a Punk rock music ‡a Emo (Music) ‡a Popular music ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Motion pictures--Production and direction ‡a Documentary films--Production and direction ‡a Documentary television programs--Production and direction ‡2 lcsh

Examples: Corporate bodies:
372 __ Early music ‡a Neapolitan music
372 __ Music--21st century ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Popular music--France ‡a Swing (Music)--France ‡2 lcsh
372 __ Alternative rock music ‡2 lcsh

MARC Definition
373 Associated group (For persons, see also RDA 9.13 [768])
Information about a group, institution, association, etc., that is associated with the entity in the 1XX.
     ° This can also be a group with which a person is or has been affiliated, including dates of affiliation.
     ° The field is repeated if the person has multiple affiliations for different time periods.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 373:
     ° Prefer a controlled vocabulary, such as the LC/NACO Authority File.
     ° Repeatability: In choosing between repeating a field vs. repeating a subfield:
          » If the only addition to an existing field is an additional term from the same vocabulary, repeat the affected subfield.
          » If the vocabulary source differs, or if another associated element differs (such as a range of dates), repeat the field.
          » Overall best practice: repeat the field when needed for clarity.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Associated group
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° Subfield ‡2 immediately follows the subfields to which it applies and precedes ‡s and ‡t
          » naf = NACO authority file
‡s Start period
     ° The starting date of the association.
‡t End period
     ° The end date of the association.
Examples: Persons:
373 __ Los Angeles Chamber Orchestra ‡2 naf
373 __ Mostly Mozart Festival
373 __ Black Music Repertory Ensemble
373 __ Y Chamber Symphony ‡s 1976 ‡2 naf
373 __ Ball State University ‡s 1959 ‡t 1992
373 __ Lake Placid Sinfonietta ‡s 1948 ‡t 1990
373 __ Ciompi Quartet ‡s 1979 ‡t 1986
373 __ Eastman School of Music ‡s 1986
373 __ Nederlandse Opera ‡2 naf
373 __ Santa Fe Opera ‡2 naf ‡s 1957 ‡t 2000
373 __ University of Reading. Library ‡2 naf ‡s 1963 ‡t 1999
373 __ Oslo Sinfonietta ‡a neoN ‡a Curious Chamber Players
373 __ Toledo Symphony ‡a Zin String Quartet ‡a Bezonian Trio ‡a Cathay Trio
373 __ Clowns (Musical group)
373 __ Frauenkirche (Munich, Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1969 ‡t 2003
373 __ Universitätschor Leipzig (Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1963 ‡t 1973 ‡v German Wikipedia, viewed Sept. 27, 2013
373 __ University of Canterbury ‡a Liszt Ferenc Zeneművészeti Főiskola ‡a Staatliche Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Stuttgart ‡2 naf
MARC Definition
374 Occupation (For persons, see also RDA 9.16 [769])
Information about profession or occupation in which a person works or has worked, including dates applicable.
     ° The field is repeated if the person has multiple occupations for different time periods.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 374:
     ° Prefer controlled vocabulary, recording the source in subfield ‡2.
          » See lcdgt [770] (Library of Congress demographic group terms) and lcsh [771]) Library of Congress subject headings
     ° Capitalize the first term in each subfield ‡a.
     ° When terms do not come from a controlled vocabulary, use a singular form.
     ° Repeatability: In choosing between repeating a field vs. repeating a subfield:
          » If the only addition to an existing field is an additional term from the same vocabulary, repeat the affected subfield.
          » If the vocabulary source differs, or if another associated element differs (such as a range of dates), repeat the field.
          » Overall best practice: repeat the field when needed for clarity.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields:
‡a Occupation
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies
          » lcsh = Library of Congress Subject Headings
          » lcdgt = LC demographic group terms
See the LC documentation [772] for the Library of Congress Demographic Group Terms (LCDGT) and the entire list of terms in PDF [773] as of 2017.
‡s Start period
     ° The starting date of work in a profession or occupation.
‡t End period
     ° The end date of work in a profession or occupation.
Examples
374 __ Cellists ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Composers ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Pianists ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Music teachers ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Hymn writers ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Editors ‡a Music librarians ‡a Musicologists ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Actors ‡a Psychologists ‡a Vocal coaches ‡a Voice teachers ‡a Sopranos (Singers) ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Keyboard players ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Keyboardists ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Guitarists ‡2 lcdgt
374 __ Arrangers (Musicians) ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Music teachers ‡a Stamp collectors ‡a Composers ‡a Pianists ‡2 lcsh
374 __ Musical instrument repairers and tuners ‡2 onet [onet taken from Occupation Term Source Codes [774]]

Difference between Field of activity (372 field) and Occupation (374 field):

Field of activity = a field of study or discipline Occupation = a profession with that field or discipline
Jazz Jazz musicians
Education Teachers
Music-Instruction and study Music teachers
Piano-Instruction and study Piano teachers
Flute--Performance Flute players
Choral conducting Choral conductors
MARC Definition
375 Gender: DO NOT RECORD
As per the PCC Ad Hoc Task Group on Recording Gender in Personal Name Authority Records Revised Report on Recording Gender in Personal Name Authority Records [775] of April 7, 2022.
° Do not record the RDA gender element (MARC 375) in personal name authority records.
° Delete existing 375 fields when editing a record for any other reason.
MARC Definition
377 Associated language (See also RDA 9.14 [776])
A language code identifying the language that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed.
     ° Includes:
          » the language a person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc.
          » a language a corporate body uses in its communications
          » a language of a family
          » a language in which a work is expressed.

Do not use this field:
     ° for the language(s) a person speaks
     ° for creators who work in a non-verbal context and the person does not have published textual works
     ° when the language is not obvious

Use language codes found in MARC code list for languages [777]

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 375:
     ° Prefer language codes over language terms, using codes from the MARC Code List for Languages as the source for language codes
          » Subfield ‡2 is not required when the MARC Code List for Languages is used as the language source code
     ° Use subfield ‡l (Language term) only to provide information not available in the MARC Code List for Languages
     ° Encode multiple languages for a person or corporate body only if more than one language is used for publication, communication, etc.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Language code identifying the language that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed.
‡1 Language term that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed.
Examples
377 __ ‡a ger
MARC Definition
378 Fuller form of personal name (See also RDA 9.5 [778])
A name element used to distinguish a person from another person with the same name.
     ° It may be needed when:
          » a part of a name is represented only by an initial or abbreviation in the form chosen as the preferred name
          » a part of the name is not included in the form chosen as the preferred name.
     ° The 378 field applies only to the name in the 1XX.
     ° The 378 field is not repeatable.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 378:
     ° Best practice: Encode the fuller form of name in the 378 field when this information is readily available, even if the same information is already present in the 100 field.

Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡q Full form of name needed to distinguish a person from another person with the same preferred name.
Examples
100 1_ Weill, Kurt, ‡d 1900-1950
378 __ ‡q Julian Kurt

_________________________________________

100 1_ Lloyd, James, ‡d 1964-
378 __ ‡q James K.

_________________________________________

100 1_ Albright, Philip H., ‡d 1927-2010
378 __ ‡q Philip Hills

_________________________________________

100 1_ Oakland, Jane
378 __ ‡q Jane Caroline

_________________________________________

100 1_ Best, C. W., ‡d 1865-1948
378 __ ‡q Cyrus Williams

_________________________________________

100 1_ Astenius, A. O. T.
400 1_ Astenius, Anthony Oliver Theophilus
378 __ ‡q Anthony Oliver Theophilus

_________________________________________

100 1_ Dana, C. Henshaw, ‡d 1846-1883
400 1_ Dana, Charles Henshaw, ‡d 1846-1883
378 __ ‡q Charles Henshaw

_________________________________________

100 1_ Danning, Christian, ‡d 1867-1925
400 1_ Danning, Sophus Christian, ‡d 1867-1925
378 __ ‡q Sophus Christian

Numeric designation of musical work or expression (MARC 383)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Use in conjunction with Recording numeric designation for musical works [779] (RDA 6.16) and Best practices for music cataloging [780].
In 2024, the field was renamed and the definition and scope was broadened to accommodate numeric designations of musical expressions. See Interim Music Library Association Best Practices for Recording Numeric Designations of Musical Works and Expressions in Field 383 of the MARC Bibliographic and Authority Formats [781].

See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [782] and authority data [783] and DCM Z1 [693]

Indicators | Subfields | Examples

In bibliographic and authority records: a serial number, opus number, or thematic index number assigned to a musical work by the composer, publisher, or a musicologist.
     ° May be used to differentiate a musical work from another with the same title.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], section on field 383:
     ° Best practice: Encode when available.
     ° Create separate 383 fields for different numbering schemes associated with a single work.

Indicators
1st 0 = Work: Numeric designation associated with the work.
1 = Expression: Numeric designation associated with the expression
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Serial number: a numeric designation of musical work that is assigned by a composer or a reference source that indicates a sequence of musical works that share the same title or that share the same title and the same representative medium of performance.
‡b Opus number: a numeric designation of musical work that is assigned
from a list of works of a composer indicating the chronological order of composition.

The thematic index numbers used in an authorized access point should come from a recognized thematic index, but you may record numbers not found in such a source in the 383 field.

‡c Thematic index number: a numeric designation of musical work that is
assigned from a list of works of a composer, usually arranged in chronological order or
by categories, with the theme given for each composition or for each section of large
composition.
‡d Thematic index code: code identifying thematic index represented by the number recorded in subfield ‡c.
     ° For codes, see Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]
‡e Publisher associated with opus number: brief identification of publisher associated with number recorded in ‡b.
     ° Use only when different publishers assign
          » different opus numbers to the same work
          or
          » the same opus number to different works.
‡2 Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list.
     ° use ‡2 mlati for Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784].
Examples
Serial number:
383 __ no. 4
383 __ N. 1
383 __ 1. colección
383 __ conatum 15
383 __ 3r quadern
383 __ book 2
Range of consecutive serial numbers:
383 __ No. 5-6
383 __ no. 14-17
Opus number:
383 __ ‡b op. 31
383 __ ‡b op. 30a
383 __ ‡b op. 99A
383 __ ‡b op. posth.
     ° op. posth. numbers are not used in authorized access points, but may be recorded in a 383 field.
383 __ ‡b WoO 53
     ° WoO (Werke ohne Opus) numbers are not used in authorized access points, but may be recorded in a 383 field.
Publisher associated with opus number:
383 __ ‡b op. 3 ‡e André
383 __ ‡b op. 5 ‡e Hummel
Different opus numbers associated with the same work from different publishers:
no2014154638
383 __ ‡b op. 30 ‡e André
383 __ ‡b op. 14 ‡e Hummel
383 __ ‡b op. 30 ‡e Sieber
Serial number and opus number:
383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 38
383 __ no. 8 ‡b op. 27
383 __ book 1 ‡b op. 4
383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 77d
383 __ 4e recueil ‡b op. 118
Serial number within an opus number:
383 __ ‡b op. 11, no. 1
383 __ ‡b op. 125, no. 1b
383 __ ‡b op. 78, no. 2
383 __ ‡b 35, no. 2a
Different serial number with opus numbers associated with the same work from different publishers:
no2011193943
383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 1 ‡e Gombart
383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 3 ‡e Longman
383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 2 ‡e Mollo
383 __ ‡b op. 35, no. 1 ‡e Sieber
Serial number within an opus number with consecutively numbered works:
383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 8, no. 1
383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 125, no. 46
Opus number with consecutive range of serial numbers:
383 __ ‡b op. 8, no. 1-4
Thematic index numbers:
383 __ ‡c H. 431
383 __ ‡c H. VIIh, 1
383 __ ‡c H. VI, D1
383 __ ‡c WoO 32
383 __ ‡c T. 6
383 __ ‡c B. 15bis
383 __ ‡c WV 5.22
383 __ ‡c HWV Anh. B
383 __ ‡c W. B Inc 2
383 __ ‡c GraunWV Av:XV:50
383 __ ‡c VdGS no. 8
Thematic index number with serial number of part:
383 __ ‡c P. 249. No. 3
383 __ ‡c WV 4.11-4.13. No. 3
383 __ ‡c B. 410-415. No. 4-6
Range of consecutive thematic index numbers:
383 __ ‡c T. 66-71
383 __ ‡c G. 437-442
383 __ ‡c H. XV, 24-26
383 __ ‡c P. IX:24-26
383 __ ‡c BWV 1007-1012
Range of consecutive thematic index numbers with serial number of part:
383 __ ‡c W. B 43-48. No. 2
383 __ ‡c WV 4.11-4.13. No. 3
Range of consecutive thematic index numbers with consecutive serial numbers of parts:
383 __ ‡c W. B 36-41. No. 5-6
Thematic index numbers, with thematic index code and source of information code (in these examples: mlati [784]):
383 __ ‡c B. 77 ‡d Burghauser ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c H. II, 46 ‡d Hoboken ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c TWV 54:D3 ‡d Ruhnke ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c F. I, 22-25 ‡d Fanna ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c GraunWV Av:XIII:36 ‡d Henzell ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c WoO 10 ‡d McCorkle ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c TVWV15:15 ‡d Menke ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c RV 269 ‡c RV 315 ‡c RV 293 ‡c RV 297 ‡d Ryom ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c BWV 1001 ‡c BWV 1002 ‡c BWV 1003 ‡c BWV 1004 ‡c BWV 1005 ‡c BWV 1006 ‡d BWV ‡2 mlati
Separate 383 fields for different types of numeric designations:

383 __ Nr. 1
383 __ ‡c WoO 9 ‡d McCorkle ‡2 mlati

383 __ ‡c W. B70-B75 ‡d Warburton ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡b op. 11

383 __ ‡c L III:121 ‡d Lee ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡b op. 1, no. 4<

Different numeric designations for the same work from different sources:
383 __ ‡c H. 559 ‡d Helm ‡2 mlati
383 __ ‡c W. 137 ‡d Wotquenne ‡2 mlati
Numeric designations from current and older editions of the same source:
Both editions of the source have mlati [784] codes:
383 __ no. 21 ‡c K. 304 ‡d Köchel ‡2 mlati   The mlati code for the 1937 (4th) edition of Köchel
383 __ ‡c K. 300c ‡d Köchel6 ‡2 mlati The mlati code for the 1983 (6th) edition of Köchel
Numeric designations from current and older editions of the same source and from an alternate source:
Separate 383 fields for alternate numbers from different sources (Ryom and Fanna) and numbering from an older edition of one of those sources (Ryom):
The number in the current (2007) edition of Ryom is RV Anh. 103. In the current edition, there is a reference from an older form of numbering (RV 102), taken from the 1986 edition. Even though it is referenced in the current edition, it is considered to have be taken from the older edition. Because there is no mlati [784] code for the 1986 edition, there is no ‡2 code in the 383 field for the older from of number:
383 __ ‡c RV Anh. 103 ‡d Ryom ‡2 mlati The mlati code for the 2007 edition of Ryom
383 __ ‡c RV 102 ‡d Ryom, 1986 The 1986 edition of Ryom doesn't have a mlati code
383 __ ‡c F. XII, 52 ‡d Fanna ‡2 mlati Numeric designation from another source (mlati code Fanna), to be used in variant access points for the work
Unusual examples:
Symphony no. 5, op. 76; first published as Symphony no. 3; once known as op. 24
383 __ no. 3
383 __ no. 5
383 __ ‡b op. 76
383 __ ‡b op. 24
Divertimento no. 3 op. 15 also published as op. 16
383 __ ‡b op. 15, no. 3
383 __ ‡b op. 16, no. 3

Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression (MARC 381)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Use in conjunction with Recording other distinguishing characteristic of the expression of musicals work [785] (RDA 6.18)

See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [786] and authority data [787] and DCM Z1 [693]

Indicators | Subfields | Examples

In bibliographic and authority records: Any characteristic that is not accommodated in a special field that serves to characterize a work or expression.
     ° Examples for music are: arranged statement of music or version.
     ° May be used to differentiate a work from another work with the same title.

Indicators

1st blank
2nd blank

Subfields

‡a Form of work: a term expressing the class or genre of the work.
     ° Multiple characteristics from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a.
     ° Terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate occurrences of the field.
‡v Source of information

Examples

381 __ arranged
381 __ unaccompanied
381 __ Selections
381 __ Selections ‡a arranged
381 __ Vocal score
381 __ Hermann [last name of arranger]
381 __ Lindsay [last name of translator]

Other edition (MARC 775)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

The 775 is a linking field that describes a "horizontal relationship: the relationship between versions of a bibliographic item in different languages, format, media, etc." It is used to describe the original edition when cataloging a reprint.
Indicators
1st specifies whether or not a display note is to be generated from the field
0 = displays a note
1 = does not display a note
2nd controls the generation of a display constant preceding the data in the linking entry field
blank = generates "other edition available"
8 = does not generate a display constant; ‡i is used to create an implicit introductory phrase
Subfields:
See 775 Other edition entry [788] for a complete list
‡i Relationship information
‡a Main entry
‡s uniform title
‡t title
‡b edition
‡d place, publisher and date of publication
‡h physical description
‡k series
‡n note
‡w record control number

Examples

775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Foote, Arthur, 1853-1937. ‡t Night piece. ‡d Evanston, Ill. : Summy-Birchard, sole selling agent for the Arthur P. Schmidt Co., ©1934 ‡w (OCoLC)25769895

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Also issued as: ‡a Hanson, Howard, 1896-1981. ‡t Laude. ‡d New York : C. Fischer, ©1976 ‡z 0825804981 ‡w (OCoLC)37914950

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Prokofiev, Sergey, 1891-1953. ‡t Concerto pour violon en ré maj. ‡d [Moscou, New-York] A. Gutheil (S. et N. Koussewitzky); Leipzig, Breitkopf & Härtel, ©1921 ‡w (OCoLC)9403134

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918. ‡t Pelléas et Mélisande. ‡d Paris : A. Durand, ©1907 ‡w (OCoLC)3106880

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Grétry, Andre-Érnest-Modeste, 1741-1813. ‡t Récitativ et air. ‡d Frankfurt-Main : W. Zimmermann, [19--] ‡w (OCoLC)19911062

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Hubay, Jenő, 1858-1937. ‡s Concertos, violin, orchestra, no. 3, op. 99, G minor; arranged ‡t 3ème concerto pour violon avec accompagnement d'orchestre, op. 99; réduction de piano par l'auteur ‡d Leipzig : Zimmermann, ©1907 ‡h 1 score (44 pages) + 1 part (15 pages)

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Pivoda, František, 1824-1898. ‡t Amaranth's Waldeslieder : aus Amaranth von Oscar von Redwitz : sieben Lieder für eine Singstimme mit Begleitung des pianoforte : op. 8. ‡d Leipzig : Verlag von F.E.C. Leuckart, [approximately 1877]. ‡n Publisher's number: F.E.C.L. 3086-87. Plate numbers: F.E.C.L. 3086--F.E.C.L. 2087.

_________________________________________

775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Reinecke, Carl, 1824-1910. ‡s Fabeln von La Fontaine und Florian ‡t Sechs Fabeln von La Fontaine und Florian : für eine Singstimme mit Klavierbegleitung : op. 277. ‡d Leipzig : Fr. Kistner, ©1907

Physical description codes for musical sound recordings (007)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Voyager (007)

See also Fixed field codes for sound recordings (008) [587]

Multiple 007 fields are appropriate whenever more than one code would apply to the recording in any of the various subfields. Stereo/mono (SND) and capture/storage (C/ST) would be the most frequent candidates.

The 007 fixed field in Voyager:
The same 007 field in OCLC:

Voyager and OCLC Definition Maps to RDA1 Codes for 78s Codes for LPs Codes for CDs Codes for cassettes
Specific material designation
(007/01, OCLC ‡b)
type of disc 3.3.1.3 (Carrier type) d = sound disc d = sound disc d = sound disc s = sound cassette
Speed
(007/03, OCLC ‡d)
speed 3.16.4.3 (Playing speed) d = 78 rpm b = 33 1/3 rpm f = 1.4 m. per sec l = 1 15/16 ips
Playback channel update
(007/04, OCLC ‡e)
kind of sound 3.16.8.3 (Configuration of playback channels) m = mono m = mono
q = quad, etc. 2
s = stereo 3
u = unknown
m = mono
q = quad, etc. 2
s = stereo 3
u = unknown
m = mono
q = quad, etc. 2
s = stereo 3
u = unknown
Groove width 4
(007/05, OCLC ‡f)
groove width 3.16.5.3 (Groove characteristics) s = coarse/standard m = microgroove n = not applicable n = not applicable
Dimensions
(007/06, OCLC ‡g)
dimensions 3.5 (Dimensions) d = 10 in.
e = 12 in.
e = 12 in. g = 4 3/4 in. i = 3 5/8 x 2 1/2 in.
Tape width
(007/07, OCLC ‡h)
tape width 3.5 n = not applicable n = not applicable n = not applicable l = 1/8 in.
Tape configuration
(007/08, OCLC ‡i)
tape configuration 3.16.7.3 (Tape configuration) n = not applicable n = not applicable n = not applicable c = quarter track
Kind of disc, tape, etc.
(007/09, OCLC ‡j)
kind of disc 3.10.2.3 (Generation of audio recordings) m = mass produced m = mass produced m = mass produced m = mass produced
Kind of material
(007/10, OCLC ‡k)
kind of material 3.6 (Base material)
3.7 (Applied Material)
a = lacquered
s = shellac
p = plastic m = metal and plastic n = not applicable
Kind of cutting
(007/11, OCLC ‡l)
kind of cutting 3.16.5.4 (Details of groove characteristic) l = lateral l = lateral n = not applicable n = not applicable
Playback characteristics
(007/12, OCLC ‡m)
playback 3.16.9.3 (Special playback characteristics) u = unknown u = unknown e = digital 5 c = Dolby encoded
Capture & storage techniques
(007/13, OCLC ‡n)
capture 3.16.2.4 (Details of type of recording) a = acoustical capture, analog direct storage
b = electrical capture, analog direct storage
d = electrical capture, digital storage
e = electrical capture, analog electrical storage
u = unknown capture and storage
e = electric storage e = electric storage 6
d = digital
e = electric

Update: You may begin using code "q" for recordings with more than two playback channels as per changes regarding sound recordings: 007/04
Configuration of Playback Channels code "q" definition. In order to allow for a direct equivalent coding for surround sound, code "q" was redefined to allow for playback configuration for recordings with more than two playback channels. Previous to this change, code "q" was restricted to quadraphonic recordings (four playback channels), a limitation that resulted in the use of code "z" for non-quadraphonic recordings with more than two playback channels. In order to align with equivalent definitions of code "q" in Motion Pictures and Videorecordings (007/08 - Configuration of playback channels), the definition of code "q" in Sound Recordings 007/04 was revised to read:

Configured to be played back on more than two channels. Use this code for Dolby surround sound tracks and other multichannel techniques.

The definition has already been revised in the MARC Documentation (www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd007s.html [789]); however, the renaming of the data element to Quadraphonic, multichannel, or surround has been delayed because it needs to be documented in the Content Designator History section. The change will be made official and documented in the next MARC Update.

note 1: From Kathy Glennan, 8/5/15, MOUG-L

note 2: Quadraphonic, multichannel, or surround: The sound recording is configured to be played back on more than two channels. Use this code for Dolby surround sound tracks and other multichannel techniques. (See Technical Bulletin 264 [790] (Formerly, Quadraphonic.)

note 3: LC practice is to "assume a CD is stereo unless there is a clear indication (wording on container, printed insert, or the disc itself) that the recording in hand intended to be mono." (MLA-L correspondence on 3/11/2005 from Joe Bartl, Music & Sound Recording Team 1, Special Materials Cataloging Division, Library of Congress)

note 4: Enter the code in subfield ‡f, even if the information does not appear on the item.
   source: OCLC website [791]

note 5: The third letter "D" (for "digital") in the three-letter SPARS [792] code usually corresponds to code "e" in Playback characteristics (OCLC ‡m)
When a recording does not clearly indicate playback configuration, users may either use code u in subfield ‡e or infer a configuration from the recording itself.

note 6: The first letter "A" (for "analog") in the three-letter SPARS [792] code usually corresponds to code "e" in Capture & storage techniques (OCLC ‡n)

SPARS codes appeared on compact discs through the mid 1990s to indicate the type of equipment used to produce the disc. Its emphasis only on tape recorder as equipment is one reason it was discontinued. However, when the code appears on a compact disc, it can be useful to determine Playback characteristics and Capture & storage techniques.
    1st letter = type of audio equipment (usually a tape recorder) used during initial recording (analog or digital)
    2nd letter = type of audio equipment used during mixing/editing (analog or digital)
    3rd letter = type of mastering used (digital only)

        AAD = analog equipment for initial recording; analog equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
        ADD = analog equipment for initial recording; digital equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
        DDD = digital equipment for initial recording; digital equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
        DAD = digital equipment for initial recording; analog equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering

sources: OCLC website [793] and Sound Recordings Cataloging Workshop (Jay Weitz) at the 1996 OLAC conference

Production, publication, distribution, manufacture, and copyright notice (MARC 264)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also Recording production, publication, distribution & manufacture statements and copyright date [794] (RDA 2.7-2.11)

Source: LC MARC 21 format for 264 - Production, Publication, Distribution, Manufacture, and Copyright Notice (R) [795]

The 264 fields takes the information found in the 260 field (publication, distribution, etc. (Imprint)) and separates it into functions:
     ° production: inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form.
     ° publication: publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
     ° distribution: distribution, distributor(s), and date(s) of distribution of a resource in a published form.
     ° manufacture: printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form.
     ° copyright date: date associated with a claim of protection under copyright or a similar regime.
The 264 field corresponds to RDA 2.7-2.11 (production, publication, distribution, and manufacture statements and copyright date [794]).

Input conventions for spacing:
     ° No spaces are used between letters of initials, including adjacent initials in personal names.
     ° One space is used between two or more distinct initialisms (or sets of initials), acronyms, or abbreviations appearing in juxtaposition.

Bracketing information: According to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets."

From 264 field PCC Guidelines [796]:
Order of 264 fields: Give the fields for each function of entity statement recorded (2nd indicator value) together and in chronological order from earliest to latest (ordered by 1st indicator value).
     ° Record copyright notice date as the last 264 field.
Subfield ‡c: When multiple statements for different functions are being recorded, date may be recorded once for each function.
     ° ‡c may appear in one and only one 264 with 2nd indicator 0, one and only one 264 with 2nd indicator 1, etc.
Ending punctuation: Except for the copyright notice date, 264 fields follow the same punctuation practices as 260 fields.
     ° A 264 for a copyright notice date does not have ending punctuation.

Function Indicators Subfields
Production 1st
2nd
blank
0
‡a
‡b
‡c
place of production
name of producer
date of production
Publication 1st
2nd
blank
1
‡a
‡b
‡c
place of publication
name of publisher
date of publication
Distribution 1st
2nd
blank
2
‡a
‡b
‡c
place of distribution
name of distributor
date of distribution
Manufacture 1st
2nd
blank
3
‡a
‡b
‡c
place of manufacture
name of manufacturer
date of manufacture
Copyright 1st
2nd
blank
4
‡c copyright notice date
     ° includes both © and dates
Examples:
Notated music:
#809908102
264 _1 [New York, NY] : ‡b Hendon Music : ‡b Boosey & Hawkes, ‡c [2012?]

2012564238
264 _1 Boston, Massachusetts : ‡b ECS Publishing, ‡c [2002]

2013560310
264 _1 [United States?] : ‡b [Geoffrey Gordon?], ‡c [between 1995 and 2012]
     ° Note the application of D1.2.1.

#820630470
264 _1 [Brooklyn, NY] : ‡b Bill Holab Music, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c ©2012

2012563883
264 _1 [United States] : ‡b Walton Music, ‡c [2002]
264 _2 [United States] : ‡b Hal Leonard

2013568122
264 _1 Boston, MA, USA : ‡b Berklee Press, ‡c [2012]
264 _2 Milwaukee, Wisconsin : ‡b Hal Leonard, ‡c [2012]

2012563869
264 _1 New York : ‡b G. Schirmer, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡a ©2011

#827561202
264 _1 [New York, NY] : ‡b The Learning Maestros, ‡c [2013?]
264 _2 Maryland Heights, MO : ‡b Exclusively distributed by Keiser Classical ; ‡a Milwaukee, WI : ‡b Exclusively distributed by Hal Leonard Corporation
264 _4 ‡c ©2009

2012563758
264 _1 [United States] : ‡b Red Poppy, ‡c 2011.
264 _4 ‡c ©2011
264 _2 ‡a New York, NY : ‡b G. Schirmer Inc.

2012563742
264 _1 [Montreal] : ‡b Gregory Javitch, ‡c [1975]
264 _3 Montreal : ‡b Printed by Osiris Publications, ‡c [1975]

#827225792
264 _1 Vienna ; ‡a London ; ‡a New York : ‡b Universal Edition, ‡c [2010?]
264 _3 ‡c 2010.
264 _ 4‡c ©1985

#832709272
264 _1 Kassel ; ‡a Basel ; ‡a London ; ‡a New York ; ‡a Praha : ‡b Bärenreiter, ‡c [1989]
264 _3 ‡c 2012.
264 _4 ‡c ©1989

Performed music:
#834574630
264 _0 ‡c [2012]

#823893817
264 _1 St. Paul, MN : ‡b Innova Recordings, ‡c [2013]
264 _4 ‡c 2013

#752076836
264 _1 London : ‡b Él, in association with Cherry Red Records Ltd, ‡c [2011]
264 _4 ‡c ©2011

#830314709
264 _1 Salt Lake City, UT : ‡b Okehdokee Records, ‡c [2011?]
264 _4 ‡c ©1974

#799041816
264 _1 [Manaus?] : ‡b Philips ; ‡b Universal Music, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c 1976

#826293616
264 _1 [Heidelberg] : ‡b Christophorus, ‡c [2012 or 2013]
264 _1 [Zürich] : ‡b SRF, ‡c [2012 or 2013]
264 _4 ‡c 2012

#828139539
264 _1 [New York] : ‡b Sony Music Entertainment, ‡c [2012]
264 _2 [New York] : ‡b Sony Music Entertainment
264 _4 ‡c 2012
264 _4 ‡c 1976-1991

#829091014
264 _1 [New York] : ‡b Sony Music Entertainment, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c 1999
264 _4 ‡c ©2012

#829689304
264 _1 [Brussels] : ‡b Zig Zag World, ‡c [2012]
264 _2 [Place of distribution not identified] : ‡b Igloo Mondo
264 _4 ‡c 2012

#823869057
264 _1 [Linden, VA] : ‡b [Counterpoint], ‡c [2011]
264 _3 Linden, VA : ‡b Manufactured in the U.S.A. by Counterpoint
264 _4 ‡c 2011

#835975014
264 _1 [Place of publication not identified] : ‡b DC Records, ‡c [2001]
264 _2 [Place of distribution not identified] : ‡b Play Reggae Production
264 _4 ‡c ©2001

#845044743
264 _1 New York : ‡b Hendon Music : ‡b Boosey & Hawkes, ‡c 2011.
264 _2 Milwaukee, WI : ‡b Distributed by Hal Leonard Corporation
264 _3 Verona, NJ : ‡b Printed by Subito Music
264 _4 ‡c ©1999

Publisher or distributor number (028 field) for scores

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also: Publisher's and plate number for music [797] (RDA 2.15.2 & 2.15.3) and Manufacturer number for sound recordings [590] (MARC 028)

The MARC 028 field is used for formatted numbers assigned by publisher or distributors to sound recordings, printed music, other music-related materials, and video recordings.

LC and OCLC examples

Indicators
1st (type of number) 0 = issue number (sound recordings): assigned by a publisher to a specific sound recording, side of a sound recording, or performance on a sound recording or to a group of sound recordings issued as a set and may appearson the record label or, in some cases on the packaging for a group of sound recordings. (see Manufacturer number for sound recordings (MARC 028) [613])
1 = matrix number (sound recordings): stamped or handwritten onto the non-grooved area near the recording's side and indicates the master from which the specific recording was pressed. (see Manufacturer number for sound recordings (MARC 028) [613])
2 = plate number (scores): assigned by a publisher and usually is printed at the bottom of each page, and sometimes also appears on the title page.
3 = other music number (publisher's number) (scores): assigned by a publisher and normally appears only on the title page, the cover, and/or the first page of music.
4 = Video recording number
5 = Other publisher number
6 = Distributor number: is assigned by a distributor
   ° when in doubt as to whether a number is a publisher number or a distributor number, record it as a publisher number.
2nd (note/added entry controller) 0 = no note, no added entry
1 = note, added entry required
2 = note, no added entry
3 = no note, added entry required
Subfields
‡a publisher or distributor number: the number assigned by the publisher or distributor
‡b source: for scores, use the publisher's name
‡q (new subfield for 2.15.1.7) qualifying information: qualifiers associated with the number, such as part to which the number pertains, where number found is on the item, etc.
Examples:
‡q (on label)
‡q (parts)

Music publishers plate numbers [189]: a list of publishers on IMSLP [798], many with plate numbers and dates of publications, to help estimate a date for a score with no date of publication.


Circumstances under which an explicit note for plate or publisher's number would be made:
1. a phrase precedes the number
2. there is a range of plate numbers or publishers numbers, or numbers in multiple volumes
3. the item is a reprint and the number applies to the original publisher.


LC and OCLC examples

Single plate or publisher's number:
2012564395
     028 32 EP 7958 ‡b Edition Peters
OCLC #823380376
     028 32 HL00296899 ‡b G. Schirmer, Inc.
OCLC #844732215
     028 22 M.W.&Sons 7467-5 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
OCLC #841387176
     028 32 MB 0211 ‡b Musica Baltica
2012562743
     028 22 2106-4 ‡b J.L. Peters
2010536133
     028 22 28 283 H.L. ‡b Editions Henry Lemoine
2012571074
     028 22 L & Cie 542 ‡b Chez Mme. Lemoine & Cie
OCLC #43722937
     028 22 D. & F. 14817 ‡b Editions Durand
OCLC #498308885
     028 22 D. S. 3731 ‡b Durand & Schœnewerk
2013561002
     028 22 342-40199 ‡b Merion Music, Inc.
OCLC #838538510
     028 22 7177. P.351 HL ‡b Henry Lemoine
OCLC #840127383
     028 22 S. 2624. (16) ‡b Schonenberger
2013561005
     028 22 27531H.L. II/06 ‡b Editions Henry Lemoine
          ° "II/06" may actually be date of publication and not part of the plate number.

These examples follow 2.15.3.3 and include the final number, which corresponds to the number of pages:
OCLC #851697420
     028 22 H. 1266 (2) ‡b Heugel et Cie.
          ° Resource has 2 unnumbered pages.
OCLC #853665900
     028 22 ASP12-951-04 ‡b Abundant Silence Publishing
          ° Resource has 4 pages.

Both publisher's and plate number appear on item:
OCLC #850969380
     028 32 EP 3087a ‡b C.F. Peters
     028 22 8951 ‡b C.F. Peters
OCLC #654302342
     028 32 DF 10852 ‡b Durand
     028 22 D & F 10852 ‡b Durand
OCLC #832742047
     028 22 CLE-146 ‡b Composers Library Edition
     028 32 494-02931 ‡b Theodore Presser Company

Multiple publisher's or plate numbers
2011568076
     028 32 AMP 8256 ‡b Associated Music Publishers, Inc.
     028 32 50490421 ‡b Hal Leonard Corporation

2012563237
     028 32 ED 446 ‡b G. Schirmer, Inc.
     028 32 HL50334620 ‡b Hal Leonard Corporation

Number is preceded by a phrase:
2013560267
     028 30 68149 ‡b Edition Peters
     500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 68149.

2013560103
     028 30 7786 ‡b Edition Peters
     500 __ Publisher's number: Edition Peters no. 7786.

Range of numbers:

Consecutive numbers

Non-consecutive numbers
Three or more non-consecutive numbers:
2012564339
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10031 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10039 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10042 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10043 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10048 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10025 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     028 20 M.W. & Sons10028 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
     500 __ Plate numbers: M.W. & Sons10031/11028.
OCLC #841753687
     028 20 19025 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
     028 20 19256 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
     028 20 19131 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
     500 __ Plate number: 19025 (movement 1), 19256 (movement 2), 19131 (movement 3-4).

Numbers vary on single item
2012564371
     028 32 EP 7807 ‡b Edition Peters
     028 30 7807 ‡b Edition Peters
     500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 7807.
OCLC #820172542
     028 30 68221 ‡b C.F. Peters Corporation
     028 30 51022 ‡b C.F. Peters Corporation
     500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 68221 (on page 1: 51022).
2013560103
     028 20 15a ‡b Edition Peters
     028 20 15b ‡b Edition Peters
     500 __ Plate numbers: 15a (violin 1), 15b (violin 2).

Numbers on score and part vary:
2013560113
     028 20 MXE36F ‡b Carl Fischer
     028 20 MXE36M ‡b Carl Fischer
     500 __ Plate numbers: MXE36F (score), MXE36M (parts).

Numbers on multiple volumes vary:
2013568084
     028 20 PRB HGII-5 ‡b PRB Productions
     028 20 HG2-V-5 ‡b PRB Productions
     028 20 PRB HGII-7 ‡b PRB Productions
     028 20 HG2-VII ‡b PRB Productions
     500 __ Plate numbers: PRB HGII-5 (v. 5, score), HG2-V-5 (v. 5, vocal score and parts); PRB HGII-7 (v. 7, score), HG2-VII (v. 7, vocal score and parts).

Reprints
2012563881
     028 20 D 12368 D ‡b F. Lucca
     500 __ Originally published: Milan : F. Lucca, [1860?]. Plate number: D 12368 D.

Special coded dates (MARC 046)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Sources: LC MARC 21 format for 046 - Special coded dates [799] and DCM Z1 [81]

Indicators | Subfields persons | corporate bodies | families | works and expressions
Using the extended date/time format (edtf)
Examples: persons | corporate bodies | works and expressions

The 046 field (Special coded dates) is for dates associated with the entry described in an authority or bibliographic record.

The date and time are recorded according to Extended Date/Time Format [800] (EDTF) schema in all cases except for centuries, in the pattern using 4 digits for the year, 2 for the month, and 2 for the day, each element separated by a hyphen:
     year = yyyy
     year and month = yyyy-mm
     year, month, and day = yyyy-mm-dd
     Use subfield ‡2 edtf to indicate the date schema.
See Using the Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification below.

The application of EDTF to dates applies only to the 046 field, not to date(s) in subfields ‡s or ‡t in other fields (e.g., start and end dates in the 37X fields [621]) since ‡2 in those fields is already being used for other purposes and therefore cannot be used to identify EDTF as the source of the encoding for a date.

Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [81], section on field 046:
Best practice:
     ° When encoding date information, give the fullest information about the date that is readily available.
     ° The date in an 046 may be more precise than a date used in the 100 ‡d.
     ° When revising existing authority records, record dates in the 046 when the information is readily available even if the authorized access point itself does not have dates in 100 ‡d.
     ° The 046 field must be repeated when subfield ‡2 does not apply to all dates.

Indicators
1st blank = no information provided
1 = work
2 = expression
3 = manifestation
2nd blank
Subfields
persons
examples
a person's date of birth, date of death, and the date or date range of the person's period of activity
Use in conjunction with Date associated with the person [801] (RDA 9.3)
Subfields: f = birth date (9.3.2 [802]): the year a person was born
     ° may include the month and day of the person's birth
     ° code in this format: yyyymmdd
g = death date (9.3.3 [803]): the year a person died
     ° may include the month and day of the person's death
s = start period (9.3.4 [804]): start date for period of activity associated with the person
t = end period (9.3.4 [804]): end date for period of activity associated with the person
corporate bodies
examples
a date or range of dates on which a conference, etc., is held, or a date with which the corporate body is otherwise associated (e.g., date of establishment, date of termination)
Subfields: q = establishment date: the year a corporate body was established
     ° use when a corporate body’s date of establishment and date of termination are both unknown (11.4.5.3)
     ° may include the month and day of the corporate body’s establishment
     ° Valid to use as of 8/15/23
r = termination date: the year a corporate body was terminated
     ° use when a corporate body’s date of establishment and date of termination are both unknown (11.4.5.3)
     ° may include the month and day of the corporate body’s termination
     ° Valid to use as of 8/15/23
s = start period: earliest date in a period of activity
t = end period: latest date in a period of activity
families a significant date associated with a family
works and expressions
examples
a significant date associated with a work or expression
Use in conjunction with Recording date of work [805] (RDA 6.4-6.5)
Subfields: work [711]:
k = Beginning or single date created: earliest date (normally the year) associated with a work
     ° may be the date the work was created or first published or released
     ° may be the starting date of a range or a single date
expression [712]:
k = Beginning or single date created: the earliest date (normally the year) associated with an expression
     ° may be the date of the earliest known manifestation of that expression
     ° may be the starting date of a range or a single date
l = Ending date created: Ending date of the date range for which the beginning date is recorded in ‡k (applies to both work and expression)
o = Single or starting date for aggregated content: Single or starting date of original release of the contents of a collection/aggregation
p = Ending date for aggregated content: Ending date of original release of the contents of a collection/aggregation
Using the Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification [800]:
     To check that a date for conforms to EDTF, use the EDTF validator [806]
Character: Indicates:
When there are multiple components (year and month, etc.), the characters goes to the immediate left of the component to which it applies and applies to that component only
? uncertain date
~ approximate date
% uncertain as well as approximate date
Character: Used:
X the unspecified date character, formerly lower case "u", is superseded by upper case "X"
used in place of a digit to indicate that the value of that digit is unspecified;
     ° it may be substituted for each of multiple digits
     ° may occur anywhere within a component
/ use a forward slash to separate an interval of two dates representing a period of time beginning sometime during the start date and ending sometime during the end date
     ° either date may be a year, year-month, or year-month-day
     ° there is no space between the dates
[ ] use to enclose set of dates in a single-choice list (select one date)
     ° use a comma to separate two dates, indicating the date is known to be one of two years
     ° there is no space between the dates
{ } use to enclose an inclusive list of multiple dates (all dates included)
     ° for consecutive dates, this means a discrete set, not an interval, of dates
     ° use a comma to separate dates
     ° there is no space between the dates
.. double dots at the beginning or end of a date mean "on or before" or "on or after" respectively
Formatting dates: 4 digits for the year, 2 for the month, and 2 for the day
Use the pattern: For:
yyyy single year
yyyy-mm single year and month
yyyy-mm single year and month
yyyy-mm-dd single year, month, and day
yyyy~ approximate year
yyyy? uncertain year
yyyy% approximate year that is uncertain
yyyy-2x season; spring = 21; summer = 22; autumn = 23; winter = 24
yy century is known; Note: edtf format is not used for century; use the format "yy": e.g., "16" for 17th century; do not code as edtf
yyyX decade is known
[yyyy,yyyy] one of two consecutive years
[..yyyy] on or before
[yyyy..] on or after
Go to www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/listserv.html [807] to subscribe to the listserv for discussion of the EDTF date/time format.
Examples
Examples: Persons:
Known dates Type of date Example of ‡d 046
Single year year of birth 1978- ‡f 1978-04-26 ‡2 edtf
year of birth; month needed to resolve conflict 1956 January 29- ‡f 1956-01-29 ‡2 edtf
year of death -1625 ‡g 1625 ‡2 edtf
Range of years dates of birth and death known 1910-2011 ‡f 1910-08-27 ‡g 2011-02-21 ‡2 edtf
years of birth and death known; month of birth needed to resolve conflict 1937 February 26-2000 ‡f 1937-02-26 ‡g 2003 ‡2 edtf
year of birth; month needed to resolve conflict 1956 January 29- ‡f 1956-01-29 ‡2 edtf
specific day of birth varies 1912-1983 ‡f [1912-07-14,1912-07-19,1912-07-27] ‡g 1983-03-07 ‡2 edtf
Known to be one of two dates in the same year date of birth known;
date of death varies in different sources: died April 24 or 25, 1939
1880-1939 ‡f 1880-11-02 ‡g [1939-04-24,1939-04-25] ‡2 edtf
date of birth known;
date of death varies in different sources: died July 31, 2012 or August 1, 2012
1921-2012 2 046 fields:
‡f 1921-11-08 ‡2 edtf
‡g [2012-07-31, 2012-08-01] ‡2 edtf
years of birth and death known; date of death differs in sources: died August 28 or 29, 1998; source of death dates given in ‡v in separate 046 fields 1923-1998 3 046 fields:
‡f 1923-03-12 ‡2 edtf
‡g 1998-08-28 ‡v New York times WWW site, Nov. 19, 2012 ‡2 edtf
‡g 1998-08-29 ‡v Social Security death index, Nov. 19, 2012 ‡2 edtf
Known to be one of two years year of death -1372 or 1373 ‡g [1372,1373] ‡2 edtf
year of birth 1569 or 1570-1600 ‡f [1569,1570] ‡g 1600 ‡2 edtf
year of birth and death 1622 or 1623-1680 or 1681 ‡f [1622,1623] ‡g [1680,1681] ‡2 edtf
Approximate dates Type of date Example of ‡d 046
Single year year of birth approximately 1720- ‡f 1720~ ‡2 edtf
year of death -approximately 1581 ‡g 1581~ ‡2 edtf
Range of years year of birth known; year of death approximate 1566-approximately 1638 ‡f 1566 ‡g 1638~ ‡2 edtf
year of birth approximate; year of death known approximately 1539-1582 ‡f 1539~ ‡g 1582 ‡2 edtf
year of birth and death both approximate approximately 1540-approximately 1600 ‡f 1540~ ‡g 1600~ ‡2 edtf
year of birth one of two years; year of death one of two years 1762 or 1764-1812 or 1814 ‡f [1762-05-15,1764-05-07] ‡g [1812,1814] ‡2 edtf
Probable dates Type of date Example of ‡d 046
Single year year of death -1557? ‡g 1557? ‡2 edtf
Unspecified dates Type of date Example of ‡d 046
Single day some day in December, 1411 -1411 ‡g 1411-12-XX ‡2 edtf
Single decade decade of birth [no date in heading] ‡f 189X ‡2 edtf
Single estimated decade 193-? [no date in heading] ‡f 1930?/1939? ‡2 edtf
Single century 17th century [no date in heading] ‡s 16
Active dates Type of date Example of ‡d 046
Single year known year active 1745 ‡s 1745 ‡2 edtf
approximate year active approximately 1490 ‡s 1490~ ‡2 edtf
Range of years start and end years both known active 1639-1645 ‡s 1639 ‡t 1645 ‡2 edtf
start year known; end year approximate active 1687-approximately 1735 ‡s 1687 ‡t 1735~ ‡2 edtf
start year approximate; end year known active approximately 1390-1417 ‡s 1390~ ‡t 1417 ‡2 edtf
both years approximate active approximately 1470-approximately 1485 ‡s 1470~ ‡t 1485~ ‡2 edtf
start year questionable; end year known active 1385?-1395 ‡s 1390~ ‡t 1417 ‡2 edtf
century known active 17th century ‡s 16
active in two centuries active 16th century-17th century ‡s 15 ‡t 16
century of start is approximate; century of end is known active approximately 12th century-13th century ‡s 11~ ‡t 12~
Approximate, probable years Type of date Example of ‡d 046
  probable year of birth; approximate year of death 1656?-approximately 1712 ‡f 1656? ‡g 1712~ ‡2 edtf
approximate year of birth; probable year of death approximately 1560-1621? ‡f 1560~ ‡g 1621? ‡2 edtf
approximate year of birth; death one of two known years approximately 1708-1752 or 1753 ‡f 1708~ ‡g [1752,1753] ‡2 edtf
probable year of birth; death one of two probable years 1768?-1798 or 1799? ‡f 1768? ‡g [1798?,1799?] ‡2 edtf
born c1500, died after 1547 approximately 1500- ‡f 1500~ ‡g [1548..] ‡2 edtf
One of two known years Type of date Example 046
  different year of birth in different sources born 1945 in one source, 1946 in another 2 046 fields:
‡f 1945 ‡v Contretänze, c1986 ‡2 edtf
‡f 1946-03-17 ‡v Grove Music online, viewed April 15, 2013 ‡2 edtf
different year of death in different sources died 1955 in one source, 1951 in another 2 046 fields:
‡f 1955 ‡v Timbrell, C. French pianism, c1992 ‡2 edtf
‡f 1951 ‡v Portuguese Wikipedia, March 27, 2014 ‡2 edtf
Examples: Corporate bodies:
Known dates Type of date Example 046
Single year year of beginning founded 1867 ‡s 1867 ‡2 edtf
year and month founded: July 2010 ‡s 2010-07 ‡2 edtf
Multiple years year of beginning and end formed 1981, disbanded 1998
reunited briefly in 2005
2 046 fields:
‡s 1981 ‡t 1998 ‡2 edtf
‡s 2005 ‡t 2005 ‡2 edtf
Examples: Works and expressions:
Single year Type of date Example 046
  year only composed 2008 ‡k 2008 ‡2 edtf
year of arrangement arranged by the composer in 1982 ‡k 1982 ‡2 edtf
probable year composed in 1795? ‡k 1795? ‡2 edtf
by a year composed by 1775 ‡k [..1775] ‡2 edtf
year and month August 1960 ‡k 1960-08 ‡2 edtf
composed no later than August 1762 [..1762-08] ‡2 edtf
year, month, and day December 27, 1927 ‡k 1927-12-27 ‡2 edtf
range of specific months within a single year composed September-November 1986 ‡k 1986-09 ‡l 1986-11 ‡2 edtf
Range of years Type of date Example 046
  years composed 2006-2007 ‡k 2006 ‡l 2007 ‡2 edtf
range of years composed 2010-11 ‡k 2010 ‡l 2011 ‡v Peter Fribbins WWW site, April 22, 2013 ‡u http://www.peterfribbins.co.uk/repertoire.html#piano [808] ‡2 edtf
season written at Christmas 2011 ‡k 2011 ‡l 2012 ‡2 edtf
range of specific months over two or more years composed between December 16, 2011, and February 1, 2012 ‡k 2011-12-16 ‡l 2012-02-01 ‡2 edtf
range of specific dates composed January 4-18, 1878 ‡k 1878-01-04 ‡l 1878-01-18 ‡2 edtf
beginning date uncertain; revised composed before November 1792; revised in 1793 ‡k 1792-11~ ‡l 1793 ‡2 edtf
different years given in different sources 1890 given as date in one source, another source gives 1890 to the end of 1893 or the beginning of 1894 ‡k 1890 ‡l [1893,1894-02] ‡2 edtf
approximate year c. 1740 ‡k 1740~ ‡2 edtf
range of approximate years c1860-63 ‡k 1860~ ‡l 1863~ ‡2 edtf
approximate decades late 1840s or early 1850s ‡k [184X,185X] ‡2 edtf
uncertain years composed probably after about 1717, 1736 at the latest ‡k 1717~/1736 ‡2 edtf
One of two known years Type of date Example 046
  different year of composition in different sources 2008 in one source, 2009 in another 2 046 fields:
‡k 2008 ‡2 edtf
‡k 2009 ‡2 edtf
1977 in one source, 1978 in another 2 046 fields:
‡k 1977 ‡v Dusapin, P. Trio, p1984 ‡2 edtf
‡k 1978 ‡v Grove music online WWW site, viewed June 9, 2014 ‡2 edtf
Multiple separate dates Type of dates Example 046
  date of composition and revision date composed 2003, revised 2005 ‡k {2003,2005} ‡2 edtf
composition finished at 3:00 PM, September 25, 2004; revised September 2013 ‡k {2004-09-25T15:00,2013-09} ‡2 edtf
completed September 1985 and revised July 2009 Note: ‡k and ‡l have also been used to indicate composition and revision dates:
‡k 1985-09 ‡l 2009-07 ‡2 edtf
Dates of contents of a collection/aggregation Type of dates Example 046
  multiple single years earliest and latest dates for 3 works published in a collection ‡o 2010 ‡p 2013 ‡2 edtf

The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) (MARC 024)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

The International Standard Music Number is a "unique number for the identification of all printed music publications ... whether a part, a score, or an element in a multi-media kit" that became available at the end of 1993.

ISMN numbers from 1993 through 2007 are 9-digit numbers beginning with the letter "M"
ISMN numbers after 2007 are 13-digit numbers beginning with the 4 numbers "9790" (source [809])

Both may appear on scores:

The ISMN is entered in the 024 field.

9-digit number 13-digit number
(the first 4 numbers will be 9790)
first indicator = 2 first indicator = 2*
second indicator = blank second indicator = blank

* Previously, the 13-digit ISMNs were treated as EANs, which were coded 1st indicator value 3 source [810]. As of June 2013, all ISMNs (both 10- and 13-digit) should be coded with a first indicator value of 2. source [811]. When transcribing the old format ISMN, include the initial letter M, followed by the numbers without spaces and hyphens. The new format ISMNs are transcribed without spaces.

If a publication has more than one ISMN and we choose not to transcribe all of the ISMNs, follow these guidelines, originally published in Fontes Artis Musicae, vol. 40/2, p. 148:

       If the publication includes a score, give the ISMN of the score. If the publication includes parts,
       give the ISMN of the score, if any, and the ISMN with the lowest item number among those of
       the parts (e.g., of three parts with item numbers, 12345, 12344, and 12346, choose, 12344).

When a number on a publication is given as an ISMN number, but does not follow the standards of ISMN, tag it in the 024 field with indicator 2, but put the number in ‡z:

On item: ISMN M-69400-039-40419
In bib record: 024 2_ ‡z M6940003940419

See also ranges of ISMN numbers sorted by country or region [812] and The International ISMN Agency [813].

Universal product code (UPC) and other codes (MARC 024)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

UPC, International (formerly European) Article Number (EAN), ISWC (International Standard Works Code)

The UPC code is a 12-digit number appearing underneath a barcode on commercial products in the US and Canada. The 1st and 12th digits are smaller and appear on either end of the barcode; the 2nd through 11th are divided into two groups of five underneath the barcode.

The UPC code is entered in the 024 field without any spaces.
1st indicator  = 1
2nd indicator = blank

The first 6 of these digits is the manufacturer's code.
The next 5 digits are the product code.
The last digit is a check digit.
UPC code under a barcode Enter all 12 digits without hyphens or spaces in the 024 field, with 1st indicator "1":
024 1_  028943083239

Don't confuse a 13-digit International (formerly European) Article Number (EAN) with an UPC. The EAN, international standard corresponding to the UPC, looks very much like a UPC code, except for the extra digits. EAN code under a barcode Enter all 13 digits without hyphens or spaces in the 024 field, with 1st indicator "3":
024 3_  4901234567894

The ISWC (International Standard Works Code) code is an 11-digit number divided into three elements:
the letter T (the prefix element), followed by nine digits (the work identifier), and a numeric check digit.

It appears with or without hyphens and/or dots:

ISWC T-034.524.680-1
ISWC T0413603765

Enter the ISWC code in the 024 field without spaces, hyphens, or dots.
1st indicator  = 7
2nd indicator = blank
in ‡2 add iswc (in lower case):

024 7_ T0413603765 ‡2 iswc

Varying form of title (MARC 246)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

The 246 field contains a form of the title appearing on different parts of an item or a portion of the title proper, or an alternative form of the title when the form differs significantly from the title in field 245. Source: MARC 21 LITE bibliographic format: title and title-related fields (20X-24X) [814]

Use the 246 field when:
° There is only one work, use the 246 field.
° There are two or more works and no collective title, use a 246 for variant forms of the title used as the title proper (usually the first in the 245 field); use the 740 field for all other titles and variants of them.
° There are two or more works and there is a collective title for the item as a whole, use the 246 field for any variant of the collective title.

When inputting a title in a 246 field, omit any initial article [531].


246 field arranged by indicator and subfield | 246 field arranged by location/type of title


Arranged by indicator and subfield
The links in this table lead to examples at the end of the table.
Indicators Tag Definition
1st 0 Note, no title added entry
1 Note, title added entry
2 No note, no title added entry
3 No note, title added entry
2nd [blank] No information provided:
  • alternate form of word, etc. in 245 or in title from source other than 245
  • spelled-out form
  • uncorrected form of title when [ ] are used in title proper of 245
  • title information appears in a source not covered by indicator 0-8 below; the source is indicated in ‡i
0 Portion of title
  • portion of title proper exclusive of an alternative title
  • portion of title proper that is an alternative title
  • portion of title proper that is a part title or section title
  • portion of title proper exclusive of any introductory terms, etc.
  • portion of title proper that is emphasized by typography or other similar conditions
  • alternative titles (‡b)
  • titles including initialisms
1 parallel title
2 distinctive title
3 other title
4 cover title
5 added title page title
6 caption title
7 running title
8 spine title
Subfields Tag Definition
  i any text you want to display; code ‡i before ‡a
  a title proper/short title
  b remainder of title
  f designation of volume and issue number and/or date of a work
  g miscellaneous information
  n number of a part/section of a work
  p name of work/section of a work

Examples
Spelled-out form
100 2_  English Chamber Orchestra.
245 04 The English Chamber Orchestra plays 20th-century masterpieces.
246 3_ English Chamber Orchestra plays twentieth-century masterpieces

100 1_  Berio, Luciano, ‡d 1925-2003.
240 10 Sequenza, ‡n no. 8
245 10 Sequenza VIII : ‡b per violino solo / ‡c Luciano Berio.
246 3_ Sequenza 8
246 3_ Sequenza otto

Spelled-out form (1st 246) and portion of title (2nd 246):
100 1   Reger, Max, ‡d 1873-1916.
240 10 Pièces pittoresques
245 00 5 pièces pittoresques : ‡b für Klavier zu vier Händen : Opus 34 / ‡c Max Reger.
246 3_ Cinq pièces pittoresques
246 30 Pièces pittoresques

Uncorrected form of title:
100 1_  Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827.
240 10 Sonatas, ‡m horn, piano, ‡n op. 17, ‡r F major
245 00 Horn sonats / ‡c Beethoven, Cherubini, Danzi.
246 1_ ‡i Title should read: ‡a Horn sonatas

Parallel titles:
100 1_  Smetana, Bedrich, ‡d 1824-1884.
245 10  Má vlast = ‡b My country : cycle of symphonic poems / ‡c Smetana.
246 31  My country

100 1_  Britten, Benjamin, ‡d 1913-1976.
240 10 Burning fiery furnace. ‡l German
245 14 The burning fiery furnace = ‡b Die Jünglinge im Feuerofen : second  parable for church performance : op. 77 / ‡c Benjamin Britten ...
246 31  Jünglinge im Feuerofen
Note that the initial German article "Die" was omitted from this title.

Multiple parallel titles:
100 1_  Rodrigo, Joaquín.
245 10 Juglares = ‡b Gaukler = Jugglers : 1923 / ‡c Joaquín Rodrigo ...
246 31 Gaukler
246 31 Jugglers

Subfield ‡i:
246 2_ ‡i Title on container: ‡a [Title]
246 2_ ‡i Vols. no. 3-5 have title: ‡a [Title]

100 1_  Schubert, Franz, ‡d 1797-1828.
240 10 Songs. ‡k Selections
245 10 Songs to poems by Johann Wolfgang von Goethe / ‡c Schubert.
246 1_ ‡i Title on program booklet: ‡a Lieder nach Gedichten von Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
246 1_ ‡i Title on container spine: ‡a Goethe-songs

100 1_  Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759.
245 10 Almira / ‡c Georg Friedrich Händel.
246 1_ ‡i Title on container: ‡a Almira, Königen von Castilien
246 1_ ‡i Parallel title on container: ‡a Almira, Queen of Castile


Arranged by location or type of title

Arranged by location

Location of title Indicators   Form of Note
added title page 15 Title
caption 16 Title
colophon 1 ‡i Title from colophon: ‡a Title
container 1 ‡i Title from container: ‡a Title
cover 14 Title
spine 18 Title
any other location 1 ‡i Title from source: ‡a Title

Arranged by type of title

Type of title Indicators   Form of Note
Added title page 15 Title
Alternate form of word 3 Title
Alternative title 30 Title
At head of title 1 ‡i At head of title: ‡a Title
Binder's title 1 ‡i Binder's title: ‡a Title
Half title 1 ‡i Half title: ‡a Title
Incorrect form of title ([ ] in 245 has corrected form) 3 Title
No collective title 3 Title
Other title information from 245 30 Title
Other title information not from 245 1 ‡i Introductory phrase: ‡a Title
Parallel title from 245 31 Title
Parallel title on cover 1 ‡i Parallel title on cover: ‡a Title
Parallel title on added t.p. 1 ‡i Parallel title on added t.p.: ‡a Title
Parallel title on spine 1 ‡i Parallel title on spine: ‡a Title
Parallel title from other source 1 ‡i Parallel title on source: ‡a Title
Part or section title 30 Title
Portion of title proper 30 Title
Running title 17 Title
Volumes with varying titles 1 ‡i Vols. [no. ]-[no. ] have title: ‡a Title
All other conditions 1 ‡i Introductory phrase: ‡a Title

Online catalogs

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Authority files
  • Library of Congress authorities [80]
  • Virtual international authority file [815] (authority files of 19 national libraries)
  • National Library of the Czech Republic [816]
Library of Congress
  • Library of Congress [817] online catalog
    • The national union catalog [818] (NUC), pre-1956 imprints: a catalog of photocopies of printed catalog cards for books cataloged by the Library of Congress and other American and Canadian libraries
National library catalogs
  • National Library of Australia [819]
  • Bayerische Staatsbibliothek [820] (BSB)
  • National Library of Canada (AMICUS) [821]
  • European library catalog portal [822]
  • National Library of the Czech Republic [823]
  • Catalogue Collectif de France [824] (CCFR): unified search interface for libraries in France
  • Indice SBN [825] (Il Servizio Bibliotecario Nazionale): union catalog of libraries in Italy
  • Karlsruher Virtueller Katalog [826]: simultaneous search for books and serials in libraries of the region of Karlsruhe
  • Karlsruher Virtueller Katalog [827] (English interface [827]): simultaneous search of library catalogs from Germany, Austria, and Switzerland, as well as major catalogs worldwide
  • COPAC [828] (Consortium of University Research Libraries): access to the merged online catalogs of the largest university research libraries in the UK, includding the British Library and the National Library of Scotland

Orbis and OCLC

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • Diacritics and special characters by language [530]
  • ORBIS keys for diacritics and special characters arranged by name of diacritic/character with languages in which they are used [829]
  • Staff searching in Voyager
    • Types of staff searching in Voyager [830]
    • Staff heading keyword searches in Voyager [831]
    • Indexes in Voyager [832]
    • Searching LCCNs in Voyager [833]
    • Searching special characters in Voyager [834]
    • Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager [835]
  • Searching OCLC
    • From OCLC
      • Reference card [836]
    • From Yale:
      • OCLC searching cheat sheet [837]

Diacritics and special characters by language

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14] ♪ Language tools [15]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

These are diacritics and special characters in languages encountered in music cataloging at Yale, as mapped for Orbis (Voyager). Not all diacritics are included, namely those for languages in which we do not catalog. For a complete list, see Diacritics and special characters [838] from Cataloging at Yale

See also ORBIS keys for diacritics and special characters arranged by name of diacritic/character with languages in which they are used [829]

Albanian | Armenian | Bulgarian | Catalan | Croatia [839] | Czech | Danish | Dutch | Estonian | Finnish | French | German | Greek (Modern) | Hungarian | Icelandic | Italian | Latvian | Lithuanian | Macedonian | Norwegian | Polish | Portuguese | Romanian | Russian | Slovak | Slovene | Spanish | Swedish | Turkish | Ukrainian | White Russian

Language Diacritic (and the letter(s) it affects) or special character
Albanian acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u
cedilla [841]: c
circumflex [842]: a, e
umlaut [843]: e
Armenian 'ayn: ch, p, k, t, ts
hacek [844]: e
macron [845]: e, o
Bulgarian breve [846]: i, u
canrabindu: u
ligature [847]: ia, ia, iu
miagkii znak [848]
tverdii znak [849]
Catalan acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u
cedilla [841]: c
dot at mid-line [850]
grave [851]: a, e, o
umlaut [843]: i, u
Croatian acute [840]: c
eth (D with bar Ð)
hacek [844]: c, s, z
Czech acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u, y
circle above [852] (angstrom): u
hacek [844]: c, d, D, e, n, r, s, t, T, z
high comma, off center [853]: d, t
Danish Æ [854], æ [854]
circle above [852] (angstrom): a
Ø [855], ø [855]
Dutch acute [840]: a, e
circumflex [842]: a, e
grave [851]: e
umlaut [843]: e, i
Estonian tilde [856]: o
umlaut [843]: a, o, u
Finnish circle above [852] (angstrom): a
umlaut [843]: a, o
French acute [840]: e
cedilla [841]: c
circumflex [842]: a, e, i, o, u
grave [851]: a, e, u
OE [857], oe [857]
umlaut [843]: e, i, u
German "ess-zet" ß
umlaut [843]: a, o, u
Greek (Modern) macron [845]: e, o
Hungarian acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u
double acute [858]: o, u
umlaut [843]: o, u
Icelandic acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u, y
Æ [854], æ [854]
eth (D with bar Ð)
OE [857], oe [857]
thorn (Þ þ)
umlaut [843]: o
Italian grave [851]: a, e, i, o, u
acute [840]: e
Latvian cedilla [841]: l
hacek [844]: c, s, z
high comma, centered: g
left hook [859]: G, k, l, n, r
macron [845]: a, e, i, o, u
Lithuanian hacek [844]: c, s, z
right hook [860]: a, e, i, u
macron [845]: u
dot above [861]: e
Macedonian acute [840]: g, k
hacek [844]: c, s, z
Norwegian Æ [854], æ [854]
circle above [852] (angstrom): a
Ø [855], ø [855]
umlaut [843]: a, o
Polish acute [840]: c, n, o, s, z
Polish L [862]
right hook [860]: a, e
dot above [861]: z
Portuguese acute [840]: a
cedilla [841]: c, e
circumflex [842]: o
grave [851]: a
tilde [856]: a, e, i, o, u
umlaut [843]: u
Romanian breve [846]: a
circumflex [842]: a, i
hacek [844]: r
left hook [859]: s, t
Russian breve [846]: i
dot above [861]: e, f, y
ligature [847]: ia, IA, ie, IE, iu, IU, ts, TS
miagkii znak [848]
tverdii znak [849]
umlaut [843]: e
Slovak acute [840]: a, e, i, l, o, r, u, y
circle above [852] (angstrom): u
circumflex [842]: o
hacek [844]: c, d, D, e, L, n, r, s, t, T, z
high comma, off center: d, l, t
umlaut [843]: a
Slovene acute [840]: a
circumflex [842]: o
hacek [844]: c, e, s, z
Spanish acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u
tilde [856]: n
umlaut [843]: u
Swedish circle above [852] (angstrom): a
umlaut [843]: a, o
Turkish alif [863]
breve [846]: g
cedilla [841]: c, s
circumflex [842]: a, I, u
circumflex, Turkish i (î)
dot above [861]: I umlaut [843]: o, u
Ukrainian breve [846]: i
ligature [847]: ia, IA, ie, IE, iu, IU, zh, ZH
miagkii znak [848]
umlaut [843]: i
White Russian breve [846]: i, u
ligature [847] :ia, IA, io, IO, iu, IU
miagkii znak [848]
dot above [864]: e

Indexes in Voyager cataloging

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Staff name headings search vs staff name/title headings search | Headings list vs title index

Staff name headings search vs staff name/title headings search

The staff name headings search retrieves a headings list. The highlighted entry in the headings list includes the authority record for the personal name and indicates the number of bibliographic records with that name heading:

Voyager search: Staff name headings search
Search key: magini francesco

Clicking on the highlighted index entry will retrieve a titles index:

The staff name/title headings search also retrieves a headings list, in which there is no entry for the personal name only; only name/title entries:

Voyager search: Staff name/title headings search
Search key: magini francesco


Headings list vs title index

Headings list

Voyager search: Staff name/title headings search
Search key: bach johann sebastian

The results of this staff/name headings search is a headings list, with four columns.


Keep in mind that although the second column gives the number of bibliographic records represented by that heading, the number does not include the authority record.

Under this entry, there are actually two records: an authority record and a bibliographic record.

To retrieve the bibliographic record, click on the highlighted entry or click the "OK" button.


The bibliographic record will display:


To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar. At this point, there has been only one title retrieved, so the menu bar will only offer the option of going back to the headings list:


To get to the authority record, click on the "Authority" button.


You are given the option of selecting "one or more authority records," although, in most cases there will be only one authority record:

To view the authority record, click on "OK" or on the highlighted entry.


The authority record will display:


To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar:


Further down in the headings list, you will find this authorized heading. It should have an authority record and four bibliographic records associated with it:

To get to the title index for the four bibliographic records, either click on the "OK" button or on the highlighted entry.


Titles index

  • The first column indicates whether it is a reference, an authorized heading authority records, or, when the space is blank, a heading that has no authority record.
  • The second column indicates how many bibliographic records include that heading.
    • If it is a reference, there should always be no ("0") bibliographic records with that heading.
    • If it is an authorized heading, there will usually be, but not always, at least one bibliographic record associated with it.
    • If it is neither a reference or an authorized heading, there will be at least one bibliographic record with that heading.
  • The third column includes the heading itself.
  • The fourth column indicates the heading type. In this case, they are all "personal name" headings.
  • The titles index has four columns.
    • The first column includes the heading found in the bibliographic record.
    • The second column indicates the main entry in the bibliographic record.

The titles index display:

To retrieve any of the four bibliographic records, either double click on the entry or, if it is already highlighted, click the "OK" button.


Once the bibliographic record is displayed:
To return to the titles index, click on the "Titles" button on the menu bar.
To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar.

  • It may or may not be the same name found in the heading in the first column.
  • In the case of title main entry, this space is blank.
    • The third column gives the title found in the 245.
    • The fourth column indicates the imprint.

OCLC searching cheat sheet

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Commands | Searches | Authority file searching | Other things to remember


Commands
command key(s)
help F1
send command F11
next screen or page up F4 or pup <F11>
previous screen or page back F5 or pdn <F11>
go to first screen hom <F11>
go back to previous screen gob <F11>
next record F9
next screen in submenu F9
return to submenu ctrol F9
previous screen in submenu shift F9
print record F12
export xpo

Searches
Phrase searches | Number searches | Search qualifiers
Phrase searches (See also Phrase searches [865] from OCLC)
type sca/fin derived notes
personal name sca pn [last first] 4,3,1 Surnames with a Mc or Mac prefix: If the prefix is followed by an uppercase letter, search the prefix as the single letter m. If the prefix followed by a lowercase letter, include the entire prefix in the search key. If in doubt, search both ways.
Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
corporate name sca co [name] 4,3,1 Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
corporate name sca cn [name] 4,3,1 Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
title sca ti [title] 3,2,2,1 For uniform titles (130), precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
subject sca su [subject] 5,3 Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
Number searches (see also Numeric Searching [866] from OCLC)
type sca/fin derived notes
LCCN fin in [LCCN] [number] sca/fin: include the entire number with or without the hyphen
derived: includes the first 2 numbers, hyphen, and the last 6 numbers.
Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file.
ISMN fin nn [number]   sca/fin: include the initial "m"; do not include the hyphens
example: fin nn m008058417
ISSN fin sn [number] [number] sca/fin: include the entire number with or without the hyphen
derived: include the hyphen between the 4th and 5th digits
ISBN fin bn [number] [number] omit hyphens
Music number fin mn [number] mn: [number] include only 2 letters and up to 10 numbers (see also Music publisher number search [867] from OCLC)
OCLC control number fin an [number] #[number]  
Search qualifiers (not used in searching the authority file)
type qualifier
format books: /bks     scores: /sco     recordings: /rec     visual materials: /vis     serials: /ser
cataloging source Library of Congress: /DLC
year of publication
mcdy: m=millennium c=century d=decade y=year
type of date: qualifier: example:
single year: /mcdy /2002
   single year and all later years: /mcdy- /2000-
   single year and all previous years: /-mcdy /-2000
   range of single years: /mcdy-y /2000-2
decade: /mcd? /200?
   range of decades: /mcdy-dy /1980-91
century: /mc?? /20??
   range of centuries: /mcdy-cdy /1880-920
millennium: /m??? /2???
   range of millenniums: /mcdy-mcdy /1999-2002

Authority file searching

The browse search is the best way to get to name/uniform title headings.

Type in the name, with a comma separating the last and first names.
If there are no other persons with that name, you can include an expanded term with no further additions to the search.
If there are other persons with that name, include at least the first year in the date portion of the heading with no comma before date.

The expanded term can be as little as the first initial of the title (excluding initial articles):

or as much as several words of the title (excluding initial articles):

When using more than one word of the title as the expanded term can be as little as the first initial of the title (excluding initial articles). Remove all commas or the search will take you to the end of the alphabet for the first word in your exanded term.

This search, with punctuation included:
sonatas, piano, h. xvi, 3
will take you to the end of Haydn's sonatas:
This search, with all punctuation, including those in the serial or work number, removed:
sonatas piano h xvi 3
will take you a specific point in the alphabetic index:

Other things to remember

If you will not be using OCLC for a substantial amount of time, logoff so that other catalogers will be able to access OCLC.

ORBIS keys for diacritics and special characters arranged by name of diacritic/character with languages in which they are used

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

These are the keys to which diacritics and special characters encountered in music cataloging at Yale are mapped for Orbis (Voyager). Not all diacritics are included, namely those for languages in which we do not catalog. For a complete list, see Diacritics and special characters [838] from Cataloging at Yale

See also Diacritics and special characters by language [868]

acute | AE (Æ) | alif | angstrom | breve | cedilla | circumflex | eth (Ð) | dot above | dot in middle | dot below | double acute | grave | hacek | high comma, off center | hook, left | hook, right | ligature | macron | miagkii znak | slash O (Ø) | OE (Œ) | Polish L (Ł) | tilde | tverdii znak | umlaut

Diacritic/Special character ORBIS Keys Languages
acute ctrl alt o or keypad 8 Albanian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, Dutch, French, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish, Portuguese, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish
Æ upper case
æ lower case
ctrl alt q
ctrl alt shift q
Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian
alif ctrl alt f or keypad 2 Korean, Japanese, Turkish
angstrom ctrl alt shift  / or alt keypad 3 Czech, Danish, Finnish, Norwegian, Slovak, Swedish
breve ctrl alt shift . [period] or alt shift keypad 9 Bulgarian, Korean, Romanian, Russian, Turkish, Ukrainian, Belarusian
cedilla ctrl alt h or keypad 6 Albanian, Catalan, French, Latvian, Portuguese, Turkish
circle above
see angstrom
ctrl alt shift  / or alt keypad 3  
circumflex ctrl alt shift p or keypad 6 Albanian, Dutch, French, Portuguese, Romanian, Sinhalese, Slovene, Turkish
Ð (eth) upper case
ð lower case
win alt w
ctrl alt w
Croatian, Icelandic, Serbian
dot above ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 Hebrew, Lithuanian, Polish, , Russian, Turkish, Belarusian
dot in middle ctrl alt shift b or left parenthesis [ Catalan
dot below ctrl alt n or keypad 1 Hebrew
double acute ctrl alt shift o or alt keypad 8 Hungarian
grave ctrl alt ` or keypad 2 Catalan, Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese
hacek ctrl alt p or alt keypad 4 Armenian, Croatian, Czech, Latvian, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene
high comma, off center ctrl alt shift : Armenian, Czech, Georgian, Latvian, Macedonian, Slovak
hook, left ctrl alt shift h Latvian, Romanian
hook, right ctrl alt shift j Lithuanian, Polish
ligature first half
ligature second half
ctrl alt shift k or keypad 0
ctrl alt shift l or alt keypad 0
Russian, Ukrainian, Belarusian
macron ctrl alt shift  , [comma] or keypad 9 Armenian, Greek (Modern), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Russian,
miagkii znak ctrl alt g Bulgarian, Hebrew, Russian, Ukrainian, Belarusian
musical flat ctrl alt x  
musical sharp    
Ø (slash O) upper case
ø lower case
win alt y
ctrl alt y
Danish, Norwegian
OE upper case
oe lower case
ctrl alt shift r
ctrl alt r
French, Icelandic
Polish L upper case
Polish l lower case
ctrl alt shift e
ctrl alt e
Polish
superior dot (dot above)
see dot above
ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1  
tilde ctrl alt \  or keypad 5 Estonian, Portuguese, Spanish
tverdii znak ctrl alt shift g Bulgarian, Russian
umlaut ctrl alt shift m or keypad 7 Albanian, Catalan, Chinese, Dutch, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Icelandic, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian

Orbis keys for diacritics and special characters

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Diacritic/Special character ORBIS Keys Languages
acute ctrl alt o or keypad 8 Albanian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, Dutch, French, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish, Portuguese, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish
Æ upper case
æ lower case
ctrl alt q
ctrl alt shift q
Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian
alif ctrl alt f or keypad 2 Korean, Japanese, Turkish
angstrom ctrl alt shift  / [slash] or alt keypad 3 Czech, Danish, Finnish, Norwegian, Slovak, Swedish
breve ctrl alt shift . [period] or alt shift keypad 9 Bulgarian, Korean, Rumanian, Russian, Turkish, Ukrainian, White Russian
cedilla ctrl alt h or keypad 6 Albanian, Catalan, French, Latvian, Portuguese, Turkish
circle above
see angstrom
ctrl alt shift  / [slash] or alt keypad 3  
Circumflex ctrl alt shift p or keypad 6 Albanian, Dutch, French, Portuguese, Rumanian, Sinhalese, Slovene, Turkish
Ð upper case
ð lower case
win alt w
ctrl alt w
Croatian, Serbian
dot above ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 Gujarati, Hebrew, Lithuanian, Polish, , Russian, Turkish, White Russian
dot in middle ctrl alt shift b or left parenthesis [ Catalan
dot below ctrl alt n or keypad 1 Hebrew
double acute ctrl alt shift o or alt keypad 8 Hungarian
grave ctrl alt ` or keypad 2 Catalan, Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese
hacek ctrl alt p or alt keypad 4 Armenian, Croatian, Czech, Latvian, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene
high comma, off center ctrl alt shift : Armenian, Czech, Georgian, Latvian, Macedonian, Slovak
hook, left ctrl alt shift h Latvian, Rumanian
hook, right ctrl alt shift j Lithuanian, Polish
ligature first half
ligature second half
ctrl alt shift k or keypad 0
ctrl alt shift l or alt keypad 0
Russian, Ukrainian, White Russian
macron ctrl alt shift , [comma] or keypad 9 Armenian, Greek (Modern), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Russian,
miagkii znak ctrl alt g Bulgarian, Hebrew, Russian, Ukrainian, White Russian
musical flat ctrl alt x  
musical sharp    
Ø upper case
ø lower case
win alt y
ctrl alt y
Danish, Norwegian
OE upper case
oe lower case
ctrl alt shift r
ctrl alt r
French, Icelandic
Polish L upper case
Polish l lower case
ctrl alt shift e
ctrl alt e
Polish
superior dot (dot above)
see dot above
ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1  
tilde ctrl alt \  or keypad 5 Estonian, Portuguese, Spanish
tverdii znak ctrl alt shift g Bulgarian, Russian
umlaut ctrl alt shift m or keypad 7 Albanian, Catalan, Chinese, Dutch, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Icelandic, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian

Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

See also Searching special characters in Voyager [834]

Under the "Non-Keyword" option, use the "Publisher Number (028a|b, 260d)" search.

number includes example search search example
   = 1 blank space
space UE 10769
01 0035 08
must include the space UE  10769
01  0035  08
period(s) U.E.7371 ° may include the periods or
° include them with a space following each period or
° omit the periods and replace with spaces
U.E.7371
U.  E.  7371
U  E  7371
ampersand M&M no. 1947 must include the ampersand M&M no. 1947
period and ampersand B.&H.15960 ° may include all or
° omit the periods and replace with spaces
must include the ampersand
B.&H.15960
B  &H  15960
period, ampersand, space B. & H. 15966 ° may include all or
° include periods but not spaces following them or
° omit the periods but not the spaces following them
must include the ampersand
B.  &  H.  15966
B.&  H.15966
B  &  H  15966
hyphen(s) 01-039561-851 ° include the hyphen(s) or
° may omit the hyphen(s), replacing with space(s)
01-039561-851
01  039561  851
hyphen and space PWM - 2384 ° may include hyphen and spaces or
° may include hyphen but not spaces or
° may omit the hyphen, but include at least 1 space
PWM  -  2384
PWM-2384
PWM  2384
two hyphens 15--4 ° may include both hyphens or
° may omit both hyphens, but include at least 1 space or
° may include only one hyphen with or without spaces
15--4
15  4
15  -  4
diacritic DTÖ 137 must omit the diacritic DTO 137
slash MWV B XVII/2 ° may include the slash or
° may omit the slash and replace with a space
MWV B XVII/2
MWV B XVII  2
pound sign WM #79 must include the pound sign WM #79
parentheses 651 (S.) ° may include the parentheses or
° may omit the parentheses and replace with spaces
651 (S.)
651  S.
comma Misc 5, III ° may include the comma or
° may omit the comma, but not the space following it
Misc 5, III
Misc 5  III

Searching special characters in Voyager

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager [835]

Comma, colon, semi-colon, period, apostrophe | Ellipses | Hyphen | Ampersand | Plus sign | Parentheses | Brackets
Musical flat sign | Musical sharp sign | Diacritics | Special alphabetic characters

See also Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager [835]


Searching titles in both the cataloging module and the OPAC:

  • Titles containing words with internal commas cannot be retrieved unless the comma is included in the search string.
  • Commas that occur between words are not affected and may be omitted when searching.
Comma, colon, semi-colon, period, apostrophe:
In the Voyager title search, omit or, if copying and pasting, include the punctuation.
Title: Beethoven's grand mass in D, op. 123
Search: beethovens grand mass in d op 123 or beethoven's grand mass in D, op. 123
Title: Trio : no X, for alto flute, viola, and harp, 1977
Search: trio : no X, for alto flute, viola, and harp, 1977 or trio no X for alto flute viola and harp 1977
This title includes several different types of punctuation.
    If omitting the apostrophe, do not leave a space.
    If omitting the hyphen in "F-Dur" and the colon in "XV:39" you must include spaces in their place.
Title: Trio : no. 4, F-Dur (Hob. XV:39)
Search: trio : no. 4, F-Dur (Hob. XV:39) or trio no 4 F Dur Hob XV 39
Ellipses:
In a Voyager title search, include or omit the ellipses with or without a space after them.
Title: ... huésped de las nieblas ...
Search: ... huésped de las nieblas ... or huésped de las nieblas
Either search may be done with or without the diacritic
Hyphen:
In a Voyager title search, either include the hyphen in the search or delete it and replace it with a space
Title: Konzert f-Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056
Search: konzert f-Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056 or konzert f Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056
versus a similar title without a hyphen:
In both, include the space in "f Moll"
Title: Konzert f Moll für Klavier und Orchester
Search: konzert f Moll für Klavier und Orchester
A hyphen in the name:
In a Voyager staff name headings search, either include the hyphens or omit the hyphens, in the name and date portions of the heading, and replace with spaces.
Name: Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. (Sophie-Carmen), 1899-1974
Search: eckhardt-gramatté, s. c. (sophie-carmen), 1899-1974 or eckhardt gramatté, s. c. (sophie carmen), 1899-1974 or eckhardt gramatté s c sophie carmen 1899 1974
Note: search with or without the comma.
Ampersand:
In a Voyager title search, you must include the ampersand. It cannot be omitted or spelled out.
Title: Sonata for violin & piano
Search: sonata for violin & piano
Plus sign:
In a Voyager title search, you must include the plus sign. It cannot be omitted or spelled out.
Title: Paduana + 2 galliards for 5 instruments
Search: paduana + 2 galliards for 5 instruments
Parentheses:
In a Voyager title search, either omit or, if copying and pasting, include the parentheses.
Title: 2e sonate (en mi majeur) pour violin et piano
Search: 2e sonate (en mi majeur) pour violin et piano or 2e sonate en mi majeur pour violin et piano
Brackets:
In a Voyager title search, either include the brackets or omit them and do not add spaces.
Title: Horn sonat[a]s
Search: horn sonat[a]s or horn sonatas
Musical flat sign:
a Voyager title search, truncate the search to "sonata in b" and scroll down to the end of titles retrieved, which are in alphabetical order.
Title: Sonata in B♭ for clarinet and piano
Search: sonata in b
Note: The results are in alphabetical order; the musical flat sign is alphabetized at the end of the list of titles.
or
include the flat sign; do not substitute with a lower case "b":
Sonata in B♭ for clarinet and piano
Musical sharp sign:
In a Voyager title search, include the sharp sign.
Title: Trio, F# minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello ♯
Search: Search using the pound sign (#), with or without commas or periods:
trio, f# minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello or trio f# minor op 1 no 1 for pianoforte violin and violoncello
If the search retrieves no results, try the search again using the UNICODE sharp sign (♯), with or without commas or periods:
trio, f♯ minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello or trio f♯ minor op 1 no 1 for pianoforte violin and violoncello
Diacritics:
In a Voyager title search, either omit or, if copying and pasting, include the diacritics.
Title: Sonate für Flöte (Altflöte) und Klavier, op. 25
Search: sonate für flöte (altflöte) und klavier, op. 25 or sonate fur flote (altflote) und klavier, op. 25
Special alphabetic characters:
Special one-letter characters such as Polish L, d with bar, slash o, etc.
In a Voyager title search, substitute the character with the letter without the slash, bar, etc. or, if copying and pasting, search with the character.
Name: Aksdal, Bjørn
Search: aksdal, bjørn or aksdal, bjorn
Note: search with or without the comma.
Special two-letter characters such as Æ, æ:
In a Voyager title search, search either as individual letters or, if copying and pasting, with the character.
Title: Mediæval musical relics of Denmark
Search: mediæval musical relics of denmark or mediaeval musical relics of denmark
Superscript o
This character may also be input as a regular lower-case o, so it would make sense to search this title with and without the o.
In a Voyager title search, omit the superscript ° and replace it with a lower case letter o.
Title: Symphonie n° 5 en ut dièse mineur
Search: symphonie no 5 en ut diese mineur
The German Eszett: ß
The ß should be input and searched as "ss"
Title: Baßschlüssel, das ist, Anleitung für Anfänger und Liebhaber der Setzkunst
Search: bassschlussel das ist anleitung fur anfanger und liebhaber der setzkunst

Staff heading keyword searches in Voyager

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

° Staff headings keyword searches retrieve both bibliographic and authority records.

° There are four staff headings keyword searches: staff title headings, staff name headings, staff name/title headings, and staff subject headings.
     ° Voyager's SysAdmin manual lists subfields indexed in a staff subject subdivision headings keyword search, but this search does not seem to be available. Subject subdivisions can be searched as part of the staff subject headings keyword search, but without retrieving subject subdivision authority records (which are available only in LCDB).

° The filters in the staff headings searches may be used to limit by type of heading.

° Truncation is allowed in all four staff headings keyword searches:

right truncation: left truncation: internal truncation: combination:
?cello violoncell? viol?cello viol?cello?

° The boolean operator "and" is the default and does not need to be included in a search.
     ° Including the boolean operator "and" retrieves the same results.
     ° A search with the boolean operator "not" takes a very long time.
     ° Plus (+) or minus (-) signs are ignored.

° Words of one or two characters may be used as individual search words or in a phrase!
     ° The search takes a long time.

° To search two or more words as a phrase, enclose the words in quotation marks. Searching "violin clarinet" retrieves different results than searching "clarinet violin."
     ° A staff headings keyword search using a phrase will search across subfields in the same field.
     ° Searching the phrase "sonatas oboe" in a staff name/title heading keyword search will retrieve records in which "sonatas, ‡m oboe" appears.

° A staff headings keyword search does not search across fields.
     ° A search employing multiple words retrieves only those records in which the words appear in the same field.
     ° For example, it will not retrieve authority records in which one word appears in the 1XX field and another word appears in a 4XX field.
     ° Exception: it is possible with a staff name/title heading keyword search to retrieve a record with one search words in the 100 and another in the 245/‡a or ‡b.

° Nesting with the boolean operator "or" is possible:
     ° When no other boolean operators are used, parenthesis are not necessary:
          allegros or adagios
     ° When other boolean operators are used, enclose the nested terms in parentheses:
          (carl or sebastian) bach
          (german or germany) music
     ° Truncation within nesting works:
          (german? or engl?) music
     ° The searches tend to be slower than other staff headings keyword searches.
          ° The boolean operator "not" may also be used, but as with any search using "not," it takes a long time.

Staff name heading keyword searches

Bibliographic records
Field Subfields indexed Comments
100
700
800
‡adq also ‡bc
‡adqt also ‡bc
‡adkqptv also ‡bc
‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual; not ‡4
‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual, up to ‡t; not ‡4
‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual, up to ‡t
110
710
810
‡abcdgkn
‡abcdefgkl
‡abcdefgklptv
not ‡4
not ‡4; up to ‡t
up to ‡t
111
711
811
‡abcdefgklnpq
‡acdefgkl
‡abcdefgklptv
up to ‡t
up to ‡t
Authority records
° 008/14, ‡a (main or added entry heading use) must exist in the record in order for the record to be indexed
Field Subfields indexed Comments
X00
X10
X11
X51
‡abcdkq
‡abcdgkn
‡abcdegknq
‡ab
 

Staff name/title heading keyword searches

Bibliographic records
° 1XX/245 is not validated
Field Subfields indexed Comments
100
700
800
‡abcdkq
‡abcdkq up to t fgklmnoprt
‡abcdkq up to t fgklmnoprt
100 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps
    ° Note: it is possible to retrieve a record with the search words
     in the 100 and the 245/‡a or b
110
710
810
‡abcdgkn
‡abcdgkn up to t dfgklmnoprst
‡abcdgkn up to t dfgklmnoprst
110 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps
111
711
811
‡abcdegknq
‡abcdegknq up to t fgklnpst
‡abcdegknq up to t fgklnpst
111 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps
Authority records
° 008/14, ‡a (main or added entry heading use) must exist in the record in order for the record to be indexed
Field Subfields indexed Comments
X00
X10
X11
‡abcdkq up to tfgklmnoprt
‡abcdgkn up to tdfgklmnoprstn
‡abcdegknq up to tfgklnpst
 

Staff title heading keyword searches

Bibliographic records
Field Subfields indexed Comments
130 ‡adfgklmnoprs will be combined only with 245 ‡afgknps; I was unable to search across the 130 and 245 fields
440 ‡anp untraced series (490 field) are not indexeds
730 ‡adfgklmnoprs  
830 ‡adfgklmnoprs  
Authority records
° Authority 008/14 = ‡a (main or added entry heading use) as non-series
° Authority 008/16= (series heading use) as series
Field Subfields indexed Comments
X30 ‡adfgklmnoprs searches headings (130) (including SARs for non-traced series and series-like phrases) and references (430 and 530)

Staff subject heading keyword searches

Bibliographic records
° Indicator 2 or ‡2 used to determine thesaurus
° Lead subfields stop at the first ‡t, v, x, y, z found
° Title subfields stop at first ‡v, x, y, z found
Field Subfields indexed Comments
600 ‡abcdkq fgklmnoprt vxyz using the "LC subject headings" filter will retrieve name/title authority record
610 ‡abcdgkn dfgklmnoprst vxyz  
611 ‡abcdegknq fgklnpst vxyz  
630 ‡adfgklmnoprs vxyz  
650 ‡abcd vxyz  
651 ‡ab vxyz  
Authority records
° Authority 008/14 = ‡a (main or added entry heading use) as non-series
° Authority 008/16= (series heading use) as series
Field Subfields indexed Comments
X00
X10
X11
X30
X50
X51
‡abcdkq fgklmnoprt vxyz
‡abcdgkn dfgklmnoprst vxyz
‡abcdegknq fglnpst vxyz
‡adfgklmnoprs vxyz
‡abcd vxyz
‡vxyz
subject subdivision authority records are not retrieved

This table is derived from Voyager's V5 SysAdmin manual, p. A-1ff

Types of staff searching in Voyager

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

This page demonstrates the differences between four types of non-keyword, staff searches using the same search key.
The search key is "bach johann"
Tthe four staff searches are the names search, staff names search, staff subject headings search, and staff name/title headings search.

Staff name headings search | Staff subject headings search | Staff name/title headings search | Names search


Staff name headings search

The result of the "staff name headings search" is an alphabetical list of name headings. The number of bibliographic records for each heading is indicated. The word "authorized" indicates that there is a name authority record for that heading.


 


Staff subject headings search

Using the "staff subject headings search" retrives authority records for headings that are used as subject headings as well as the bibliographic records that include those headings (6XX). This includes name-only authority records as well as name/uniform title authority records:


Staff name/title headings search

The "staff name/title headings search" retrieves authority records for headings that are used as name headings as well as the bibliographic records that include those headings (1XX, 7XX):

Scroll through the list to get to the point in the alphabet you need:

The best way to get to the exact point in the alphabet in staff name/title headings search is to use the full name heading with the first word of the uniform title.

Which will take you exactly to the place in the alphabetical index:


Names search

The names search is a local Yale search developed to make it possible to simultaneously search a name as both a name heading (1XX, 7XX, 8XX) and a subject heading (6XX). This search does not retrieve authority records.

When using the "names" search, the resultings are displayed in a titles index:

Preferred titles

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • List of types of composition for use in authorized access points for music : a manual for use with RDA [869]
  • A comparison of uniform titles (AACR2) and preferred titles (RDA) for musical works [870]
  • Types of composition and LC subject headings [871]
  • RDA:
    • Recording titles of works [872] (RDA 6.2.1) See also Recording preferred titles for musical works [873] (RDA 6.14)
    • Recording form of work [681] (RDA 6.3)
    • Recording date and place of origin of works [805] (RDA 6.4-6.5)
    • Recording date, language, and other distinguishing characteristics of expression [874] (RDA 6.10-6.11)
    • Recording preferred title for musical works [873] (RDA 6.14)
    • Recording medium of performance for musical works [686] (RDA 6.15)
    • Recording numeric designation for musical works [779] (RDA 6.16)
    • Recording key for musical works [707] (RDA 6.17)
    • Recording other distinguishing characteristic of the expression of musical works [785] (RDA 6.18)
    • Collaborative works and Compilations of works [875] (RDA 6.27.1.3 and 6.27.1.4)
    • Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
      • Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)
      • Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
      • Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)
  • Work numbers for authorized access points [121] for composers whose works are assigned numbers other than opus numbers or in addition to opus numbers
  • Sources of information
    • Printed biographical sources for composers and their works [6]
    • Thematic indexes used in the Library of Congress/NACO authority file [880] (What the heck is a thematic index [881]?)
    • Online resources for preferred titles
      • Internet sources for authority work for authorized access points for music [882]
      • Themefinder [883]: composers' works lists [884]
      • Vocal Music Instrumentation Index [885]: movements from JS Bach, CPE Bach, Handel, Jacquet de La Guerre, Campra, Clérambault, Montéclair, Rameau, and other composers using scholarly sources, browsable by instrumentation and text
      • Composers' worklists on the web [886] | in published scores, books, and periodicals [887]
        • Russische Komponisitionen [411] (Russian composers' worklists; in German)
        • Online thematic catalogs
          • Bach: Bach digital database [888]: information on the works of Johann Sebastian Bach and other composers from the Bach family
          • Britten: Britten thematic catalogue [889] (BETA version; not yet finalized)
          • Frescobaldi: Frescobaldi Thematic Catalogue Online [890] (FTCO)
          • Lully: A thematic locator for the works of Jean-Baptiste Lully [891]
          • Mozart: Neue Mozart-Ausgabe online [892]
          • Pachelbel: Pachelbel-Werke-Verzeichnis (PWV) : Vokalmusik [893] (vocal music only)
          • Schubert: Thematisches Verzeichnis seiner Werke in chronologischer Folge [894]
          • Telemann: Catalogue TWV [895]
          • Vivaldi: Works listed by F number, with R, P, RV, and opus numbers [896]
      • Online score collections
        • International Music Score Library Project [897] (IMSLP)
            • Choral Public Domain Library [898] (choral and vocal works by at least 3546 composers)
        • Free online scores [899] (lib guide from Yale University Music Library)
      • Multiple composers by instrument or genre [882]
      • RISM [900] (Répertoire International des Sources Musicales): information on searching RISM [901]; online catalog of A/I: Einzeldrucke vor 1800 (Individual prints before 1800); A/II: Music manuscripts after 1600; and B/I: Printed collections of the 16th-18th centuries (first half only, covering the years 1500-1550; includes a PDF index of composers [902]
      • Hofmeister XIX [903]: searchable database of Hofmeister monthly lists of music publications for the years 1829-1900
      • Ricordi catalog [904]: list of publications from plate no. 1 (1808)-plate no. 41568 (1870); searchable by composer [905]
      • Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Musik Imagekataloge [906] (copy of the paper card catalog through 1989)
      • Sites with digital images of scores and manuscripts
        • Conservatorio di Milano Digital library [907]
        • International Music Score Library Project [798]
      • Catalogs of music manuscripts
        • Catalogue of manuscript music in the British Museum [908]; vol. 3, Instrumental music, treatises, etc., 1909 (online version from Internet Archive)
        • RISM: music manuscripts held in libraries in United States [909] (post-1600)
      • Biographical dictionaries and encyclopedias
        • Fétis: Biographie universelle des musiciens et bibliographie générale de la musique v. 1 [213] | v. 2 [214] | v. 3 [215] | v. 4 [216] | v. 5 [217] | v. 6 [218] | v. 7 [219] | v. 8 [220] | v. 8 [220] | suppl. 1 [221] | suppl. 2 [222]
        • Muzykal'naia entsiklopediia [412] (in Cyrillic)

A comparison of uniform titles and preferred titles

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

A comparison of uniform titles (AACR2) and preferred titles (RDA) for musical works

Initial title element (AACR2)/preferred title (RDA): Language (6.14.2.5.1) | Singular vs plural (6.14.2.5.2)
Statement of medium of performance: Medium | Number of elements | Implied numbering | Standard chamber combinations | vocal | Song and choral accompaniment | Adding medium of performance to resolve conflicts
Further additions: Selections | Language of text | Librettos |Arrangements | Selections/arrangements/language

Initial title element (AACR2)/preferred title (RDA) (6.14.2.5 [910] and LC-PCC PS for 6.14.2.5)
Language (6.14.2.5.1 [910])
In AACR2, when the initial title element was a type of composition, all foreign language forms of the name of that type were translated into the accepted English form when it had cognates in English, French, German, and Italian.
In RDA, when the preferred title is a type of composition, the English form is used whenever the name of the type in another language is a cognate. Those forms of the name that are not cognates are used in the original language.
AACR2:
RDA:
Movimenti, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Movements, ‡m organ, piano, recorders (2), flutes (2), clarinets (2), saxophone, violin, guitar, percussion, viola
     The change in medium of performance follows 6.15.1.5
AACR2:
RDA:
Pezzi, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 24
Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 24
AACR2:
RDA:
P'esy, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 110
Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 110
AACR2:
RDA:
P'esy, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 12. ‡p IUmoristicheskoe skertso
Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 12. ‡p IUmoristicheskoe skertso
     Note that the preferred title is in English; the title of the part remains in Russian.
AACR2: Music, ‡m violoncello
     In AACR2, the word "music" had cognates in English, French, German, and Italian. Therefore, all foreign language forms of the word were translated into English.
RDA: Hudba, ‡m cello
     In RDA, because the word "hudba" is not a cognate of "music," so the Czech form is used.
     The change in medium of performance from "violoncello(s)" to "cello(s)" was implemented with RDA.
Trio sonatas
In AACR2 (25.29C1), the uniform title Trio sonata(s) was used for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo that were variously titled "Sonata," "Trio," "Sonate a tre," etc.
This instruction was not carried over into RDA.
In RDA use:
     Trio(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the title "Trio" (or cognates of it)
     Sonata(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the "Sonata" (or cognates of it)
     Trio sonata(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the title "Trio sonata" (or cognates of it)
Singular vs plural (6.14.2.5.2 [911])
In AACR2, it was unclear whether a title would be given in singular or plural form when a composer wrote two works of the same type and used a distinctive title for one of the works.
RDA makes explicit that the title of a type of composition should be recorded in the plural if the composer wrote more than one work of that type with the same title [emphasis added].
Statement of medium of performance (6.15.1.5 [912])
Medium
In AACR2, the medium was given according to the list in 25.30B4.
RDA LC-PCC PS 6.28.1.9.1: use LCMPT [703] terms in the authorized access point, adjusting the form to plural if needed.
Number of elements
In AACR2, the number of elements that could be named in the statement of medium of performance was limited to three, except when the initial title element was "trio(s)," "quartet(s)," or "quintet(s)."
In RDA, more than three elements are allowed.
AACR2:
RDA:
Fantasies, ‡m recorder, strings
Fantasies, ‡m recorder, violins (2), viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Partita, ‡m brasses
Partita, ‡m trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba
AACR2:
RDA:
Movimenti, ‡m woodwinds, horn
Movements, ‡m flute, oboes (2), clarinets (2), horn, bassoons (2)
     The initial title element Movimenti was also changed to the preferred title Movements as per 6.14.2.5.1
AACR2:
RDA:
Pieces, ‡m winds, violin, violoncello
Pieces, ‡m flutes (2), horn, trumpet, violin, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Toccatas, ‡m woodwinds, strings
Toccatas, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
AACR2:
RDA:
Sextets, ‡m piano, strings
Sextets, ‡m piano, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
     
The number of violins is indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA
AACR2:
RDA:
Sextets, ‡m woodwinds, horn, strings
Sextets, ‡m oboe, horn, bassoon, violin, viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Octet, ‡m woodwinds, horns (2)
Octet, ‡m oboes (2), clarinet, basset horn, horns (2), bassoons (2)
     Each instrument can now be named.
     The number of each instrument is also indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA
AACR2:
RDA:
Larghettos, ‡m woodwinds, horns (2)
Larghettos, ‡m flutes (2), basset horn, horns (2), bassoon
     The number of each instrument is also indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA
AACR2:
RDA:
Sonatina, ‡m winds, percussion
Sonatina, ‡m flutes (2), oboes (2), clarinet, bassoons (2), horn, trumpets (2), trombones (3), timpani, xylophone
AACR2:
RDA:
Movement, ‡m harpsichord, piano, winds
Movement, ‡m harpsichord, piano, flutes (3), clarinets (2), bassoon, horns (2), trumpet
AACR2:
RDA:
Concertinos, ‡m instrumental ensemble, string orchestra
Concertinos, ‡m piano, saxophones (4), pedal harp, percussion, string orchestra
AACR2:
RDA:
Pieces, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Pieces, ‡m piano, clarinet, horn, trumpet, pedal harp, chimes, violin, viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Pieces, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Pieces, ‡m organ, trumpets (4), horns (4), trombones (4), baritone, tuba, timpani, percussion, pedal harp
AACR2:
RDA:
Nonet, ‡m winds, percussion, strings, ‡n op. 40
Nonet, ‡m flute, clarinet, bassoon, horn, percussion, trumpet, trombone, violin, double bass, ‡n op. 40
AACR2:
RDA:
Impromptus, ‡m instrumental ensemble, ‡n no. 1, op. 133
Impromptus, ‡m piano, flute, clarinet, percussion, violin, cello, ‡n no. 1, op. 133
AACR2:
RDA:
Movimenti, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Movements, ‡m organ, piano, recorders (2), flutes (2), clarinets (2), saxophone, violin, guitar, percussion, viola
     The initial title element Movimenti was also changed to the preferred title Movements as per 6.14.2.5.1.
AACR2:
RDA:
Octet, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Octet, ‡m flute, clarinets (2), percussion, violin, viola, cello
     
The number of clarinets is indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA
AACR2:
RDA:
Introduzione, corale et marcia, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Introduzione, corale et marcia, ‡m piano, piccolo, flutes (2), oboes (2), English horn, clarinets (3), bassoons (2), contrabassoon, horns (4), trumpets (3), trombones (3), tuba, percussion, double basses (4)
AACR2:
RDA:
Music, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Music, ‡m organ, crumhorns (4), shawms (4), cornett, trombones (3), percussion, lute, theorbo, viole da braccio (2), viole da gamba (4)
AACR2:
RDA:
Inventions, ‡m instrumental ensemble
Inventions, ‡m celesta, harpsichord, piano, piccolo, flute, oboe, clarinets (3), English horn, saxophone, bassoon, contrabassoon, trumpets (3), trombones (2), flügelhorn, horns (2), baritone, tuba, glockenspiel, pedal harp
AACR2:
RDA:
Song cycle, ‡m mezzo-soprano, instrumental ensemble
Song cycle, ‡m mezzo-soprano, piano, flute, clarinet, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Prelude, adagio and chorale, ‡m unison voices, brasses
Prelude, adagio and chorale, ‡m unison voices, trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba
AACR2:
RDA:
Canti trilogy, ‡m mixed solo voices, instrumental ensemble
Canti trilogy, ‡m soprano, tenor, bass, piano, flute, clarinet, trumpet, trombone, percussion, violin, viola, cello, double bass
AACR2:
RDA:
Evangelienmotetten, ‡m mixed voices, instrumental ensemble
Evangelienmotetten, ‡m mixed voices, flute, pedal harp, double bass, timpani, gong, tam-tam
     This is a distinctive title that requires the medium of performance to resolve a conflict.
     Note that three individual percussion instruments are named, rather than using the term percussion.
Implied numbering
In AACR2, when two or more of a particular instrument or voice was required, the appropriated Arabic number in parentheses after the name of that instrument or voice unless the number is implicit in the initial title element.
In RDA, always add the number of parts in the authorized access point when there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice.
AACR2:
RDA:
Duets, ‡m violins
Duets, ‡m violins (2)
AACR2:
RDA:
Quartets, ‡m violins, violas
Quartets, ‡m violins (2), violas (2)
AACR2:
RDA:
Quintets, ‡m trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba
Quintets, ‡m trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba
AACR2:
RDA:
Sextets, ‡m violins, violas, cellos
Sextets, ‡m violins (2), violas (2), cellos (2)
Standard chamber combinations

In AACR2 and RDA until April 2014, the following practice was applied to works for three to five instruments that fall into one of the standard combinations:

Former practice: works for three to five instruments considered to be standard combinations followed the treatment outlined in this table:

Standard chamber combinations Initial title element/preferred title was Trio(s), Quartet(s), or Quintet(s), these terms were used for the medium of performance Initial title element/preferred title was not Trio(s), Quartet(s), or Quintet(s), these terms were used for the medium of performance
violin, viola, cello strings string trio
2 violins, viola, cello strings string quartet
flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon woodwinds woodwind quartet
flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, bassoon winds wind quintet
piano, violin, cello piano, strings piano trio
piano, violin, viola, cello piano, strings piano quartet
piano, 2 violins, viola, cello piano, strings piano quintet

The April 2014 RDA update eliminated this practice.

Current practice: Name each instrument.
Note: LCSH still uses the names of standard chamber combinations followed by the word "music"; e.g., Piano trio music, String quartet music.

AACR2:
RDA:
Trios, ‡m piano, strings
Trios, ‡m piano, violin, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Sonatas, ‡m piano trio
Sonatas, ‡m piano, violin, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Trios, ‡m strings
Trios, ‡m violin, viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Prelude, adagio and fugue, ‡m string trio
Prelude, adagio and fugue, ‡m violin, viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Quartets, ‡m strings
Quartets, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Variations, ‡m string quartet
Variations, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Pezzi, ‡m string quartet
Pieces, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello
     The initial title element Pezzi was also changed to the preferred title Pieces as per 6.14.2.5.1.
AACR2:
RDA:
Pieces, ‡m woodwind quartet
Pieces, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon
AACR2:
RDA:
Quintets, ‡m piano, strings
Quintets, ‡m piano, violins (2), viola, cello
AACR2:
RDA:
Pastorale, ‡m wind quintet
Pastorale, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, horn
AACR2:
RDA:
Quintets, ‡m winds
Quintets, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, bassoon
Vocal medium of performance
Solo voice(s)
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m voice
‡m singer
     use "singer" when no type or range of voice or age or gender of the performer is specified
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m high voice
‡m high voice
     use when range, but not type of voice or age or gender of the performer is specified
‡m female voice
     use when gender (but not age) of the performer, but not range or type of voice, is specified
‡m child's voice
     use when the age (but not gender) of the performer, but not range or type of voice is specified
‡m soprano voice
     used when the type of voice is specified; note that the word "voice" is included
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m soprano, tenor
‡m soprano voice, tenor voice
     note that the word "voice" is included
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m voices
‡m soprano voice, tenor voice
‡m soprano voices (2)
    
note that the word "voice(s)" is included
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m mixed solo voices
‡m singers (4)
Choruses
AACR2:
RDA:
‡m mixed voices, ‡m women's voices, ‡m men's voices, ‡m children's voices, ‡m unison voices
‡m mixed chorus, ‡m women's chorus, ‡m men's chorus, ‡m children's chorus, ‡m unison chorus
     although it is not stated in RDA and it is not official LC policy, some preferred titles in the authority file include number of parts: ‡m mixed chorus (4 parts)
‡m equal voices was used in AACR2 and is still used in RDA for a chorus in which all the voices parts are for one type of voice
Song and choral accompaniment
AACR2:
RDA:
Songs, ‡m guitar acc.
Songs, ‡m guitar accompaniment
AACR2:
RDA:
Songs, ‡m oboe, horn, strings acc.
Songs, ‡m oboe, horn, violins (2), viola, cello accompaniment
AACR2:
RDA:
Songs, ‡m instrumental ensemble accompaniment
Songs, ‡m piano, flute, violin, cello accompaniment
AACR2:
RDA:
Cantata, ‡m soprano, instrumental ensemble
Cantata, ‡m soprano voice, piano, flute, clarinet, violin, cello, glockenspiel
AACR2:
RDA:
Rhapsodies, ‡m soprano, tenor, instrumental ensemble
Rhapsodies, ‡m soprano voice, tenor voice, flute, clarinet, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
AACR2:
RDA:
Vocalise, unacc.
Vocalise, unaccompanied
Adding medium of performance to resolve conflicts
In AACR2 (25.31B1), statements of medium of performance were added to identical distinctive uniform titles for two or more different works by the same composer, except when the works were all for the same medium of performance and medium of performance was insufficient to resolve the conflict. Some other element was added to render the uniform titles unique.
Some catalogers are interpreting RDA as saying medium of performance is included even when the works are all for the same medium.

AACR2:

RDA:

Petite suite ‡n (1889)
Petite suite ‡n (1890)
Petite suite ‡n (1889)
Petite suite ‡n (1890)
   The AACR2 and RDA practices are the same in this example.

AACR2:

RDA:

Petite suite, ‡n op. 169
Petite suite, ‡n op. 189
Petite suite, ‡n op. 192
Petite suite, ‡n op. 198
Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 169
Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 189
Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 192
Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 198
   The AACR2 and RDA practices differ in this example.

AACR2:

RDA:

Concert studies, ‡n op. 14, no. 1
Concert study, ‡n op. 48, no. 2
Concert studies, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 14, no. 1
Concert study, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 48, no. 2, ‡r E♭
     In both AACR2 and RDA, when the only difference between two distinctive titles is that one is singular and the other is plural, they are considered to be identical.
     Note that medium of performance as well as key was added to the second title
Further additions

The order of further subfields in an authorized access point has changed from AACR2 to RDA:
Damian Iseminger, MOUG-L, 10/8/2014:
"Since Selections is considered a work element in RDA, it should be with the work subfields.
For the remaining additions, RDA prescribes no order, but several of us have advocated for using AACR2 order. Thus:
   ° Sketches,
   ° Arrangement,
   ° Vocal score(s),
   ° Chorus score(s),
   ° Language."

In other words
   ° Work subfields: t, m, n, r, k
   ° Expression subfields: o, s, l

Selections
"Selections" is a work [711] element and should always follow the work title.
AACR2:
RDA:
Médée. ‡l Italian. ‡k Selections
Médée. ‡k Selections. ‡l Italian
AACR2:
RDA:
Who wants a wife. ‡s Vocal score. ‡k Selections
Who wants a wife. ‡k Selections. ‡s Vocal score
AACR2:
RDA:
Ring des Nibelungen. ‡l Danish. ‡k Selections
Ring des Nibelungen. ‡k Selections. ‡l Danish
AACR2:
RDA:
Literary works. ‡l German. ‡k Selections
Literary works. ‡k Selections. ‡l German
Language of text

AACR2:

RDA:

Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English & German
     In AACR2, two languages could be named, with the original language given second.
Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score [no language indicated because it is German, the original language]
Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English
     In RDA, separate authorized access points are created for each language expression (definition of expression [712])

AACR2:

RDA:

Barnlige sange. ‡l Polyglot
     In AACR2, Polyglot was used for three or more languages.
Barnlige sange. ‡l Norwegian
Barnlige sange. ‡l German
Barnlige sange. ‡l English
     In RDA, separate authorized access points are created for each language expression (definition of expression [712])
Librettos
AACR2:
RDA:
Auber, D. F. E. ‡q (Daniel François Esprit), ‡d 1782-1871. ‡t Fra Diavolo. ‡l Libretto
Scribe, Eugène, ‡d 1791-1861. ‡t Fra Diavolo
See a list of authority records established in RDA for librettos [913]
Arrangements
AACR2:
RDA:
Aria, ‡m organ; ‡o arr.
Aria, ‡m organ; ‡o arranged
Selections/arrangements/language
AACR2:
RDA:
English. ‡k Selections
Selections. ‡l English
AACR2:
RDA:
English. ‡k Selections; ‡o arr.
Selections; ‡o arranged. ‡l English
AACR2:
RDA:
Vocal score. ‡l English. ‡k Selections
Selections. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English

Access points representing musical expressions (RDA 6.28.3)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)

This applies to the following types of musical expression:
     ° arrangements, transcriptions, etc. (6.28.3.2)
     ° added accompaniments, etc. (6.28.3.3)
     ° sketches (6.28.3.4)
     ° vocal and chorus scores (6.28.3.5)
     ° translations (6.28.3.6)
     ° other types of musical expressions (6.27.3)

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

(6.28.3.2) Arrangements, transcriptions, etc.
(6.28.3.2.1) Arrangements of of "classical," etc. music
Apply to an arrangement, transcription, etc., of one or more works of one composer (or of parts of one composer's works) if the arrangement, transcription, etc., falls into one or more of the following categories:
     ° arrangements, transcriptions, versions, settings, etc., in which music for one medium of performance has been rewritten for another
     ° simplified versions of previously existing musical works

Construct the access point for an arrangement, etc. of a work or part or parts of a work, broadly speaking, in the category of "serious," "classical," or "art" music:
     ° the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]), as applicable
     ° the term arranged
Apply this instruction also to a transcription by the original composer.

Example:
Concertos, ‡m cello, orchestra, ‡n op. 104, ‡r B minor; ‡o arranged.

LC-PCC PS: LC practice: When identifying an expression not already represented by a name authority record, do not add another characteristic to differentiate one such expression from another expression (e.g., do not differentiate one arrangement of Berlioz' Corsaire from another arrangement). Other elements in LC's bibliographic record (e.g., date, medium of performance) are available to the user for selecting a specific expression if desired; RDA 0.6.3 allows differentiating characteristics to be recorded as separate elements or as part of the authorized access points. If there is a name authority record with an authorized access point for an expression that includes an additional characteristic LC would not have added, use the form of the access point in that authority record; this action is consistent with the LC/PCC policy of using authorized access points in existing name authority records.

(6.28.3.2.2) Arrangements of of "popular" music
Construct the access point for an arrangement, etc. of a work or part or parts of a work, broadly speaking, in the category of music in the "popular" idiom (e.g., rock, jazz):
     ° the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]), as applicable
     ° the term arranged
          ° only when the resource is
               » an instrumental work arranged for vocal or choral performance
                or
               » a vocal work arranged for instrumental performance
(6.28.3.3) Added accompaniments, etc.
If an instrumental accompaniment or additional parts have been added to a work or part or parts of a work, use the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]), as applicable

LC-PCC PS: LC practice:
° Do not add arranged to the preferred title for a musical work to which an accompaniment or other parts have been added with no alteration of the original music
° For notated music, classify the resource as an arrangement, assign subject headings for both the expanded and the original media of performance, and add "Arranged" to the subject heading for the expanded version.

(6.28.3.4) Sketches
Construct the authorized access point for a work or part or parts of a work consisting of a composer's sketches by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the completed work
     ° the term Sketches following the preferred title for the whole work
(6.28.3.5) Vocal and choruses scores
Construct the authorized access point for a vocal score or a chorus score by combining (in this order)::
     ° the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878])
     ° one of the following terms, as applicable: Vocal score(s) or Chorus score(s)
(6.28.3.6) Translations
When the text of a vocal work (or part or parts of a vocal work) is a translation or the texts of all the works in a compilation are translations:
construct the authorized access point by adding the name of the language to the authorized access point representing the work, part or parts, or compilation, as applicable. Record the name of the language by applying the instructions at 6.11.

If the resource described contains expressions of the work in more than one language, create access points for each of the language expressions.

LC-PCC PS: LC practice: If the resource described contains expressions of the same musical work in more than one language, identify an expression in a language different from that of the original expression by adding the name of the language in subfield $l to the authorized access point. When the original expression and one translation are in a compilation, give an analytical authorized access point for each expression. If a compilation contains the original expression and more than one translation, give analytical authorized access points for the original expression and at least one translation. See the LC-PCC PS for 6.27.3.:

Identify an expression in a language different from that of the original expression by adding the name of the language in subfield $l to the authorized access point for the work.
When the original expression and one translation are in a compilation, give an analytical authorized access point for each expression. If a compilation contains the original expression and more than one translation, give analytical authorized access points for the original expression and at least one translation.

Example:
2013568182
    100 1_ Smetana, Bedřich, ‡d 1824-1884, ‡e composer.
    240 10 Prodaná nevěsta. ‡p Ten laśky sen. ‡l English
    500 __ English and Czech words; translated from Czech.
    700 12 Smetana, Bedřich, ‡d 1824-1884. ‡t Prodaná nevěsta. ‡p Ten laśky sen. ‡l Czech.

Access points representing musical works (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)

An access point is a name, term, code, etc., under which information pertaining to a specific entity will be found.

These instructions cover:
     a. musical works with lyrics, libretto, text, etc. (6.28.1.2)
     b. pasticcios, ballad operas, etc. (6.28.1.3)
     c. works composed for choreographic movement (6.28.1.4)
     d. adaptations of musical works (6.28.1.5)
     e. operas and other dramatic works with new text and title (6.28.1.6)
     f. cadenzas (6.28.1.7)
     g. musical scores and incidental music for dramatic works, etc. (6.28.1.8)

These instructions do not cover:
     ° music that is officially prescribed as part of a liturgy
     ° librettos and other texts for musical works

LC-PCC PS: Do not make an addition to the authorized access point when one or more instrumental parts for a work or a compilation of works by one composer are published separately. Use the same authorized access point that would be used for a score or a complete set of parts.
Best practices for music cataloging [915]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

Best practices for music cataloging [915]: Album compilations (audio recordings) can be candidates for category d only when the performer(s) associated with them are judged to be creators at the album level, thereby warranting the use of a 1XX field in the bibliographic record. The mere fact that a performer is prominently named in a resource is not sufficient justification for deeming that performer to be a creator, and thus the aggregate work to be a derivation subject to this rule. ...
[A]pply this rule to album compilations according to the following criteria, regardless of genre:
     1) Do all of the component works in the compilation meet the definition given in category d?
     and
     2) Does the compilation as a whole constitute a distinct artistic creation of the performer(s)?
If the above criteria do not apply, and in cases of doubt, apply 6.27.1.4 and identify the album compilation by title.

(6.28.1.2) Musical works with lyrics, libretto, text, etc

For a musical work that includes words in the form of lyrics, a libretto, text, etc. (e.g., a song, opera, musical comedy), construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work

Libretto vs. lyrics:
Libretto = the words of an opera or other musical stage work, or an oratorio.
Lyrics = the words of a popular song, including a song or songs from a musical

Music Bibliographic Access Section (MBAS), Music Division, Library of Congress interim* best practice to follow when encountering access points for operas, musicals, etc. for which the music and libretto is by the same creator:
Due to the intense retroactive BFM required by RDA instructions for creator access points of operas, musicals, etc. (6.27.1.2, 6.27.4.2, 6.28.1.2, 6.28.1.10, 6.28.3.5), MBAS, in consultation with PSD, has devised the following interim instructions for constructing and updating these access points. These directions illustrate how one group of catalogers is dealing with the issue; they are not necessarily directions for others to follow.

If the creator of an opera, musical, etc. is responsible for both music and libretto, do not follow the RDA instructions to differentiate access points for the music and for the libretto via qualifiers "(Opera)" and "(Libretto)." Instead, continue to structure and record these access points as under AACR2.

For newly created access points:
     ° follow AACR2 for structure
     ° do NOT code the authority record "rda"
     ° employ new MARC fields as applicable
     ° include 667 note reading: "This AACR2 1XX field should be used in RDA records pending a formal review of RDA instructions for composer-librettist authorized access points."

For unavoidable 1XX changes to existing access points:
     ° follow AACR2 for structure
     ° do NOT code the authority record "rda"
     ° employ new MARC fields as applicable
     ° include 667 note reading: "This AACR2 1XX field should be used in RDA records pending a formal review of RDA instructions for composer-librettist authorized access points."

The RDA instructions for authorized access points of this type will be reviewed by the RDA Music Joint Working Group. Should a change be desired, the Group will submit a change request to the JSC. It may also happen that North American constituencies agree to an LC-PCC PS addressing these instructions. Changes may involve different instructions for retrospective NARs vs. new authorities or may require changes in coding, e.g., recoding "‡s Libretto" to "‡p Libretto."
Source: edited from a message on NMP-L, the listserv for the NACO-Music Project, 5/10/2013, from Joe Bartl, Head, Music Bibliographic Access Section, Music Division, Library of Congress
Update of 8/8/2013: NACO Music Project Coordinator Mark Scharff announced on NMP-L that the NACO Music Project Advisory Committee recommendation is to follow LC practice given above.

(6.28.1.3) Pasticcios [916], ballad operas [917], etc.
For pasticcios, ballad operas, etc., and excerpts from such works:
RDA   authorized access point:
6.28.1.3.1 original composition: the music of a pasticcio was especially composed for it construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer who is named first either in resources embodying the work or in reference sources
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work
6.28.1.3.2 previously existing compositions: previously existing ballads, songs, arias, etc., by various composers construct the authorized access point by using
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work
6.28.1.3.3 compilation of excerpts: a compilation of musical excerpts from a pasticcio, ballad opera, etc. use the authorized access point representing the work from which the excerpts were taken
6.28.1.3.4 single excerpt:

construct the access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° composer is known:
          ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the excerpt
          ° the preferred title [873] for the excerpt
     ° composer is unknown:
          ° the preferred title [873] for the excerpt

(6.28.1.4) Musical works composed for choreographic movement
For a musical work composed for choreographic movement, such as a ballet or pantomime, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work
(6.28.1.5) Adaptations of Musical Works
For an adaptation that falls into one or more of the following categories:
     ° arrangements described as freely transcribed, based on, etc., and other arrangements incorporating new material
     ° paraphrases of various works or of the general style of another composer
     ° arrangements in which the harmony or musical style of the original has been changed
     ° performances of musical works involving substantial creative responsibility for adaptation, improvisation, etc., on the part of the performer or performers
     ° any other distinct alteration of another musical work.

In case of doubt about whether a work is an arrangement, etc., or an adaptation, treat it as an arrangement, etc. (6.28.3.2)

  authorized access point:
one composer: construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work
two or more composers have collaborated: construct the authorized access point according to 6.27.1.3 (collaborative works) using
     ° the authorized access point representing the person with principal responsibility
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work
the adaptation is commonly cited by title: use the preferred title [873] for the adaptation as the authorized access point representing the work
(6.28.1.6) Operas and other dramatic works with new text and title
If the text, plot, setting, or other verbal element of a musical work is adapted or if a new text is supplied and the title has changed, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the original work
     ° the title of the adaptation, enclosed in parentheses
(6.28.1.7) Cadenzas
Construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the cadenza
     ° the preferred title [873] for the cadenza

If the cadenza does not have its own title, devise a title by applying the instructions at 2.3.2.1 and 2.3.2.11 (Devised titles for music):
If the resource itself bears no title, and a title cannot be found in any of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918], devise a brief descriptive title that includes, as applicable:
     ° medium of performance,
     ° numeric designation (e.g., serial number, opus number),
     ° key,
     ° and/or other distinguishing characteristic.

(6.28.1.8) Music and incidental music for dramatic works, etc.
For music or incidental music composed for a dramatic work, film, etc., construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music
     ° the preferred title [873] for the work

Additions to access points representing musical works (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)

These instructions cover additions to access points representing:
     ° musical works with titles that are not distinctive
     ° musical works with distinctive titles
     ° compilations of musical works
(6.28.1.9) Titles that are not distinctive
For a musical work with a preferred title [873] that consists solely of the name of a type of composition [497], or of two or more types, of composition, make one or more of the following elements, in this order:
     ° the medium of performance [686] (6.28.1.9.1),
     ° a numeric designation [779] (6.28.1.9.2),
     ° a key [707] (6.28.1.9.3)
_________________________________________
Medium of performance:
Add the medium of performance (see 6.15 [686]) as applicable, in this order:
     a) voices
     b) keyboard instrument if there is more than one non-keyboard instrument
     c) the other instruments in score order
     d) continuo.

For a work for solo instrument or instruments and accompanying ensemble, add the terms for the solo instrument or instruments followed by the term for the accompanying ensemble

Exceptions:
a) Omit the medium of performance when one or more of the following conditions apply:
     ° i) the medium is implied by the title:

Title: Implied medium:
choral prelude organ
mass voices, with or without accompaniment
overture orchestra
song, Lieder solo voice or voices with accompaniment for keyboard stringed instrument
     ° if in a "popular" idiom, solo voice or voices with instrumental and/or vocal accompaniment
symphony orchestra

          » add the medium when it is not implied by the title
     ° ii) the work consists of a set of compositions for different media, or is one of a series of sets of compositions with the same title but for different media
          » Barrière, Jean, ‡d 1707-1747. ‡t Sonatas, ‡n book 1 [for cello and continuo]
          » Barrière, Jean, ‡d 1707-1747. ‡t Sonatas, ‡n book 6 [for harpsichord]
     ° iii) the medium was not indicated by the composer
     ° iv) the medium of performance cannot be recorded succinctly and other elements are more useful for identifying the work (e.g., thematic index number or opus number)

b) If there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice, add the number of parts:
     Duets, ‡m violins (2)
     Quartets, ‡m violin, violas (2), cello
     Septet, ‡m piano, flutes (2), violins (2), viola, cello
     Septet, ‡m piano, violins (3), viola, cellos (2)

c) Do not add the number of players for percussion:
     Concertinos, ‡m piano, saxophones (4), harp, percussion, string orchestra
          The percussion parts require 4 performers
     Serenade, ‡m piano, flute, percussion, violin, cello, double bass
          The percussion parts require 2 performers
     Divertimento, ‡m trumpets (6), horns (2), trombones (3), tuba, percussion
          The percussion parts require 3 performers

d) Omit the designation of the key in which an instrument is pitched or terms indicating a range
e) Omit alternative or doubling instruments.
f) For an accompanying ensemble with one performer to a part, record the appropriate term for the ensemble (see 6.15.1.6) rather than the individual instruments.
g) Omit solo voices if the medium includes a chorus.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS: Interpret "one or more of the following" to mean "all of the following that are applicable and readily ascertainable."
_________________________________________
Numeric designation:

In some cases, thematic index numbers are to be preferred to opus numbers. Consult Thematic indexes used in the Library of Congress/NACO authority file [919].
     ° For a quick list, see Work numbers for composers [121].

LC-PCC PS: Serial number:
Record a serial number if works with the same title and the same medium of performance are consecutively numbered in music reference sources.
Record serial number if works with the same title for different media are consecutively numbered in music reference sources if the medium of performance is omitted from the authorized access point per 6.28.1.9.1 exception a) ii)

When recording a serial number that is accompanied in the source by a term such as "number," "book," "collection," etc., apply the following:

If the term is the English word "number" or its abbreviation, or an equivalent word or abbreviation in another language: precede the number in the preferred title by the English abbreviation "no."
If the term is a non-English term not meaning "number" and the preferred title is in English: substitute the English equivalent of the term and use an English abbreviation if the non-English term is abbreviated, or the full form of the term if the non-English form is fully spelled out.
In all other cases: give the term as it appears in the source.
If no term appears with the number: give the number as a cardinal number and precede it by the English abbreviation "no."
     ° Use Arabic numerals.
     ° Ordinal numerals:
          » English: use the form 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.
          » languages other than English, Chinese, Japanese, and Korean: use the form 1., 2., 3., etc.
(6.28.1.9.1) Additions for access points when medium of performance, etc. is insufficient, or not available
When the medium of performance, numeric designation, and key are not sufficient, or are not available, to distinguish between titles that are not distinctive, add one of the following elements (in this order of preference):
     ° the year of completion of composition (6.4 [920])
     ° the year of original publication (6.4 [920])
     ° any other identifying element, such as place of composition (6.5 [753]), or the name of the first publisher (6.6)

Examples:

Year of completion of composition:
n 2013023708 Gorton, David, ‡d 1978- ‡t Sonatas, ‡m cello ‡n (2005)
no 98040650 Heise, Peter, ‡d 1830-1879. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m cello, piano, ‡r A minor (1867)
no2013046123 Berwald, Franz, ‡d 1796-1868. ‡t Trios, ‡m ... ‡r C major ‡n (1845)
no2013046125 Berwald, Franz, ‡d 1796-1868. ‡t Trios, ‡m ... , ‡r E♭ major ‡n (1849a)
no2013046124 Berwald, Franz, ‡d 1796-1868. ‡t Trios, ‡m ... , ‡r C major ‡n (approximately 1850)

Name of the first publisher:
no2011039148 Devienne, François, ‡d 1759-1803. ‡t Trios, ‡m flute, violin, cello (Gaveaux)
no 00065690 Devienne, François, ‡d 1759-1803. ‡t Trios, ‡m flute, violin, cello (Imbault)

no 98040609 Gyrowetz, Adalbert, ‡d 1763-1850. ‡t Divertimenti, ‡m piano, flute, cello, ‡n op. 50 (André), ‡r A major
n 85337308 Boccherini, Luigi, ‡d 1743-1805. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m cello, continuo, ‡r A major (Zanibon)
n 84039977 Danzi, Franz, ‡d 1763-1826. ‡t Duets, ‡m viola, cello, ‡n op. 9 (Schott)

Manuscript repository and number:
n 2013017841 Graziani, Carlo, ‡d -1787. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m cello, continuo, ‡r D major (Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin Preussischer Kulturbesitz: M1942)

Number within Gordon Dodd's Thematic index of music for viols:
no2010145153 Ferrabosco, Alfonso, ‡d approximately 1575-1628. ‡t Almans, ‡m viols (5) (VdGS no. 1)

Examples of the application of 6.28.1.9
The term "cello" is used, not "violoncello" as per 6.15.1.6 [921]
Duet, ‡m cellos (2)
Sonatina, ‡m cellos (2)
Quartets, ‡m cellos (4)
Suites, ‡m cellos (4)
Sextet, ‡m piano, violin, violas (2), cello, double bass

The number is instruments/elements included in the medium of performance is no longer limited to three, as in AACR2 25.30B1
Sextet, ‡m oboe, clarinet, bassoon, violin, viola, cello
Fantasia, ‡m horns (4), trumpets (3), trombones (3), tuba, timpani
Serenades, ‡m oboes (2), clarinets (2), bassoons (2), contrabassoon, horns (3), cello, double bass
Octet, ‡m celesta, flute, clarinet, percussion, violin, viola, cello, double bass
Septet, ‡m clarinet, bassoon, horn, violin, viola, cello, double bass
Nonet, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, bassoon, violin, viola, cello, double bass

Indicating number of instruments:
Octet, ‡m clarinet, bassoon, horn, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
Octet, ‡m clarinet, bassoon, percussion, violin, viola, cello, double bass
     There are two parts for percussion; the number of percussion parts is not indicated.
Serenade, ‡m clarinet, bassoon, horn, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
Sextet, ‡m trumpets (3), horn, trombones (2)
Septet, ‡m trumpets (3), horn, trombones (2), tuba
Allegros, ‡m violins (2), violas (2), cello, double bass
Pieces, ‡m flute, harp, violins (2), viola, cello
Serenades, ‡m oboes (2), clarinets (2), bassoons (2), contrabassoon, horns (3), cello, double bass
Concertos, ‡m horns (4), trumpets (3), trombones (3), tuba, orchestra

Score order:
Nocturne, ‡m piano, flute, clarinet, violin, cello, percussion
     ° note that score order in the resource puts percussion following the strings
Octet, ‡m violin, viola, cello, flute, clarinet, bassoon, horns (2)
     ° note that score order in the resource places the strings before the winds
Octet, ‡m clarinet, bassoon, horn, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
Octet, ‡m clarinet, horn, bassoon, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass
     ° note that score order is not set; in these two octets, the bassoon is above the horn in the score in the first, but follows the horn in the second

Accompanied vocal works:
Songs
     The implied medium of performance for the preferred title "Song" is a single voice and piano accompaniment. A statement of medium of performance is included only when the medium of performance or accompaniment is other than a single voice or piano accompaniment.
Songs, ‡m piano, violin, cello accompaniment
Songs, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello accompaniment
Songs, ‡m flute, viola, cello accompaniment
Songs, ‡m viols (4) accompaniment
Lieder, ‡m orchestra accompaniment

Unaccompanied vocal works:
Responses, ‡m mixed voices, unaccompanied
Vocalises, unaccompanied

(6.28.1.10) Distinctive titles
Make additions to access points if needed to distinguish the access point from one that is the same or similar but represents a different work or represents a person, family, corporate body, or place. Add one of the following elements, using the same type of addition for each of the access points for different musical works with identical titles, in this order:
     ° the medium of performance [686] (6.15),
     ° another distinguishing characteristic [785] of the work (6.6)

(6.28.1.11) Additions to resolve conflict:
If the additions above are insufficient to resolve a conflict, add one or more of the following:
     ° a numeric designation [779] (6.16),
     ° a key [707] (6.17)
     ° the year of completion of composition (6.4 [920])
     ° the year of original publication (6.4 [920])
       and/or
     ° any other identifying element, such as place of composition (6.5 [753]), or the name of the first publisher (6.6).

(6.28.1.11) Compilations of musical works
For a compilation containing works of one type, add the medium of performance to the access point, unless the medium is obvious or the works are for various media.

Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work (RDA 6.28.2)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)

(6.28.2.2) One part
Construct the authorized access point representing a part of a musical work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877])
     ° the the preferred title for the part [922] (6.14.2.7)
(6.28.2.3) Two or more parts
When identifying two or more parts of a musical work, construct authorized access points for each of the parts. Apply the instructions at 6.14.2.7.1 [923].

Alternative:
When identifying two or more parts of a musical work, identify the parts collectively.
Construct the authorized access point representing the parts by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1 [876] and 6.14.2.7.2 alternative [924])
     ° the term Selections following the preferred title for the whole work.

that are consecutively numbered Construct the authorized access point representing a part of a musical work by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877])
     ° the the preferred title for the parts [925] (6.14.2.7)
that are unnumbered or are non-consecutively numbered parts of a work Construct authorized access points for each of the parts

Alternative: When identifying two or more parts that are unnumbered or non-consecutively numbered, identify the parts collectively. Construct the authorized access point representing the parts by combining (in this order):
     ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877])
     ° the term Selections following the preferred title for the whole work.

LLC-PCC PS: LC practice for Alternative: Add Selections to the authorized access point representing the work as a whole.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow Alternative only if giving separate access points for the individual parts is not feasible.

(6.28.2.4) Two or more unnumbered parts designated by the same general term
If a part of a musical work is designated by the same general term as other parts and the part is unnumbered:
Add to the access point representing the part one or more of the identifying elements covered in the instructions at 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]
     ° Add as many as are necessary to distinguish the part.
          » If such additions are not appropriate, determine the number of the part in the set and add it

Collaborative works (RDA 6.27.1.3) and Compilations of works (RDA 6.27.1.4)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Access points representing musical works and expressions: Collaborative works (RDA 6.27.1.3) and Compilations of works (RDA 6.27.1.4)

See also Access points representing musical works (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8) [876]

An access point is a name, term, code, etc., under which information pertaining to a specific entity will be found.
Collaborative works (RDA 6.27.1.3)
If two or more persons, families, or corporate bodies are collaboratively responsible for creating the work, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
a) the authorized access point representing the person, family, or corporate body with principal responsibility
b) the preferred title for the work

Alternative: Construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
a) the authorized access points for all creators named either in resources embodying the work or in reference sources; include them in the order in which they are named in those sources; apply the guidelines and instructions at 9.19.1 for persons, 10.11.1 for families, or 11.13.1 for corporate bodies, as applicable
b) the preferred title for the work (see 6.2.2 (6.14 [873] for musical works)).

LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Do not apply the alternative.

Musical works. For collaborations between a composer and a lyricist, librettist, choreographer, etc., apply the instructions at 6.28.1.2 [926]–6.28.1.4 [927].

If two or more persons, families, or corporate bodies are represented as having principal responsibility for the work, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
a) the authorized access point representing the first-named of those persons, families, or corporate bodies
b) the preferred title for the work (see 6.2.2 (6.14 [873] for musical works).

If principal responsibility for the work is not indicated, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
a) the authorized access point representing the first-named person, family, or corporate body
b) the preferred title for the work (see 6.2.2 (6.14 [873] for musical works).

If there is no consistency in the order in which the persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the work are named either in resources embodying the work or in reference sources, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order):
a) the authorized access point representing the person, family, or corporate body who is named first in the first resource received
b) the preferred title for the work (see 6.2.2 (6.14 [873] for musical works).

Compilations of works (RDA 6.27.1.4)
If the work is a compilation of works by different persons, families, or corporate bodies, construct the authorized access point representing the work by using the preferred title for the compilation.

If the compilation lacks a collective title, construct separate access points for each of the works in the compilation.

Alternative: Construct an authorized access point representing the compilation by using a devised title (2.3.2.11 [928]). Construct this access point instead of, or in addition to, access points for each of the works in the compilation.
LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Generally, do not apply the alternative.

Composers' work lists on the Web

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

For use in establishing access points for musical works and expressions [876]

See also: Multiple composers by country/region [929] | instrument or genre [882] | Music publishers' online catalogs [206]
Work lists of multiple composers: Classical composers database [930] | ClassicalNet [931] | Composers [932] from Geo.metry | Composers [933] from Thomas Moore, pianist | Klassika [934] | The living composers project [263] | Musique et musiciens: catalogs of works found on their site [935] | on other sites [935] | Wikipedia's composer composition lists [936]
See also: Composers' work lists in published scores, books, or periodicals [887]


Individual composers: A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ
These names may not be in the RDA-established forms found in the authority file.


A
Abels, Michael www.subitomusic.com/composers/highlights/michael-abels/michael-abels-works/ [937]
Adam, Stephan www.stephanadam.de [938]
Aguila, Miguel del www.migueldelaguila.com/Works.html [939]
Albéniz, Isaac macmcclure.com/compositores/isaac-albeniz/ [940]
Alkan, Charles-Valentin alkan.assos.free.fr/alkan/03_catalogue_fr.html [941]
Ameller, André www.ameller.org/fr/catalog.phpm [942]
Aperghis, Georges www.aperghis.com/catalogues/catalogue.html [943]
Arnell, Richard www.richardarnell.com/worklistr.html [944]
Arnold, Malcolm malcolmarnold.co.uk/compositions/compositions.html [945]
B
Bach, Johann Sebastian www.bachcentral.com/acrobat/acrobat.html [946]
www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/jsbach/bwvindex.html [947]
Bacri, Nicolas www.nicolasbacri.net/catal.html [948]
Badings, Henk wiki.theaterencyclopedie.nl/wiki/Henk_Badings [949]
Barkauskas, Vytautas www.mic.lt/en/database/classical/composers/baltakas/ [950]
Baum, Alfred www.alfredbaum.ch.vu [951]
Baumann, Herbert www.komponisten.net/baumann/kompos.htm [952]
Bavicchi, John gasilvis.net/jb/jb/jblist.htmm [953]
Bax, Arnold www.davidparlett.co.uk/bax/ [954] (arranged chronologically)
Belaubre, Louis-Noël belaubre.free.fr/catalogue_gb.htm [955]
Benner, Al faculty.lsmsa.edu/ABenner/Resume.htm [956] (scroll down about 2/3 of the page)
Berger, Wilhelm Georg www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Berger_WG/wv_opus_1.html [957]
Beyer, Johanna Magdalena www.frogpeak.org/fpartists/beyer.lists.html [958]
Bizet, Georges digital.wustl.edu/bizet/works/ [959]
Blitzstein, Marc www.marcblitzstein.com/pages/music/catalogue/works01.asp [960]
Boda, John music.fsu.edu/content/download/16405/106848/file/BodaCat.pdf [961]
Boeck, Auguste de www.augustdeboeck.be/downloads/Bibliotheek_VRO.pdf [962]
Bond, Victoria www.victoriabond.com/artist.php?view=prog [963]
Braga, Francisco www.geocities.jp/latinamericapiano/e_braga/e_bragaarti.html [964]
Bruns, Victor www.victorbruns.de/opus.htm [965]
C
Callhoff, Herbert felbick.de/CALLHOFF.html [966]
Campo, Frank www.bruceduffie.com/campo2.jpg [967]
Cassadó, Gaspar macmcclure.com/compositores/gaspar-cassado/ [968]
Cazden, Norman www.normancazden.com/works/ [969]
Chopin, Frédéric www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/chopin/index.html [970]
Cunningham, Michael Gerald www.wiscomposers.org/members/cunningham_catalog2014.pdf [971]
D
Dijk, Jan van www.janvandijk.net/products_menu.asp?language=1 [972]
Dohnányi, Ernő imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Ern%C5%91_Dohn%C3%A1nyi [973]
Drouet, Louis www.giorgioproductions.com/drouet/ch09.html [974]
Duarte, John W. www.v4m.net/classicalguitar/artists/JohnDuarte/JohnDuarte.htm [975] (downloadable Word file)
E
Elgar, Edward elgar.org/elgarsoc/the-music/chronology-of-major-works/ [976]
Erdmann, Dietrich www.dietricherdmann.de/werke.html [977]
Eröd, Iván www.ivan-eroed.at/de/werkl_opu.htm [978]
Esplà, Óscar macmcclure.com/compositores/oscar-espla/ [979]
F
Ferrer y Esteve, José www.guitarraclasicadelcamp.com/partituras/joseferreryesteve.html [980]
Fibich, Zdeněk imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Zden%C4%9Bk_Fibich [981]
Fleta Polo, Francisco www.clivis-music.com/compositors/autors/FranciscoFleta/FranciscoFleta.html#OBRES [982]
Flury, Urs Joseph ujflury.ch/inhalt/media/WerkverzeichnisNovember2014.pdf [983]
G
Gabriel, Wolfgang othes.univie.ac.at/8010/1/2009-12-16_8871132.pdf [984] (list of works begins on page 152)
Galbraith, Nancy www.andrew.cmu.edu/user/ngal/ngcat.htm [985]
Gárdonyi, Zoltán www.gardonyi.de/publikationen_zg.html [986]
Gárdonyi, Zsolt www.gardonyi.de/werkauswahl_zsg.html [987]
Gartenlaub, Odette www.musimem.com/gartenlaub-catalogue.htm [988]
Giraud, Suzanne www.suzannegiraud.com/catalogue/ [989]
Glazunov, Aleksandr Konstantinovich www.glasunow.org/ru/node/70 [990]
Górecki, Henryk Mikolaj www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/VEPM/gorecki/g-wrks-f.html [991]
Gouvy, Théodore www.institut-theodore-gouvy.fr/images/THEODORE/pdf/catalogue.pdf [992]
Graap, Lothar http://web.archive.org/web/20170809185533/http://www.graap-musik.de:80/werke/ [993] (Internet Archive version; current to 2017)
Granados, Enrique macmcclure.com/compositores/enrique-granados/ [994]
Grethen, Luc www.lucgrethen.com/about-luc-grethen/ [995]
Guillou, Jean www.jean-guillou.org/assets/catalogue_jeanguillou.pdf [996]
H
Handel, George Frideric www.gfhandel.org/genre.html [997]
Heinichen, Johann David Das leben des königl. polnischen und kurfürstl. sächs. hofkapellmeisters Johann David Heinichen [998] (Internet archiver PDF version of the 1913 publication)
Hemel, Oscar van www.oscarvanhemel.nl/werken [999]
Hesse, Lutz-Werner sites.google.com/site/lutzwernerhesse/werkverzeichnis [1000]
Hieaux, Emmanuel ehieauxcatalogue.blogspot.com/ [1001]
Hielscher, Hans Uwe www.hielscher-music.de/content/cms/front_content.php?idcat=33 [1002]
Hoffman, Stanley M. published: www.stanleymhoffman.com/pwp.htm [1003] | unpublished: www.stanleymhoffman.com/uwp.htm [1004]
Hofmann, Wolfgang www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Hofmann_Wolfgang/wv_abc.html [1005]
Homs, Joaquin www.joaquimhoms.org/eng/content/02/catalogue_eng.pdf [1006]
Hoover, Katherine www.papagenapress.com/ [1007]
Horecki, Feliks www.digitalguitararchive.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Horetzky_works.pdf [1008]
Hummel, Bertold www.bertoldhummel.de/werkverzeichnis/werkverzeichnis.html [1009]
K
Kapustin, Nikolaĭ nikolai-kapustin.info [1010] (Internet Archive version from December 2018)
Karkoschka, Erhard www.erhardkarkoschka.de/musik.html [1011]
Kauder, Hugo instrumental music [1012] | vocal music [1013] (Internet Archive versions)
Kaun, Hugo www.romana-hamburg.de/KaunWerkverzeichnis.pdf [1014]
Kessner, Daniel daniel.kessnerfamily.org/catalog [1015]
Kirchner, Theodor imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Theodor_Kirchner [1016] (some titles not in original German)
Kohn, Karl www.pomona.edu/academics/departments/music/people/faculty/karl-kohn-works.pdf [1017]
Kreisler, Fritz en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Fritz_Kreisler [1018]
L
Larsen, Libby libbylarsen.com/index.php?contentID=218 [1019]
Laudenslager, Harold www.laudenslagermusic.info/his-works.html [1020]
Le Beau, Luise Adolpha www.klassika.info/Komponisten/LeBeau_LA/wv_opus_1.html [1021]
Leistner-Mayer, Roland www.leistner-mayer.de/test.html [1022]
Liebermann, Lowell www.lowellliebermann.com/works/index.html [1023]
Lienenkämper, Stefan www.lienenkaemper.de/Grafik%20Website%2015/Bio%20als%20PDF%20b.jpg [1024]
Loevendie, Theo www.theoloevendie.com/works.htm [1025]
M
Magidenko, Olga www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Magidenko_Olga/wv_gattung.html [1026]
Marx, Joseph www.joseph-marx.org/en/full.html#list [1027]
Mendelssohn, Felix www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mendelssohn/index.html [1028]
Mieg, Peter www.petermieg.ch/Titelseite/Komponist/Werke/Orchesterwerke/tabid/112/language/de-CH/Default.aspx [1029]
Mihalovici, Marcel www.wrightmusic.net/pdfs/marcel-mihalovici.pdf [1030]
Mitéran, Alain perso.orange.fr/alain.miteran/FHTML/Oeuvres.htm [1031]
Mompou, Frederic macmcclure.com/compositores/frederic-mompou/ [1032]
Montsalvatge, Xavier macmcclure.com/compositores/xavier-montsalvatge/ [1033]
Morawetz, Oskar www.oskarmorawetz.com/Tabs/TabMusic/Explore.php?cat=Orchestral [1034]
Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mozart/index.html [1035]
Müller-Zürich, Paul www.zb.uzh.ch/Medien/spezialsammlungen/musik/nachlaesse/muellerzuerich.pdf [1036]
N
Lior Navok www.liornavok.com/c/work-list/ [1037]
Nelson, Havelock www.havemusic.co.uk/THE%20WORKS%20alpha.htm [1038]
Nielsen, Carl www.kb.dk/dcm/cnw/navigation.xq [1039]; includes musical incipits
P
Panisello, Fabián www.fabianpanisello.com/catalogo.pdf [1040]
Pehrson, Joseph users.rcn.com/jpehrson/JosephPehrson.html#works [1041]
Peraldo Bert, Nilo www.orchestraespressioni.it/peraldo.htm [1042]
Perera, Ronald www.ronaldperera.com/catalog_toc.html [1043]
Petitgirard, Laurent www.petitgirard.com/compositeur.html [1044]
Pizzetti, Ildebrando www.rodoni.ch/malipiero/pizzettibio.html [1045]
Plaza, Juan Bautista www.fundacionjuanbautistaplaza.com/plazamusica.htm [1046]
Presser, William amc.net/WilliamPresser [1047]
Q
Quinet, Marcel docplayer.fr/32786014-Marcel-quinet.html [1048]
R
Raff, Joachim www.raff.org/music/catalog/opus/op050.htm [1049]
Reggio, Antonio www.monsignor-reggio.com/Catalogue-index1.html [1050]
Reinecke, Carl www.carl-reinecke.de/opus/seinewerke.html [1051]
Rihm, Wolfgang issuu.com/universaledition/docs/wolfgangrihm [1052]
Röngern, Julius www.juliusrontgen.nl/nl/werk/lijst-van-composities/ [1053]
Ropartz, Guy universfranckiste.free.fr/cor.htm [1054]
Rydin, Alexandre Les pièces suisses pour clarinette seule, au travers d'Alexandre Rydin [1055]: p. 37-41
S
Saint-Georges, Joseph Bologne saint-george.phpnet.org/html/catalogue.htm [1056]
Sarmientos, Jorge A. (Jorge Alvaro) www.colegiocompositores-la.org/articulos/archivos/Obras%20Sarmientos.pdf [1057]
Saygun, Ahmed Adnan mssf.bilkent.edu.tr/eng/adnan.htm [1058]
tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmet_Adnan_Saygun [1059]
Scarlatti, Domenico www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/scarlattid/index.html [1060]
Scholz, Bernhard imslp.org/wiki/List_of_works_by_Bernhard_Scholz [1061]
Schoeck, Othmar www.othmar-schoeck.ch/gesamtausgabe/ga_inhalt.html [1062] (click on links for each volume to get to list of works within that category)
Schroeder, Hermann www.hermann-schroeder.de/werkverzeichnis/index.html [1063]
www.trierer-orgelpunkt.de/hschroeder.htm [1064]
Schumann, Camillo www.romanmusprod.de/werkverz/index.html [1065]
Schwaen, Kurt www.kurtschwaen.de/werk/index.html [1066]
Scott, Cyril www.cyrilscott.net/Music/CompleteWorks.html [1067]
Seidl, Hermann www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Seidl_Hermann/dokument_werke.pdf [1068]
Shapiro, Alex www.alexshapiro.org/ASWorks.html#browsebymedium [1069]
Soler, Antonio www.chateaugris.com/Soler/audio-music.htm [1070]
concordance of keyboard sonatas [1071]
Sor, Fernando whomadream.com/eng/CompleteSor.htm [1072] (Internet Archive version)
Stokes, Eric www.ericstokes.com/home.html [1073]
Suter, Robert www.mueller-schade.com/downloads/Portrait/Robert%20Suter%20A4.pdf [1074]
Surinach, Carlos macmcclure.com/compositores/carlos-surinach/ [1075]
Sussmayr, Franz Xaver suessmayr.at/suessmayr.html [1076]
Swack, Irwin www.amc.net/IrwinSwack [1077]
T
Taneev, Sergei Ivanovich www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tanejew/wvjh.html [1078]
Tchaikovsky, Peter Ilich wiki.tchaikovsky-research.net/wiki/Works [1079]
Tcherepnin, Alexander www.tcherepnin.com/alex/comps_alex.htm [1080] | www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tscherepnin/wv_opus.html [1081]
Tcherepnin, Ivan www.tcherepnin.com/ivan/comps_ivan.htm [1082]
Tcherepnin, Nikolai /www.tcherepnin.com/nikolai/comps_nik.htm [1083]
Tenney, James www.plainsound.org/JTwork.html [1084]
Theodorakis, Mikis s221292458.online.de/Sites/Theodorakis-Werkverzeichnis.php [1085]
easier to use than the list of works on Theodorakis's web site
Thieriot, Ferdinand www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Thieriot/wv_gattung.html [1086]
Torrent, Jaume www.arrakis.es/~dedeo/04c-torrent_catalogo.htm [1087] (Internet Archive version)
Tournemire, Charles universfranckiste.free.fr/cot.htm [1088]
pseudo-poseidonios.net/tournemire/opus.htm [1089]
Tubin, Eduard www.tubinsociety.com/index.php?id=37 [1090]
Turina, Joachím macmcclure.com/compositores/joaquin-turina-perez/ [1091]
U
Uribe Holguín, Guillermo www.facartes.unal.edu.co/compositores/html/0011_4.html [1092]
V
Vaughan Williams, Ralph www.rvwsociety.com/workssymph.html [1093]
Viardot-García, Pauline www.pauline-viardot.de/Werkverzeichnis.htm [1094]
Villa-Lobos, Heitor villalobos.iu.edu/VLworks-cat [1095]
Vierne, Louis www.netreach.net/~druid/LVe/Oeuvre.html [1096] (Internet Archive version)
W
Walker, Gyneth www.gwynethwalker.com/walkcat.html [1097]
Weber, Carl Maria von www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/weber/index.html [1098]
Webern, Anton graham.main.nc.us/~bhammel/MUSIC/webern.html [1099]
Weiner, Stanley www.haas-koeln.de/pdf/komp-kataloge/Weiner-Gesamt.pdf [1100]
Weiss, Silvius Leopold www.slweiss.de/index.php?id=2&type=worklist&lang=eng [1101]
Weyrauch, Johannes www.mvmc.de/weyrauch/weywv.htm [1102]
Wolff, Christian eamusic.dartmouth.edu/~wolff/Works.html [1103]
XYZ
Zelenka, Jan Dismas www.wissensdrang.com/zwv.htm [1104]

Composers' worklists in published scores, books, or periodicals or not found elsewhere

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

For use in establishing access points for musical works and expressions [876]

See also: Composers' work lists on the Web [886]

  • Bernaola, Carmelo A., 1929-2002 [1105]
  • Colista, Lelio, 1629-1680 [1106]
  • D'Alessandro, Raffaele, 1911-1959 [1107]
  • David, Johann Nepomuk, 1895-1977 [1108]
  • Denhof, Robert [1109]
  • Domeniconi, Carlo [1110]
  • Febonio, T.G. (Tom) [1111]
  • Fleta Polo, F. Francisco), 1931- [1112]
  • Holbrooke, Joseph, 1878-1958 [1113]
  • Homer, Sidney, 1864-1953 [1114]
  • Hyde, Miriam, 1913-2005 [1115]
  • Kleynjans, Francis [1116]
  • Legnani, Luigi, 1790-1877 [1117]
  • Levi, Vito [1118]
  • L'Hoyer, Antoine, 1768-1852 [1119]
  • Marteau, Henri, 1874-1934 [1120]
  • Pettersson, Allan, 1911-1980 [1121]
  • Stephenson, Allan [1122]
  • Warren, Frank E. [1123]
  • Weber, Reinhold, 1927-2013 [1124]

Internet sources for authority work

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Internet sources for authority work for authorized access points for musical works and expressions

Instrumental music: cello | clarinet | flute | guitar | horn | oboe | organ | piano | saxophone | trombone | viola | viola da gamba
Vocal music: chorus | hymns | motets | opera | song

Instrumental music
Cello A catalogue of twentieth-century cello ensemble music [453] (pdf)
Clarinet Clarinet compositions [455]
The clarinet quintet [456]
Flute Claudia's flutepage [458] (composers and flutists)
Guitar Boije Collection [1125] in the Music Library of Sweden
Classical guitar composers list - alphabetical [461]
Classical guitar library [1126] (digital versions of guitar music in the public domain)
Las compositoras españolas de obras con guitarra [284]
Max Eschig [463] guitar catalog, pdf, 2001
gitaarplakboek.nl [1127]
Guitar composers of the classical and early romantic period, circa 1780-1900 [464]
The guitar in Italy in the nineteenth century, sixty biographies of Italian composers and guitarists [465] (PDF; Internet archive version of 12/6/05)
Illiustrirovannyi biograficheskii entsiklopedicheskii slovar' gitaristy i kompository [409] (illustrated biographical encyclopedic dictionary of guitarists and composers (in Russian (Cyrillic))
International Guitar Research Archive [1128] database of works giving titles on early editions
Mujer y guitarra española [294] (Spanish Women composers for guitar)
Mantanya Ophee collection [1129]
Partituras para guitarra clás [467] (use the list of composers along the right side of the page)
Select list of works written in the last 25 years for guitar [468] held at the Australian Music Centre library
Sheer pluck [469]
Three composers significant to nineteenth century Nordic guitar tradition [470]
Horn Music for horns [1130] A database of music for horn ensembles
Oboe The Haynes catalog [1131] database of music for and with oboe up to 1800; includes incipits
Organ Biographical dictionary of organists, composers for organ and organ builders [481]
Composers for the organ [482]
Liste von Organisten [483] (from German Wikipedia)
Piano Pianopedia [484]: includes 894 composers, 5471 works (indicating 15748 movements or excerpt)
Piano music for the left hand alone [485]
Saxophone Listes des compositeurs et leurs oeuvres [487]
Catálogo de obras para saxofón de compositores de América Latina [392]
Trombone Canadian compositions for trombone [341]
Viola List of compositions for viola: A-E [491] | F-K [492] | L-R [493] | S-Z [494]
Viola da gamba Thematic index of music for viols [1132]
Vocal music
Chorus Seventeenth century choral music [1133]: vocal music to ca. 1825
     Provides "information on the sources (manuscripts and early printed editions) to all currently available modern editions"
Swedish music for choir 2000-2011 [1134]
Hymns Hymnary [472]
Motets The motet database catalogue online [1135] (indexes manuscripts and printed anthologies produced between 1475 and 1600; works with Latin texts only)
Opera The aria databases [1136] (aria titles are alphabetized under initial article!)
Italian Opera [478]
Opera composers [477]
Operone [1137] (includes brief composer biographies with lists of operas)
Opernführer [479] = Opera guide : 1001 Links zu Libretti und Inhaltsangaben in verschiedenen Sprachen
Zarzuela! [480]
Song Index of composers of Lieder and art songs [488]
Deutsches Lied [489]
Italian composers whose songs have been recorded by or with the Trio Lescano A-C [384] | D-L [385] | D-L [386] | Q-Z [387]

Luigi Legnani, 1790-1877

Preferred titles [8] ♪ Composers' worklists [887]

Composers' worklists in published scores, books, or periodicals: Luigi Legnani, 1790-1877

Source: Guitar composers of the classical and early romantic period, circa 1780-1900 [1138]
without opus number
Cavatina d’Elvira per chitarra sola
Gran Sonata per chitarra
Introduzione dell’Atto 2° nell’Opera Ernani per chitarra sola
Sinfonia nella Gazza Ladra per chitarra sola
Cavatina d’Elvira ridotta per flauto e chitarra
Fantasy on "Ernani" for flute & guitar [Cavatina d’Ernani ridotta per flauto e chitarra]
Tre balli nazionali [La Mazzurca, La Gitana, e La Cachucha]
Variazioni dalla "Armida" [Variazioni su tema del Duetto]
Introduzione e Rondò
Variazioni facili sopra un tema della Cenerentola
Grand Caprice in D [This work is different from op. 6 and op. 34
   The exact title (without opus number) is the following: "Gran Capriccio per chitarra sola"
   It is the same work (WoOp) of "Grande Sonata quasi Fantasia" per chitarra)]
36 Walzer / Thirty-six Short Valses [36 Valses di difficoltà progressiva]
with opus number
1 Terremoto con variazioni
2 Legnani/Rossini/Op. 2 Ouverture de l'Italien a Alger [Gran Sinfonia]
3 Gran ricercario o studio
4 Tema con variazioni sul terzetto "Pria che l'impegno" op. 4
5 Duetto Nell Opera L'Italiana in Algeri di Rossini [Duetto Ai Capricci della sorte]
6 Gran Capriccio
7 Cavatina "Languir per una bella"
8 Coro e rondo "Pensa alla patria" nell'opera "L'Italiana in Algeri" de Rossini
10 Scherzo con Variazioni [Scherzo / ossia / quattro Variazioni]
12 Gran Variazioni sopra un Motivo Tirolese
16 Gran variazioni sul duetto, "Nel cor piu non mi sento," nell'opera "La Molinara"
18 & 24 2 themes de l'opera "La dame du lac": 1. Cavatine; 2. Marche favorite de Rossini
   [the 2 themes are the op. nos. 18 & 24: Deux themes. 1. Cavatine (Oh quante Lagrime),
   2. Marche favorite. Also published separately with opus nos. 18 and 24 respectively]
18 Cavatine (Oh quante Lagrime) de l'opera "La dame du lac" [also published together with op. 24]
19 Fantasia
20 36 Caprices
21 Introduzione e variazioni per la chitarra sopra la cavatina favorita, "Sorte secondami," nell'opera "Zelmira," di Rossini
23 Duo Concertante Op. 23 (flute & guitar)
24 Variazioni sopra un tema della Donna del lago di Rossini [also published together with op. 18]
25 Variazioni sopra un Tema di Schuster
26 Melange favori sur Zelmira et Corradino de Rossini et autres motifs originaux composes.
27 Grand Variations on an original theme [Introduzione / Gran Variazioni e Coda / sopra un tema originale]
28 Variazioni Concertanti Op. 28 (guitar & pianoforte)
   [the exact title of this work, composed by Leidesdorf and Legnani, is
   Variations Concertantes / sur / un Thême de Rossini / pour / Piano et Guitare /
   avec Accompagnement / de deux Violons, Alto et Basse / Par / Leidesdorf et Legnani / Œuv. 28 (de Legnani)]
29 Theme avec variations brillantes et non difficiles
30 Variations Agreables sur la Romance favorite du Cendrillon "Non Piu Mesta Accanto al Foco"
31 Potpourri brillant
32 Potpourri en caprice
34 Gran Capriccio
40 Introduction / Theme / Avec variations
60 Gran Caprice Studio ["Gran Caprice ou Etude"]
61 Grande fantasia per chitarra sola
62 Introduzione e Rondò
63 36 Waltzes
64 Introduzione, /Tema, Variazioni / e Finale / per la / Chitarra Sola / composti da / Luigi Legnani / Opera 64
87 Gran Duetto Op. 87 (flute & guitar)
201 Fantasy on "Norma" (6 or 8 string)
202 Fantasy on William Tell (6 or 8 string)
203 Melodies National Hongroises (6 or 8 string)
204 Rondoletto scherzoso
222 Recueil des Mélodies modernes [Recueil des Melodies]
224 Introduction theme et variations
237 Introduction et theme
238 Gran pot-pourri: sopra alcuni motivi d'opere favorite
250 Method for the guitar & 6 Caprices from the Method
   [Metodo e 6 Capricetti per chitarra che servono di compimento dell’op. 250]

Music publishers' online catalogs

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Printed-music publishers [1139] directory of music publishers' web sites from Indiana University
  • Edition 49 [1140]
  • Accolade Musikverlag [1141]
  • C. Alan Publications [1142] Band and percussion music emphasis
  • Alliance Publications [1143] (specializes in Czech and Slovak music)
  • Amadeus [1144]
  • Amos Editio [1145]
  • AVK [1146] (New Consonant Music)
  • Ballerbach [1147]
  • Bardic Edition [1148]
  • Bayard-Nizet [1149] (modern music, principally by Belgian composers)
  • Befoco-Verlag [1150]
  • Billaudot [1151]
  • Editions Bim [1152]
  • BMIC [1153] (British Music Information Centre)
  • Bnote [1154]
  • Bodensee [1155]
  • Boosey [1156]
  • Brassworks 4 [1157]
  • Carpe Diem Music [1158]
  • Carus Verlag [1159]
  • CeBeDeM [1160]
  • M.J. Cerri [1161]
  • Clivis Publicacions [1162]
  • Ceskly Rozhlas Nakladatelstvi [1163] (Cezch Radio)
  • Cimmaron [1164]
  • Editions Combre [1165]
  • Edizioni Curci [1166]
  • Dacapo Records [1167] good for Danish composers and performers
  • Edition Daminus [1168]
  • Donemus [1169]
  • ECS Pub. [1170]
  • eNoty [1171]
  • Estonian Music.com [1172]
  • Edition Ex tempore [1173]
  • Editions Daminus [1174]
  • Dinsic [1175]
  • Doblinger [1176]
  • Edition Dohr [1177]
  • Donemus [1178]
  • Doberman-Yppan [1179]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1180] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Canadian composers [1181] from Eighth Note Publications
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1180] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • European American Music Distributors Corp. [1182]: European American, Helicon, Universal Edition
  • Faber Music: [1183] contemporary composer [1184] | educational composers [1185] | film and TV composers [1186]
  • FJH Music [1187]
  • Frog Peak Music [1188]
  • Theodore Front [1189] 20th-century composers in Front's approval plan
  • Galaxy [1170]
  • Goldberg Edições Musicais [1190]
  • W.G. Haas [1191]
  • W. Hansen [1192]
  • Harrassowitz [1193] list of 20th and 21st centuries composers
  • Heinrichshofen [1194] (composers listed in no apparent order)
  • Edition HH [1195]
  • Hildegard Publishing Company [1196]
  • Hubert-Hoche-Musikverlag [1197]
  • Edition Hoffmann [1198] (double bass literature; includes birth/death dates)
  • Bill Holab Music [1199]
  • HoneyRock [1200] (publisher of percussion music)
  • International Opus [1201]
  • Japan Federation of Composers [1202]
  • Jobert [1203]
  • Jomar Press [1204]
  • Kallisti Music Press [1205]
  • Kammermusik Verlag [1206]
  • Kendor Music [1207]
  • Keys Press [1208]
  • K.O.M. Musikverlag [1209]
  • Kompozitor [1210]
  • Martin Krämer Musikverlag [1211]
  • Laurentius-Musikverlag [1212]
  • Leisure Planet Music [1213]
  • H. Lemoine [1214]
  • Leonarda Productions [1215] (strong focus on women composers)
  • Lothringer [1216]
  • Lux Nova Press [1217]
  • Edition Margaux [1218]
  • Media Press [1219]
  • Meredith Music [1220]
  • Merseburger [1221]
  • MMB Music [1222]
  • Musica Baltica [1223]
  • Editions Musicales européennes [1224]
  • Muziekuitgeverij van Teeseling [1225] (Dutch)
  • Verlag Neue Musik [1226]
  • New Consonant Music [1227] (series published by Alain Van Kerckhoven)
  • Notissimo [1228]
  • Edition Nova Vita [1229]
  • Robert Ostermeyer Musikedition [1230]
  • Oxford University Press [1231]
  • Productions d'Oz [1232]
  • Peer Music [1233]
  • J.W. Pepper [1234]
  • Peters [1235] (modern composers)
  • Phylloscopus Publications [1236]
  • Piles Editorial [1237]
  • Pizzicato [1238]
  • Potenza Music [1239]
  • T. Presser [1240]
  • Productions d'Oz [1241]
  • Promethean Editions [1242]
  • PWM [1243]
  • Red Frog Music [1244]
  • Red House Editions [1245]
  • Editions Marc Reift [1246]
  • Edition Reimers [1247]
  • Ricordi [1248] (German composers) Ricordi [1249] (Italian composers)
  • Rosewood Publications [1250]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1180] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Edition Samfundet [1251]
  • Schirmer [1252]
  • Schott [1253]
  • Schweitzer Musikedition [1254]
  • Seilkopf-Verlag [1255]
  • Shawnee Press [1256]
  • Sikorski [1257]
  • Sloway Music [1258]
  • Smith Publications [1259]
  • Casa musicale Sonzogno [1260]
  • SOUNZ [1261]
  • Studio 4 Music [1262]
  • Subito Music [1263]
  • Tecla [1264]
  • Edition Text + Kritik [1265]: Komponisten der Gegenwart
  • Theophilius [1266]
  • Transcontinental Music [1267] (publisher of Jewish music); scroll down to pull down menu in lower right column
  • Tre Media Edition [1268]
  • TrevCo [1269]
  • Triangiel Music Publishers [1270] (Polish)
  • Tritó [1271] Catalan composers
  • Universal Edition [1272]
  • Muziekuitgeverij Van Teeseling [1225]
  • Edition Viento [1273]
  • Verlag Vierdreiunddreissig [1274]
  • Vogt & Fritz [1275]
  • Vox Novus [1276]
  • VP Music Media [1277] guitar music
  • Warwick Music [1278]
  • Edizioni Musicali Wicky [1279]
  • Wolfhead Music [1280]
  • Yelton Rhodes Music [1281]
  • United Music Publishers [1282]
  • University of York Music Press [1283]
  • Zentralbibliothek Zürich Kantons-, Stadt- und Universitäatsbibliothek [1284]

Music publishers' online catalogs

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Printed-music publishers [1285] directory of music publishers' web sites from Indiana University
  • Edition 49 [1286]
  • Accolade Musikverlag [1287]
  • C. Alan Publications [1288] Band and percussion music emphasis
  • Alliance Publications [1289] (specializes in Czech and Slovak music)
  • Amadeus [1290]
  • Amos Editio [1291]
  • AVK [1292] (New Consonant Music)
  • Ballerbach [1293]
  • Bardic Edition [1294]
  • Bayard-Nizet [1295] (modern music, principally by Belgian composers)
  • Befoco-Verlag [1296]
  • Billaudot [1297]
  • Editions Bim [1298]
  • BMIC [1299] (British Music Information Centre)
  • Bnote [1300]
  • Bodensee [1301]
  • Boosey [1302]
  • Brassworks 4 [1303]
  • Carpe Diem Music [1304]
  • Carus Verlag [1305]
  • CeBeDeM [1306]
  • M.J. Cerri [1307]
  • Clivis Publicacions [1308]
  • Ceskly Rozhlas Nakladatelstvi [1309] (Cezch Radio)
  • Cimmaron [1310]
  • Editions Combre [1311]
  • Edizioni Curci [1312]
  • Dacapo Records [1313] good for Danish composers and performers
  • Edition Daminus [1314]
  • Donemus [1315]
  • ECS Pub. [1316]
  • eNoty [1317]
  • Estonian Music.com [1318]
  • Edition Ex tempore [1319]
  • Editions Daminus [1320]
  • Dinsic [1321]
  • Doblinger [1322]
  • Edition Dohr [1323]
  • Donemus [1324]
  • Doberman-Yppan [1325]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Canadian composers [1327] from Eighth Note Publications
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • European American Music Distributors Corp. [1328]: European American, Helicon, Universal Edition
  • Faber Music: [1329] contemporary composer [1330] | educational composers [1331] | film and TV composers [1332]
  • FJH Music [1333]
  • Frog Peak Music [1334]
  • Theodore Front [1335] 20th-century composers in Front's approval plan
  • Galaxy [1316]
  • Goldberg Edições Musicais [1336]
  • W.G. Haas [1337]
  • W. Hansen [1338]
  • Harrassowitz [1339] list of 20th and 21st centuries composers
  • Heinrichshofen [1340] (composers listed in no apparent order)
  • Edition HH [1341]
  • Hildegard Publishing Company [291]
  • Hubert-Hoche-Musikverlag [1342]
  • Edition Hoffmann [1343] (double bass literature; includes birth/death dates)
  • Bill Holab Music [1344]
  • HoneyRock [1345] (publisher of percussion music)
  • International Opus [1346]
  • Japan Federation of Composers [1347]
  • Jobert [1348]
  • Jomar Press [1349]
  • Kallisti Music Press [1350]
  • Kammermusik Verlag [1351]
  • Kendor Music [1352]
  • Keys Press [1353]
  • K.O.M. Musikverlag [1354]
  • Kompozitor [1355]
  • Martin Krämer Musikverlag [1356]
  • Laurentius-Musikverlag [1357]
  • Leisure Planet Music [1358]
  • H. Lemoine [1359]
  • Leonarda Productions [292] (strong focus on women composers)
  • Lothringer [1360]
  • Lux Nova Press [1361]
  • Edition Margaux [1362]
  • Media Press [1363]
  • Meredith Music [1364]
  • Merseburger [1365]
  • MMB Music [1366]
  • Musica Baltica [1367]
  • Editions Musicales européennes [1368]
  • Muziekuitgeverij van Teeseling [1369] (Dutch)
  • Verlag Neue Musik [1370]
  • New Consonant Music [1371] (series published by Alain Van Kerckhoven)
  • Notissimo [1372]
  • Edition Nova Vita [1373]
  • Robert Ostermeyer Musikedition [1374]
  • Oxford University Press [1375]
  • Productions d'Oz [1376]
  • Peer Music [1377]
  • J.W. Pepper [1378]
  • Peters [1379] (modern composers)
  • Phylloscopus Publications [1380]
  • Piles Editorial [1381]
  • Pizzicato [1382]
  • Potenza Music [1383]
  • T. Presser [1384]
  • Productions d'Oz [1385]
  • Promethean Editions [1386]
  • PWM [1387]
  • Red Frog Music [1388]
  • Red House Editions [1389]
  • Editions Marc Reift [1390]
  • Edition Reimers [1391]
  • Ricordi [1392] (German composers) Ricordi [1393] (Italian composers)
  • Rosewood Publications [1394]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Edition Samfundet [1395]
  • Schirmer [1396]
  • Schott [1397]
  • Schweitzer Musikedition [1398]
  • Seilkopf-Verlag [1399]
  • Shawnee Press [1400]
  • Sikorski [1401]
  • Sloway Music [1402]
  • Smith Publications [1403]
  • Casa musicale Sonzogno [1404]
  • SOUNZ [1405]
  • Studio 4 Music [1406]
  • Subito Music [1407]
  • Tecla [1408]
  • Edition Text + Kritik [276]: Komponisten der Gegenwart
  • Theophilius [1409]
  • Transcontinental Music [1410] (publisher of Jewish music); scroll down to pull down menu in lower right column
  • Tre Media Edition [1411]
  • TrevCo [1412]
  • Triangiel Music Publishers [1413] (Polish)
  • Tritó [1414] Catalan composers
  • Universal Edition [1415]
  • Muziekuitgeverij Van Teeseling [1369]
  • Edition Viento [1416]
  • Verlag Vierdreiunddreissig [1417]
  • Vogt & Fritz [1418]
  • Vox Novus [1419]
  • VP Music Media [1420] guitar music
  • Warwick Music [1421]
  • Edizioni Musicali Wicky [1422]
  • Wolfhead Music [1423]
  • Yelton Rhodes Music [1424]
  • United Music Publishers [1425]
  • University of York Music Press [1426]
  • Zentralbibliothek Zürich Kantons-, Stadt- und Universitäatsbibliothek [1427]

Music publishers' online catalogs

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Printed-music publishers [1285] directory of music publishers' web sites from Indiana University
  • C. Alan Publications [1288] Band and percussion music emphasis
  • Alliance Publications [1428] (specializes in Czech and Slovak music)
  • Amadeus [1429]
  • Amos Editio [1291]
  • AVK [1430] (New Consonant Music)
  • Bardic Edition [1294]
  • Bayard-Nizet [1295] (modern music, principally by Belgian composers)
  • Billaudot [1431]
  • Editions Bim [1432]
  • Bnote [1433]
  • Bodensee [1434]
  • Boosey & Hawkes [1302]
  • Brassworks 4 [1435]
  • Carpe Diem Music [1304]
  • Carus Verlag [1305]
  • CeBeDeM [1306]
  • Clivis Publicacions [1436]
  • Ceskly Rozhlas Nakladatelstvi [1437] (Cezch Radio)
  • Cimmaron [1310]
  • Editions Combre [1438]
  • Edizioni Curci [1439]
  • Dacapo Records [1440] good for Danish composers and performers
  • Edition Daminus [1441]
  • Donemus [1442]
  • ECS Pub. [1443]
  • eNoty [1317]
  • Estonian Music.com [1318]
  • Edition Ex tempore [1373]
  • Dinsic [1321]
  • Doblinger [1322]
  • Edition Dohr [1323]
  • Donemus [1324]
  • Doberman-Yppan [1325]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Canadian composers [1327] from Eighth Note Publications
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • European American Music Distributors Corp. [1328]: European American, Helicon, Universal Edition
  • Faber Music: [1329] contemporary composer [1330] | educational composers [1331] | film and TV composers [1332]
  • FJH Music [1333]
  • Frog Peak Music [1334]
  • Theodore Front [1335] 20th-century composers in Front's approval plan
  • Galaxy [1316]
  • Goldberg Edições Musicais [1336]
  • W.G. Haas [1337]
  • W. Hansen [1338]
  • Harrassowitz [1339] list of 20th and 21st centuries composers
  • Heinrichshofen [1340] (composers listed in no apparent order)
  • Edition HH [1341]
  • Hildegard Publishing Company [291]
  • Hubert-Hoche-Musikverlag [1342]
  • Edition Hoffmann [1343] (double bass literature; includes birth/death dates)
  • Bill Holab Music [1344]
  • HoneyRock [1345] (publisher of percussion music)
  • International Opus [1346]
  • Japan Federation of Composers [1347]
  • Jobert [1348]
  • Jomar Press [1349]
  • Kallisti Music Press [1444]
  • Kammermusik Verlag [1351]
  • Kendor Music [1352]
  • Keys Press [1353]
  • K.O.M. Musikverlag [1354]
  • Kompozitor [1355]
  • Martin Krämer Musikverlag [1356]
  • Laurentius-Musikverlag [1357]
  • Leisure Planet Music [1358]
  • H. Lemoine [1359]
  • Leonarda Productions [292] (strong focus on women composers)
  • Lothringer [1360]
  • Lux Nova Press [1361]
  • Edition Margaux [1362]
  • Media Press [1363]
  • Meredith Music [1364]
  • MMB Music [1366]
  • Musica Baltica [1367]
  • Editions Musicales européennes [1368]
  • Muziekuitgeverij van Teeseling [1369] (Dutch)
  • Verlag Neue Musik [1370]
  • New Consonant Music [1371] (series published by Alain Van Kerckhoven)
  • Notissimo [1372]
  • Edition Nova Vita [1373]
  • Robert Ostermeyer Musikedition [1374]
  • Oxford University Press [1375]
  • Productions d'Oz [1376]
  • Peer Music [1377]
  • J.W. Pepper [1378]
  • Peters [1379] (modern composers)
  • Phylloscopus Publications [1380]
  • Piles Editorial [1381]
  • Pizzicato [1382]
  • Potenza Music [1383]
  • T. Presser [1384]
  • Productions d'Oz [1385]
  • Promethean Editions [1386]
  • PWM [1387]
  • Red Frog Music [1388]
  • Red House Editions [1389]
  • Editions Marc Reift [1390]
  • Edition Reimers [1391]
  • Ricordi [1392] (German composers) Ricordi [1393] (Italian composers)
  • Rosewood Publications [1394]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Edition Samfundet [1395]
  • Schirmer [1396]
  • Schott [1397]
  • Schweitzer Musikedition [1398]
  • Seilkopf-Verlag [1399]
  • Shawnee Press [1400]
  • Sikorski [1401]
  • Sloway Music [1402]
  • Smith Publications [1403]
  • Casa musicale Sonzogno [1404]
  • SOUNZ [1405]
  • Studio 4 Music [1406]
  • Subito Music [1407]
  • Tecla [1408]
  • Edition Text + Kritik [276]: Komponisten der Gegenwart
  • Theophilius [1409]
  • Transcontinental Music [1410] (publisher of Jewish music); scroll down to pull down menu in lower right column
  • Tre Media Edition [1411]
  • TrevCo [1412]
  • Triangiel Music Publishers [1413] (Polish)
  • Tritó [1414] Catalan composers
  • Universal Edition [1415]
  • Muziekuitgeverij Van Teeseling [1369]
  • Edition Viento [1416]
  • Verlag Vierdreiunddreissig [1417]
  • Vogt & Fritz [1418]
  • Vox Novus [1419]
  • VP Music Media [1420] guitar music
  • Warwick Music [1421]
  • Edizioni Musicali Wicky [1422]
  • Wolfhead Music [1423]
  • Yelton Rhodes Music [1424]
  • United Music Publishers [1425]
  • University of York Music Press [1426]
  • Zentralbibliothek Zürich Kantons-, Stadt- und Universitäatsbibliothek [1427]

Music publishers' online catalogs

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Printed-music publishers [1285] directory of music publishers' web sites from Indiana University
  • C. Alan Publications [1288] Band and percussion music emphasis
  • Alliance Publications [1428] (specializes in Czech and Slovak music)
  • Amadeus [1429]
  • Amos Editio [1291]
  • AVK [1430] (New Consonant Music)
  • Bardic Edition [1294]
  • Bayard-Nizet [1295] (modern music, principally by Belgian composers)
  • Billaudot [1431]
  • Editions Bim [1432]
  • Bnote [1433]
  • Bodensee [1434]
  • Boosey & Hawkes [1302]
  • Brassworks 4 [1435]
  • Carpe Diem Music [1304]
  • Carus Verlag [1305]
  • CeBeDeM [1306]
  • Clivis Publicacions [1436]
  • Ceskly Rozhlas Nakladatelstvi [1437] (Cezch Radio)
  • Cimmaron [1310]
  • Editions Combre [1438]
  • Edizioni Curci [1439]
  • Dacapo Records [1440] good for Danish composers and performers
  • Edition Daminus [1441]
  • Donemus [1442]
  • ECS Pub. [1443]
  • eNoty [1317]
  • Estonian Music.com [1318]
  • Edition Ex tempore [1373]
  • Dinsic [1321]
  • Doblinger [1322]
  • Edition Dohr [1323]
  • Donemus [1324]
  • Doberman-Yppan [1325]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Canadian composers [1327] from Eighth Note Publications
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • European American Music Distributors Corp. [1328]: European American, Helicon, Universal Edition
  • Faber Music: [1329] contemporary composer [1330] | educational composers [1331] | film and TV composers [1332]
  • FJH Music [1333]
  • Frog Peak Music [1334]
  • Theodore Front [1335] 20th-century composers in Front's approval plan
  • Galaxy [1316]
  • Goldberg Edições Musicais [1336]
  • W.G. Haas [1337]
  • W. Hansen [1338]
  • Harrassowitz [1339] list of 20th and 21st centuries composers
  • Heinrichshofen [1340] (composers listed in no apparent order)
  • Edition HH [1341]
  • Hildegard Publishing Company [291]
  • Hubert-Hoche-Musikverlag [1342]
  • Edition Hoffmann [1343] (double bass literature; includes birth/death dates)
  • Bill Holab Music [1344]
  • HoneyRock [1345] (publisher of percussion music)
  • International Opus [1346]
  • Japan Federation of Composers [1347]
  • Jobert [1348]
  • Jomar Press [1349]
  • Kallisti Music Press [1444]
  • Kammermusik Verlag [1351]
  • Kendor Music [1352]
  • Keys Press [1353]
  • K.O.M. Musikverlag [1354]
  • Kompozitor [1355]
  • Martin Krämer Musikverlag [1356]
  • Laurentius-Musikverlag [1357]
  • Leisure Planet Music [1358]
  • H. Lemoine [1359]
  • Leonarda Productions [292] (strong focus on women composers)
  • Lothringer [1360]
  • Lux Nova Press [1361]
  • Edition Margaux [1362]
  • Media Press [1363]
  • Meredith Music [1364]
  • MMB Music [1366]
  • Musica Baltica [1367]
  • Editions Musicales européennes [1368]
  • Muziekuitgeverij van Teeseling [1369] (Dutch)
  • Verlag Neue Musik [1370]
  • New Consonant Music [1371] (series published by Alain Van Kerckhoven)
  • Notissimo [1372]
  • Edition Nova Vita [1373]
  • Robert Ostermeyer Musikedition [1374]
  • Oxford University Press [1375]
  • Productions d'Oz [1376]
  • Peer Music [1377]
  • J.W. Pepper [1378]
  • Peters [1379] (modern composers)
  • Phylloscopus Publications [1380]
  • Piles Editorial [1381]
  • Pizzicato [1382]
  • Potenza Music [1383]
  • T. Presser [1384]
  • Productions d'Oz [1385]
  • Promethean Editions [1386]
  • PWM [1387]
  • Red Frog Music [1388]
  • Red House Editions [1389]
  • Editions Marc Reift [1390]
  • Edition Reimers [1391]
  • Ricordi [1392] (German composers) Ricordi [1393] (Italian composers)
  • Rosewood Publications [1394]
  • Durand-Eschig-Salabert [1326] pdf catalogs by medium of performance
  • Edition Samfundet [1395]
  • Schirmer [1396]
  • Schott [1397]
  • Schweitzer Musikedition [1398]
  • Seilkopf-Verlag [1399]
  • Shawnee Press [1400]
  • Sikorski [1401]
  • Sloway Music [1402]
  • Smith Publications [1403]
  • Casa musicale Sonzogno [1404]
  • SOUNZ [1405]
  • Studio 4 Music [1406]
  • Subito Music [1407]
  • Tecla [1408]
  • Edition Text + Kritik [276]: Komponisten der Gegenwart
  • Theophilius [1409]
  • Transcontinental Music [1410] (publisher of Jewish music); scroll down to pull down menu in lower right column
  • Tre Media Edition [1411]
  • TrevCo [1412]
  • Triangiel Music Publishers [1413] (Polish)
  • Tritó [1414] Catalan composers
  • Universal Edition [1415]
  • Muziekuitgeverij Van Teeseling [1369]
  • Edition Viento [1416]
  • Verlag Vierdreiunddreissig [1417]
  • Vogt & Fritz [1418]
  • Vox Novus [1419]
  • VP Music Media [1420] guitar music
  • Warwick Music [1421]
  • Edizioni Musicali Wicky [1422]
  • Wolfhead Music [1423]
  • Yelton Rhodes Music [1424]
  • United Music Publishers [1425]
  • University of York Music Press [1426]
  • Zentralbibliothek Zürich Kantons-, Stadt- und Universitätsbibliothek [1427]

Printed biographical sources for composers and their works

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Printed biographical sources for composers and their works held in the Yale University Music Library

See also Musical biographical resources on the Web [5] and Music dictionaries in the Yale Music Library [1445]

See also Authority tools for audiovisual and music catalogers: an annotated list of useful resources [211] from OLAC

General encyclopedias | Resources by specific time period | Women composers | National encyclopedias and books | Library catalogs | By form, genre, or medium of performance


General Encyclopedias

Baker's biographical dictionary of musicians / revised by Nicolas Slonimsky. 8th ed. New York: Schirmer, 1992.
Ref. ML105 B168 1992
     Earlier editions of this source sometimes include persons not covered in the current edition.

Brockhaus-Riemann-Musiklexikon / edited by Carl Dahlhaus and Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht. Wiesbaden: Brockhaus, 1978-1979.
Ref ML100 B864

Eitner, Robert. Biographisch-bibliographisches Quellen-Lexikon der Musiker und musikgelehrten christlicher Zeitrechnung bis Mitte und neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. 2. verb. Aufl. Graz: Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt, 1959.
Ref ML105 E36

Fétis, François-Joseph. Biographie universelle des musiciens et bibliographie générale de la musique. 2. éd. Bruxelles: Culture et Civilisation, 1963.
Ref ML105 F41 1963
     A reprint of the second edition of 1875-1883 and the 1878-1880 supplement.

Internationaler biographischer Index der Musik: Komponisten, Dirigenten, Instrumentalisten und Sanger = World biographical index of music: composers, conductors, instrumentalists and singers. Munchen ; New Providence: K.G. Saur, 1995.
Ref ML105 I618+
     An index to sources.

Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon. 15. Aufl. Wilhelmshaven: Heinrichshofen's Verlag, c1971.
Ref ML105 A468
     An excellent source for lesser-known German composers, editors, and arrangers, but also occasionally includes the non-German composer who does not appear anywhere else. Three volumes: volume 1 is a new printing of the 1936 edition, volume 2, parts 1 and 2 includes composers who were born or died after 1937 or updates the entries from volume 1.

Grove, George. Dictionary of music and musicians, eds. 1 through 5.
Ref ML100 G883 1927 (Yale has 3rd ed. in reference)
     A less scholarly work than its successor (see New Grove), but occasionally will include biographical information about lesser-known English composers.

The international who's who in music and musician's directory. Cambridge, Eng.
Ref ML105 I61 (only the most current ed. in reference; older eds. in stacks)
     Published periodically, earlier editions usually include persons not in the current edition.

Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Kassel: Bärenreiter, 1949-1986. (MGG)
Ref ML100 M987+

New Grove dictionary of music and musicians / edited by Stanley Sadie. London: Macmillan, 1980. (New Grove)
Ref ML100 G883 1980


Resources by specific time period

20th century | 19th century | 17th-18th centuries | Before 1600

20th century

Bull, Storm. Index to biographies of contemporary composers. New York: Scarecrow Press, 1964-1974. 3 volumes.
Ref ML105 B935

Contemporary composers / editors, Brian Morton, Pamela Collins. Chicago: St. James Press, 1992.
Ref ML105 C761 M8+
    International in scope, but includes only the more well-established composers.

Hermil, Hélène. Musique: 10,000 compositeurs du XIIe au XXe siècle: repertoire chrono ethnique. Paris: Groupe de recherches et d'études musicales, 1983.
Ref ML105 H554 M9+

19th century

Pazdírek, Franz. Universal-Handbuch der Musikliteratur aller Zeiten und Völker. Wien: Pazdírek, 1904-1910.
ML113 U58 P3
     A good source for determining how many works with a given title a composer wrote. Particularly good for less well-known 19th-century composers.

17th-18th centuries

Répertoire international des sources musicales = International inventory of musical sources. Series A/I
Ref. ML113 I61
     Known as RISM; useful for finding 1st edition titles.

Before 1600

Brown, Howard Mayer. Instrumental music printed before 1600: a bibliography. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1965.
Ref. ML128 I59 B8
     A good source for individual titles within larger works.


Women composers

Boenke, Heidi M., compiler. Flute music by women composers: an annotated catalog. New York: Greenwood Press, 1988.
ML128 F64 B6

Claghorn, Charles Eugene. Women composers and hymnists: a concise biographical dictionary. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1984.
Ref BV325 C584 W8

Cohen, Aaron I. International encyclopedia of women composers. 2nd ed. New York: Books & Music, 1987.
Ref ML105 C678 I6+ 1987

Fuller, Sophie. The Pandora guide to women composers: Britain and the United States 1629- present. London ; San Francisco: Pandora, 1994.
ML82 F968 P1

Hixon, Don L., and Hennessee, Don A. Women in music: an encyclopedic bibliography. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1993.
Ref. ML105 H676 W8 1993

Jezic, Diane. Women composers: the lost tradition found. 2nd ed. prepared by Elizabeth Wood. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, c1994.
ML390 J59 W8 1994

Johnson, Rose-Marie, compiler. Violin music by women composers: a bio-bibliographical guide. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989.
ML128 W872 J6

Laurence, Anya. Women of notes: 1,000 women composers born before 1900. New York: R. Rosen Press, 1978.
ML105 L379 W8+

LePage, Jane Weiner. Women composers, conductors, and musicians of the twentieth century: selected biographies. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1980-
Ref ML82 L591 W8

Marx, Eva, Gerlinde Haas. 210 österreichische Komponistinnen vom 16. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart: Biographie, Werk und Bibliographie: ein Lexikon. Salzburg: Residenz Verlag, c2001.
ML82 M382 Z9

Meggett, Joan M. Keyboard music by women composers: a catalog and bibliography. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1981.
ML128 P58 M4

The Norton/Grove dictionary of women composers / edited by Julie Anne Sadie & Rhian Samuel. New York: W.W. Norton, c1995.
Ref. ML105 G883

Organ and harpsichord music by women composers: an annotated catalog / compiled by Adel Heinrich. New York: Greenwood Press, 1991.
ML128 O68 O68

Olivier, Antje, and Karin Weingartz-Perschel. Komponistinnen von A-Z. 1. Aufl. Dusseldorf: Tokkata, 1988.
ML105 O49 K8

Rieger, Eva, Martina Oster, Siegrun Schmidt, editors. Sopran contra Bass: die Komponistin im Musikverlag: Nachschlagewerk aller lieferbaren Noten. Kassel: Furore-Verlag, c1989.
ML128 W872 S7


National encyclopedias and books

Encyclopedias that focus on a particular nation usually will contain more in-depth articles about composers of that nationality, but also include better-known composers not of that nationality.

Argentina | Australia | Austria | Belgium | Bolivia | Brazil | Canada | Czechoslovakia | Cuba | Denmark | Ecuador | England/Great Britain | Estonia | Finland | France | Germany | Holland | Hungary | India | Ireland | Israel | Italy | Japan | Latin America | Netherlands | New Zealand | North and South America | Norway | Paraguay | Poland | Portugal | Romania | Russia/Soviet Union | Silesia | South Africa | Spain | Sweden | Switzerland | Ukraine | United States | Yugoslavia

Argentina
Arizaga, Rodolfo. Enciclopedia de la música Argentina. Buenos Aires: Fondo nacional de las Artes, 1971.
Ref ML106 A691 A7

Australia
Bebbingtton, Warren, ed. The Oxford companion to Australian music. Melbourne; New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.
Ref ML106 A93 O9

Broadstock, Brenton. Sound ideas: Australian composers born since 1950: a guide to their music and ideas. The Rocks, NSW: Australian Music Centre, 1995.
ML106 A93 B8

Glennon, James. Australian music & musicians. Adelaide: Rigby, 1968.
HSR ML106 A93 G55

Austria
Lang, Siegfried. Lexikon osterreichischer U-Musik-Komponisten im 20. Jahrhundert. Wien: im Auftrag des Osterreichischen Komponistenbundes (OKB)/Arbeitskreis U-Musik, 1986.
ML106 A938 L2

Belgium
CeBeDeM et ses compositeurs affilies: biographies, catalogues, discographie = CeBeDeM en zijn aangesloten componisten: biografieen, catalogi, discografie = CeBeDeM and its affiliated composers: biographies, catalogues, discography. Bruxelles: Centre belge de documentation musicale, c1977-c1980.
ML120 B429 V8
     Only those composers published by CeBeDeM.

Levaux, Thierry. Dictionnaire des compositeurs de Belgique du Moyen Áge à nos jours. [Ohain-Lasne]: Éditions Art in Belgium, [200-]
Ref ML106 B429 L6

Roquet, Flavie. Vlaamse componisten geboren na 1800. Roeselare: Roularta Books, 2007.
Ref ML106 B429 R7

Bolivia
Rojas Rojas, Orlando. Creadores de la musica boliviana. La Paz, Bolivia: Produciones CIMA, 1995.
SML ML106 B6 R65 1995 (LC)

Rivera de Stahlie, Ma. Teresa. Musica y musicos bolivianos. La Paz, Bolivia: Los Amigos del Libro, 1995.
ML106 B689 R6

Brazil
Enciclopédia da música brasileira. 3a ed. rev. e atualizada, 1a reimpr. São Paulo: Art Editora, 1998 (2003 printing).
Ref ML101 B827 E5 2003+

Canada
Kallmann, H., Gilles Potvin, Kenneth Winters, ed. Encyclopedia of music in Canada. 2nd ed. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, c1992.
Ref ML106 C212 E56+ 1992

Czechoslovakia
Gardavsky, Cenek. Contemporary Czechoslovak composers. Prague: Panton, 1965.
Ref ML106 C998 G2
     Titles of works are in English only, thus this book can be used to determine what the composer has written, but not necessarily what the correct uniform title should be.

Ceskoslovenský hudební slovník osob a institucí. 1. vyd. Praha: Státní hudební vydavatelství, 1963-1965.
ML106 C998 C4 (currently held in Music Technical Services)

Cuba
Orovio, Helio. Diccionario de la música cubana: biográfico y técnico. Ciudad de la Habana, Cuba: Editorial Letras Cubanas, 1981.
SML ML106 C8 O75 (LC)

Denmark
Danske komponister af i day = Danish composers of today. Købenavn: Dansk Komponistforening, 1980.
Ref ML120 D39 D191+

Ecuador
Guerrero Gutiérrez, Pablo. Enciclopedia de la música ecuatoriana: EMEc. Quito: Corporación Musicológica Ecuatoriana Conmusica: Archivo Sonoro de la Música Ecuatoriana, 2001-2002.
Ref ML101 E19 G9

England/Great Britain
Poulton, Alan J. A dictionary-catalog of modern British composers. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 2000.

Estonia
Eesti muusika biograafiline leksikon. Tallinn: Valgus, 1990.
ML106 E81

Eesti tänase muusika loojaid. Tallinn: Eesti Muusikafond, 1992.
ML106 E81 E2
     20th-century emphasis.

Finland
Hillila, Ruth-Esther, and Barbara Blanchard Hong. Historical dictionary of the music and musicians of Finland. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1997.
ML101 F511 H6

Suomalaisia säveltäjiä. Helsingissa: Otava, c1994.
ML106 F511 S9
     Includes lengthy bios for better-known Finnish composers. Brief bios for other Finnish composers are arranged alphabetically at the end of the volume.

France
Dictionnaire de la musique. Les hommes et leurs oeuvres. Nouv. éd. Paris: Bordas, 1986.
Ref ML100 D554 1986

Encyclopédie de la musique. Paris: Fasquelle, 1958.
Ref ML100 E56

Germany
Deutsches Musiker-Lexikon. Edited by Erich H. Müller. Dresden: Wilhelm Limpert-Verlag, 1929.
Ref ML106 G37 M9+
     Good for really obscure Germans; includes work lists for most.

Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart: allgemeine Enzyklopädie der Musik. Kassel: Bäarenreiter-Verlag, 1949-1986.
Ref ML100 M987+

Holland
Algemene muziek encyclopedie. Haarlem: De Haan, 1979-1984.
Ref ML100 A394+

Bunge, Sas. 60 years of Dutch chamber music = 60 annees de musique de chambre neerlandaise = 60 Jahre niederlandische Kammermusik: 1913-1973. Amsterdam: Stichting Cultuurfonds BUMA: Stichting Nederlandse Muziekbelangen, 1974.
ML106 N469 B9+

Hungary
Contemporary Hungarian composers. 4th rev., enl. ed. Budapest: Editio Musica, 1979.
ML106 H936 C9 1979

Ki kicsoda a magyar zeneéletben? 2., bov. kiad. Budapest: Zenemukiado, c1988.
ML106 H936 K4 1988

Zenei lexikon / Szabolesi Bence, Tóth Aladár. Budapest: Zenemukiadó Vállat, 1965.
Ref ML100 Z54

India
Sambamoorthy, P. A dictionary of South Indian music and musicians. 1st ed. Madras: Indian Pub. House, 1952-
ML106 I39 S1
     v. 1. A-F -- v. 2. G-K -- v. 3. L-N.

Ireland
Klein, Axel. Irish classical recordings: a discography of Irish art music. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 2001.
ML156.2 K64 I6

Israel
Tischler, Alice. A descriptive bibliography of art music by Israeli composers. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press, 1988.
ML120 I85 T6+
     This source does not use LC transliteration.

Italy
Enciclopedia della music. Milano Ricordi, 1972.
Ref ML100 E5+ 1972

Dizionario enciclopedico universale della musica e dei musicisti. Le biografie. Torino: UTET, 1985-1990.
Ref ML100 D622 B6

Japan
Matsushita, Hitoshi. A checklist of published instrumental music by Japanese composers. Tokyo: Academia Music, c1989.
Ref ML128 I59 C5 M4+
     In parallel Japanese and English; includes birth and death dates.

Latin America
Compositores de América. Washington, D.C.: Uniõn panamericana, 1955.
Ref ML105 P187 C7+
     19 volumes with an index. The index serves as a locator for the set, since this source is not arranged alphabetically. To find a composer, you must know the composer's country of residence, and consult the index, which is arranged by country. This set is particularly good for Latin American composers.

Diccionario de la música española e hispanoamericana. [Spain]: Sociedad General de Autores y Editores, c1999-
REF ML101 S733 D5+

A guide to the Latin American art song repertoire: an annotated catalog of twentieth-century art songs for voice and piano. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, c2010.
REF ML128 S698 G9

Latin American classical composers: a biographical dictionary. Compiled and edited by Martha Furman Schleifer and Gary Galván. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield, 2016.
Ref. ML105 F44 2016

Mayer-Serra, Otto. Música y músicos de Latinoamérica. México: Editorial Atlante, 1947.
SML ML230 M3 M39 (LC)

Scores and recordings at the Indiana University Latin American Music Center. Compiled and edited by Ricardo Lorenz with Luis R. Hernandez and Gerardo Dirie. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995.
Ref ML136 B655 I3 L3

New Zealand
Norman, Philip. Bibliography of New Zealand compositions. 2nd ed. Christchurch: Nota Bene Music, 1982-
ML106 N567 N8+

Thomson, John Mansfield. Biographical dictionary of New Zealand composers. Wellington: Victoria University Press, 1990.
ML106 N532 T4

North and South America
Compositores de América. Washington, D.C.: Uniõn panamericana, 1955.
Ref ML105 P187 C7+
     19 volumes with an index. The index serves as a locator for the set, since this source is not arranged alphabetically. To find a composer, you must know the composer's country of residence, and consult the index, which is arranged by country. This set is particularly good for Latin American composers.

Norway
Cappelens musikkleksikon. Oslo: Cappelens Forlag, 1978-1980.
Ref ML100 C247+

Paraguay
Szarán, Luis. Diccionario de la música en el Paraguay. [Asunción, Paraguay: S.n., 1997]
ML101 P222 S9

Poland
Encyklopedia muzyczna PWM. Krakow: Polskie Wydawn. Muzyczne, 1979-
Ref ML100 E565+

Slownik muzyków polskich. Kraków: Polskie Wydawn. Muzyczne, 1964-1967.
Ref. ML106 P76 S6

Portugal
Enciclopédia da música brasileira popular, erudita e folclórica. 3a ed. rev. e atualizada, 1a reimpr. Saõ Paulo, SP : Art Editora : Publifolha, c1998 (2003 printing)
Ref ML101 B827 E5 2003+

Harper, Nancy Lee. Portuguese piano music : an introduction and annotated bibliography. Lanham, Md. : Scarecrow Press, 2013.
REF ML128 P58 H2+

Romania
Cosma, V. Muzicieni români: compozitori si muzicologi: Lexicon. Bucuresti: Editura muzicala Uniunii Compozitorilor, 1970.
Ref ML106 R758 C8

Popescu, Mihai. Repertoriul general al creatiei muzicale românesti. Bucuresti: Editura Muzicala, 1979-
ML106 R758 P8+

Russia/Soviet Union
Jüdische Musik in Sowjetrussland Berlin: E. Kuhn, 2002.
ML300.5 J93
     Includes biographies and work lists for the following composers: Joseph Achron, Mikhail Fabianovich Gnesin, Aleksandr Abramovich Krein,
      Grigorii Krein, Moshe Milner, Leonid Leonidovich Sabaneev, Lazare Saminsky, Aleksandr Veprik

Muzykal'naia entsiklopediia. Moskva: Izd-vo. "Sovetskiia entsiklopediia", 1973-1982.
Ref ML100 M9942+ 1973

Biographical dictionary of Russian/Soviet composers. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989.
Ref ML106 R96 H6
     The transliteration of the names of composers and titles of work is not according to the LC style of transliteration.

Silesia
Schlesisches Musiklexikon. Augsburg: Wissner, 2001.
Ref ML101 S342

South Africa
South African music encyclopedia. Cape Town: Oxford University Press, 1979-1986.
Ref ML106 S726

Spain
Diccionario de la música española e hispanoamericana. [Spain]: Sociedad General de Autores y Editores, c1999-
REF ML101 S733 D5+

Musicos españoles de todos los tiempos: diccionario biográfico. Madrid: Tres, 1984.
ML106 S735 M9

68 compositors catalans. Barcelona: Generalitat de Catalunya, Departament de Cultura, 1989.
ML106 S735 S4+

Sweden
Sohlmans musiklexikon. Stockholm: Sohlmans førlag, 1975-1979.
Ref ML100 S682+

Switzerland
Schweizer Musiker-Lexikon, 1964. Zurich: Atlantis, c1964.
Ref ML106 S979 S4

Ukraine
Sonevyts'kyi, Ihor, and Palidvor-Sonevyts'ka, Nataliia. Dictionary of Ukrainian composers. L'viv: Union of Ukrainian composers, 1997.
SML ML390 S66 1997 (LC)

United States
American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers. The ASCAP biographical dictionary of composers, authors and publishers. 4th ed. New York: Bowker, 1980.
Ref ML106 U5 A5+ 1980
     Brief biographical information; includes ASCAP members only.

Anderson, E.R. Contemporary American composers. 2nd ed. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1982.
Ref ML106 U58 A549 C7+ 1982
     On occasion, a person in the first edition is not found in the second edition.

Butterworth, Neil. Dictionary of American composers. 2nd ed. New York: Routledge, 2005.
Ref ML106 U3 B9 2005

Claghorn, Charles Eugene. Biographical dictionary of American music. West Nyack, N.Y.: Parker Pub. Co., 1973.
Ref ML106 U58 C58
     A good source for obscure nineteenth-century composers.

Ewen, David. American composers: a biographical dictionary. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1982.
Ref ML390 E94 A5

The Macmillan encyclopedia of music and musicians. Compiled and edited by Albert E. Wier. New York: Macmillan, 1938.
Ref ML100 W64+

The New Grove dictionary of American music. Edited by H. Wiley Hitchcock and Stanley Sadie. New York: Grove's Dictionaries of Music, 1986.
Ref ML101 U58 N5+
     The most well-established American composers are included. Entries for those of foreign birth include works composed after coming to the US.

Southern, Eileen. Biographical dictionary of Afro-American and African musicians. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1982.
Ref ML105 S727 B6+

Who's who in American music, classical. 2nd ed. Edited by Jacques Cattell press. New York: R.R. Bowker, 1985.
Ref ML106 U58 W624+

Yugoslavia
Leksikon jugoslavenske muzike. Zagreb: Jugoslavenske leksikografski zavod "Miroslav Krleza", 1984.
Ref ML100 L536+

Muzicka enciklopedija. Zagreb: Jugoslavenski lekskografski zavod, 1971.
Ref ML100 M994+


Library catalogs

The catalogue of printed music in the British Library to 1980. London: K.G. Saur, 1981-1987. (CPM to 1980).
Ref ML136 L847 B86+
     Even though the cut-off date is 1980, CPM to 1980 is valuable for finding first edition titles and ascertaining how many of a given form a composer has written.

Bayerische Staatsbibliothek. Katalog der Musikdrucke. München: K.G. Saur, 1988-1990. (BSB-Musik)
Ref ML136 M966 B3 K1+

Music, books on music, and sound recordings (MBMSR). Formerly Music and phonorecords.

New York Public Library. Research Libraries. Dictionary catalog of the music collection. 2nd ed. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1982.
Ref ML136 N567 D5+ 1982
     Good for finding dates for lesser-known composers. Unfortunately, since the catalog itself is old, sometimes only the year of birth is given in the heading.


By form, genre, or medium of performance

Band | Cello | Chamber music | Double bass Flute | Guitar | Horn | Opera | Orchestra | Organ | Percussion | Saxophone | Viola da gamba

Band
Rehrig, William H. Heritage encyclopedia of band music: composers and their music. Westerville, OH: Integrity Press, 1991.

Suppan, Wolfgang. Neue Lexikon des Blasmusikwesens. Freiburg-Tiengen: Blasmusikverlag Schulz, 1988. 3. Aufl.
Ref ML102 W71 S9 1988

Cello
Lambooij, Henk. A cellist's companion: a comprehensive catalogue of cello literature. Netherlands : ‡b Stichting The Cellist's Companion, c2007.
Ref ML128 V795 L2+ 2007
     Gives some birth and death information along with lists of works for or with cello.

Chamber music
Secrist-Schmedes, Barbera. Wind chamber music: winds with piano and woodwind quintets: an annotated guide. Lanham, MD Scarecrow Press, 1996.

Secrist-Schmedes, Barbera. Wind chamber music: for two to sixteen winds: an annotated guide. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2002.

Double bass
Planyavsky, Alfred. Geschichte des Kontrabasses. 2. Aufl. Tutzing: H. Schneider, 1984.

Flute
Goldberg, Adolf. Porträts und Biographien hervorragender Flöten-Virtuosen, -Dilettanten und -Komponisten. Celle: Moeck Verlag, 1987.
     A reprint of the 1906 edition. Includes many obscure composers for the flute, but since it is current only to 1906, some entries do not have death dates.

Guitar
Moser, Wolf. Gitarre-Musik: ein internationaler Katalog. Aktualisierte Neuausg. in einem Band. Hamburg: J. Trekel, c1985.
Ref ML128 G9 M8 1985

Prat, D. A biographical, bibliographical, historical, critical dictionary of guitars (related instruments), guitarists (teachers, composers, performers, lutenists, amateurs), guitar-makers (luthiers), dances and songs, terminology. Columbus, Ohio: Editions Orpheé, c1986.
Ref ML102 GT P912+ 1934a
     reprint of: Diccionario biográfico--bibliográfico--histórico--crítico de guitarras (instrumentos afines), guitarristas (profesores, compositores, concertistas, lahudistas, amateurs), guitarreros (luthiers), danzas y cantos, terminologiá. Buenos Aires: Romero y Fernández, 1934.

Horn
Hornisten-Lexikon. München: Hans Pizka, 1986.
ML955 H816+

Opera and vocal music
Barlow, Harold. A dictionary of vocal themes. New York: Crown Publishers, 1950.
ML128 V872 B2

Diccionario de la zarzuela: España e Hispanoamérica. Madrid: Instituto Complutense de Ciencias Musicales, 2006. 2a. ed.
Ref ML102 Z38 D5+ 2006

The Gramophone Shop encyclopedia of recorded music
hsr ML156 G747 G7 1948a

Hamilton, David. Metropolitan opera encyclopedia: a comprehensive guide to the world of opera. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987.

Morgenstern, Sam. A dictionary of opera and song themes, including cantatas, oratorios, lieder, and art songs. New York: Crown Publishers, c1950.
hsr ML128 V872 B2 1950

New Grove dictionary of opera. London: Macmillan; New York: distributed in the United States of America and Canada by Grove's Dictionaries of music, 1992.

Parson, Charles H. Opera composers and their works. Lewiston, N.Y.: Edwin Mellon Press, 1986.

Steiger, Franz. Opernlexikon. Tutzing: H. Schneider, 1977.
     Arranged in three sections, by title, composer, and librettist.

Orchestra
Symphony orchestra of the world: selected profiles. Edited by Robert Craven. New York: Greenwood Press, 1987.
     Includes name in the language of country of origin as well as English translation of the name.

Organ
Beckmann, Klaus. Repertorium Orgelmusik: Komponisten, Werke, Editionen, 1150-2000, 57 Länder. 3. neu. und erw. Aufl. Mainz: Schott, 2001-
     Very good resource; organized by country and then chronologically by date of birth. With work lists. Includes index.

Edson, Jean Slater. Organ-preludes. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1970.
     Includes composers, with birth and death dates, not found elsewhere.

Henderson, John. A directory of composers for organ. Wiltshire, England, 1996.
     Includes composers' last names and initials, birth and death dates, and country; lists of works

Vessia, Gian Nicola, and Marco Rossi. Le firme dell'organo: compositori e repertorio organistico del '900 italiano. Bergamo: Carrara, 2003.
ML128 O68 V5
     Covers 20th-century Italian organ composers.

Percussion
Siwe, Thomas. Percussion ensemble & solo literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1993.

Siwe, Thomas. Percussion ensemble literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1998.

Siwe, Thomas. Percussion solo literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1995.

Saxophone
Londeix, Jean-Marie. 150 years of music for saxophone: bibliographical index of music and educational literature for the saxophone, 1844-1994. Cherry Hill, NJ, USA: Roncorp, c1994.
     Gives brief biographical information for lots of composers whose biographical information cannot be found elsewhere.

Viola da gamba
Dodd, Gordon. Thematic index of music for viols. London: Viola da Gamba Society of Great Britain, 1980-
Ref ML128 V785 V7+
Now online at www.vdgs.org.uk/thematic.html [1132]

Recording date and place of origin for musical works (RDA 6.4-6.5)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

(6.4) Date of work
Use in conjunction with MARC 046 [615] field (Special coded dates).
Date of work is the earliest date associated with a work.
It may be the date:
     ° the work was created
     or
     ° the work was first published or released.
(6.4.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on date of work from any source.
(6.4.1.3) Recording date of work

Record the date of the work in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data.
     LC-PCC PS: LC practice: Record dates in terms of the Gregorian calendar.
For works other than treaties, generally record the date of the work by giving the year or years alone.
Record date of work as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.
For instructions on recording date of work as part of authorized access points representing musical works, see 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10 [877].
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3.

Best practices for music cataloging [1446]: If giving date of work as a component of an access point (i.e., to distinguish two works with the same preferred title), routinely also give date of work in an 046 [615] ‡k (and ‡l as appropriate). For other works, give date of work separately in a an 046 [615] ‡k (and ‡l as appropriate) if readily ascertainable.

(6.5) Place of origin of the work
Use in conjunction with MARC 370 [1447] field (Associated place).
Place of origin of the work is the country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work originated.
(6.5.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on place of origin of the work from any source.
(6.5.1.3) Recording place of origin of the work

Record the place of origin as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.
For instructions on recording place of origin as part of authorized access points representing musical works, see 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10 [877].
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3.

Best practices for music cataloging [1448]: In authority records for works, give place of origin of the work in 370 [1449] ‡g if readily ascertainable. Give country or local place within a country, as appropriate.

Recording date, language, and other distinguishing characteristics of expression (RDA 6.10-6.11)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Date of expression (6.10) | Language of expression (6.11) | Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression (6.12)

(6.10) Date of expression
Date of work is the earliest date associated an expression.
If the date of expression is not known, treat the date of the earliest manifestation embodying the expression as the date of expression.
(6.10.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on date of work from any source.
(6.10.1.3) Recording date of expression
Record the date of the expression in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data.
     LC-PCC PS: LC practice: Record dates in terms of the Gregorian calendar.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.
Record the date of the expression by giving the year or years alone unless a more specific date is needed to distinguish one expression from another expression.
Record date of expression as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.
For instructions on recording date of work as part of authorized access points representing musical works, see 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10 [877].
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Generally do not record date of expression in a 046 field, in either bibliographic or authority records. In bibliographic records for scores, the date of expression can be inferred from the date of publication and/or copyright date. In bibliographic records for sound recordings, date of expression is equivalent to date of capture ( 7.11.3).

(6.11) Language of expression
Language of expression is a language in which a work is expressed.
(6.11.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on language of expression from any source.
(6.11.1.3) Recording language of expression
Record the language or languages of the expression using an appropriate term or terms in a language preferred by the agency creating the data. Select terms from a standard list of names of languages, if available.
LC-PCC PS:
Form of Language Names
When recording the language of expression, base the name of the language on the form found in the current edition of MARC Code List for Languages [664] (and the updates [777]).
Note the following when using the code list:
1. Use the name found in boldface type.
2. Use the name for a specific language rather than the name of a language group.
3. Do not include parenthetical dates that appear with the name.
4. Retain other parenthetical qualifiers that appear with the name.
5. For the early form of a modern language that is found in an inverted form, use the early form in direct order within parentheses following the modern language.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

Record language of expression as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.
For instructions on recording language of expression as part of the authorized access point, see 6.27.3
For instructions on recording language of expression as part of authorized access points representing expressions of musical works, see 6.28.3.6.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
Routinely record language for the following linguistic content::
     ° Text underlying printed music (scores) (008/35-35, 041 ‡a)
     ° Sung or spoken text (sound recordings) (008/35-35, 041 ‡d)
     ° Text presented separately (e.g., librettos) (041 ‡e)
     ° Subtitles (041 ‡j)
     ° Language of accompanying text (e.g., critical commentary, program notes) (041 ‡g)

If readily ascertainable, also record:
     ° Original language of printed, sung or spoken text (041 ‡h)
     ° Original language of text presented separately (e.g., librettos) (041 ‡n)
     ° Original language of accompanying text (‡m)

Optionally, explain the language content in a 546 field (for primary language content) and/or a 500 field (for accompanying text), if deemed useful for identification and access.

(6.11.1.4) Expressions involving more than one language
If a single expression of a work involves more than one language, record each of the languages.
(6.12) Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression
Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression is a characteristic other than content type, language of expression, or date of expression. It serves to differentiate an expression from another expression of the same work.

For additional instructions on other distinguishing characteristics of expressions of musical works, see 6.18 [785].

(6.12.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on other distinguishing characteristics of the expression from any source.
(6.12.1.3) Recording language of expression
Record other distinguishing characteristics of the expression as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. For instructions on recording other distinguishing characteristics of the expression as part of the authorized access point, see 6.27.3.

Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3.

(6.12.1.4) Selected parts or excerpts
Record Selections to identify an expression consisting of selected parts or excerpts from a larger work.

Recording form of work (RDA 6.3)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

(6.3) Form of work
Use in conjunction with Best practices for music cataloging using RDA and MARC 21 [1450], MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [1451], and MARC 380 [622] field (Form of work).
Form of work is a class or genre to which a work belongs.
(6.3.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on form of work from any source.
(6.4.1.3) Recording form of work

Record form of work as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.

Best practices for music cataloging [1450]: If giving form of work as a component of an access point [876] (i.e., preferred titles consisting of the name of one or more type of composition [869]), routinely also record form of work in a 380 [622] field.
For other works, record form of work separately in a 380 field if readily ascertainable.
Prefer controlled vocabulary such as Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms for Library (LCGFT) (See Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms [627].

For consistency, capitalize the first term.

When terms do not come from a controlled vocabulary, use the singular form.

Do not record in a 380 field types of composition [869] terms that are:
   ° terms indicating a number of performers (e.g. Duets)
   ° tempo markings (e.g., Allegros)
   ° other generic terms that do not convey formal characteristics (e.g., Pieces, Music).

Recording key for musical works (RDA 6.17)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also The names of keys in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [525]

Record the key if one or more of the following conditions applies:
     ° it is commonly identified in reference sources
     ° it appears in the composer's original title or the title proper of the first manifestation
     ° it is apparent from the resource described (unless it is known to be transposed in the resource).

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If giving key as a component of an access point, routinely also give key in a 384 [1452] field. For other works, give key separately in a 384 field if readily ascertainable.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the same criteria for recording the mode ("major" or "minor") as for recording the pitch center; that is, if pitch center is given or apparent, but mode is not, record only the pitch center. Record the symbols ♯ and ♭ rather than the words "sharp" and "flat."

Recording medium of performance for musical works (RDA 6.15)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Changes to this document that reflect recent updates to RDA are in process but are not complete

Medium of performance is the instrument, instruments, voice, voices, etc., for which a musical work was originally conceived.

Instrumental music: one performer to a part | Individual instruments | Accompanying ensembles with one performer to a part | Music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band | One or more solo instruments and accompanying ensemble | Vocal music: | Solo voices | Choruses | Accompaniment for songs, Lieder, etc. | Indeterminate/unspecified medium

(6.15.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on medium of performance from any source.
(6.15.1.3) Recording medium of performance

Record the medium of performance by applying these instructions, as applicable:
     ° instrumental music intended for one performer to a part (6.15.1.4)
     ° instruments (6.15.1.5)
     ° accompanying ensembles with one performer to a part (6.15.1.6)
     ° instrumental music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band (6.15.1.7)
     ° one or more solo instruments and accompanying ensemble (6.15.1.8)
     ° solo voices (6.15.1.9)
     ° choruses (6.15.1.10)
     ° indeterminate medium of performance (6.15.1.11).

Record medium of performance as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. For instructions on recording medium of performance as part of the authorized access point, 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11.

If there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice, record the number of parts.
     Exception:
          If the term percussion is used (6.15.1.4), record the number of players if there is more than one.

Use continuo for a thorough bass part whether it is named as basso, basso continuo, figured bass, thorough bass, or continuo, and whether the individual instrument or instruments of the continuo are specified or not.

For guidelines on recording details about the medium of performance, apply the instructions for medium of performance of musical content at 7.21.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If giving the medium of performance as a component of an access point, routinely also give medium of performance in a 382 [624] field. For other works, give medium of performance in a 382 [624] field if readily ascertainable.

Instrumental music
(6.15.1.4) Instrumental music intended for one performer to a part
Record each instrument by applying the instructions at 6.15.1.5 and 6.15.1.11
Exceptions:
     ° If there is more than one percussion instrument, and the names of the individual instruments are not specified by the composer in the original title, use percussion.
     ° If the medium includes a continuo part, record the name of the part (6.15.1.3)
     ° If the medium includes instruments acting as an accompanying ensemble, record a term for the accompanying ensemble (6.15.1.6)

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: There is no limit to the number of medium elements recorded, either as components of access points or in 382 [624] fields.

(6.15.1.5) Instruments
When recording an individual type of instrument, use a term in a language preferred by the agency creating the data whenever possible.
LC-PCC PS: Use a term in English whenever possible.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS
Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, 382, Medium of performance: Best practice: Record the medium of performance using RDA terminology when available.
If a required term is not listed in RDA, use a term from a controlled vocabulary, such as LCSH.

Use the following list of terms as a guide:
     ° cello or violoncello (LC-PCC PS: LC practice: cello)
     ° cor anglais or English horn (LC-PCC PS: LC practice: English horn)
     ° double bass (not bass viol or contrabass)
     ° double bassoon or contrabassoon (LC-PCC PS: LC practice: contrabassoon)
     ° harpsichord (not cembalo or virginal)
     ° horn (not French horn)
     ° kettle drums or timpani (LC-PCC PS: LC practice: timpani)
     ° viol (for sizes of viola da gamba other than bass)
     ° viola da gamba (not bass viol or gamba)
     ° viols (for viols of different sizes)
LC-PCC PS: Use the following instrument names: cello, English horn, contrabassoon, timpani.

LC-PCC PS: LC practice: In applying RDA 6.15.1.5, if a composer wrote works for or including various keyboard stringed instruments such as harpsichord, piano, or clavichord, use the one that predominates in the composer's works of a given type of composition in all preferred titles for works of that type. If no predominant instrument is apparent, use the term "keyboard instrument" in the medium of performance element.


6.15.1.5.1: Number of hands:
For one instrument, specify the number of hands if other than two:
     piano, 1 hand
     piano, 3 hands
     keyboard instrument, 4 hands
     marimba, 8 hands

For two or more keyboard or mallet (marimba, vibraphone, xylophone, etc.) instruments, specify the number of hands if other than two per instrument.
     piano (2), 3 hands
     pianos (2), 8 hands


6.15.1.5.2: Pitch and range of instruments :
If considered important for identification and access, record the designation of key in which an instrument is pitched and/or terms indicating the range of an instrument.
Optional omission:
     ° a) the designation of the key in which an instrument is pitched
     ° b) terms indicating a range alto, tenor, bass, etc.
          » Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If deemed useful for identification and access, give specific ranges of instruments, etc. in a note
6.15.1.5.3: Alternative instruments:
Record the names of alternative instruments.
6.15.1.5.4: Doubling instruments:
Record the names of doubling instruments.
Optional omission:
     ° Omit doubling instruments.

Examples:
violins (2), viola, cello
strings
piano, violin, viola, cello
horns (2), violin, viola, cello
timpani, tom-tom, snare drum
bassoon, violin, viola, cello
piano, flute, clarinet, marimba, violin, cello
flute, harp, violin, viola, cello
piano, flutes (2), clarinets (2), oboes (2), horns (2), trombones (2), bassoons (2), trumpets (2)
harpsichord, Jew's harp, violin, viola, cello
piano, flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, trumpet, trombone, percussion, violin, viola, cello, double bass
celesta, flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, horn, trumpet, harp, violin, viola, cello, double bass
     ° Celesta is considered a keyboard instrument and is given first
organ, trumpets (4), horns (4), trombones (4), baritone, tuba, timpani, percussion, harp
flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, horn, trumpet, violin, viola, cello, double bass
flute, oboe, saxophone, bassoon, horn, trumpet, trombone, percussion, harp, violin, viola, cello, double bass
flutes (8), oboes (6), clarinets (6), bassoons (6), horns (6), trumpets (6), trombones (6), tuba, timpani, percussion
celesta, harpsichord, piano, piccolo, flute, oboe, clarinets (3), English horn, saxophone, bassoon, contrabassoon, trumpets (3), trombones (2), flügelhorn, horns (2), baritone, tuba, glockenspiel, harp

(6.15.1.6) Accompanying ensembles with one performer to a part
For an accompanying ensemble with one performer to a part, record the appropriate term for the instrument or family of instruments followed by the word ensemble
The ensemble consists of: Record:
the same instrument or from the same family of instruments record the appropriate term for the instrument or family of instruments followed by the word ensemble
     ° guitar ensemble, string ensemble
instruments from two or more families of instruments instrumental ensemble when a more specific term is not available
Alternative: For an accompanying ensemble with one performer to a part, record the appropriate term for each instrument of the accompanying ensemble instead of the name of the ensemble.
(6.15.1.7) Instrumental music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band
Record an appropriate term from the following list:
     ° orchestra (use for both full or reduced (chamber) orchestra)
     ° string orchestra
     ° band

Don't list the individual instruments.

Disregard continuo when it is part of an orchestra or string orchestra.

The Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [1453] (LCMPT) gives scope notes for "orchestra" and "string orchestra":

  • orchestra: a large ensemble consisting of bowed string instruments and some combination of wind and other types of instruments, or such an ensemble whose relative size is not specified. For a small orchestra so specified, use chamber orchestra.
    • Keep in mind that the terms in the LCMPT are intended to be used in field 382 of MARC 21 bibliographic records, and not necessarily in the medium of performance of authorized access points. "Chamber orchestra" is not used in authorized access points.
  • string orchestra: an orchestra consisting solely or primarily of string instruments.
    • Use "string orchestra" even when there are keyboard, percussion, and/or plucked instruments. It is the presence of one or more wind instruments that would define the ensemble as an orchestra.
(6.15.1.8) One or more solo instruments and accompanying ensemble
Record the term for the solo instrument or instruments and the term for the accompanying ensemble, in that order.
     ° For the solo instrument(s), follow 6.15.1.4-6.15.1.5 and 6.15.1.11
     ° For the accompanying ensemble, see 6.15.1.6-6.15.1.7

LC-PCC PS: For an accompanying ensemble that has only one performer to a part, use the word "ensemble" preceded by the appropriate qualifying term (e.g., "string ensemble," "jazz ensemble," "wind ensemble") in the part of the medium of performance element that follows the solo instruments.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

Vocal music
(6.15.1.9) Solo voices

Record an appropriate term from the following list to identify a type of solo voice:
     ° soprano
     ° mezzo-soprano
     ° alto
     ° tenor
     ° baritone
     ° bass
     ° other terms as appropriate (e.g., bass-baritone, countertenor)

If no specific voice types or ranges can be ascertained for two or more solo voices of different ranges, record an appropriate term from the following list:
     ° mixed solo voices
     ° men's solo voices
     ° women's solo voices
     ° other terms as appropriate (e.g., children's solo voices)

For compositions that include solo voice(s) with chorus, record only the appropriate terms for the chorus (6.15.1.10) and the accompaniment, if any.
 

(6.15.1.10) Choruses
Record an appropriate term from the following list to identify a type of choral ensemble (two or more performers to a part):
     ° mixed voices
     ° women's voices
     ° men's voices
     ° unison voices
     ° other terms as appropriate (e.g., children's voices)
          » Best practices for music cataloging [914]: other commonly used terms: equal voices, treble voices
(6.15.1.11) Accompaniment for songs, Lieder, etc.

If:
     ° the work is not in a "popular" idiom
          and
     ° the preferred title for the work consists solely of the name of a type, or of two or more types, of composition for solo voice (e.g., Lieder, Mélodie, Songs)
          and
     ° the voice is accompanied by anything other than a keyboard stringed instrument alone,
record the name of the accompanying instrument(s) or ensemble (following 6.15.1.3 to 6.15.1.9), followed by the word accompaniment.

Examples:
flute accompaniment
violin, piano accompaniment
flute, electronics accompaniment
piano, clarinet, viola accompaniment
clarinet, viola, cello accompaniment
violins (2), cello accompaniment
orchestra accompaniment

RDA doesn't cover what to do when the voice and instruments are equal in the ensemble. Current practice is to name all the instruments (following 6.15.1.3 to 6.15.1.6) but don't add the word accompaniment.
Examples:
high voice, flute, oboe, vibraphone, violin, cello
medium voice, violin, piano
voice, flutes (2), clarinet, trombone, violin, viola, cellos (2)

If such a work is not accompanied, record unaccompanied.

(6.15.1.13) Indeterminate medium of performance
If the specific medium of performance, or any part of it, is not stated in the resource or other source, record that part of the medium of performance as follows, in this order of priority:
RDA Medium indicated by the composer or available from any other source: Record:
6.15.1.13.1 one family of instruments or voices (6.15.1.10), or a collective term for other media the family, collective term, etc.
     ° plucked instrument, chordal instrument, bass instrument, keyboard instrument
6.15.1.13.2 only the range or general type of instrument or voice the range or type
     ° low instrument, treble instrument, melody instrument, male voice
6.15.1.13.3 some parts of the medium are indicated
and
other parts are unspecified or are indicated as unspecified or a similar term
the individual parts of the medium as instructed at 6.15.1.4-6.15.1.12
     ° use unspecified or a similar term, as appropriate.
          ° unspecified instrument
6.15.1.13.4 no medium is indicated
and
two or more such works by the same composer have the same preferred title
the number of parts or voices
     ° use voices to indicate both instrumental and vocal parts
          ° voices (3), voices (5-6)
RDA Medium is not indicated by the composer and is not available from any other source: Record:
6.15.1.13.5 no medium unspecified

Recording numeric designation for musical works (RDA 6.16)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Use in conjunction with Best practices for music cataloging [780] and MARC 383 [625].
The numeric designation of a musical work is a serial number, opus number, or thematic index number assigned to a musical work by a composer, publisher, or a musicologist.
(6.16.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on numeric designations of musical works from any source.
(6.16.1.3) Recording numeric designations

Record as many of the following numeric designations of musical works as can readily be ascertained. Use the following abbreviations found in appendix B.5.4:
     ° number, in any language: n., no, no., Nr.
     ° opus: opus

Use inclusive numbering for an aggregate work that is identified by consecutive serial numbers or thematic index numbers in music reference sources and/or thematic indexes [881].

Record numeric designations of musical works as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. For instructions on recording a numeric designation of a musical work as part of the authorized access point, see 6.28.1.9 [1454]-6.28.1.10 [1455].

Best practices for music cataloging [780]: If giving numeric designation as a component of an access point, routinely also give that numeric designation in 383 [625] field. For all works, give all numeric designations that are readily ascertainable in separate 383 [625] fields.

(6.16.1.3.1) Serial number
For works Record:
with the same title and same medium of performance are consecutively numbered in music reference sources the serial number
different works in a consecutively numbered series have different forms of numeric designation, or different words introducing the number
and
the different forms or words are in the same sources from which the numeric designations for the individual works are taken
select one form of numeric designation and use it for all the works in the series
LC-PCC PS: For a serial number that is accompanied in the source by a term such as "number," "book," "collection," etc., apply the following:
(Best practices for music cataloging [1456]: Follow LC-PCC PS)
Term: Use:
the term is the English word "number" or its abbreviation, or an equivalent word or abbreviation in another language: the number in the preferred title by the English preceded by the abbreviation "no."
the term is a non-English term not meaning "number" and the preferred title is in English: substitute the English equivalent of the term and use an English abbreviation if the non-English term is abbreviated, or the full form of the term if the non-English form is fully spelled out.
In all other cases: the term as it appears in the source.
If no term appears with the number: the number as a cardinal number and precede it by the English abbreviation "no."
     ° use Arabic numerals
(6.16.1.3.2) Opus number
Record the opus number, if any, and the number within the opus, if any.
     ° Best practices for music cataloging [1457]: use "op.", "no.", and Arabic numerals

If there is a conflict in opus numbering among works of the same title and medium
or
If the overall opus numbering of a composer's works is confused and conflicting
Add to the opus number the name of the publisher originally using the number chosen.
     ° add the publisher's name in parentheses

(6.16.1.3.3) Thematic index number
In the case of certain composers, record the number assigned to a work in a recognized thematic index [881].

Precede the number by.
     ° the initial letter or letters of the musicologist's name (e.g., K. 453)
     or
     ° a generally accepted abbreviation (e.g., BWV 232).

WoO (Werke ohne Opus) numbers should also be taken from a recognized thematic index.

LC-PCC PS: A bibliography of thematic indexes used in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File [919]
     See also Work numbers for composers [121]
Best practices for music cataloging [1458]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Note that there is no restriction on thematic index numbers that may be used in variant access points or 383 [625] fields.

Recording other distinguishing characteristics of the expression of musical works (RDA 6.18)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Arrangements, transcriptions, etc. (6.18.1.4) | Sketches (6.18.1.5) | Vocal and choruses scores (6.18.1.6)

A distinguishing characteristic serves to differentiate an expression of a musical work from another expression of the same work (e.g., an arrangement, sketches, vocal score).
(6.18.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on other distinguishing characteristics of the expression of a musical work from any source.
(6.18.1.3) Recording other distinguishing characteristics of the expression
Best practices for music cataloging, draft: If giving other distinguishing characteristic as a component of an access point, routinely also give other distinguishing characteristic in a 381 [623] field.
(6.18.1.4) Arrangements, transcriptions, etc.
Record the word arranged to one or more works, or to parts of one or more works, of one composer that are:
     ° "serious," "classical," or "art" music (broadly speaking)
          ° and are
               » arrangements, transcriptions, versions, settings, etc., in which music for one medium of performance has been rewritten for another medium
                and/or
               » simplified versions of previously existing musical works.
               » arranged, transcribed, etc. by the composer or by someone else
     ° in the "popular" idiom (e.g., rock, jazz) (broadly speaking)
          ° only if the expression is either
               » an instrumental work arranged for vocal or choral performance
                or
               » a vocal work arranged for instrumental performance

From the LC-PCC PS: The following are not to be considered arrangements:
° Revisions by the original composer:

  • ° if a composer revises a work, retaining the original title and opus number, and the revision is one of a different instrumentation within the same broad medium (e.g., orchestra, instrumental ensemble, band), do not consider the revision to be an arrangement. Use the same authorized access point for the original and the revision.

° Alternative instruments:

  • ° a work composed before 1800 for a baroque, renaissance, or other early instrument (viola da gamba, recorder, etc.), or for voice, in a resource that is edited for or performed on a modern instrument or as an alternative voice part provided the key is unchanged and the notation has not been significantly changed.
  • ° a work for a melody instrument originally written for one or more alternative instruments or separately published for one or more alternative instruments in the first or other early editions, for a work with a non-distinctive title, record a preferred title for one of the alternatives and provide an addition to the preferred title for the other version(s)
    • When the preferred title for such a revision is non-distinctive, record a preferred title for one of the alternatives and provide an addition to the preferred title for the other version(s):
      • Brahms, Johannes, ‡d 1833-1897.
        Sonatas, ‡m clarinet, piano, ‡n op. 120, ‡n no. 1 (Viola)

° Added accompaniments:

  • ° a work to which an accompaniment or other parts have been added with no alteration of the original music.
    • » However, for notated music, classify the resource as an arrangement, assign subject headings for both the expanded and the original media of performance, and add "Arranged" to the subject heading for the expanded version.

° Song transpositions:

  • ° one or more songs transposed to accommodate a voice range different from the original.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

(6.18.1.5) Sketches
If the expression consists of a composer's sketches for one or more musical compositions, record Sketches.
(6.18.1.6) Vocal and choruses scores
If the expression is a vocal score or a chorus score, record Vocal score(s) or Chorus score(s) as applicable.
Vocal score = a score showing all vocal parts, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted
Chorus score = a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted.

Recording preferred titles for musical works (RDA 6.14)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

For general instructions, see Recording titles of works [872] (RDA 6.2.1)
See also recording: medium of performance [686] (6.15) | numeric designation [779] (6.16) | key [707] (6.17) | other distinguishing characteristic of the expression [785] (6.18)

The preferred title (RDA 6.2.2) for a musical work is
     ° the title or form of title chosen to identify the musical work
     ° the basis for the authorized access point representing that work.

Sources of information (6.14.2.2) | Choosing the preferred title (6.14.2.3)
Recording the preferred title for: a musical work (6.14.2.4) | title consisting solely of the name of one type of composition (6.14.2.5) | duets (6.14.2.6) | a part or parts of a musical work (6.14.2.7) | compilations of musical works (6.14.2.8)

(6.14.2.2) Sources of information
Works created after 1500: Determine the title to be used as the preferred title from resources embodying the work or from reference sources
Works created before 1500: Determine the title to be used as the preferred title from modern reference sources.
If the evidence of modern reference sources is inconclusive, use (in this order of preference):
     ° modern editions
     ° early editions
     ° manuscript copies
(6.14.2.3) Choosing the preferred title for a musical work
Choose the composer's original title in the language in which it was presented.
Exceptions:
     ° Better known: If the work has become better known by another title in the same language, choose it as the preferred title (see also 6.2.2.4–6.2.2.5).
     ° Long title: If the title is very long, choose (in this order of preference)
          » a brief title by which the work is commonly identified in reference sources
          » a brief title devised by the cataloger.
     ° Numbered sequence: Use the name of the type of composition [497] as the preferred title if:
          » all the titles of a composer's works include the name of a type of composition
          and
          » the works are also cited as a numbered sequence of compositions of that type.
(6.14.2.4) Recording the preferred title for a musical work
When recording the title chosen according to 6.14.2.3, omit from the title:
     ° a statement of medium of performance (even if such a statement is part of a compound word, provided that the resulting word or words is the name of a type of composition)
     ° key
     ° serial, opus, and thematic index numbers
     ° numbers (unless they are an integral part of the title)
     ° date of composition
     ° adjectives and epithets not part of the original title of the work
See also general guidelines for on recording a title [1459]

Examples:
n 2013020654
     Cinq sonates & un divertissement
     Remove number: Cinq sonates & un divertissement
     What remains:: Sonates & un divertissement

The placement of the generic information ahead of the distinctive portion does not mean all of the title (statement of medium included) should be retained.
     Quatuor à cordes "Ainsi la nuit"
     remove medium of performance: Quatuor à cordes "Ainsi la nuit"
     What remains is: Quatuor "Ainsi la nuit"

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For pre-twentieth century works, normally consider phrases such as "a due," "a cinque" to be statements of medium of performance and not part of the title as defined in this rule.

For pre-twentieth century works with titles such as Duo concertant, Quartetto concertante (but not titles naming a form, such as Sinfonia concertante, Rondeau concertant, etc.), consider the word "concertant" or its equivalent to be an adjective or epithet not part of the original title of the work, and omit it from the preferred title.

(6.14.2.5) Preferred title consisting solely of the name of one type of composition
If the application of 6.14.2.3-6.14.2.4 results in a preferred title consisting solely of the name of one type of composition [497], record:
     ° the accepted form of that name in a language preferred by the agency creating the data.*
     ° in the plural unless the composer wrote only one work of the type.

     *LC-PCC PS: Language: Record the accepted form of name in English if the name has an English cognate form or if the same name is used in English.

However: For works intended for concert performance called étude, fantasia, or sinfonia concertante or their cognates, record the form of the name in the original language.
     * RDA does not indicate how to determine whether one of these works is intended for concert performance or for strictly instructional purposes.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
     ° When a composer uses a word that is normally the name of a type of composition as the title of a work that is definitely not a work of the type designated by the word, do not consider the title to be the name of a type of composition.
     ° A title consisting of two words, each of which alone would be the name of a type of composition, may in combination produce a distinctive title. Generally treat such a compound title as a distinctive title.

Singular vs. plural:
6.14.2.5.2: Record the accepted form of the name of the type of composition [497] in the singular form unless the composer wrote more than one work of that type with the same title.
LC-PCC PS:
Singular vs. plural: The medium of performance is a separate element from the preferred title. If the composer wrote one piano sonata and one violin sonata, consider that the composer wrote two sonatas, and therefore the plural form for the type of composition must be used as the preferred title.

When cataloging the first occurrence of a work of a particular type of composition by a composer, choose the preferred title as follows:

If the composer is deceased consult reference sources to ascertain whether the composer wrote more than one work of that type, and use the singular or plural form as the preferred title according to the information found
If the composer is living choose the singular form of the type of composition as the preferred title unless the work being cataloged bears a serial number (including 1);
in that case use the plural form on the assumption that the composer has written or intends to write more works of that type

When cataloging the second occurrence of a work of a particular type by a composer, if the singular form has been used in the authorized access point for the first work of that type, revise the preferred title to the plural.

LC-PCC PS: for both 6.14.2.5 and 6.28.1:
Mélodie/Mélodies; Melody/Melodies
When choosing the preferred title for a work for solo voice and keyboard stringed instrument having the French title "Mélodie" or "Mélodies," do not translate those titles into English as "Melody" or "Melodies" because the cognate words in English and other languages do not have the same meaning as the French words. Consider the medium of performance to be implied by the French title (6.28.1.9 [1454]) and do not add medium of performance in the authorized access point.

When choosing the preferred title for a work for solo voice with accompaniment other than a keyboard stringed instrument alone or without accompaniment having the French title "Mélodie" or "Mélodies," do not translate the title into English. Apply RDA 6.28.1.9 and add the medium of performance of the accompaniment, or "unaccompanied," in the authorized access point.

When the English word "Melody" or "Melodies," or their cognates in another language (including French), is the title of a work that is not for solo voice and keyboard stringed instrument, consider it the name of a type of composition. Use the English form as the preferred title and add the medium of performance according to 6.28.1.9 [1454].

Liturgical words or phrases
When the preferred title is a Latin liturgical word or phrase (e.g., "Gloria," "Salve Regina," "Te Deum")
     ° record it in the singular
          » Exception: Use the plural form "Magnificats," "Masses," or "Requiems" when appropriate
     ° Generally, do not add the medium of performance in the authorized access point.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Consult the alphabetical list at Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497] to determine whether the title in question meets the condition of the rule. Do not consider such titles as "Double concerto," "Tripelkonzert," etc. to be names of types of compositions.

When a composer uses a word which is normally the name of a type of composition as the title of a work which is definitely not a work of the type designated by the word, do not consider the title to be the name of a type of composition.

A title consisting of two words, each of which alone would be the name of a type of composition, may in combination produce a distinctive title. Generally treat such a compound title as a distinctive title.

(6.14.2.6) Duets
Record Duets for works variously titled duos, duets, etc.
(6.14.2.7) Recording the preferred title for a part or parts of a musical work
One part (6.14.2.7.1) Follow the instructions for recording the preferred title for a musical work (6.14.2.4) and the following:
RDA Each part identified by: Record:
6.14.2.7.1.1 only a number the number
6.14.2.7.1.2 only a title or verbal designation the title or verbal designation
6.14.2.7.1.3 both a number and a title or verbal designation and
     ° each of the parts is identified by its own title or verbal designation the title or verbal designation
     ° the parts are identified by the same title or verbal designation the number
6.14.2.7.1.4 a number and some are also identified by a title or verbal designation the number of the part followed by a comma and the title or verbal designation, if there is one
6.14.2.7.1.5 Part of a larger part
     ° and the title of the larger part is distinctive the distinctive title of the larger part followed by the title and/or designation of the smaller part
     ° and the title of the larger part is not distinctive omit the designation of the larger part
     » unless it is required to identify the smaller part
Separate the title and/or designation of the larger part from the title and/or designation of the smaller part by a full stop
Two or more parts (6.14.2.7.2): record the preferred titles of the parts applying the instructions given under 6.2.2.9.1: Record the preferred title for the part by applying the basic instructions at 6.2.1 [872].
Examples:
     Nr. 5
          Preferred title for a part of Johannes Brahms's Ungarische Tänze in a compilation also including Nr. 6 of the same work
     Nr. 6
          Preferred title for a part of Johannes Brahms's Ungarische Tänze in a compilation also including Nr. 5 of the same work
     Largo al factotum
          Preferred title for a part of Gioacchino Rossini's Il barbiere di Siviglia in a compilation also including the part Una voce poco fa
     Una voce poco fa
          Preferred title for a part of Gioacchino Rossini's Il barbiere di Siviglia in a compilation also including the part Largo al factotum
     No. 2
          Preferred title for a part of Franz Schubert's Impromptus, piano, D. 899 in a compilation also including No. 4 of the same work
     No. 4
          Preferred title for a part of Franz Schubert's Impromptus, piano, D. 899 in a compilation also including No. 2 of the same work
If a composer assembles a group of excerpts from a larger work and calls the group suite, record that word as the designation for the part

Alternative: When identifying two or more parts of a work, instead of (or in addition to) to) recording the preferred title for each of the parts, record the conventional collective title Selections as the preferred title for the parts unless the parts form a group called suite by the composer.

(6.14.2.8) Compilations of musical works
This rule is used for a compilation of works that is not known by a title used in resources embodying that compilation or in reference sources.
If a compilation of musical works has become known by a title through use in resources embodying that compilation or in reference sources, apply the instructions at 6.2.2.4-6.2.2.5.

For other compilations, record the preferred title for a compilation that consists of, or purports to be, the complete musical works or complete works for a broad or specific medium in various or a single type by a composer by applying the instructions below.

RDA Type of compilation: Record:
6.14.2.8.2 Complete works Works
Consider complete works to include a compilation that consists of, or purports to be, the complete musical works of a composer. Treat compilations that are complete at the time of publication as complete works.
6.14.2.8.3 Complete works for one broad medium
     ° in various types
one of the following conventional collective titles:
     ° Chamber music
     ° Choral music
     ° Instrumental music
     ° Keyboard music
     ° Vocal music

If none of the above is appropriate, record an appropriate specific collective title.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Use only those conventional collective titles given as examples

Complete works for one broad medium
     ° in a single type
apply the instructions given under 6.14.2.8.5.
6.14.2.8.4 Complete works for one specific medium
     ° in various types
one of the following conventional collective titles:
     ° Brass music
     ° Orchestra music
     ° Piano music
     ° Piano music, 4 hands
     ° Piano music, pianos (2)
     ° String quartet music
     ° Violin, piano music

If none of the above is appropriate, record an appropriate specific collective title.

LC-PCC PS: For a collection of popular songs by a composer such as George Gershwin or Cole Porter, normally use the conventional collective title "Songs. Selections" regardless of whether some of the songs may have originally been intended for theatrical productions. If, however, the resource being cataloged provides clear evidence that all the songs in the compilation are from larger works of a single type of composition, use the authorized form of the type as the basis of the conventional collective title (e.g., "Musicals. Selections").

Complete works for one specific medium
     ° in a single type
apply the instructions given under 6.14.2.8.5.
6.14.2.8.5 Complete works of one type for one specific medium or various media one of the following conventional collective titles:
     ° Concertos
     ° Musicals
     ° Operas
     ° Polonaises
     ° Quartets
     ° Sonatas
     ° Songs
     ° Symphonies

If none of the above is appropriate, record an appropriate specific collective title.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: To the extent possible, use names of types of compositions given in Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497]. If none of those is suitable, use an appropriate a genre/form term (e.g., Motion picture music, Incidental music). As the RDA examples show, use an English-language form if one is available.

6.14.2.8.6 Compilation corresponding to one of the categories above and the compilation is incomplete Identify each of the works in the compilation separately by applying the instructions at 6.14.2.4-6.14.2.7
Example:
     Renaissance concerto
     Salomon Rossi suite
     Orpheus and Euridice
     Resource described: Orchestral works / by Lukas Foss

Alternative: When identifying two or more works in an incomplete compilation, record a conventional collective title as instructed at 6.14.2.8.2-6.14.2.8.5, as applicable, followed by Selections. Apply this instruction instead of or in addition to recording the preferred title for each of the works in the compilation.
Example:
     Orchestra music. Selections
     Resource described: Orchestral works / by Lukas Foss

LC-PCC PS: LC practice for Alternative: Instead of recording the preferred title for each of the works in the compilation, record a conventional collective title followed by "Selections." Give an authorized access point for the first or predominant work (25.1) or expression (26.1).

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Generally follow LC-PCC PS for the alternative. If deemed useful for identification and access, also give separate access points for all individual works embodied in the resource.

Recording titles of works (RDA 6.2.1)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

For music-specific instructions, see Recording preferred titles for musical works [873] (RDA 6.14)

A title of the work is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a work is known.

There are two categories of titles that identify works:
     ° preferred title [873] for the work (6.14)
     ° variant title for the work

(6.2.1.2) Sources of information
Take the title or titles of the work from any source.
(6.2.1.3) General guidelines on recording a title
When recording a title of a work, apply the guidelines on capitalization, numbers, diacritical marks, initial articles, spacing of initials and acronyms, and abbreviations, at 6.2.1.4-6.2.1.9
(6.2.1.4) Capitalization
Capitalize the first word or the abbreviation of the first word in a title and in a title of a part, section, or supplement.
Capitalize other words within titles applying the guidelines given in Appendix A, as applicable to the language involved.

Other Terms Associated with Titles of Works
     Capitalize the first word of each term
          Goyescas (Opera)

Thematic index numbers (see 6.16 [1460]): follow the capitalization practice used in the thematic index

Titles with unusual capitalization: follow the capitalization of the title as found on the source of information.

Do not capitalize:

  • words or abbreviations indicating medium of performance (see 6.15 [686])
  • numeric designation of a musical work (see 6.16 [1461]), unless the word is, or the abbreviation stands for, a proper name
  • the first word of a title if it is preceded by punctuation indicating that the beginning of the phrase from which the title was derived has been omitted
(6.2.1.5) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words
Record numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the form in which they appear on the source of information
(6.2.1.6) Diacritics
Record diacritical marks such as accents appearing in a title for a work as they appear on the source of information.
     Optional addition: Add diacritical marks such as accents that are not present on the source of information. Follow the standard usage for the language of the data.
(6.2.1.7) Initial articles [531]
The rule says to include the article, but LC applies the alternative:
     Omit an initial article unless the title for a work is to be accessed under that article (e.g., a title that begins with the name of a person or place).
(6.2.1.8) Spacing of initials and acronyms and Punctuation and spacing (LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1)
(1.7.3) Punctuation: Transcribe punctuation as it appears on the source, omitting punctuation on the source that separates data to be recorded as one element from data to be recorded as a different element, or as a second or subsequent instance of an element.

Punctuation/spacing within access points and ending access points
Internal punctuation is used to set off unambiguously the units of access points (including name/title portions of name/title fields).
Ending punctuation:

  • Name authority records: do not end access points with an ending mark of punctuation except when it is part of the data (e.g., a period in an abbreviation) or is called for by the cataloging instructions (e.g., an element enclosed within parentheses)
  • Bibliographic records: end authorized access points with either a period or other ending mark of punctuation
         Use ending punctuation in the 240 field only when such a mark of punctuation is part of the data

The marks of punctuation are:

period (.) ° Precede or follow abbreviations consisting of two or more letters with a space
° If initials appear on the source of information without full stops between them, record the letters without spaces between them
     » this applies also to separate letters
° Leave one space after a period or other mark of ending punctuation that serves to separate units of access points
° If the period or other mark of ending punctuation is not followed by a subfield code (which would generate a space on display), input a space ° Precede the name of a language in authorized access points of works or expressions by a period as instructed in unless another mark of ending punctuation is present
internal and ending punctuation
comma (,)  
ending punctuation
quotation mark (") ° Use double quotation marks instead of other forms of quotation marks
° If a unit of an access point other than the last ends in a quotation mark, input a period or other mark of ending punctuation inside [emphasis added] the quotation mark
ending punctuation
question mark (?)  
ending punctuation
exclamation mark (!)  
internal and ending punctuation
hyphen (-) ° Open date: leave one space between an open date and any data that follow it within the same subfield. When a subfield code immediately follows an open date, do not leave a space
internal and ending punctuation
ampersand (&) ° Input one space on either side of an ampersand or an ampersand equivalent used in an access point
internal punctuation
closing parenthesis ()) ° If a unit of an access point other than the last ends in a closing parenthesis, input after the closing parenthesis the same punctuation, usually a period, that would be used if there were no parenthesis
ending punctuation
closing bracket (])  
ending punctuation
(6.2.1.9) Abbreviations
Use the abbreviations that are integral parts of the title of the work.

Thematic catalogs

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

See also Work numbers for authorized access points [121]


A thematic catalog (or thematic index) is a list of works, usually of one composer, but occasionally of a specific collection of a specific institution or of multiple composers, based on medium of performance, type of work, etc. Some may include a detailed description of each work. These descriptions may include one or more of the following:

  • name of the work
  • name by which the work is popularly known
  • medium of performance
  • form or type of composition
  • opus and serial or work number
  • author of text, if applicable
  • musical incipit (the opening notes (and text, when applicable) of a work, and, in some cases, the opening notes of each movement)
  • location of manuscript
  • date and/or place of composition
  • date and/or place of first and/or subsequent publication

A catalog may be arranged in chronological order by opus or work number or by some other method, for example, by medium of performance. Those arranged by medium of performance may be sub-arranged in chronological order or by key.


Opus numbers

An opus number is a unique number assigned by a composer or by publishers to some or all of that composer's work or group of works.

According to New Grove, opus number were, until 1800, more common in instrumental music than in vocal music and stage works. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, opus numbers frequently were assigned by the publisher at the time of publication. It was not uncommon for different publishers to issue the same work under different opus numbers or to assign the same opus number to different works by the same composer. Considering all this, it is not safe to assume that opus numbering represents chronological order.

Opus numbers may appear in Arabic or roman form. The word "opus" may be in another language ("œuvre," "soch.," etc.), may be abbreviated ("op.," "œuv.," etc.), or may be another word meaning with the same meaning ("Werk").

WoO numbers

“WoO" is used when most, but not all, of a composer's works have opus numbers. The works that cannot be identified numerically are arranged chronologically or by form or genre and assigned numbers preceded by "WoO." This stands for Werke ohne Opuszahl, or "works without opus numbers." WoO numbers for a composer's works are used in authorized access points for music when they appear in a thematic index, in reference sources, or on published works.

Serial numbers

Serial numbers are usually assigned by the composer to a group of work of the same type of composition or in the same form in the order in which the works were written. Serial numbers that have been assigned posthumously are generally not used in authorized access points for music.

Work numbers

Work numbers (or thematic index numbers) are assigned by the person who creates a catalog of a composer's works. A "thematic index" or "thematic catalog" may be arranged chronologically, by medium of performance, by type of composition, or by some other criterion.

Thematic index numbers generally have an alphabetic prefix in the form of an initial or acronym. An initial may be first initial of the compiler's last name. The "K." in Mozart's thematic index number stands for Ludwig Köchel, the organizer of Mozart's works. When the numbers are taken from a reference source other than a thematic index, the first initial of the last name of the author of the article or book may be used. The thematic index numbers for Michel de Lalande are taken from the article by Sawkins in New Grove and are preceded by the letter "S." Two letters may represent the first initials of the composer's first and last names, as is the case with "MH," for Michael Haydn, or multiple authors of the composer's thematic index, such as "BI," standing for Bianchi and Inzaghi's index of Alessandro Rolla's works.

A thematic index number may also be an acronym representing the title of the thematic index. The letters in the thematic index numbers for J. S. Bach's works, "BWV," stand for Bach-Werke-Verzeichnis [Bach Work List], compiled by Wolfgang Schmieder.

Some thematic index numbers include indication of key, such as those for Johann Friedrich Fasch or Georg Philipp Telemann. In the following examples, the "FWV" is taken from the title of the thematic index for Fasch, Verzeichnis der Werke von Johann Friedrich Fasch [List of works by Johann Friedrich Fasch]. The thematic index is divided into sections by type of work/medium of performance, with each section assigned a letter. The letter is given in uppercase in an authorized access point. Section L lists Fasch's concertos. The letter following the colon signifies key, with uppercase letters for major keys and lowercase letters for minor keys. The number following the key indicates the position of that work within the sequence of works in that category and in that key, with numbers assigned by the compiler of the thematic index.

Thematic index number   Key      
FWV L:D11 D major
FWV L:e1 E minor

The thematic index numbers for Telemann's instrumental music are from Telemann-Werkverzeichnis, Instrumentalwerke [Telemann work list, instrumental works]. The source is divided into numbered sections. Section 42 includes works for two instruments and continuo, further subdivided by key.

Thematic index number    Key      
TWV 42:f1 F minor
TWV 42:F5 F major

Thematic catalogs may be superceded by newer catalogs. For example, the harpsichord sonatas of Domenico Scarlatti are currently assigned "K." numbers, for Ralph Kirkpatrick's ordering of the sonatas. Previously, "L." numbers, for Alessandro Longo's organization of the sonatas, were used. Generally, when a new thematic catalog is issued, it includes a concordance referring the new numbers to the numbers used in the older catalog.

When no thematic index exists for a composer, and some or all the works of that composer have been published in a monographic series, the numbering system by which the works have been organized in that source may be used. Work numbers for several early British composers, such as John Bull, William Byrd, Orlando Gibbons, and John Ward, are taken from the series Musica Britannica. Work numbers for these composers are preceded by "MB." The number in this authorized access point for a work by John Bull is taken from Musica Britannica volume 14, which is Bull's keyboard music. The work is number 25 in that volume:

     Bull, John, -1628. In nomines, keyboard instrument, MB 25, A minor

For a list of thematic indexes currently being used in the creation of authorized and variant access points in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File (LC/NAF), see the Music Library Association Cataloging and Metadata Committee's Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]

Sources:
Koth, Michelle. Uniform titles for music. Lanham, Md: Scarecrow Press, 2008.
Classical music cataloging systems explained [1462]
Thematic catalog (index) in The Harvard dictionary of music

Types of composition and LC subject headings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

This is a list of types of composition for which there are corresponding subject headings.

  • Types of compositions [1463] are used in preferred titles [873] for music, which are formulated according to RDA.
  • Subject headings are formulated according to the Library of Congress Subject Cataloging Manual.

Types of compositions that do not have corresponding subject headings (e.g., capriccios, impromptus, nocturnes) are not listed here.

For more information about the types of composition listed here, see Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [1463].

For the purposes of this list, brief instructions for the subject headings are in the "Comments" column.

*These brief comments are not meant to replace information found in the Library of Congress Subject Cataloging Manual. For complete instructions on the subject headings, consult the Subject Cataloging Manual or the subject authority record for a specific subject heading.

A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ

Type Subject heading Comments*
Agnus Dei Agnus Dei (Music) Do not include medium of performance in either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Allemande/Allemandes Allemandes Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for allemandes for a specific medium.
Anthem/Anthems Anthems For collections of anthems for various mediums of performance; assign an an additional heading for individual anthems and collections for a specific medium of performance, e.g., 1. Anthems. 2. Choruses [1464], Sacred (Mixed voices, 4 parts [1465]), Unaccompanied.
Aria/Arias
Arietta/Ariettas
Songs For solo voice with secular texts; for art songs, qualify the heading as appropriate by voice range and specification of accompaniment, e.g., Songs (High voice) with piano; Songs with orchestra; Songs, Unaccompanied.
Sacred songs For solo voice with sacred texts; qualify the heading as appropriate by voice range and specification of accompaniment, e.g., Sacred songs (High voice) with piano; Sacred songs with string orchestra; Sacred songs, Unaccompanied.
Ave Maria Ave Maria (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ayres for a specific medium, e.g., Choruses, Sacred (Women's voices) with organ.
Ayre/Ayres Ayres Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ayres for a specific medium, e.g., Songs (High voice) with lute.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Ballad/Ballads Ballads For collections of ballads in various unrelated languages. Works in a single language or group of languages are entered under this heading with language qualifier, e.g., Ballads, English.
Ballade/Ballades
(instrumental)
Ballades (Instrumental music) For ballades for a specific medium, a second heading is assigned, e.g. 1. Ballades (Instrumental music) 2. Piano music.
Ballade/Ballades
(vocal)
Ballades (Polyphonic chansons) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Ballett/Balletts Balletti (Part songs) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Barcarolle/Barcarolles
Barcarollette/Barcarollettes
Barcaroles new subject heading There is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance.
Basse danse Basses danses (Music) There is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance.
Beguine/Beguines Beguines (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for beguines for a specific medium.
Blues Blues (Music) Assigned to blues with voice(s) or for two or more instrumentalists; LC is not qualifying this heading by medium of performance; headings for individual instruments may be qualified by "(Blues)".
Bolero/Boleros Boleros (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for boleros for a specific medium.
Bossa nova Bossa nova (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for bossa nova for a specific medium.
Bourrée/Bourrées Bourrées Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for bourrées for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Canción/Canciónes
for vocal works
Songs See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Canon/Canons Canons, fugues, etc. For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance.
Cantata/Cantatas Cantatas For collections of sacred and secular cantatas for chorus of mixed voices or for various types of chorus (men's, mixed, women's, etc.).
Cantatas, Sacred For sacred cantatas for mixed voices or collections of sacred cantatas for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.).
Cantatas, Secular For secular cantatas for mixed voices or collections of secular cantatas for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.).
Solo cantatas For collections of sacred and secular solo cantatas for various ranges of voices (high, low, medium).
Solo cantatas, Sacred For collections of sacred solo cantatas for various ranges of solo voice (high, low, medium), collections for various combinations of two or more solo voices, or combinations of these types, and individual works for two or more solo voices. Assign an additional heading is assigned for the medium of performance for collections for the same combination of two or more solo voices, and individual works, e.g., 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal duets; 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal duets with orchestra; 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal trios with organ.
Solo cantatas, Secular For collections of secular solo cantatas for various voice ranges (high, low, medium).
Canticle/Canticles Canticles Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Canto/Canti/Cantos
for vocal works
Songs See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Canzonet/Canzonets
Canzonetta/Canzonettas
Canzonets (Part songs) For collections of canzonets and individual canzonets in more than one language. Collections of canzonets and individual canzonets in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. Canzonets (Part songs), English.
Carol/Carols Carols For collections of carols in various languages. Collections of carols and individual carols in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. Carols, English.
Cassation/Cassations Suites Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Catch/Catches Glees, catches, rounds, etc. Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Chacarera/Chacareras Chacareras (Music) [Although there is no scope note indicating such, this subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for chacareras for a specific medium.]
Chaconne/Chaconnes Chaconnes Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Chanson/Chansons
(14th to 16th centuries)
Polyphonic chansons See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Chanson/Chansons Songs Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Chant/Chants
for vocal works
Chants
[name of rite] chants
See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading; include the name of rite, e.g., Byzantine chants, Gregorian chants, etc., when applicable
Choralbearbeitung/Choralbearbeitungen
Chorale prelude/Chorale preludes
Choralvorspiel/Choralvorspiele
Choral-Vorspiel/Choral-Vorspiele
Chorale preludes Implied medium of performance: organ; for other mediums of performance, use the heading followed by the medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra)
Chorale/Chorales Chorales Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Choro/Choros Choros Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for choros for a specific medium.
Chorinho/Chorinhos Choros Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for choros for a specific medium.
Concertino/Concertinos
Concerto/Concertos
Concertos For concertos accompanied by full orchestra, use the heading followed by the solo instrument(s) in parentheses, e.g. Concertos (Piano); for concertos with accompaniment of an ensemble other than full orchestra, name the type of ensemble in the parenthetical statement following the word "with," e.g. Concertos (Flute with chamber orchestra)
Concerto grosso/Concerti grossi Concerti grossi Use for a collections of concerti grossi; for an individual concerto grosso, use the heading "Concertos" with medium of performance.
Conductus Conductus Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Country dance/Country dances Country-dances (Music) Although there is no scope note with instructions to not qualify this heading by medium of performance, there are references from the heading qualified by medium; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for country dances for a specific medium.
Courante/Courantes Courantes Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for courantes for a specific medium.
Credo Credo (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Czarda/Czardas Czardas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for czardas for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Dance/Dances Dance music For collections of miscellaneous dance music; individual dances are entered under headings for the dance form, e.g., Polkas; Waltzes.
Divertimentino/Divertimentinos
Divertimento/Divertimenti
Suites Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Division/Divisions
Divisions on a ground
Variations Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Double canon/Double canons Canons, fugues, etc. For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance.
Duet/Duets
Duettino/Duettinos
Duets For collections of compositions for various combinations of two instruments; collections of compositions and individual works for the same two specified instruments are entered under medium of performance headings, e.g., Bassoon and piano music; Violin music (Violins (2)); collections of compositions and individual works for 2 unspecified instruments or for 1 specified instrument and 1 unspecified instrument are entered under Duets followed by the medium of performance.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Ecossaise/Ecossaises Ecossaises Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ecossaises for a specific medium.
Entr'acte/Entr'actes Entr'acte music  
Estampie/Estampies Estampies Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fandangos for a specific medium.
Estudio/Estudios
Etude/Etudes
Étude/Études
Etüde/Etüden
‡v Studies and exercises For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments
Exercise/Exercises ‡v Studies and exercises For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments
Type Subject heading Comments*
Fandango/Fandangos Fandangos Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fandangos for a specific medium.
Fanfare/Fanfares Fanfares Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fanfares for a specific medium.
Finale/Finales Finales (Music) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Foxtrot/Foxtrots Foxtrots Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for foxtrots for a specific medium.
Fugue/Fugues
Fughetta/Fughettas
Canons, fugues, etc. For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance.
Furiant/Furiants Furiants Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for furiants for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Galliard/Galliards Galliards Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for galliards for a specific medium.
Galop/Galops Galops Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for galops for a specific medium.
Gavotte/Gavottes Gavottes Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for gavottes for a specific medium.
Gesang/Gesänge Songs For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Gigue/Gigues Jigs Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for jigs for a specific medium.
Glee/Glees Glees, catches, rounds, etc. Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Gloria Gloria in excelsis Deo (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Gradual/Graduals Graduals (Chants) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Guajira/Guajiras
for vocal works
Guajiras  
Gyakorlat/Gyakorlatok ‡v Studies and exercises For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments
Type Subject heading Comments*
Habanera/Habaneras Habaneras Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for habaneras for a specific medium.
Hornpipe/Hornpipes Hornpipes Not qualified by medium of performance. For hornpipes for a specific medium, an additional heading is assigned for the medium of performance.
Hymn/Hymns Hymns For collections of hymns and hymns of a particular denomination, with qualification, when appropriate, by language, e.g. Hymns, English.
Type Subject heading Comments*
In nomine/In nomines In nomine (Music) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Interlude/Interludes Interludes (Music) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Introit/Introits Introits (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Type Subject heading Comments*
Jota/Jotas Jotas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for jotas for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Krakowiak/Krakowiaks Krakowiaks Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for krakowiaks for a specific medium.
Kyrie Kyrie eleison (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Type Subject heading Comments*
Ländler Ländler (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for Ländler for a specific medium.
Laulu/Laulut Songs For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Lied/Lieder Songs For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Type Subject heading Comments*
Madrigal/Madrigals Madrigals Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for madrigals for a specific medium. For madrigals in a single language, qualify the heading by language, e.g. Madrigals, English.
Magnificat/Magnificats Magnificat (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Mambo/Mambos Mambos (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for mambos for a specific medium.
March/Marches
Marcietta/Marciettas
Marches Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Mass/Masses Masses Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Mazurka/Mazurkas Mazurkas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for mazurkas for a specific medium.
Mélodie/Mélodies Songs For vocal works, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Milonga/Milongas Milongas (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for milongas for a specific medium.
Minuet/Minuets Minuets Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for minuets for a specific medium.
Miserere Psalms (Music)--51st Psalm
or
Psalms (Music)--57th Psalm
Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Modinha/Modinhas Modinhas [Although there is no scope note indicating such, this subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for modinhas for a specific medium.]
Motet/Motets Motets For collections of motets for various mediums of performance; assign an an additional heading for individual motets and collections for a specific medium.
Musicals Musicals For theatrical productions, principally of 20th century American or British origin, consisting of musical numbers (songs, ensembles, and dances) integrated into a dramatic framework.
Revues For theatrical productions featuring a series of songs, dances, and other entertainments without any unifying dramatic element.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Noël/Noëls Carols, French Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Nonet/Nonets Nonets For collections of compositions for nine instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of nine instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Octet/Octets Octets For collections of compositions for eight instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of eight instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Offertory/Offertories Offertories (Music) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Overture/Overtures Overtures For overtures for orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for overtures for other mediums of performance.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Part song/Part songs
Part-song/Part-songs
Partsong/Partsongs
Part songs Secular vocal chamber music works for solo voices or chorus, unaccompanied or with instruments, including collections and individual works in more than one language; part songs in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. ‡a Part songs, English
Partita/Partitas Suites Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Pasodoble/Pasodobles Pasodobles Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for pasodobles for a specific medium.
Passacaglia/Passacaglias Passacaglias For collections of passacaglias for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for individual passacaglias and collections of passacaglias for a specific medium of performance.
Passamezzo/Passamezzos Passamezzos Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for passamezzos for a specific medium.
Passepied/Passepieds Passepieds Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for passepieds for a specific medium.
Pastoral/Pastorals
Pastorale/Pastorales
Pastoral music (Secular) For instrumental and vocal pastoral(e)s; for sacred pastoral(e)s, assign the appropriate subject heading for the vocal form.
Pavan/Pavans Pavans Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for pavans for a specific medium.
Polka/Polkas Polkas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for polkas for a specific medium.
Polonaise/Polonaises Polonaises Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for polonaises for a specific medium.
Potpourri/Potpourris
Pot-pourri/Pot-pourris
Potpourris For collections of musical potpourris for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of potpourris for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium.
Prélude de choral/Préludes de chorals Chorale preludes For compositions originally written or arranged for organ; for other mediums of performance, use the heading followed by the medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra)
Psalm/Psalms Psalms (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; for collections of various Psalms set to music and individual compositions with text from several Psalms; for individual works with text from a single Psalm, indicate the specific Psalm in ‡v, e.g., Psalms (Music) ‡v 100th Psalm.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Quadrille/Quadrilles Quadrilles Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for quadrilles for a specific medium.
Quartet/Quartets
Quartettino/Quartettinos
Quartets For collections of compositions for four instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of four instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Quintet/Quintets
Quintettino/Quintettinos
Quintets For collections of compositions for five instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of five instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Quodlibet/Quodlibets Quodlibets (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for quodlibets for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Rag/Rags Ragtime music May be used as a qualifier under headings for certain individual instruments, e.g., Piano music (Ragtime)
Requiem/Requiems Requiems For requiems for mixed voices and collections of requiems for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.); for individual requiems and collections of requiems for one group of voices, add the name of that vocal group in parentheses, e.g., Requiems (Men's voices)
Rhapsody/Rhapsodies Rhapsodies (Music) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Rigaudon/Rigaudons Rigaudons Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for rigaudons for a specific medium.
Romance/Romances
(instrumental)
Romances (Music) Include medium of performance in uniform title; subject heading not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for romances for a specific medium
Romance/Romances
(vocal)
Songs See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Rondeau/Rondeaux Rondeaux (Polyphonic chansons) Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading
Rondino/Rondinos
Rondo/Rondos
Rondoletto/Rondolettos
Rondos For collections of rondos for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of rondos for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium.
Rumba/Rumbas Rumbas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for rumbas for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Saltarello/Saltarellos Saltarellos Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for saltarellos for a specific medium.
Salve Regina Salve Regina (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Samba/Sambas Sambas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sambas for a specific medium.
Sanctus Sanctus (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Saraband/Sarabands Sarabands Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sarabands for a specific medium.
Sardana/Sardanas Sardanas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sardanas for a specific medium.
Scherzando/Scherzandos
Scherzettino/Scherzettinos
Scherzino/Scherzinos
Scherzino/Scherzinos
Scherzo/Scherzos
Scherzos For collections of scherzos for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of scherzos for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium.
Seguidilla/Seguidillas Seguidillas (Music) For both instrumental and vocal seguidillas.
Septet/Septets Septets For collections of compositions for seven instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of seven instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Serenade/Serenades Suites For instrumental music.
Sevillana/Sevillanas Sevillanas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sevillanas for a specific medium. [instructions based on LC practice.]
Sextet/Sextets Sextets For collections of compositions for six instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of six instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Siciliana/Sicilianas Sicilianas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sicilianas for a specific medium.
Sinfonia/Sinfonie
Sinfonietta/Sinfoniettas
Symphonies For symphonies for orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonies for other mediums of performance.
Son/Sones Sones there is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance.
Sonata/Sonatas
Sonatille/Sonatilles
Sonatina/Sonatinas
Sonatinetta/Sonatinettas
Sonatas For works for one or two solo instruments; for collections of compositions for one or two solo instruments; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for individual sonatas and collections of sonatas for a specific medium of performance; sonatas for three or more solo instruments are entered under headings for the medium of performance; for sonatas for two melody instruments and continuo, see trio sonatas.
Song/Songs Songs See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Spiritual/Spirituals
TYPE when a vocal work
Spirituals (Songs) Not qualified by medium of performance or format subdivision
Stabat Mater Stabat Mater dolorosa (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Studie/Studien
Studio/Studi
Study/Studies
‡v Studies and exercises For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments
Suite/Suites Suites Include medium of performance in both when appropriate
Symphonic poem/Symphonic poems
Sinfonische Dichtung/Sinfonische Dichtungen
Sinfonische Gedicht/Sinfonische Gedichte
Symphonische Dichtung/Symphonische Dichtungen
Symphonic poems Implied medium of performance: orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonic poems for other mediums of performance.
Symphony/Symphonies
Sinfonietta/Sinfoniettas
Symphonies Implied medium of performance: orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonies for other mediums of performance.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Tango/Tangos Tangos Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for tangos for a specific medium.
Tarantella/Tarantellas Tarantellas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for tarantellas for a specific medium.
Te Deum Te Deum laudamus (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Terzettino/Terzettinos Trios For collections of compositions for three instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of three instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Toccata/Toccatas
Toccatina/Toccatinas
Toccatas Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for toccatas for a specific medium.
Trio/Trios Trios For collections of compositions for three instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of three instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family.
Trio sonata/Trio sonatas Trio sonatas For collections of trio sonatas for two melody instruments and continuo; add medium of performance to this heading for individual trio sonatas and collections of trio sonatas for two specific melody instruments and continuo; for sonatas for one or two solo instruments, see sonatas.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Übung/Übungen ‡v Studies and exercises For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments
Type Subject heading Comments*
Variation/Variations Variations For collections of variations for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual variations and collections of variations for a specific medium of performance.
Vesper/Vespers Vespers (Music) Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts
Villancico/Villancicos Villancicos (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; villancicos for a specific medium, assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for villancicos for a specific medium, e.g. Part songs, Spanish.
Villanella/Villanelle Villanelle (Part songs) For vocal works.
Vocalise/Vocalises Vocalises See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading
Type Subject heading Comments*
Waltz/Waltzes Waltzes Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for waltzes for a specific medium.
Type Subject heading Comments*
Zortzico/Zortzicos Zortzikos (Music) Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for zortzikos for a specific medium.

Work numbers for authorized access points

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]

Work numbers for authorized access points for composers whose works are assigned numbers other than opus numbers or numbers in addition to opus numbers

See also Thematic catalogs [881]

Many composer's works are assigned work (or thematic index) numbers [1468] in addition to or in place of opus or serial numbers.

For a list of thematic indexes currently being used in the creation of authorized and variant access points in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File (LC/NAF), see the Music Library Association Cataloging and Metadata Committee's Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]

RDA

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also Preferred titles [8]

  • Best practices for music cataloging using RDA and MARC 21 [1469] (RDA Toolkit, requires subscription)
  • Transcription [1470] (RDA 1.7) including capitalization [1471] and abbreviations [1472]
    • Capitalization of foreign terms [1473] based on RDA Appendix A
  • Recording numbers [1474] (RDA 1.8) and dates [1475] (RDA 1.9)
  • Copy or new edition [1476]? (LC-PCC PS for 2.1) and Revised editions [1477]
  • Preferred source of information [1478] (RDA 2.1.2.2-3 and 2.2)
  • Titles [1479] (RDA 2.3)
    • Title proper [1480]
    • Parallel title proper [1481]
    • Other title information and other parallel title information [1482]
    • Variant title [1483]
  • Statement of responsibility for titles [1484] (RDA 2.4)
  • Edition statement [725] (RDA 2.5)
  • Production, publication, distribution & manufacture statements and copyright date [794] (RDA 2.7-2.11)
  • Content, media, and carrier type [619] (RDA 6.9, 3.2, 3.3 & MARC 336-338)
  • Extent and dimensions for notated music and text [1485] (from RDA 3.4 & 3.5)
  • Sound characteristics [1486] (RDA 3.16 & MARC 344)
  • Describing content [1487] (from RDA Chapter 7)
  • Publisher's and plate number for music [797] (RDA 2.15.2 & 2.15.3)
  • Names
    • Persons
      • Recording names [1488] (RDA 8.4-8.5)
      • Identifying, choosing, and recording preferred and variant names for persons [1489] (RDA 9.0-9.2)
        • Surnames that include an article and/or preposition [1490] (RDA F.11) | Entry element for Spanish and Portuguese surnames [1491]
      • Recording other attributes of persons [1492] (RDA 9.3-9.18)
      • Constructing access points and variant access points to represent persons [1493] (RDA 9.19-9.2)
      • LC/PCC practice for creating NARs for persons who use pseudonyms [1494]
  • Relationship designators
    • Metadata Guidance Documentation: Relationship Labels [1495] (LC)
    • relationship designators between: a resource and persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with the resource [723] (RDA Appendix I) | works, expressions, manifestations [1496] (RDA Appendix J)
    • From PCC:
      • Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records [1497]
      • PCC Guidelines for the Application of Relationship Designators in NACO Authority Records [1498] (Word document)
  • RDA short checklists [1499] (Yale)
  • FRBR
    • FRBR, WEMI & music [1500]
  • AACR2 to RDA
    • A brief overview of some of the changes from AACR2 to RDA [1501]
  • RDA and MARC
    • RDA to MARC bibliographic mapping [632] (maps RDA elements to corresponding MARC 21 bibliographic elements; in RDA Toolkit)
    • RDA in MARC [642]
    • Examples of MARC RDA record [1502] (from RDA Steering Committee) (in RDA Toolkit)
  • Presentations
    • RDA for music: classical music audio recordings [1503]
    • RDA for music : popular, jazz, and world music audio recordings [1504]
    • A brief introduction to RDA for scores & sound recordings [1505] / Nancy Lorimer
    • RDA and sound recordings—a cataloging workshop [1506] / Kathy Glennan
    • RDA and music basics: scores [1507] (ALA webcast) / Kathy Glennan
    • RDA and music basics: sound recordings (ALA webcast) / Kathy Glennan
  • RDA YouTube channel [1508]

A brief overview of some of the changes from AACR2 to RDA

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Terminology | Abbreviations | Dimensions | Recording and transcribing | Inaccuracies, omissions | Dashes, brackets
Chief/preferred source | Edition statement | Publication statement | Publication dates and copyright/phonogram dates
Extent (RDA 3.4)/Physical description (AACR2) | Physical description of sound recordings | General material designation | Notation | Uniform titles/Preferred titles

Sources:
RDA and sound recordings—a cataloging workshop [1509] by Kathy Glennan
A brief introduction to RDA for scores & sound recordings [1505] by Nancy Lorimer
Changes from AACR2 to RDA: a comparison of examples [1510] by Adam L. Schiff, Principal Cataloger, University of Washington Libraries
Significant changes for cataloging music: AACR2 vs. RDA [1511] by Daniel Paradis, Concordia University
Terminology:
Some RDA terminology differs from that of AACR2:
AACR2 RDA
heading authorized access point (AAP)
uniform title preferred title [8]; conventional collective title
physical description carrier [1512]
sound disc, etc. audio disc, etc.
author creator (includes composers, librettists, lyricists)
performer contributor
chief source preferred sources [1478]
general material designator

content, media, and carrier type

Abbreviations: [1472]

From Kathy Glennan, MLA-L, 1/17/2014

  • RDA generally eschews abbreviations. The primary exceptions are for:
    • Units of measurement
    • Abbreviations that are regularly used in resources and are commonly understood by users (e.g., "SATB", "op.")
    • Abbreviations that a resource uses to identify itself (e.g., "BWV" instead of "Bach-Werke-Verzeichnis")

Abbreviations are used only when they appear on the resource. The exceptions are no. and op. (which will be used the same way as they were in AACR2: in the title area, abbreviate only when abbreviated on the item; abbreviate in access points), thematic index numbers, voice range (SATB, etc.), and units of measurements.
     Use "in." for inches; however, "cm" is no longer considered to be an abbreviation
Use "stereo" and "mono" (also no longer considered to be abbreviations), but spell out other terms ("quadrophonic," etc.)

AACR2 RDA
p. pages
ca. approximately
i.e. that is
acc. accompanied
unacc. unaccompanied
arr. arranged
ill. illustrations
col. color
facsim. facsimile
ed. edition
S.l. [place of publication not identified]
s.n. [publisher not identified]
n.d. [date of publication not identified]
Examples of some of changes to abbreviations used in the physical description (extent of item)
AACR2 RDA
3 vol. 3 volumes
ca. 200 p. approximately 200 pages
48 [i.e. 96] p. 48, that is, 96 pages
[16] p. of plates 16 unnumbered pages [1513] of plates
Dimensions [1514]:
AACR2: the system of measurement used to record dimensions varies depending on the type of resource.
RDA: metric units are used. (LCPS 3.5.1.3 allows for using inches for discs (RDA 3.5.1.4.4))

Metric units:
AACR2: they are considered abbreviations and are followed by a full stop (e.g., cm.)
RDA: they are treated as symbols and are not followed by a full stop (e.g., cm).

Examples of changes to abbreviations used in dates [1515] in authorized access points representing persons (formerly known as name headings)

AACR2 RDA LC practice (when it varies from RDA)
b. 1825 born 1825 1825-
d. 1859 died 1859 -1859
fl. flourished active
ca. 1837 approximately 1837 ----
1836 or 7 1836 or 1837 ----
18th cent. 18th century ----
16th/17th cent. active 16th century-17th century ----
Recording and transcribing:
RDA differentiates between recording and transcribing [1470] elements.
   ° Recorded elements: the found information is often adjusted
   ° Transcribed elements: the data is accepted as found on the resource
   ° The transcribed elements are:
Element Associated MARC field
title 245 ‡a, ‡b
statement of responsibility 245 ‡c
edition statement 250 ‡a, ‡b
numbering of serials 490 ‡v
production statement 264 _0 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
publication statement 264 _1 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
distribution statement 264 _2 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
manufacture statement 264 _3 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
series statement 490 ‡a

New to RDA:
Capitalization [1471]: RDA Appendix A: LC policy is to follow the capitalization on the resource or follow the instructions in Appendix A.
Diacritics [1516]: Transcribe when they appear; not necessary to add them when they are omitted from the resource.
Abbreviations [1472]: RDA Appendix B: Transcribe as found on the RDA preferred source; otherwise do not use abbreviations

Other things:
Parallel titles [1481] may be taken from anywhere on the resource, and are not enclosed in brackets
   ° However, other title information [1482] must be taken from the same source as the title proper
Statement of responsibility [1484] may be taken from anywhere on the resource
   ° Transcribe title, terms of address, etc.
   ° Transcribe all persons named, even when there are four or more
Edition statement:
   ° Abbreviations are used only when they appear on the resource
   ° Use the form of numbering (e.g., Arabic, roman, etc.) that appear on the resource

Inaccuracies, omissions [1517]:
AACR2: Inaccuracies are transcribed followed either by [sic] or by "i.e." and the correction in square brackets. Missing letter(s) are supplied in square brackets.
RDA: Inaccuracies are transcribed as they appear on the source of information. If necessary, a note may be made correcting the inaccuracy, and the title as corrected may be recorded as a variant title if it is considered important for access.

Examples
AACR2 1.0F
245 10 ‡a Morton Feldmans Untiteled [sic] composition für Cello und Klavier
246 3  ‡a Morton Feldmans Untitled composition für Cello und Klavier

RDA 1.7.9, 2.3.1.4
245 10 ‡a Morton Feldmans Untiteled composition für Cello und Klavier
246 3  ‡i Title should read: ‡a Morton Feldmans Untitled composition für Cello und Klavier

AACR2 1.0F
245 00 ‡a Horn sonat[a]s
246 3  ‡a Horn sonats

RDA 1.7.9, 2.3.1.4
245 00 ‡a Horn sonats
246 3  ‡i Title should read: ‡a Horn sonatas

Dashes, brackets
AACR2: ... (ellipses) and [ ] square brackets are replace by — and ( ).
RDA: The punctuation is transcribed as it appears on the source.

Example
Title appears on the resource as
...Huésped de las nieblas...
...Guest from the mists...
for flute and piano

AACR2 1.1B1F
245 10 ‡a --Huésped de las nieblas-- = ‡b --Guest from the mists-- : for flute and piano

RDA 1.7.3
245 10 ‡a ...Huésped de las nieblas... = ‡b ...Guest from the mists... : for flute and piano

Chief/preferred source [1478]:
Title:
Scores Sound recordings
AACR2 RDA (2.2.2.2) AACR2 RDA (2.2.2.4)
caption
cover
colophon
other preliminaries
other sources
cover
caption
masthead
colophon
  label*
embedded textual material
elsewhere on the resource
   (container, insert, etc.)
*Use the label:
     ° even when there is a collective title elsewhere on the resource
     ° only if the information found there represents the resource as a whole
For multi-disc sets, use the labels collectively
Edition statement [725]: (250 field) will now encompass elements relating to the format of music that were scattered over various areas in AACR2:
° Musical presentation statement (e.g., Score and parts), an AACR2 element tagged in the 254 field
° Statements of responsibility relating to the format of music (e.g., vocal score by [name]), currently tagged in 245/‡c
° Voice range statements (e.g., High voice)
Publication statement [794]: A new, repeatable MARC field (264) is used for production, publication, distribution, printing, and copyright date
1st indicator: always blank
2nd indicator:  
0= production (for unpublished resources)
1= publication
2= distribution
3= manufacture
4= copyright notice date (optional)

Abbreviations [1472] are not used unless they appear on the resource.

Place of publication: if more than one, only the first is required (2.8.2)
   ° Include all hierarchies of place, e.g., New Haven, CT, USA
   ° No requirement to include place in the US if the publisher is not in the US
Publisher name: if more than one, on the first is required (2.8.4)
   ° Use the full name as found on the resource, e.g., Theodore Presser Company, Hildegarde Publishing Company
   ° Include all corporate hierarchies of the name of publisher
Date of publication: record the date as found on the resource
   ° LCPS 1.8.2 (first alternative) says to transcribe roman numerals and not convert to Arabic

Place, name, and/or date of publication not identified on resource:
   ° AACR2: [S.l.], [s.n.], [n.d.]
   ° RDA: [place of publication not identified], [publisher not identified], [date of publication not identified]
      ° LCPS instruction strongly encourages: supply a place of publication in brackets or date in brackets
      ° Each subfield is separately bracketed: D1.2.1: When adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets.

from: RDA Basics [1518] (PPT)

 
Publication dates and copyright (©)/phonogram () dates [1519] are different elements in RDA and the copyright date may not be used for the date of publication.

If the date of publication is unknown, use [Date of publication not identified] or an estimated date in brackets, with a question mark, if necessary.
Copyright/phonogram date is not required if a publication date is known. However, for music materials, it is strongly suggested that copyright/phonogram dates are included, even when they are the same as the publication date.
   ° Record the latest copyright date; for recordings, prefer dates over © dates.

Extent [1485] (RDA 3.4)/Physical description (AACR2):
The number and type of units (a physical or logical constituent of a resource; e.g., a volume, audiocassette, film reel, a map, a digital file) and/or subunit (a physical or logical subdivision of a unit; e.g., a page of a volume, a frame of a microfiche, a record in a digital file)
   Give the extent if the resource is complete or if the total extent is known

Use the appropriate term, which may be a term from the carrier type list (3.3.1.3 [1512]) or a general term (3.4.1.3)

Notated music:
Some terms are no longer used.

AACR2 RDA
(see 7.20.13 or metadata registry [1520] for a full list of terms)
v. of music, p. of music, leaves of music score
close score condensed score (now used for both vocal and instrumental scores)
miniature score study score
Examples
AACR2 RDA
16 p. of music 1 score (16 pages)
1 miniature score 1 study score
1 close score 1 condensed score
1 sound disc 1 audio disc
1 sound cassette 1 audiocassette
Physical description of sound recordings:
Most terms for types of carriers used in the extent are modified. The word "sound" is discontinued to avoid confusion with content.
AACR2 RDA
sound cartridge audio cartridge
sound disc audio disc
piano, [etc.] roll audio roll
sound cassette audiocassette
sound tape reel audio tape
sound track film reel, [cassette, etc.] sound-track reel
Additionally, some details are given even if they are standard for the type of resource:
° type of recording: analog, digital (3.16.2.3)
° recording medium (3.16.3.3)
° playing speed (3.16.4.3)
° groove characteristic (3.16.5.3) (e.g., microgroove)
° track configuration (3.16.6.3)
° tape configure (number of tracks on an audiotape) (3.16.7.3) (e.g., 12 track)
° playback (3.16.8.3) (e.g., mono, stereo)
° special playback characteristics (3.16.9.3) (e.g., Dolby, CD audio, DVD audio, MP3, SACD)
° tape configuration (number of tracks on an audiotape)
° dimensions of cartridges and cassettes, including the width of the tape
   ° metric units are used for dimensions, but RDA allows for the use of another system of measure
      (e.g., inches: 4 3/4 in.)
General material designation:

Three new fields (336, 337, 338) collectively replace the General material designation (245 ‡h)
See Content, Media, and Carrier [619] (RDA 6.9, 3.2, 3.3 & MARC 336-338)

Notation [1521]: indicating type of notation, even with it is staff notation, is required in RDA (7.13; see also metadata registry [1522]) and is given in the 546 field: graphic notation [1523], letter notation [1524], mensural notation [1525], neumatic notation [1526], number notation [1527], solmization [1528], staff notation, tablature [1529], tonic sol-fa [1530].
Uniform titles/Preferred titles (See also A comparison of uniform titles (AACR2) and preferred titles (RDA) [870] In progress)
Two separate steps in RDA
   1. record attributes (6.2-6.26)
   2. determine which attributes to use in the authorized access point (6.27-6.31)

Authorized access points comprise
   ° preferred name of the creator (if applicable)
   ° preferred title of work (6.2.1 [1531], 6.14 [873], 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876])
   ° additional elements to differentiate among other works/expressions (6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877])

Differences from AACR2:
   ° no equivalent to AACR2's "works of mixed responsibility"
   ° "work(s)" in RDA refers to both individual works and compilations
   ° medium of performance in access point can contain more than three elements
   ° standard chamber combinations (e.g., string quartet, piano trio, etc.) are no longer used
   ° use "cello" not "violoncello"
   ° spell out "acc." "arr." and "unacc."
   ° fewer restrictions on recording key
   ° librettos and operas are considered separate works
Source: RDA and Sound Recordings—A Cataloging Workshop: Cataloging with RDA—Sound Recordings [1509]

RDA open metadata registry [1532] (controlled lists of vocabulary to be used in RDA) related to music:
   ° carrier type [1533] (includes all, not just music)
   ° content type: notated music [1534], tactile notated music [1535], performed music [1536]
   ° format: notated music [1537]
   ° extent: notated music [1520], performed music [1538] (includes non-audio carriers that may or may not apply to performed music)

Specific to sound recordings:
   ° type of recording [1539], configuration of playback channels [1540], special playback characteristics [1541], generation of audio recording [1542]
Specific to notated music:
   ° other distinguishing characteristics of the expression of a musical work [1543]

Medium of performance:
   ° medium of performance [1544], instrumental music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band [1545], standard combinations of instruments [1546], solo voices [1547], choruses [1548]
      See also Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] (not RDA)

Capitalization of foreign terms

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Capitalization of foreign terms based on RDA Appendix A

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

name headings | other areas of the bib record | calendar divisions, time periods | other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | Miscellaneous See also Capitalization of key, opus, and numbers [527]

Name headings
Personal name headings (See also Recording names (RDA 8.4-8.5) [1488])
  English (A10-A.30) French (A.40) German (A.41) Italian (A.43) Spanish (A.53)
Prefixes [1490] if in a language other than English, follow the usage of the person; if in doubt, capitalize it prefixes consisting of an article or contraction of an article and a preposition      
Names of corporate bodies
  English French German Italian Spanish
  Yes: capitalize the first word of each name
° the name of an international organization or alliance
  » the full name of a legislative or judicial body; administrative department, bureau, or office; armed force (or component part of an armed force) and an accepted shortened form of name for any of these;
° the name of an institution, association, conference, company, religious denomination or order, local church, etc., or of a department or division and a noun, noun phrase, adjective, or adjectival phrase derived from the name that refers to a member or members of the body
but No: an article preceding the name, even when it is part of the official name;
a generic word (e.g., society, company, conference) when used alone or with an article
1st word, adjective preceding 1st noun, the 1st noun, all proper nouns   1st word, proper nouns, religious terms, word following an adjective denoting royal or pontifical privilege  
(A.2.1) For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form
Other areas of the bibliographic record
  English French German Italian Spanish
Nouns No
° Plural generic term belonging to two or more proper names
Yes: when it precedes the distinctive nouns
No: when it follows the nouns.
capitalize nouns denoting nationality Yes    
Titles of persons Yes:
° any title or term of honour or address that immediately precedes a personal name;
° the name or abbreviation of an academic degree, honour, religious order, etc.;
° esquire, junior, senior and their abbreviations;
° religious title;
° term of honour or respect;
° epithet occurring with, or used in place of, a personal name;
° name of a people, race, tribe, or ethnic or linguistic group and an adjective derived from such a name;
° name of a language
No: titles designation rank or office
Yes: titles of address or reference
° Saint: No: when refers to a person; Yes: otherwise
  Yes for ceremonial titles consisting of a possessive pronoun and a noun expressing an abstract quality; No: otherwise
° San (santo, etc.): No: when refers to a person; Yes: when it is abbreviated and when it is an integral part of the name of a place, a building, etc.
Yes:
° titles of honour and address when they are abbreviated;
° Su Excelencia, Su Majestad, etc., when used alone, written out or abbreviated but No: when used with a name or another title
Proper name derivatives No: a word derived from a personal or place name when it is used with a specialized meaning No: names of and adjective derived from names of:
  » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations;
  &#187 religions;
  » languages;
° adjectives derived from geographic names
° common noun used as a generic word in a geographic name
Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality
Yes: adjectives that consist of a personal name followed by an apostrophe and the ending –sche (including its inflected forms, but No: other adjectives containing a personal name
Yes:
° indeclinable adjectives derived from geographic names;
° adjectives, pronouns, and numerals used as parts of a name or title
No: proper adjectives
No: names of and adjective derived from names of:
  » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations;
  &#187 religions;
  » languages;
° adjectives derived geographic and personal names;
Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality
No
Personal pronouns No No No but Yes: Sie and Ihr and their inflected forms when used in formal address No: io but Yes: pronouns of formal address No: yo but Yes: pronouns of formal address
Geographic names Yes: name of a geographic feature, region, etc. but No: a descriptive adjective not part of an accepted name        
Political divisions Yes:
° the name of a political division (e.g., a country, state, province, city);
° a popular name of a place, or the name of a legendary place;
° a word such as empire, kingdom, state, country, and city following a proper name if it is a commonly accepted part of the name but No: when such a word when used alone to indicate a political division.
Yes: état when it refers to the nation   Yes: stato when it refers to the nation  
Names of structures, streets, etc. Yes:
° the name of a building, monument, or other structure, and the name of a road or street
No: words such as avenue, bridge, hotel, and park when they are used alone
No: rue and its synonyms
° église: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
  No: via and its synonyms
° chiesa: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
° iglesia: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
Calendar divisions, time periods
  English French German Italian Spanish
days of the week
months
seasons
centuries
cultural periods
holidays
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes

No
No
 
  No
No

Yes when proper names

No
No
 
Other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc.
  English French German Italian Spanish
Single letters used as words or parts of compounds (e.g., A major; A-Dur [1549]) Yes including
° the interjection O or Oh;
° a letter that refers to a letter of the alphabet.
  See Capitalization of key [1549]    
Hyphenated compounds 1st part: Yes: when guidelines require
2nd part:
Yes: when
  » it is a noun or a proper adjective;
  » it has the same force as the 1st part
No: when
  » it modifies the 1st part;
  » the 2 parts constitute a single word
       
Hyphenated prefixes No: when joined by a hyphen to a capitalized word, unless other guidelines require its capitalization        
Miscellaneous
  English French German Italian Spanish
      No:
° cardinal numbers under one million;
° adverbs;
° verbal phrases;
° adjectives modifying nouns that are implied if the noun has been expressed elsewhere in the same sentence;
° fractions when they directly precede a noun or a cardinal number
   

Constructing access points (RDA 9.19) and variant access points (RDA 9.2) to represent persons

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

General guidelines on constructing access points (9.19.1) | Title or other designation (9.19.1.2) | Date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3) | Fuller form of name (9.19.1.4) | Period of activity (9.19.1.5) | Profession or occupation (9.19.1.6) | General guidelines on constructing variant access points (9.19.2.1)

(9.19.1.1) General guidelines on constructing access points
Use the preferred name for the person [1550] (9.2.2) as the basis for the access point.

Make additions to the name as instructed at 9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6, in that order, as applicable.
     ° Make the additions specified at 9.19.1.2 even if they are not needed to distinguish access points representing different persons with the same name.
     ° Make the additions specified at 9.19.1.3-9.19.1.6 if they are needed to distinguish access points representing different persons with the same name.

Optional addition: Make the additions specified at 9.19.1.3-9.19.1.6 even if they are not needed to distinguish access points representing different persons with the same name.

If no suitable addition is available, use the same access point for all persons with the same name. Use an undifferentiated name indicator (8.11) to indicate that the name is undifferentiated.

LC practice/PCC practice: Differentiating authorized access points for persons
Include the date of birth and date of death if available in the authorized access point for a person when creating a new name authority record.
If an addition is needed to differentiate the authorized access point for one person from the authorized access point for another person, apply cataloger judgment when choosing to add one of the following (not listed in priority order) to the authorized access point being established:
     ° period of activity of the person,
     ° fuller form of name,
     and/or
     ° profession or occupation.
If there are no additions readily available to differentiate the access point in the new authority record, make an addition to the existing authorized access point.

(9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6) Additions to access points representing persons
(9.19.1.2) Title or other designation associated with the person
Add to the name one or more of the following elements (in this order), as applicable:
     ° a title of royalty (9.4.1.4) or nobility (9.4.1.5)
     ° the term Saint [1551] (9.6.1.4)
     ° title of religious rank (9.4.1.6-9.4.1.8)
     ° the term Spirit [1551] (9.6.1.5)
     ° the profession or occupation [769] (9.16) for a person whose name consists of a phrase or appellation not conveying the idea of a person.

Exceptions:
° Title of nobility: Add a title of nobility only if the title or part of the title commonly appears with the name in resources associated with the person or in reference sources.
     ° Disregard reference sources dealing with the nobility.
     ° In case of doubt, add the title.
° Saint: Do not add Saint to an access point representing a pope or an emperor, empress, king, or queen.

(9.19.1.3) Date of birth and/or death
Add the date of birth [802] (9.3.2) and/or date of death [803] (9.3.3) if needed to distinguish one access point from another.

Optional addition: Add the date of birth and/or death even if there is no need to distinguish between access points.

LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: Authority records:
New records: Add a date of birth and/or date of death to new authority records, even if not needed to distinguish between access points.
Existing records: Unless otherwise changing the 100 field, do not add a date of birth and/or date of death to an existing AACR2 or RDA authorized access point without dates.

LC practice/PCC practice (9.19.11): Giving dates for persons:
     ° If giving both a date of birth and a date of death or giving a span of dates for period of activity, separate the dates with a hyphen.
     ° If giving only a date of birth, use a hyphen after the date
          » Do not use the term "born" with the date.
     ° If giving only a date of death, use a hyphen before the date
          » Do not use the term "died" with the date.
     ° If giving a date or dates for period of activity, use "active" and "century" rather than the abbreviations "fl." and "cent."
          » The term "active" should appear before the first period of activity date (e.g., "active 12th century)

Examples:

Year of birth and death both known:
Year and day of birth needed to resolve conflict:
Jolson, Al, ‡d 1886-1950
Schmidt, Franz, ‡d 1874 December 22-1939
Only year of birth or year of death known:
Year of birth known; year of death unknown:
Year of birth unknown; year of death known:
Year of birth unknown; year of birth questionable:
Gragnani, Filippo, ‡d 1767-
Franck, Melchior, ‡d -1639
Bedyngham, John, ‡d -1459?
Year of birth or death known to be one of two years:
Year of birth one of two years; year of death known:
Year of birth known; year of death one of two years:
Year of birth unknown; year of death one of two years:
Year of birth and year of death both one of two years:
Finck, Heinrich, ‡d 1444 or 1445-1527
Fischer, Johann, ‡d 1646-1716 or 1717
Johnson, John, ‡d -1594 or 1595
Leaumont, Marie Robert, ‡c chevalier de, ‡d 1762 or 1764-1812 or 1814
Approximate dates:
Approximate year of birth; year of death known:
Year of birth known; approximate year of death:
Approximate year of birth; year of death unknown:
Year of birth unknown; approximate year of death:
Both year of birth and death approximate:
Year of birth approximate; year of death one of two years:
Bassani, Giovanni Battista, ‡d approximately 1650-1716
Janitsch, Johann Gottlieb, ‡d 1708-approximately 1763
Št'astný, Jan, ‡d approximately 1764-
Biggs, E. S. ‡q (Edward Smith), ‡d -approximately 1820
Brumel, Antoine, ‡d approximately 1460-approximately 1515
Senfl, Ludwig, ‡d approximately 1486-1542 or 1543
Active dates:
Single year:
Single approximate year:
Range of years:
Range of years; beginning date questionable:
Range of years with approximate beginning year:
Range of years with approximate end year:
Range of years with approximate beginning and end years:
Century:
Period of activity crosses centuries:
Schlick, Arnolt, ‡d active 1512
Browne, John, ‡d active approximately 1490
Reiner, André ‡d active 1828-1831
Goscalch, ‡d active 1385?-1395
Rush, ‡c Mr. ‡q (George), ‡d active approximately 1760-1780
Courteville, Raphael, ‡d active 1687-approximately 1735
De Domarto, Petrus, ‡d active approximately 1470-approximately 1485
Ruiz de Ribayaz, Lucas, ‡d active 17th century
Anthonello, ‡c de Caserta, ‡d active 14th century-15th century
(9.19.1.4) Fuller form of name
Add a fuller form of the person's name [778] (9.5) if needed to distinguish one access point from another.
     ° Make this addition when the person's date of birth or date of death (9.19.1.3) is not available.

Optional addition: Add a fuller form of name even if there is no need to distinguish between access points. Add the fuller form of name before the date of birth and/or death.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: Authority records:
New records
Apply the option to provide a fuller form of name if a part of the forename or surname used in the preferred name is represented by an initial or an abbreviation, if the cataloger considers it important for identification.
     ° Add unused forenames or surnames only if needed to distinguish one access point from another.
Existing records
Unless otherwise changing an existing heading (e.g., conflict), do not change an existing AACR2 or RDA heading merely to add or remove a fuller form of name.

(9.19.1.5) Period of activity of the person
Add the period of activity of the person [804] (9.3.4) if needed to distinguish one access point from another. Make this addition when the following elements are not available:
     ° date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3)
     or
     ° fuller form of name (9.19.1.4)

Optional addition: Add the period of activity of the person even if there is no need to distinguish between access points.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: Do not apply.

(9.19.1.6) Profession or occupation
Add a term indicating the class of persons engaged in the profession or occupation of the person [769] (9.16), if needed to distinguish one access point from another.
Make this addition when the following elements are not available:
     ° date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3)
     or
     ° fuller form of name (9.19.1.4)
     or
     ° period of activity (9.19.1.5)
(9.19.2.1) General guidelines on constructing variant access points
Use a variant name for the person [1552] (9.2.3) as the basis for the access point.

Make additions to the name, if considered important for identification, applying the instructions at 9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6, as applicable.

LC practice/PCC practice: In addition to the reason given in the instruction, also make additions to a variant access point when needed to break a conflict with an authorized access point in another record, or with another variant access point in the same record.

Content, media, and carrier type (RDA 6.9, 3.2, 3.3 & MARC 336-338)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Three new fields (336, 337, 338) collectively replace the general material designation (GMD) (245 ‡h):
     ° Content type (RDA 6.9; MARC 336)
     ° Media type (RDA 3.2; MARC 337)
     ° Carrier type (RDA 3.3; MARC 338)
     ° Examples
  AACR2 RDA
GMD (245 ‡h) content (336) media (337) carrier (338)
score: 245 ‡h [music] notated music unmediated volume or sheet
compact disc: 245 ‡h [sound recording] performed music audio audio disc
volume = one or more sheets bound or fastened together to form a single unit
sheet = RDA definition: a flat piece of thin material (paper, plastic, etc.)
= music-specific definition: a single sheet of notated music

source: Significant changes for cataloging music: AACR2 vs. RDA [1553] by Daniel Paradis, Concordia University
 

(6.9) Content type (MARC 336 [1554])
Content type is the form of communication through which the content is expressed and the human sense through which it is intended to be perceived.
(6.9.1.2) Sources of Information
Take information on content type from any source.
(6.9.1.3) Recording content type
Record the type of content contained in the resource using one or more of the terms listed in 6.9.1.3. [See music-specific content types below.]
     ° Record as many terms as are applicable to the resource being described.

Record content type as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both.

If none of the terms listed in table 6.1 apply to the content of the resource being described, record other.
If the content type(s) applicable to the resource being described cannot be readily ascertained, record unspecified.

Content type is coded in the 336 field
In bibliographic records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed.
     ° Used in conjunction with Leader /06 (Type of record), which indicates the general type of content of the resource.
     ° Enables expression of more specific content types and content types from various lists.
In authority records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed
     ° Enables expression of content types from various lists when the authority record is for a title or name/title.
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a = content type term Content type of the work being described
Take the term from the first column at Term and Code List for RDA Content Types [1555]
   ° music specific: notated music, performed music; tactile notated music; moving image
‡b = content type code Code representing the content type of the work being described
Take the code from the second column at Term and Code List for RDA Content Types [1555]
Notated-music and sound-recording specific codes for 336/‡a & ‡b and /06:
RDA content type (336/‡a) MARC codes for RDA terms (336/‡b) Leader (/06) codes  
notated music ntm c or d
performed music prm j
‡2 = source MARC code for the source of the term or code used to record the content type information
Take the code from Genre/form code and term source codes [1556]
   °‡2 rdacontent
‡3 = materials specified part of the described materials to which the field applies
   °should be placed at the end of field

Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1557] and authority data [1554]

If more than one term is appropriate, give each term in a separate 336 field OR use the term representing the predominant or most substantial content.

Best practices for music cataloging [1558]: If deemed useful for identification and access, record content type(s) associated with accompanying material that is described in 500 note.
Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers:
     Encode in a separate 336 fields. Also code a 006 field.
     Example:
     006 jsynn######n
     336 text ‡2 rdacontent
     336 performed music ‡2 rdacontent

Audio/video carriers with substantial accompanying volume of text (insert, booklet, etc.):
     Encode in a separate 336 fields.
     Example:
     336 performed music ‡2 rdacontent
     336 text ‡2 rdacontent

If a score contains significant textual matter (e.g., critical commentary, libretto, preface), give "text" in a separate 336 field.
Do not give "text" in a separate 336 field merely to represent words that underlay the notated music.

(3.2) Media type (MARC 337 [1559])
Media type is the general type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource.
(3.2.1.2) Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording media type. If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.2.1.3) Recording media type
Record the media type using one or more of the terms listed in 3.1.2.3. [See music-specific media types below.]

Alternative: If the resource being described consists of more than one media type, record only
     ° the media type that applies to the predominant part of the resource (if there is a predominant part)
     or
     ° the media types that apply to the most substantial parts of the resource (including the predominant part, if there is one) using one or more of the terms listed in table 3.1, as appropriate.

If none of the terms listed in table 3.1 apply to the media of the resource being described, record other.
If the media type(s) applicable to the resource being described cannot be readily ascertained, record unspecified.

Media type is coded in the 337 field
In bibliographic records: Media type reflects the general type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource.
     ° Used as an alternative to or in addition to the coded expression of Media type in field 007/00 (Category of material).
     ° Enables indication of more specific media types and media types from various lists.
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a = media type term Term for the category of media used to convey the content of the resource
Take the term from the first column at Term and Code List for RDA Media Types [1560]
   ° music specific: audio, video, computer, unmediated
‡b = media type code Code for the category of media used to convey the content of the resource
Take the code from the second column at Term and Code List for RDA Media Types [1560]
Notated-music and sound-recording specific codes for 336/‡a & ‡b and 007/00:
RDA media type (337/‡a) MARC codes for RDA terms (337/‡b) MARC media codes (007/00)  
unmediated (score) n t
audio s s
‡2 = source MARC code for the source of the term or code used to record the media type information
Take the code from Genre/form code and term source codes [1556]
   °‡2 rdamedia
‡3 = materials specified part of the described materials to which the field applies
   °should be placed at the end of field

Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1559]

(3.2.1.3) If more than one term is appropriate, record the media type that applies to the predominant part of the resource, or to the most predominant part of the resource, or to the most substantial parts of the resource

Scores: use the term "unmediated" when the resource can be perceived directly through one or more of the human senses without the aid of an intermediating device. This will apply to books and notated music that can be read by the human eye.

(3.2.1.3) Recording media type for:
Recordings: use the term audio for media used to store recorded sound, designed for use with a playback device such as a turntable, audiocassette player, CD player, or MP3 player. Includes media used to store digitally encoded as well as analog sound.

Best practices for music cataloging [1561]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Record media type associated with the primary content of a resource in all cases.

If feasible, record media type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows. Record multiple instances of media type in separate 337 fields:
Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers:
     Encode in 337 and 007/00.
Audio/video carriers with accompanying volume (insert, booklet, etc.):
     Encode in 337.

(3.3) Carrier type (MARC 338 [1562])
Carrier type is the format of the storage medium and housing of a carrier in combination with the type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource.
(3.3.1.2) Sources of Information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording carrier type. If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.3.1.3) Recording carrier type
Record the type of carrier used to convey the content of the resource using one or more of the terms listed in 3.3.1.3. [See music-specific carrier types below.]
     ° Record as many terms as are applicable to the resource being described.

Alternative: If the resource being described consists of more than one carrier type, record only
     ° the carrier type that applies to the predominant part of the resource (if there is a predominant part)
     or
     ° the carrier types that apply to the most substantial parts of the resource (including the predominant part, if there is one) using one or more of the terms listed below, as appropriate.

If none of the terms listed apply to the carrier type(s) of the resource being described, record other.
If the carrier type(s) applicable to the resource being described cannot be readily ascertained, record unspecified.

Carrier type is coded in the 338 field
In bibliographic records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed.
     ° Enables expression of content types from various lists when the authority is for a title or name/title.
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a = carrier type term Term for the category of carrier used to convey the content of the resource
Take the term from the first column at Term and Code List for RDA Carrier Types [1563]
Music specific:
   ° notated music: volume, sheet
   ° audio: audio cartridge, audio cylinder, audio disc, audio roll, audiocassette, audiotape reel,
      sound-track reel
   ° video: video cartridge, videocassette, videodisc, videotape reel
‡b = carrier type code Code representing the category of carrier used to convey the content of the resource
Take the code from the second column at Term and Code List for RDA Carrier Types [1563]
Notated-music and sound-recording specific codes for 338/‡a & ‡b and 007/01:
RDA carrier terms (338/‡a) MARC codes for RDA terms (338/‡b) MARC unmediated carrier codes (007/01)  
volume (score) nc none
sheet (score) nb none
RDA carrier terms (338/‡a) MARC codes for RDA terms (338/‡b) MARC audio carrier codes (007/01)
audio cartridge sg g
audio cylinder se e
audio disc sd d
sound track reel si i
audio roll sq q
audiocassette ss s
audiotape reel st t
other [recording] sz z
‡2 = source MARC code for the source of the term or code used to record the carrier type information
Take the code from Genre/form code and term source codes [1556]
   °‡2 rdacarrier
‡3 = materials specified part of the described materials to which the field applies
   °should be placed at the end of field

Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1562]

If more than one term is appropriate, record the carrier type that applies to the predominant or most substantial parts of the resource

Don't confuse carrier type with extent (MARC 300 ‡a), as they have some terms in common:

carrier type [1533] extent [1538]
audio disc
audiocassette
audiotape reel
audio disc(s)
audiocassette(s)
audiotape reel(s)

Best practices for music cataloging [1564]: If feasible, record carrier type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows.
Record multiple instances of carrier type in separate 338 fields:
Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers:
     Encode in 338 and 007/01.
Audio/video carriers with accompanying volume (insert, booklet, etc.):
      Encode in 338.

Examples of content, media, and carrier type coded in the 336, 337, and 338 fields:

book:
336 __ text ‡b txt ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier

score:
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier

score (1 unnumbered leaf):
2013560306
336 __ notated music ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ unmediated ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ sheet ‡2 rdacarrier

recording:
336 __ performed music ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ audio ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ audio disc ‡2 rdacarrier

score with accompanying recording, using ‡3:
OCLC #893675831
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 score
336 __ performed music ‡b prm ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 CD
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 score
337 __ audio ‡b s ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 CD
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 score
338 __ audio disc ‡b sd ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 CD

2013568122
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent
336 __ performed music ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 CD
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia
337 __ audio ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 CD
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier
338 __ audio disc ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 CD

OCLC #878958253
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 score
336 __ sounds ‡b snd ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 audio disc
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 score
337 __ audio ‡b s ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 audio disc
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 score
338 __ audio disc ‡b sd ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 audio disc

OCLC #902818148
336 __ ‡3 score ‡a notated music ‡2 rdacontent
336 __ ‡3 audio disc ‡a performed music ‡b prm ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ ‡3 score ‡a unmediated ‡2 rdamedia
337 __ ‡3 audio disc ‡a audio ‡b s ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ ‡3 score ‡a volume ‡2 rdacarrier
338 __ ‡3 audio disc ‡a audio disc ‡b sd ‡2 rdacarrier

score and part with accompanying recording, using ‡3:
OCLC #873668584
336 __ ‡3 score and part ‡a notated music ‡b ntv ‡2 rdacontent
336 __ ‡3 disc ‡a performed music ‡b prm ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ ‡3 score and part ‡a unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia
337 __ ‡3 disc ‡a audio ‡b s ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ ‡3 score and part ‡a volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier
338 __ ‡3 disc ‡a audio disc ‡b sd ‡2 rdacarrier

2013569166: CD-ROM
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 score
336 __ performed music ‡a notated music ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 CD-ROM
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 score
337 __ computer ‡b c ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 CD-ROM
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 score
338 __ computer disc ‡b cd ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 CD-ROM

USB flash drive
336 __ notated music ‡b ntm ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 score
336 __ performed music ‡a notated music ‡2 rdacontent ‡3 USB flash drive
337 __ unmediated ‡b n ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 score
337 __ computer ‡b c ‡2 rdamedia ‡3 USB flash drive
338 __ volume ‡b nc ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 score
338 __ computer chip cartridge ‡b cb ‡2 rdacarrier ‡3 USB flash drive

book with accompanying recording:
2012465727
336 __ text ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ unmediated ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ volume ‡2 carrier
336 __ performed music ‡2 rdacontent
337 __ audio ‡2 rdamedia
338 __ audio disc ‡2 rdacarrier

Copy or new edition? and Revised editions

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Copy or new edition? (LC-PCC PS for 2.1) and Revised editions

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

These guidelines LC practice/PCC practice followed to determine whether a resource is a copy of an earlier edition or it is a separate edition requiring a separate bibliographic record.
Copy New edition
Consider that the book is a copy if the only variation is one or more of the following:
° a difference in the printing or copyright date when there is also a publication date;
° a minor variation in an entity's name when a publisher uses multiple forms concurrently;
   » A genuine name change, even if minor, should not be considered a variation;
° the addition, deletion, or change of an ISBN;
° a difference in binding;
or,
° a difference in the edition statement or the series whenever the item is a CIP book issued by the publisher in both a hardbound and a softbound version.
Consider that a new edition is involved whenever:
° there is an explicit indication of changes (including corrections) of content;
or,
° anything in the MARC 245 field, 250 field, 300/‡a, or 4XX field differs from one bibliographic record to another.

Revised editions

From Revised editions [1565], Dave Reser, LC Policy & Standards Division, December 2011

New Work New expression
The creator is the same but a title change or other information indicates the resource has a very different scope of content or coverage

The creator has changed but the resource is presented as an adaptation or revision of the previous work:
° adaptation or revision of the previous work and is presented as the work of the adapter/reviser (6.27.1.5)
° Optionally, relate the works with an:
     » unstructured description in a note (500 field)
     or
     » authorized access point (7XX name/title field)
° Optionally, use relationship designators applicable to works (Appendix J.2)
     » Do not use "revision of" because that is an expression relationship
 

The creator is the same and:
° there is no indication there has been a major shift in focus
° it is presented as an edition of the original work

° New expression : no change in title proper
     » probably the most common situation
     » often indicated by new edition statements
     » no need for uniform title

° New expression : title proper changes
          » Change in practice between AACR2 and RDA:

AACR2:
° Do not use a uniform title
° Use "edition and history" note
° Make related work added entry to earlier expression
RDA:
° Use a preferred title (the title of the original work or by which it has become known) (6.27.1.5)
° Use edition statement and other elements to identify expression differences

° New expression : order of creators' names differs
     » construct the authorized access point based on the first resource received (6.27.1.3)

° New expression : additional creator
     » New expression if scope/content not vastly different
     » New work if resource has very different scope/content

Relating expressions
° Use an authorized access point to relate all the expressions of the same work
° Optionally, give information on the previous expression using:
     » unstructured description: 500 note
     » structured description: 775 ("Revision of:")

Describing content (from RDA Chapter 7)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Intended audience (7.7) | Date and place of capture (7.11) | Language of the content (7.12) | Form of notation (7.13) | Illustrative content (7.15) | Format of notated music (7.20) | Medium of performance (7.21) | Duration (7.22) | Performer, narrator, and/or presenter (7.23) | Artistic and/or technical credit (7.24)

These are guidelines on recording the attributes of works and expressions associated with the intellectual or artistic content of a resource that users typically rely on when selecting a resource to meet their requirements relating to content (nature of the content, intended audience, language, etc.)
(7.1.1) Sources of information
Take information used to describe content:
     ° from the resource itself
     ° from sources outside the resource in certain cases
     ° sources of information given for specific elements in RDA chapter 7
(7.2) Nature of the content
The nature of the content is the specific character of the primary content of a resource (e.g., legal articles, interim report).
(7.2.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the nature of the content from any source.
(7.2.1.3) Recording the nature of the content
Record the nature of the content if it is considered to be important for identification or selection.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Make a note describing the genre/form of one or more of the works or expressions embodied in the resource if deemed useful for identification and access (i.e., if the work or expression is not adequately described by the title or by using appropriate genre/form or subject headings).
"Hybrid" notes may be constructed stating both genre/form and medium of performance (7.21), especially if compilations of diverse works can be thus described more concisely than by giving the elements separately.

Examples:
2011568262 Musical in three acts.
2010562599 Song cycle for mixed choir with piano accompaniment.

(7.7) Intended audience
The class of user for which the content of a resource is intended, or for whom the content is considered suitable, as defined by age group (e.g., children, young adults, adults), educational level (e.g., primary, secondary), type of disability, or other categorization.
(7.7.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the intended audience from any source.
(7.7.1.3) Recording the intended audience
Record the intended audience for the content if the information is stated on the resource or is readily available from another source and is considered to be important for identification or selection.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If applying this element, routinely encode 008/22. Additionally, make a note in a 521 field if deemed useful for identification and access.

2012562624
     500 __ "Artist level."
OCLC #826876151
     500 __ 500 "Level: advanced."
OCLC #830536867
     521 8_ "Parental advisory, not suitable for the school run"--Container.
OCLC #823831193
     521 1_ "Ages 5 and up."
OCLC #824151427
     521 8_ Music: Grade 5.
OCLC #774046337
     521 2_ Grades 3-6.
OCLC #826863449
     521 8_ Music: Grade 3-4 (ASTA)
OCLC #793521312
     521 8_ Music: Part 1, Grade 6 +; Part 2, Grade 4-5; Part 3, Grade 2-3; Part 4, Grade 1-2 (ABRSM/Trinity).

(7.11) Place and date of capture
The place and date associated with the capture (i.e., recording, filming, etc.) of the content of a resource.
(7.11.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the place and date of capture from any source.
(7.11.2.1) Place of capture: the place of capture, naming the specific studio, concert hall, etc., if applicable, in addition to the name of the city, etc.
(7.11.3.1) Date of capture: a date or range of dates associated with the capture (i.e., recording, filming, etc.) of the content of a resource.
Sources of information for place and date of capture
(7.11.2.2) Place of capture
(7.11.3.2) Date of capture
Take information on the place of capture from any source.
Recording place and date of capture
(7.11.2.3) Place of capture Record the place of capture, naming the specific studio, concert hall, etc., if applicable, in addition to the name of the city, etc.
(7.11.3.3) Date of capture record the date of capture, giving the year, month, day, and time, as applicable.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For audio and video recordings, routinely record place and date of capture if readily ascertainable, in a 518 field. If feasible, also record place and/or date of capture in a 033 field.

If recording multiple places of capture in 033, include a separate field for each place (along with associated dates). Encode multiple dates within one 033 field as either a range or, if feasible, separately.

Examples:
Only place of capture known:
OCLC #809265083
     033 0_ ‡b 5404 ‡c S7
     518 __ ‡o Recorded live ‡p Teatro Paramount, São Paulo.

Only range of dates of capture known:
OCLC #809369217
     033 20 1965---- ‡a 1968----
     518 __ ‡o Recorded ‡d 1965 to 1968.

Place and single date of capture known:
OCLC #836717407
     033 00 20130327 ‡b 3764 ‡c B6
     518 __ ‡p Recorded in Brown Hall ‡d 27 March 2013.
OCLC #825776096
     033 20 20111028 ‡a 20111029 ‡b 5754 ‡c L7
     518 __ ‡o Recorded ‡d 2011 October 28-29 ‡p Henry Wood Hall, London.
OCLC #826876224
     033 20 20120420 ‡a 20120422 ‡b 5754 ‡c C2
     518 __ ‡o Recorded ‡d 2012 April 20-22 ‡p St John's College Chapel, Cambridge.
OCLC #802332076
     033 20 20111128 ‡a 20111201 ‡b 3804 ‡c N4
     518 __ ‡o Recorded at ‡p Avatar Studios, NYC, ‡d 2011 November 28-December 1.

Place and month of capture known:
OCLC #825042684
     033 20 201108-- ‡b 6299 ‡c B3
     518 __ ‡o Recorded ‡d 2011 August ‡p Teldex Studio Berlin.
OCLC #826126819
     033 00 19800429 ‡b 3804 ‡c N4
     033 00 1954----
     518 __ ‡o Recorded ‡d 1980 April 29 ‡p The Juilliard Theater, New York.
     518 __ ‡3 Bonus tracks ‡o recorded ‡d 1954.

Multiple years of capture known:
OCLC #787796719
     033 20 1959---- ‡a 1961----
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 1-14, 19-22, 27-35 ‡o recorded ‡d 1961.
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 15-18, 25-26 ‡o recorded ‡d 1960.
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 23-24 ‡o recorded ‡d 1959.

Single place and multiple years of capture known:
OCLC #824910274
     033 10 1988---- ‡a 1990---- ‡a 1991---- ‡b 5754 ‡c L7
     518 __ ‡3 Discs 1 and 3 ‡o recorded ‡d 1990 ‡p Rosslyn Hill Chapel, Hampstead, London.
     518 __ ‡3 Disc 2 ‡o recorded ‡d 1991 ‡p Rosslyn Hill Chapel, Hampstead, London.
     518 __ ‡3 Disc 4 ‡o recorded ‡d 1988 ‡p Rosslyn Hill Chapel, Hampstead, London.
OCLC #829993730
     033 10 19940628 ‡a 19940629 ‡a 19940428 ‡a 19940429 ‡b 6299 ‡c B3
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 1-6 ‡o recorded ‡d 1994 June 13-14 ‡p Saal 1, Deutschland Radio Berlin.
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 7-15 ‡o recorded ‡d 1994 April 28-29 ‡p Saal 1, Deutschland Radio Berlin.

Multiple places and dates of capture:
OCLC #826859539
     033 00 19300602 ‡b 5834 ‡c P3
     033 00 1930---- ‡b 3804 ‡c N4
     033 00 19310513 ‡b 5754 ‡c L7
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 1-2 ‡o recorded ‡d 1930 June 2 ‡p Salle Chopin, Paris.
     518 __ ‡3 Track 3 ‡o recorded ‡d 1930 ‡p New York.
     518 __ ‡3 Tracks 4-11 ‡o recorded ‡d 1931 May 12-13 ‡p Studio C, Small Queen's Hall, London.
OCLC #818251761
     518 __ ‡o DVD segments filmed ‡d 1974-2008, ‡p various locations in Norway.
     518 __ ‡o CD recorded ‡d 2008 June, ‡p Sollia, Norway.

(7.12) Language of the content
a language used to express the content of a resource.
(7.12.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the language of the content from any source.
(7.12.1.3) Recording language of the content
Record details of the language or languages used to express the content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.

LC-PCC PS: In addition to recording the language of the primary content, also supply the languages of other content (summaries, tables of contents, etc.) if it will assist identification and selection.

Form of language:
When naming a language in a note, base the name on the form found in the current edition of MARC Code List for Languages [664], which provides for some alternatives to the language names in ISO 639-2, in order to correlate the MARC language names with those used in Library of Congress Subject Headings. Note the following when using the names from the code list:
1. Use the name found in boldface type.
2. Use the name for a specific language rather than the name of a language group.
3. Do not include parenthetical dates that appear with the name.
4. Retain other parenthetical qualifiers that appear with the name.
5. For the early form of a modern language that is found in an inverted form, use the early form in direct order within parentheses following the modern language.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. That is, routinely record language for the following linguistic content:
     ° Text underlying printed music (scores) (008/35-35, 041 ‡a)
     ° Sung or spoken text (sound recordings) (008/35-35, 041 ‡d)
     ° Text presented separately (e.g., librettos) (041 ‡e)
     ° Subtitles (041 ‡j)
     ° Language of accompanying text (e.g., critical commentary, program notes) (041 ‡g)
If readily ascertainable, also record:
     ° Original language of printed, sung or spoken text (041 ‡h)
     ° Original language of text presented separately (e.g., librettos) (041 ‡n)
     ° Original language of accompanying text (‡m)
Optionally, explain the language content in a 546 field (for primary language content) and/or a 500 field (for accompanying text), if deemed useful for identification and access.

Examples:
Single language, no accompanying material:
201256436
     lang: tat
     546 __ Tatar words.
2012564436
     lang: eng
     546 __ Sung and spoken in English

Single language, with accompanying material in the same language:
2012317063
     lang: por
     546 __ Portuguese words.
     500 __ Program notes and commentaries in Portuguese.

Single language, with accompanying material in a different language:
2012563317
     lang: lat
     041 0_ ‡a lat ‡g ger
     546 __ Latin words.
     500 __ ‡a Includes critical report in German.

Single language, with accompanying material in the same language and one other language:
2013560384
     lang: alb
     041 0_ ‡a alb ‡g alb ‡g eng
     546 __ Albanian words.
     500 __ Introduction in Albanian and English.

Multiple languages, neither of which is a translation of the other:
2011568076
     041 0_ ‡a eng ‡a lat
     500 __ Words in English or Latin.

Multiple languages, one of which is the translated language:
2011564848
     lang: mul
     041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a mac ‡a scr ‡a slv ‡a srr ‡h mac ‡h scr ‡h slv ‡h srr
     546 __ Texts in English and the original languages: Croatian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Slovenian.

Multiple languages, none of which is a translation; with accompanying material:
2013560342
     lang: mul
     041 0_ ‡a ger ‡a gre ‡a lat ‡e ger ‡e gre ‡e lat ‡e eng ‡g eng ‡n gre ‡n lat
     546 __ Latin, Greek, and German words.
     500 __ Composer's notes in English also include texts with English translation.

Multiple languages, only the predominant listed; with accompanying material in one of the languages:
2010563377
     041 0_ ‡a eng ‡a lat ‡g eng
     546 __ Principally English and Latin words.
     500 __ Includes notes by the composer.

Single translated language; the original language is not included in the resource:
2012564241
     041 1_ ‡a eng ‡h ger
     546 __ Words in English; originally in German.

Two languages one of which is a translation of the other:
2012564402
     041 1_ ‡a ger ‡a ita ‡h ita
     546 __ Italian words with interlinear German translation.

Two languages, one of which is a translation of the other; includes accompanying material in both languages:
2012560098
     lang: ger
     041 1_ ‡a ger ‡a eng ‡h ger ‡g ger ‡g eng
     546 __ German words with underlaid English translation.
     500 __ Preface in German and English.
2013560514
     041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a ger ‡g eng ‡g ger ‡h ger ‡m ger
     546 __ German words with English translation by Henry S. Drinker revised by John Coombs.
     500 __ Preface in German with English translation.
2013568182
     041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a cze ‡e cze ‡e eng ‡g eng ‡h cze
     546 __ English and Czech words; translated from Czech.
     500 __ Preface includes biography and notes on opera in English.
     500 __ "Czech pronunciation guide with English equivalent sounds and translation"--Page [10].

Two languages, neither of which is a translation of the other; includes accompanying material in two languages, one of which is a translation of the other:
2012564395
     lang: nor
     041 0_ ‡a nor ‡a ger ‡a eng ‡e nor ‡e ger ‡e eng ‡g eng ‡g ger ‡m nor ‡n eng
     546 __ Norwegian and German words with English translation also printed as text preceding each song.
     500 __ Preface in English with German translation.

(7.13) Form of notation
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the content of a resource.
(7.13.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the form of notation from any source.
(7.13.1.3) Recording form of notation
Record the following information, as applicable to the content of the resource:
     ° the script used to express the language content (7.13.2)
     ° the form of musical notation used to express the musical content (7.13.3)
     ° See RDA for other forms of notation
(7.13.2) Script
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the written language content of a resource.
LC-PCC PS: Script is a core element for LC if a language is commonly written in more than one script, and if the resource is in a script other than the primary one for the language.
(7.13.2.2) Sources of information
Take information on the script from any source.
(7.13.2.3) Recording scripts and (7.13.2.4) Details of scripts
(7.13.2.3) Record the script or scripts used to express the language content of the resource using one or more of the terms listed in ISO 15924.
LC practice/PCC practice: Use the English language names of scripts [1566]. Generally do not include the parenthetical information found in the list when recording the script name. If a resource is in a language that is commonly written in more than one script, name both the language and the script.
If the resource is in a script other than the primary one for the language, name both the language and the script in the language note (MARC 546).

(7.13.2.4) Record details of the script or scripts used to express the language content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.
LC practice/PCC practice: When recording complex notes involving multiple languages, record information about both the language and script in ‡a (Language note) of 546 field (language and script in same subfield because ‡a is not repeatable).

Examples:
2012564287
     546 __ English and Russian (Cyrillic) words.
2013568120
     546 __ Russian words with transliteration.
2012560180
     546 __ Chinese words, transliterated.
2012563459
     lang: heb
     041 0_ ‡a heb ‡g hrv ‡g heb ‡g eng ‡h hrv
     546 __ Hebrew words (romanized).
     500 __ Includes preface in Croatian and comments in Croatian, Hebrew, and English.

(7.13.3) Form of musical notation
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the musical content of a resource.
LC-PCC PS: Core element for LC/PCC
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. That is, routinely record form of musical notation. Use a separate 546 field.
(7.13.3.2) Sources of information
Take information on the form of musical notation from any source.
(7.13.3.3) Recording form of musical notation
Record the form of musical notation used to express the musical content of the resource using appropriate terms from this list:
     ° graphic notation [1523]
     ° letter notation [1524]
     ° mensural notation [1525]
     ° neumatic notation [1526]
     ° number notation [1527]
     ° solmization [1528]
     ° staff notation
     ° tablature [1529]
     ° tonic sol-fa [1530]

Encode multiple designations of form of musical notation and/or statements of details of form of musical notation in a single 546 field, in separate occurrences of ‡b. Capitalize the first word of each designation of form of musical notation and/or details of form of musical notation and separate each with a semi-colon (;).

Examples:
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Tablature.
     546 __ ‡b Verbal instructions.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Chord symbols; ‡b Guitar chord diagrams.
          ° for a "piano-vocal-guitar" score
2012336791
     546 __ ‡b Letter notation.
OCLC #823679510
     546 __ ‡b Graphic notation.
2013565066
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
     546 __ ‡b Graphic notation in the 5th movement.
OCLC #792796794
     546 __ ‡b Italian lute tablature.
2012428885
     546 ‡b Neumatic notation.
2012413279
     500 __ Number notation.
OCLC #793601939
     500 __ "Read-A-Rhythm Notation"--caption.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: MLA recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS. Encode form of musical notation and/or details of form of musical notation in a separate 546 field from language and script.
Examples:
2013560384
     546 __ Albanian words.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013568178
     546 __ Macedonian words.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013560511
     546 __ French words with Ukrainian translation.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2012336791
     546 __ Words in Telugu.
     546 __ ‡b Letter notation.

(7.13.3.4) Details of form of musical notation
Record details of the form of musical notation used to express the musical content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.
Examples:
OCLC #798098908
     500 __ Square notation on five-line staff.
OCLC #834137572
     546 __ ‡b Number notation, ‡b staff notation.
     500 __ 2 works in staff notation.
2012413279
     546 __ ‡b Number notation.
     546 __ ‡b Letter notation.
2012563742
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
     500 __ Shape-note notation.
OCLC #660057821
     500 __ In staff and Tonic sol-fa notation.
OCLC #770363409
     500 __ Printed on two staves for voice and keyboard instrument with interlinear text and figured bass.

chord symbols and chord diagrams:
LC practice shows "Chord symbols" and "chord diagrams" tagged in both 500 and 546. However, as Valerie Weinberg (CL) pointed out on MLA-L [1567] on 3/10/14 "'Chord symbols' is given as an example under 7.13.3.4, which maps to the 546."

2011569041
     500__ Consists of single melodic lines with chord symbols.
2012562902
     500__ Melody lines with chord symbols and guitar chord and keyboard chord diagrams.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013561032
     500__ Includes chord symbols.
2010562780
     500__ In staff notation with tablature and fingering diagrams.
2013568126
     500__ For voice and piano with guitar chord diagrams.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013566839
     500 __ Includes chord symbols and ukulele chord diagrams.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013562044
     500 __ Originally for voice and orchestra, accompaniment arranged for piano; includes chord symbols and chord diagrams for ukelele, guitar, and banjo.
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation.
2013568495
     500 __ Includes chord symbols, guitar chord diagrams, and interlinear words.
2013568122
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation. Includes tablature and chord symbols.
2013560058
     546 __ ‡b Staff notation, with chord symbols.

(7.15) Illustrative content
The content designed to illustrate the primary content of a resource (see 7.2).
(7.15.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on illustrative content from any source.
(7.15.1.3) Recording illustrative content
If the resource contains illustrative content, record illustration or illustrations, as appropriate.
     ° Tables containing only words and/or numbers are not considered as illustrative content.
     ° Disregard illustrated title pages, etc., and minor illustrations.

Alternative: Record the type of illustrative content in place of or in addition to the term illustration or illustrations, if it is considered to be important for identification or selection, using one or more appropriate terms from the list below.
music-specific: facsimiles illuminations photographs portraits
LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Generally do not record the type of illustrative content in place of or in addition to the term illustration or illustrations.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. In other cases, record illustrative content if deemed useful for identification and access.

Examples:
2010563374
     300 __ 1 score (various pagings) : ‡b illustrations ; ‡c 31 cm
2012428885
     300 __ 1 score (approximately 600 unnumbered pages) : ‡b illustrations (color) ; ‡c 34 cm
2013568120
     300 __ 1 score (157 pages) : ‡b color illustrations ; ‡c 30 cm.
2012562401
     300 __ 1 score (478 pages) : ‡b facsimiles ; ‡c 32 cm
2010562278
     300 __ 1 score (32 pages) : ‡b portrait ; ‡c 31 cm

If none of the terms listed above is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record details of illustrative content as instructed under 7.15.1.4.

Optional addition: Record the number of illustrations if their number can be ascertained readily (e.g., when the illustrations are listed and their numbers stated).

(7.15.1.4) Details of illustrative content
Record details of the illustrative content if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.
(7.16) Supplementary content
content (e.g., an index, a bibliography, an appendix) designed to supplement the primary content of a resource.
LC-PCC PS: Supplementary content is a core element for LC for indexes and bibliographies in monographs.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Note that "monographs" means all resources issued monographically, including scores and audio recordings. For audio recordings, this includes bibliographies and indexes found in accompanying inserts and booklets, since those form part of the resource.
(7.16.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on supplementary content from any source.
(7.16.1.3) Recording supplementary content
If the resource contains supplementary content, record the nature of that content (i.e., its type, extent, location within the resource, etc.), if it is considered important for identification or selection.

2006933958
     500 __ Includes works list.
2012563742
     500 __ Includes alphabetical and metrical indexes.
2012564419
     500 __ Includes program notes, performance instructions, and biographical information.
2010562595
     500 __ Includes biographical note with partial works list.
2012495210
     504 __ "Chronik und Werkverzeichnis": pages 337-348 and "Schriftenverzeichnis": pages 350-355.
2012563878
     500 __ "Fonti manoscritti della musica strumentale di Giovanni Battista Martini": pages iv-v.
2013560313
     500 __ Includes notes on performance and information about "paraphernalia" needed to modify the piano and listing of percussion instruments used.

LC-PCC PS: Record the presence of supplementary content in a note when the resource contains sections of special importance or would assist with identification or selection. Routinely consider the following as being important for selection:
bibliographies and bibliographical references, discographies, and filmographies, and indexes; appendices; errata slips that are not printed as part of the publication.
Give pagination or foliation unless the sections are scattered through the resource.

For the types of notes shown in the following examples, generally prefer a standardized construct, rather than a quotation from the resource:
2010476843
     504 __ Discography: pages 327-331.

If a publication contains bibliographical citations in any form, generally use the following note:
2012560741
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references.

If there is a single bibliography, add the foliation/pagination to the note.
2010494901
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (page 301).
2010538637
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (pages 167-180).
With respect to bibliographic citations and bibliographies, interpret the phrase "bibliographical references" to include all kinds of resources, including electronic resources; do not give any special treatment to, or provide special mention of, the latter if using this general bibliographical reference note.

Other examples:
2012423091
     504 __ Includes bibliography, discography, filmography, and WWW references (pages [199]-218).
2011493568
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (pages 239-240), discography (pages 241-242), and index.
2012423093
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (page [184]), discography (page [174]), and index.
2012468429
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (pages 389-403), filmography (page 403), discography (pages 403-407) and index.
2012023749
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references (pages 145-151), videography (pages 141-143), discography (pages 127-139), and index.
2011404152
     500 __ Includes discography (pages 232-235) and index.
2012027150
     504 __ Includes bibliographical references and discography.
2012027150
     504 __ Discography: pages 172-173.

(7.20) Format of notation music
the musical or physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the form of musical notation.
LC-PCC PS: core element for LC.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. This element is incorporated into extent of notated music (3.4.3 [1485]).
In addition, encode this element in 008/20 or 006/03 ("Format of music") and 008/21 or 006/04 ("Music parts") as appropriate.
(7.20.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the format of notated music from any source within the resource.
(7.20.1.3) Recording the format of notated music
Record the musical format using one or more appropriate terms from the list below:
  • score (a graphical, symbolic, or word-based musical notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble or a work for solo performer or electronic media)
         Best practices for music cataloging, draft: Note that the RDA definition of "score" includes music for a solo performer
  • condensed score (score in which the number of staves is reduced to two or a few, generally organized by instrumental sections or vocal parts, and often with cues for individual parts; used for close score, reduced score, short score)
  • study score (score issued in a musical image of reduced size, not primarily intended for use in performance. A descriptive phrase such as "Study score," "Miniature score," "Taschenpartitur," "Partition de poche," etc., usually appears on the resource)
  • piano conductor part (performance part for a piano performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct)
  • violin conductor part (a performance part for a violin performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct)
  • vocal score (a score showing all vocal parts, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted)
  • piano score (a reduction of an instrumental work or a vocal work with instruments to a version for piano. May include the words of a vocal work)
  • chorus score (a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted)
  • part (a component consisting of the music for the use of one or more, but not all, performers)
  • choir book (a large music book made to be placed on a stand in front of a choir. Each part is notated separately, usually in the configuration that presents, when the book is open, the soprano and tenor parts on the verso of a leaf, and the alto and bass parts on the recto of the next leaf.)
  • table book (a music book made to be placed on a table and displayed in such a way that the performers can read their parts while seated or standing across or around the table. Each part is notated separately, usually in a configuration that presents, when the book is open, different parts in inverted and/or perpendicular positions)

If none of the terms listed is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record details of the format of notated music as instructed under 7.20.1.4.

(7.20.1.4) Details of format of notated music
Record details of the format of notated music if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.

Examples:
2012563885
     500 __ Optional voice part (13 x 21 cm) inserted.
2012465494
     500 __ Includes some loose leaves inserted in each part to facilitate page turns.
OCLC #734038034
     500 __ Additional parts provided for flute, clarinet and bassoon to facilitate page turns.

(7.21) Medium of performance
the instrument, instruments, voice, voices, etc., used (or intended to be used) for performance of musical content.
LC-PCC PS: core element for LC.
(7.21.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the medium of performance of musical content from any source within the resource.
(7.21.1.3) Recording the format of notated music
Record the medium of performance of musical content if it is considered to be important for identification or selection.
If the musical content is for solo instruments, record them all. If the work is for an orchestra, band, etc., do not list the instruments involved.

Use abbreviations for voices as instructed in Appendix B.5.6:

  A = alto
  B = bass
  Bar = baritone
  Mz = mezzo-soprano
  S = soprano
  T = tenor

Examples:
2012563879
     500 __ For 4 trumpets, 3 tenor trombones, bass trombone, 6 horns, and tuba or contrabass tuba.
2012564384
     500 __ For 2 violins, viola, and cello.
2012562873
     500 __ For flute/alto flute, oboe/English horn, clarinet, horn, trumpet, trombone, percussion (2 players), harp, 2 violins, and cello.
2013570500
     500 __ For solo piano (volumes 1-4), three pianos/pianists (volume 5), and five pianos/pianists (volume 6).
2012562450
     500 __ Includes off-stage female voice, measures 1-43.
2011567286
     500 __ 500 Accompaniment for piano, bass and drum set.
2010498234
     500 __ 500 For (variously) soprano, mezzo-soprano, alto, baritone, bass and bass buffo (ad libitum) alternating the solo part; with orchestra.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Apply this element when the medium of performance is not adequately described by the title or by using controlled vocabularies.
Potential applications include, but are not limited to:
     ° specific choral parts (e.g., SATB)
     ° key and/or range of specific instruments
     ° original medium of work of which an arrangement is being cataloged
     ° alternative medium specified in the resource
     ° presence/absence of figured bass and realization of a continuo part

Examples:
2010562151
     500 __ For unaccompanied SSSAATB chorus.
2010562157
     500 __ For TTTBarBarB chorus.
2012564450
     500 __ For flute (and piccolo), clarinet (and bass clarinet), violin, cello, percussion, and piano.
2012563218
     500 __ For two 2 pianos, each with a separate instrumental group: group 1, piano no. 1: flute, bassoon, horn in F, trumpet in C, percussion, violin and cello; group 2, piano no. 2: oboe, clarinet, trombone, tuba, percussion, viola and double bass.
2012564286
     500 __ For clarinet and bass clarinet.
2012562871
     500 __ For flute/piccolo/alto flute, clarinet/bass clarinet, violin, cello, and percussion.
          title has: for amplified flute, clarinet, violin, violoncello, and percussion
2013560448
     500 __ For oboe, soprano saxophone, clarinet, bass clarinet, and bassoon.
2013560336
     500 __ For flute/alto flute, clarinet/bass clarinet, percussion, piano, violin, viola, and cello.
2011568390
     500 __ Accompaniment arranged for piano, with unrealized figured bass.
OCLC #816514318
     500 __ Figured bass realized for keyboard instrument.
OCLC #832709272
     500 __ Figured bass realized for harpsichord; includes continuo part for violoncello, viola da gamba, or bassoon.
OCLC #821263276
     500 __ Figured bass not realized.

"Hybrid" notes may be constructed stating both genre/form (see 7.2) and medium of performance, especially if compilations of diverse works can be thus described more concisely than by giving the elements separately.

Examples:
2012564241
     500 __ Spoken canon; for SATB chorus.
OCLC #821263276
     500 __ Oratorio for Holy Week; for SSTB soloists, SATB chorus, and orchestra.

(7.22) Duration
the playing time, running time, etc., of the content of a resource.
Duration also includes performance time for a resource containing notated music or notated movement.
LC-PCC PS: core element for LC.
(7.22.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on duration from any source.
(7.22.1.3) Playing time, running time, etc.
Record the time as follows, abbreviating terms for units of time as instructed in appendix B.5.3:
  hr. = hour, hours
  min. = minute, minutes
  sec. = second, seconds

If the total playing time, running time, etc.,
     ° is stated on the resource, record the time stated.
     ° is not stated on the resource but is readily ascertainable, record it.
     ° is neither stated on the resource nor readily ascertainable, record an approximate time preceded by approximately.
     ° cannot be approximated, omit it.

Optional addition: If the actual playing time, running time, etc., differs significantly from the time stated on the resource, record the stated playing time followed by that is and the actual playing time, running time, etc.
Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
Alternative: If the resource consists of more than one unit, and the units have a stated uniform playing time, running time, etc., or an approximate uniform playing time, running time, etc., record the playing time, running time, etc., of each unit followed by each.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
     ° Give total duration if the resource embodies one work/expression.
     ° Encode in 300 ‡a, a 500 note and/or a 306 field.
     ° Generally do not apply the alternative.
     ° Optionally, give total duration even if the resource embodies multiple works/expressions, if deemed useful for identification and access;
          » in this case, give total duration in 300 ‡a, and durations of the individual works/expressions in a 500 note and/or a 306 field.

Examples:
OCLC #825042684
     300 __ 1 audio disc (69 min., 22 sec.)
OCLC #830545492
     300 __ 1 compact disc (9 1/2 hours)
OCLC #832452812
     300 __ 1 audio disc (52 min., 31 sec.)
     306 __ 005331
OCLC #714747381
     300 __ 2 audio discs (65 min., 52 sec.; 79 min., 10 sec.)
     306 __ 006552 ‡a 007910
OCLC #828930214
     300 __ 1 audio disc (68 min., 25 sec.)
     306 __ 001524 ‡a 001854 ‡a 001042 ‡a 002323
     505 0_ Partita in E flat major (15:24) -- Eccosais (4:02) -- Partita in B flat major (18:54) -- Sextetto in C minor (10:42) -- Partita in E flat major (23:23).

(7.22.1.4) Performance time
For notated music and notated movement, if the performance time is stated on the resource, record the time stated.

Examples:
2012563880
     500 __ Duration: 2 min., 40 sec.
2013560441
     500 __ Duration: 4 min., 1 sec.
2012564419
     500 __ Duration: approximately 1 hr, 2 min.
2012564291
     500 __ Duration: 7:51.
2013560372
     500 __ Duration: approximately 8 min.
2010563380
     500 __ Duration: approximately 12 min., 30 sec.
2012563876
     500 __ Duration: 4 1/2 min.
2011568214
     500 __ Duration: about 5 min.
2012564324
     500 __ Duration: 8 minutes.
2010562591
     500 __ Duration: approximately 8 minutes.
2012563886
     500 __ Duration: 16-18 min.
2011567218
     500 __ Duration: approximately 25:00.
2012563110
     500 __ Duration: c. 14:00.
2011567206
     500 __ Duration: 15:00.

(7.22.1.5) Duration of individual parts
For a resource consisting of more than one component, record the duration of each component.

Examples:
OCLC #823228641
     300 __ 1 audio disc
     306 __ 000400 ‡a 000739 ‡a 000211 ‡a 000518 ‡a 000331 ‡a 001304 ‡a 000500 ‡a 000400
     505 0_ The "festive" overture (4:00) ; Gov gurvan saikhan : symphonic picture (7:39) ; Song of Mother (2:11) / Ts. Namsraizhav ...
OCLC #828019849
     245 00 Violin concerto in A minor, op. 82 ; Meditation : in D major, op. 32 ; Mazurka-oberek : in D major / ‡c Aleksandr Glazunov. Concerto quasi una fantasia in B flat major, op. 21 / Othmar Schoeck.
     300 __ 1 audio disc (69 min., 11 sec.)
     306 __ 002052 ‡a 000415 ‡a 000956 ‡a 003406
     500 __ Durations: 20:52; 4:15; 9:56; 34:06.

(7.23) Performer, narrator, and/or presenter
a person, family, or corporate body responsible for performing, narrating, and/or presenting a work.
(7.23.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on performers, narrators, and/or presenters from any source.
(7.23.1.3) Recording performers, narrators, and/or presenters
Record the names of performers, narrators, and/or presenters, if they are considered to be important.
For performers of music, indicate the medium in which each performs.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For audio and video recordings, routinely give performers, narrators and/or presenters in a 511 field. Optionally, give names of members of a musical group in parentheses after the name of the group, if deemed useful for identification and access.

Examples:
OCLC #793520422
     511 0_ Per Anders Buen Garnås, hardanger fiddle.
OCLC #828930214
     511 0_ Amphion Wind Octet.
OCLC #832461921
     511 0_ Cleveland Quartet ; Yo-Yo Ma, cello.
OCLC #820266468
     511 0_ Frans Brüggen, recorder ; Anner Bylsma, violoncello ; Gustav Leonhardt, harpsichord.
OCLC #793586309
     511 0_ Majorstuen (Jorun Marie Kvernberg; Andreas Ljones; Gjermund Larsen; Tove Dalbakk; Synnøve S. Bjørset; Ragnhild Furebotten)
OCLC #818251761
     511 0_ Personnel varies between performances, but members include: Sven Nyhus, fele (fiddle) ; Tore Løvgreen, trekkspill (accordion) ; Arne Sigurd Haugen, guitar ; Martin Thue, Giara bass, Jan Erik Konshaug, guitar ; Håkon Nilsen, Giara bass.

If there are numerous works/expressions embodied in the resource, and there are performers, etc. who perform only in some of the works/expressions, give all performers names, qualified by a designation for the works/expressions involved, if feasible. Optionally, give "Various performers" if giving fuller detail is not feasible or not deemed useful for identification and access.

Examples:
OCLC #829815414
     511 0_ Andrei Bondarenko, baritone (2nd work) ; Bergen Philharmonic Orchestra ; Andrew Litton, conductor.
OCLC #826876197
     511 0_ Mdi Ensemble (1st, 4th, 6th works) ; Jacopo Bigi, electric violin (2nd work) ; Sonia Formenti, flute (3rd work) ; Luca Ieracitano, piano (5th work) ; RepertorioZero (7th work).
OCLC #823380097
     511 0_ Ensemble Pi (Airi Yoshioka, violin; Claire Bryant, cello; Idith Meshulam, piano) (1st, 3rd, 7th works); Cassatt String Quartet (2nd work); Idith Meshulam, piano (3rd, 6th works); Colorado String Quartet (5th work).
OCLC #838603958
     511 0_ Henri Texier, bass guitar, double bass, oud, percussion, bendir, voice (variously); with various musicians.
OCLC #828935506
     511 0_ Various performers and groups.

(7.24) Artistic and/or technical credit
a listing of persons, families, or corporate bodies making contributions to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource.
(7.24.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on artistic and/or technical credits from any source.
(7.24.1.3) Recording performers, narrators, and/or presenters
Record the names of persons, families, or corporate bodies who have contributed to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource if they are considered to be important.
Include a statement of function with each name or group of names.

Examples:
OCLC #823641305
     508 Recording engineer, Li Dakang.
OCLC #836784816
     508 Producer, Paolo Piangiarelli; recording engineer, Paolo Falascone.
OCLC #829706010
     508 Produced by Glen Roven, Peter Fitzgerald, Richard Cohen.
OCLC #828860468
     508 Original album produced by Thomas Z. Shepard.
OCLC #839297327
     508 Executive producer, Jorge T. Cuevas; produced by Walter White, Jorge T. Cuevas; assistant producer, Steve Brown; recording and mixing engineer, Nate Silas Richardson.

Extent and dimensions

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Extent and dimensions for notated music and text (from RDA 3.4 & 3.5)

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Number and type of units and subunits (3.4.1.3-3.4.1.7) | Extent of notated music (4.3.4) (type of score) | Extent of text (3.4.5) (including paging of scores) | Dimensions

(3.4) Extent
Extent is the number and type of units and/or subunits making up a resource.
     ° A unit is a physical or logical constituent of a resource (e.g., a volume, audiocassette)
     ° A subunit is a physical or logical subdivision of a unit (e.g., a page of a volume, a frame of a microfiche, a record in a digital file).
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record carrier type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows. Record multiple instances of carrier type in separate 338 fields.
     Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers: Encode in 338 and 007/01.
     Audio/video carriers with accompanying volume (insert, booklet, etc.): Encode in 338.
(3.4.1.2) Sources of information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording the extent of the resource. If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.4.1.3) Recording extent
Record the extent of the resource by giving the number of units and an appropriate term for the type of carrier as listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568], giving the term in the singular or plural, as applicable.
(3.4.1.4) Exact number of units not readily ascertainable
If the exact number of units is not readily ascertainable, record an approximate number preceded by approximately.

Optional omission: If the number of units cannot be readily approximated, omit the number.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Apply the option.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the LC-PCC PS for the the optional omission.

(3.4.1.5) Other terms used to designate the type of unit
Use a term in common usage (including a trade name, if applicable) to designate the type of unit:
     ° if the carrier is in a newly developed format that is not yet covered in the list under 3.3.1.3 [1568]
     ° if none of the terms listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568] is appropriate
     or
     ° as an alternative to a term listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568], if preferred by the agency preparing the description.

Optional omission: If the number of units cannot be readily ascertained or approximated, omit the number.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Apply the option.

(3.4.1.6) Units and sets of units with identical content
If the units of the resource have identical content, add identical before the term designating the type of unit.

Examples:
2011568072 2 identical scores (5 pages)

LC is also using the AACR2 way:
2013560265 2 scores (7 pages each)
2012560065 2 scores (11 pages each)
2013560505 2 scores (25 unnumbered pages each)

If the resource consists of multiple sets of units, and each set has identical content, record the number of sets and the number of units in each set.

(3.4.1.7) Number of subunits
Specify the number of subunits as instructed under 3.4.1.7.1-3.4.1.7.8, as applicable, if readily ascertainable and considered important for identification or selection.

Record the number of subunits, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit.

If the format of the resource parallels a print, manuscript, or graphic counterpart or if the resource consists of one or more files in a format that parallels a print, manuscript, or graphic counterpart (e.g., PDF), apply the instructions for extent (for notated music (3.4.3) or for text (3.4.5)) for:
(3.4.1.7.1) Computer discs, cartridges, etc.
     Optional addition: For a resource consisting of one or more program files and/or data files, add the number of statements and/or records, as appropriate.
     Best practices for music cataloging, draft: Routinely specify number of subunits for notated music content and audio files.
(3.4.1.7.4) Microfiches and microfilm
     Best practices for music cataloging, draft: Routinely specify number of subunits for notated music content.
(3.4.1.7.5) Online resources
Optional addition: For a resource consisting of one or more program files and/or data files, add the number of statements and/or records, as appropriate.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Routinely specify number of subunits for notated music content and audio files
For all of the instructions above:
° For other types of files (e.g., audio files, video files, data files), specify the number of files using one or more terms listed in 3.19.2.3 (audio file, data file, image file, program file, text file, video file) to designate the file type.
     ° If the number of subunits cannot be stated succinctly, record the details in a note if they are considered important for identification or selection

(3.4.3) Extent of notated music
Apply to the extent of a printed or manuscript resource consisting of notated music (with or without accompanying text and/or illustrations).
(3.4.3.2) Recording extent of notated music
Record the extent of a resource consisting of notated music by giving the number of units and an appropriate term for the format of notated music as listed under 7.20.1.3:
  • score (a graphical, symbolic, or word-based musical notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble or a work for solo performer or electronic media)
         Best practices for music cataloging, draft: Note that the RDA definition of "score" includes music for a solo performer
  • condensed score (score in which the number of staves is reduced to two or a few, generally organized by instrumental sections or vocal parts, and often with cues for individual parts; used for close score [used pre-RDA for hymnals, etc., not used in RDA], reduced score, short score)
  • study score (score issued in a musical image of reduced size, not primarily intended for use in performance. A descriptive phrase such as "Study score," "Miniature score," "Taschenpartitur," "Partition de poche," etc., usually appears on the resource)
  • piano conductor part (performance part for a piano performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct)
  • violin conductor part (a performance part for a violin performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct)
  • vocal score (a score showing all vocal parts, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted)
  • piano score (a reduction of an instrumental work or a vocal work with instruments to a version for piano. May include the words of a vocal work)
  • chorus score (a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard(s) or other chordal instrument(s) or omitted)
  • part (a component consisting of the music for the use of one or more, but not all, performers)
  • choir book (a large music book made to be placed on a stand in front of a choir. Each part is notated separately, usually in the configuration that presents, when the book is open, the soprano and tenor parts on the verso of a leaf, and the alto and bass parts on the recto of the next leaf.)
  • table book (a music book made to be placed on a table and displayed in such a way that the performers can read their parts while seated or standing across or around the table. Each part is notated separately, usually in a configuration that presents, when the book is open, different parts in inverted and/or perpendicular positions)

If the resource consists of more than one type of unit, record the number of each applicable type in the order listed above, in the singular or plural, as applicable.

Specify the number of volumes and/or pages, leaves, or columns as instructed under 3.4.5, in parentheses, following the term designating the format of notated music.

Definitions from RDA:

  • page a unit of extent of text consisting of a single side of a leaf
  • leaf a unit of extent of text consisting of a single bound or fastened sheet of paper as a subunit of a volume; each leaf consists of two pages, one on each side, either or both of which may be blank
  • sheet a flat piece of thin material (paper, plastic, etc.)
  • volume one or more sheets bound or fastened together to form a single unit
  • column a unit of extent of text consisting of one of two or more vertical sections of text appearing on the same page or leaf

Examples:
2013560266 1 score (31 pages)
2012564289 1 score (16 leaves)
2012563231 1 study score (49 pages)
2010562267 1 condensed score (24 pages)
2013560347 1 chorus score (9 leaves)
2010562779 1 vocal score (90 pages)
2012564397 1 score (viii, 20 pages)
2014476873 1 score (2 volumes)
2016562056 1 vocal score (2 volumes (350 pages))

Exceptions:
Resource containing a set of parts: when the resource contains a set of parts, record the number of parts but omit the number of volumes and/or pages, leaves, or columns applicable to the parts.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For resources consisting of more than one type of unit, separate each type by space-"+"-space.
Generally do not encode extent for scores and parts in separate 300 fields.

Examples:
2010562265 1 score (3 pages) + 1 part (1 unnumbered leaf)
2012563230 1 score (39 pages) + 5 parts

Resource consisting of a score and one or more parts in a single physical unit: when the resource consists of both a score and one or more parts in a single physical unit, record the extent in the form 1 score and 4 parts, etc., followed by the number of pages, leaves, or columns, in parentheses.

Examples:
2011568467 1 vocal score and 1 part (4 pages)
2012562015 1 score (55 pages) and 1 condensed score (1 leaf)
2011477410 1 score (122 pages) and 1 piano score (125-156 pages)
2012564449 1 score (370 pages) and commentary (35 pages)

(3.4.5) Extent of text
(3.4.5.1) Apply to a resource consisting of one or more volumes, sheets, portfolios, or cases containing printed or manuscript text, with or without accompanying illustrations.
(3.4.5.2) Single volume with numbered pages, leaves, or columns
Record the extent in terms of pages, leaves, or columns as appropriate to the presentation used in the resource, applying the following general guidelines:
When the volume: Record:
is paginated (i.e., if there are page numbers on both sides of the leaves) the number of pages
is foliated (i.e., if there are leaf numbers on only one side of the leaves) the number of leaves
consists of pages with more than one column to a page and is numbered in columns the number of columns
consists of sequences of leaves and pages, or pages and numbered columns, or leaves and numbered columns
     a sequence of pages or leaves is:
          ° a separately numbered group of pages, leaves, etc.,
          ° an unnumbered group of pages, etc., that stands apart from other groups in the publication,
          or
          ° a number of pages or leaves of plates distributed throughout the publication.
each sequence

Examples:
2013560472 1 score (88 pages)
2012564298 1 score (57 leaves)
2012571936 1 score (1 leaf)
2012562149 1 score (19 sheets)

Exception: Record pages, etc., that are numbered in words by giving the numeric equivalent.

See 3.4.5.8 for complicated and irregular paging

(3.4.5.3) Single volume with unnumbered pages, leaves, or columns
Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns using one of the following methods:
     a) Record the exact number of pages, leaves, or columns, if readily ascertainable.
     b) If the number is not readily ascertainable, record an estimated number of pages, leaves, or columns preceded by approximately.
     c) Record 1 volume (unpaged)

LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c)
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Use the appropriate extent term for notated music instead of "volume."

Examples: Note that LC does not always follow the LC-PCC PS:
2011569059 1 vocal score (3 unnumbered pages)
2013560306 1 score (1 unnumbered leaf)
2012563224 1 score (unpaged)

(3.4.5.3.1) Numbered and unnumbered sequences:

When the resource consists of both numbered and unnumbered sequences of pages, leaves, or columns, disregard the unnumbered sequences, unless:
     ° an unnumbered sequence constitutes a substantial part of the resource
     or
     ° an unnumbered sequence includes pages, etc., that are referred to in a note.

When recording a sequence of unnumbered pages, etc., record either:
     ° the exact number (if the number is readily ascertainable) followed by unnumbered pages, etc.
     or
     ° an estimated number preceded by approximately
     or
     ° unnumbered sequence of pages, etc.

LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c above.

Examples: Note that LC does not always follow the LC-PCC PS:
2013568519 1 vocal score (1 unnumbered leaf)
2010562254 1 score (58 numbered and unnumbered pages)
2012564329 1 score (63 pages, 69 unnumbered sequence of pages)
2012428885 1 score (approximately 600 unnumbered pages)
2012560673 1 score (approximately 82 sheets)
#852125564 1 score (21 pages, 7 unnumbered pages)

(3.4.5.3.2) Inessential matter:
Disregard unnumbered sequences of inessential matter (advertising, blank pages, etc.)
(3.4.5.4) Change in form of numbering within a sequence
If the form of numbering within a sequence changes (e.g., from roman to arabic numerals), ignore the numbering of the first part of the sequence.
(3.4.5.6) Misleading numbering
If the numbering on the last page, leaf, or column of a sequence does not represent the total number of pages, leaves, or columns in that sequence, let it stand uncorrected unless it gives a completely false impression of the extent of the resource (e.g., when only alternate pages are numbered or when the number on the last page, leaf, or column of the sequence is misprinted).

Examples:
2010562275 1 score (24 pages, that is, 28 pages)
2012560221 1 score (41 leaves, that is, 164 pages)
#14153295 1 score (21, that is, 29 pages)

(3.4.5.8) Complicated or irregular paging, etc.
Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns using one of the following methods:
     a) Record the total number of pages, leaves, or columns (excluding those that are blank or contain advertising or other inessential matter) followed by in various pagings, in various foliations, or in various numberings, as appropriate..
     b) Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns in the main sequences of the pagination and add the total number of the remaining variously numbered or unnumbered sequences.
     c) Record 1 volume (various pagings)

LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Use the appropriate extent term for notated music instead of "volume."

Examples:
2013560445 1 score (various pagings)
2010562148 1 vocal score (various pagings)
2012564393 1 score (27 leaves, 29 leaves, 21 leaves)
2013568397 1 score (1 unnumbered leaf, 26 pages)
2014563041 1 score (1 page, 4 unnumbered pages)

(3.4.5.9) Leaves or pages of plates
If the leaves or pages of plates in a resource are not included in the numbering for a sequence or sequences of pages or leaves of text, etc., record the number of leaves or pages of plates at the end of the sequence or sequences of pagination, etc.
     ° Record the number of leaves or pages of plates after the pagination, etc., whether the plates are found together or distributed throughout the resource.
     ° If the resource contains both leaves and pages of plates, record the number in terms of whichever is predominant.

Disregard unnumbered sequences of plates, unless:
     ° an unnumbered sequence of plates forms a substantial part of the resource (see also 3.4.5.8)
     or
     ° an unnumbered sequence includes plates that are referred to in a note.

Examples:
2012479786 228 pages, 6 pages of plates
2011516336 802 pages, xii pages of color plates
2012011210 xiii, 133 pages, 16 pages of plates
2012445123 77 pages, 32 unnumbered pages of plates
2012009372 viii, 276 pages, 8 unnumbered pages of plates
2011322946 xiii, 328 pages, 40 unnumbered pages of plates

(3.4.5.10) Folded leaves
Describe folded leaves as such.
Example:
122 folded leaves
(3.4.5.14) Single sheet
Record the extent of a resource consisting of a single sheet as 1 sheet.

If the sheet is designed to be read in pages when folded, record the extent as 1 folded sheet followed by the number of imposed pages, in parentheses.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: This rule does not apply to notated music.
Describe notated music on a numbered single sheet as "1 leaf" if only one side is numbered or as "pages" if both sides are numbered.
If the sheet is unnumbered, describe it as "1 unnumbered leaf" if there is printing on one side or as "unnumbered pages" if there is printing on both sides.
However, note that the carrier type (3.3 [1568]) for a single sheet of notated music is still "sheet."

Examples:
2013560306 1 score (1 unnumbered leaf)
2011568466 1 vocal score (1 unnumbered leaf)
2012562021 1 score (2 unnumbered pages)
     338 field [1568]: sheet ‡2 rdacarrier

(3.4.5.16) More than one volume
Record the extent by giving the number of volumes and the term volumes.

Examples:
2012560825 1 score (5 volumes)
2013568430 1 study score (2 volumes)

(3.4.5.17) Continuously paged volumes
Specify the number of pages, leaves, or columns, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit.
Ignore separately paged sequences of preliminary matter in volumes other than the first.

Optional addition: For multipart monographs and serials, omit the number of pages, etc.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Do not omit the pages for multipart monographs.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the LC-PCC PS for the the optional omission.

Example:
1 score (2 volumes (588 pages))

(3.4.5.18) Individually paged volumes
Record the number of volumes and omit the pagination.

Optional addition: Specify the number of pages, leaves, or columns in each volume, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally apply the optional addition.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the LC-PCC PS for the the optional addition. Give pagination only if the total extent of the resource is known (i.e. the number of units is given).

Example:
1 score (2 volumes (vi, 150; vii, 165 pages))

(3.4.5.20) More than one sheet
Record the extent by giving the number of sheets and the term sheets.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Do not apply this rule to notated music. Describe notated music on multiple unbound sheets by combining an extent term with the number of leaves or pages, as appropriate.
However, note that the carrier type (3.3 [1568]) for a single sheet of notated music is still "sheet."

Example:
2012564298 1 score (57 leaves)

(3.5) Dimensions
Dimensions are the measurements of the carrier or carriers and/or the container of a resource. Dimensions include measurements of height, width, depth, length, gauge, and diameter.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, record dimensions in all cases.

(3.5.1.2) Sources of information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording the dimensions of the resource. If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.5.1.3) Recording dimensions
Unless instructed otherwise, record dimensions in centimeters to the next whole centimeter up, using the metric symbol cm (e.g., if the height measures 17.2 centimeters, record 18 cm).

Examples:
2012564354 27 cm
2013560449 26 cm.
     Note: a period follows "cm" in this example because the element is followed by a series statement.

If the width of the volume is either less than half the height or greater than the height, record the height x width.

Examples:
2012563889 21 x 30 cm
2012563869 28 x 42 cm

(3.5.1.4) Dimensions of carriers
(3.5.14.11) Sheets
Record the height x width of the sheet, excluding any frame or mount.
If the sheet is designed to be read in pages when folded, record only the height of the sheet when folded.
For other folded sheets, record the height x width when extended followed by the height x width when folded.

Example:
2012562260 67 x 42 cm folded to 42 x 34 cm

(3.5.14.14) Volumes:
Record the height of the volume. If the volume measures less than 10 centimeters, record the height in millimeters, using the metric symbol mm.
(3.5.1.6) Resources consisting of more than one carrier
° More than one carrier of the same type and size: record the dimensions of a single carrier as instructed under 3.5.1.4.

Examples:
2012562413 1 score (6 pages) + 1 part (3 pages)
2010562265 1 score (3 pages) + 1 part (1 unnumbered leaf)

° More than one carrier of the same type but different sizes: record the dimensions of the smallest or smaller and the largest or larger size

Example:
2012562185 20 x 24 cm-40 x 30 cm

Alternative: If the carriers are all of two sizes, record both. If they are of more than two sizes, record the dimensions of the largest followed by or smaller.
Exception: Notated music: If the resource consists of more than one carrier of differing sizes, record the dimensions of each carrier containing a different type of unit in the order in which the units are listed under 7.20.1.3.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS for the alternative. Apply the exception for notated music by encoding dimensions of each carrier in after the extent of that carrier, in separate occurrences of 300 ‡c and ‡a, respectively.

Example:
2010562619 1 score (18 leaves) ; ‡c 37 cm + ‡a 1 part (8 leaves) ; ‡c 32 cm

° More than one type of carrier of the same type and size: Follow 3.1.4.2: Recording carrier type, extent, and other characteristics of each carrier:
Record in addition to carrier type (3.3 [1568]) and extent (3.4), other characteristics as applicable to each carrier or carrier type

Identifying, choosing, and recording preferred and variant names for persons (RDA 9.0-9.2)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Basic instructions on recording names of persons (9.2.1) | Choosing the preferred name (9.2.2.3) | Recording the preferred name (9.2.2.4) | Different forms of the same name (9.2.2.5) | Different names for the same person (9.2.2.6) | Individuals with more than one identity (9.2.2.8) | Recording names containing a surname (9.2.2.9) | Compound Surnames (9.2.2.10) | Surnames with one or more separately written prefixes (9.2.2.11) | Names containing neither a surname nor a title of nobility (9.2.2.18) | Variant names for persons (9.2.3)

(9.0) Identifying persons
The preferred name for the person is used as the basis for the authorized access point.
The variant name or names for the person are
     ° the name or form of name by which a person is known that differs from the name or form of name chosen as the preferred name for that person
     ° used as the basis for variant access points. Other identifying attributes of the person may also be included in the access point.

Persons include fictitious entities, such as literary figures, legendary figures, etc.

(9.1) General guidelines on identifying persons
(9.1.1) Sources of information
Take the name or names of the person from any source.
     For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name for the person, see 9.2.2.2.
Take information on other identifying attributes of the person from any source.
(9.1.2) Using access points to represent persons
An authorized access point is one of the techniques used to represent either a person associated with a resource (18.4.1) or a related person (30.1).
Constructing authorized access points representing persons: 9.19.1
Constructing variant access points representing persons: 9.19.2.
(9.2.1) Basic instructions on recording names of persons
A name of the person is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a person is known.
When identifying persons, there are two categories of names:
     ° preferred name for the person (9.2.2)
     ° variant name for the person (9.2.3).
(9.2.1.2) Sources of Information
Take the name or names of the person from any source.
     For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name for the person, see 9.2.2.2.
(9.2.1.3) General guidelines on recording names of persons
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569]. When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions in that appendix, as applicable.
Choose Apply
a preferred name for the person: 9.2.2.3 and 9.2.2.5-9.2.2.7.
a preferred name for each identity when an individual has more than one: 9.2.2.8
Record Apply
a preferred name for the person: 9.2.2.4 and 9.2.2.9-9.2.2.26.
names and forms of the name not chosen as the preferred name as variant names: 9.2.2.3
(9.2.2) Preferred name for the person
the name or form of name chosen to identify the person.
It is also the basis for the authorized access point representing that person.
(9.2.2.2) Sources of information
Determine the preferred name for a person from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° the preferred sources of information (2.2.2 [1478]) in resources associated with the person
     ° other formal statements appearing in resources associated with the person
     ° other sources (including reference sources).
When the name of a person Apply
appears in more than one language 9.2.2.5.2
is found in a script that is not a preferred script of the agency creating the data 9.2.2.5.3
(9.2.2.3) Choosing the preferred name
Generally choose the name by which the person is commonly known. The name chosen can be the person's real name, pseudonym, title of nobility, nickname, initials, or other appellation.
When a person is known by Apply
more than one form of the same name 9.2.2.5
by more than one name 9.2.2.6-9.2.2.8
(9.2.2.4) Recording the preferred name
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569]. When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions in that appendix, as applicable.

If the name consists of several parts, record as the first element that part of the name under which the person would normally be listed in authoritative alphabetic lists in the person's language, country of residence, or country of activity. Record the other part or parts of the name following the first element.
Exception: If a person's preference is known to be different from normal usage, follow that preference when choosing the part of the name to be recorded as the first element.

(9.2.2.5) Different forms of the same name
If a person is known by more than one form of the same name, choose the preferred name by applying these instructions, as applicable:
Fullness (9.2.2.5.1): ° If the forms of a person's name vary in fullness, choose as the preferred name the form most commonly found.
° If no one form predominates, choose the latest form as the preferred name.
     » In case of doubt about which is the latest form, choose the fuller or fullest form.
° Record the other forms of the name as variant names (9.2.3.10).
Language (9.2.2.5.2): ° If a person's name has appeared in different language forms in resources associated with the person, choose as the preferred name the form that corresponds to the language of most of the resources.
     Alternative:Choose a well-accepted form of name in a language and script preferred by the agency creating the data.
     LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Do not apply the alternative.
° If the name does not appear in resources associated with the person, or in case of doubt, choose the form most commonly found in reference sources of the person's country of residence or activity.

Exception: Established form in a language preferred by the agency creating the data.:
° If the first element of a person's preferred name consists of a given name and/or a word or phrase associated with the person (9.2.2.18), determine the well-established form or forms of the name in reference sources.
° If there is a well-established form of the name in a language preferred by the agency creating the data, choose that form of name as the preferred name.
     » In case of doubt, choose the form in the person's native or adopted language or the Latin form.
° Record the other forms of the name as variant names (9.2.3.10)

Names in a non-preferred script (9.2.2.5.3): If the name is found: Transliterate the name:
in a script that differs from a preferred script of the agency creating the data: according to the scheme chosen by the agency
in more than one non-preferred script: according to the scheme for the original language of most of the works
If the name is found: Choose:
only in a transliterated form in resources associated with the person: the transliterated form as the preferred name
in more than one transliterated form in resources associated with the person: the form that occurs most frequently
Alternative:
If there is a well-established form of name in reference sources in a language preferred by the agency creating the data choose that form of name as the preferred name.
If different forms are found in reference sources in a language preferred by the agency creating the data choose the form that occurs most frequently.
LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: See the LCC-PCC PS for Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic
Record the other forms of the transliterated name as variant names (9.2.3.10).
Spelling (9.2.2.5.4): ° If variant spellings of a person's name are found
and
° these variations are not the result of different transliterations
choose the form of name found in the first resource received
Record the other spellings of the name as variant names (9.2.3.10).
(9.2.2.6) Different names for the same person
° If a person is known by more than one name, choose the name by which the person is clearly most commonly known.
° If a person has changed his or her name, see 9.2.2.7
° If a person has more than one identity, see 9.2.2.8
° Otherwise, choose the preferred name according to the following order of preference:
     » the name that appears most frequently in resources associated with the person
     » the name that appears most frequently in reference sources
     » the latest name.
Record the other names by which the person is known as variant names (9.2.3.10).
(9.2.2.7) Change of name
° If a person has changed his or her name, choose the latest name or form of name as the preferred name.
Exception:
° If there is reason to believe that an earlier name will persist as the name by which the person is better known, choose that name as the preferred name.
(9.2.2.8) Individuals with more than one identity
° When an individual has more than one identity, choose the name associated with each identity as the preferred name for that identity.
     » record the relationships between these separate identities applying the instructions in chapter 30.

° Consider an individual to have more than one identity when the individual:
     » uses one or more pseudonyms* (including joint pseudonyms)
     » uses his or her real name as well as one or more pseudonyms
° Record as a variant name a name that was not chosen as the preferred name for an identity (9.2.3.10).

     *RDA definition of pseudonym: A name used by a person (either alone or in collaboration with others) that is not the person's real name.

Exception:
° If an individual uses only one pseudonym and does not use his or her real name as a creator or contributor, choose the pseudonym as the preferred name.
     » Record the individual's real name as a variant name (9.2.3.10).

(9.2.2.9) Recording names containing a surname
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569].

Record the surname as the first element:

If a name consists of: Record:
a surname preceded by other parts of the name, such as given names the surname, followed by a comma and the parts of the name that precede it
a surname followed by other parts of the name the surname, followed by a comma and the parts of the name that follow it
only a surname the surname alone

Omit terms of honour and terms of address from any name that includes a surname unless:
     ° the name consists only of a surname (9.2.2.9.3
     or
     ° the name is of a married person identified only by a partner's name and a term of address 9.2.2.9.4

Additional instructions:   Record:
(9.2.2.9.1) Surname represented by an initial If a surname is represented by an initial
and
one or more other parts of the name are given in full
the initial that represents the surname as the first element
(9.2.2.9.2) Part of the name treated as a surname If the name does not contain a surname
and
the name contains a part that identifies the individual and functions as a surname
the part that functions as a surname as the first element, followed by a comma and the rest of the name.
(9.2.2.9.3) Persons known by a surname only If the name by which a person is known consists of a surname only
and
the surname is associated with a word or phrase, either in resources that are associated with the person or in reference sources
the surname, followed by a comma and the word or phrase, treating the word or phrase associated with the name as an integral part of the name

the name in direct order as a variant name (9.2.3.10).

(9.2.2.9.4) Married person identified only by a partner's name If a married person is identified only by a partner's name the term of address following the part of the partner's name that is recorded as the last element in that name.
Include a suffix attached to the name of a married woman as part of her name.
(9.2.2.9.5) Words, etc., indicating relationship following surnames Portuguese surnames record Filho, Junior, Neto, Netto, or Sobrinho as part of the surname.
Surnames in languages other than Portuguese record similar terms (e.g., Jr., Sr., fils, père) and numbers (e.g., III) following the person's given name or names, preceded by a comma.
Examples:
Recorded name: Authorized access point:
Thomas Kerr Jr. Kerr, Thomas H., ‡c Jr., ‡d 1915-1988
Doyle Bramhall II Bramhall, Doyle, ‡c II, ‡d 1968-
Loudon Wainwright III Wainwright, Loudon, ‡c III, ‡d 1946-
Grachan Moncur, III Moncur, Grachan, ‡c III, ‡d 1937-
(9.2.2.10) Compound Surnames
Treat a surname as a compound surname when it
     ° consists of two or more proper names, sometimes connected by a hyphen, or conjunction, and/or preposition
     ° has the appearance of compound surnames

Take regular or occasional initializing of a part preceding a surname as an indication that the part is not used as part of the surname.

Record as variant names forms of the name using other parts of the compound surname as the first element (9.2.3.10).

Additional instructions: Record as the first element:
(9.2.2.10.1) Established usage ° the part of the compound surname by which the person prefers to be listed, if known
° the part of the name under which the person is listed in reference sources in the person's language or country of residence or activity
(9.2.2.10.2) Established usage not determined ° the usage for the person's country of residence as specified in Names of Persons: National Usages for Entry in Catalogues when:
     » the preference of the person in unknown
     » established usage cannot be determined in reference sources in the person's language or country of residence or activity
° the first part of the compound surname as the first element when:
     » the usage for the country of residence or activity of the person is not covered in Names of Persons: National Usages for Entry in Catalogues
(9.2.2.11) Surnames with one or more separately written prefixes
Apply the guidelines at 9.2.2.9 and the additional instructions below.

Record as a variant name a form using another part as the first element (9.2.3.10). The first element of the variant name can be another part of the prefix or the part of the name following the prefix.

Additional instructions: Record as the first element:
(9.2.2.11.1) Articles and prepositions:
an article or preposition, or a combination of the two

LC practice/PCC practice: For the application of this instruction, treat English as the preferred language of the agency creating the data.

° the part most commonly used as the first element.
     » Determine common usage by consulting alphabetically arranged lists in the person's language or country of residence or activity.
     » See appendix F.11, summarized here: Recording surnames that include an article and/or preposition [1490] (RDA F.11)

° the part of the name used as the first element in references sources in the person's language or country of residence or activity, even when it is in a non-standard form in those reference sources.

° If a person has used two or more languages, record the name by applying the instructions for the language of most of that person's works.

° In case of doubt, apply the following instructions in this order of preference:
     » apply the instructions for a language preferred by the agency creating the data if that is one of the languages used by the person
     » if the person is known to have changed country of residence, apply the instructions for the language of the person's adopted country
     » apply the instructions for the language of the name.

° Record as a variant name a form using another part as the first element (9.2.3.10). The first element of the variant name can be another part of the prefix or the part of the name following the prefix.

(9.2.2.11.2) Other prefixes:
not an article or a preposition, or a combination of the two
° the prefix
° Record as a variant name a form using the part of the name following the prefix as the first element (9.2.3.10).
(9.2.2.12) Prefixes hyphenated or combined with surnames:
not an article or a preposition, or a combination of the two
° the prefix when the prefix is regularly or occasionally hyphenated or combined with the surname
° Record as a variant name a form using the part of the name following the prefix as the first element (9.2.3.10).
(9.2.2.18) Names containing neither a surname nor a title of nobility
If a person is identified by a name that does not include a surname
and
this person is not identified by a title of nobility
     See RDA 9.2.2.13-9.2.2.17 for instructions for names containing a title of nobility
record the name by which the person is identified by applying the general guidelines at 8.5 [1488].

Record as the first element the part of the name under which the person is listed in reference sources.
     In case of doubt, record the last part of the name as the first element, applying the instructions at 9.2.2.9.2.
If a person is commonly associated with a place of origin or residence, an occupation, or other characteristics (in resources associated with the person or in reference sources), include these words or phrases as an integral part of the name, preceding such words or phrases by a comma.

Treat a roman numeral associated with a given name as an integral part of the name (e.g., in the case of some popes, royalty, and ecclesiastics).

Record as variant names, as appropriate:
     ° forms using the associated words or phrases as the first element (9.2.3.10)
     ° other language forms of the name (9.2.3.9)
     ° other names by which the person is known (9.2.3.10)

See RDA for:
9.2.2.19 Names including a patronymic
9.2.2.20 Names of royal persons
9.2.2.22 Names consisting of initials, or separate letters, or numerals
9.2.2.23 Names consisting of a phrase
9.2.2.24 Phrase consisting of a given name(s) preceded by a term of address, etc.
9.2.2.25 Phrase containing the name of another person
9.2.2.26 Names consisting of a characterizing word or phrase
(9.2.3) Variant names for persons
The variant name or names for the person are
     ° the name or form of name by which a person is known that differs from the name or form of name chosen as the preferred name for that person
     ° used as the basis for variant access points. Other identifying attributes of the person may also be included in the access point.
(9.2.3.2) Sources of information
Take variant names from resources associated with the person and/or from reference sources.
(9.2.3.3) General guidelines on recording variant names for persons
Record variant names for a person by applying the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1488].

Record a variant name when it is different from the name recorded as the preferred name.

Record as a variant name:
     ° a name or form of name used by a person
     or
     ° a name or form of name found in reference sources
     or
     ° a form of name resulting from a different transliteration of the name.

Also apply instructions about recording variant names at 9.2.2.5 [1570]-9.2.2.26, as applicable.

Additional instructions:   Record:
(9.2.3.4) Real name If the preferred name or names for an individual are pseudonyms
and
the individual does not use his or her real name as a creator or contributor
and
the individual's real name is known
the individual's real name as a variant name for each pseudonym
(9.2.3.5) Secular name If the preferred name for a person of religious vocation is the person's name in religion the person's secular name as a variant name
(9.2.3.6) Name in religion If the preferred name for a person of religious vocation is the person's secular name the person's name in religion as a variant name
(9.2.3.7) Earlier name of person If the preferred name for a person is a name used after a change of name the person's earlier name or names as variant names
(9.2.3.8) Later name of person If the preferred name for a person is a name used before a change of name the person's later name or names as variant names
(9.2.3.9) Alternative linguistic form of name If the name recorded as the preferred name for a person has one or more alternative linguistic forms
     ° different language
     ° different script
     ° different spelling
     ° different transliteration
the alternative linguistic forms as variant names
(9.2.3.10) Other variant name Record other variant names and variant forms of the name not covered by the instructions above if considered important for identification or access
     ° family, dynastic, etc., name of ruler
     ° name or family name as saint
     ° phrase used to name a person
     ° difference in fullness of name
     ° full form consists of initials
     ° different part of a compound surname
     ° part of surname following a prefix
     ° prefix to surname
     ° first given name of person without surname
     ° epithet or byname
     ° last part of name
     ° inverted form of initials
     ° direct form of a phrase or appellation or inverted form of an appellation
     ° honorary titles and terms of address
     ° first word in title forming part of a phrase

Preferred source of information (RDA 2.1.2.2-3 and 2.2)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

(2.1.2.2) Choosing a source of information for resources issued as a single unit
If the resource Then choose a source of information that
is issued as a single unit identifies the resource as a whole
embodies multiple works has a collective title
If the resource Then
no source of information identifying the resource as a whole
but
one source has a title identifying a main or predominant work or content
consider that source to identify the resource as a whole
no source of information identifying the resource as a whole
and
no source has a title identifying a main or predominant work or content
treat the sources of information identifying its individual contents as a collective source of information for the resource as a whole.
(2.1.2.3) Choosing a source of information for resources issued in more than one part
Choose one of the following, as appropriate, as the basis for identifying the resource as a whole:
If the resource Then choose a source of information that
a: is issued as a set that is unnumbered
or
the numbering does not help to establish an order
identifies the resource as a whole
   ° prefer a source that has a collective title
b: has sequentially numbered issues or parts identifies the lowest numbered issue or part available
c: has unnumbered issues or parts
or
has numbering that does not help to establish an order
identifies the issue or part with the earliest date of issue
If the resource Then
d: has no source of information identifying the resource as a whole
but
one source has a title identifying a main or predominant work or content
consider that source to identify the resource as a whole
e: has no source of information identifying the resource as a whole
and
has no source has a title identifying a main or predominant work or content
treat the sources identifying the individual parts as a collective source of information for the resource as a whole.
If the identification of a resource with ordered parts is not based on the first issue or part, make a note identifying the issue or part used as the basis for identification of the resource.
Music instructions from Best practices for music cataloging [914]:

Scores issued with parts: Generally apply 2.1.2.3 a) and treat the score (along with a cover* or wrapper if present) as a source of information identifying the resource as a whole.

  • *Cover is not defined in RDA; nor was it defined in AACR2. Richard Smiraglia described it in Cataloging Sheet Music : Guidelines for Use with AACR2 as "a wrapper made of material different from that used throughout the rest of the publication. Covers may be made of vellum, paper, fabric, plastic, etc. A paper page is a wrapper if any of the following differ from the score itself: color, texture, thickness, or type. Covers may or may not feature elaborate lettering or illustrations. Despite the popular usage of this term among collectors, most sheet music does not have covers but rather decorative or illustrated title pages." The term "wrapper" is also not defined in RDA.

    Best practices for music cataloging [914] includes the following instruction on determining covers as a source of information:
         ° Use cataloger's judgment in determining whether or not the resource has a cover.
         ° Generally consider a cover to be made of substantially different material (e.g., heavier or different colored paper) than the paper on which the music is printed.

Sets of parts with no score:

  • ° includes cover or wrapper: generally apply 2.1.2.3 a) and treat it as a source of information identifying the resource as a whole.
  • ° no cover or wrapper: apply 2.1.2.3 d) and select one of the parts as the main part
          » give preference to parts that would generally appear first in score order
  • ° Include a note on the source of title

Multi-part sound recordings:
Parts are: Title is: Apply:
numbered repeated on each part 2.1.2.3 a): choose a source of information identifying the lowest numbered issue or part available
not repeated on each part treat the individual parts as a collective source
not numbered repeated on each part 2.1.2.3 c): choose a source of information identifying the resource as a whole
not repeated on each part treat the individual parts as a collective source

Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers:
  • ° treat the book/score as the source of information identifying the resource as a whole (2.1.2.3 c) and apply 2.2.2.2 when
    • ° the audio/video carrier is affixed to the cover or endpapers of the book/score
  • ° treat the audio/video carrier as the source of information identifying the resource as a whole (2.1.2.3 d) and apply 2.2.2.3 or 2.2.2.4 when:
    • ° the book/score and audio/video carrier are housed in a single container, such as a box containing a CD jewel case and a book)
    • ° the book/score is inserted into the container, such as a booklet in a jewel case)
    • ° the book/score is the same size as the audio/video carrier
(2.2.2.1) Choosing a preferred source of information: basic guidelines:
° Treat the storage medium (e.g., paper, tape, etc.) and any housing (e.g., cassette) that is an integral part of the resource as a part of the resource itself.
° Treat accompanying material as part of the resource
° Treat a container such as a box in which a game or kit is issued as part of the resource itself.
(2.2.2.2) Preferred source of information for scores: Resources consisting of one or more pages, leaves, sheets, or cards (or images of them). This includes books and scores and PDF and microform reproductions of them.

(2.2.2.4) Preferred source of information for sound recordings: Other resources (not covered under 2.2.2.2 or 2.2.2.3 (moving images)).
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: This rule applies to all audio carriers.

Preferred source of information is the title page.
For resources lacking a title page, use the following sources, given in order of preference:
  • ° cover
  • ° caption
  • ° masthead*
  • ° colophon
  • ° another source on the resource
    • » give preference to sources in which the information is formally presented

*a statement printed in a fixed position in each edition or issue of a newspaper, magazine, etc., giving the publication's name, the names of the owner and staff, contact information, etc.

Preferred source of information is either:
  • ° label bearing a title that is permanently printed on or affixed to the resource
    • » this excludes accompanying material or a contain
  • or
  • ° embedded metadata in textual form that contains a title, such as metadata embedded in a MP3 audio file
  • ° another source on the resource
    • » give preference to sources in which the information is formally presented
(2.2.3) What to do when there's more than one preferred source of information
When there is more than one source that qualifies as the preferred source of information, use the first occurring of those sources except under these conditions:
The resource: Apply
(2.2.3.1) contains preferred sources of information in more than one language or script: use as the preferred source of information, in order of preference:
   ° the source in the same or predominant language or script of the content of the resource
   ° the source in the translated language or script when the translation is the purpose of the resource
   ° the source in the original language or script on the content, when the original language or script is known
   ° the first occurring of the sources
(2.2.3.2) contains preferred sources of information bearing different dates: use as the preferred source of information, in order of preference:
   ° the source bearing the later or latest date
(2.2.3.3) is a facsimile or reproduction of the original and it includes a preferred source for the both the facsimile or reproduction and the original: use the preferred source of information for the facsimile or reproduction
(2.2.4) What to do when identifying information doesn't appear on the resource
Use the source of information, in order of preference:
  • ° accompanying material
  • ° a container not issued as part of the resource
  • ° published descriptions of the resource
  • ° any other available source (e.g., a reference source)

When information supplied for any of the elements below is taken from a source outside the resource itself, indicate it in a note or enclose the information in square brackets:

  • ° title: title proper, parallel title proper, other title information, parallel other title information
    ° statement of responsibility: statement of responsibility (and parallel statement of responsibility) relating to title proper
    ° edition statement: designation (and parallel designation) of edition or of a named revision of an edition; statement of responsibility (and parallel statement) relating to the edition or to a named revision of an edition
    ° numbering of serials: (see 2.2.4 for list)
    ° production, publication, or distribution statements: place (and parallel place) of production, publication, or distribution; name (and parallel) name of producer, publisher, or manufacturer; date of production, publication, or distribution
    ° series statement: title proper (and parallel title proper) of series and subseries; other title information (and parallel other title information) of series and subseries; statement of responsibility (and parallel statement) relating to series and subseries; numbering within series and subseries

    LC practice/PCC practice: Use square brackets if information taken from a source outside a resource itself is supplied in any of the elements listed. However, apply the exception in this instruction if the resource is of a type that does not normally carry identifying information.

Publisher's and plate number for scores (RDA 2.15.2 & 2.15.3)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See also MARC 028 field: Publisher or distributor number for scores [613]

Identifier for the manifestation (2.15) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.15.1.3) | More than one identifier for the manifestation (2.15.1.5) | Qualification (2.15.1.7) | Publisher's number (2.15.2) | Plate number (2.15.3)

(2.15) Identifier for the manifestation
a character string associated with a manifestation that serves to differentiate that manifestation from other manifestations.

If there is more than one identifier for the manifestation, prefer an internationally recognized identifier, if applicable.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: MLA recommendation: If feasible, record all standard identifiers present on the item, including but not limited to the following. MARC coding is indicated in parentheses:
   ° ISBN (020)
   ° ISMN (024/1st indicator 2)
   ° EAN or ISMN-13 (024/1st indicator 3)
   ° UPC (024/1st indicator 1)
   ° Issue number (sound recordings) (028/1st indicator 0)
   ° Matrix number (sound recordings) (028/1st indicator 1)
   ° Videorecording number (028/1st indicator 4)

(2.15.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions
When a facsimile or reproduction has an identifier or identifiers associated with the original manifestation as well as with the facsimile or reproduction, record the identifier associated with the facsimile or reproduction.

Record any identifier associated with the original manifestation as an identifier for a related manifestation (27.1).

(2.15.1.5) More than one identifier for the manifestation
If describing a resource consisting of two or more parts and there is an identifier for the resource as a whole as well as identifiers for the individual parts, record the identifier for the resource as a whole.
When describing only a single part, record the identifier for that part.
Optional addition: Record both the identifier for the resource as a whole and any identifiers for individual parts.
Add a qualification to each identifier by applying the instructions at 2.15.1.7
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: When adding a part to a multipart monograph description, always give the identifier for the part. Optionally, add identifiers for any parts of a multipart monograph or serial.

Alternative: If there are more than three identifiers for individual parts, record only the first identifier and the last identifier.
     ° If the identifiers are
          » consecutive, separate them by a hyphen.
          » not consecutive, separate them by a diagonal slash.
LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Do not give a span; give each identifier.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. This includes cases where scores and parts bear separate identifiers.
Follow LC-PCC PS for alternative.

(2.15.1.7) Qualification
If the resource has more than one identifier of the same type, record a brief qualification after the identifier.
If the resource has only one identifier, add the type of binding, if considered important for identification.
If identifiers for parts of the resource are recorded (2.15.1.5), follow each identifier with the designation of the part to which it applies.
(2.15.2) Publisher's number for notated music (2.15.3) Plate number for notated music
numbering designation assigned to a resource by a music publisher that normally appears only on the title page, the cover, and/or the first page of music
     ° may include initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all publisher's and distributor's numbers appearing on the item.
Record the name of the publisher or distributor associated with the number in 028 ‡b, in the same form as that transcribed in the publisher's/distributor's name element.
For reprint scores, optionally record the publisher's number(s) pertaining to the original manifestation in 028/1st indicator 3. Do this in addition to formulating a structured or unstructured description of the related manifestation (27.1).
     ° If this description includes the publisher's number(s), set 2nd indicator to 0.

Example:
2013560123 Edition Peters no. 7531.
2013560103 Publisher's number: Edition Peters no. 7786.

a numbering designation assigned to a resource by a music publisher that is usually printed at the bottom of each page, and sometimes also appears on the title page
     ° may include initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher
     ° may be followed by a number corresponding to the number of pages or plates

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all plate numbers appearing on the item.
Record the name of the publisher or distributor associated with the number in 028 ‡b, in the same form as that transcribed in the publisher's/distributor's name element.

When a designation such as "no.," "Nr.," "cat. no.," "Ed. Nr." appears with a plate number, do not consider it to be part of the number and do not record it with the number in 028/1st indicator 3). If, however, initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher also appear with the number, transcribe the entire statement as it appears in a 500 note, even if this means giving again a publisher's name already transcribed as such. Do this in addition to recording the number in 028; set 2nd indicator to 0 in this case.

For reprint scores, optionally record the plate number(s) pertaining to the original manifestation in 028/1st indicator 2. Do this in addition to formulating a structured or unstructured description of the related manifestation (27.1).
     ° If this description includes the plate number(s), set 028 2nd indicator to 0.

Sources of information
(2.15.2.2) Take publishers' numbers for music from any source (2.15.3.2) Take plate numbers for music from any source
Recording Publisher's and plate number for music
(2.15.2.3) if a publisher's number is preceded by an abbreviation, word, or phrase identifying the publisher, include that abbreviation, word, or phrase as part of the number (2.15.3.3) If a plate number is preceded by an abbreviation, word, or phrase identifying the publisher, include that abbreviation, word, or phrase as part of the number

When a plate number on a score has an additional number (often after a dash) corresponding to the number of pages or plates, record it as part of the plate number.
The plate number may optionally also be recorded without this additional number. For example:
     028 22 23009-11 ‡b Carl Fischer
     028 20 23009 ‡b Carl Fischer

Recording edition statement (RDA 2.5)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Sources of information (2.5.1.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.5.1.3) | Recording edition statements (2.5.1.4) | Edition statements relating to issues or parts | Designation (2.5.2) and parallel designation (2.5.3) of edition | Statement (2.5.4) and parallel statement (2.5.5) of responsibility | Designation (2.5.6) and parallel designation (2.5.7) of a named revision | Statement (2.5.8) and parallel statement (2.5.9) of responsibility relating to a named revision

(2.5.1) Basic instructions on recording edition statements
An edition statement identifies the edition to which a resource belongs.

An edition statement may include

  • a designation of a named revision of an edition
  • a statement or statements of responsibility relating to the edition and/or to a named revision of an edition
  • statements designating the version of the work contained in an unpublished form (e.g., manuscript drafts, videorecordings that have not been commercially released or broadcast)
(2.5.1.2) Sources of information for edition
See below for sources of information for
     ° designation of edition
     ° parallel designation of edition
     ° statement of responsibility and parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition
     ° designation and parallel designation of a named revision of an edition
     ° statement of responsibility and parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition.
(2.5.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions
For a facsimile or reproduction that has an edition statement or statements relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the edition statement or statements relating to the facsimile or reproduction.

Record any edition statement relating to the original as an edition statement pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1).

(2.5.1.4) Recording edition statements

Transcribe an edition statement as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7 [1470].

LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: If a resource lacks an edition statement but it is known to contain significant changes from other editions, supply a brief statement in the language and script of the title proper and enclose it in square brackets if considered necessary for identification.

Examples:
2010562256 250 First edition.
2012572206 250 Fourth edition.
2012562787 250 50th edition.
2013560111 250 First edition un-revised.
2011492492 250 1. edición.
2012437595 250 Wydanie I.
2012563881 250 Edizione fac-simile, 1860 (ca.).
2010562209 250 Composer's engraved facsimile edition.
2011568076 250 Revised edition.
2013568401 250 Studien-Edition.
2012564395 250 Urtext.
     ° See authority record no2012071348:
          » The word "Urtext" often appears on resources comprising notated music.
          » Give as a quoted note.
          » Covers all instances when this character string used by any publisher of notated music is considered to be a series-like phrase.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Separate multiple designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. in 250 by a comma.

Example:
2013560108 250 Revised, Full score.

(2.5.1.5) Edition statements relating to issues or parts

If the resource consists of multiple issues or parts, including accompanying material, and there are edition statements relating to the whole as well as to parts, record only the edition statements relating to the whole resource.

Make a note giving edition statements relating to issues or parts if they are considered to be important for identification (2.20.4.3)

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: A common case in music is when a score, cataloged together with parts, bears the statement "Score" (or its equivalent). Per this rule, do not treat such a statement as a designation of edition, as it does not apply to the entire resource.
Note: LC is not following this recommendation:
2013560113 250 Score & parts, Full score.

(2.5.2) Designation of Edition

A designation of edition is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters, identifying the edition to which a resource belongs.

In some languages the same term or terms may be used to designate both edition and printing.
A statement detailing the number of copies printed is not a designation of edition.

In case of doubt about whether a statement is a designation of edition, consider the presence of a word such as edition, issue, release, level, state, or update (or its equivalent in another language), or a statement indicating:
     ° a difference in content
     ° a difference in geographic coverage
     ° a difference in language
     ° a difference in audience
     ° a particular format or physical presentation
     ° a different date associated with the content
     ° a particular voice range or format for notated music
as evidence that such a statement is a designation of edition.

(2.5.2.2) Sources of information for designation of edition
Take designations of edition from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
     ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
(2.5.2.3) Recording designation of edition
Apply the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1

If a designation of edition consists of a letter or letters and/or a number or numbers (expressed either as numerals or as words) without accompanying words, add an appropriate word. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].

If more than one designation of edition is being recorded, record the statements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the statements on the source of information.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: The most common designations of edition in music resources fall into category g), "a statement indicating ... a particular voice range or format for notated music."

Treat a statement indicating a particular voice range that is not grammatically linked to the title, other title information, etc. as a designation of edition, whether or not it includes the word "edition" or its equivalent.

For the latter type ("format for notated music"), refer to the list of formats given at 7.20.1.3 [1573] for guidance in determining whether the statement in question fits the scope or not.

Vocal scores and chorus scores are special cases inasmuch as they have dual identities: as a format of notated music (manifestation), subject to this rule, and as a type of arrangement (expression).

Examples:
2010562144 250 Score.
2013560313 250 Score is in C.
2012563883 250 Conductor's score.
2012563757 250 Playing score.
2012563875 250 A semi-improvisational score.
2012562554 250 Study score.
2010498234 250 Studienpartitiur.
2013560108 250 Revised, Full score.
2013560322 250 Score in C, Full score.
2014399229 250 First edition, Full score & 4 parts.
#841148520 250 Archive edition, score and parts with pre-recorded performance CD.
2010498234 250 Studienpartitiur.
2012560825 250 A performing edition.
2013560475 250 Critical performance edition for harp.
2010562155 250 Orchestral score and libretto.
2012465494 250 Score and parts.
2013560267 250 Scores & parts.

#818906209 250 High voice, corrected edition.
2012563872 250 Transposed score.
2012465681 250 Izdanie pervoe, klavir.
2011568369 250 Vollst. Klavierauszug mit Text.

#860906479 250 Partitur mit Orgelauszug.
2013560461 250 Solo part and piano reduction.
2013563000 250 Klavirski izvod = Reduction pour piano et mezzosoprano.
2012563882 250 Vocal score with piano accompaniment.

Do not treat other statements of arrangement, transposition, etc. as designations of edition; transcribe those statements as statements of responsibility, per 2.4 [1484]. When in doubt, treat the statement as a statement of responsibility.

(2.5.2.4) Designation of edition is in more than one language or script
If a designation of edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language and/or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first.
(2.5.2.6) Designation of edition integral to title proper, etc.
If a designation of edition is an integral part of the title proper, other title information, or statement of responsibility, or if it is grammatically linked to any of these, record it as such and do not record a further designation of edition.

Example:
2010562156 245 10 Piano-vocal score for five scenes from Criseyde

(2.5.3) Parallel designation of edition
A parallel designation of edition is a designation of edition (2.5.2.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the designation of edition element.
(2.5.3.2) Sources of information for parallel designation of edition
Take designations of edition from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
     ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
(2.5.3.3) Recording parallel designation of edition
Apply the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel designations of edition in 250 ‡b.
Examples:
2012562531 250 Score and parts = ‡b Partitur und Stimmen.
2012560098 250 Klavierauszug = ‡b Vocal score.

Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).
Examples:
2012415193 250 Erstdruck, Partitur und Stimmen = ‡b First print, score and parts.
#839241619 250 Erstdruck = ‡b First edition, Partitur und Stimmen

(2.5.4) Statement of responsibility relating to the edition and (2.5.5) Parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition
(2.5.4.1) Statement of responsibility (2.5.5.1) Parallel statement of responsibility
A statement of responsibility relating to the edition is a statement relating to the identification of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the edition being described but not to all editions. A parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition is a statement of responsibility relating to the edition (2.5.4.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to the edition element.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition.

Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

(2.5.4.2) Sources of information (2.5.5.2) Sources of information
Take statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2). Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the parallel designation of edition (2.5.3.2).

If there is no corresponding parallel designation of edition, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2).

(2.5.4.3) Recording statements of responsibility (2.5.5.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility
>Record statements of responsibility relating to the edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].

Examples:
2012563233 250 Piano-vocal score / ‡b piano reduction by Robert Meikle.
2012564402 250 Klavierauszug / ‡b von A.E. Müller.
2011568363 250 Klavier-Auszug / ‡b von F. Wollank

In case of doubt about whether a statement of responsibility applies to all editions or only to some, or if there is no designation of edition, record such a statement as a statement of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2 [1575]).

When describing the first edition, record all statements of responsibility as statements of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2 [1575]).

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all statements of responsibility relating to the edition.

Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

Record statements of responsibility relating to the edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].

If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition, record the statements in the same order as the parallel designations of edition to which they correspond; if that is not applicable, record them in the order found on the resource.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition.

Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

(2.5.4.4) Statement of responsibility in more than one language or script  
If a statement of responsibility relating to the edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first.  
(2.5.6) Designation of a named revision of an edition and (2.5.7) Parallel designation of a named revision of an edition
(2.5.6.1) Named revision of an edition (2.5.7.1) Parallel named revision of an edition
A designation of a named revision of an edition is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters, identifying a particular revision of a named edition. A parallel designation of a named revision of an edition is a designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the designation of a named revision of an edition element.
(2.5.6.2) Sources of information (2.5.7.2) Sources of information
Take designations of a named revision of an edition from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2)
     ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
Take parallel designations of a named revision of an edition from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2)
     ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
(2.5.6.3) Recording designations of a named revision of an edition (2.5.7.3) Recording parallel designations of a named revision of an edition
If the source of information has a statement indicating a revision of an edition (e.g., a named reissue of a particular edition containing changes from that edition), record the statement relating to that revision applying the instructions on recording designations of edition (2.5.2.3).

Do not record statements relating to a reissue of an edition that contains no changes unless the resource is considered to be of particular importance to the agency preparing the description.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all designations of named revision of edition, in 250 ‡a or ‡b, as applicable.

Separate multiple designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. in 250 by a comma.

Record parallel designations of a named revision of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel designations of edition.

Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

(2.5.6.4) Designation of a named revision of an edition in more than one language or script  
If a designation of a named revision of an edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first.  
(2.5.8) Statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition and (2.5.9) Parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition
(2.5.8.1) Statement of responsibility (2.5.9.1) Parallel statement of responsibility
A statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition is a statement relating to the identification of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for a named revision of an edition. A parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition is a statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition (2.5.8.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition element.
(2.5.8.2) Sources of information (2.5.9.2) Sources of information
Take statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2). Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the corresponding parallel designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.7.2).

If there is no corresponding parallel designation of a named revision of an edition, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2).

(2.5.8.3) Recording statements of responsibility (2.5.9.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility
>Record statements of responsibility relating to one or more named revisions of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of edition, in 250 ‡b.

Any subsequent statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

Record parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].

If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition, record the statements in the same order as the parallel designations of a named revision of an edition to which they correspond.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of edition, in 250 ‡b.

Note that any subsequent statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable).

(2.5.8.4) Statement of responsibility in more than one language or script  
If a statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first.  

Recording names (RDA 8.4-8.5)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

(8.1.2) The term person refers to an individual or an identity established by an individual (either alone or in collaboration with one or more other individuals).
(8.1.3) The term name refers to a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a person is known.
(8.4) Language and script
Record names in the language and script in which they appear on the sources from which they are taken. Alternative: Record a transliterated form of the name either as a substitute for, or in addition to, the form that appears on the source.
     See RDA Toolkit [1576] for LC-PCC PS.
(8.5) General guidelines on recording names
(8.5.1) General guidelines
Apply the general guidelines on capitalization, numbers, accents, etc., given under 8.5.2–8.5.7.
When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions given in that appendix, as applicable.
(8.5.2) Capitalization (see also capitalization, Names of persons, families, corporate bodies, and places [1577]
Apply the instructions on the capitalization given in Appendix A2:
     ° In general, capitalize the first word of each name.
     ° Capitalize other words applying the guidelines given under A.10–A.55, as applicable to the language involved.
     ° For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form.

Guidelines specific to names of persons:
A.2.3: Words or phrases characterizing persons:
     ° Capitalize a word, or the substantive words in a phrase characterizing a person and used as a name.
     ° Capitalize proper names contained in such a phrase applying the guidelines given under A.10–A.55, as applicable to the language involved.
     ° Capitalize a quoted title within a personal name as instructed under A.4.

A.2.4: Other terms associated with names of persons:
     ° Capitalize titles and other terms treated as an integral part of the name of a person or associated with the name applying the guidelines given under A.10–A.55, as applicable to the language involved.
     ° Capitalize the first word and any proper names in other designations associated with a person in terms indicating field of activity and in terms indicating occupation or profession.

A.10: Capitalization: English language:
     ° Where a guideline prescribes the capitalization of the name of a person, understand this to mean that each separate word or initial is to be capitalized excepting articles, prepositions, and conjunctions.
     ° Capitalize a plural generic term when it precedes the distinctive nouns in two or more proper names. Do not capitalize the generic term when it follows the nouns.

(8.5.3) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words
When recording a name, record numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the form in which they appear on the source of information.
Examples:
2012562496 James Lee III
#746949507 Loudon Wainwright III
#767565900 Edgar I. Ailor III and Edgar I. Ailor IV
(8.5.4) Accents and other diacritical mark
Record accents and other diacritical marks appearing in a name as they appear in the source of information. Add them if it is certain that they are integral to a name but have been omitted in the source from which the name is taken.

If the application of the instructions on capitalization in appendix A requires the addition of accents and other diacritical marks to lower case letters in order to reflect standard usage for the language in which the data is recorded, add accents and other diacritical marks accordingly.

(8.5.5) Hyphens
Retain hyphens between given names if they are used by the bearer of the name.
Example:
2012564397 Hans-Martin Theopold
(8.5.6) Spacing of initials and acronyms
Type of name And Instructions
person an initial represents a given name or a surname, and the initial is followed by another initial or a name leave a space after the full stop following the first initial
the name consists entirely or primarily of separate letters leave a space between the letters (regardless of whether they are followed by full stops or not)
the name includes initials or abbreviations forming part of a title or term of address leave a space between the initial or abbreviation and a subsequent initial, abbreviation, number, or word.
corporate an initial is followed by another initial do not leave a space after the full stop, etc., following the first initial
separate letters or initials appear on the source of information without full stops between them record the letters without spaces between them.
(8.5.6.1) Names of persons or families
When recording the name of a person:
     ° leave a space between a full stop following an initial representing a forename or surname and the subsequent initial or name
     Examples:
          2012563437 G. Verdi
          2012563434 J.S. Dwight
     ° if the name consists entirely or primarily of separate letters, leave a space between the letters (regardless of whether they are followed by full stops or not)
     ° if the name includes initials or abbreviations forming part of a title or term of address, leave a space between the initial or abbreviation and a subsequent initial, abbreviation, number, or word.
     Examples:
          2012563802 Mr. Handel
          2012571071 Mlle. Henriette Martin
          2012563880 Bohuslav Czernohorský, o.f.m. conv. 1684-1742
(8.5.7) Abbreviations
Apply the instructions on the use of abbreviations in names of person given in Appendix B.2:
     ° In names of persons use only the abbreviations that are integral parts of the name (e.g., "Wm.") if the person uses the abbreviation.

Recording numbers and dates (RDA 1.8-1.9)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Numbers expressed as numerals or as words | Dates

(1.8) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words
(1.8.1) Apply these guidelines to when recording numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the following elements:
     ° Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence
     ° Chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence
     ° Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence
     ° Alternative chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence
     ° Date of production, publication, distribution, manufacture
     ° Copyright date
     ° Numbering within series and subseries
     ° Year degree granted
Alternative: For early printed resources, transcribe numbers expressed as numerals or as words appearing in numbering of serials, date of production, date of publication, date of distribution, or date of manufacture in the form in which they appear on the source of information.
     LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Apply the alternative for early printed resources.

When recording numbers expressed as numerals or as words in a transcribed element, transcribe them in the form in which they appear on the source of information, applying the general guidelines on transcription in 1.7 [1470], as applicable.

(1.8.2) Form of numerals
Record numerals in the form preferred by the agency creating the data, unless the substitution would make the numbering less clear.

Alternatives:
1st: Record numerals in the form in which they appear on the source of information.
     LC practice for 1st Alternative: Apply the alternative.
          Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS for 1st alternative.
               ° Note: this may result in a different form of numeral in a series transcription (490) and its corresponding access point (8XX).

Example:
490 _1 Documenta musicologica. Zweite Reihe : Handschriften-Faksimiles ; ‡v Band XLIII
830 _0 Documenta musicologica. ‡n 2. Reihe, ‡p Handschriften-Faksimiles ; ‡v Bd. 43.

2nd: Record the numerals in the form in which they appear on the source. Add the equivalent numerals in the form preferred by the agency creating the data, indicating that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
     LC practice for 2nd Alternative: Do not apply the alternative.

(1.8.3) Numbers expressed as words
Substitute numerals for numbers expressed as words.
(1.8.4) Inclusive numbers
When recording inclusive dates and other inclusive numbers, record both the first and last number in full.
(1.8.5) Ordinal numbers
When recording ordinal numbers (expressed either as numerals or as words) taken from an English-language source, record them as numerals in the form 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.

When recording ordinal numerals (expressed either as numerals or as words) taken from a source in a language other than English, Chinese, Japanese, or Korean, record them as numerals, following the usage of the language if ascertainable:
     French: 1er, 1re, 2e, 3e, etc.
     German: 1., 2., 3., etc.
     Italian: 1o, 1a, 2o, 2a, 3o, 3a, etc.

If the usage of a language cannot be ascertained, use the form 1., 2., 3., etc.

(1.9) Dates
When recording dates appearing on the source of information, apply the guidelines given under 1.8.

Apply the instructions in 1.9.2 below when recording a supplied date of production (2.7.6.6), publication (2.8.6.6), distribution (2.9.6.6), or manufacture (2.10.6.6) [1578].

(1.9.2) Supplied dates
Record a supplied date or dates as instructed below. Indicate that the date was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
RDA Type of date Record:
1.9.2.2 either one of two consecutive years both years separated by or
1.9.2.3 probable year the year followed by a question mark
1.9.2.4 probable range of years the earliest probable year preceded by between and followed by and, then the latest probable year followed by a question mark
1.9.2.5 earliest possible date known not before followed by the date
latest possible date known not after followed by the date
earliest and latest possible dates known between followed by the earliest possible date, then and and the latest possible date

name headings | other areas of the bib record | calendar divisions, time periods | other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | Miscellaneous See also Capitalization of key, opus, and numbers [527]

Name headings
Personal name headings (See also Recording names (RDA 8.4-8.5) [1488])
  English (A10-A.30) French (A.40) German (A.41) Italian (A.43) Spanish (A.53)
Prefixes [1490] if in a language other than English, follow the usage of the person; if in doubt, capitalize it prefixes consisting of an article or contraction of an article and a preposition      
Names of corporate bodies
  English French German Italian Spanish
  Yes: capitalize the first word of each name
° the name of an international organization or alliance
  » the full name of a legislative or judicial body; administrative department, bureau, or office; armed force (or component part of an armed force) and an accepted shortened form of name for any of these;
° the name of an institution, association, conference, company, religious denomination or order, local church, etc., or of a department or division and a noun, noun phrase, adjective, or adjectival phrase derived from the name that refers to a member or members of the body
but No: an article preceding the name, even when it is part of the official name;
a generic word (e.g., society, company, conference) when used alone or with an article
1st word, adjective preceding 1st noun, the 1st noun, all proper nouns   1st word, proper nouns, religious terms, word following an adjective denoting royal or pontifical privilege  
(A.2.1) For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form
Other areas of the bibliographic record
  English French German Italian Spanish
Nouns No
° Plural generic term belonging to two or more proper names
Yes: when it precedes the distinctive nouns
No: when it follows the nouns.
capitalize nouns denoting nationality Yes    
Titles of persons Yes:
° any title or term of honour or address that immediately precedes a personal name;
° the name or abbreviation of an academic degree, honour, religious order, etc.;
° esquire, junior, senior and their abbreviations;
° religious title;
° term of honour or respect;
° epithet occurring with, or used in place of, a personal name;
° name of a people, race, tribe, or ethnic or linguistic group and an adjective derived from such a name;
° name of a language
No: titles designation rank or office
Yes: titles of address or reference
° Saint: No: when refers to a person; Yes: otherwise
  Yes for ceremonial titles consisting of a possessive pronoun and a noun expressing an abstract quality; No: otherwise
° San (santo, etc.): No: when refers to a person; Yes: when it is abbreviated and when it is an integral part of the name of a place, a building, etc.
Yes:
° titles of honour and address when they are abbreviated;
° Su Excelencia, Su Majestad, etc., when used alone, written out or abbreviated but No: when used with a name or another title
Proper name derivatives No: a word derived from a personal or place name when it is used with a specialized meaning No: names of and adjective derived from names of:
  » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations;
  &#187 religions;
  » languages;
° adjectives derived from geographic names
° common noun used as a generic word in a geographic name
Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality
Yes: adjectives that consist of a personal name followed by an apostrophe and the ending –sche (including its inflected forms, but No: other adjectives containing a personal name
Yes:
° indeclinable adjectives derived from geographic names;
° adjectives, pronouns, and numerals used as parts of a name or title
No: proper adjectives
No: names of and adjective derived from names of:
  » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations;
  &#187 religions;
  » languages;
° adjectives derived geographic and personal names;
Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality
No
Personal pronouns No No No but Yes: Sie and Ihr and their inflected forms when used in formal address No: io but Yes: pronouns of formal address No: yo but Yes: pronouns of formal address
Geographic names Yes: name of a geographic feature, region, etc. but No: a descriptive adjective not part of an accepted name        
Political divisions Yes:
° the name of a political division (e.g., a country, state, province, city);
° a popular name of a place, or the name of a legendary place;
° a word such as empire, kingdom, state, country, and city following a proper name if it is a commonly accepted part of the name but No: when such a word when used alone to indicate a political division.
Yes: état when it refers to the nation   Yes: stato when it refers to the nation  
Names of structures, streets, etc. Yes:
° the name of a building, monument, or other structure, and the name of a road or street
No: words such as avenue, bridge, hotel, and park when they are used alone
No: rue and its synonyms
° église: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
  No: via and its synonyms
° chiesa: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
° iglesia: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution
Calendar divisions, time periods
  English French German Italian Spanish
days of the week
months
seasons
centuries
cultural periods
holidays
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes

No
No
 
  No
No

Yes when proper names

No
No
 
Other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc.
  English French German Italian Spanish
Single letters used as words or parts of compounds (e.g., A major; A-Dur [1549]) Yes including
° the interjection O or Oh;
° a letter that refers to a letter of the alphabet.
  See Capitalization of key [1549]    
Hyphenated compounds 1st part: Yes: when guidelines require
2nd part:
Yes: when
  » it is a noun or a proper adjective;
  » it has the same force as the 1st part
No: when
  » it modifies the 1st part;
  » the 2 parts constitute a single word
       
Hyphenated prefixes No: when joined by a hyphen to a capitalized word, unless other guidelines require its capitalization        
Miscellaneous
  English French German Italian Spanish
      No:
° cardinal numbers under one million;
° adverbs;
° verbal phrases;
° adjectives modifying nouns that are implied if the noun has been expressed elsewhere in the same sentence;
° fractions when they directly precede a noun or a cardinal number
   

Recording other attributes of persons (RDA 9.3-9.18)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Date associated with the person (9.3) | Title of the person (9.4) | Fuller form of name (9.5) | Other designation (9.6) | Gender (9.7) | Place of birth, death, country, and residence; address (9.8-9.12) | Affiliation (9.13) | Language (9.14) | Field of activity (9.15) | Profession or occupation (9.16) | Biographical information (9.17) | Identifier for the person (9.18)

(9.3) Date associated with the person
(9.3.1) Basic instructions on recording dates
A date associated with the person is a significant date associated with a person (e.g., date of birth, date of death).
(9.3.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on dates associated with the person from any source.
(9.3.1.3) Recording dates associated with persons
Record dates associated with persons, applying these instructions, as applicable:
     ° date of birth (9.3.2)
     ° date of death (9.3.3)
     ° period of activity (9.3.4)

Record a date associated with a person by giving the year or years in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data.
° LC practice/PCC practice: Record dates in terms of the Gregorian calendar.
     Example:
          born November 28 (December 10), 1821, died December 27, 1877 (January 8, 1878)
               Julian calendar dates precede the Gregorian calendar dates, which are in parentheses
               record the Gregorian dates: 1821-1878

Exception: If two or more persons have the same name and are born in the same year, see 9.3.2.3 for instructions on recording their dates of birth.

Type of date Record the date
probable date with a question mark following the year
year is uncertain but known to be either one of two year in the form [year] or [year]
approximate in the form approximately [year]
period of activity in the form [year]–[year] or [century]–[century]
     if either year can only be approximated, precede it with the word approximately

Record dates as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
     ° See Date of birth and/or death [1515] (9.19.13) and Period of activity [1579] (9.19.1.5) for additional instructions on recording dates as parts of authorized access points

Exceptions:
° Title of nobility: Add a title of nobility only if the title or part of the title commonly appears with the name in resources associated with the person or in reference sources.
     ° Disregard reference sources dealing with the nobility.
     ° In case of doubt, add the title.
° Saint: Do not add Saint to an access point representing a pope or an emperor, empress, king, or queen.

(9.3.2-9.3.3) Date of birth and date of death
Date of birth is the year a person was born.
     ° Date of birth may also include the month and day of the person's birth.
Date of death is the year a person died.
     ° Date of death may also include the month and day of the person's death.
(9.3.2.2-9.3.3.2) Sources of information
Take information on date of birth and date of death from any source.
(9.3.2.3-9.3.3.3) Recording date of birth and date of death
Record the person's date of birth and the date of death of a deceased person, applying the basic instructions on recording dates associated with persons at 9.3.1.

If the person was born in the same year as another person with the same name, record the date of birth in the form [year] [month] [day].
     ° Record the month in a language and script preferred by the agency creating the data.

LC practice/PCC practice for recording date of birth:
     ° Record the month in English.
     ° Use a hyphen after date of birth when recording the date in an authorized access point.
     ° Do not use the term "born" with the date.

LC practice/PCC practice for recording date of death:
     ° Use a hyphen before the date of death when recording the date in an authorized access point.
     ° Do not use the term "died" with the date.

(9.3.4) Period of activity of the person
Period of activity of the person is a date or range of dates indicative of the period in which a person was active in his or her primary field of endeavour
(9.3.4.2) Sources of information
Take information on period of activity of the person from any source.
(9.3.4.3) Recording period of activity
Record a date or range of dates indicative of the person's period of activity, by applying the basic instructions on recording dates associated with persons at 9.3.1.

If it is not possible to establish specific years of activity, record the century or centuries in which the person was active.

LC practice/PCC practice:
     ° Use "active" and "century" rather than the abbreviations "fl." and "cent."
     ° The term "active" should appear before the first period of activity date (e.g., "active 12th century")

(9.4) Title of person
Title of the person is a
     ° word or phrase indicative of royalty, nobility, or ecclesiastical rank or office
     ° term of address for a person of religious vocation.
(9.4.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the title of the person from any source.
(9.4.1.3) Recording titles of persons
Record the title of the person by applying the instructions below, as applicable.
     ° See RDA 9.4.1.4 (Titles of royalty), 9.4.1.5 (Titles of nobility), and 9.4.1.6-9.4.1.8 for religious titles.
Record titles as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
     ° See Title or other designation associated with the person [1580] (9.19.1.2) for additional instructions on recording titles as parts of authorized access points.
(9.5) Fuller form of name
A fuller form of name is the full form of:
     ° a part of a name represented only by an initial or abbreviation in the form chosen as the preferred name,
     or
     ° a part of the name not included in the form chosen as the preferred name.

The most common instances occur when the preferred name contains initials and the spelled out form is known.
Less common instances occur when known given names, surnames, or initials are not chosen as part of the preferred name.

(9.5.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on fuller forms of names from any source.
(9.5.1.3) Recording fuller forms of names
If a fuller form of a person's name is known
and the preferred name [1550] (9.2.2) does not include all of that fuller form
then, record, as appropriate:
     ° the fuller form of all the inverted part of the name (given names, etc.)
     and/or
     ° the fuller form of the part of the name recorded as the first element of the name (surname, etc.)

Record fuller forms of names as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
     ° See Fuller form of name [1581] (9.19.1.4) for additional instructions on recording a fuller form of the name as part of the authorized access point.

Variant names: Record the name in its fuller form as a variant name [1552] (9.2.3.10), when appropriate.

(9.6) Other designation associated with the person
Other designation associated with the person is a term other than a title that is associated with a person's name.
(9.6.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on other designations associated with the person from any source.
(9.6.1.3) Recording other designations associated with the person
Record other designations by applying the instructions below, as applicable.
     ° 9.6.1.4: Saints: For a Christian saint, record Saint
     ° 9.6.1.5: Spirits: For a spirit, record Spirit

Record other designations associated with the person as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
     ° See Title or other designation associated with the person [1580] (9.19.1.2) for additional instructions on recording a designation as part of the authorized access points.

(9.7) Gender
Gender is the gender with which a person identifies.
(9.7.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on gender from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3:
     ° When recording other identifying attributes of a person indicate, when appropriate, the source from which the information was derived.
     ° Cite other sources consulted that provided no information of use in establishing the preferred name.
          » Record No information found following the citation for the source consulted.
(9.7.1.3) Recording gender
Record the gender of the person as a separate element using an appropriate term from the following list:
     ° female
     ° male
     ° not known
If none of the terms listed is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record an appropriate term or phrase.

Record gender as a separate element.
Gender is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.8-9.12) Place of birth (9.8), death (9.9), country (9.10), and residence (9.11); and address (9.12)
(9.8.1.1) Place of birth is the town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person was born.
(9.9.1.1) Place of death is the town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person died.
(9.10.1.1) A country associated with the person is a country with which a person is identified.
(9.11.1.1) Place of residence is a town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person resides or has resided.
(9.12.1.1) Address of the person is the address of a person's place of residence, business, or employer and/or an e-mail or Internet address.
(9.8.1.2-9.12.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on place of birth, place of death, country or countries associated with the person, place or places of residence, and address or addresses of the person from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.8.1.3) Recording lace of birth (9.8.1.3), death (9.9.1.3), country (9.10.1.3), and residence (9.11.1.3); and address (9.12.1.3)
Rule Record
(9.8.1.3) Place of birth
(9.9.1.3) Place of death
Record the place (town, city, province, state, and/or country) in which the person was born or in which in which the person died as instructed in chapter 16.
Abbreviate the names of countries, states, provinces, territories, etc., as instructed in appendix B (B.11), as applicable.

Record the place of birth and place of death as separate elements.
Place of birth and place of death are not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.10.1.3) Country or countries associated with the person
(9.11.1.3) Place of residence
Record the name of the country and the place or places (town, city, province, state, and/or country) in which the person resides or has resided as instructed in chapter 16.
Abbreviate the names of countries and of of countries, states, provinces, territories, etc.,as instructed in appendix B (B.11), as applicable.

Record a country and a place of residence as separate elements.
Country associated with the person and place of residence are not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.12.1.3) Address of the person Record the address of the person's place of residence, business, or employer, and/or an e-mail or Internet address.

Record an address as a separate element.
Address is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.13) Affiliation
An affiliation is a group with which a person is affiliated or has been affiliated through employment, membership, cultural identity, etc.
(9.13.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on affiliation or affiliations from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.13.1.3) Recording affiliations
Record the names of groups with which the person is affiliated or has been affiliated through employment, membership, cultural identity, etc.

Record an affiliation as a separate element.
Affiliation is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.14) Language of the person
Language of the person is a language a person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc.
(9.14.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the language of the person from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.14.1.3) Recording languages of the person
Record the language or languages the person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc.
Use an appropriate term or terms in a language preferred by the agency creating the data, selecting terms from a standard list of names of languages, if available.

Record a language used by the person as a separate element.
Language is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.15) Field of activity of the person
Field of activity of the person is a field of endeavour, area of expertise, etc., in which a person is engaged or was engaged.
(9.15.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the field or fields of activity of the person from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.15.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person
Record the field or fields of endeavour, area or areas of expertise, etc., in which the person is engaged or was engaged by recording a term indicating the field.

Record a field of activity of the person as a separate element.
Field of activity is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.16) Profession or occupation
Profession or occupation is a profession or occupation in which a person works or has worked.
(9.16.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on the profession or occupation of the person from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.16.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person
Record the profession or occupation in which the person works or has worked by recording a term indicating the class of persons engaged in the profession or occupation.

Record professions or occupations as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both.
     ° See Profession or occupation [1582] (9.19.1.4) for additional instructions on recording recording a profession or occupation as part of the authorized access point.

(9.17) Biographical information
Biographical information is information about the life or history of a person.
(9.17.1.2) Sources of information
Take biographical information from any source.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3.
(9.17.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person
Record information about the life or history of the person.
As appropriate, incorporate information associated with specific identifying elements (see 9.3–9.16 above) into a biographical information element.

Record biographical information as a separate element.
Biographical information is not recorded as part of an access point.

(9.18) Identifier for the person
An identifier for the person is a character string uniquely associated with a person, or with a surrogate for a person (e.g., an authority record). The identifier serves to differentiate that person from other persons.
(9.18.1.2) Sources of information
Take information on identifiers for the person from any source.
(9.18.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person
Record an identifier for the person preceding the identifier with the name or an identification of the agency, etc., responsible for assigning the identifier, if readily ascertainable.

Recording other title information and other parallel title information (RDA 2.3.4-2.3.5)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

See Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.4) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6) | Examples

(2.3.4) Other title information (2.3.5) Parallel other title information
Other title information is information that appears in conjunction with, and is subordinate to, the title proper of a resource.

Other title information includes:

  • ° any phrase appearing with a title proper that is indicative of the character, contents, etc., of the resource or the motives for, or occasion of, its production, publication, etc.
  • ° Other title information includes subtitles, avant-titres, etc., but does not include variations on the title proper such as spine titles, sleeve titles, etc. (2.3.6 [1483]) or designations and/or names of parts, sections, or supplements (2.3.1.7 [1583])
Parallel other title information is other title information in a language and/or script different from that recorded in the other title information element.
(2.3.4.2) Sources of information for other title information (2.3.5.2) Sources of information for parallel other title information
Take other title information from the same source as the title proper [1584]. Take parallel other title information from the same source as the corresponding parallel title proper 2.3.3.2 [1585]

If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take parallel other title information from the same source as the title proper 2.3.2.2) [1571]

(2.3.4.3) Recording other title information (2.3.5.3) Recording parallel other title information
Record other title information appearing on the same source of information as the title proper applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479].

If more than one element of other title information is being recorded, record the elements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the elements on the source of information.

If an original title appears on the same source of information as the title proper, and it is in the same language as the title proper, record it as other title information.

LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: When there is a section title (2.3.1.7 [1583]), give other title information that is appropriate only for the title of the larger resource in a note.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. That is, routinely transcribe other title information appearing in the same source as the title proper.

Give subtitles, alternative titles, etc., appearing on other sources (e.g., cover, caption, container, spine of an audio carrier) if deemed useful for identification and access. Since other title information as defined in RDA can only be transcribed from the same source as the title proper, record such subtitles as variant titles (per 2.3.6 [1483]) in 246 13/‡i, or other indicator values according to local practice, as appropriate.

Record parallel other title information in the same order as the parallel titles proper to which the information corresponds

If there are no parallel titles proper, and if other title information appears in one or more languages or scripts that are different from that of the title proper, record the other title information that appears first as other title information (2.3.4.4) and record the other title information in other languages as parallel other title information.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel other title information. See D.1.2.2 for guidance on recording parallel data in the 245 field, using ISBD presentation.

(2.3.4.4) Other title information in more than one language or script  
If other title information appears in more than one language or script, record the other title information that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the other title information that appears first.  
Examples:

Other title information:
2012564415
     245 10 Tracking inland : ‡b (2001) : flute, clarinet/bass clarinet, harp, string quartet
2013560414
     245 10 Above and beyond : ‡b for wind ensemble : 2012
2013465273
     245 10 Chiemsee-Quintett : ‡b für Holzbläser, 2011/2012
2013560386
     245 10 Night songs : ‡b op. 22, for high voice and piano
2013560387
     245 10 Not worth : ‡b for voice, two bass clarinets, viola, cello, bass
2012564366
     245 10 The promise of the far horizon : ‡b string quartet
2013560319
     245 10 Raíces = ‡b ("Roots") : concerto suite for orchestra

Parallel other title information
2011560796
     245 10 Jazz sonata : ‡b for violoncello and piano = für Violoncello und Klavier
2010562595
     245 10 Suita giocosa : ‡b for woodwind quintet = pro dechové kvinteto
2012562531
     245 10 To a wild rose : ‡b from "Woodland sketches" : for 4 violoncellos = aus "Amerikanische Wald-Idyllen" : für 4 Violoncelli

Examples of recording multiple instances of parallel other title information data using ISBD in MARC
taken and edited from Supplements to Best practices for music cataloging using RDA and MARC21 [1586] version 1.21 August 11, 2015

On resource:
     LYRISCHE SUITE LYRIC SUITE / SUITE LYRIQUE für Streichquartett for String Quartet / pour Quatuor à Cordes
ISBD in MARC 245:
     245 10 Lyrische Suite : ‡b für Streichquartett = Lyric suite : for string quartet = Suite lyrique : pour quatuor à cordes
Explanation:
     When more than one element within a single area is recorded in two or more languages, the elements in the same language are given together using appropriate preceding punctuation for each element within that language. Subsequent language groups are preceded by an equal sign preceded and followed by a space.

On resource:
     Konzert in C Für Klavier, Violine, Violoncello und Orchester >>Tripelkonzert<< Concerto in C major For piano, violin, cello and orchestra >>Triple Concerto<< op. 56
ISBD in MARC 245:
     245 10 Konzert in C für Klavier, Violine, Violoncello und Orchester op. 56 : ‡b Tripelkonzert = Concerto in C major for piano, violin, cello and orchestra : Triple concerto
Explanation:
     The medium of performance, key, and number are considered to be part of the title proper because the title is a type of composition (2.3.2.8.1 [1587]. Since "op. 56" is linguistically neutral, it has been included as part of the title proper. When more than one element within a single area is recorded in two or more languages, the elements in the same language are given together using appropriate preceding punctuation for each element within that language. Subsequent language groups are preceded by an equal sign preceded and followed by a space. This justifies the presentation of the all the German titles together, followed by the English titles.

On resource:
     Auf Christi Himmelfahrt allein On Jesus Christ's ascent on high BWV 128
     Kantate zum Fest Christi Himmelfahrt
     für Soli (ATB), Chor (SATB) 2 Oboen, Obeo d'amore, Oboe da caccia, Trompete, 2 Hörner 2 Violinen, Viola und Basso continuo
     Cantata for Ascension Day
     for soli (ATB), choir (SATB) 2 oboes, oboe d'amore, oboe da caccia, trumpet, 2 horns 2 violins, viola and basso continuo
ISBD in MARC 245:
     245 10 Auf Christi Himmelfahrt allein = ‡b On Jesus Christ's ascent on high : BWV 128 : Kantate zum Fest Christi Himmelfahrt für Soli (ATB), Chor (SATB), 2 Oboen, Oboe d'amore, Oboe da caccia, Trompete, 2 Hörner, 2 Violinen, Viola und Basso continuo = cantata for Ascension Day for soli (ATB), choir (SATB), 2 oboes, oboe d'amore, oboe da caccia, trumpet, 2 horns, 2 violins, viola and basso continuo

Explanation:
     In general, ISBD favors that languages are grouped together when there is parallel data across elements within the same area. It would be possible to group the German language elements of the title proper and other title information together, followed by the English titles. However the presence of "BWV 128" presents a problem since it has no parallel form. Should it follow after all the parallel title statements, but before the statement of responsibility or should it be given after the parallel title proper, but before the other title information in German, which would then be followed by the other title information in English? ISBD does not provide an answer for this situation. 2.3.4.3 [1588] says that "if more than one element of other title information is recorded, it should be recorded in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the elements on the source of information." This provides enough justification to place "Kantate zum Fest Christi Himmelfahrt für Soli (ATB), Chor (SATB), 2 Oboen, Oboe d'amore, Oboe da caccia, Trompete, 2 Hörner, 2 Violinen, Viola und Basso continuo" directly after "BWV 128," thus separating the presentation of the title proper and parallel title proper from the other title and other parallel title information.

Recording parallel title proper (RDA 2.3.3)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)

(2.3.3) Parallel title proper
A parallel title proper is the title proper title proper in another language and/or script

The parallel title proper includes:

  • ° an alternative title in another language and/or script is treated as part of the parallel title proper
  • ° an original title in a language different from that of the title proper that is presented as the equivalent of the title proper
(2.3.3.2) Sources of information for parallel title proper
Take parallel titles proper from any source within the resource.
     ° If the parallel title is not taken come from the same source as the title proper, indicate the source in a note if that fact is considered important for identification.
(2.3.3.3) Recording parallel titles proper
If there is more than one parallel title proper, record the titles in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source or sources of information.

If an original title in a language different from that of the title proper is presented as an equivalent to the title proper, record it as a parallel title proper.
Examples:
2013560319
     245 10 Raíces = ‡b ("Roots")
2012564395
     245 10 Centenary song album = ‡b Jubiläumus-Liederalbum
2012563437
     245 10 Ah che la morte ognora = ‡b Ah I have sighed to rest me
2012396912
     245 10 Koncert pro violu a orchestr = ‡b Konzert für Viola und Orchester = Concerto for viola and orchestra
2010562251
     245 10 Melodie für Flföte, Oboe, Klarinette, Horn und Fagott = ‡b Melody for flute, oboe, clarinet, French horn and bassoon
2011568270
     245 10 Sonate za violinu i orgulje = ‡b Sonate pour violon et orgue
2012564397
     245 10 Barcarolle Fis-Dur, Opus 60 = ‡b Barcarolle in F# major, op. 60
          Note: on the resource "Opus" is spelled out in the German; it appears as an abbreviation in the English parallel title
2010562251
     245 10 Melodie für Flöte, Oboe, Klarinette, Horn und Fagott = ‡b Melody for flute, oboe, clarinet, French horn and bassoon

If a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than the title proper, and that fact is considered important, make a note on the source (2.20.2.3)

Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
If feasible, record all parallel titles proper appearing on the preferred source.
     Optionally, record parallel titles appearing elsewhere in the item.
Parallel titles from any source in the item may be transcribed in 245/‡b or ‡c, without square brackets.
Record the form in which the title appears on the source of information as a variant title if it is considered to be important for identification or access Parallel titles should also be recorded as variant titles (in the 246 field) to ensure proper indexing.

When a parallel title is taken from outside the preferred source and included in 246 (in addition to 245/‡b or ‡c), apply 2.20.2.3 (Note on title source) by including a note or or an introductory phrase in the 246/‡i.

Alternatively, parallel titles from outside the preferred source may be recorded only in 246 1_ with an introductory phrase in 246/‡$i.
Examples:
2012572074
     246 1_ ‡i Parallel title on caption: ‡a Ninnerella
2012564279
     246 1_ ‡i Parallel title in caption: ‡a Jin jiang ba jing

This approach may be preferable when multiple parallel titles appear in different sources, and therefore the second paragraph at 2.3.3.3 is difficult to apply

(2.3.3.4) Medium of performance, key, etc.

If the source of information includes statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and/or number that are treated as part of the title proper (2.3.2.8.1 [1589]) in more than one language or script, record such statements in the order in which they appear on the source of information as part of the parallel title proper.

Examples:
OCLC #808842294
     245 10 Sonatina for violoncello and piano, C minor = ‡b für Violoncello und Klavier, c-Moll = ut mineur
OCLC #793653629
     245 10 Sonate für Flöte, Violine und konzertierendes Cembalo (Klavier), C-Dur = ‡b for flute, violin and obbligato harpsichord (piano), C major
OCLC #779254288
     245 10 Rêverie : ‡b für Violoncello und Klavier, g-Moll, opus 92/2 = for violoncello and piano, G minor = sol mineur

Example of recording parallel other title proper information data using ISBD in MARC
taken and edited from Supplements to Best practices for music cataloging using RDA and MARC21 [1586] version 1.21 August 11, 2015
Some but not all of the key is in another language and the key is part of the title proper:
On resource:
     OCTET For 4 Violins, 2 Violas and 2 Violoncellos E♭ major/Es-Dur/Mi♭ majeur Op. 20
ISBD in MARC 245:
     245 10 Octet for 4 violins, 2 violas and 2 violoncellos E♭ major op. 20 = $b Es-Dur = mi♭ majeur
Explanation:
     The medium of performance, key, and number are considered to be part of the title proper because the title is a type of composition (2.3.2.8.1 [1587]). Since "Op. 20" is linguistically neutral, it has been included as part of the title proper, even though it appears at the end of the title on the resource. For the parallel title proper, 2.3.3.4 [1590] applies since a statement of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and/or number is being treated as part of the title proper and the statement is in more than one language. Even though just the key is in multiple languages, it can be considered as a parallel title proper.

Recording production, publication, distribution & manufacture statements and copyright date (RDA 2.7-2.11)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Place and Parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
Name and Parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
Date of of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
Copyright date

See also Production, publication, distribution, manufacture, and copyright notice (MARC 264) [618]

(2.7.1.1) production statement:
     ° the place(s) of production, producer(s), and date(s) of production of a resource in an unpublished form.
     ° includes statements relating to the inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form.
(2.8.1.1) publication statement:
     ° identifies the place(s) of publication, publisher(s), and date(s) of publication of a resource.
     ° includes statements relating to the publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
(2.9.1.1) distribution statement:
     ° identifies the place(s) of distribution, distributor(s), and date(s) of distribution of a resource in a published form.
(2.10.1.1) manufacture statement:
     ° identifies the place(s) of manufacture, manufacturer(s), and date(s) of manufacture of a resource in a published form.
     ° includes statements relating to the printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form.
Facsimiles and reproductions
(2.7.1.3) production
(2.8.1.3) publication
(2.9.1.3) distribution
(2.10.1.3) manufacture
For a facsimile or reproduction that has a production (2.7.1.3), publication (2.8.1.3), distribution (2.9.1.3), or manufacture (2.10.1.3) statement or statements relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction record:
     ° the production, publication, distribution, or manufacture statement or statements relating to the facsimile or reproduction
     ° any production, publication, distribution, or manufacture statement relating to the original as pertaining to a related manifestation
Recording statements of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.1.4) production statement for a resource that is in an unpublished form (e.g., a manuscript, a painting, a sculpture, a locally made recording).
     ° transcribe places of production and producers' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information.
(2.8.1.4) publication statement:
     ° transcribe places of publication and publishers' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information..
(2.9.1.4) distribution statement:
     ° transcribe places of distribution and distributors' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information.
(2.10.1.4) manufacture statement for a resource that is in a published form:
     ° record a manufacture statement or statements if neither the publisher's name nor the distributor's name is identified, and/or if neither the date of publication nor date of distribution is identified.
Optional omission for recording statements of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture: Omit levels in a corporate hierarchy that are not required to identify the producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer.
LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not omit levels in corporate hierarchy.
Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.2) production
(2.8.2) publication
(2.9.2) distribution
(2.10.2) manufacture
If more than one place of publication (2.8.2), distribution (2.9.2), or manufacture (2.10.2) appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required.
Place of: is associated with the:
(2.7.2.1) production inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If deemed useful for identification and access, transcribe place of production in 264 [618] _2 ‡a or 260 ‡e. (260 field: MLA strongly recommends using the 264 [618] field).
(2.8.2.1) publication publication, release, or issuing of a resource
If more than one place of publication appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required.
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Follow LC-PCC PS: If more than one place is given in the resource and it is unclear which is the "true" place of publication and which is a place of distribution, foreign office, etc., give all places
(2.9.2.1) distribution distribution of a resource in a published form

Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If transcribing a distribution statement separately from a publication statement, record it in 264 [618] _2. It is usually not necessary to record a separate date of distribution if date of publication and copyright are already recorded. When in doubt as to whether a person, family or corporate body is functioning as publisher or distributor, transcribe the name as a publisher's name.

(2.10.2.1) manufacture printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form

LC-PCC PS: (2.10) LC practice: If manufacture data elements are being given in lieu of missing publication and missing distribution elements, give a complete manufacture statement.
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Follow LC-PCC PS
Record place of manufacture in 264 [618] _3 ‡a or 260 ‡e.

Sources of information for place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.2.2) production
(2.8.2.2) publication
(2.9.2.2) distribution
(2.10.2.2) manufacture
Take places of production (2.7.2.2), publication (2.8.2.2), distribution (2.9.2.2), and manufacture (2.10.2.2) from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° a) the same source as the producer's name (2.7.4.2), publisher's name (2.8.4.2), distributor's name (2.9.4.2), or manufacturer's name (2.10.4.2)
          » a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
          » b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
          » c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
     ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918].
Recording place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.2.3) production
(2.8.2.3) publication
(2.9.2.3) distribution
(2.10.2.3) manufacture
Include both the local place name (city, town, etc.) and the name of the larger jurisdiction or jurisdictions (state, province, etc., and/or country) if present on the source of information

Examples:
2013560372 New York, NY
2011922634 New York, New York
2011564848 N.Y.C.
2012564238 Boston, Massachusetts
2012560046 Bryan, Tx
2011567284 Woodstock, IL
2013560454 Corvallis, OR, USA
2013561038 Asbury Park, NJ, USA
2013560449 Lake Forest, Illinois, U.S.A.
2011568265 Oxford, England

Optional additions: Include the full address as part of the local place name if it is considered to be important for identification or access.
Supply the name of the larger jurisdiction (state, province, etc., and/or country) as part of the local place name if it is considered to be important for identification or access. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself.

Include any preposition appearing with the place name that is required to make sense of the statement.
If the place name as transcribed is known to be fictitious, or requires clarification, make a note giving the actual place name, etc.

More than one place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.2.4) production
(2.8.2.4) publication
(2.9.2.4) distribution
(2.10.2.4) manufacture
If more than one place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is named on the source of information, record the place names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information.

Examples:
2011477410 Kassel ; ‡a Basel ; ‡a London ; ‡a New York ; ‡a Praha
2011568072 Mainz ; ‡a London ; ‡a Berlin ; ‡a Madrid ; ‡a New York ; ‡a Paris ; ‡a Prague ; ‡a Tokyo ; ‡a Toronto

If there are two or more producers, publishers, distributors, or manufacturers, and two or more places associated with one or more of them, record the place names associated with each producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the place names on the source of information.

Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture in more than one language or script
(2.7.2.5) production
(2.8.2.5) publication
(2.9.2.5) distribution
(2.10.2.5) manufacture
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the form that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the place name in the language or script that appears first.
Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture not identified in the resource
(2.7.2.6) production
(2.8.2.6) publication
(2.9.2.6) distribution
(2.10.2.6) manufacture
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not identified in the resource, supply the place or probable place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture as instructed below. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].

Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets."


If neither a known nor a probable local place or country, state, province, etc., of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture can be determined, record Place of production not identified, Place of publication not identified, Place of distribution not identified, or Place of manufacture not identified.

Examples:
2011568079 [Place of publication not identified]
2012562168 London : ‡b Boosey & Hawkes ; ‡a [Place of distribution not identified]

LC-PCC PS: (2.8.2.6) LC practice/PCC practice: Supply a probable place of publication if possible rather than give "[Place of publication not identified]."
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Interpret "if possible" to mean "if feasible."


Known place of production (2.7.2.6.1), publication (2.8.2.6.1), distribution (2.9.2.6.1), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.1)
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is known, supply the local place name (city, town, etc.). Include the name of the larger jurisdiction if necessary for identification.

Examples:
2013560266 [New York]
2012560043 [King of Prussia, Pennsylvania]
2010619286 [San Juan, Puerto Rico]
2012564320 [Mallorca, Spain]


Probable place of production (2.7.2.6.2), publication (2.8.2.6.2), distribution (2.9.2.6.2), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.2)
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is uncertain, supply the name of the probable local place. Include the name of the larger jurisdiction if necessary for identification.

If only the local place name is supplied, follow it with a question mark. If the name of the larger jurisdiction is included, and the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is known to be within that jurisdiction, but the locality within that jurisdiction is uncertain, add a question mark following the name of the probable local place. Otherwise, add a question mark following the name of the larger jurisdiction.

Example:
2012564321 [Mallorca, Spain?]


Known country, state, province, etc., of production (2.7.2.6.3), publication (2.8.2.6.3), distribution (2.9.2.6.3), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.3)
If the probable local place is unknown, supply the name of the country, state, province, etc.

Example:
2012563872 [United States]


Probable country, state, province, etc., of production (2.7.2.6.4), publication (2.8.2.6.4), distribution (2.9.2.6.4), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.4)
If the country, state, province, etc., of publication, distribution, or manufacture is uncertain, supply the name of the probable country, state, province, etc., followed by a question mark.

Example:
2012564297 [United States?]

Parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
A parallel place of production (2.7.3), publication (2.8.3), distribution, (2.9.3), or manufacture (2.10.3) is in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture elements.
Sources of information for parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.3.2) production
(2.8.3.2) publication
(2.9.3.2) distribution
(2.10.3.2) manufacture
Take parallel places of production (2.7.3.2), publication (2.8.3.2), distribution (2.9.3.2), and manufacture (2.10.3.2) from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° a) the same source as the place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture,
     ° b) another source within the resource itself 2.2.2 [1572]),
     ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918].
Recording parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.3.3) production
(2.8.3.3) publication
(2.9.3.3) distribution
(2.10.3.3) manufacture
Record parallel places of production (2.7.3.3), publication (2.8.3.3), distribution, (2.9.3.3), or manufacture (2.10.3.3) applying the basic instructions on recording production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1) statements.

If there is more than one parallel place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture, record the names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source or sources of information.

Name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
(2.7.4) producer
(2.8.4) publisher
(2.9.) distributor
(2.10.4) manufacturer
If more than one publisher's name (2.8.4), distributor's name (2.9.4), or manufacturer's name (2.10.4) appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required.
Name of: is the name of a person, family, or corporate body responsible for:
(2.7.4.1) producer inscribing, fabricating, constructing, etc., a resource in an unpublished form
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If deemed useful for identification and access, transcribe producer's name in 264 [618] _4 ‡b. Alternatively, transcribe it in 260 ‡f.
(2.8.4.1) publisher publishing, releasing, or issuing a resource.
     Treat printers and booksellers of early printed resources as publishers
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Transcribe the names of all publishers appearing on the preferred source. If feasible, transcribe the names of all publishers appearing anywhere in the item. Transcribe in 264 [618] _1 ‡b or 260 ‡b.
If an audio/video recording bears both the name of the publishing company and the name of a subdivision of that company or a trade name or brand name used by that company (i.e., a "label" in the case of audio recordings), give the name of the subdivision or the trade name or brand name as the name of the publisher.
Note that there is no option to transcribe a publisher name in the "shortest form in which it can be understood and identified internationally." Thus, when in doubt as to whether a presentation of two names in the same source represents a publishing company and the name of a subdivision of that company or a trade name or brand name used by that company, or whether it represents two unrelated publishers, transcribe both names as separate publishers.
(2.9.4.1) distributor distributing a resource in a published form.
(2.10.4.1) manufacturer printing, duplicating, casting, etc., a resource in a published form.
Sources of information for name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
(2.7.4.4) producer
(2.8.4.4) publisher
(2.9.4.4) distributor
(2.10.4.4) manufacturer
Take name of producer (2.7.4.4), publisher (2.8.4.4), distributor (2.9.4.4), and manufacturer (2.10.4.4) from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
     ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918].
Recording producers', publishers', distributors', and manufacturers' names
(2.7.4.3) producer
(2.8.4.3) publisher
(2.9.4.3) distributor
(2.10.4.3) manufacturer
Record name of producer (2.7.4.3), publisher (2.8.4.3), distributor (2.9.4.3), or manufacturer (2.10.4.3) names applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1).

If the name as transcribed is known to be fictitious, or requires clarification, make a note giving the actual name, etc. (2.20.7.3).

Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.10.4. Manufacturer's name: Record manufacturer's name in 264 [618] _2 ‡b or 260 ‡f.

Examples:
Publisher:
2012439060 L'Harmattan
2011568088 Neil A. Kjos Music Company
2012563886 Dan Coleman/Crowded Air Music (BMI)
2012564342 M. Witmark & Sons
2012562555 Merion Music : ‡b Theodore Presser Company, sole representative
2012562026 Published by Irma Von Lackey
2013560449 Tropp Music Editions, LLC
2012571074 Chez Mme. Lemoine & Cie
2012560036 chez Adolphe Martin Schlesinger
#785504701 Amadeus Verlag : ‡b Bernhard Päuler
The abbreviations appear on the resource:
2012560206 The George M. Krey Co.
2012563237 Associated Music Publishers, Inc.
2013560414 JSGS Publishing
2013560320 G. Schirmer, Inc.
Distributor:
2012562449 Exclusively distributed by Hal Leonard Corporation
2013560322 Administered exclusively by G. Schirmer, Inc.
#827561203 Maryland Heights, MO : ‡b Exclusively distributed by Keiser Classical ; ‡a Milwaukee, WI : ‡b Exclusively distributed by Hal Leonard Corporation.
Manufacturer:
2012563742 Printed by Osiris Publication

Statement of function of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
(2.7.4.4) producer
(2.8.4.4) publisher
(2.9.4.4) distributor
(2.10.4.4) manufacturer
Record words or phrases indicating the function performed by a person, family, or corporate body as they appear on the source of information.
Optional addition: If the function of a person, family, or corporate body recorded in the producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name sub-element is not stated explicitly or is not clear from the context, add a term indicating the function. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].

Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.8.4.4. Publisher's name, statement of function: Generally do not apply the optional addition.

More than one producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
(2.7.4.5) producer
(2.8.4.5) publisher
(2.9.4.5) distributor
(2.10.4.5) manufacturer
If more than one person, family, or corporate body is named as a producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer of the resource, record the producers', publishers', distributors', or manufacturers' names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information.
Name of producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer in more than one language or script
(2.7.4.6) producer
(2.8.4.6) publisher
(2.9.4.6) distributor
(2.10.4.6) manufacturer
If the name of a producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the form that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the name in the language or script that appears first.
No producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer identified
(2.7.4.7) producer If no producer is named within the resource itself, record producer not identified.
(2.8.4.7) publisher For a resource in a published form, if no publisher is named within the resource itself, and the publisher cannot be identified from other sources as specified under 2.2.4 [918], record publisher not identified.

Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets."

Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If transcribing a separate distributor statement in 264 [618] _2, record "[publisher not identified]" in 264 [618] _2 ‡b or 260 ‡b. If not transcribing a separate distributor statement in 264 [618] _2, and it is believed the distributor is also the publisher, transcribe the distributor name in square brackets in 264 [618] _1 ‡b or 260 ‡b.

(2.9.4.7) distributor For a resource in a published form, if no publisher is named within the resource itself, and the publisher cannot be identified from other sources as specified under 2.2.4 [918], record distributor not identified. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
(2.10.4.7) manufacturer If no manufacturer is named within the resource itself, record manufacturer not identified.
Parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
A parallel producer's (2.7.5.1), publisher's (2.8.5.1), distributor's (2.9.5.1), or manufacturer's (2.10.5.1) name is a producer's name, publisher's name, distributor's name, or manufacturer's name in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name elements.
Sources of information for parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
Take parallel name of producer (2.7.5.2), publisher (2.8.5.2), distributor (2.9.5.2), and manufacturer (2.10.5.2) from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° a) the same source as the name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer,
     ° b) another source within the resource itself 2.2.2 [1572]),
     ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918].
Recording parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
(2.7.5.3) producer
(2.8.5.3) publisher
(2.9.5.3) distributor
(2.10.5.3) manufacturer
Record parallel producer's (2.7.5.3), publisher's (2.8.5.3), distributor's (2.9.5.3), or manufacturer's (2.10.5.3) names applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1).

If there is more than one parallel producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name, record the names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source or sources of information.

Date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
Date of: is associated with the:
(2.7.6.1) production inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form.
(2.8.6.1) publication publication, release, or issuing of a resource.
Date of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the date of publication is not identified.
(2.9.6.1) distribution distribution of a resource in a published form.

Date of manufacture is a core element for a resource in a published form if neither the date of publication, the date of distribution, nor the copyright date is identified.

(2.10.6.1) manufacture printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form.
Sources of information for date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.6.2) production
(2.8.6.2) publication
Take date of production (2.7.6.2) and date of manufacture (2.10.6.2) from any source
(2.9.6.2) distribution
(2.10.6.2) manufacture
Take date of publication (2.8.6.2) and date of distribution (2.9.6.2) from the following sources (in order of preference):
     ° a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
     ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
     ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918].
For multipart monographs and serials, take the beginning and/or ending date of publication from the first and/or last released issue or part, or from another source.
Recording date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
(2.7.6.3) production
(2.8.6.3) publication
(2.9.6.3) distribution
(2.10.6.3) manufacture
Record date of production (2.7.6.3), publication (2.8.6.3), distribution (2.9.6.3), or manufacture (2.10.6.3) applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1).
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.7.6: record date of production in 264 [618] _2 ‡c. Alternatively, record date of production in 260 ‡c.
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.10.6: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, routinely infer a publication date from a date of manufacture and/or copyright date. Do this even if also giving date of manufacture separately in 264 [618] _2 ‡c or 260 ‡g.

Example:
2012563758 2011

If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
If the date as it appears in the resource is known to be fictitious or incorrect, make a note giving the actual date (2.20.6.3).

Chronograms
A chronogram is a sentence or inscription in which specific letters, interpreted as numerals, stand for a particular date when rearranged.
(2.7.6.4) production
(2.8.6.4) publication
(2.9.6.6) distribution
(2.10.6.4) manufacture
If the date of production (2.7.6.4), publication (2.8.6.4), distribution (2.9.6.4), or manufacture (2.10.6.4) as it appears on the source of information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the chronogram as it appears.

Optional addition:
Add the date in numerals (in the script and calendar preferred by the agency preparing the description). Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
Alternative:
In place of the chronogram, record a supplied date in numerals (in the script and calendar preferred by the agency preparing the description). Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
Make a note giving the chronogram if it is considered to be important for identification (2.20.6.3, 2.20.7.3, 2.20.8.3, 2.20.9.3).

Multipart monographs, serials, and integrating resources
(2.7.6.5) production
(2.8.6.5) publication
(2.9.6.5) distribution
(2.10.6.5) manufacture
If the first issue, part, or iteration of a multipart monograph, serial, or integrating resource is available, record the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of that issue, part, or iteration, followed by a hyphen.

If production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of the resource has ceased or is complete and the first and last issues, parts, or iterations are available, record the dates of production of those issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen.

If production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of the resource has ceased or is complete and the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not the first, record the production date of the last issue, part, or iteration, preceded by a hyphen.

If the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is the same for all issues, parts, or iterations, record only that date as the single date.

If the first and/or last issue, part, or iteration of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not available, supply an approximate date or dates applying the instructions given under 2.7.6.6, 2.8.6.6, 2.9.6.6, or 2.10.6.6.

If the date or dates of publication, distribution, or manufacture cannot be approximated, do not record a date of publication, distribution, or manufacture.

Date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture not identified in a single-part resource
(2.7.6.6) production
(2.8.6.6) publication
(2.9.6.6) distribution
(2.10.6.6) manufacture
If the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not identified in the single-part resource, supply the approximate date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture. Apply the instructions on supplied dates given under 1.9.2 [1592].

Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets."

Examples:
2012564266 [1995?]
2013561035 [not after 2004]
2012560221 [not before 1772]
2013560310 [between 1995 and 2012]
2012564398 [January 2004]

If the date or an approximate date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture for a single-part resource cannot reasonably be determined, record date of production not identified, date of publication not identified, date of distribution not identified, or date of manufacture not identified.

Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.8.6.6: Follow LC-PCC PS. Note that copyright date (whether © or ) is a separate element in RDA. It may be used to infer a publication date, but may not "stand in" as one. Give such inferred dates in square brackets. Routinely give copyright date separately, even if it is the same as the stated or inferred publication date. Give both dates in 260/264 [618] ‡c. See 2.11 for guidelines on selecting and recording copyright dates.

Examples:
2012563883 [2002]
2012564374 [1998?]

If the resource is in an unpublished form (e.g., a manuscript, a painting, a sculpture), record nothing in the date of distribution element.

Copyright date (2.11)
(2.11.1.1) A copyright date is a date associated with a claim of protection under copyright or a similar regime.
Copyright dates include phonogram dates ()(i.e., dates associated with claims of protection for sound recordings).
Copyright date is a core element if neither the date of publication nor the date of distribution is identified.
(2.11.1.2) Sources of information for copyright date
Take information on copyright dates from any source.
(2.11.1.3) Recording copyright dates
Record copyright dates applying the general guidelines on numbers expressed as numerals or as words given under 1.8 [1474].
Precede the date by the copyright symbol (©) or the phonogram symbol (), or by copyright or phonogram if the appropriate symbol cannot be reproduced.
If the resource has multiple copyright dates that apply to: Record:
various aspects (e.g., text, sound, graphics): any that are considered important for identification or selection.
a single aspect (e.g., text, sound, or graphics): only the latest copyright date.
   Optional addition: Make a note giving the other copyright dates (2.20.10.3) or record the other dates as copyright dates of related manifestations (27.1)

LC-PCC PS: Record a copyright date for a single-part monograph if neither the date of publication nor the date of distribution is identified. It is not required to record copyright dates for multipart monographs, serials, and integrating resources.
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, generally do not record copyright dates for incomplete multivolume monographs.
   For notated music:
      ° Routinely record the latest copyright date, either following a transcribed or inferred publication date in 264 [618] _1 ‡c or 260 ‡c, or in a separate 264 [618] _4 ‡c.
      ° Do not transcribe a copyright renewal date as the copyright date.
      ° Do not transcribe a date of copyright transfer as the copyright date.
   For audio recordings:
      ° Record the latest phonogram copyright date either in a separate 264 [618] _4 ‡c, or following a transcribed or inferred publication date in 260 ‡c.
      ° Code Date type and Dates 1 and 2 [1593] in 008/06-14 as appropriate.

Note: According to MARC 21 format for bibliographic data: 008: all materials [1594], 06 - Type of date/Publication status, t - Publication date and copyright date: "Deposit dates (i.e., those preceded by "D.L." (Dépot légal), etc.) may be treated as copyright dates."

Examples:

2013560320 008 date q 2011
264 _1 New York, NY : ‡b G. Schirmer, Inc., ‡c [2011?]
264 _4 ‡c ©2012
2012564227 008 date s 2012
264 _1 [Duluth, MN] : ‡b Christina Cotruvo, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c ©2012
2013560472 008 date t 2012 2010
264 _1 [Cali, Colombia] : ‡b Universidad del Valle, Programa Editorial, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c ©2010
2013560386 008 date t 2012 19871
264 _1 King of Prussia : ‡b Theodore Presser Company, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c ©1987
2012563869 008 date t 2012 2011
264 _1 New York : ‡b G. Schirmer, ‡c [2012]
264 _4 ‡c ©2011
2012564291 008 date t 2011
264 _1 [Oakland, CA?] : ‡b Shotsky Music, ‡c [2011]
264 _4 ‡c ©2011
2012564374 008 date t 1998 1998
264 _1 [United States?] : ‡b [Sarah Dawson?], ‡c [1998?]
264 _4 ‡c ©1998
#834623436 008 date t 2012 1995
264 _1 New York, NY : ‡b Hendon Music : ‡b Boosey & Hawkes, ‡c [2012]
264 _2 Milwaukee, WI : ‡b Distributed by Hal Leonard Corporation
264 _4 ‡c ©1995
#794592394 264 _1 London : ‡b Chester Music, part of the Music Sales Group, ‡c [2012]
264 _2 Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk : ‡b Exclusive distributors: Music Sales Ltd.
264 _4 ‡c ©2012
#852392960 264 _1 [Hamden, Connecticut] : ‡b Quixotic Music, ‡c [2013].
264 _4 ‡c ©2013
500     Place and date of publication provided by the author.

Problematic copyright dates:

#988540648 264 _1 München : ‡b G. Henle Verlag, ‡c [2013]
264 _4 ‡c ©2013
500     Score and unmarked violin part have copyright date ©2000; supplemental violin part has copyright date ©2013.
#5033594 264 1 Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania : ‡b Theodore Presser Co., ‡c [1946]
264 4 ‡c ©1946
500     Copyright date from page 3; date on title page: ©1945.
#1107701472 264 1 [Canada] : ‡b [Susan Griesdale], ‡c [2011]
264 4 ‡c ©2011
500     Copyright date on title page: ©2009.
#976013620 264 1 [Place of publication not identified] : ‡b José-Luis Hurtado, ‡c [2009]
264 4 ‡c ©2009
500     Parts have copyright date of 2007.

If the resource has multiple copyright dates that apply to various aspects (e.g., text, sound, graphics), record only the latest copyright date.

Optional addition: Make a note giving the other copyright dates (2.20.10.3) or record the other dates as copyright dates of related manifestations (27.1).

Recording statement of responsibility for titles (RDA 2.4)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Basic instructions (2.4.1.1) | Sources of information (2.4.1.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.4.1.3) | Recording statements of responsibility (2.4.1.4) | Statement naming more than one person, etc. (2.4.1.5) | More than one statement of responsibility (2.4.1.6) | Clarification of role (2.4.1.7) | Noun phrases occurring with a statement of responsibility (2.4.1.8) | No person, family, or corporate body named in the statement of responsibility (2.4.1.9) | Statement of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2) and parallel title proper (2.4.3)

(2.4.1.1) Basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility
A statement of responsibility is a statement relating to the identification and/or function of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual or artistic content of a resource.
     ° The persons, families, or corporate bodies include:
          » performers of music whose participation is confined to performance, execution, or interpretation
          » performers, narrators, and/or presenters
          » persons who have contributed to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource
          » persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of a resource

A statement of responsibility may:
     ° include words or phrases that are neither names nor linking words
     ° occur in association with a title, a designation of edition or named revision of an edition, or the title of a series or subseries

(2.4.1.2) Sources of information
statement of responsibility relating to title proper and parallel title proper
(2.4.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions
When describing a facsimile or reproduction that has a statement or statements of responsibility relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the statement or statements of responsibility relating to the facsimile or reproduction. [emphasis added]

Record any statement of responsibility relating to the original manifestation as a statement of responsibility pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1)

(2.4.1.4) Recording statements of responsibility
Transcribe a statement of responsibility as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7 [1470].

Optional omission:
   ° Abridge a statement of responsibility only if it can be abridged without loss of essential information,
   ° Use a mark of omission (…) to indicate such an omission,
   ° Always record the first name appearing in the statement.
   ° When omitting names from a statement of responsibility naming more than one person, etc., apply the instructions given under 2.4.1.5.

LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not abridge a statement of responsibility.

Examples:
2013560450
     F.W Meacham ; arr. Bunton ; transcribed for wind quintet by Don Stewart
          The abbreviation "arr." appears on the resource.
2012571928
     composed and arranged for the piano forte by George Hews
2012564321
     transcribed for orchestra by Samuel Coleridge-Taylor
2010562277
     edited by Kamelija Galijan-Simovic, Margaret Summers
2011569041
     Julia Makosz, Urszula Makosz, Paweŀ Pierzchaŀa
2012564227
     all arrangement, music typesetting and artwork by Christina Cotruvo
2013560345
     music by Jerome Kern, composer of "Oh boy" & "Leave it to Jane"
2012562030
     music and lyrics by David Billings, Rob Fairbairn, Mark Leehy and Kevin O'Mara ; book by Lynne Bartlett, Mark Leehy, and Kevin O'Mara.

(2.4.1.5) Statement naming more than one person, etc.
Record a statement of responsibility naming more than one person, etc., as a single statement regardless of whether the persons, families, or corporate bodies named in it perform the same function or different functions.

Optional omission:
If a single statement of responsibility names more than three persons, families, or corporate bodies performing the same function, or with the same degree of responsibility, omit all but the first of each group of such persons, families, or bodies.
     ° Indicate the omission by summarizing what has been omitted in the language and script preferred by the agency preparing the description.

LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not omit names in a statement of responsibility.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the LC-PCC PS, that is, generally do not apply the optional omission.

If the members of a group, ensemble, company, etc., are named as well as the name of the group, etc., omit the names of the members from the statement of responsibility.
     ° If they are considered important, record them in a statement identifying performers, narrators, and/or presenters (7.23)

(2.4.1.6) More than one statement of responsibility
If there is more than one statement of responsibility, record the statements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the source of information from which the associated title, designation of edition, or designation of a named revision of an edition is taken.
     ° If the sequence, layout, and typography are ambiguous or insufficient to determine the order, record the statements in the order that makes the most sense.

Examples:
2011569000
     John G. Bilotta ; libretto by John F. McGrew ; art work by Dale Dombrowski
2012563881
     Michele Novaro ; introduzione di Cesare Mancini
2012564253
     by Samuel Coleridge-Taylor ; editor Lionel Harrison.
2010562150
     words and music by David Lang ; (after Stephen Foster)
2012564397
     Frédéric Chopin ; herausgegeben von Norbert Müllemann ; Fingersatz von Hans-Martin Theopold
2012562441
     music by Jack Beeson ; libretto by Sheldon Harnick, based on the story "Dr. Heidegger's experiment" by Nathaniel Hawthorne.
2012563878
     Giovanni Battista Martini (1706-1784) ; edizione critica a cura di Federico Ferri e Daniele Proni

When recording statements of responsibility in sources other than the source from which the associated title, designation of edition, or designation of a named revision is taken, record them in the order that makes the most sense.

(2.4.1.7) Clarification of role
If the relationship between the title, designation of edition, etc., and any person, family, or corporate body named in a statement of responsibility is not clear, add a word or short phrase clarifying the relationship. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]

Examples:
2010562762
     Joseph Goodman ; [words by] Marya Zaturenska
2012563857
     Carafa ; [arranged by] H. Lemoine

(2.4.1.8) Noun phrases occurring with a statement of responsibility
If a noun or noun phrase occurs with a statement of responsibility, treat the noun or noun phrase as part of the statement of responsibility.

Examples:
2012564236
     poem by Sara Teasdale ; music by David Dickau
2012563878
     edizione critica a cura di Federico Ferri e Daniele Proni

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: This rule applies regardless of whether the noun(s) or noun phrase(s) is/are indicative of the nature of the work, and regardless of whether the noun(s) or noun phrase(s) appear(s) immediately adjacent to the prepositional phrase(s) following it.

If deemed useful for identification and access, record a variant title in 246, using indicators 13, for any noun(s) or noun phrase(s) not already recorded as title information.

(2.4.1.9) No person, family, or corporate body named in the statement of responsibility
Record a statement of responsibility even if no person, family, or corporate body is named in that statement.
 
(2.4.2) Statement of responsibility relating to title proper and (2.4.3) parallel title proper
(2.4.2.1) Title proper (2.4.3.1) Parallel title proper
a statement that relates to the identification and/or function of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual or artistic content of the resource. a statement in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to title proper element.
(2.4.2.2) Sources of information (2.4.3.2)Sources of information
° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572])
° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]
° the same source as the corresponding parallel title proper (2.3.3.2 [1585]).
° If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to title proper from the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571])
(2.4.2.3) Recording statements of responsibility (2.4.3.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility
Record statements of responsibility relating to title proper applying the basic instructions in 2.4.1.

If not all statements of responsibility appearing on the source or sources of information are being recorded, give preference to those identifying creators of the intellectual or artistic content.
     ° In case of doubt, record the first statement.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all statements of responsibility relating to title proper appearing on the preferred source. Optionally, record statements of responsibility relating to title proper appearing elsewhere in the item.

Example:
2012562142 book by David Simpatico ; song by Matthew Gerrard and Robbie Nevil ; Ray Cham, Greg Cham and Andrew Seeley ; Randy Petersen and Kevin Quinn ; Andy Dodd and Adam Watts ; Bryan Louiselle ; David N. Lawrence and Faye Greenberg ; Jamie Houston ; music adapted, arranged, and produced by Bryan Louiselle ; based on a Disney Channel original movie written by Peter Barsocchini

Statements of responsibility relating to title proper from any source in the item may be transcribed in 245 ‡c, without square brackets.

Example:
OCLC #829707457
     arranged by Graham Bastable
          Arranger's name appears on the title page; "arranged by" appears on the caption, thus no brackets are used.

If transcribing statements from multiple sources, apply 2.4.1.6 and give them in the order that makes the most sense, according to judgment. Generally, give statements from prominent sources (e.g., cover [1595], caption, title page verso) before statements from other sources, and give all statements appearing in the item before statements from outside the item (which are given in square brackets).

Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets."

Example:
2012563227
     Mark Adamo ; [traditional spiritual arr. Mark Adamo]

For the purposes of this rule, do not consider attributions, etc. embedded in text to be statements of responsibility. If desired, apply 2.20.3 and give such attributions as notes on statement of responsibility.

Record statements of responsibility relating to title proper applying the basic instructions in 2.4.1

If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to title proper, record the statements in the same order as the parallel titles proper to which they correspond; if that is not applicable, record them in the order found on the resource.
Example:
2012562413
     edited by = herausgegeben von Wolfgang Birtel ; fingerings and bowings by = Fingersätze und Striche von Claus Kanngiesser.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the title proper. See D.1.2.2 [1596] for guidance on record parallel data in 245, using ISBD presentation.

Examples:
2011560794
     herausgegeben von = edited by Maria Kliegel
2012562531
     arranged by = bearbeitet von Wolfgang Birtel
2012562413
     edited by = herausgegeben von Wolfgang Birtel ; fingerings and bowings by = Fingersätze und Striche von Claus Kanngiesser.

Recording surnames that include an article and/or preposition (RDA F.11)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

The entry element for a personal name consisting of several words is based on:
     °  agreed usage in the of which the author is a citizen
     or, if that is not possible for whatever reason,
     ° agreed usage in the language the author generally uses.
The guidelines for determining entry element can be found in the 4th edition of Names of persons : national usages for entry in catalogues [1597].
     This resource is out of print (but available in PDF) and is under revision.
For a complete list of languages and their entry elements, see RDA Appendix F.

Entry element for Spanish and Portuguese surnames

Language: RDA: Article/preposition: Record as first element:
Afrikaans F. 11.1 De, Du, Van der, Von prefix
Czech F. 11.2 z part following prefix
Danish F.11.10 is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av part following prefix
is Dutch de or is of other origin prefix
Dutch F.11.3 ver (when the surname is of Dutch origin) prefix
De, Den, op de, ter, Van, Van der, ten, Van 't part following prefix
If the surname is not of Dutch origin:
   ° the name of a Netherlander part following the prefix
   ° the name of a Belgian follow the instructions for the language of the name
English F.11.4 À D', De, De la, Du, Le, Van, Van der Von prefix
Flemish F.11.3 See Dutch
French F.11.5 prefix consisting of a contraction of article and preposition: La, Le, Du, Des prefix
prefix consisting of a preposition alone: D', De part following preposition
German F.11.6 German names: prefix consists of an article or of a contraction of an article and a preposition: Am, Aus'm, Vom, Zum, Zur;
Dutch names: De, Ten
prefix
other German and Dutch names: Von, Von der, Zu part following prefix
the name is neither German nor Dutch follow the instructions for the language
Italian F.11.7 Modern names: A, D', Da, De, Del, Della, Di, Li, Lo prefix
Medieval and early modern names: consult reference sources: When the preposition is sometimes omitted part following the prefix
Do not treat the preposition in an Italian title of nobility used as the first element as a prefix
Norwegian F.11.10 is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av part following prefix
is Dutch de or is of other origin prefix
Portuguese F.11.8 Da, Dos part following prefix
Romanian F.11.9 A prefix
De part following prefix
Slovak F.11.2 z part following prefix
Spanish F.11.11 prefix consists of an article only: El, La, Las prefix
all other prefixes: De, De las, Del part following prefix
Swedish F.11.10 is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av part following prefix
is Dutch de or is of other origin prefix
Entry element for Spanish and Portuguese surnames
Portuguese and Spanish names are set up differently.
The names below mean the same thing, but are established differently:
In both cases the entry is under the father's surname.
Spanish John <father's surname> <mother's surname> Juan López Rodríguez In Spanish that is the first surname. Enter under López.
Portuguese John <mother's surname> <father's surname> João Rodrigues Lopes In Portuguese it is the last surname. Enter under Lopes.

Recording title proper (RDA 2.3.2)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)

Sources of information ((2.3.2.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.3.2.3) | Title in more than one language or script (2.3.2.4) | Title in more than one form (2.3.2.5) | Collective title and titles of individual contents (2.3.2.6) | Recording the title proper (2.3.2.7) | Other elements recorded as part of the title proper (2.3.2.8) | Resource lacking a collective title (2.3.2.9) | Resource with no title (2.3.2.10) | Recording devised titles (2.3.2.11)

(2.3.2) Title proper
The title proper is the chief name of a resource (i.e., the title normally used when citing the resource)
  • The title proper includes:
    • ° an alternative title:
      • the second part of a title proper that consists of two parts (each of which has the form of an independent title), joined by a word such as "or" or its equivalent in another language
  • The title proper excludes:
    • ° any parallel titles proper (2.3.3 [1481])
    • ° other title information (2.3.4 [1482])
    • ° parallel other title information (2.3.5 [1482])
  • A file name or data set name is not considered a title proper unless it is the only title appearing in the resource.
(2.3.2.2) Sources of information for title proper
Take the title proper from the preferred source of information for the identification of the resource:
Scores: 2.2.2.2 [1584]
Sound recordings: 2.2.2.4 [1598]
If there is no title provided within the resource itself, take the title proper from one of the sources specified under 2.2.4 [918]
Make a note on the source of the title proper, if required, applying the instructions given under 2.20.2.3:
(2.20.2.3) Make a note on the source from which the title proper is taken if it is a source other than the title page, title sheet, or title card (or image thereof) of a resource consisting of multiple pages, leaves, sheets, or cards (or images thereof)
(2.3.2.3) Facsimiles and reproductions
The title of the facsimile or reproduction is different from the title of the original manifestation:

Record the title of the facsimile or reproduction as the title proper

The title of the facsimile or reproduction appears on the same source of information as the title of the original manifestation: Record the title of the original as either:
   ° as a parallel title proper, if it is in a language or script different from the title of the facsimile (2.3.3 [1481])
or
   ° as other title information (2.3.4 [1482])
or
   ° as the title of a related manifestation (27.1)
The title of the original manifestation appears elsewhere in the resource: Record it as the title of a related manifestation (27.1)
(2.3.2.4) Title in more than one language or script

When the source of information for title proper bears a title in more than one language or script, choose as the title proper the one in the language or script of the main written, spoken, or sung content of the resource.

If this criterion is not applicable, choose the title proper on the basis of the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source of information

(2.3.2.5) Title in more than one form

When the source of information for title proper:
° bears a title in more than one form (e.g., such as one in acronym form and one in spelled out form, or two titles, both spelled out, that are very different)
and
° both or all of the titles are in the same language and script
choose the title proper on the basis of the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source of information.
     » If the sequence, layout, and typography do not provide the basis for a clear choice, choose the most comprehensive title.

If the other title or titles are considered to be important for identification or access, record them either as:
     ° other title information (2.3.4 [1482])
or
     ° variant titles (2.3.6 [1483])

(2.3.2.6) Collective title and titles of individual contents
The resource has a source of information for the title proper bearing both a collective title and the titles of individual contents within the resource:

Record the collective title as the title proper
     ° Optional addition: Record the titles of the individual contents as titles of related works (25.1)

The resource has a source of information for the title proper bearing both the title of the content being described and a collective title for the larger resource: Record the title of the content being described as the title proper
Record the collective title for the larger resource as a series title (2.12.2)
     ° Optional addition: Record the collective title for the larger resource as a series title (2.12.2)

LC-PCC PS: LC practice for Optional addition (2nd): Do not record the collective title for the larger work as an authorized access point for the series for LC's original cataloging.

(2.3.2.7) Recording the title proper
Record the title proper applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1

LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: Generally set the 2nd indicator [1599] position (nonfiling characters) of the field 245 to disregard initial articles [120] for sorting and filing purposes.

However, retain an initial article when:
     ° it appears as part of a personal, family, geographic, or corporate name and is retained in such a name
     ° the context or cataloger's judgment require its retention

Examples:
2010562278
     245 00 Great French composers for folk harp
2010562759
     245 10 Five songs on poems of García Lorca
2012564321
     245 10 Five "Negro Melodies"
2012560066
     245 14 The four seasons of Lake Superior
2012564391
     245 10 2 excerpts from Lost objects
2012562030
     245 12 A kidsummer night's dream
2012562175
     245 14 The distance (this)
2013560105
     245 10 ...de la mas sabrosa y agradable vida...
2010562749
     245 10 Be just!
2013560337
     245 10 8 --> [infinity]
     500 __ In title, "[infinity]" appears as the infinity symbol.
OCLC #754708091
     245 13 An English suite
OCLC #773593807
     245 14 The greater good, or, The passion of Boule de Suif

(2.3.2.8) Other elements recorded as part of the title proper
(2.3.2.8.1) Type of composition, medium of performance, key, etc.
If a music title consists only of the name or names of one or more types of composition [497], or the name or names of one or more types of composition and one or more of the following:
     ° medium of performance [686]
     ° numeric designation [779]
     ° date of composition [920]
     ° key [707]
Treat all the elements together (in the order in which they appear on the source of information) as the title proper.

Examples:
2012564376
     245 10 Quartet for Piano and Strings (1996)
2013560266
     245 10 Trio for horn, violin, and piano (June 2010)
2012415718
     245 10 II. Streich-Quartett G-Dur
2012564451
     245 10 String quartet #5 (2001)
2010563380
     245 10 Trio no. 2, opus 85, for piano, violin and violoncello
2013560339
     245 10 Simfonietta for nineteen instruments
2010451701
     245 10 Andante (1883) for 2 flutes, 2 oboes, 2 clarinets, 2 bassoons and 2 horns
2011567307
     245 10 Fünf deutsche Lieder mit Begleitung der Guitarre oder des Fortepiano, op. 25
2011567300
     245 10 Fünf Gesaenge mit Begleitung der Guittare und ein Canon zu drey Stimmen, Opus 13
2012563878
     245 10 Sinfonia a 4 strumenti (HH.27 n. 8), in re magg. per archi e basso continuo
          Note: the abbreviation "magg." appears as such on the resource

If one or more statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and/or number are found on the source of information, treat those elements as other title information (2.3.4 [1482])

Example:
2011560183
     245 10 Sonate für Klarinette (in A) und Klavier = ‡b for clarinet (in A) and piano

In case of doubt, treat statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and number as part of the title proper.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
° Consult the alphabetical list at Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497] to determine whether the title in question meets the condition of the rule.
     ° Do not consider such titles as "Double concert," "Triplekonzert," etc. to be names of types of composition.

Example:
2013560320
     245 10 Triple concerto : ‡b for horn, trumpet, tuba, and orchestra

° When a composer uses a word that is normally the name of a type of composition as the title of a work which is definitely not a work of the type designated by the word, do not consider the title to be the name of a type of composition.

° A title consisting of two words, each of which alone would be the name of a type of composition, may in combination produce a distinctive title.
     ° Generally treat such a compound title as a distinctive title.

(2.3.2.9) Resource lacking a collective title
When a resource lacks a collective title, record the titles proper of the parts as they appear on the source of information for the resource as a whole.

Examples:
2010562280
     245 10 Quatre câpres ; ‡b et Douze huîtres : pour batterie et piano
2013560509
     245 10 Moderato ; ‡b Maestoso : for organ
OCLC #75954169
     245 10 Gretchen am Spinnrade = ‡b Margaret at the spinning wheel ; Ungeduld = Impatience (Die schöne Müllerin)

If the sources of information identifying the individual parts are being treated as a collective source of information for the resource as a whole (2.1.2), record the titles proper of the parts in the order in which they appear in the resource.

Alternative: Devise a collective title, 2.3.2.11: Record the titles of individual parts as the titles proper of related manifestations (27.1), if considered to be important.
LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Generally, do not apply.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, generally do not apply the alternative. Apply the alternative in cases of archival or other large collections.
Note that since resources of this type do not normally carry title information, the exception at 2.2.4 [918] applies and no square brackets are necessary.

(2.3.2.10) Resource with no title
When a resource lacks a title, record as the titles proper either:
     ° a title taken from another source (2.2.4 [918])
      or
     ° a devised title (2.3.2.11)
Make a note to indicate the source of the title proper as instructed under 2.20.2.3.
(2.3.2.11) Recording devised titles
When a resource itself bears no title (2.3.2.10), and a title cannot be found in any of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918], devise a brief descriptive title that indicates either:
     ° the nature of the resource (e.g., map, literary manuscript, diary, advertisement)
      or
     ° its subject (e.g., names of persons, corporate bodies, objects, activities, events, geographical area and dates)
      or
     ° a combination of the two, as appropriate.

Except where specific terminology is prescribed, use the language and script appropriate to the content of the resource being described.
Alternative: Devise a title in the language and script of the agency preparing the description.
     LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Devise a title in English.
           Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS for the alternative

Examples:
2011567215
     245 00 [Collection of 18th century English songs and ballads]
     500 __ Title devised by cataloger.
2012562187
     245 10 [Time suite]
     500 __ Title devised by cataloger.
2012562265
     245 10 [Revenez, revenez, amours, from Théseée]
     500 __ Title from reference source.
2012563448
     245 10 [Beyond rivers of vision]
     500 __ Title from Kennedy Center program notes online: Beyond Rivers of Vision is a three-movement work for orchestra.

If the resource is of a type that would normally carry identifying information, (e.g., a published book), make a note to indicate that the title has been devised (2.20.2.3)

(2.3.2.11.1) Devised titles for music
In a devised title proper for music, include medium of performance, numeric designation (e.g., serial number, opus number), key, and/or other distinguishing characteristic, as applicable.

Recording titles (RDA 2.3)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)

(2.3.1.1) Basic instructions on recording titles
A title is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters that names a resource or a work contained in it.

More than one title may appear in the resource itself (e.g., on a title page, title frame; as a caption title, running title; on a cover, spine; on a title bar), on a jacket, sleeve, container, etc., or in material accompanying the resource.

The categories of titles that most commonly apply to scores and recordings are:
     ° title proper (2.3.2 [1480])
     ° parallel title proper (2.3.3 [1481])
     ° other title information (2.3.4 [1482])
     ° parallel other title information (2.3.5 [1482])
     ° variant title (2.3.6 [1483])

Record as part of the title a name, etc. that would normally be treated as statement of responsiblity, but which is an integral part of the title.

(2.3.1.1) Facsimiles and reproductions
When describing a facsimile or reproduction that has a title or titles relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the title or titles relating to the facsimile or reproduction. [emphasis added]

Record any title relating to the original manifestation as a title pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1)

Exception: Apply 2.3.2.3 [1600] when the title of the original manifestation appears on the same source of information as the title of the facsimile or reproduction

(2.3.1.3) Sources of information
portion/type of title instructions for source of information
title proper [1480] 2.3.2.2 [1571]: Take the title proper from the preferred source of information as specified at 2.2.2–2.2.3.
     ° If there is no title provided within the resource itself, take the title proper from one of the sources specified at 2.2.4.
     ° Make a note on the source of the title proper, if required (2.20.2.3).
2.20.2.3: Make a note on the source of the title proper when it is taken if it is not one of these sources (2.20.2.3):
the title page, title sheet, or title card (or image of it) of a resource consisting of multiple pages, leaves, sheets, or cards (or images of them)
parallel title proper [1481] 2.3.3.2 [1585]: Take parallel titles proper from any source within the resource.
     ° If a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than the title proper, and that fact is considered important for identification, make a note on the source (see 2.20.2.3).
2.20.2.3: If a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than the title proper, make a note on the source of the parallel title proper if considered important for identification or access.
other title information [1482] 2.3.4.2 [1601]: Take other title information from the same source as the title proper
parallel other title information [1482] 2.3.5.2 [1602]: Take parallel other title information from the same source as the corresponding parallel title proper (2.3.3.2)
     ° If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take parallel other title information from the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2).
variant title [1483] 2.3.6.2 [1603]: Take variant titles from any source.
2.20.2.3: If considered important for identification or access, make a note on the source or basis for a variant title
Only information taken froum outside the resource is bracketed.
(2.3.1.4) Recording titles
Transcribe a title as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7.

Optional omission:
   ° Abridge a long title only if it can be abridged without loss of essential information,
   ° Use a mark of omission (...) to indicate such an omission,
   ° Never omit any of the first five words.

(2.3.1.5) Names of persons, families, and corporate bodies
If a title consists solely of the name of a person, family, or corporate body, record the name as the title.

If a title includes a name that would normally be treated as part of a statement of responsibility or as the name of a publisher, distributor, etc., and the name is an integral part of the title (e.g., connected by a case ending), record it as part of the title.

(2.3.1.6) Introductory words
Do not transcribe words that serve as an introduction and are not intended to be part of the title.
      » Optional addition: Record the form in which the title appears on the source of information as a variant title if it is considered to be important for identification or access.

Examples:
2010562779 245 10 Oscar Wilde's The happy prince
                 246 30 Happy prince

(2.3.1.7) Titles of parts, sections, and supplements
The resource is a separately issued part or section of, or supplement to, another resource
and
its title as presented on the source of information consists of:
° the title common to all parts or sections (or the title of the larger resource)
as well as
° the title of the part, section, or supplement
and
° these two titles are grammatically independent of each other,
Record the common title, followed by
° the title of the part, section, or supplement:
     ° disregard the order in which the parts of the title are presented on the source of information
     ° use a full stop to separate the common title from the title of the part, etc.:
            [Common title]. [Title of part, etc.]
When the the title of the part, section, or supplement has an enumeration or alphabetic designation, Record the common title, followed by
° the enumeration or designation, followed by
° the title of the part, section, or supplement
     ° disregard the order in which the parts of the title are presented on the source of information
     ° use a full stop to separate the common title from the enumeration or alphabetic designation
     ° use a comma to separate the alpha/numeric designation from the title of the part, etc:
            [Common title]. [alpha/numeric designation], [Title of part, etc.]
When If the title of a part, section, or supplement is presented on the source of information without the title that is common to all parts or sections Record the title of the part, section, or supplement as the title
° For a part or section, record the title that is common to all parts or sections as part of the series statement (2.12)
° For a supplement, record the title of the main resource as the title of a related work (25.1)
LC-PCC PS: When the the title of the part of a monographic series or multipart monograph lacks a title other than that of the comprehensive title or has a title that is dependent on the comprehensive title, prepare a separate bibliographic record for that publication or part, regardless of whether it is numbered or not.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS

Examples:
2012563876 Buddhist songs. ‡n No. 2, ‡p With excellent raiments
2012562903 Brazilian music for piano. ‡n Part 2, ‡p Samba and bossa nova

° Transcribe the title proper of the monographic series or multipart monograph in 245/‡a
° Transcribe any numbering as enumeration in 245/‡n
° Transcribe a dependent title as a section title in 245/‡p
° Do not formulate a series statement.

Recording variant title (RDA 2.3.6)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5)

(2.3.6) Variant title
A variant title a title associated with a resource that differs from a title recorded as the title proper, a parallel title proper, other title information, parallel other title information, earlier title proper, later title proper, key title, or abbreviated title.

Variant titles include

  • ° those that appear in the resource itself (e.g., on a title page, title frame, title screen; as a caption title, running title; on a cover, spine), on a jacket, sleeve, container, etc., or in accompanying material
  • ° those associated with a resource through reference sources
  • ° those assigned by an agency registering or preparing a description of the resource (e.g., a title assigned by a repository, a cataloger's translation or transliteration of the title)
  • ° those assigned by the creator or by previous owners or custodians of the resource, etc.
  • ° corrections to titles that appear in the resource in an incorrect form
  • ° part of a title (e.g., an alternative title or a section title recorded as part of the title proper)
  • ° variations in parallel titles proper, other title information, or parallel other title information appearing on an earlier iteration of an integrating resource or on a later issue or part of a multipart monograph
(2.3.6.2) Sources of information for variant title
Take variant titles from any source.
(2.3.6.3) Recording variant titles
Record variant titles that are considered to be important for identification or access applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479]

Make a note on the source or basis for the variant title (2.20.2.3) if it is considered important for identification or access.

LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: There are two ways to accommodate variant titles in the MARC bibliographic record:
     ° Recording a variant title in the 246 field [1604];
     ° Recording a variant title for a component of an aggregate work in a form other than would be recorded as the authorized access point for that component work. This form of variant title is recorded in the 740 field [1605]

When recording variant titles in 246 or 740 field, omit any initial article from the variant title unless the intention is to file on the article.
     See 2.3.2.7 [1606] for circumstances under which the title is filed under the initial article.

Best practices for making variant titles for permutations related to titles proper

A. General: The best practices in the following subsections represent an attempt to standardize, to a certain extent, practice in giving variant forms of the title proper. They are not meant to be an exhaustive treatment. Apply cataloger's judgment to situations not addressed here. When in doubt, be liberal in making variant titles but generally do not make a variant title that is not sufficiently distinctive to be a useful access point.

B. Alternate forms:

  • ° Abbreviations: When an abbreviation occurs as one of the first five words in a title proper, make a variant title substituting the corresponding spelled-out form of the abbreviation if it is thought that some catalog users might reasonably expect that the form was spelled out in the source.
  • ° Ampersand: When an ampersand (or other symbol, e.g., +, representing the word "and") occurs as one of the first five words in a title proper, make a variant title substituting the word "and" in the language of the title.
  • ° Letters and initialisms (including acronyms): When a series of letters or an initialism occurs as one of the first five words in a title proper with separating punctuation (hyphen, period, slash), make a variant title in the form without any separating punctuation if it is thought that some catalog users might expect that the letters would be recorded in that form in the source.
  • ° Arabic numbers (excluding dates): Make a variant title substituting the corresponding spelled-out form of the number in the language of the title proper if it is thought that some users of the catalog might reasonably expect that the form was spelled out in words in the source. In spelling out numbers in English, follow the style indicated in The Chicago Manual of Style, University of Chicago Press. For other languages, follow the preferred style of the language.
      101 = one hundred one; use also one hundred and one
      425 = four hundred twenty-five, not four hundred and twenty-five
      1001 = one thousand one; use also one thousand and one
      1226 = one thousand two hundred twenty-six, not twelve hundred twenty-six or twelve hundred and twenty-six
      2500 = twenty-five hundred, not two thousand five hundred
  • ° Dates representing a single year or span of years (e.g., 1915; 1945-1975):
         ° Generally do not make variant titles substituting the corresponding spelled-out form for dates written in arabic numerals
         ° For dates in roman numerals, make a variant title substituting arabic numerals for the roman numerals.
  • ° Other dates: dates other than those representing a single year or a span of years (e.g., XXth century)
         ° For dates in roman numerals, make a variant title substituting arabic numerals for the roman numerals.
         ° Make a variant title substituting the corresponding spelled-out form if it is thought that some users of the catalog might reasonably expect that form.
  • ° Roman numerals (excluding dates):
         ° Make a variant title substituting arabic numerals for the roman numerals.
         ° Make an additional variant title with the spelled-out form, in the language of the title proper, if it is reasonable to expect that the form was spelled out in the source.
  • ° Spelled-out form of numbers: Make a variant title substituting an arabic numeral for the spelled-out form if it is thought that some users of the catalog might reasonably expect that form.
  • ° Signs and symbols (e.g., pound sign, percent sign, dollar sign, etc.): When a sign or symbol occurs as one or in one of the first five words filed on in a title proper, make a variant title substituting the name or a written form for the corresponding sign or symbol if this can be done concisely and if it is thought that some users of the catalog might reasonably expect that the sign/symbol would be recorded in that form.
  • ° Other: If a title proper contains data within the first five words for which there could be an alternate form that would be filed differently, make a variant title under that form if it is thought that some users of the catalog might reasonably expect that form.

Examples:
2012560066
     245 10 The four seasons of Lake Superior
     246 30 4 seasons of Lake Superior

2010562594
     245 10 Deux souvenirs de Dalmatie
     246 30 Souvenirs de Dalmatie
     246 3_ 2 souvenirs de Dalmatie

2013560058
     245 10 Building a 12 key facility for the jazz bassist
     246 3_ Building a twelve key facility for the jazz bassist

2012564330
     245 The marriage of heaven & hell
     246 3_ Marriage of heaven and hell

2012563878
     245 10 Sinfonia a 4 strumenti (HH.27 n. 8), in re magg. per archi e basso continuo
     246 3_ Sinfonia a quattro strumenti (HH.27 n. 8), in re maggiore per archi e basso continuo

2012564379
     245 10 Entre funérailles IV : ‡b for solo flute
     246 3_ Entre funérailles 4
     246 3_ Entre funérailles quatre
     246 3_ Entre funérailles four

2012465727
     245 00 100 Jahre Saarländisches Staatsorchester 1912-2012
     246 3_ Hundert Jahre Saarländisches Staatsorchester 1912-2012

2011568268
     245 10 Kvartet D-dur
     246 36 Quartett op. 15

2012564424
     245 10 Colour red......... your mouth..... heart
     246 30 Color red-- your mouth-- heart

C. Corrected titles proper: For titles proper that contain an incorrect form of some kind, insure that there is title access through both the incorrect and the corrected forms by making a variant title for the corrected form of the title proper.

Examples:
2012572148
     245 10 Augusta waltzs
     246 3_ Augusta waltzes

2011567300
     245 10 Fünf Gesaenge mit Begleitung der Guittare und ein Canon zu drey Stimmen, Opus 13
     246 1_ ‡i Corrected spelling: ‡a Fünf Gesaenge mit Begleitung der Guitarre und ein Canon zu drey Stimmen, Opus 13

OCLC #780269398
     245 10 Petite fantasie "Les barricades mysteriusies" de Francios Couperin (already a revelation)
     246 1_ ‡i Title should read: ‡a Petite fantasie "Les baricades mystérieuses" de Francois Couperin

D. Portion of title proper:

  • ° Alternative title: For titles proper that contain an "alternative title [1607]," insure access to:
         ° the complete title proper (245 field)
         ° the first part of the title proper up to the word "or" or its equivalent in another language that signals an alternative title (246 field)
         ° the part following the word "or" or its equivalent in another language (246 field)
  • ° Part or designation of part: If the title proper contains a part or a designation of a part or both, make a variant title (usually for the part) when it is judged intelligible enough to be a likely candidate for access.
  • ° Partial title: Make a variant title for a portion of a title proper when it is judged that some users would consider the portion as the title proper

Examples:
2012563876
     245 10 Buddhist songs. ‡n No. 2, ‡p With excellent raiments
     246 30 With excellent raiments

2012562903
     245 10 Brazilian music for piano. ‡n Part 2, ‡p Samba and bossa nova
     246 30 Samba and bossa nova

2013568122
     245 02 A modern method for guitar. ‡n Volume 1, ‡p Rock songbook
     246 30 Rock songbook
     246 30 Rock song book

E. Introductory words to title proper: If introductory words to the title proper were not transcribed as part of the title proper (2.3.1.6 [1608]), make a variant title including those words

Examples:
2010562779
     245 Oscar Wilde's The happy prince
     246 30 Happy prince

2012562023
     245 00 Mel Bay presents Old-time hymns & gospel favorites for mountain dulcimer
     246 30 Old-time hymns & gospel favorites for mountain dulcimer
     246 3_ Old-time hymns and gospel favorites for mountain dulcimer

(2.3.6.4) Translations or transliterations of the title proper

Record a translation or transliterated form of the title proper created by the agency preparing the description as a variant title applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479]

Relationship designators between a resource and persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with the resource (RDA Appendix I)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Consult RDA Appendix I for a complete list of relationship designators.

See also LC's Metadata Guidance Documentation: Relationship Labels [1495] and scroll down to "Relationship Labels for Persons"
See also PCC's Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records [1609]
See also Relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items (RDA Appendix J) [1496]

A relationship designator indicates the nature of the relationship between entities represented by authorized access points, descriptions, and/or identifiers.

(I.1) General guidelines on using relationship designators used to specify the relationship between a resource and a person, family, or corporate body associated with that resource:
° If the relationship element is considered sufficient for the purposes of the agency creating the data, do not use a relationship designator to indicate the specific nature of the relationship.
° Use relationship designators at the level of specificity that is considered appropriate for the purposes of the agency creating the data.

PCC guidelines [1610]:
° PCC highly encourages including relationship designators for all access points whenever it is clear what the relationship is.
° It is recommended that PCC catalogers use relationship designators from the RDA appendices.
° Include a relationship designator for all creators, whether they are coded in the 1XX or 7XX field, even if the MARC field definition already implies a relationship.
° Include a relationship designator, even if it repeats a term used as a qualifier to the name.
° If the nature of the relationship cannot be ascertained even at a general level, do not assign a relationship designator.
° Prefer a specific term to a general one if it is easily determined. For example, use librettist rather than author for the creator of a libretto.
° Apply relationship designators in accordance with their definitions. For example, note the difference between artist and illustrator.
° If more than one relationship designator is appropriate because the same entity has multiple roles, preferably use repeating ‡e (or ‡j for MARC X11 fields).
     » Add relationship designators in WEMI [1500] order.
     » If necessary, multiple headings may be used instead.
° The relationship designators in RDA Appendix I may be applied to families and corporate bodies as well as to individuals

The LC-PCC PS for I.1 links to a PCC training manual that says ‡e is always preceded by a comma unless the preceding field is an open date, e.g.:
      [Name], ‡e composer.
      [Name], ‡d 1953- ‡e composer.
      [Name], ‡d 1953- ‡e composer, ‡e arranger of music.
      [Name], ‡c (Composer), ‡e composer, ‡e lyricist.

Appendix I relationship designators should not be used in:
     » a name/title access point tagged MARC 700-711 or 800-811
     » a name/title linking field tagged MARC 76X-78X.

Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work (I.2) | an expression (I.3)

(I.2) Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work
(I.2.1) Relationship designators for creators
author Creates a work that is primarily textual in content, regardless of media type (e.g., printed text, spoken word, electronic text, tactile text) or genre (e.g., poems, novels, screenplays, blogs).

Use also for persons, etc., creating a new work by paraphrasing, rewriting, or adapting works by another creator if the modification has substantially changed the nature and content of the original or changed the medium of expression.

Music-related creators under the category of author are also:

librettist An author of the words of an opera or other musical stage work, or an oratorio.
For an author of the words of just the songs from a musical, see lyricist.
lyricist An author of the words of a popular song, including a song or songs from a musical.
For a writer of words added to an expression of a musical work, see writer of added lyrics in I.3.1.
For an author of the words of just the songs from a musical, see librettist.
compiler Responsible for creating a new work (e.g., a bibliography, a directory) by selecting, arranging, aggregating, and editing data, information, etc.
composer Creates a musical work.
Use also for persons, etc., who
     ° adapt another musical work to form a distinct alteration (e.g., free transcription), paraphrasing a work
     ° create a work in the general style of another composer
     ° create a work that is based on the music of another composer (e.g., variations on a theme).
honouree person, family, or corporate body honoured by a work (e.g., the honouree of a festschrift)
     ° may be used for person, family, or corporate body associated with a work written "in memory of"
     ° "dedicatee" has also been used in this situation
MARC subfield coding for relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items:
In bibliographic records:
‡e the designation of function that describes the relationship between a name and a work
Examples:

2013560472 Cruz, Orfa V., ‡e compiler
2013560337 Diesendruck, Tamar, ‡e composer
2012562315 McDonough, Glen, ‡e librettist
2013563161 Clay, Amelia, ‡e lyricist

Multiple relationship designators for creators:

2012560047 Clark, Larry, ‡d 1963- ‡e composer, ‡e compiler
2011567286 Post, Douglas, ‡e composer, ‡e lyricist, ‡e author
2012564348 Smith, Harry B. ‡q (Harry Bache), ‡d 1860-1936, ‡e librettist, ‡e lyricist

(I.2.2) Relationship designators for other persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work
producer Responsible for most of the business aspects of a production for screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc. The producer is generally responsible for fund raising, managing the production, hiring key personnel, arranging for distributors, etc.
producer Responsible for most of the business aspects of a production for screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc. The producer is generally responsible for fund raising, managing the production, hiring key personnel, arranging for distributors, etc.
production company Responsible for financial, technical, and organizational management of a production for stage, screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc.
sponsoring body Sponsors some aspect of a work, e.g., funding research, sponsoring an event.
(I.3) Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with an expression
(I.3.1) Relationship designators for contributors
arranger of music Rewrites the composition for a medium of performance different from that for which the work was originally intended.
     ° may also modify the work for the same medium of performance, etc., keeping the musical substance of the original composition essentially unchanged.
For extensive modification that effectively results in the creation of a new musical work, see composer at I.2.1.
For a work transcribed from one system of notation to another, see transcriber in I.3.1.
composer (expression) Adds music to a work that originally lacked it, by composing new music to substitute for the original music, or by composing new music to supplement the existing music.
editor Revises or clarifies the content, e.g., adding an introduction, notes, or other critical matter.
     ° may also prepare an expression of a work for production, publication, or distribution.
For major revisions, adaptations, etc., that substantially change the nature and content of the original work, resulting in a new work, see author at I.2.1
editor of compilation Note: with the April 22, 2014 update to the RDA Toolkit, this relationship has will be deleted. Use editor
musical director A person, family, or corporate body contributing to an expression of a work by coordinating the activities of the composer, the sound editor, and sound mixers for a moving image production or for a musical or dramatic presentation or entertainment.
performer Contributes to an expression of a work by performing music, acting, dancing, speaking, etc., often in a musical or dramatic presentation, etc.

Music-related contributors under the category of performer are also:

conductor leads a performing group (orchestra, chorus, opera, etc.) in a musical or dramatic presentation, etc..
instrumentalist Plays a musical instrument.
narrator Reads or speaks in order to give an account of an act, occurrence, course of events, etc.
singer Uses his/her/their voice, with or without instrumental accompaniment, to produce music.
     ° the performance may or may not include actual words.
recording engineer Supervises the technical aspects of a sound or video recording session.
recordist Uses a recording device to capture sound and/or video during a recording session, including field recordings of natural sounds, folkloric events, music, etc.
transcriber Changes the work from one system of notation to another.
For a work transcribed for a different instrument or performing group, see arranger of music at I.3.1
translator Expresses the original text of the work in a language different from that of the original work.
A translator may also translate a text from an older form of a language into the modern form.
writer of supplementary textual content Provides supplementary textual content (e.g., an introduction, a preface) to the original work.

Music-related contributors under the category of performer are also:

writer of added commentary A person, family, or corporate body contributing to an expression of a work by providing an interpretation or critical explanation of the original work.
writer of added lyrics A writer of words added to an expression of a musical work.
For lyric writing in collaboration with a composer to form an original work, see lyricist in I.2.1.
writer of introduction

A person, family, or corporate body contributing to an expression of a work by providing an introduction to the original work.
Definition of introduction from ODLIS [1611]: the part of a book in which the subject, purpose, and limits of the work are briefly stated; usually written by the author or a recognized authority in the field; normally appears in the front matter, following the preface or foreword; is considered an integral part of the work and is not necessarily changed in subsequent editions.

Also: an introduction may establish definitions and methodology used throughout the book

writer of preface A person, family, or corporate body contributing to an expression of a work by providing a preface to the original work.
Definition of preface from ODLIS [1611]: a preliminary statement at the beginning of a book normally preceding the introduction in which the origin, scope, purpose, plan, and intended audience of the work, and acknowledgment are stated; usually written by the author (when written by a person other than the author, it is a foreword [writer of foreword to be added in the April 2015 RDA update]); when a new edition is published, the preface may be rewritten to state the extent of additions or changes in the text.

Also: a preface may be understood as standing outside the book proper and being about the book; may be used by the author to explain why and/or why s/he wrote the book or to establish the author's credibility, experience in the topic, or professional suitability to address such a topic.

Examples:

Arrangers:
2013568194 Dunker, Amy, ‡e arranger of music
2012560047 Clark, Larry, ‡d 1963- ‡e arranger of music
2013568062 Schweitzer, M., ‡e arranger

Composers of expression:
2012563742 Hastings, Thomas, ‡d 1784-1872, ‡e composer (expression)
     ° used for the composer of harmonies to melodies by another composer

Editors:
2012428885 Instituto Nacional de las Artes Escénicas y de la Música (Spain), ‡e editor
2012564397 Theopold, Hans-Martin, ‡e editor
     ° used for the person who added fingerings to the edition.

Performers:
2010624123 Meunier, Alain, ‡d 1942- ‡e conductor
#845368629 Zimmermann, Bernhard ‡c (Conductor), ‡e conductor
#845368629 Franz, Helmut ‡c (Choral director), ‡e conductor
#847801531 Jones, Carly ‡c (Clarinetist), ‡e instrumentalist
#819636600 Cambell, James, ‡e narrator
2010619295 Metropolitan Opera (New York, N.Y.), ‡e performer
2010615053 Ardeeva, Elizaveta Pavlovna, ‡d 1933- ‡e singer
#847801531 Jones, Timothy ‡c (Bass-baritone), ‡e singer

Musical directors:
2013570568 Sarv, Mikk, ‡e musical director

Recordists:
2010615053 Niemi, Jarkko, ‡e recordist
     ° used for the person who recorded folk songs

Transcribers:
2013562082 Ippolitov-Ivanov, Mikhail Mikhaĭlovich, ‡d 1859-1935, ‡e transcriber
2012465663 Mader, Wolfgang, ‡e transcriber
     ° used for the person who realized the continuo part for keyboard instrument
2010563374 Howard, Elbereth, ‡e transcriber
     ° used for the person who wrote out the music for popular songs

Translators:
2013560508 Wicker, Jutta, ‡e translator

writers of supplementary textual content:
2012564449 Konrad, Ulrich, ‡e writer of added commentary
2011568265 Bennett, Charles, ‡d 1954- ‡e writer of added lyrics
2013562135 Cepeda Astudillo, Franklin, ‡d 1975- ‡e writer of added text

Relationship designators not found in Appendix I:
2013560465 Tunick, Jonathan, ‡e orchestrator of music
2013560465 Abell, David Charles, ‡e annotator of music
2012458022 Rancapino, ‡d 1945- ‡e vocalist

Multiple relationship designators for creators:

Arrangers, etc.:
2010619286 Colón Zayas, Edwin, ‡d 1965- ‡e arranger, ‡e conductor
#867178181 Kramer, Worth, ‡e arranger of music, ‡e conductor
2013560475 Sherman, Laura ‡c (Harpist), ‡e arranger, ‡e editor
2011564848 Newman, Grace West, ‡e arranger, ‡e translator
#813928070 Bovet, Guy, ‡e arranger of music, ‡e writer of preface

2013563006 Firfov, Živko, ‡e compiler, ‡e editor
2013570569 Mular, Hristu, ‡d 1955- ‡e compiler, ‡e arranger of music, ‡e performer
2013560511 Strikha, Maksym, ‡e editor, ‡e translator, ‡e writer of added text
#839294791 Assad, Sérgio, ‡e instrumentalist, ‡e arranger of music
#839294791 Kremer, Gidon, ‡d 1947- ‡e instrumentalist, ‡e arranger of music, ‡e writer of added commentary
2013570571 Torop, Kristjan, ‡e musical director, ‡e writer of added text

Composers as well as contributors:
2013563003 Schwarz, Gerard, ‡d 1947- ‡e composer, ‡e arranger
#864721682 Mazzeo, Frank, ‡e composer, ‡e performer
2012394566 Leopoldi, Hermann, ‡d 1888-1959, ‡e composer, ‡e singer, ‡e instrumentalist
#856997337 Shacklock Meth Party (Musical group), ‡e composer, ‡e performer, ‡e producer, ‡e recording engineer

Relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items (RDA Appendix J)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

See definitions for work [711], expression [712], and manifestation [1612].
This page does not cover relationships between items.

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind. Consult RDA Appendix J for a complete list of relationship designators.

See also PCC's Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records [1609]
See also Relationship designators between a resource and persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with the resource (RDA Appendix I) [723]

Relationship designators for related:
works (J.2): Derivative relationships (J.2.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.2.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.2.5)
expressions (J.3): Derivative relationships (J.3.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.3.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.3.5)
manifestations (J.4): Equivalent relationships (J.4.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.4.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.4.5)

A relationship designator indicates the nature of the relationship between between works, expressions, manifestations, or items (e.g., related work, related item).
Relationship designators provide more specific information about the nature of the relationship (e.g., parody of, facsimile of).

(J.1) General guidelines on using relationship designators:
° Relationship designators provide more specific information about the nature of the relationship (e.g., parody of, facsimile of).
° If the relationship element is considered sufficient for the purposes of the agency creating the data, do not use a relationship designator to indicate the specific nature of the relationship.
° Use relationship designators at the level of specificity that is considered appropriate for the purposes of the agency creating the data.
° If none of the terms listed in Appendix J is appropriate or sufficiently specific, use another concise term to indicate the nature of the relationship.

PCC guidelines [1610]:
° The use of relationship designators for resource-to-resource relationships is encouraged.
° Do so even if the field coding otherwise already expresses a relationship.
° It is recommended that PCC catalogers use relationship designators from the RDA appendices.
° Prefer a specific term to a general one if it is easily determined.
° If the nature of the relationship cannot be ascertained even at a general level, do not assign a relationship designator.
° Where multiple relationships exist, e.g., an abridged translation, provide separate access points, each with a single relationship designator in a single ‡i subfield.
           LC-PCC PS for RDA J.1: LC practice: When MARC subfield ‡i for a relationship designator is used in a bibliographic record,
    ° give ‡i as the first subfield,
    ° capitalize the first word in the designator,
    ° end the subfield with a colon.
        » Alternatively, identify one relationship as primary and record that relationship alone.
° Include a 7XX field with a relationship designator referring to a specific related resource even if a 130 or 240 field is already present implying that they are versions of the same work.
° If there is reason to believe that the resource being cataloged is related to another resource, but the resource in question cannot be identified (e.g., in the case of an expression that is believed to be a translation but the original is unknown), give the information in a note.
° When constructing a reference to a related resource sharing the same principally responsible creator as the resource being described, use a 7XX author-title entry explicitly naming the creator in its ‡a rather than a 740 title entry with an implied relationship to the 1XX in the same record.

Relationship designators for related works (J.2) | related expressions (J.3) | related manifestations (J.4)

(J.2) Relationship designators for related works

Derivative relationships (J.2.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.2.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.2.5)

(J.2.2) Derivative work relationships
based on (work) A work used as the source for a derivative work.
   Reciprocal relationship: derivative (work)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
adaptation of (work) A work that has been modified for a purpose, use, or medium other than that for which it was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as (work)
Specific examples of "adaptation of (work)":
° libretto based on (work) A work used as the basis for the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as libretto (work)
° motion picture adaptation of (work) A work that has been adapted as a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as motion picture (work)
° musical theatre adaptation of (work) A work that has been adapted as a musical theatre work.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as musical theatre (work)
° opera adaptation of (work) A work that has been adapted as opera.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as opera (work)
expanded version of (work) A work used as the basis for a derivative work that enlarges upon the content of the source work
   Reciprocal relationship: expanded as (work)
imitation of (work) A work whose style or content is copied in a derivative work.
   Reciprocal relationship: imitated as (work)
musical setting of (work) A work that provides the text for a non-dramatic musical work, other than an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: set to music as (work)
paraphrase of (work) A work used as the basis for a paraphrase, i.e., a restating of the content of the source work in a different form.
   Reciprocal relationship: paraphrased as (work)
variations based on (work) A musical work from which melodic, thematic, or harmonic material is taken to form a discrete theme, which is repeated one or more times with subsequent modifications.
   Reciprocal relationship: modified by variation as (work)
derivative (work) A work that is a modification of a source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: based on (work)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
adapted as (work) A work that modifies the source work for a purpose, use, or medium other than that for which it was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: adaptation of (work)
Specific examples of "adapted as (work)":
° adapted as libretto (work) A work that consists of the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio, based on the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto based on (work)
° adapted as motion picture (work) A motion picture based on the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: motion picture adaptation of (work)
° adapted as musical theatre (work) A musical theatre work based on the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: musical theatre adaptation of (work)
° adapted as opera (work) An opera based on the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: opera adaptation of (work)
expanded as (work) A work that enlarges upon the content of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: expanded version of (work)
imitated as (work) A work that copies the style or content of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: imitation of (work)
modified by variation as (work) A musical work in which melodic, thematic, or harmonic material is taken from the source work to form a discrete theme, which is repeated one or more times with subsequent modifications.
   Reciprocal relationship: modified by variation as (work)
paraphrased as (work) A work that restates the content of the source work in a different form.
   Reciprocal relationship: paraphrased as (work)
set to music as (work) A non-dramatic musical work, other than an oratorio, that uses the text of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: musical setting of (work)
MARC subfield coding for relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items:
In bibliographic records and authority records:
‡i may contain either
    ° a designation of a relationship of the entity
OR
    ° a textual reference instruction phrase that is to be used for a user display indicating the relationship
Examples of derivative work relationships
Note: Some examples use relationship designators from previous updates of RDA
Bibliographic records:

Musical work on which another musical work is based:
#858583527
700 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Gounod, Charles, ‡d 1818-1893. ‡t Faust. ‡p Valse.
        a new musical work by one composer based on a musical work by a different composer
2012564388
700 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Gordon, Geoffrey. ‡t Concerto, ‡m violin, orchestra.
        a new musical work based on another musical work; both works by the same composer
2013563023
730 0_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Southern harmony and musical companion.

Musical work on which variations are based:
2012564412
730 0_ ‡i Musical variations based on (work): ‡a Arirang.

Musical work that was adapted to create a new musical work:
#795893642
700 1_ ‡i Adaptation of (work): ‡a Ewazen, Eric, ‡d 1954- ‡t Palisades suite.
        a musical work for flute, clarinet, and piano adapted by the same composer for tenor trombone, bass trombone, and trombone sextet
#811138943
700 1_ ‡i Adaptation of (work): ‡a Norlén, Håkan, ‡d 1917-2003. ‡t Visa vid midsommartid.
        song adapted by another composer as a choral work.
#844461365
700 1_ ‡i Adaptation of (work): ‡a Slonimsky, Nicolas, ‡d 1894-1995. ‡t Thesaurus of scales and melodic patterns.
        adapted for guitar

Musical work that was adapted to create motion picture:
#864939725
700 1_ ‡i Motion picture adaptation of (work): ‡a Lehár, Franz, ‡d 1870-1948. ‡t Lustige Witwe. ‡p Es lebt' eine Vilja.

Literary work on which the an instrumental work was based:
2013560440
700 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Kotsiubyns'kyĭ, Mykhaĭlo, ‡d 1864-1913. ‡t Tini zabutykh predkiv.

Literary work on which the libretto was based:
2012564356
700 1_ ‡i Libretto based on (work): ‡a Decourcelle, Adrien, ‡d 1824-1892. ‡t Je dîne chez ma mère.

Book on which an opera is based:
2013560407
700 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Machiavelli, Niccolò, ‡d 1469-1527. ‡t Mandragola.

Text that the composer set to music and the work on which the text was based:
2013560232
700 1_ ‡i Musical setting of (work): ‡a Pinsky, Robert. ‡t Canto V.
700 0_ ‡i Libretto based on (work): ‡a Dante Alighieri, ‡d 1265-1321. ‡t Inferno. ‡n Canto 5.

Text that the composer set to music:
2012465663
700 1_ ‡i Musical setting of (work): ‡a Schubart, Tobias Henrich. ‡t Da Jesu, deinen Ruhm zu mehren.


Authority records:

no 97067728
100 1_ Loeffler, Charles Martin, ‡d 1861-1935. ‡t Rhapsodies, ‡m piano, oboe, viola
500 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Loeffler, Charles Martin, ‡d 1861-1935. ‡t Rhapsodies, ‡m voice, instrumental ensemble ‡w r
no2003128417
100 1_ Loeffler, Charles Martin, ‡d 1861-1935. ‡t Rhapsodies, ‡m voice, instrumental ensemble
500 1_ ‡i Derivative (work): ‡a Loeffler, Charles Martin, ‡d 1861-1935. ‡t Rhapsodies, ‡m piano, oboe, viola ‡w r
_________________________________________
no2013083192
100 1_ Campo, Frank, ‡d 1927- ‡t Paraphrase on a theme of Verdi
500 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Verdi, Giuseppe, ‡d 1813-1901. ‡t Rigoletto. ‡p Questa o quella per me pari sono ‡w r
n 85367877
100 1_ Verdi, Giuseppe, ‡d 1813-1901. ‡t Rigoletto. ‡p Questa o quella per me pari sono
500 1_ ‡i Derivative work: ‡a Campo, Frank, ‡d 1927- ‡t Paraphrase on a theme of Verdi ‡w r
_________________________________________
no2013080339
100 1_ Živković, Nebojša. ‡t Oriental fantasy
500 1_ ‡i Adaptation of (work): ‡a Živković, Nebojša. ‡t Tales from the center of the earth. ‡n No. 1, ‡p Misterioso ‡w r
no2013080340
100 1_ Živković, Nebojša. ‡t Tales from the center of the earth. ‡n No. 1, ‡p Misterioso
500 1_ ‡i Adapted as (work): ‡a Živković, Nebojša. ‡t Oriental fantasy ‡w r
_________________________________________
Opera adapted from another work:
no 95057470
100 1_ Harbison, John. ‡t Full moon in March
500 1_ ‡i Opera adaptation of (work): ‡a Yeats, W. B. ‡q (William Butler), ‡d 1865-1939. ‡t Full moon in March ‡w r
n 84040514
100 1_ Yeats, W. B. ‡q (William Butler), ‡d 1865-1939. ‡t Full moon in March
500 1_ ‡i Adapted as opera (work): ‡a Harbison, John. ‡t Full moon in March ‡w r
___________________
no2014055807
100 1_ Auletta, Pietro, ‡d 1698-1771. ‡t Orazio
530 _0 ‡i Adapted as opera (work): ‡a Maestro di musica ‡w r
no 97082391
130 _0 Maestro di musica
500 1_ ‡i Opera adaptation of (work): ‡a Auletta, Pietro, ‡d 1698-1771. ‡t Orazio ‡w r
_________________________________________
Variations based on another work:
n 2015015284
100 1_ Rzewski, Frederic. ‡t Andante con moto
500 1_ ‡i Variations based on work: ‡a Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 23, op. 57, ‡r F minor. ‡p Andante con moto ‡w r
n 2015015278
100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 23, op. 57, ‡r F minor. ‡p Andante con moto
500 1_ ‡i Modified as variation as (work): ‡a Rzewski, Frederic. ‡t Andante con moto ‡w r
___________________
n 87803729
100 1_ Paganini, Nicolò, ‡d 1782-1840. ‡t Caprices, ‡m violin, ‡n M.S. 44, ‡r G major
500 1_ ‡i Variations based on (work): ‡a Paisiello, Giovanni, ‡d 1740-1816. ‡t Molinara. ‡p Nel cor più non mi sento ‡w r
n 81047357
100 1_ Paisiello, Giovanni, ‡d 1740-1816. ‡t Molinara. ‡p Nel cor più non mi sento
500 1_ ‡i Modified by variation as (work): ‡a Paganini, Nicolò, ‡d 1782-1840. ‡t Caprices, ‡m violin, ‡n M.S. 44, ‡r G major ‡w r
___________________
n 89629704
100 1_ Paganini, Nicolò, ‡d 1782-1840. ‡t Non più mesta accanto al fuoco
500 1_ ‡i Variations based on (work): ‡a Rossini, Gioacchino, ‡d 1792-1868. ‡t Cenerentola. ‡p Non più mesta ‡w r
n 83176516
100 1_ Rossini, Gioacchino, ‡d 1792-1868. ‡t Cenerentola. ‡p Non più mesta
500 1_ ‡i Modified by variation as (work): ‡a Paganini, Nicolò, ‡d 1782-1840. ‡t Non più mesta accanto al fuoco ‡w r
_________________________________________
Works by two composers (Timofeev and Say) based on the same work by another composer (Mozart):
no2014075333
100 1_ Timofeev, Alexander, ‡d 1983- ‡t Fantasy on a theme by Mozart
500 1_ ‡i Musical variations based on (work): ‡a Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, ‡d 1756-1791. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n K. 331, ‡r A major. ‡p Andante grazioso ‡w r
no2008055569
100 1_ Say, Fazıl, ‡d 1970- ‡t Patara
500 1_ ‡i Based on (work): ‡a Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, ‡d 1756-1791. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n K. 331, ‡r A major. ‡p Andante grazioso ‡w r
no 98000623
100 1_ Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, ‡d 1756-1791. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n K. 331, ‡r A major. ‡p Andante grazioso
500 1_ ‡i Musical variations (work): ‡a Timofeev, Alexander, ‡d 1983- ‡t Fantasy on a theme by Mozart ‡w r
500 1_ ‡i Derivative (work): ‡a Say, Fazıl, ‡d 1970- ‡t Patara ‡w r

(J.2.4) Whole-part work relationships
container of (work) A work that is a discrete component of a larger work.
Examples of whole-part work relationships:
2013560123
700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Chopin, Frédéric, ‡d 1810-1849. ‡t Ballades, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 23, ‡r G minor.
2013568120
700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Shostakovich, Dmitriĭ Dmitrievich, ‡d 1906-1975. ‡t Romansy na slova E. Dolmatovskogo.
_________________________________________
#849651813
700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1056, ‡r F minor.
700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1052, ‡r D minor.
700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1058, ‡r G minor.
(J.2.5) Accompanying work relationships
augmentation of (work) A work whose content is added to by another work.
   Reciprocal relationship: augmented by (work)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
cadenza composed for (work) A work used as the basis for the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: cadenza (work)
augmented by (work) A work that adds to the content of a predominant work.
   Reciprocal relationship: augmentation of (work)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
cadenza (work) A musical work consisting of an ornamental passage for a soloist, added to a musical work such as a concerto, either by the same or a different composer.
   Reciprocal relationship: cadenza composed for (work)
complemented by (work) A work paired with another work without either work being considered to predominate.
   Reciprocal relationship: complemented by (work)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
libretto (work) A work that provides the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto for (work)
libretto for (work) A musical work such as an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio, that uses the text of the related work as a libretto.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto (work)
music (work) A musical work that is used in a motion picture, play, television program, etc.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for (work)
Specific examples of "music (work)":
° incidental music (work) A musical work that provides the incidental music for a play or other spoken work for the stage.
   Reciprocal relationship: incidental music for (work)
° motion picture music (work) A musical work that is used in a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for motion picture (work)
° radio program music (work) A musical work that is used in a radio program.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for radio program (work)
° television program music (work) A musical work that is used in a television program.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for television program (work)
° video music (work) A musical work that is used in a video.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for video (work)
music for (work) A work such as a motion picture, play, television program, etc., that uses the musical work.
   Reciprocal relationship: music (work)
Specific examples of "music for (work)":
° incidental music for (work) A work such as a play or other spoken work for the stage that uses the musical work as incidental music.
   Reciprocal relationship: incidental music (work)
° music for motion picture (work) A work that uses the musical work in a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: motion picture music (work)
° music for radio program (work) A work that uses the musical work in a radio program.
   Reciprocal relationship: radio program music (work)
° music for television program (work) A work that uses the musical work in a television program.
   Reciprocal relationship: television program music (work)
° music for video (work) A work that uses the musical work in a video.
   Reciprocal relationship: video music (work)
Examples of accompanying work relationships:
Bibliographic records:
#835648240
700 1_ ‡i Augmentation of: ‡a Legendre, Louis, ‡d 1851-1908. ‡t Beaucoup de bruit pour rien.
#858280397
700 1_ ‡i Augmentation of (work): ‡a Browne, Walter, ‡d 1856-1911. ‡t Everywoman.
2013568122
700 1_ ‡i Complemented by (work): ‡a Leavitt, William, ‡d 1926-1990. ‡t Modern method for guitar.

Incidental music:
Bibliographic record:
#20915131
700 1_ ‡i Incidental music for (work): ‡a Raupach, Ernst Benjamin Salomo, ‡d 1784-1852. ‡t König Enzio.
Authority records:
n 2015041456
100 1_ Olding, Grant. ‡t One man, two guvnors
500 1_ ‡i Incidental music for (work): ‡a Bean, Richard, ‡d 1956- ‡t One man, two guvnors ‡w r
no2012092497
100 1_ Bean, Richard, ‡d 1956- ‡t One man, two guvnors
500 1_ ‡i Incidental music (work): ‡a Olding, Grant. ‡t One man, two guvnors ‡w r

(J.3) Relationship designators for related expressions

Derivative relationships (J.3.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.3.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.3.5)

(J.3.2) Derivative expression relationships
based on (expression) An expression used as the basis for a derivative expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: derivative (expression)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
adaptation of (expression) An expression of a work that has been modified for a purpose, use, or medium other than that for which it was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as (expression)
Specific examples of "adaptation of (expression)":
° libretto based on (expression) An expression of a work used as the basis for the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as libretto (expression)
° motion picture adaptation of (expression) An expression of a work that has been adapted as a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as motion picture (expression)
° musical theatre adaptation of (expression) An expression of a work that has been adapted as a musical theatre work.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as musical theatre (expression)
° opera adaptation of (expression) An expression of a work that has been adapted as opera.
   Reciprocal relationship: adapted as opera (expression)
expanded version of (expression) An expression of a work used as the basis for a derivative work that enlarges upon the content of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: expanded as (expression)
arrangement of An expression of a musical work that has been rewritten for a medium of performance different from that for which the work was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: arranged as
imitation of (expression) An expression of a work whose style or content is copied in a derivative work.
   Reciprocal relationship: imitated as (expression)
musical setting of (expression) An expression of a work that provides the text for a non-dramatic musical work, other than an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: set to music as (expression)
paraphrase of (expression) An expression of a work used as the basis for a paraphrase, i.e., a restating of the content of the source work in a different form.
   Reciprocal relationship: paraphrased as (expression)
variations based on (expression) An expression of a musical work from which melodic, thematic, or harmonic material is taken to form a discrete theme, which is repeated one or more times with subsequent modifications.
   Reciprocal relationship: modified by variation as (expression)
derivative (expression) An expression that is a modification of a source expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: based on (expression)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
adapted as (expression) An expression of a work that modifies the source expression for a purpose, use, or medium other than that for which it was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: adaptation of (expression)
Specific examples of "adapted as (expression)":
° adapted as libretto (work) An expression of a work that consists of the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio, based on the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto based on (expression)
° adapted as motion picture (expression) A motion picture based on the source expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: motion picture adaptation of (expression)
° adapted as musical theatre (expression) An expression of a musical theatre work based on the source expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: musical theatre adaptation of (expression)
° adapted as opera (expression) An expression of an opera based on the source expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: opera adaptation of (expression)
arranged as An expression of a musical work that rewrites the source expression for a medium of performance different from that for which the work was originally intended.
   Reciprocal relationship: arrangement of
expanded as (expression) An expression of a work that enlarges upon the content of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: expanded version of (expression)
imitated as (expression) An expression of a work that copies the style or content of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: imitation of (expression)
modified by variation as (expression) An expression of a musical work in which melodic, thematic, or harmonic material is taken from the source work to form a discrete theme, which is repeated one or more times with subsequent modifications.
   Reciprocal relationship: modified by variation as (expression)
paraphrased as (expression) An expression of a work that restates the content of the source work in a different form.
   Reciprocal relationship: paraphrased as (expression)
set to music as (expression) A non-dramatic musical work, other than an oratorio, that uses the text of the source work.
   Reciprocal relationship: musical setting of (expression)
Examples of derivative expression relationships:
Musical arrangement:
2012564253
730 0_ ‡i Musical arrangement of (work): ‡a Keep me from sinking down.
2013465261
700 1_ ‡i 2nd and 3rd movements arrangement of (work): ‡a Kaprálová, Vítězslava, ‡d 1915-1940. ‡t Dubnová preludia.

Literary work on which the libretto was based:
2012564348
700 1_ ‡i Libretto based on (expression): ‡a Rostand, Edmond, ‡d 1868-1918. ‡t Cyrano de Bergerac. ‡l English.
2012564401
700 1_ ‡i Libretto based on (expression): ‡a Cervantes Saavedra, Miguel de, ‡d 1547-1616. ‡t Celoso extremeño. ‡l English.

Text that the composer set to music and the work on which the text was based:
2012563876
700 1_ ‡i Musical setting of (expression): ‡a Śāntideva, ‡d active 7th century. ‡t Bodhicaryāvatāra. ‡l English.
2013561052
700 1_ ‡i Musical setting of (expression): ‡a Yevtushenko, Yevgeny Aleksandrovich, ‡d 1933- ‡t Babiĭ IAr.
700 1_ ‡i Musical setting of (expression): ‡a Yevtushenko, Yevgeny Aleksandrovich, ‡d 1933- ‡t Poems. ‡k Selections.

(J.3.4) Whole-part expression relationships
contained in (expression) An expression of a larger work of which the expression is a discrete component.
   Reciprocal relationship: container of (expression)
container of (expression) An expression of a work that is a discrete component of a larger expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: contained in (expression)
Examples of whole-part expression relationships:
2012560098
700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l German.
700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English.
_________________________________________
#18206386
700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 19; ‡o arranged.
700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 20; ‡o arranged.
700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 21; ‡o arranged.
(J.3.5) Accompanying expression relationships
augmentation of (expression) An expression of a work whose content is added to by another expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: augmented by (expression)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
cadenza composed for (expression) An expression of a musical work such as a concerto for which an ornamental passage for a soloist has been composed, either by the same or a different composer.
   Reciprocal relationship: cadenza (expression)
augmented by (expression) An expression of a work that adds to the content of a predominant expression.
   Reciprocal relationship: augmentation of (expression)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
cadenza (expression) An expression of a musical work consisting of an ornamental passage for a soloist, added to a musical work such as a concerto, either by the same or a different composer..
   Reciprocal relationship: cadenza composed for (expression)
complemented by (expression) An expression of a work paired with another expression without either expression being considered to predominate.
   Reciprocal relationship: complemented by (expression)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
libretto (expression) An expression of a work that provides the text of an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto for (expression)
libretto for (expression) An expression of a musical work such as an opera or other work for the musical stage, or an oratorio, that uses the text of the related work.
   Reciprocal relationship: libretto (expression)
music (expression) An expression of a musical work that is used in a motion picture, play, television program, etc.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for (expression)
Specific examples of "music (expression)":
° incidental music (expression) An expression of a musical work that provides the incidental music for a play or other spoken work for the stage.
   Reciprocal relationship: incidental music for (expression)
° motion picture music (expression) An expression of a musical work that is used in a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for motion picture (expression)
° radio program music (expression) An expression of a musical work that is used in a radio program.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for radio program (expression)
° television program music (expression) An expression of a musical work that is used in a television program.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for television program (expression)
° video music (expression) An expression of a musical work that is used in a video.
   Reciprocal relationship: music for video (expression)
music for (expression) An expression of a work such as a motion picture, play, television program, etc., that uses the musical work.
   Reciprocal relationship: music (expression)
Specific examples of "music for (expression)":
° incidental music for (expression) An expression of a work such as a play or other spoken work for the stage that uses the musical work as incidental music.
   Reciprocal relationship: incidental music (expression)
° music for motion picture (expression) An expression of a work that uses the musical work in a motion picture.
   Reciprocal relationship: motion picture music (expression)
° music for radio program (expression) An expression of a work that uses the musical work in a radio program.
   Reciprocal relationship: radio program music (expression)
° music for television program (expression) An expression of a work that uses the musical work in a television program.
   Reciprocal relationship: television program music (expression)
° music for video (expression) An expression of a work that uses the musical work in a video.
   Reciprocal relationship: video music (expression)

(J.4) Relationship designators for related manifestations

Equivalent relationships (J.4.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.4.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.4.5)

(J.4.2) Equivalent manifestations relationships
See the discussion paper Instructions for recording structured descriptions of related manifestations [1613] for tentative instructions for the following relationships: Reproduced as (Manifestation); Reproduction of (Manifestation)
equivalent manifestation A manifestation that embodies the same expression of a work.
   Reciprocal relationship: equivalent (manifestation)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
reproduced as (manifestation) A manifestation that reproduces another manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: equivalent (manifestation)
Specific examples of "reproduced as (manifestation)" encountered in music cataloging:
facsimile (manifestation) A manifestation that exactly reproduces another manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: facsimile of (manifestation)
reprinted as (manifestation) A manifestation that is a reissue of another printed manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: reprint of (manifestation)
reproduction of (manifestation) A manifestation that is used as the basis for a reproduction.
   Reciprocal relationship: reproduced as (manifestation)
Specific examples of "reproduction of (manifestation)" encountered in music cataloging:
facsimile of (manifestation) A manifestation that is used as the basis for an exact reproduction.
   Reciprocal relationship: facsimile (manifestation)
reprint of (manifestation) A printed manifestation that is used as the basis for a reissue of a manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: reprinted as (manifestation)
(J.4.4) Whole-part manifestation relationships
See the discussion paper Instructions for recording structured descriptions of related manifestations [1613] for tentative instructions for the following relationships: Container of (Manifestation); Contained in (Manifestation)
contained in (manifestation) A larger manifestation of which a part is a discrete component.
   Reciprocal relationship: container of (manifestation)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
facsimile contained in A larger manifestation of which a part is a discrete component that exactly reproduces another manifestation embodying the same expression of a work.
   Reciprocal relationship: facsimile container of
special issue of A serial or newspaper containing a single issue or a supplementary section devoted to a special subject, with or without serial numbering, such as an anniversary number of a periodical or newspaper.
   Reciprocal relationship: special issue
container of (manifestation) A manifestation that is a discrete component of a larger manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: contained in (manifestation)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
facsimile container of A manifestation used as the basis for an exact reproduction that is a discrete component of a larger manifestation.
   Reciprocal relationship: facsimile contained in
special issue A manifestation that consists of a single issue or a supplementary section of a serial or newspaper devoted to a special subject.
   Reciprocal relationship: special issue of
Examples of whole-part manifestation relationships:
2013364306
700 12 ‡i Container of (manifestation): ‡a Krutikov, G. A. ‡q (Geliĭ Andreevich), ‡d 1931- ‡t Akh ty, Rus' razdol'naia.
2013560346
730 0_ ‡i Container of (manifestation): ‡a World magazine, ‡g December 23, 1917.
(J.4.5) Accompanying manifestation relationships
See the discussion paper on Instructions for describing accompanying material in RDA [1614]
accompanied by (manifestation) A manifestation issued with another manifestation, without any relationship to its content.
   Reciprocal relationship: accompanied by (manifestation)
Music-related relationships under this category are:
issued with A manifestation that is issued on the same carrier as the manifestation being described.
   Reciprocal relationship: issued with

Sound characteristics (RDA 3.16 & MARC 344)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

RDA 3.16 Sound characteristics
(3.16.1.1) Sound characteristics are technical specifications relating to the encoding of sound in a resource that include:
     ° type of recording (3.16.2)
     ° recording medium (3.16.3)
     ° playing speed (3.16.4)
     ° groove characteristics (3.16.5)
     ° track configuration (3.16.6)
     ° tape configuration (3.16.7)
     ° configuration of playback channels (3.16.8)
     ° special playback characteristics (3.16.9)

For instructions on recording additional characteristics of digitally encoded sound (e.g., audio encoding formats such as MP3), see 3.19.

(3.16.1.2) Sources of information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container)
     ° If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.16.1.3) Recording sound characteristics
If the resource consists primarily of recorded sound, record the sound characteristics in 3.16.1.1, as applicable to the resource, if they are considered important for identification or selection.

Optional addition: Record the sound characteristics listed above for a resource other than one that consists primarily of sound, as applicable, if they are considered important for identification or selection.

Record details of sound characteristics as instructed under 3.16.1.4

(3.16.1.4) Details of sound c characteristic
Record details of any special equipment requirements for the playback of sound as instructed under 3.20.1.3:
(3.20.1.3) Recording equipment or system requirements:
Record any equipment or system requirements beyond what is normal and obvious for the type of carrier or type of file (e.g., the make and model of equipment or hardware, the operating system, the amount of memory, programming language, other necessary software, or any plug-ins or peripherals required to play, view, or run the resource).
Alternative: Record the equipment or system requirements as they are presented on the resource.

Example:
OCLC 826023537
538 __ SACD surround 5.1 requires multi-channel SACD player and compatible surround sound system; SACD stereo requires SACD player; CD audio playable on all standard CD players.

(3.16.2) Type of recording
the method used to encode audio content for playback (e.g., analog, digital).
(3.16.2.2) Sources of information
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container)
     ° If desired, take additional evidence from any source.
(3.16.2.3) Recording type of recording
Record the type of recording using an appropriate term from the list below:
     ° analog
     ° digital

If neither of the terms listed above is appropriate or sufficiently specific, use a term designating the type of recording as concisely as possible.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record type of recording for all audio carriers.

(3.16.2.4) Details of type of recording
Record details of the type of recording if they are considered important for identification or selection.
MARC 344
Definition
Technical specifications relating to the encoding of sound in a resource.
Indicators
1st blank
2nd blank
Subfields
‡a Type of recording
     ° The method used to encode audio content for playback (e.g., analog, digital)
‡b Recording medium
     ° The type of medium used to record sound on an audio carrier (e.g., magnetic, optical)
‡c Playing speed
     ° The speed at which an audio carrier must be operated to produce the sound intended
‡d Groove characteristic
     ° The groove width of an analog disc or the groove pitch of an analog cylinder
‡e Track configuration
     ° The configuration of the audio track on a sound-track film
‡f Tape configuration
     ° The number of tracks on an audiotape
‡g Configuration of playback channels
     ° The number of sound channels used to make a recording (e.g., one channel for a monophonic recording, two channels for a stereophonic recording)
‡h Special playback characteristics
     ° An equalization system, noise reduction system, etc., used in making an audio recording
Source: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [1615]

Transcription (RDA 1.7)

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]

Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.

Capitalization (1.7.2) | Punctuation (1.7.3) | Diacritical marks (1.7.4) | Symbols (1.7.5)
Spacing of initials and acronyms (1.7.6) | Letters or words intended to be read more than once (1.7.7) | Abbreviations (1.7.8) | Inaccuracies (1.7.9)

First, a discussion of transcribing versus recording:

Transcription:

RDA's emphasis on transcription is consistent with the International Cataloging Principles' [1616] principle of representation, that is: represent the resource the way it represents itself. This is a shift away from AACR2's rules on abbreviations, capitalization, punctuation, numerals, and symbols, and on the correction of data that is known to be incorrect, such as typos. RDA favors generally not altering what is on the resource when transcribing information for certain elements.

Transcribed information = "Take what you see" and "accept what you get."

General guidelines in 1.7.1 (and appendices A (capitalization) and B (abbreviations) address transcription of what is on the resource: punctuation, abbreviations, inaccuracies, symbols, initials, numbering. In short, generally follow what is on source. However, 1.7.1 includes alternatives that allow for adjusting data following in-house guidelines or a preferred style manual.

Transcribed elements are "recorded" exactly as they appear on the resource, except when specific instructions say otherwise. In fact, RDA's instructions in Chapter 2, on "recording" the attributes of manifestations and items, use the verb "record."

RDA 1.4 contains a list of elements to be transcribed from the resource in the found language and script:

Element Associated MARC field
Title: title and parallel title proper, other title and parallel other title information, variant title 245 ‡a, ‡b
Statement and parallel statement of responsibility relating to title proper 245 ‡c
Edition: designation and parallel designation, statement and parallel statement of responsibility, designation and parallel designation of a named revision of an edition, statement and parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision 250 ‡a, ‡b
Production: place and parallel place, name and parallel name, and date 264 _0 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
Publication: place and parallel place, name and parallel name, and date 264 _1 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
Distribution: place and parallel place, name and parallel name, and date 264 _2 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
Manufacturer: place and parallel place, name and parallel name, and date 264 _3 ‡a, ‡b, ‡c
Series statement: Series and subseries: title proper and parallel title proper, other title and parallel other title information, statement and parallel statement of responsibility, numbering 490 ‡a, ‡v

When information for any of these elements does not appear on the resource and is taken from a source outside the resource, indicate it in a note or enclose the information in square brackets (see 2.2.4 [918]).

Recording:

For those elements that recorded, the found information may be adjusted or taken from another source. The information is taken on the source, but not necessarily exactly as it appears on the source (for example, the hyphens in an ISBN are omitted).

For non-transcribed elements:
° record them in the language and script preferred by the agency creating the data (at LC, this is English);
° when adding information within an element, record it in the language and script of the element to which it is being added;
° when supplying an entire element, generally supply it in English.

Sources: rda-l [1617]; LC's RDA training module Module 1: Introduction to RDA [1618]; RDA in brief : the body of the record [1619] © 2012-2013 Mark K. Ehlert

(1.7.1) These are guidelines on general guidelines on capitalization, punctuation, symbols, abbreviations, etc., when transcribing an element as it appears on the source of information.

Alternative 1: If the agency creating the data has established in-house guidelines for capitalization, punctuation, numerals, symbols, abbreviations, etc., or has designated a published style manual, etc., use those guidelines or that style manual in place of the instructions given under 1.7.2-1.7.9 and in the appendices.
LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative 1:
For capitalization of transcribed elements, catalogers are encouraged (but not required) to follow Appendix A;
   ° it is permitted to "take what you see" on the resource.
For punctuation, numerals, symbols, abbreviations, etc., follow the guidelines in 1.7.3-1.7.9 and in the appendices.
   ° If supplying information in brackets or providing a romanized form, apply cataloger's judgment to follow the appropriate appendix or not.

Alternative 2: If a description created by another agency is used or if data are derived from a digital source of information using an automated scanning, copying, or downloading process, accept the data without modification.
LC practice for Alternative 2: Follow appropriate LC copy cataloging guidelines with respect to accepting and modifying data from other agencies:
   ° Generally accept data derived from digital sources;
   ° Make any adjustments to the supplied information judged appropriate.
PCC practice for Alternative 2:
PCC practice for Alternative (2nd): Generally accept data derived from digital sources;
   ° Make any adjustments to the supplied information judged appropriate.

Note: Catalogers using data derived from a digital source are permitted (though not required) to make the capitalization conform to Appendix A.

Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS, including for both alternatives. That is, for each separate element, either "take what you see" from the resource or apply Appendix A, per local policy and/or cataloger's judgment.

If applying Appendix A, or when in doubt, leave a space between a caption (e.g., "op.") and an opus or thematic index number.

(1.7.2) Capitalization
See also Capitalization of foreign terms based on RDA Appendix A [1473]
Apply the instructions on capitalization given in appendix A:
Guidelines on capitalization for English and a selected number of other languages that are to be applied when transcribing or recording specified elements.
   ° Unless there are specific guidelines under guidelines below, capitalize words according to the guidelines for the language involved.
      » Record any words not covered by the guidelines in this appendix in lower case.

Alternative: When recording the attributes of a manifestation or item, if the agency creating the data has established in-house guidelines on capitalization, or has designated a published style manual, etc., as its preferred guide, use those guidelines or that style manual in place of the instructions given in this appendix.
LC practice for Alternative: For capitalization of transcribed elements, either "take what you see" on the resource or follow this appendix.
   ° For other elements, follow this appendix. If supplying information in brackets or providing a romanized form, apply cataloger's judgment to follow this appendix or not.

° (A.2) Names of persons, families, corporate bodies, and places
   » In general, capitalize the first word of each name.
   » Capitalize other words applying the guidelines applicable to the language involved.
   » For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form.
   » Capitalize in names of persons:
       · a word, or the substantive words in a phrase characterizing a person and used as a name
       · a quoted title within a personal name
       · titles and other terms treated as an integral part of the name of a person
       · the first word and any proper names in other designations associated with a person, in terms indicating field of activity and in terms indicating occupation or profession
   » Initialisms and acronyms of the letters of an initialism or acronym used by a corporate body
       · Follow the the capitalization in the predominant usage of the body.
   » Capitalize other terms associated with names of families and corporate bodies:
       · the first word of a term indicating type of family
       · the first word of a designation associated with a corporate body
       · other words in the term or designation applying the guidelines applicable to the language involved.

° (A.3) Titles of works
   » Capitalize the title of a work as instructed under A.4.
   » Other terms associated with titles of works, capitalize:
       · the first word of each term.
       · other words in the term applying the guidelines applicable to the language involved.
       Exceptions:
            Music: Do not capitalize words or abbreviations indicating medium of performance (6.15 [686]) or numeric designation of a musical work (6.16 [779]),
            unless the word is, or the abbreviation stands for, a proper name.
            For thematic index numbers (6.16.1.3.3 [1460]), follow the capitalization practice used in the thematic index.
            Series: Do not capitalize words or abbreviations indicating numbering of a part (24.6) unless the word or abbreviation is capitalized in the language concerned.

° (A.4) Titles of manifestations
       · Capitalize the first word or the abbreviation of the first word in a title and in a title of a part, section, or supplement.
       · Capitalize other words within titles applying the guidelines applicable to the language involved.
      Exceptions:
          » Other title information: Do not capitalize the first word or the abbreviation of the first word in other title information (2.3.4 [1482]) unless the word or abbreviation is listed under             A.10-A.55 or in appendix B as one that should be capitalized.
          » Unusual capitalization: Follow the capitalization of the title as found on the source of information.
       · Do not capitalize the first word of a title if it is preceded by punctuation indicating that the beginning of the phrase from which the title was derived has been omitted.

° (A.5) Edition statement
   » Capitalize:
       · the first word or abbreviation of the first word in a designation of edition (2.5.2 [1620]).
       · other words in an edition statement applying the guidelines applicable to the language involved.

° (A.7) Numbering within series and subseries
   » Do not capitalize a term that is part of the numbering within a series (2.12.9) or subseries (2.12.17)
     unless the guidelines given applicable to the language involved require capitalization.
   » Capitalize other words and alphabetic devices according to the usage on the resource.

° (A.8) Notes
   » Capitalize the first word or abbreviation of a word in a note (2.20, 3.22, 5.9, 8.13, 24.8, and 29.7).
   » If a note consists of more than one sentence, capitalize the first word of each subsequent sentence.
   » Capitalize a title as instructed under A.4.
   » Capitalize other words as applicable to the language involved.

° (A.10) English language
   » Where a guideline prescribes the capitalization of the name of a person, corporate body, or place, or of a title of nobility, term of honour, appellation, epithet, etc.,
     understand this to mean that each separate word or initial is to be capitalized excepting articles, prepositions, and conjunctions.
   » However, in a place name, capitalize an article that forms an accepted part of the name according to gazetteers.
   » Capitalize a plural generic term when it precedes the distinctive nouns in two or more proper names.
   » Do not capitalize the generic term when it follows the nouns.

(1.7.3) Punctuation
Transcribe punctuation as it appears on the source, omitting punctuation on the source that separates data to be recorded as one element from data to be recorded as a different element, or as a second or subsequent instance of an element.
Add punctuation, as necessary, for clarity.

Instructions on the use of prescribed punctuation for the display of descriptive data in ISBD form are in Appendix D.1.2:
(D.1.2.1) General instructions on the use of prescribed punctuation for the display of descriptive data in ISBD form
[Some instructions have been omitted, as they are usually supplied by an OPAC or are not used in an OPAC display.
Instructions for the marks of punctuation that is used within a MARC field is included.]

When in an area or an element the same information appears in two or more languages and/or scripts, the following provisions apply:
   ° When one element is recorded in two or more languages and/or scripts, the information in each language and/or script after the first is preceded by an equals sign (=).
   Examples:
      2012563437
         245 10 Ah che la morte ognora = ‡b Ah I have sighed to rest me
      2012564395
         245 10 Centenary song album = ‡b Jubiläumus-Liederalbum

   ° When, in a single area, two or more elements are recorded in two or more languages and/or scripts, the elements in each language and/or script are given together with the appropriate preceding punctuation for each element. The whole group of elements for the first language and/or script recorded is preceded by punctuation appropriate to the first element and each group after the first is preceded by an equals sign.
   Examples:
      2011568261
         245 10 Četiti skiche : ‡b za klavir = Quatre esquisses : pour piano
      2012562531
         245 10 To a wild rose : ‡b from "Woodland sketches" : for 4 violoncellos = aus "Amerikanische Wald-Idyllen" : für 4 Violoncelli

   ° When a single statement (e.g., a statement of responsibility) is recorded partly in one language and/or script and partly in two or more languages and/or scripts, the several linguistic forms are transcribed together. Equals signs or other punctuation symbols are used as appropriate.
   Example:
      2010562595
         245 10 Suita giocosa : ‡b for woodwind quintet = pro dechové kvinteto

(D.1.2.2) Title and statement of responsibility area

Precede: With:
the title of a section or supplement (2.3.1.7 [1583]) period
the enumeration or alphabetic designation preceding the title of a section or supplement the enumeration or alphabetic designation with period;
the title by a comma
Examples:
2012563876
   245 10 Buddhist songs. ‡n No. 2, ‡p With excellent raiments
2012562903
   245 10 Brazilian music for piano. ‡n Part 2, ‡p Samba and bossa nova
each parallel title equals sign (=)
each unit of other title information colon (:)
the first statement of responsibility by a diagonal slash diagonal slash (/)
each subsequent statement of responsibility semicolon (;)

The parts are all by the same person(s) or emanate from the same body (bodies): Separate the titles proper of the parts by semicolons, even if the titles are linked by a connecting word or phrase.
Examples:
2010562280
   245 10 Quatre câpres ; ‡b et Douze huîtres
OCLC #826876216
   245 10 Symphony no. 2 ; ‡b Four Shakespeare preludes
OCLC #826876229
   245 10 Lukaspassion ; ‡b &, Die Sieben Worte

Follow the title proper of each part by its parallel title(s) (preceded by an equals sign) and other title information (preceded by a colon).

The parts are by different persons or families, or corporate bodies, or in case of doubt: Follow the title proper of each part by its parallel title(s) (preceded by an equals sign), other title information (preceded by a colon), and statement(s) of responsibility (preceded by a diagonal slash or by a semicolon, as appropriate).
Separate the groups of data with a full stop.
OCLC #832457650
   245 10 Symphony no. 6 in E minor / ‡c Vaughan Williams. The sea / Bridge.

(D.1.2.3) Edition statement

Precede the: With:
first statement of responsibility following an edition statement diagonal slash (/)
Example:
2012563233
   250 Piano-vocal score / ‡b piano reduction by Robert Meikle.
each subsequent statement of responsibility semicolon (;)

(D.1.2.5) Publication, production, distribution, etc., area

Precede the: With:
second or subsequent place of production, publication, distribution, manufacturer semicolon (;)
name of producer, publisher, distributor, manufacturer colon (:)
date of production, publication, distribution, manufacturer comma

(D.1.2.6) Physical description area

Precede: With:
other physical details (i.e., other than extent or dimensions) colon (:)
dimensions semicolon (;)
each statement of accompanying material plus sign (+)
Enclose: With:
extent, other physical details, and dimensions of accompanying material parentheses

(D.1.2.7) Series description area

Precede: With:
each parallel title equals sign (=)
other title information colon (:)
the first statement of responsibility diagonal slash (/)
each subsequent statement of responsibility semicolon (;)
the ISSN of a series or sub-series comma
the numbering within a series or sub-series or multipart monographic resource semicolon (;)

(LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1) Notes area

Precede: With:
additional information expected precede or follow a hyphen with one space
end each note with one of these marks of punctuation period, question mark, exclamation mark, hyphen
note endings with a quotation mark put final mark of punctuation inside the quotation mark
incomplete contents note no final punctuation
square brackets do not use unless used in quoted data
   ° Page 4 of cover not Page [4] of cover

(LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1) Ending punctuation by MARC field

MARC field Ending punctuation
245 [1479] title add a period if the field does not end with one
246 [1483] variant title use an ending mark of punctuation only when it is part of the data
250 [725] edition add a period if the field does not end with one
264/0, 264/1, 264/2, 264/3 [794]
production/publication/distribution/manufacture
usually ends with a period, a closing bracket, or a hyphen
264/4 [1519] copyright date does not have ending punctuation
300 [1621] extent may end in:
   ° no punctuation
   ° a right parenthesis when the last element of the field is a parenthetical qualifier
   ° a period when
      » the last element is an abbreviation
      » the bibliographic record includes a 490 field
490 series use an ending mark of punctuation only when it is part of the data
(1.7.4) Diacritical marks
Transcribe diacritical marks such as accents as they appear on the source of information.
Add diacritical marks that are not present on the source of information in accordance with standard usage for the language of the data.
(1.7.5) Symbols
Transcribe diacritical marks such as accents as they appear on the source of information.
   ° Make an explanatory note if necessary (see 2.20).
Ignore typographical devices that are used as separators, etc.

LC practice/PCC practice: The objective in treating signs and symbols not represented in the character set is to render or convey the intention without undue time and effort and with a minimum of interpolation, using one of the techniques described in this section. Note that a minimum of interpolation is wanted because those searching the machine catalog cannot very often be expected to "second-guess" the cataloger in this respect, i.e., users will normally formulate search queries that necessarily do not take interpolations into account. As judged appropriate, use notes to explain and use access points to provide additional access; the examples below are illustrative, not prescriptive.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS.

1. If the symbol is judged not to be an integral or essential part of the title, do not intervene in the transcription.
   ° Instead, omit the symbol; explain its omission in a note if it is judged worth mentioning.

2. Use existing characters when this can be done without serious distortion or loss of intelligibility.

3. Use the double underscore convention (see the section on Special Letters, Diacritical Marks, and Punctuation Marks in Policy Statement 1.4.)

4. Substitute in the language of the context the word, phrase, etc., that is the obvious spoken/written equivalent (if unknown in the language of the context, use English); bracket the interpolated equivalent. If the element in the source is not preceded or followed by a space, in general precede or follow the bracketed interpolation by a space unless a space would create an unintended result for searching.
   Example:
      2013560337
         245 10 8 --> [infinity]
         500 In title, "[infinity]" appears as the infinity symbol.

Exception 1: Do not transcribe symbols that indicate birth (e.g., an asterisk) or death (e.g., a dagger) even if such characters are in the character set.
   ° Do not use a mark of omission;
   ° instead, explain the omission in a note and provide a variant title with an interpolated word or phrase if it seems useful.

Exception 2: Ignore symbols indicating trademark (registered or otherwise), patent, etc.
   ° These include:
      · a superscript or subscript "R" enclosed in a circle (®) (ignore although included in the character set)
      · the superscript or subscript letters "TM" (TM).
   ° Explain their presence in a note if considered important. Ignore such symbols also when they appear with elements used in access points.

5. If the spoken/written equivalent is not obvious, give an explanation or a description in the language of the context (if unknown in the language of the context, use English).

6. If a title consists solely of a sign or symbol or one or more marks of punctuation, provide an equivalent in all cases, even if the particular symbol is itself in the character set.

(1.7.6) Spacing of initials and acronyms
If separate letters or initials appear on the source of information without full stops between them, transcribe the letters without spaces between them, regardless of spacing on the source.

If such letters or initials have full stops between them, omit any internal spaces.

(1.7.7) Letters or words intended to be read more than once
If a letter or word appears only once but the design of the source of information makes it clear that it is intended to be read more than once, repeat the letter or word.
(1.7.8) Abbreviations
Apply the instructions on the use of abbreviations in transcribed elements given in appendix B.4:
   ° For transcribed elements, use only those abbreviations found in the sources of information for the element.
   ° If supplying all or part of a transcribed element, generally do not abbreviate words.
The abbreviations allowed in appendex B4 that are encountered frequently in music are:
alto A1
Band [1622] Bd.
baritone Bar1
bass B1
book bk
hour, hours hr.
inch, inches in.
mezzo-soprano Mz1
minute, minutes min.
nombor, number, numbers, número (Spanish) no.
numer, nummer nr
numéro, numéros (French) no, nos
numero (Italian) n.
Nummer [1623] Nr.
opus op.
part, parts pt., pts.2
partie, parties part
revolutions per minute rpm
second, seconds sec.
soprano S1
tenor T1
volume, volumes (English) v.
volume, volumes (French) vol.
1Use only when recording details of medium of performance of musical content to indicate voice range of vocal works when two or more voices are given. (See an explanation of SATB, Mz, and Bar [186])
2Do not use when recording the extent of notated music.
(1.7.9) Inaccuracies
When instructed to transcribe an element as it appears on the source of information, transcribe an inaccuracy or a misspelled word as it appears on the source, except where instructed otherwise.

Make a note correcting the inaccuracy if it is considered to be important for identification or access (see 2.20).
If the inaccuracy appears in a title, record a corrected form of the title as a variant title (2.3.6 [1483]) if it is considered to be important for identification or access.

Examples:
2012572148
   245 10 Augusta waltzs
   246 3_ Augusta waltzes
2011567300
   245 10 Fünf Gesaenge mit Begleitung der Guittare und ein Canon zu drey Stimmen, Opus 13
   246 1_ ‡i Corrected spelling: ‡a Fünf Gesaenge mit Begleitung der Guitarre und ein Canon zu drey Stimmen, Opus 13
2011567301
   245 10 Grande polonoise
   246 1_ ‡i Corrected title: ‡a Grande polonaise
2011567299
   245 10 Momento capricioso
   246 1_ Corrected title: ‡a Momento capriccioso
OCLC #841611013
   245 14 The pure impure : ‡b three abastracts for piano
   246 1_ ‡i Subtitle should read: ‡a Three abstracts for piano
OCLC #774492480
   245 10 Varhanní skladby : ‡b preludia, preambula, fantasie = Organ compositions : preludes, preambules, fantasias
   246 31 Organ compositions : ‡b preludes, preambules, fantasias
   500 __ Parallel title should read: Organ compositions : preludes, preambles, fantasias.

Sound recording cataloging

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

  • Biographical sources for sound recordings [1624]
  • MARC tagging
    • Fixed field codes [587]: Voyager (008 and Leader)
    • Physical description codes [588]: Voyager (007)
    • The 024 field: UPC and EAN codes [589]
    • The 028 field: Manufacturer's number [590]
    • The 033 field: Date and place of capture [591]
      • Geographical area and sub-area codes [592] for the 033 field
  • Historical information (to aid in music cataloging only)
    • Audio time line [1625]
    • Retro media: memory (and memories) lost [1626]
  • 78 RPM recordings
    • DAHR-to-MARC Cataloging Tool [1627]: MARC records for over 165,000 master recordings that were issued on over 120,000 78 rpm discs between 1894 and 1941 as documented in the Discography of American Historical Recordings
      • DAHR to MARC: Leveraging Existing Discographic Data to Expedite Cataloging [1628]: presentation about the DAHR-to-MARC cataloging tool from the MOUG meeting in Portland in 2018
    • The history of 78 RPM recordings [1629] (a brief guide to aid in music cataloging)
    • Discographical sources for 78 RPM recordings [1630]
    • Cataloging 78 RPM recordings [1631] (for the Cataloging Historical Audio Collections project)
  • LC documentation
    • New sound recording formats [1632] (PDF)

Audio timeline

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

Note: this page was created as an aid for cataloging sound recordings.

Excerpted from Preparing for the brave new world of sound recordings cataloging
by Mary Huismann, University of Minnesota; used with permission
See the complete power point presentation [1633] from the 2006 OLAC Conference [1634]
information also from Wikipedia and other sources

Year Physical format Content format
1870s Phonograph cylinder Analog; "hill-and-dale" grooves, vertical stylus
1895 Gramophone record Analog; lateral grooves, horizontal stylus
ca. 1898 78rpm or 78s disc first produced around 1898; popular from 1910-1950s; by 1910 actual speed ranged from about 78 to 80 rpm; size was 10 or 12 inches
1930s Wire recording Analog
1940s 1 Reel-to-reel tape
Magnetic tape
Analog
1948 Vinyl record Analog; lateral grooves, horizontal stylus
     also known as LP or long-playing records
1954    
1957 Stereophonic vinyl record Analog; lateral/vertical stylus (each channel encoded 45 degrees to vertical)
1963 2 Audio cassette Analog; 1/8 in. tape width; 1 7/8 ips
     popular in the US through the 1990s
1964 8-track tape Analog; 1/4 in. tape width; 3 3/4 ips in an endless loop cartridge
1969 Microcassette Analog
1970   Dolby noise reduction introduced (cassettes)
1975 Betamax digital audio "Dolby Stereo" cinema surround sound
1982 Compact disc Digital; usually 4 3/4 in. diameter
     first available in Japan in October 1982, in Europe in February 1983, and in the US in March 1983
1985 CD-ROM  
1987 Digital audio tape (DAT) cassette version of the CD; used in the recording industry until 2000; DAT players ceased production in 2005
1990s Digital compact cassette  
1991 MiniDisc  
1992   WAVEform (WAV)
Dolby digital surround cinema sound
1993   Dolby theatre system (DTS)
Sony dynamic digital sound (SDDS)
1995   MP3
1996 DVD  
1999 3 Streaming audio  
1999 Super audio CD (SACD) Windows media audio (WMA) (higher sampling rate, spatial sound capability)
2000 DVD-Audio  
2004 DualDisc CD on one side, DVD on the other
2005 Playaway  
Cataloging guidelines: Playaway Guide to cataloging playaway devices [1635] (MLA/OLAC Playaway Cataloging Joint Task Force)
WAV, WMA, MP3: Best practices for cataloging streaming media [1636] (OLAC Cataloging Policy Committee)

OCLC gives different dates; see www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/260.shtm [1637] under REC guidelines for $c
1 OCLC gives this date as 1954
2 OCLC gives this date as 1965
3 This date is from OCLC

Biographical sources for performers on sound recordings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

Internet

Performers' short biographies [1638] (short biographies of every performer who has taken part in a recording of Bach's vocal works: mainly singers, conductors, chorus masters, choral and instrumental groups)

yiddishmusic.jewniverse.info [1639]: in English, Russian, and Yiddish; performer biographies from the 79 RPM and 33 1/3 RPM eras.
 


Big bands, jazz, etc.

Big bands from Canada [1640] | United States [1641] | Great Britain [1642] | Europe (1920s-1960s) [1643]

Solid! [1644] online encyclopedia of big band music and classic jazz


Singers

Dutch divas in opera & concert [1645] (updates [1646])

Grandi tenori [1647] | Historical tenors [1648] | Biographical list of tenors [1649] by John Potter

Great Russian voices [1650] (note: archived version of the site)

Great singers [1651] from a personal collection; some have dates of birth/death

Malibran-Music [1652] specializing in French song

Musicals

Who's who in musicals [1653]

Opera

Čeští operni pěvci [1654] (Czech opera singers)

Historic opera [1655]
   Includes images of singers (with biographical information) (listed near top of page)
   and listings of singers without images
   A [1656] | B [1657] | C [1658] | D [1659] | E [1660] | F [1661] | G [1662] | H [1663] | IJ [1664] | K [1665] | L [1666] | M [1667] | N [1668] | OP [1669] | QR [1670] | S [1671] | T [1672] | UV [1673] | WXYZ [1674]

Operaone [1137]


Print

Cowden, Robert H. Classical singers of the opera and recital stages: a bibliography of biographical materials. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1994.
   L128 V872 C8 1994

Kutsch, K.J. and Leo Riemens. Grosses Sängerlexikon. 3. erw. Aufl. München: K.G. Saur, c1997.
   ML105 K97 G8 1997

Sources for authority work in cataloging popular music [1675]: bibliographies of print sources for
blues [1676], country and folk [1677], jazz [1678], musical theater [1679], and miscellaneous popular music [1680]

Jacobsson, Stig. Svenska tonsättare: diskografi. [Stockholm] Rikskonserter, 1986, c1985.
   HSR ML156.4 N2 S9

Who's who in opera: an international biographical directory of singers, conductors, directors, designers, and administrators, also including profiles of 101 opera companies. New York: Arno Press, 1976.
   lsf ML102 O6 W5 (LC)

Cataloging 78 RPM recordings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

This document is for use by participants in the the Cataloging Historical Audio Collections project, a grant funded by the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation. The project funds the cataloging of historical 78 rpm sound recordings issued singly (e.g. not in sets).

General information | What to do with OCLC records for Library of Congress preservation tapes | Examples of 300 fields

_________________________________________

General information

The following information is excerpted and modified from: Mudge, Suzanne, and D.J. Hoek. Describing Jazz, Blues, and Popular 78 RPM Sound Recordings: Suggestions and Guidelines. Cataloging & Classification Quarterly, vo. 29, no. 3, 2001, p. 21-48. Online text [1681] (requires subscription)

Relatively limited information is provided by 78 rpm discs, since most were issued in paper sleeves with no additional accompanying materials. However, there is a general consistency in the types of information included on 78 rpm labels and discs. The record label name (i.e., publisher’s name or record-company name) is usually quite prominent.

The title of the sound recording is also clearly presented and the genre or medium of performance is sometimes indicated. Performers are often given equal or near-equal prominence to titles. Composers, lyricists, and arrangers, if included at all, are regularly listed by their last names only, in most cases smaller typeface than that used for titles and performers, often separated by dashes or in parentheses, with no indication of specific functions.

When the chief source does not include information about the performers or provides only an abbreviated roster, and a reference source includes a more complete listing,transcribe the statements of responsibility as they appear on the chief source, followed by any supplementary information taken from the reference source in brackets. Include a citation for the source of the information

Place and date of publication are less consistently printed on the chief source. Discographies or record-label catalogs [1682] may be consulted. Careful consideration must be taken, however, when a date is determined using a reference source. Usually, the dates listed in discographies and label guides are not the actual dates of publication but, rather, are the dates of recording sessions. While such historical information is valuable, especially when no date of publication is available, a recording-session date provides only an approximation of the date of publication. (When information on the recording session is found in a discography or other reference source, record the information in a note and code the 033 field. Provide a brief citation for the source of the information.)

The physical description of 78 rpm discs is fairly straightforward. All are analog, monophonic recordings. Most are ten-inch discs, although 78 recordings of other dimensions, particularly twelve-inch, were issued.

Both label and matrix numbers [1683] (Internet Archive version) can appear on a 78 rpm disc, and in a variety of ways. The label number is a unique identifier for the entire item that is usually printed on both sides of the label (e.g., the same number appears on both sides of the disc). The matrix number is a unique identifier for each side of the 78 that is generally imprinted into the shellac or plastic of the disc, on the smooth surface area between the label and grooves. Matrix numbers may also be printed on the label, and the number appearing on the label may be an abbreviated version of the complete matrix number. Matrix numbers appearing directly on the disc may provide additional information, such as recording locations or particular take designations, that can be used in the description.

Though LCRI 6.7B19 states that matrix numbers should be recorded "only if they are the only numbers shown on the item," for archival and research purposes it is desirable to record all unique identifying elements appearing on the item.

The note "acoustic recording" should be included when describing any 78 rpm discs that were produced using acoustic recording processes, if such information can be ascertained from the item or a reference source.

_________________________________________

What to do with OCLC records for Library of Congress preservation tapes

LC has cataloged their preservation tapes of 78 rpm recordings. The bib records include information for the original format in the 300 field, with a 533 field for the preservation copy. Usually there are two 007 fields, one for each format:

LCCN 97705883
007 __ s ‡b d ‡d d ‡e m ‡f s ‡g d ‡h n ‡i n ‡j m ‡k s ‡l l ‡m u ‡n b
007 __ s ‡b t ‡d p ‡e m ‡f n ‡g d ‡h m ‡i a ‡j u ‡k n ‡l n ‡m u ‡n e
300 __ 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in.
533 __ Preservation master. ‡b Washington, D.C. : ‡c Library of Congress Magnetic Recording Laboratory, ‡d 1963. ‡e 1 sound tape microfilm reel : analog, 15 ips, 1 track, mono. ; 10 in.

According to Jay Weitz, these records are for the preservation master reel-to-reel tapes, not for the original 78s. The master records should not be edited to change them into records for the 78s themselves. If you are cataloging the actual 78s, separate records for them should be created if they do not already exist.

_________________________________________

Examples of 300 fields

300 __ 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in.
300 __ 2 sound discs : ‡b 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 12 in
300 __ on 1 side of 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in. (see 6.5B3)
300 __ 2 sound discs : ‡b analog, 78 rpm ; ‡c 12 in.
300 __ 4 sound discs : ‡b analog, 78 rpm ; ‡c 10 in.

Discographical sources for 78 RPM recordings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

General | Dating 78 RPM recordings: print | online | Catalogs by: company name: print | online | genre, medium of performance, etc.: print | online | performer: print | online | Library catalogs and national archives: print | online | Miscellaneous

General

The 78rpm record home page [1684]

Discography of American historical recordings [1685]

_________________________________________

Dating 78 RPM recordings

Print sources

Daniels, William R. The American 45 and 78 rpm record dating guide, 1940-1959. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1985.
HSR ML156.2 D186 A5

Gart, Galen. ARLD : the American record label directory and dating guide, 1940-1959. Milford, N.H. : Big Nickel, c1989.
HSR ML1055 G244 A7+

Barr, Steven C. The (almost) complete 78 rpm record dating guide. [Toronto] : S.C. Barr, c1979, c1980.
HSR ML156.2 B268 A4+

------------. The almost complete 78 rpm record dating guide. (II). Huntington Beach, Calif. : Yesterday Once More, 1992.
HSR ML156.2 B268 A4 1992+

Peel, Tom. Seventy years of issues : historical 78rpm pressings from original masters, 1931-2001. Toronto : Dundurn Press, 2001.
LSF ML156.4 V872 P3

Shaw, Eddie. Date about all those English seventy-eights : Pt.1 (2nd rev. ed.), suppl.B. (2 pts.). London : E. & E. Shaw, 1995.
In Process
_________________________________________

Online sources

Australian and New Zealand78 label dates [1686]

Early or historical sound recordings collections [1687] and other 78 & cylinder sites of interest

The online discographical project [1688]

Staunton, Ted. 78 rpm labels. [1689]

Der yidisher Gramofon [1690]: 78 rpm recordings of European Jewish music

_________________________________________

Catalogs

Catalogs by company name A-D

This section is limited to record labels beginning with the A-D. The Yale University Music Library and Historical Sound Recording Archives will be cataloging 78 rpm recordings in the record label range A-D.

Print sources

Ruppli, Michel. The Aladdin/Imperial labels : a discography. New York : Greenwood Press, 1991.
HSR ML156.2 R946 A3

Ruppli, Michel. Atlantic Records : a discography. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1979.
HSR ML156.2 R946 A8

Cuscuna, Michael and Michel Ruppli. The Blue Note label : a discography. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 2001.
HSR ML156.4 J42 C9 2001

Laird, Ross. Brunswick records: a discography of recordings, 1916-1931. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 2001.
HSR ML156.2 L188 B9 [temporarily in music library office]

Carter, Sydney H. A catalogue of Clarion & Ebonoid records. Bournemouth, Eng. : Talking Machine Review, c1977.
HSR ML156.2 C325 C3

Andrews, Frank (H. Frank) Columbia 10" records, 1904-30. [London] : City of London Phonograph and Gramophone Society, [1985]
HSR ML156 A566 C7+

Brooks, Tim. The Columbia master book discography. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1999.
HSR ML156.2 B873 C7

Smith, Michael. Columbia Graphophone Company, ltd. : English celebrity issues : D and LB series, L and LX series, X and PB series, 7000 and PX series, ROX and SDX series, YB series. [Lingfield, Surrey] : Oakwood Press, [1970?]
HSR ML156.4 V872 V8 v.8

Temporary catalogue of the Columbia Phonograph Co.’s musical records : for use on graphophones and phonographs.
SML Fiche B2264 2937

Decca Record Company. Main catalog : alphabetical and numerical. London.
HSR ML155.3 D291

Ruppli, Michel. The Decca labels : a discography. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1996.
HSR ML156.2 R946 D2
_________________________________________

Online sources

General

Abrams, Steven; with contributions from other collectors. The online discographical project
settlet.fateback.com/ [1691]

Catalogue of Finnish records 1901-1945 [1692]
   recordings held in the innish Institute of Recorded Sound

The database [of] Swedish 78-rpm records. database [1693]

The E-discographer.
www.hensteeth.com/e_discog/ [1694]
   a bibligraphy of chiefly print discographies, with links to online discographies

Fitzgerald, Michael. Jazz record label listings.
www.jazzdiscography.com/Labels/index.html [1695]

Settlemier, Tyrone. Tyrone's record and phonograph links.
www.proaxis.com/~settlet/record/links.html [1696]
   scroll down to "labels," very near to the the top of this very long page.

Thomas, Mike. Dance band encyclopaedia: label index [1697]

By label

Settlemier, Tyrone. American Record Company.
www.angelfire.com/or/settlet/AmericanMatrix.htm [1698]

APGA (Association Phonique des Grands Artistes); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]

Atlantic Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/atlantic/ [1700]

Artiphon; Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]

Huenemann, Robert Gilchrist. The original Audiophile discography.
home.flash.net/~bobgh/nunncat.htm [1701]

Bethlehem Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/bethlehem/ [1702]

Blue Note Records Catalog: 78 rpm series - single index includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/bluenote/78r-cat/ [1703]

Bray, Colin J. and Jack Litchfield. The Canadian Columbia group of labels 1921-1931: how to distinguish Canadian from American.
www.geocities.com/SoHo/Museum/8764/colcan.htm [1704]

Englund, Björn. Engelska Columbias matriskronologi 1925-1946.
www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/SLBA/NOTISER/discografi/engelskacolumbia.htm [1705]

Weber, Helmut. Columbia (American).
wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columa.htm [1706]

------------. Columbia (English/German/French).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columb.htm [1707]

Contemporary Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/contemporary/ [1708]

Debut Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/debut/ [1709]

------------. Decca (American).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccaa.htm [1710]

------------. Decca (English/German).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccab.htm [1711]

Dial Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/dial/ [1712]

Odeon (including Fonotopia); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]

Mercury Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/mercury/ [1713]

Odeon (including Fonotopia); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]

The Prestige Labels: Prestige SP series (10" 78 rpm), New Jazz SP series (10" 78 rpm), Prestige EP series (7" 45 rpm), New Jazz EP series (7" 45 rpm); includes session indexes
www.plosin.com/milesAhead/prestigeLabel.html [1714]

Riverside Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/riverside/ [1715]

Savoy Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/savoy/ [1716]

Verve Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/verve/ [1717]

Encyclopedic discography of Victor recordings
victor.library.ucsb.edu/index.php [1718]

Dating Victor 78s
members.tripod.com/~Vinylville/faq-9.html [1719]

International Zon-o-phone; Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
_________________________________________

Catalogs by genre, medium of performance, etc.

Print sources

Nelson, Susan. The flute on record : the 78 rpm era : a discography. Lanham, Md. : Scarecrow Press, 2006.
HSR ML156.4 F64 F6+

McBeth, Amy. A discography of 78 rpm era recordings of the horn : solo and chamber literature with commentary. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1997.
LSF ML156.4 H8 M1

Arnold, Claude G. The orchestra on record, 1896-1926 : an encyclopedia of orchestral recordings made by the acoustical process. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1997.
HSR ML156.4 O64 A7

Raymond, Jack. Show music on record : the first one hundred years. New rev. ed. Washington, D.C. : J. Raymond, c1998.
HSR ML156.4 M977 R2 1998+

_________________________________________

Online sources

Acoustic opera sets [1720]
   Coverage is from the earliest acoustic sets (ca. 1907) until the introduction and almost immediate dominance of electrical recordings in 1925.

Historical opera recordings from 78rpm discs [1721]: complete and abridged sets

Historical Operetta Recordings from 78rpm discs [1722]: complete and abridged sets

ODE [1723] (Opera discography encyclopedia)

78opera [1724]

_________________________________________

Catalogs by performer

Online sources

Complete recordings of John McCormack [1725]

Finnish vocal art on records, 1902-1945 [1726]

_________________________________________

Library catalogs and national archives

Print sources

Dictionary catalog of the G. Robert Vincent Voice Library at Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Boston : G.K. Hall, 1975.
HSR ML156.2 V771 D5+

Dictionary catalog of the Rodgers and Hammerstein Archives of Recorded Sound. Boston, Mass. : G.K. Hall, 1981.
HSR ML156.2 R691 D5+

Weihermüller, Manfred. Deutsche National-Discographie. Serie 3, Discographie der deutschen Gesangsaufnahmen [= Discography of German Operatic and Lieder]. Bonn : Birgit Lotz, c1995-
HSR ML156.4 V872 W4

_________________________________________

Online sources

Bibliothèque et Archives nationales Québec. Disques 78 tours [1727]

Database of the Finnish Institute of Recorded Sound [1728]

SONIC (Sound ONline Inventory and Catalog): a portion of the Library of Congress Audio Collection:
   database [1729] (with searches by commercial 78s, 45s, and cassettes or by music only, etc.)

The Swedish National Archive of Recorded Sound and Moving Images [1730]

The virtual gramophone: Canadian historical sound recordings: search [1731]

_________________________________________

Miscellaneous

Bauer, Roberto. The new catalogue of historical records 1898-1908/09. 2nd ed. London : Sidgwick and Jackson, [1947]
HSR ML156 B344 1947

Rust, Brian. Discography of historical records on cylinders and 78s. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1979.
HSR ML156.2 R971 D6+

The world’s encyclopedia of recorded music. London : Sidgwick & Jackson, [1952] and 1953-1957.
Ref ML156.2 C647 W9; Ref ML156.2 C647 W9

MARC holdings for 78 RPM recordings

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Examples of MARC holdings for 78 RPM recordings in the Historical Sound Recordings Collection
Tag 852 = call number
   Indicator 1: 8 = local classification
   Indicator 2: 0 = single disc
   Indicator 2: 1 = multiple disc set
Tag 866 = volume holdings (for multiple disc set)
   Indicator 1: 4 = detailed extent of holdings information
   Indicator 2: 1
‡b = holding library (‡b mushsr)
‡t = copy number (‡t 1, ‡t 2, etc.)
‡x = staff note (box number)

single disc, with single number:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __

single disc, with nonconsecutive multiple numbers:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __

single disc, with consecutive matrix numbers:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __

multiple disc set:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]

multiple disc set in more than 1 box:


multiple copies require a separate MFHD for each copy.
Use ‡t [_] to indicate 1st, 2nd, etc. copies:

For copy 1:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡t 1 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __

For copy 2:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡t 2 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __

multiple copies of a multiple disc set require a separate MFHD for each copy:
For copy 1:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡t 1 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]

For copy 2:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡t 2 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]

The history of 78 RPM recordings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]

This is a brief guide to aid in cataloging

Sources:
Mudge, S., D.J. Hoek. Describing jazz, blues, and popular 78 RPM sound recordings: suggestions and guidelines. Cataloging & Classification Quarterly, vo. 29, no. 3, 2001, p. 21-48.
Bill's 78rpm beginner's page [1732]; Explanation of side coupling for 78rpm sets [1733]; Grove Music Online; A history of vinyl [1734]; Wikipedia; Recording Industry Association of America [1735] (RIAA) website

_________________________________________

Any flat disc record, made between about 1898 and the late 1950s and playing at a speed around 78 revolutions per minute is called a "78" by collectors. The materials of which discs were made and with which they were coated were also various; shellac eventually became the commonest material. Generally 78s are made of a brittle material which uses a shellac resin (thus their other name is shellac records). During and after World War II when shellac supplies were extremely limited, some 78 rpm records were pressed in vinyl instead of shellac (wax), particularly the six-minute 12" 78 rpm records produced by V-Disc for distribution to US troops in World War II.

78s come in a variety of sizes, the most common being 10 inch (25 cm) and 12 inch (30 cm) diameter, and these were originally sold in either paper or card covers, generally with a circular cutout allowing the record label to be seen. Since most 78 rpm discs were issued in paper sleeves with no additional accompanying materials, relatively limited information is provided by the items themselves.

Earliest speeds of rotation varied widely, but by 1910 most records were recorded at about 78 to 80 rpm. In 1925, 78.26 rpm was chosen as a standard for motorized phonographs, because it was suitable for most existing records, and was easily achieved using a standard 3600-rpm motor and 46-tooth gear (78.26 = 3600/46). Thus these records became known as 78s (or "seventy-eights"). This term did not come into use until after World War II when a need developed to distinguish the 78 from other newer disc record formats. Earlier they were just called records, or when there was a need to distinguish them from cylinders, disc records.

The durations of 78 RPM recordings is about three to five minutes per side, depending on the disc size:
12": ca. four to five minutes
10": ca. three minutes

As late as the 1970s, some children's records were released at the 78 rpm speed.

The older 78 format continued to be mass produced alongside the newer formats into the 1950s, but had faded from the scene by 1955.

Recording techniques

Before 1925, all 78s were recorded by means of the artist singing or speaking into a horn, the power of their voice directly vibrating the recording stylus and thus cutting the wax of the master disc. Collectors call these discs "acoustic" recordings.

The acoustical era: 1877–1925

The earliest methods of sound recording are described as "acoustical" and employ only mechanical means for both recording and playback. The sounds to be preserved are directed into a large horn, which at its tapered end is connected to a cutting stylus. In response to the vibrations of air in the horn, the stylus cuts a spiral groove in the thick wax coating of a cylinder or disc, rotated steadily by means of a crank. The cutting process creates variations in the groove analogous to the varying frequency and amplitude of the vibrations; the stylus moves up and down in "hill-and-dale" or "vertical cut" recording and from side to side in "lateral cut" recording.

Acoustical recording never yielded high fidelity, its dynamic range was limited.

[By the 1910s] flat discs were the predominant medium for sound recording.

Edison's Diamond Discs were available 1910 in 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, and 21 inch formats. They were played at around 78 rpm and contained up to 8 minutes of sound. The disc was made of an early plastic known as Amberol, which "gave it little surface noise and superb clarity, [but] was incompatible with any other system. It employed a vertical, rather than lateral cut, groove and could not be played on any other machine."

Recording and playing speeds ranged from 72 to 86 rpm before the standard settled at 78 (though Columbia, for example, issued 80 rpm discs for some time after 1920).

The electrical era: 1925–47

Electrical recording was first used in 1925. After about 1925, 78s were recorded by the artist singing or speaking into a microphone and amplifier which then cut the master record. This allowed a wider range of sound to be recorded. Records recorded by this process are called "electrical" recordings. Collectors can identify these discs by either by listening or by means of small marks in the record surface close to the label.

The first electrical recording was issued in 1925.

By around 1920 lateral cut recording was the norm; a less exacting technique than vertical cut, it produced a level of fidelity adequate to the standard of the equipment the general public could afford to buy.

The physical format of electrical recordings remained the same as that of the many acoustical ones utilizing the lateral cut technique.

The term "electrical recording" is normally used in contradistinction to "acoustical recording" (in the preceding era) and "magnetic tape recording" and "microgroove recording" (in the succeeding era) the term "electrical recording" is not customarily used after the introduction of magnetic tape in 1947.

In electrical recording the sounds to be preserved are gathered by a transducer (a microphone) and the vibrations converted into an analogously varying electrical signal, which is amplified and applied to another transducer (a stylus), which cuts a spiral groove in a waxed or (later) lacquered disc.

Hill-and-dale [vertical cut] recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique in which, in both recording and playback, the stylus moves up and down in the spiral groove on a cylinder or disc.

Vertical cut recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique that utilizes variations in the depth of the spiral groove on a cylinder or disc.

Lateral cut recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique in which, in both recording and playback, the stylus moves from side to side in the spiral groove on a disc.

78 RPM sets

Many 78 RPM sets, particularly electrical sets, were issued in up to three side couplings:
° Manual side
° Slide automatic
° Drop automatic

In a hypothetical set comprising four records, the alignment of the sides would have been:
° Manual: 1/2, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8
° Slide automatic: 1/5, 2/6, 3/7, 4/8
° Drop automatic: 1/8, 2/7, 3/6, 4/5

Subject cataloging

♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪

Music-specific

  • Music instruction sheets in the Subject Cataloging Manual [1736]
  • Subject headings for: instrumental music [730] | Vocal music [731] | Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737]
  • Headings and subdivisions for musical works [1738] Geraldine Ostrove, CPSO
  • Local practice in 6XX fields [1739]
  • The order of instruments in subject headings [1467]
  • Coding for form and topic subdivisions in subject headings for musical works and expressions and books about music [729]
  • Chronological and geographic subdivisions for subject headings for jazz and popular music [1740]
  • Those darn chorus subject headings [1464]
  • Subject headings for vocal ensembles and solos [1741]: choruses vs. cantatas | vocal ensembles | songs vs. solo cantatas
  • Types of composition and LC subject headings [871]
  • Genre/form headings (LCGFT)
    • Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms [627]
    • MLA documentation
      • Best Practices for Using LCGFT for Music Resources [1742]
      • A hierarchical view of Music Genre/Form Terms in LCGFT [678]
      • Music genre/form/medium project public wiki [1743]
    • LC documentation [1744]
      • FAQs about LC genre/form headings [1745] (not music-specific)
      • Genre/form headings for musical works [1746]
    • LCSH topical headings usable as form/genre headings [1747] (privately maintained list based on the Library of Congress subject headings weekly lists [1748])
  • Exploring a Faceted World [1749]: discovering music resources using medium of performance and genre terms (video of a presentation at the 2015 MLA [637] meeting)

General

  • Library of Congress subject headings search [1750]
  • Weekly list of Library of Congress subject headings [1748]
  • SACO participants' manual [1751] from LC

Chronological and geographic subdivisions for subject headings for jazz and popular music

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

Chronological subdivisions for popular music | Jazz and popular music subject heading subdivisions

From Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (See the Manual for the complete instructions)
H 1916.5, 2: Geographic and chronological subdivisions:
Select the chronological subdivision on the basis of:
For written music, in the following order of preference:
   1. when the music was popular,
   2. date of composition,
   3. date of publication
For performed music (sound recordings, moving images materials, etc.):
   1. when the music was popular,
   2. by the date of the recording, etc.
According to H 1916.5, there are only seven headings for jazz and popular music that can be subdivided chronologically by decade [listed below], each of which have explicitly established (but not free-floating) chronological subdivisions that reflect their specific historical development. The standard century subdivisions listed in H 1916.5 (e.g., --To 500, --500-1400, --15th century, etc.) are not used as subdivisions for jazz and popular music subject headings or for subject headings for folk or non-Western music. The latter is covered under H 1917: Music of ethnic, national, and religious groups. There is no provision for chronological subdivision in H 1917.
Source: edited from MLA-L messages from Jay Weitz and Chuck Herrold, June 18, 2008
H 1160, 3: Musical compositions: Geographic subdivisions:
This instruction sheet applies to headings representing musical forms and types of compositions, medium of performance, style, etc. Rock music is given as an example. The following instructions, excerpted from H 1160, apply to jazz and popular music subject headings:
Use geographic subdivisions to bring out the origin of the music when the geographic focus is stated or implied in the title or series. Exceptions are made for jazz and popular music styles and genres that originated in the United States [listed below].
When both chronological and geographic subdivisions are used in a heading, the geographic subdivision comes before the chronological subdivision.

Chronological subdivisions for popular music
For chronological subdivisions for classical music (i.e., western art music), see Chronological subdivisions [1752]

Subject heading Chronological subdivision
Bluegrass music --To 1951; 1951-1960 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Blues (Music) --To 1931; 1931-1930 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Country music --To 1951; 1951-1960 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Jazz --To 1921; 1921-1930 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Popular instrumental music --To 1901; 1901-1910 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Popular music --To 1901; 1901-1910 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020
Rock music --To 1961; 1961-1970 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020

SOURCE: Music Cataloging Bulletin, vol. 19, no. 4, p. 4; LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6


Jazz and popular music subject heading subdivisions

Certain popular music styles and genres that originated in the United States are not subdivided by --United States. They may, however, when appropriate, be subdivided by regions, states, and cities of the United States.

Subject heading  Subdivide chronologically? Subdivide by
--United States
 if brought out in item
Add 043 n-us---
when implied in
the subject heading
Big band music
Bluegrass music
Blues (Music)
No
Begin --To 1951
Begin --To 1931
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Boogie Woogie (Music)
Bop (Music)
Calypso (Music)
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Christian rock music
Contemporary Christian music
Country music
No
No
Begin --To 1951
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Disco music
Dixieland music
Doo-wop (Music)
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Folk-rock music
Funk (Music)
Gospel music
Honky-tonk music
No
No1
No
No
No
No
Yes/No2
No
Yes
No1
Yes
Yes
Jazz
Jazz vocals
Klezmer music
Begin --To 1921
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Old-time music
Popular music
Popular instrumental music
Ragtime music
No1
Begin --To 1901
Begin --To 1901
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes1
No
No
Yes
Rap (Music)
Reggae music
Rhythm and blues music
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Rock music
Rockabilly music
Salsa (Music)
Soul music
Begin --To 1961
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Steel band music
Swing (Music)
Western swing (Music)
Women's music3
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

1 Inferred from LC practice.
2 Original LC handout said no; however, LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6 does not list Gospel music as one of the headings not to be subdivided by "--United States."
3 Do not confuse with the subject headings Music by women composers and Feminist music Sources: LC handout, 1992 OLAC meeting; Music Cataloging Bulletin, vol. 33, no. 3, Mar. 2002; LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6

Coding for form and topic subdivisions in subject headings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

Coding for form and topic subdivisions in subject headings for musical works and expressions and books about music

See also Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737]

See Guide to the usage of LCSH free-floating form subdivisions [1753] for a more complete list of subdivisions and their coding

Consult instruction sheet H 1160, Musical compositions: Pattern headings for musical compositions; includes guidelines for arranged works and subdivisions and list of free-floating subdivisions and form/topical subdivisions, in the Library of Congress' Subject Headings Manual.

The free-floating subdivisions listed here may be used as appropriate under headings for collections of music, individual musical works, and literature and other materials about music.

Use ‡v when the subdivision indicates what the item is, or the form of the item
Use ‡x when the subdivision indicates what the item is about, or the topic of the item

Subdivisions for musical compositions | Subdivisions for books about music

List of subdivisions arranged by ‡v and ‡x coding

subdivisions for musical compositions

Code as ‡v Code as ‡x
2-harpsichord scores
2-organ scores
2-piano scores
3-piano scores
Cadenzas
Chorus scores with piano
Chorus scores without accompaniment
Drama
Excerpts
Excerpts, Arranged
Facsimiles
Fake books
Hymns
Hymns ‡v Texts
Instructive editions
Instrumental settings
Juvenile
Juvenile ‡x Instruction and study
‡v Lead sheets
‡v Librettos
Manuscripts ‡v Facsimiles
Methods
Methods ‡v Group instruction
Methods ‡v Juvenile
Methods ‡v Self-instruction
Methods (Jazz [(Rock, Bluegrass, etc.])
Musical settings
Orchestral excerpts
Organ scores
Parts
Parts (solo)
Piano scores
Piano scores (4 hands)
Scores
Scores and parts
Scores and parts (solo)
Simplified editions
Solo(s) with      
Songs and music
Stories, plots, etc
Studies and exercises
Studies and exercises ‡x Juvenile
Studies and exercises ‡x (Jazz, [Rock, Bluegrass, etc.])
Teaching pieces
Texts
Vocal scores with      
Vocal scores without accompaniment
Instruction and study

subdivisions for books about music

Code as ‡v Code as ‡x
Bibliography
Bibliography ‡v Graded lists
Discography
Early works to 1800
Interpretation (Phrasing, dynamics, etc.)
Music
Stories, plots, etc.
Thematic catalogs
Analysis, appreciation
Characters
Discography ‡x Methodology
First performances
History and criticism
Literary themes, motives
Manuscripts ‡x Facsimiles
Performances
Production and direction
H1161 Subdivisions for specific musical instruments or groups of musical instruments.
This does not cover the subject heading "Musical instruments"
Code as ‡v Code as ‡x
Catalogs, Manufacturers'
Catalogs and collections
Chord diagrams
Methods
Methods ‡v Group instruction
Methods ‡v Juvenile
Methods ‡v Self-instruction
Orchestra studies
Studies and exercises
Studies and exercises ‡v Juvenile
Acoustics
Construction
Customizing
Embouchure
Fingering
Fingering ‡v Charts, diagrams, etc.
Instruction and study
Instruction and study ‡v Juvenile
Multiphonics
Pedaling
Performance
Religious aspects
Tuning

Early works to 1800:
This free-floating form subdivision is used for early texts on a subject, as the last element in the subject heading. It is tagged in ‡v (not ‡y), as it is a form/topical subdivision, not a chronological subdivision [1752].

Assign the subdivision to all editions of a work, including editions issued after 1800, as long as the original text has not been altered or reworked. Also assign the subdivision for literal translations of such texts, regardless of the date of the translation.

Do not use this subdivision under headings for musical compositions. Also, do not confuse this subdivision with the obsolete "To 1800," which once was added to subject headings for musical compositions.

Local practice in 6XX fields

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

Local (non-LC) subject headings | Subject subdivisions for rare materials


Local (non-LC) subject headings §

Until July 2001, local subject headings were tagged as LC subject headings with second indicator 4. As of July 13, 2001, use 69X tags when assigning subject headings that are not LC headings, including headings that are assigned according to locally-developed (Yale) standards.

  Former practice Current practice
Personal names 600 _4 692 _4
Corporate names 610 _4 693 _4
Conference names 611 _4 694 _4
Uniform titles 630 _4 695 _4
Topical subjects 650 _4 690 _4
Geographic subjects 651 _4 691 _4

Subject subdivision for rare materials §

This is a list of subdivisions (‡x) applied to 600s and 610s in the Yale Music Library:

  • Bookplate
  • Dedicatee
    • Use "Dedicatee" following a personal when that person has been named in a presentation inscription. This varies from the relationship designator [1754] "‡e dedicatee" for the person to whom a work is dedicated (i.e., in the printed dedication).
  • Gift
    • Use "Gift" following a personal name when that person or that person's estate has presented the library with the physical item. Use "Gift" when the library buys an item and pays for it with income from an endowment fund bearing either an individual (Carl Miller), corporate (Friends of Music), or fund (Susanna Fund) name.
  • Inscription
  • Library
  • Provenance
  • Signature
  • Stamp

Add a 590 note, for example:
590 __ Purchased from J & J Lubrano with income from the Rose Jackson Fund, 1997.
590 __ Gift of Richard F. French, 1996.
590 __ From the Estate of Virgil Thomson.

We add these to rare materials when applicable, e.g.:

590    MUS : Signature of Lowell Mason on cover.
590    MUS : Lowell Mason bookplate: 2139.
692    Mason, Lowell, |d 1792-1872 ‡x Bookplate, 2139.
692    Mason, Lowell, |d 1792-1872 ‡x Signature.
590    MUS: From the library of Newell Jenkins.
692    Jenkins, Newell ‡x Provenance.
590    Bookplates on front endpaper: Rinck's Library ... Lowell Mason Library of Music
693    Rinck's Library ‡x Bookplate.

or to non-rare materials when they are purchased from specific funds, e.g.:

590    MUS: Purchased with income from the Carl Miller Fund, 1991.
692    Miller, Carl S. ‡x Gift, 1991.

§ Based in part on e-mail messages of July 13, 2001 from Martha Conway (for local (non-LC) subject headings) and of Nov. 4, 1997 from Helen Bartlett (for subject subdivisions for rare materials)

Music instruction sheets in the Subject Cataloging Manual

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

This page describes and links to music-specific instruction sheets in the Subject Cataloging Manual.

General instruction: Assign the heading that represents the predominant topic of the work as the first subject heading. (see H 80 Order of subject headings [1755])
If the predominant topic cannot be represented by a single heading:
   ° assign as the first and second headings the two headings that, taken together, express the predominant topic.
   ° if one of the two more closely approximates the class number it is usually assigned first.

Overview | Assigning subject headings | Free-floating subdivisions

Source: List of the Subject Heading Manual PDF Files [1756]

Overview

H 1916.3 [1757] Music: General Overview of the assignment of subjects headings for all materials in the field of music
   ° musical form, genre, type, etc.
   ° medium of performance
   ° music for occasions
   ° music about a topic, person, or other named entity
   ° language of vocal text
   ° certain liturgical texts
   ° musical style
   ° music of ethnic, national, and religious groups
   ° musical presentation or format subdivisions
   ° geographic subdivisions
   ° literature and other materials about music
   ° instructional materials

Assigning subject headings

Instruction sheet # and title The type(s) of subject heading(s) covered
H 1917.5 [1758] Music form/genre headings: medium of performance Headings for musical compositions, specifically, those music form/genre headings that include medium of performance

For more information, see medium of performance headings for instrumental music [1759] | vocal music [1760]

 
H 1916.5 [1761] Jazz and popular music Guidelines for assigning headings to jazz and popular music, and for using geographic and chronological subdivisions

For more information, see Chronological and geographic subdivisions for subject headings for jazz and popular music [1740]

 
H 1917 [1762] Music of ethnic, national, and religious groups Headings for works that consist of or discuss the music of ethnic groups, music with national emphasis, religious music of certain groups, and non-Western art music, including works about the musical instruments of these groups.
 
H 1918 [1763] Musical instruments Guidance in establishing and using headings for the names of musical instruments and families of instruments.
For free-floating subdivisions used with headings for musical instruments see H 1161.
For musical instruments as the medium of performance in form/genre headings for musical compositions, see H 1917.5.
 
H 1438 [1764] Composers and works about music of individual composers Headings for works about specific compositions by a composer and works about a composer's compositions in a musical form or for a general or specific medium of performance

Refers to H 1110 [1765]: Free-floating subdivisions: names of persons

Free-floating subdivisions

Instruction sheet # and title The type(s) of subject heading(s) covered
H 1160 [1766] Pattern headings for musical compositions Free-floating subdivisions for:
   ° musical forms and types of compositions
   ° medium of performance, style, function,
   ° music for special seasons or occasions,
   ° musical settings of special texts, etc.,
   ° headings including the subdivisions
      ° Hymns
      ° Music
      ° Musical settings
      ° Songs and music.

Includes guidelines for arranged works and subdivisions and list of free-floating subdivisions and form/topical subdivisions.
For more information, see
° Subject headings for instrumental music [730]
° Subject headings for vocal music [731]
° Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737]

This category does not include the general heading Music.

 
H 1161 [1767] Pattern headings for individual musical instruments Includes free-floating subdivisions for headings for brands and models of instruments, and families of instruments

Includes a list of form subdivisions.

This category does not include the general heading Musical instruments.

 
H 2075 [1768] Songs and music Guidelines on the use of the free-floating subdivisions
    "--Songs and music" for vocal or instrumental music
       Use for music that
         ° interprets or that is inspired by a person or geographic location
         ° is otherwise associated with the heading.
   "--Songs and music--History and criticism"
       Use for works that discuss the songs or music about a topic or entity
 
H 2190 [1769] Texts For vocal music, use the free-floating subdivision "--Texts" in headings for specific types of vocal music for works that contain the words to one or more songs, hymns, etc., without the music.
 

Subject headings for instrumental music

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

See also: Subject headings for vocal music [731] | Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]

  • Musical form/genre headings | not qualified by medium of performance | for works for more than one instrument
  • Medium of performance headings: Form of the name of instruments in subject headings
  • Examples of form and medium of performance subject headings
    • one to two instruments: like instruments | different instruments | one chordal and one other instrument
    • three to nine instruments: standard chamber combinations | other chamber combinations: number of instruments: three | four | five | six | seven | eight | nine
    • Ten or more instruments: one to a part | two or more to a part
    • Large ensembles: Band or orchestra | One or more instruments accompanied by large ensemble
  • Keyboard (harpsichord, piano, organ, etc.) music
  • Percussion music: music for percussion instrument(s) | indicating number of percussion instruments
  • Music using non-musical instruments as instruments
  • Those darn electronic music headings!
  • Music with audience participation
  • Arrangements

Musical form/genre headings

Musical form/genre headings are used when the work is in a specific form and that form is found in LCSH. Some forms are found in LCSH: Sonatas, Rondos, Waltzes, etc., and others are not: Fantasies, Preludes.

The most specific form heading should be used when that form is found in LCSH. This means that in most cases, a single subject heading will sufficiently describe the work. For example, a sonata for piano will be assigned the subject heading Sonatas (Piano). To assign a second subject heading for medium of performance, such as Piano music, would be incorrect, since the first subject heading is more specific and sufficient.

Musical form/genre headings are usually qualified by medium of performance. The name of the instrument is enclosed in parentheses. When a parenthesis is the final element of a subject heading, there is no final period.

Examples:
650 0 Suites (Organ)
650 0 Rondos (Piano)
650 0 Sonatas (Cello [1770])
650 0 Variations (Violin)

Sonatas:

The form subject heading "Sonatas" is applied to music for one or two instruments only. When a work for three or more instruments is titled "Sonata," the uniform title may use that term as the initial title element, but the subject heading will be either "Trio sonatas" or a medium of performance heading (trios, quartets, etc.). A work titled "Sonata" for four violins would be assigned the subject heading: String quartets (Violins (4))

Musical form/genre headings that are not qualified by medium of performance

There are two reasons why a form heading would not be qualified by medium of performance:
1. because the medium of performance is implied in the form;
2. for some unknown, mysterious reason, the Library of Congress has decided that a particular form heading should not be qualified by medium of performance.
[» Note: It is not LCSH practice to bring out the medium of performance in the majority of headings assigned to popular music.]

1. Some form headings have an implied medium of performance and will not be qualified. The scope note under the heading in LCSH will indicate when the form heading is usually for a specific instrument and should not be qualified by the name of that instrument. When that same form is for a medium of performance other than the implied medium, that form heading is qualified by the name of the instrument(s):

010    sh 85024709
150    Chorale preludes
550    Chorales
680    Here are entered compositions originally written or arranged for organ. Similar compositions written for media other than organ receive the heading Chorale preludes, followed by specification of medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra)

Examples:

Sonatas (Piano)
Symphonies.
Symphonies (String orchestra)
Chorale preludes.
Chorale preludes (Orchestra)
no medium is implied by "sonata"
orchestra is implied
since orchestra is implied by "Symphonies," any other medium must be specified
organ is implied
since organ is the medium implicit in "Chorale preludes," any other medium must be specified

2. Some form headings cannot be qualified by medium of performance. The scope notes in LCSH indicate which form headings are never qualified by medium of performance, regardless of instrumentation:

010    sh 93006216
150    Toccatas
680    Here are entered works composed in the form of the toccata. Works on the toccata as a musical form are entered under Toccata.
680    A second heading for medium of performance is assigned if a specific medium of performance is given in the work.

In these cases, a second heading for medium of performance is assigned. Neither subject heading by itself would completely describe the work. This is one circumstance under which more than one subject heading is assigned to describe one work:

650 0 Toccatas.
650 0 Organ music.

650 0 Pavans.
650 0 Harpsichord music.

650 0 Tarantellas.
650 0 Band music.

form subject headings that at time were qualified by medium of performance (and therefore require an additional heading for medium of performance) form subject headings that were never qualified by medium of performance (and therefore require an additional heading for medium of performance) types of compositions in forms for which there were never corresponding form subject headings (and therefore require medium of performance subject headings)
dance forms such as:
allemandes
bourrées
courantes
fandangos
foxtrots
galliards
gavottes
jigs
mazurkas
minuets
pavans
polkas
polonaises
sarabands
tangos
tarantellas
waltzes
fanfares
toccatas
fantasies
inventions
nocturnes
preludes
ricercars

Works for more than one instrument

When more than one instrument is involved, they are added to the form heading in parentheses in the following order: by instrument family name first, then within each family.

See the chart The order of instruments in subject headings [1467]

Headings for two instruments use "and" to connect the names of the instruments:
650 0 Suites (Flute and violin)
650 0 Rondos (Violin and cello [1770])

Headings for three or more instruments are given in the correct order, without the word "and":
650 0 Suites (Piano, flute, violin)
650 0 Rondos (Bassoon, clarinet, flute, horn, oboe)
650 0 Canons, fugues, etc. (Violin, viola, cello [1770])

When there are two or more of one instrument, it is given in the plural and qualified by the number in parentheses:
650 0 Suites (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba)
650 0 Rondos (Cellos [1770] (4))
650 0 Canons, fugues, etc. (Bassoons (8))
650 0 Sonatas (Unspecified instruments (2))

Headings for works for two instruments in which the keyboard instrument plays a chordal role (such as sonatas) or functions as the accompaniment, the keyboard instrument is given second, even though it is first on the list of instrumentation:
650 0 Sonatas (Flute and piano)


Medium of performance headings

Medium of performance headings are assigned to works that are not composed in a specific form of composition or in a form of composition not in LCSH (e.g., Polonaises, Fantasies, Preludes) or when the form heading in LCSH (e.g., Toccatas, Pavans, Galliards) is not to be qualified by medium of performance. Medium of performance headings for chamber music will usually include the names of the instruments or name of instrument families.

Form of the name of instruments in subject headings

Use "and" to connect the names of two solo instruments.
Use commas and no connecting word to connect the names of three or more solo instruments.
Use "with" preceding the name of a solo instrument or instrumental ensemble used as accompaniment.

The key of the instrument is not included in the subject heading. Use "clarinet" not "B♭ clarinet"; "trumpet" not "C trumpet," etc.

Instruments with indication of range (alto, tenor, bass, etc.) have different treatment in subject headings.

  • Instruments such as alto clarinet, tenor trombone, all recorders, and all saxophones are always assigned the generic terms "clarinet," "trombone," "recorder," and "saxophone."
  • Subject headings for some instruments include the indication of range in certain cases while headings for other instruments always include the indication of range. To determine whether to include designation of range, search for the authority record for the instrument followed by "music," e.g., Bass clarinet music. A 680 field will tell you how to use the term:
    • include the indication of range in certain cases
      680    The term "[alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument]" is used as a medium of performance in headings for works for one or two solo instruments. In headings for other works that include "[alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument]", the generic term "[name of instrument]" is used as the medium of performance.

      bass clarinet, alto flute, bass trombone, contrabass clarinet, etc.: the term "bass clarinet," "alto flute," "bass trombone, "contrabass clarinet," etc., is used only in subject headings for works for one or two solo instruments, alone or accompanied by an ensemble. For headings for works for three or more instruments, the generic term "clarinet" is used.

    • always include the indication of range
      680     Here are entered compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for solo [alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument], and collections of compositions in several forms or types for [alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument].

      contrabassoon, alto horn, treble viol, etc.: all subject headings for works including these instruments include the full name of the instrument, not the generic form, e.g.,: Brass quintets (Alto horn, baritone, cornets (2), tuba); Suites (Treble viols (2), tenor viol, continuo)

Subject authority records have been created for many, but not all, medium of performance subject headings. This is does not mean that only those headings with authority records are valid for use. However, the name of the instrument(s) and ensemble must have been established. For example, the following subject headings: "Piccolo and saxophone music" and "Cello [1770] with percussion ensemble" have not been established. They are valid subject headings because "piccolo," "saxophone," and "cello [1770]" have all been established in subject heading records, as has "percussion ensembles." Note that the latter is in plural form in the subject authority record; it is used in the singular when it is an accompanying ensemble.

Examples of form and medium of performance subject headings

one to two instruments: like instruments | different instruments | one chordal and one other
three to nine instruments in standard chamber combinations | other chamber combinations: number of instruments: three | four | five | six | seven | eight | nine
Ten or more instruments: one to a part | two or more to a part
Large ensembles: Band or orchestra | One or more instruments accompanied by large ensemble

One to Two Instruments (See also Percussion music)
One to two like instruments
Unaccompanied works for solo instruments: the qualifier ", Unaccompanied" is not added to headings for instrumental music. It is added only to certain vocal subject headings [1771]
If the work is a specific type for one instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: Sonatas (Piano)
Suites (Violin)
If the work is not a specific type for one instrument, use the medium of performance as the subject heading followed by "music": Piano music
Violin music
If the work is a specific type for two of the same instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: Sonatas (Pianos (2))
Suites (Violins (2))
If the work is not a specific type for two of the same instrument, use the medium of performance as the subject heading followed by "music" and qualified to indicate two of the instruments: Piano music (Pianos (2))
Violin music (Violins (2))
A work not of a specific type for two pianos being performed by one person is assigned the subject heading: Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 performer)
Two different instruments
If the work is a specific type for two different instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the names of the instruments. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and": Rondos (Flute and oboe)
Suites (Horn and viola)
If the work is not a specific type for two different instruments, use the medium of performance as the subject heading. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and" and followed by "music": Flute and oboe music
Horn and viola music
One chordal instrument and one other instrument
If the work is a specific type and the keyboard/plectral instrument plays a chordal role, use the subject heading for that type and name the keyboard/plectral instrument second: Sonatas (Flute and piano)
Suites (Violin and harp)
If the work is not a specific type and the keyboard/plectral instrument plays a chordal role, use the medium of performance as the subject heading. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and", with the keyboard/plectral instrument named second: Flute and piano music
Horn and piano music
Three to Nine Instruments
Standard chamber combinations
(Standard chamber combinations are no longer used in statements of medium of performance in authorized access points for musical works and expressions. (See Standard chamber combinations [1772] for an explanation.) However, the names of standard chamber combinations are still used in LCSH.
For the following standard chamber combinations, use the subject headings in the right-hand column when the work is not a specific type of composition. Do not specify instruments when the ensemble is a standard chamber ensemble. Woodwind quartets and Wind quintets do not fall into this category for subject headings as they do for uniform titles.
Piano, violin, cello [1770]
Piano, violin, viola, cello [1770]
Piano, 2 violins, viola, cello [1770]
violin, viola, cello [1770]
2 violins, viola, cello [1770]
Piano trios
Piano quartets
Piano quintets
String trios
String quartets
When the work is a specific type of composition (with the exception of sonatas), use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the medium of performance, using the terms from the right-hand column above in the singular form: Rondos (Piano trio)
Suites (Piano quartet)
Variations (String trio)
Standard chamber combination functioning as accompanying ensemble
The names of standard chamber combination are not used when the group is an accompanying ensemble. For example, a subject heading with medium of performance for a work with string quartet accompaniment would include "with string ensemble" not "with string quartet." The scope note in the subject authority record for String ensembles (sh 85129012) is:
"When used for an accompanying ensemble in headings with medium of performance, the term "string ensemble" stands for two or more bowed stringed instruments."

Similarly, "with instrumental ensemble" is used in headings with medium of performance when the accompaniment is for two or more solo instruments belonging to different families. A subject heading with medium of performance for a work with piano trio accompaniment would include "with instrumental ensemble" not "with piano trio."

Other chamber combinations
The following combinations of three to nine instruments are not standard chamber combinations. Specify the name and number when applicable of each instrument in the subject heading. The number of percussion instruments is not specified. See also One performer playing one piano, 1 hand with two to eight other instruments
Three instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for three instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (3))
Suites (Horns (2), oboe)
If the work is not a specific type for three of the same instruments, use "trios" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String trios (Violins (3))
Woodwind trios (Oboes (3))
If the work is not a specific type for three different instruments from the same family, use "trios" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String trios (Violins (2), viola)
Wind trios (Oboes (2), trumpet)
If the work is not a specific type for three different instruments from different families, use "Trios" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: Trios (Flute, violin, viola)
Trios (Piano, horns (2))
Four instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for four instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (4))
Suites (Flute, horns (2), violin)
If the work is not a specific type for four of the same instruments, use "quartets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String quartets (Violins (4))
Brass quartets (Horns (4))
If the work is not a specific type for four different instruments from the same family, use "quartets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String quartets (Violins (2), violas (2))
Wind quartets (Oboes (3), trumpet)
If the work is not a specific type for four different instruments from different families, use "Quartets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: Quartets (Flute, oboe, violin, viola)
Quartets (Piano, horns (2), violin)
Five instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for five instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (5))
Suites (Horns (3), oboes (2))
If the work is not a specific type for five of the same instruments, use "quintets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String quintets (Violins (5))
Woodwind quintets (Oboes (5))
If the work is not a specific type for five different instruments from the same family, use "quintets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String quintets (Violins (3), viola, cello [1770])
Woodwind quintets (Bassoons (2), flute, oboes (2))
If the work is not a specific type for five different instruments from different families, use "Quintets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: Quintets (Flute, oboe, trumpet, violin, viola)
Quintets (Piano, horns (2), violas (2))
Six instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for six instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (6))
Suites (Horns (4), oboes (2))
If the work is not a specific type for six of the same instruments, use "sextets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String sextets (Violins (6))
Woodwind sextets (Oboes (6))
If the work is not a specific type for six different instruments from the same family, use "sextets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String sextets (Violins (3), violas (2), cello [1770])
Brass sextets (Horns (2), trombones (2), trumpet)
If the work is not a specific type for six different instruments from different families, use "Sextets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: Sextets (Bassoon, flute, oboe, trumpet, violin, viola)
Sextets (Piano, flute, horns (2), violas (2))
Seven instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for seven instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (7))
Suites (Horns (2), oboes (2), violins (3))
If the work is not a specific type for seven of the same instruments, use "septets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String septets (Violins (7))
Brass septets (Horns (7))
If the work is not a specific type for seven different instruments from the same family, use "septets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String septets (Violins (3), viola (2), cellos [1770] (2))
Wind septets (Horns (4), oboes (2), trumpets)
If the work is not a specific type for seven different instruments from different families, use "Septets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each (except for percussion): Septets (Flute, oboes (2), trumpet, violin, violas (2))
Septets (Piano, clarinet, horns (2), percussion, violas (2))
Eight instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for eight instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (8))
Suites (Horns (2), oboes (2), violins (2), violas (2))
If the work is not a specific type for eight of the same instruments, use "octets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String octets (Violins (8))
Plucked instrument octets (Guitars (8))
If the work is not a specific type for eight different instruments from the same family, use "octets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String octets (Violins (4), viola (2), cellos [1770] (2))
Wind octets (Flutes (2), horns (4), oboes (2))
If the work is not a specific type for eight different instruments from different families, use "Octets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each (except for percussion): Octets (Flute, oboes (2), percussion, violins (2), viola)
Octets (Piano, clarinet, flute, oboe, horn, tuba, violin, viola)
Nine instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for nine instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: Rondos (Flutes (9))
Suites (Flutes (2), horns (2), oboes (2), violins (2), violas (2))
If the work is not a specific type for nine of the same instruments, use "nonets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: String nonets (Violins (9))
Woodwind nonets (Oboes (9))
If the work is not a specific type for nine different instruments from the same family, use "nonets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: String nonets (Violins (3), viola (3), cellos [1770] (3))
Brass nonets (Baritones (2), horns (4), trumpets (3))
If the work is not a specific type for nine different instruments from different families, use "Nonets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: Nonets (Flutes (2), oboes (2), trumpet, violins (2), violas (2))
Nonets (Piano, bassoon, clarinet, flute, oboe, horn, tuba, violin, viola)
Ten or More Instruments
One to a part
Ensembles of ten or more solo instruments are given a term to describe the group of instruments, followed by "ensembles." The specific instrumentation is not designated.
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more of the same solo instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensemble": Rondos (Flute ensemble)
Suites (Violin ensemble)
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more different solo instruments from the same family, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensemble": Rondos (Brass ensemble)
Suites (Woodwind ensemble)
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more of the same solo instrument, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": Flute ensembles
Violin ensembles
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more different solo instruments from the same family, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": Wind ensembles
String ensembles
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more different solo instruments from the different families, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": Rondos (Instrumental ensemble)
Suites (Instrumental ensemble)
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more different solo instruments from the different families, use the subject heading "Instrumental ensembles": Instrumental ensembles
Two or more to a part
Ensembles of ten or more of the same instruments, two or more to a part, are given the name of the instrument, followed by "choirs."
For ensembles ten or more different instruments, two or more to a part, follow the instructions for ten or more instruments, one to a part.
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more of the same non-solo instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "choir": Rondos (Flute choir)
Suites (Violin choir)
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more of the same non-solo instrument, use the name of the instrument followed by "choir music": Clarinet choir music
Violin choir music
Large ensembles
Band or orchestra
If the work is a specific type for a large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the ensemble. Note that orchestra is the implied medium of performance for "Symphonies"; it is not qualified unless it is for another medium of performance: Rondos (Orchestra)
Suites (Band)
Symphonies
Symphonies (String orchestra)
If the work is not a specific type for a large ensemble, use the medium of performance followed by "music": Brass band music
Orchestral music
String orchestra music
One or more instruments accompanied by large ensemble
Concertos* and concertinos accompanied by orchestra
If the work is a concerto or concertino for one or more solo instruments with accompaniment of orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s). Orchestral accompaniment is not indicated: Concertos (Violin)
Concertos (Pianos (2))
Concertos (Violin and viola)
Concertos (Percussion)
(The word "percussion" may stand for any number of percussionists. See Percussion music)
If the work is a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment of orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name of the standard chamber ensemble. Orchestral accompaniment is not indicated: Concertos (Piano trio)
Concertos (String quartet)
Concertos and concertinos accompanied with accompaniment other than orchestra
If the work is a concerto or concertino for one or more solo instruments with accompaniment other than orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s), followed by "with" and the accompaniment: Concertos (Violin with string orchestra)
Concertos (Trombone and trumpet with brass band)
Concertos (Piano with clarinet choir)
If the work is a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment other than orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name of the standard chamber ensemble, followed by "with" and the accompaniment: Concertos (Piano quartet with string orchestra)
Concertos (String quartet with band)
Works in forms other than concertos and concertinos
If the work is a specific type other than concerto or concertino for one or more solo instrument accompanied by large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s), followed by "with" and the accompaniment: Variations (Piano with orchestra)
Potpourris (Violin with chamber orchestra)
Rondos (Flute with flute choir)
If the work is a specific type other than a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment of large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, the name of that standard chamber ensemble, followed by "with" and the accompaniment: Canons, fugues, etc. (String trio with string orchestra)
Variations (String quartet with string orchestra)
Works not in a specific form
If the work is not a specific type for one or more solo instrument accompanied by large ensemble, use the name(s) of the solo instrument(s), qualified by number if applicable, and subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s) followed by "with" and the accompaniment: Pianos (2) with orchestra
Horns (4) with chamber orchestra
Violin and viola with string orchestra
Violin, viola, cello [1770], double bass with string orchestra
Bass trombone with trombone choir
If the work is not a specific type for a standard chamber combination accompanied by a large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, the name of that standard chamber ensemble: Piano quintet with string orchestra.
String quartet with orchestra

*H 1917.5, 5e: "Concerto headings are not assigned to chamber music, where there is one player to a part, even if the composer has used the term "concerto"."

The name of the accompanying ensemble:
H 1917.5 10. b.: "accompanying instruments are indicated by the appropriate term for the type of ensemble." (e.g.: "... with woodwind ensemble")

H1917.5 4.b.(5) on p.9 Non keyboard accompaniment. When indicating non-keyboard accompaniment (accompaniment follows the connecting word with & ) in both instrumental and vocal headings, ensemble usually stands for 2 more instruments.

H 1917.5 4.a.(2) (a) on p. 7 Ensembles of different instruments


Keyboard (harpsichord, piano, organ, etc.) music

Music for one or more performers, 1 or more hands, 1 or more piano(s): One performer: 1 piano | 2 pianos | Two or more performers: 1 piano
Two performers: 2 pianos | Three or more performers: 2 pianos | 3 or more pianos
Prepared piano music

The subject heading "Piano music" can be qualified by number of hands when other than 2 hands.
The default (no indication of number of hands) is 2 hands per performer:
     Piano music = for 2 hands
     Piano music (Pianos (2)) = for 2 performers on two pianos
Otherwise, the number of hands is indicated
     Piano music (1 hand)
     Piano music (3 hands)
     Piano music (4 hands) = for 2 performers on one piano
     Piano music (6 hands)
One performer, 1 piano
One performer playing one piano, 2 hands
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 2 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "piano": Suites (Piano)
Sonatas (Piano)
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 2 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music": Piano music
One performer playing one piano, 1 hand
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 1 hand, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "piano, 1 hand": Suites (Piano, 1 hand)
Sonatas (Piano, 1 hand)
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 1 hand, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (1 hand)": Piano music (1 hand)
One performer playing one piano, 1 hand with two to eight other instruments
For chamber works requiring piano, 1 hand (one performer) and other instruments, use "piano (1 hand)": Quintets (Piano (1 hand), violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
Suites (Piano (1 hand), violins (2), cello [1770])
One performer, 2 pianos
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing two pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 1 performer": Concertos (Pianos (2), 1 performer)
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing two pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 1 performer)": Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 performer)
Two or more performers, 1 piano
Two or more performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands
If the work is a specific type for two or more performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Piano, __ hands": Suites (Piano, 4 hands)
Sonatas (Piano, 3 hands)
If the work is not a specific type for one performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (__ hands)": Piano music (3 hands)
Piano music (8 hands)
Two performers, 2 pianos
Two performers playing two pianos, 1 hand each
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 1 hand each, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 1 hand each": Concertos (Pianos (2), 1 hand each)
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 1 hand each)": Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 hand each)
Two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2)": Suites (Pianos (2))
Sonatas (Pianos (2))
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2))": Piano music (Pianos (2))
Two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 3 hands": Concertos (Pianos (2), 3 hands)
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 3 hands)": Piano music (Pianos (2), 3 hands)
Three or more performers, 2 pianos
If the work is a specific type for three or more performers playing two pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), __ hands": Suites (Pianos (2), 6 hands)
Rondos (Pianos (2), 8 hands)
If the work is not a specific type for two or more performers playing two pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), __ hands)": Piano music (Pianos (2), 8 hands)
Piano music (Pianos (2), 5 hands)
Three or more performers, 3 or more pianos
If the work is a specific type for three or more performers playing three or more pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Piano ensemble": Suites (Piano ensemble)
Variations (Piano ensemble)
If the work is not a specific type for three or more performers playing three or more pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano ensembles" as the subject heading: Piano ensembles
Prepared piano music
"Prepared piano" refers to a piano whose sound has been altered by attaching objects such as clips, paper, rubber, or felt to the strings; mis-tuning the unison strings; etc. The subject heading "Prepared piano music" can be qualified by number of hands when other than 2 hands.
The default (no indication of number of hands) is 2 hands per performer:
     Prepared piano music = for 2 hands
     Prepared piano music (Prepared pianos (2)) = for 2 performers on two prepared pianos
Otherwise, the number of hands is indicated
     Prepared piano music (1 hand)
     Prepared piano music (3 hands)

Percussion music

Music for percussion instruments is treated differently in LCSH. According to the scope in the subject authority record for "Percussion music," the heading "The word 'percussion' may stand for any number of percussionists when used as a medium of performance or as accompaniment ... e.g., Concertos (Percussion); Percussion with orchestra; Songs with percussion"

There are different subject headings for works requiring one percussionist playing one instrument, one percussionist playing two or more instruments, and two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments. Subject headings for works including percussion and non-percussion instruments follow a different practice than that explained above (see works for more than one instrument).

Music for 1 or more performers playing 1 or more percussion instrument:
One percussionist: 1 instrument | 2 or more instruments
Two or more percussionists: one instrument | two or more instruments
Indicating number of percussion instruments

One percussionist
One percussionist playing one instrument
If the work is a specific type for one percussionist playing one percussion instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: Suites (Marimba)
Sonatas (Timpani)
If the work is not a specific type for one percussionist playing one percussion instrument, use the name of the instrument as a medium of performance heading as the subject heading followed by "music": Snare drum music
Xylophone music
Music for one percussionist playing one unspecified solo percussion instrument and for collections of compositions for several different solo percussion instruments: Percussion instrument music
Chimes vs. tubular bells: "Chimes" is a generic subject heading; "Tubular bells" is a specific kind of chimes. Both are subject headings. The former term is used when no specific kind of chimes is indicated. When tubular bells are specified, use "tubular bells."
Source: e-mail from G. Ostrove, CPSO, Nov. 21, 2005
One percussionist playing two or more instruments
If the work is a specific type for one percussionist playing two or more percussion instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the "percussion": Rondos (Percussion)
Sonatas (Percussion)
If the work is not a specific type for one percussionist playing two or more percussion instruments, use the medium of performance "Percussion" as the subject heading followed by "music": Percussion music
Two or more percussionists
Two percussionists playing one instrument
If the work is a specific type for two percussionists playing one instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified the name of the instrument followed by "(__ hands)": Sonatas (Marimba, 4 hands)
If the work is not a specific type for two percussionists playing one instruments, use the medium of performance followed by "music (__ hands)": Marimba music (4 hands)
Two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Percussion ensemble": Suites (Percussion ensemble)
Sonatas (Percussion ensemble)
If the work is not a specific type for two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments, use the subject heading "Percussion ensembles": Percussion ensembles

Indicating number of percussion instruments

In subject headings for chamber combinations that include percussion, the number of percussion instruments is not indicated
In this subject heading there is only one percussionist:     Quintets (Percussion, violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
In this subject heading there are three percussionists:     Quartets (Percussion, viola)
a sonata for flute and marimba
a sonata for flute and one percussionist playing two or more instruments
Sonatas (Flute and marimba)
Sonatas (Flute and percussion)
a quintet for string quartet and marimba
a quintet for flute, bass clarinet, tubular bells, violin, and cello
a quintet for string quartet and one percussionist playing two or more instruments
a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and 2 marimbas
a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and two percussionists playing two or more
instruments
a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and two percussionists, one playing timpani,
the other playing marimba
Quintets (Marimba, violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
Quintets (Clarinet, flute, tubular bells, violin, cello [1770])
Quintets (Percussion, violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
Quintets (Marimbas (2), violin, viola, cello [1770])
Quintets (Percussion, violin, viola, cello [1770])
Quintets (Marimba, timpani, violin, viola, cello [1770])

Music using non-musical instruments as instruments

The heading "Sound effects music" for music produced by means of various objects or devices not normally regarded as musical instruments.

See MCB, vol. 44, no. 1 [1773] for a discussion of establishing subject headings for natural objects such as leaves, tree branches, sand, rocks, water, etc., taken "out of the wild" and used as musical instruments.
 

>

Music for solo non-musical instrument
If the work is not a specific type for a specific non-musical instrument, use the subject heading for that medium, followed by "music": Glass music
Leaf music
Computer music
Duets with one non-musical instrument and one traditional instrument or soloist
For works not of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and one traditional instrument or soloist use the names of both followed by "music" following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. Balloon and electronic music
Radio receiver and piano music
Guitar and computer music
Works for one or more non-musical instrument and two or more traditional instruments or soloists
For works not of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and two or more traditional instruments or soloists, use a form heading qualified by the names of the instruments following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. Trios (Electronics, sound effects)
Quartets (Clarinet, flute, computer, double bass)
Sextets (Clarinet, flute, keyboard controller, mallet controller, violin, cello [1770])
Septets (Piano, clarinet, flute, radio receiver, xylorimba, violin, cello [1770])
Works for one non-musical instrument and accompanying ensemble
For works of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and accompanying ensemble, use the subject heading for that type qualified by the names of the non-traditional instrument. When the type is "concerto," specify the accompanying ensemble only with it is not orchestra: Concertos (Cellular telephone)
Concertos (Saxophone and computer with chamber orchestra)
Works for two or more non-musical instruments of the same kind
For works either of a specific type for two or more non-musical instruments of the same kind, use the name of the instrument in the plural, qualified by number: Overtures (Computers (2))
Overtures (Tin cans (4))
Works for two or more different non-musical instruments
For works not of a specific type for two or more different non-musical instruments, use the heading "Sound effects music": Sound effects music
Works for soloist and two or more non-musical instruments as accompaniment
Use "sound effects" as the name of the accompaniment: Songs (High voice) with sound effects
Vocal quartets with computer.

Those darn electronic music headings!
Usual LC practice for pieces with tape is to treat "electronics" as an instrument. For a work for 4 percussionists and tape, the heading would be Quintets (Electronics, percussion) and the class would be M585. Since "electronics" appears in the Quintets heading, there is no need to add the second heading Electronic music. Current practice is to add Electronic music as a second heading only when the electronic element is not brought out in the main form/genre heading.
Source: very slightly modified from a message from Joe Bartl, LC, posted June 27, 2012, on MOUG-L

Solo electronic music
If the work is a specific type for electronics, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Electronics" enclosed in parenthesis: Suites (Electronics)
Canons, fugues, etc. (Electronics)
If the work is not a specific type for electronics, use "Electronic music" as the heading: Electronic music
Duets with one traditional instrument or soloist
For works either of a specific type or not of a specific type for electronics and one traditional instrument or soloist use "____________ and electronic music" or "Electronic and ____________ music," following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. Flute and electronic music
Electronic and percussion music
Works for electronics and chordal instrument
For works not of a specific type for electronics and one chordal instrument the name of the chordal instrument followed by "and electronic music": Harpsichord and electronic music
Organ and electronic music
Piano and electronic music
Works for electronics and two or more other instruments
Following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467], use "electronics":
If the work is a specific type, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the names of the instruments: Canons, fugues, etc. (Electronics, violin, viola, cello [1770])
If the work is not a specific type, use a form heading qualified by the names of the instruments: Trios (Clarinet, flute, electronics)
Octets (Piano, clarinet, flute, harp, electronics, percussion, violin, cello [1770])
Septets (Electronics, percussion)
Works for electronics and large ensemble
Following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467], use "electronics":
If the work is a specific type, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "electronics" enclosed in parenthesis: Concertos (Electronics)
If the work is not a specific type, use a medium of performance heading that includes "electronics": Electronics with string orchestra
Recorder and electronics with orchestra
Piano and electronics with orchestra
"Electronics" as an accompanying ensemble
Use "electronics" as the name of the accompanying ensemble: Vocal ensembles with electronics
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with electronics

Music with audience participation

For works in which audience members are required to participate, use a subject heading for the non-audience performers and an additional subject heading "Music with audience participation": Piano music
Music with audience participation

Arrangements

LCSCM H1160: The qualifier ", Arranged" is added to subject headings for works that have been arranged. When it is added to a subject heading that includes medium of performance, the subject heading will be for the arranged medium of performance. This varies from practice for uniform titles. With a uniform title for a work that has been arranged, and AACR2 Chapter 25 requires that the uniform title include the original medium of performance, followed by ";‡o arranged"

See comparisons of music uniform titles and music subject headings: arrangements [1774] and uniform title/subject heading combinations: arrangements [1775] for more information.

When to use and when not to use the qualifier ", Arranged"

Instrumental music

1. the qualifier is free-floating with headings for arrangements when the headings are for instrumental music and the medium of performance of the arrangement is specified. The arranged medium of performance is given in the subject heading:
650 0 Organ music, Arranged.
650 0 Suites (Organ), Arranged.
650 0 Toccatas.

It is not added to the subject heading "Toccatas" because that subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance The qualifier is not added to subject headings for instrumental music in which the medium of performance is not given.

2. use in subject headings in which medium of performance is not given:
The qualifier may be used in large instrumental forms, such as:
650 0 Incidental music, Arranged.
650 0 Motion picture music, Arranged.
The qualifier is not used:
° when the only change in a work for one or more solo instruments accompanied by large ensemble is the reduction of the accompaniment for a keyboard instrument.
(See the examples "‡v Solo with ___________________" under Free-floating musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions [203].)
° with subject headings that generally do not include medium of performance
(See Musical form/genre headings that are not qualified by medium of performance above), such as:
650 0 Fanfares.
650 0 Waltzes.

A second subject heading with the arranged medium of performance would be assigned:
 

650 0 Fanfares.
650 0 Trumpet and piano music, Arranged.

Vocal music

1. Generally, ", Arranged" is used for instrumental music. However, the qualifier may be used with subject headings for larger vocal forms that do not indicate medium of performance.
Examples:
650 0 Operas, Arranged.

"‡v Instrumental settings" is generally used for vocal forms arranged for an instrumental medium:
 

650 0 Brass octets (Trombones (8)), Arranged ‡v Scores and parts.
650 0 Madrigals, Italian ‡v Instrumental settings.
2. The qualifier ", Arranged" is not added form/genre headings for the following vocal forms:
Forms whose headings are usually qualified by type of chorus
Works for solo singers or for one singer to a part.

Other

1. The qualifier is not used with subject headings for seasons, such as "Christmas music."
2. When only excerpts of a work have been arranged, the qualifier follows the subdivision "‡v Excerpts"
650 0 Symphonies ‡v Excerpts, Arranged.

Subject headings for vocal ensembles and solos

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

Choruses vs. cantatas
Indication of secular/sacred
Indication of type of voice
Number of parts
Accompaniment
Arrangements
Format subdivisions
Vocal ensembles (solo voices)
Indication of secular/sacred
Indication of type of voice
Accompaniment
Arrangements
Format subdivisions
Songs vs. solo cantatas
Indication of secular/sacred
Indication of type of voice
Accompaniment
Arrangements
Format subdivisions

CHORUSES
(See also Chorus subject headings [1464])

CANTATAS

Indication of secular/sacred:
  • Implicit for neither
  • Inverted for both

Choruses, Secular
Choruses, Sacred

Cantatas, Secular
Cantatas, Sacred

Indication of type of voice:
  • Indicate type of voice followed by "voices" (except for unison) for single works or collections for one type of voice.
  • Don't indicate voice type for collections of works for more than one type of voice.
Single works:
Choruses, Secular (Women's voices)
Choruses, Sacred (Equal voices)
Choruses, Secular (Unison)
Single works:
Cantatas, Secular (Women's voices)
Cantatas, Sacred (Equal voices)
Cantatas, Secular (Unison)
Cantatas, Secular ["Mixed voices" is implicit for single works for mixed voices.]
Collections:
Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices) [all for men's voices]
Choruses, Secular [for various types of voices]
Collections:
Cantatas, Sacred (Men's voices) [all for men's voices]
Cantatas, Secular [for various types of voices]
Indicate number of parts? Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464]
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts)
---------------------------
Note: It is Yale's practice [1465] to not add the number of voices to any chorus subject heading.
No
Cantatas, Secular (Men's voices)
Indicate accompaniment or
lack of accompaniment?
Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464]
Choruses, Secular (Men's voices) with orchestra
Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) with instrumental ensemble
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices), Unaccompanied
No
Cantatas, Secular (Men's voices)
Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices)

Cantatas, Secular

Add "Arranged" for works arranged for chorus? No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music.
Add ‡v for format subdivision? Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464]
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with band ‡v Scores.
Yes
Cantatas, Secular (Women's  voices) ‡v Scores.
 

VOCAL ENSEMBLES
of 9 or fewer solo voices

VOCAL ENSEMBLES
of 10 or more voices

Indication of secular/sacred:
  • Implicit for secular
  • Direct order for sacred

Vocal quartets
Sacred vocal duets

Vocal ensembles
Sacred vocal ensembles

Indication of type of voice: Type of voice is not indicated Type of voice is not indicated
Indicate accompaniment or
lack of accompaniment?
Yes.
Vocal septets with instrumental ensemble
Sacred vocal trios with continuo
Vocal quintets, Unaccompanied
Yes.
Vocal ensembles with electronics
Vocal ensembles with flute
Sacred vocal ensembles, Unaccompanied
Add "Arranged" for works arranged for vocal ensemble? No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music.
Add ‡v for format subdivision? No when:
  • Unaccompanied
    or
  • Accompanied by
    • one instrument, or
    • two of the same keyboard instrument, or
    • continuo
No when:
  • Unaccompanied
    or
  • Accompanied by
    • one instrument, or
    • two keyboard instruments, or
    • continuo
Yes when accompanied by:
  • two or more instruments (other than two keyboard instruments or continuo)
Yes when accompanied by:
  • two or more instruments (other than two keyboard instruments or continuo)
 

SONGS

SOLO CANTATAS

Indication of secular/sacred:
  • Implicit for secular songs, not for secular solo cantatas
  • "Sacred" indicated in direct order for songs, in inverted order for solo cantatas
Secular is implied for songs; do not invert for sacred songs.

Songs

Sacred songs

Neither is implied for solo cantatas; invert to designate secular or sacred

Solo cantatas, Secular

Solo cantatas, Sacred

Indication of type of voice:?
  • Use high, medium, or low;
    not the name of voice type
Songs (High voice)

Sacred songs (Medium voice)

Solo cantatas, Secular (High voice)

Solo cantatas, Sacred (Medium voice)

Indicate accompaniment or lack of accompaniment? Yes

Songs (Low voice) with piano

Sacred songs (High voice), Unaccompanied.

No

Solo cantatas, Secular (Low voice)

Solo cantatas, Sacred (High voice)

Add "Arranged" for works arranged for solo voice? No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music.
Add ‡v for format subdivision? No when:
  • Unaccompanied
    or
  • Accompanied by
    • one instrument, or
    • two keyboard instruments, or
    • continuo
No when:
  • Unaccompanied
    or
  • Accompanied by
    • one instrument, or
    • two keyboard instruments, or
    • continuo
Yes when accompanied by:
  • two or more instruments (other than two keyboard instruments or continuo)
Yes when accompanied by:
  • two or more instruments (other than two keyboard instruments or continuo)

Subject headings for vocal music

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

See also: Subject headings for instrumental music [730] | Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]

Instrumental accompaniment of vocal works | Subject headings for liturgical works
Works for one voice with or without accompaniment: Songs | Accompaniment | Solo cantatas | Accompaniment
Works for two or more voices, one to a part with or without accompaniment: Accompaniment
Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part with or without accompaniment: Choruses | Accompaniment | Cantatas | Accompaniment | Oratorios | Accompaniment
Unaccompanied works
Musicals and revues
Arrangements
Qualifying by language of text


Vocal music is assigned form headings or medium of performance headings just as instrumental music is.

Form headings

Medium of performance headings
 
Songs
Oratorios
Cantatas
Masses
Vocal trios, Unaccompanied
Choruses
Vocal duets with harp
Sacred vocal ensembles
 
Form heading are usually qualified by medium of performance (vocal range or vocal grouping) unless it is implied:
Choruses (Mixed voices) no vocal group is implied; it must be stated  
Songs (High voice) no vocal range is implied; it must be stated  
Masses chorus is implied  
Subject headings for vocal music may also indicate:
number of voices: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts [1464])  
type of accompaniment: _________________________ with piano
Unaccompanied
 
secular or sacred use: Choruses, Secular
Songs [secular is implied]
Vocal trios [secular is implied]
Secular oratorios
Choruses, Sacred
Sacred songs
Sacred vocal trios
Oratorios [sacred is implied]

Medium of performance headings are not assigned to works that are

  • not composed in a specific form of composition
    OR
  • in a form of composition not in LCSH
    OR
  • when the form heading in LCSH (eg. Psalms (Music)) is not to be qualified by medium of performance.

[» Note: It is not LCSH practice to bring out the medium of performance in the majority of headings assigned to popular music.]

Subject headings for liturgical music are added when applicable. Most are given in the singular, with no medium of performance:
Holy-week music.
Magnificat (Music)
Nunc dimittis (Music)
Song of Solomon (Music)
Christmas music.
These headings can also be assigned to instrumental music.

The subject heading "Psalms (Music)" is given in the plural, with no medium of performance. When appropriate, subdivide the heading by the specific psalm:
650 0 Psalms (Music) ‡v 23rd Psalm

The numbering in subject headings for psalms follows the Authorized version (e.g., the Hebrew and Protestant Bible) and to the table under BS1450 in the LC Classification schedule. Wikipedia [1776] gives a summary:

  • Catholic official liturgical texts follow the Greek numbering, but modern Catholic translations often use the Hebrew numbering, sometimes adding, in parenthesis the Greek numbering as well.
  • Eastern Orthodox translations are based on the Greek numbering.
  • Protestant translations are based on the Hebrew numbering.

Hebrew (and Protestant)
numbering

Greek/Latin (Catholic)
numbering (also referred to as "vulgate")

1–8
9-10
11-113
114-115
116
117-146
147
148-150
1–8
9
10–112
113
114–115
116–145
146–147
148–150

Instrumental accompaniment of vocal works
A single instrument is named following the word "with": _________________________ with accordion
_________________________ with violoncello
The name of two of the same keyboard instrument follows the word "with" and is qualified with "(2)": _________________________ with pianos (2)
_________________________ with harpsichords (2)

Use "keyboard instrument ensemble" when there are two different keyboard instruments:
Note: previous practice was to name each, in alphabetical order:
_________________________ with organ and piano

_________________________ with keyboard instrument ensemble
When there are
» two or more of the same non-keyboard instrument
OR
» two or more non-keyboard instruments from the same instrumental family [1467]
use the instrumental family name followed by "ensemble":
_________________________ with string ensemble
This would include string quartets, quintets, etc.
_________________________ with woodwind ensemble
This would include woodwind quartets, quintets, etc.
When there are two or more instruments from different instrumental families (one to a part), use "instrumental ensemble": _________________________ with instrumental ensemble
When there are two or more instruments from different instrumental families (two or more to a part), use the name of the ensemble: _________________________ with orchestra
_________________________ with band
When there are two or more of the same solo instruments (one to a part), use the name of that instrument followed by "ensemble": _________________________ with violoncello ensemble

Works for one voice with or without accompaniment See also Songs vs. solo cantatas [1777]

Songs
The heading "Songs" implies secular; for sacred works use "Sacred songs". Note that "Sacred songs" is not in inverted order Songs
Sacred songs
The range of the solo voice, when known, is indicated as high, medium, or low.

Even if the specific voice type is known, it is not designated in a subject heading, unlike in a uniform title, in which either specific voice type or vocal range may be indicated.

Songs (High voice)
Sacred songs (Low voice)
Other forms
  Variations (Voice ...)
Accompaniment
Unaccompanied
Unaccompanied songs are qualified as such: Songs (Medium voice), Unaccompanied
Accompanied
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________."
Accompaniment of one instrument: Songs (High voice) with piano
Sacred songs (Low voice) with violoncello
Accompaniment of one to two keyboard instruments: Songs (High voice) with pianos (2)
Sacred songs (Medium voice) with organs (2)
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR
two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble"
"Instrumental ensemble" could mean piano and violin; or flute and harp; or string quartet; or four horns. Indicating each would be incorrect:
Songs (High voice) with instrumental ensemble
Variations (Voice with instrumental ensemble)
Songs (High voice) with piano and harp
Songs (High voice) with string quartet
Solo cantatas
The heading "Solo cantatas" implies neither secular nor sacred.
Both must be indicated, and the headings are in inverted form.
Solo cantatas, Secular
Solo cantatas, Sacred
The range of the solo voice, when known, is indicated as high, medium, or low.

Even if the specific voice type is known, it is not designated in a subject heading.

Solo cantatas, Secular (High voice)
Solo cantatas, Sacred (Low voice)
Accompaniment
Accompaniment for solo cantatas is not indicated in the subject heading.

Works for two or more voices, one to a part See also Vocal ensembles [1778]

Form headings
These are some of the form headings for works for two or more solo voices:
Part songs
The heading "Part songs" implies secular.
For sacred works use "Part songs, Sacred." Note that it is in inverted order
Part songs
Part songs, Sacred
For secular Part songs all in one language, qualify the heading by that language. Part songs, English
Latin is implied in the heading "Part songs, Sacred" Part songs, Sacred not: Part songs, Sacred, Latin
For sacred Part songs in other languages are assigned 2 headings: Part songs, Sacred
Part songs, English
Specific forms of Part songs
These headings may also be used for works for choral ensemble (two or more voices, two or more to a part).
Accompaniment is not indicated in subject headings for Part songs or any of the specific types of Part songs.
Secular: Polyphonic chansons
Sacred: Motets
Anthems
Other forms
Canons, fugues, etc. (Vocal quartet)
Medium of performance headings
The headings "Vocal duets," "Vocal trios," "Vocal quartets," etc. are used for groups of two to nine solo voices. For ten or more solo voices, use "Vocal ensembles." Neither the vocal range nor voice type is designated. These headings imply secular works. For sacred works, use "Sacred vocal duets," "Sacred vocal trios," "Sacred vocal quartets," etc., and "Sacred vocal ensembles"
Secular: Vocal duets
Vocal quintets
Vocal ensembles
Sacred: Sacred vocal duets
Sacred vocal quintets
Sacred vocal ensembles
Accompaniment
Unaccompanied works are qualified as such: Vocal duets, Unaccompanied
Sacred vocal quintets, Unaccompanied
Sacred vocal ensembles, Unaccompanied
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________."
Accompaniment of one instrument: Vocal sextets with piano
Sacred vocal quartets with harp
Vocal ensembles with guitar
Accompaniment of one to two keyboard instruments: Sacred vocal trios with pianos (2)
Vocal quartets with harpsichords (2)
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR
two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble"
"Instrumental ensemble" could mean piano and violin; or flute and harp; or string quartet; or four horns. Indicating each would be incorrect:
Vocal trios with instrumental ensemble
Vocal trios with piano and harp

Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part See also Choruses vs. cantatas [1779]

Choruses See also Those darn chorus subject headings! [1464]
The heading "Choruses" implies neither secular nor sacred and is used without designation of secular or sacred for collections of both secular and sacred works.
For individual works or collections that are either secular or sacred, the term "secular" or "sacred" is added to the heading, in inverted form.
Collections for more than one voice grouping which do not all have the same accompaniment:
Do not add:
   voice grouping
   number of voices
   accompaniment
Do not consider solo voices in formulating subject headings for choruses.
Choruses, Secular
Choruses, Sacred
Single works and collections for one voice grouping:
Add:
   voice grouping
      mixed voices, women's voices, men's voices, children's voices,
      equal voices, unison [not unison voices]
   number of voices may be added.
Do not consider solo voices in formulating subject headings for choruses.
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices)
Choruses, Secular (Equal voices)
Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices)
Number of voices is indicated only when these conditions apply:
a. 8 parts or fewer
AND
b. accompaniment of either
   one instrument (i.e., piano, violoncello, harp, etc.)
   two of the same keyboard instrument
   continuo
OR
c. unaccompanied
Choruses, Secular (Women's voices, 4 parts) with piano


Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices, 4 parts) with pianos (2)

Choruses, Secular (Children's voices, 3 parts), Unaccompanied.

Accompaniment
Unaccompanied choruses are qualified as such: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts), Unaccompanied
Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices), Unaccompanied
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________." Choruses, Sacred (Women's voices) with piano
Choruses with organ
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with violoncello
Accompaniment of one or two of the same keyboard instrument: Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices, 5 parts) with pianos (2))
Accompaniment of two different keyboard instruments (indicated as "keyboard instrument ensemble"): Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices) with keyboard instrument ensemble
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR
two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble"
"Instrumental ensemble" could mean piano and violin; or flute and harp; or string quartet; or four horns. Indicating each would be incorrect; use "keyboard instrument ensemble" for two or more different keyboard instruments.
The number of vocal parts is not indicated when the accompaniment is two or more instruments (other than two of the same keyboard instrument or continuo)
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with instrumental ensemble
Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) with instrumental ensemble
Cantatas
The heading "Cantatas" implies neither secular nor sacred and is used without designation of secular or sacred for collections of both secular and sacred works.
For individual works or collections that are either secular or sacred, the term "secular" or "sacred" is added to the heading, in inverted form.
Collections for mixed voices or for more than one voice grouping and
Single works for mixed voices
Cantatas, Secular
Cantatas, Sacred
Single works and collections for one voice grouping other than mixed voices
Add:
   voice grouping (other than "mixed voices")
      women's voices, men's voices, children's voices,
      equal voices, unison [not unison voices]
The number of voices is not designated in subject headings for cantatas.
Cantatas, Secular (Women's voices)
Cantatas, Sacred (Unison)
Accompaniment
Type of accompaniment or lack of accompaniment is not designated in subject headings for cantatas.
Oratorios
The heading "Oratorios" implies a sacred text. The heading is used without the designation "sacred."
For oratorios with secular texts, use "Secular oratorios." Unlike the subject headings for choruses and cantatas, the heading is in direct order (not "Oratorios, Secular)
Vocal grouping (mixed voices, women's voices, etc.) is not indicated in subject headings for oratorios.
Accompaniment
Type of accompaniment or lack of accompaniment is not designated in subject headings for oratorios.
Works with accompaniment reduced for a keyboard instrument include the subject subdivision [203]
"Vocal scores with ..."
Oratorios ‡v Vocal scores with organ
Secular oratorios ‡v Vocal scores with piano
Other forms
Works in a specific form are assigned with the medium of performance "Chorus" added. Canons, fugues, etc. (Chorus ...)
Waltzes (Chorus ...)
Polkas (Chorus ...)
Accompaniment
Unaccompanied works are not indicated as such:


Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________."
Canons, fugues, etc. (Chorus)
Rondos (Chorus)
Waltzes (Chorus)
Polkas (Chorus with orchestra)
Waltzes (Chorus with piano)
Waltzes (Chorus with piano, 4 hands)

equal voices: voices of the same type when employed in a polyphonic work, e.g., all sopranos or all tenors; sometimes also merely all male or all female (New Harvard Dictionary of Music)


Unaccompanied works

The qualifier "unaccompanied" is used with vocal music subject headings except for with these forms: cantatas, musicals, operas, oratorios or with subject headings in which lack of accompaniment is already implied (e.g., Canons, fugues, etc. (Voices (3))

Do not add "Unaccompanied" to parenthetical qualifiers in headings of this type (for two or more solo voices) when voice is the sole medium of performance (H1917.5, 8)


Musicals and revues

Musical: a theatrical production consisting of musical numbers (songs, ensembles, and dances) integrated into a dramatic framework
Revue: a theatrical production featuring a series of songs, dances, and other entertainments without any unifying dramatic element


Arrangements

The qualifier "Arranged" is not used with vocal music subject headings.
The subject heading is assigned for the medium into which the work has been arranged.

A work originally for high voice and harp, arranged for voice and piano:
Correct: Songs (High voice) with piano
Incorrect: Songs (High voice) with piano, Arranged.

A work originally for chorus and orchestra; arranged for chorus and organ
Correct: Choruses, Sacred (Mixed voices) with orchestra ‡v Vocal scores with organ.
Incorrect: Choruses, Sacred (Mixed voices) with organ, Arranged.

However, LC is using "Arranged" in the subject heading "Oratorios":
An oratorio with accompaniment originally for piano or organ, arranged for orchestra
Oratorios, Arranged.

Qualifying by language of text

Source: LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1916.3

Vocal works are qualified by the language of the text when they are:

  • entirely or chiefly ballads, folk songs, children's songs, or songs
  • in the original language
  • in one or two languages
    • when three or more languages all from the same language group are involved, add the name of that language group [e.g., Scandanavian, Slavic, etc.]

Vocal works are not qualified by the language of the text when they:

  • imply national emphasis
  • are translations
  • are in three or more languages from different language groups

Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

See also: Music subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731]
Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]

Subdivisions may bring out topical, geographic, chronological, or form aspects.

° Free-floating subdivision for musical format
° Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings
° Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
° Qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music (Arranged, Instrumental settings)
° Qualifying by language of text [1780]


Free-floating subdivision for musical format Chronological subdivisions | Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions


Chronological subdivisions:

The following chronological subdivisions are valid for use with music form or genre subject headings or with subject headings for collections of Western art music by two or more composers devoted to a specific period or century:

‡y To 500
‡y 500-1400
‡y 15th century
‡y 16th century
‡y 17th century
‡y 18th century
‡y 19th century
‡y 20th century
‡y 21st century
Note that ‡y To 1800 is not a valid subdivision, but once was.

Note that ‡v Early works to 1800 [1781] is not a chronological subdivision, but a form/topical subdivision [729].

Chronological subdivisions combining centuries, such as "‡y 15th-16th centuries," are not permitted

These chronological subdivisions are not valid for use under form/genre headings for musical works:
° when the period or century is referred to only in a series statement
° for works by one composer
° for individual musical works
° in headings for folk or non-Western music
° following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music

See also Chronological subdivisions for popular music [1740].


Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions:

The table below includes the list of free-floating musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions.

Free-floating musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions
‡v 2-harpsichord scores
‡v 2-piano scores
‡v 3-piano scores

‡v Chorus scores with organ
‡v Chorus scores with piano
‡v Chorus scores without accompaniment
‡v Excerpts
‡v Excerpts, Arranged
‡v Instructive editions
‡v Simplified editions
‡v Teaching pieces

‡v Parts
‡v Parts (solo)

‡v Scores
‡v Scores and parts
‡v Scores and parts (solo)

‡v Organ scores
‡v Piano scores
‡v Piano scores (4 hands)

‡v Solo with harpsichord
‡v Solo with harpsichord and piano
‡v Solo with keyboard instrument
‡v Solo(s) with organ
‡v Solo(s) with piano
‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2)

‡v Cadenzas

‡v Orchestral excerpts

‡v Vocal scores with accordion
‡v Vocal scores with continuo
‡v Vocal scores with guitar
‡v Vocal scores with harpsichord
‡v Vocal scores with keyboard instrument
‡v Vocal scores with organ
‡v Vocal scores with organ and piano
‡v Vocal scores with piano
‡v Vocal scores with piano (4 hands)
‡v Vocal scores with pianos (2)
‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment
‡v 2- piano scores and ‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2) when used for works for solo instrument(s) and accompaniment of larger ensemble:
Use "‡v 2-piano scores" when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument and the accompaniment has been arranged for that same instrument:
     Concertos (Piano) ‡v 2-piano scores
     Passacaglias (Piano with orchestra) ‡v 2-piano scores
     Concertos (Harpsichord) ‡v 2-harpsichord scores
However, when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument, and the accompaniment is arranged for another type of keyboard instrument, use "‡v Solo(s) with            (2)"
‡v 2-piano scores, ‡v 2-harpsichord scores, ‡v 2-organ scores, etc., are also used in subject headings for large works such as operas, ballets, etc.:
     Ballets "‡v 2-organ scores
     Operas ‡v 2-piano scores.
‡v Excerpts is used as a form subdivision under motion picture forms and genres and under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance.
‡v Excerpts, Arranged is used as a form subdivision under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance.
‡v Instructive editions vs. ‡v Teaching pieces:
From Glossary and General Guidelines [1782] of Class M (Music):
Instructive edition: "an edition of a work heavily annotated with textual instructions about how to practice and interpret various passages. Do not class as instructive editions those that merely contain standard interpretive markings, fingering, etc., whether the composer's own or subsequently added."
Teaching piece: "a work composed principally for pedagogical purposes."
‡v Parts (solo): "Parts (solo)" is used for the solo part(s) in a concertante work.
‡v Scores and parts (solo) is used for the full score of a concertante work and the soloist's part only.
‡v Piano scores is used for arrangements for solo piano of works originally in a different medium of performance. This concept also applies to ‡v Piano scores (4 hands) (as opposed to the heading Piano music (4 hands), which is for original music for piano, 4 hands) and ‡v Organ scores.
These subdivisions can be used in subject headings for:
° printed music; the only free-floating subdivisions authorized for use with sound recordings in LCSH are headings for concertante work in which the orchestral accompaniment has been arranged for one or two keyboard instruments (e.g., piano, pianos (2), etc.): ‡ Solo with _________.
° collections of musical works or to individual musical works where the medium of performance is generally stated or implicit
° specific form/genre headings
° works for for 2 or more instruments and performers
   Examples:
      Oboe and violin music ‡v Scores.
      Piano music (Pianos (2)) ‡v Scores.
° these collective headings:
     Chamber music
     Dramatic music
     Instrumental music
     Sacred vocal music
     Vocal music
These subdivisions cannot be used in subject headings for:
° headings for music of special seasons, occasions, or styles, etc., or for specific texts that neither state nor imply medium of performance, in which the medium is not directly stated or implied.
 Examples:
 Christmas music
 Country music
 Te Deum laudamus (Music)
° the following vocal forms and types:
 Anthems
 Buddhist [Hindu, etc.] hymns
 Hymns
 Hymns, English, [French, etc.]
 Madrigals
 Madrigals, English, [French, etc.]
 Motets
 Part songs
 Part songs English, [French, etc.]
 Part songs, Sacred
° headings for types of works that are generally published in only one musical presentation or format:
electronic media:
Computer music
Electronic music
Musique concrète
music of a single instrument, 1 or more performers.
Violin music
Piano music (4 hands)
Sonatas (Piano, 4 hands)
° the following vocal music forms and types when the works are unaccompanied, accompanied by one instrument, accompanied by continuo, or accompanied by two keyboard instruments:
 Choruses
 Choruses, Sacred
 Choruses, Secular
 Masses
 Requiems
 Sacred duets [trios, etc.]
 Sacred songs
 Sacred vocal ensembles
 Songs
 Vocal duets [trios, etc.]
 Vocal ensembles
 Vocalises
° the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music

Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings:

H 364 of the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (SCM): Headings for musical form/genre [1783] and for medium of performance [1759] may be subdivided geographically, to be assigned according to the following guidelines:

  • use geographic subdivisions for collections of musical works, including multipart items, series, single items from any of these types, and topical materials.
  • use them only when geographic focus is stated or implied in the title or series title of the item being cataloged.
  • use a geographic subdivision under the most specific heading that is applicable to all or most of the works in the collection.
  • assign more specific headings that may also be appropriate without geographic subdivision.

Geographic subdivisions are not used:

  • for collections of works by a single composer
  • following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music.

Don't confuse place with language.

  • Language follows the heading after a comma, and is in adjective form.
  • Place follows the heading in subfield z, and the form of the name of the place must match the form found in the authority file.
    correct: Songs, English ‡z United States
    incorrect: Songs, American.
     

Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names

Subdivision Instructions for use
‡v Musical settings     use when a literary work has been set to music with no collaboration between composer and author. Do not include a ‡t with the title of the work that has been set to music.
Songs and choruses frequently fall into this category. Make an added entry for the author as well. Opera librettists, who usually collaborated with the composer, are not assigned a subject heading.)
‡v Songs and music use when a non-dramatic composition (such as an oratorio) is about a person.
‡v Drama use when a dramatic composition (operas, ballets, etc.) is about a person.
‡v Songs and music may also be used with topical subject headings:
650 0 Seasons ‡v Songs and music.
650 0 Robin Hood (Legendary character) ‡v Songs and music.

Subdivisions for subject headings for vocal music [731]

These subdivisions are used when the accompaniment has been reduced:
‡v Vocal scores with        .
‡v Chorus scores with        .

These subdivisions are used when the accompaniment has been omitted:
‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment.
‡v Chorus scores without accompaniment.


Qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music

Arranged: Subject Cataloging Manual section H 1160 prescribes the use of the qualifier "Arranged" for subject headings for instrumental music only. It is not added to headings for vocal music, such as songs and choruses. (For subject headings for arranged vocal works, see Subject headings for vocal music; Arrangements [1784].) Add "Arranged" to a heading for the medium for which the piece has been arranged. However, the original medium of performance is used in the uniform title. These uniform title/subject heading combinations would be possible:

Original medium = flutes; arranged medium = clarinets:
uniform title Trio, ‡m flutes (3), ‡r A major; ‡o arranged
subject heading Woodwind trios (Clarinets (3)), Arranged.
Original medium = violin and orchestra; arranged medium = viola and orchestra:
uniform title Concertos, ‡m violin, orchestra, ‡n op. 61, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged
subject heading Concertos (Viola), Arranged.
Original medium = chorus and orchestra; arranged medium = brass quintet:
uniform title Messiah. ‡p Hallelujah; ‡o arranged
subject heading Brass quintets (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba), Arranged.

‡v Instrumental settings: Use ‡v Instrumental settings after headings for vocal music that has been arranged for instruments:

Original medium = voice; arranged medium = woodwind trio:
Folk songs ‡v Instrumental settings. Woodwind trios (Bassoon, flute, oboe), Arranged.
Original medium = voice, arranged medium = string quartet:
Spirituals (Songs) ‡v Instrumental settings. String quartets, Arranged.

Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for subject headings for musical compositions

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

See also: Subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]

Subdivisions may bring out topical, geographic, chronological, or form aspects.

° Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions
° Other subdivisions for musical works
° Subdivisions used for musical compositions under headings for musical instruments
° Other qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music (Arranged, Instrumental settings)
° Chronological subdivisions
° Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings
° Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
° Qualifying by language of text [1780]


Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions:

The tables below include free-floating subdivisions for musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions from lists 1 and 2 of H 1160 [1785], pattern headings for musical compositions. Not used under the general heading Music.
Note that a change in policy of February 2024 removed limitations previously in place on the application of sudvisions from list 1. Note: Yale Music Library practice is to follow the August 2020 [1786] version of H 1160.

Written or printed format of music; Performed version (list 1 in H 1160 [1785])

‡v 2-harpsichord scores
‡v 2-organ scores
‡v 2-piano scores
‡v 3-piano scores
‡v Chorus scores with organ
‡v Chorus scores with piano
‡v Chorus scores without accompaniment
‡v Fake books
‡v Lead sheets
‡v Organ scores
‡v Parts
‡v Parts (solo)1
‡v Piano scores
‡v Piano scores (4 hands)
‡v Scores
‡v Scores and parts
‡v Scores and parts (solo)1
‡v Solo with harpsichord1
‡v Solo with harpsichord and piano1
‡v Solo with keyboard instrument1

‡v Solo with organ1
‡v Solo with piano1
‡v Solo with piano (4 hands)1
‡v Solo with pianos (2)1
‡v Solos with organ1
‡v Solos with piano1
‡v Solos with pianos (2)1
‡v Vocal scores with accordion
‡v Vocal scores with continuo
‡v Vocal scores with guitar
‡v Vocal scores with harp
‡v Vocal scores with harpsichord
‡v Vocal scores with keyboard instrument
‡v Vocal scores with organ
‡v Vocal scores with organ and piano
‡v Vocal scores with piano
‡v Vocal scores with piano (4 hands)
‡v Vocal scores with pianos (2)
‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment

1 Use with instrumental music only.
‡v Parts (solo): "Parts (solo)" is used for the solo part(s) in a concertante work.
‡v Scores and parts (solo) is used for the full score of a concertante work and the soloist's part only.
‡v Piano scores is used for arrangements for solo piano of works originally in a different medium of performance. This concept also applies to ‡v Piano scores (4 hands) (as opposed to the heading Piano music (4 hands), which is for original music for piano, 4 hands) and ‡v Organ scores.
‡v 2- piano scores and ‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2) when used for works for solo instrument(s) and accompaniment of larger ensemble:
Use "‡v 2-piano scores" when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument and the accompaniment has been arranged for that same instrument:
     Concertos (Piano) ‡v 2-piano scores
     Passacaglias (Piano with orchestra) ‡v 2-piano scores
     Concertos (Harpsichord) ‡v 2-harpsichord scores
However, when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument, and the accompaniment is arranged for another type of keyboard instrument, use "‡v Solo(s) with ______ (2)"
‡v 2-piano scores, ‡v 2-harpsichord scores, ‡v 2-organ scores, etc., are also used in subject headings for large works such as operas, ballets, etc.:
     Ballets ‡v 2-organ scores
     Operas ‡v 2-piano scores.

Subdivisions for subject headings for vocal music [731] when the accompaniment has been reduced or omitted:

The accompaniment has been reduced for piano, organ, etc.:
     ‡v Vocal scores with ____________.
     ‡v Chorus scores with ____________.

The accompaniment has been omitted:
     ‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment.
     ‡v Chorus scores without accompaniment.

Other subdivisions for musical works (list 2 in H 1160 [1785])

‡v Cadenzas
‡v Excerpts2
‡v Excerpts, Arranged2
‡v Film adaptations
‡v Instructive editions
‡v Instrumental settings
‡v Juvenile

‡v Librettos
‡v Scenarios
‡v Simplified editions
‡v Stage guides
‡v Teaching pieces
‡v Television adaptations
‡v Texts

2 Use only under headings for form or type of composition.
‡v Excerpts is used as a form subdivision under motion picture forms and genres and under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance.
‡v Excerpts, Arranged is used as a form subdivision under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance.
‡v Instructive editions vs. ‡v Teaching pieces:
From Glossary and General Guidelines [1782] of Class M (Music):
Instructive edition: "an edition of a work heavily annotated with textual instructions about how to practice and interpret various passages. Do not class as instructive editions those that merely contain standard interpretive markings, fingering, etc., whether the composer's own or subsequently added."
Teaching piece: "a work composed principally for pedagogical purposes."
Subdivisions used for musical compositions under headings for musical instruments: from Pattern headings: Musical instruments H 1161 [1787]
For use under headings for individual instruments, including brands and models of instruments, and families of instruments. Not used under the general heading Musical instruments.
‡v Methods
‡v Methods ‡v Group instruction
‡v Methods ‡v Juvenile
‡v Methods ‡v Self-instructions
‡v Methods ([style of music])3
‡v Methods ([style of music]) ‡v Group instruction 3
‡v Methods ([style of music]) ‡v Self-instructions3
‡v Orchestral excerpts
‡v Studies and exercises
‡v Studies and exercises ‡v Juvenile
‡v Studies and exercises ([style of music])3
3 When using the subdivisions ‡v Methods or ‡v Studies and exercises qualified by a style of music, assign an additional heading for the style of music subdivided by ‡v Instruction and study.

See H1161 [1787] for the pattern headings with styles of music indicated.


Other qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music

Arranged: Subject Cataloging Manual section H 1160 prescribes the use of the qualifier "Arranged" for subject headings for instrumental music only. It is not added to headings for vocal music, such as songs and choruses. (For subject headings for arranged vocal works, see Subject headings for vocal music; Arrangements [1784].) Add "Arranged" to a heading for the medium for which the piece has been arranged. However, the original medium of performance is used in the preferred title. These preferred title/subject heading combinations would be possible:

Original medium = flutes; arranged medium = clarinets:
preferred title Trio, ‡m flutes (3), ‡r A major; ‡o arranged
subject heading Woodwind trios (Clarinets (3)), Arranged.
Original medium = violin and orchestra; arranged medium = viola and orchestra:
preferred title Concertos, ‡m violin, orchestra, ‡n op. 61, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged
subject heading Concertos (Viola), Arranged.
Original medium = chorus and orchestra; arranged medium = brass quintet:
preferred title Messiah. ‡p Hallelujah; ‡o arranged
subject heading Brass quintets (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba), Arranged.

‡v Instrumental settings: Use ‡v Instrumental settings after headings for vocal music that has been arranged for instruments:

Original medium = voice; arranged medium = woodwind trio:
Folk songs ‡v Instrumental settings. Woodwind trios (Bassoon, flute, oboe), Arranged.
Original medium = voice, arranged medium = string quartet:
Spirituals (Songs) ‡v Instrumental settings. String quartets, Arranged.

Chronological subdivisions:

The following chronological subdivisions are valid for use with music form or genre subject headings or with subject headings for collections of Western art music by two or more composers devoted to a specific period or century:

‡y To 500
‡y 500-1400
‡y 15th century
‡y 16th century
‡y 17th century
‡y 18th century
‡y 19th century
‡y 20th century
‡y 21st century

Note that ‡y To 1800 is not a valid subdivision, but once was.

Note that ‡v Early works to 1800 [1781] is not a chronological subdivision, but a form/topical subdivision [729].

Chronological subdivisions combining centuries, such as "‡y 15th-16th centuries," are not permitted

These chronological subdivisions are not valid for use under form/genre headings for musical works:
° when the period or century is referred to only in a series statement
° for works by one composer
° for individual musical works
° in headings for folk or non-Western music
° following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music

See also Chronological subdivisions for popular music [1740].


Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings:

H 364 of the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (SCM): Headings for musical form/genre [1783] and for medium of performance [1759] may be subdivided geographically, to be assigned according to the following guidelines:

  • use geographic subdivisions for collections of musical works, including multipart items, series, single items from any of these types, and topical materials.
  • use them only when geographic focus is stated or implied in the title or series title of the item being cataloged.
  • use a geographic subdivision under the most specific heading that is applicable to all or most of the works in the collection.
  • assign more specific headings that may also be appropriate without geographic subdivision.

Geographic subdivisions are not used:

  • for collections of works by a single composer
  • following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music.

Don't confuse place with language.

  • Language follows the heading after a comma, and is in adjective form.
  • Place follows the heading in subfield z, and the form of the name of the place must match the form found in the authority file.
    correct: Songs, English ‡z United States
    incorrect: Songs, American.
     

Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names

Subdivision Instructions for use
‡v Musical settings     use when a literary work has been set to music with no collaboration between composer and author. Do not include a ‡t with the title of the work that has been set to music.
Songs and choruses frequently fall into this category. Make an added entry for the author as well. Opera librettists, who usually collaborated with the composer, are not assigned a subject heading.)
‡v Songs and music use when a non-dramatic composition (such as an oratorio) is about a person.
‡v Drama use when a dramatic composition (operas, ballets, etc.) is about a person.
‡v Songs and music may also be used with topical subject headings:
650 0 Seasons ‡v Songs and music.
650 0 Robin Hood (Legendary character) ‡v Songs and music.

The order of instruments in subject headings

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

The order of instruments is by instrument family, then within each family:
The LC Subject Cataloging Manual instruction sheet 1917.5, Music form/genre headings: medium of performance, under 2. Solo instruments in headings: Order of solo instruments gives the following instructions:

Assign the names of up to nine solo instruments in the following order:
   1. keyboard instruments,
   2. wind instruments,
   3. plucked instruments,
   4. percussion, electronic, and other instruments,
   5. bowed stringed instruments,
   6. unspecified instruments,
   7. continuo.

Within each category, give the instruments in alphabetical order with the exception of bowed stringed instruments; give these in score order, high to low, basing the order on the range of each instrument as described in standard music reference sources.

Instrument family Comments Order within family
Keyboard
(includes electronic equivalents)
harpsichord
organ
piano
For a more complete list of keyboard instruments, see Keyboard instruments [1788]
accordion and celesta are to be considered keyboard instruments for the purposes of subject headings. (Bandoneon, bayan, and concertina are also being considered a keyboard instrument.)
Continuo is given as the last element of the subject element rather than as a keyboard instrument.
alphabetical order
Winds Woodwinds flute
oboe
clarinet
saxophone
bassoon
For a more complete list of woodwinds, see Woodwind instruments [127] alphabetical order
Alphabetize the names before adding "s" for plural:
use oboes (2), oboe d'amore
not oboe d'amore, oboes (2)
because "oboe" (in the singular) would alphabetize before "oboe d'amore"
Brasses horn
trumpet
trombone
baritone
tuba
For a more complete list of brasses, see Brass instruments [128] alphabetical order
Plucked
(includes electronic equivalents)
harp
guitar
lute
mandolin
For a more complete list of plucked instruments, see Plucked instruments [1789] alphabetical order
Percussion, electronic, and other drum
celeste
gong
marimba
vibraphone
xylophone
"Other" includes bagpipes, bandoneon, carillon, cimbalon, harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, zither, etc. Computer, electronics, synthesizer, and electronic instruments that do not have acoustic equivalents (e.g., ondes Martenot) also fall in this category. Non-musical instruments [1790] (e.g., glass music, balloon, etc.) are included here.
For a more complete list, see M145-M175 in Class M.
Note: accordion and celesta are no longer considered percussion instruments for the purposes of subject headings.
alphabetical order
Bowed strings violin
viola
cello
double bass
For a more complete list of strings, see Stringed instruments [1791] score order:
violin, viola, cello, double bass
Note: based on LC practice, the order of modern and early bowed string instruments is:
» violin, lyra viol, viol, viola d'amore, viola, viola da gamba, cello, violone, double bass
» pardessus de viole precedes viola d'amore
» viola d'amore precedes viola da gamba
» baryton is placed inconsistently in LC practice
unspecified    
continuo    

Accordion and celesta previously were considered to be percussion instruments. The Library of Congress Cataloging Policy and Support Office Weekly subject heading list 13 (March 31, 2004) [1792] reported the change in order of accordion in sh8594021 and Weekly subject heading list 17 (April 28, 2004) [1793] announced the change in the subject authority record for celesta (sh85-21624) from "classified as a metallophone" to "regarded by New Grove as a keyboard instrument" and "played by the pianist."

violoncello/cello: On 2/21/13, The Library of Congress Policy and Standards Division announced that they will revise subject headings that include the word "violoncello" and "violoncellos" to "cello" and "cellos" and its derivatives (e.g., Violoncello makers, Violoncellists) to reflect RDA's preference for the word "cello."

"Other" instruments:
In LC class M175.A-Z, the following instruments are among those listed under "Percussion instruments. Other instruments":
      accordion, autopharp, bandoneon, dulcimer, harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, Jew's harp, musical saw

In LC class ML1083-1091, the following instruments are listed as "other":
      accordion, bandoneon, concertina, glass harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, Jew's harp, mouth organs (including harmonica)

Glass harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, and Jew's harp are consistently treated as "other":
sh 85109528 Quartets (Flute, glass harmonica, viola, cello)
sh 85109941 Quintets (Flute, oboe, glass harmonica, viola, cello)
97702161 Quintets (Piano, glass harmonica, percussion, violin, cello)
90755006 Quintets (Harpsichord, recorder, trumpet, hurdy-gurdy, cello)
sh 85010975 Bagpipe and hurdy-gurdy music
sh 87002867 Hurdy-gurdy and violin music
sh 85092265 Nonets (Clarinets (2), horns (2), hurdy-gurdies (2), violas (2), cello)
sh 86007666 Concertos (Mandola and Jew's harp with string orchestra)
sh2003010592 Mandola and Jew's harp music

However, accordion, bandoneon, and concertina are considered keyboard instruments in subject headings. In recent LC original cataloging (but not LC copy cataloging), LC consistently treats these instruments as keyboard instruments:
2005441595 Quintets (Bandoneon, piano, electric guitar, violin, double bass)
2005441519 Sextets (Bandoneon, piano, saxophone, guitar, percussion, double bass)
97702511 Octets (Accordion, piano, clarinet, flute, guitar, mandolin, percussion, double bass)
2005530240 Nonets (Bandoneon, piano, electric guitar, harp, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass)

Older LC original cataloging that was recently revised also follows this practice:
87752935 Trios (Accordion, piano, flute)
87752905 Trios (Accordion, piano, percussion)
87752935 Quartets (Accordion, piano, violin, cello)

Those darn chorus subject headings!

Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]

See also Music subject headings for vocal music: Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part [1794]
Subject headings for vocal ensembles and solos (choruses vs. cantatas and songs vs. solo cantatas) [1741]

Note: Local Yale Music Library practice:
° Number of voices: Historical practice was to not add the number of voices to any chorus subject heading.
° subdivision ‡v Scores: Yale Music Library practice is to follow the August 2020 [1786] version of H 1160.

When to add the number of parts and the subdivision ‡v Scores to chorus subject headings

Number of voices: Accompaniment:

Indicate number of parts?

Current LC practice as per H 1160: Add subdivision ‡v Scores?

8 or fewer ° unaccompanied
  OR
the accompaniment is:
° not indicated;
° for continuo;
° for solo instrument;
° for two of the same keyboard* instrument,

YES

 

YES

8 or fewer ° two or more instruments
(other than continuo or two of the same* keyboard instrument)

NO

YES

9 or more ° unaccompanied
  OR
the accompaniment is:
° not indicated;
° for continuo;
° for solo instrument;
° for two of the same keyboard* instrument,

NO

 

YES

9 or more ° two or more instruments
(other than continuo or two of the same* keyboard instrument)

NO

YES

*In the 680 field in the subject authority record for "Choruses" (sh 85024772), no. 5 was changed from "for 2 keyboard instruments" to "2 of the same keyboard instrument" as per the Library of Congress subject headings weekly list 41 (October 8, 2008)


Examples

Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with instrumental ensemble.
° Number of voices not included when the accompaniment is two or more instruments (other than continuo or two of the same keyboard instrument)
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with instrumental ensemble
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]

Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 16 parts), Unaccompanied.
° Number of voices is included only when 8 or fewer.
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices), Unaccompanied.
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]

Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with piano, Arranged.
° The qualifier "Arranged [1795]" is not used in subject headings for vocal music.
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with piano.
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]


Source URL:https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music

Links
[1] http://search.library.yale.edu/ [2] http://orbis.library.yale.edu [3] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers [4] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/general-music-cataloging-resources [5] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musical-biographical-resources-on-the-web [6] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/printed-biographical-sources-for-composers-and-their-works [7] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rda [8] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preferred-titles [9] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/types-of-composition-for-use-in-authorized-access-points-for-music-complete-list/ [10] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc-tagging [11] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subject-cataloging [12] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sound-recording-cataloging [13] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/authcont [14] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/orbis-oclc [15] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/language-tools [16] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/online-catalogs [17] http://www.worldcat.org/advancedsearch [18] http://musicoclcusers.org/ [19] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/ [20] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/ [21] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/russian.pdf [22] http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/6/67/Cyrillic-italics-nonitalics.png/434px-Cyrillic-italics-nonitalics.png [23] http://www.onlineconversion.com/roman_numerals_advanced.htm [24] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/about [25] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging [26] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m [27] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores [28] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-books [29] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musmfhd [30] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accsound [31] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78local [32] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/bindery [33] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marking [34] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/amtc [35] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175 [36] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298 [37] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990 [38] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1000 [39] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1005 [40] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500 [41] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1528 [42] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1611 [43] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/mt179 [44] https://www-ub.ku.de/cgi-bin/cutterjo.pl [45] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera [46] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterb [47] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc [48] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterd [49] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttere [50] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterf [51] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterg [52] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh [53] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutteri [54] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterj [55] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterk [56] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterl [57] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterm [58] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttern [59] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttero [60] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterp [61] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterq [62] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterr [63] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutters [64] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttert [65] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterv [66] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw [67] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterxyz [68] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutter-numbers-for-titles [69] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furtherpublisherchart [70] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/topical-cutter-numbers-for-m-class-numbers [71] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music [72] http://web.library.yale.edu/music [73] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/training/index.html [74] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/wka985.html [75] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/wka1881.html [76] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/authrecd [77] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/auth008 [78] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities [79] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/voyager/tips-searching [80] http://authorities.loc.gov/cgi-bin/Pwebrecon.cgi?DB=local&amp;PAGE=First [81] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeDCM/DCM/Z01.pdf [82] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/normrule-2.html [83] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/faq.html [84] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/670faq.html [85] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/NACOAdvisoryGroup.html [86] http://www.loc.gov/catworkshop/courses/naco-RDA/index.html [87] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/naco-music-project/ [88] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/nmphdbk [89] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/naco-music-project/ [90] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/documents/npm3rd.pdf [91] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonlatinfaq.html [92] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#109;&#115;&#99;&#104;&#97;&#114;&#102;&#102;&#64;&#119;&#117;&#115;&#116;&#108;&#46;&#101;&#100;&#117; [93] http://library.princeton.edu/departments/tsd/katmandu/cp20/refinternet.html [94] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i4l_SnqZ5FE [95] http://www.luigiboccherini.com/ [96] http://www.pelleas-artists.com/artistes/karthauser.htm [97] http://www.ricco.org/Our_Founder.htm [98] https://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonlatinfaq.html [99] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/scs-recommendations-non-latin-script-cross-reference-coding-practice.pdf [100] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#110;&#97;&#99;&#111;&#109;&#117;&#115;&#64;&#108;&#111;&#99;&#46;&#103;&#111;&#118; [101] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/rda/PCC%20RDA%20guidelines/Z01%20008%2032%202014rfeb.pdf [102] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#110;&#97;&#99;&#111;&#64;&#108;&#111;&#99;&#46;&#103;&#111;&#118; [103] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/pndates.html [104] http://www.oclc.org/rss/feeds/authorityrecords/default.htm [105] http://listserv.loc.gov/cgi-bin/wa?A2=ind0803&amp;L=pcclist&amp;T=0&amp;P=57 [106] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/bfmguide.html [107] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#109;&#99;&#98;&#101;&#100;&#105;&#116;&#111;&#114;&#64;&#109;&#117;&#115;&#105;&#99;&#108;&#105;&#98;&#114;&#97;&#114;&#121;&#97;&#115;&#115;&#111;&#99;&#46;&#111;&#114;&#103; [108] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/lcco/lcco.html [109] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/lcco/lcco_m.pdf [110] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/LCC_M_GL.pdf [111] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/shelflis [112] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#cuttertable [113] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#size [114] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#localcutter [115] http://www.slideshare.net/akroeger/classifying-music-cds-unearthing-the-collection-presentation [116] http://web.archive.org/web/20160301200750/http://web.calstatela.edu/library/guides/anscr_class.htm [117] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/class-m [118] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m [119] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/lc-cutter-table [120] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/initial-articles-listed-by-language [121] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/work-numbers-for-authorized-access-points [122] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#sonatas [123] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#sonatas [124] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#string [125] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#m224m228 [126] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#wind [127] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#woodwind [128] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#brass [129] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175#organ [130] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175#piano [131] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#violin [132] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#cello [133] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#specified [134] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#unspecified [135] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#specified [136] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#unspecified [137] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#wind [138] http://www.calstatela.edu/library/guides/anscr_class.htm [139] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#990 [140] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#acc2more [141] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#accandunacc [142] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#acc1unacc [143] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#unison [144] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1611#recitations [145] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#orat [146] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#mass [147] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#chor [148] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Parts-of-the-Mass [149] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#organ [150] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherstring [151] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherwind [152] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherpluck [153] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#pianoother [154] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/ [155] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1000#m1205 [156] https://lccn.loc.gov/sh85019705 [157] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#m175 [158] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#cpebach [159] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#jsbach [160] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutters#schickele [161] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#lvbeethoven [162] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh#hagerup [163] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera#dallabaco [164] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterj#josquin [165] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutteri#india [166] https://web.library.yale.edu/cutters [167] https://web.library.yale.edu/cuttert [168] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera#arutyunyan [169] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#jhaydn [170] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#mcmac [171] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#chaikovsky [172] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#cherepnin [173] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#cherepnine [174] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#gptelemann [175] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw#wanhal [176] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw#wranitzkya [177] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterv#vanhal [178] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh#heseltine [179] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#main [180] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#additional [181] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/ [182] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname [183] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/When-is-a-flute-not-a-flute [184] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheory29.htm [185] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/vocal-ranges [186] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SATB [187] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/song-cycles [188] http://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Music_Publishers [189] http://imslp.org/wiki/IMSLP:Music_Publishers [190] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Basic-glossary-of-musical-terms [191] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheorydefs.htm [192] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/ [193] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musicalsymbols.htm [194] http://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/music%20terminology [195] http://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/Italian%20musical%20terms [196] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/language-tools [197] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/pitches [198] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/neume-notation-through-history [199] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/evolution-of-noteshapes [200] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/rhythmic-modes-in-medieval-polyphony [201] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/When-to-create-a-new-bibliographic-record-for-music [202] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Guidelines-for-determining-proper-format-for-scores-and-score-like-material [203] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd#muspres [204] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/printed-biographical-sources-for-composers-and-their-works [205] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/biography [206] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publishers-online-catalogs [207] http://www.biographie-portal.eu/en/ [208] http://www.musiklexikon.ac.at/ml?frames=no [209] https://www.mgg-online.com/ [210] http://www.traditionalmusic.co.uk/music-search/ [211] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/?q=node/13 [212] http://www.archive.org/search.php?query=Biographisch-bibliographisches%20Quellen-Lexikon%20der%20Musiker%20und%20Musikgelehrten [213] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver01ft [214] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver02ft [215] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver03ft [216] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver04ft [217] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver05ft [218] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver06ft [219] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver07ft [220] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver08ft [221] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver187801ft [222] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver187802ft [223] http://web.archive.org/web/20050402010358/www.lib.duke.edu/dw3/SPT--BrowseResources.php?ParentId=177 [224] http://www.ibdb.com [225] http://www.imdb.com/ [226] http://www.afrovoices.com/index.html [227] http://chevalierdesaintgeorges.homestead.com/Others.html [228] http://www.sas.upenn.edu/music/ams/musicology_www.html#CAC [229] http://www.composers.com/ [230] http://www.composersforum.com/links/composerlinks.html [231] http://composers-classical-music.com [232] http://campus.houghton.edu/webs/employees/mhijleh/members.html [233] http://www.kanadas.com/music/composers.html [234] http://classicalplus.gmn.com/composers/ [235] http://www.classical-composers.org/cgi-bin/ccd.cgi [236] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/composers.html [237] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/british.htm [238] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/other.htm [239] http://www.bands.uiuc.edu/library_bd_static.html [240] http://www-sul.stanford.edu/depts/music/research_help/outsidelinks.html#composer [241] http://www.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/composer.html [242] http://userpages.umbc.edu/~tmoore//musiclinks.html [243] http://www.xs4all.nl/~gaud/biobak/biobak.htm [244] http://web.simmons.edu/~morrow/comp.html [245] http://composers-classical-music.com/ [246] http://web.archive.org/web/20050402010959/www.lib.duke.edu/dw3/SPT--BrowseResources.php?ParentId=178 [247] http://www.cdmc.asso.fr/oldhtml/html/compositeurs/bio/comp2_gene.htm [248] http://www.coomansft.pair.com/conners/classica.html [249] http://ingeb.org/garb/poeten.html [250] http://www.under.org/cpcc/direct.htm [251] http://mac-texier.ircam.fr/methode/ComList?lettre=A [252] http://www.jmwc.org/jmwc_biography.html [253] http://www.milkenarchive.org/artists/artists.taf?PageID=3 [254] http://home.t-online.de/home/pfaelzer.saenger/07komp.htm [255] http://www.lexm.uni-hamburg.de/content/below/index.xml [256] http://www.copyright.gov/records/cohm.html [257] http://books.google.com/books?id=FDghAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [258] http://books.google.com/books?id=0DkhAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [259] http://books.google.com/books?id=QDshAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [260] http://books.google.com/books?id=ATwhAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [261] http://books.google.com/books?id=8VkhAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [262] http://books.google.com/books?id=W0AhAQAAIAAJ&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&amp;lr&amp;source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false [263] http://composers21.com/ [264] http://www.meetthecomposer.org/contacts.htm [265] http://musicmoz.org/Composition/Composers/Contemporary/ [266] http://musicmoz.org/Composition/Composers/Early_20th_Century/ [267] http://alambix.uquebec.ca/musique//compo.html [268] http://http://www.notanorm.de/komponisten-a-z/komponisten-a-z.htm [269] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/composers [270] http://www.jewishgen.org/Belarus/rje_a.htm [271] http://www.societyofcomposers.org/memberList.php [272] http://www.amati.com/maker-archive.html [273] http://maltedmedia.com/voxnovus/Members.htm#composers [274] https://yale.idm.oclc.org/login?URL=https://www.babelscores.com/ [275] http://web.archive.org/web/20080705183107/http://www.search.com/reference/List_of_21st_century_classical_composers [276] http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?&amp;id=3852&amp;template=neu_reihe_default_musik [277] http://www.medieval.org/emfaq/composers/links.html [278] http://plato.acadiau.ca/courses/musi/callon/2233/composer.htm#top [279] http://www.kapralova.org/WOMEN.htm [280] http://www.vrouwenmuziek.nl/links_E.htm [281] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/earth/comp/japancomp.html [282] http://www.ibiblio.org/nywc/bios.phtml [283] http://www.njteacher.org:591/buzzarte/ [284] http://mujeryguitarra.wordpress.com/introduccion/las-compositoras-espanolas-de-obras-con-guitarra/ [285] http://www.jmwc.org/Women/women_index.html [286] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/webring.html [287] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/EMWomen.html [288] http://www.earlywomenmasters.net/ [289] https://archive.org/stream/lesfemmescomposi00ebel#page/n0/mode/2up [290] http://www.archiv-frau-musik.de/Komponistinnens.htm [291] http://www.hildegard.com/catalog.html [292] http://www.leonarda.com/ [293] http://www.komponistinnen.de/hauptseiten/komp_index.htm [294] http://mujeryguitarra.wordpress.com/ [295] http://mugi.hfmt-hamburg.de/A_lexartikel/index.php [296] http://sai-national.org/phil/composers/compaz.html [297] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/bilagor.nsf/dl/WomenComposers.pdf/$file/WomenComposers.pdf [298] http://libweb.uoregon.edu/music/Discographies/womencompscore/womscomain.html [299] http://www.kapralova.org/DATABASE.htm [300] http://www.kapralova.org/catalogue.pdf [301] http://www.zeroland.co.nz/classical_women.html [302] http://www3.sympatico.ca/dmckilli/whc/index.htm [303] http://www.ambache.co.uk/wNavigate.htm [304] http://www.womensmusic.com/composers.htm [305] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/biographical-sources-for-performers-on-sound-recordings [306] http://research.umbc.edu/~tmoore/musiclinks.html?/~tmoore/nml/performers.html [307] http://www.anybirthday.com/ [308] http://library.wustl.edu/units/music/necro/ [309] http://rootsweb.com/ [310] http://ssdmf.info/ [311] http://www.iamic.net/members [312] http://www.zeroland.co.nz/classical_music_country_2.html [313] http://voyager.physics.unlv.edu/webpages2/websyt/archive.html [314] http://www.musicaclasicaargentina.com/compositores.htm [315] http://www.ciweb.com.ar/pages/presentacion.php [316] http://www.mousaler.com/songbook/data/composers.html [317] http://www.amcoz.com.au/res-bios.htm [318] http://www.acma.asn.au/members.html [319] http://www.musicaustria.at/en [320] http://www.musiklexikon.ac.at/ml?frames=yes [321] http://www.oekb.org/ [322] http://www.inoek.at/ [323] http://www.cebedem.be/nl/componisten [324] http://www.matrix-nieuwe-muziek.be/documentatieE/composers/cstarthead.html [325] http://www.svm.be/composers [326] http://www.unicamp.br/ciddic/compositores.html [327] http://www.multimusica.net.br/?q=node/81 [328] http://www.dicionariompb.com.br/ [329] http://easyweb.easynet.co.uk/~snc/ [330] http://www.musicweb-international.com/british.htm [331] http://website.lineone.net/~jeremypike/nwca.htm [332] http://www.composersalliance.com/composers.cfm [333] http://www.composer.co.uk/composers/index.html#british [334] http://www.exlibris.org/eem/ [335] http://www.soundandmusic.org/thecollection/resources/thecollection/browse/composer/list [336] http://www.ubc-bg.com/en [337] http://www.angelfire.com/bc2/scmbmembers/ [338] http://www.musiccentre.ca/composers [339] http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.com/index.cfm?PgNm=EMCSubjects&amp;Params=U1 [340] http://www.clc-lcc.ca/membership-members.php [341] http://www.islandtrombone.com/cantrbn.html [342] http://www.angelfire.com/music/canadiancomposer/Contemporary.html [343] http://www.facartes.unal.edu.co/compositores/html/_compositores.html [344] http://www.hds.hr/member/index_en.htm [345] http://www.musicologica.cz/slovnik/ [346] http://www.musica.cz/en/skladatele.php [347] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Czech_composers [348] http://dvm.nu/periodical/dmt/dmt_2001-2002/dmt_2001-2002_05/komponister/ [349] http://www.kb.dk/da/nb/materialer/musik/vejled/vaerk.html [350] http://www.edition-s.dk/composers [351] http://www.komponistforeningen.dk/ [352] http://www.emic.kul.ee/InglE/composers.htm [353] http://helilooja.ee/eng/telli-noote/noodiarhiiv/ [354] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Estonian_composers [355] https://core.musicfinland.fi/ [356] http://www.composers.fi/en/composers/list-of-composers/ [357] http://www.cdmc.asso.fr/?q=fr/compositeurs/biographies [358] http://www.musimem.com/biographies.html [359] http://ratatoulha.chez-alice.fr/sudcaucase.html [360] http://www.deutsche-biographie.de/index.html [361] http://www.komponistenarchiv.de/bestaende.php [362] http://www.komponistenverband.de/ [363] http://www.miz.org/komponisten.html [364] http://www.fred-prieberg.de/mediapool/21/215679/data/HandbuchGratis.pdf [365] http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?_nav=7&amp;id=3852&amp;template=etk_reihe_loseblattwerk_musik [366] http://kultur-netz.de/kuenstler/musiker0.htm?u=/kuenstler/musiker.htm [367] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008091/images/ [368] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008092/images/ [369] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008093/images/ [370] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008094/images/ [371] http://www.wlb-stuttgart.de/index.php?id=1785 [372] http://www.bmlo.uni-muenchen.de/ [373] http://www.thueringer-komponisten.de/ [374] http://www.mmb.org.gr/page/default.asp?la=2&amp;id=17 [375] http://info.bmc.hu/zenemuvek/ [376] http://www.hungarian-composers.com/ [377] http://hu.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magyar_zeneszerz%C5%91k_list%C3%A1ja [378] http://web.archive.org/web/20070614111556/http://kincsestar.radio.hu/ktz/ [379] http://is.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flokkur:%C3%8Dslensk_t%C3%B3nsk%C3%A1ld [380] http://www.cmc.ie/composers/index.cfm [381] http://www.imi.org.il/Composers.aspx [382] http://www.israelcomposers.org/ [383] http://www.cidim.it/cidim/content/314772 [384] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_A-C.html [385] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_D-L.html [386] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_M-P.html [387] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_Q-Z.html [388] http://www.cematitalia.it/index.php?id=5.1&amp;lg=itn [389] http://www.musicfromjapan.org/resources/mfjcomp.htm [390] http://www.lib.cua.edu/music/latin-american-music-search [391] http://www.colegiocompositores-la.org/compositores.asp [392] http://saxofonlatino.cl/obras.php3?pais=Am%E9rica%20Latina [393] http://www.music.lv/scripts/music/persons.asp?kat=57&amp;val=2&amp;kid=20&amp;ps=yes&amp;pka=9 [394] http://www.music.lv/scripts/music/persons.asp?kat=57&amp;val=1&amp;kid=20&amp;ps=yes&amp;pka=9 [395] http://www.mic.lt/lt/classical/persons/41 [396] http://www.lgnm.lu/html/composers/index.html [397] http://www.sokom.mk/index.php?option=com_content&amp;view=article&amp;id=2247&amp;Itemid=129&amp;lang=mk [398] https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/10138/24893/3/TOMO_UNO.PDF [399] http://sounz.org.nz/finder/show/people?query=composers&amp;role_group=composer [400] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Norwegian_composers [401] http://www.polmic.pl/index.php?option=com_mwosoby&amp;view=kompozytorzy&amp;Itemid=5&amp;lang=pl/ [402] http://www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/composer/composer.html#pmrc [403] http://www.culture.pl/en/culture/muzyka/sylwetki [404] http://republika.pl/completorium/tour.htm [405] http://sites.google.com/site/patrimoniomusical/ [406] http://www.meloteca.com/musicos-compositores.htm [407] http://www.mic.pt/dispatcher?where=0&amp;what=0 [408] http://cimro.ro/people/composers/ [409] http://www.abc-guitar.narod.ru/ [410] http://www.classicalmusic.spb.ru/ruvoclassic/composers/ [411] http://www.russisches-musikarchiv.de/werkverzeichnisse-index.htm [412] http://www.musenc.ru/ [413] http://www.remusik.org/en/ [414] http://www.scottishmusiccentre.com/?action=backpage&amp;scope=currentmem [415] https://scottishcomposers.wordpress.com/ [416] http://www.hc.sk/hudba/skladatelia/ [417] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Slovak_composers [418] http://www.dss.si/?spada=1&amp;lang=en [419] http://www.domus.ac.za/content/view/42/59/ [420] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_South_African_composers [421] http://home.wanadoo.nl/ovar/sovcom.htm [422] http://www.trumpetguild.org/journal/d94/9412Gilr.pdf [423] http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-06302005-125300/unrestricted/app,biblio,biosketch.pdf [424] http://www.musikagileak.com/euskera/bazkideak/ [425] http://www.accompositors.com/compositores.php [426] http://www.catmusica.cat/index_cm.htm?mainContent=http%3A//www.catmusica.cat/pcatmusica/cmSeccio.jsp%3Fseccio%3Dautor%26tipus%3Dautor%26emissora%3Dcm [427] http://www.cosicova.org/asociados.htm [428] http://www.fst.se/tonsattare [429] http://www.algonet.se/~urpe/svcomp.htm [430] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/micv6eng.nsf/AllDocuments/9121E41E7EBFC5E9C125723000768049 [431] http://runeberg.org/muslex/ [432] http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_schwedischer_Komponisten_klassischer_Musik [433] http://runeberg.org/sbh/ [434] https://sok.riksarkivet.se/SBL/Start.aspx [435] http://swedishsong.com/dates.php [436] http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_d.htm [437] http://www.rism-ch.org/ [438] http://www.musinfo.ch/index.php?content=schaufenster&amp;voir=komponisten [439] http://dbserv1-bcu.unil.ch/persovd/compvd.php?Code=A [440] http://anm.odessa.ua/mic/mic-cbase.html [441] http://www.composers.com/composerlist [442] http://www.sai-national.org/home/ComposersBureau/tabid/60/Default.aspx [443] http://www.music-usa.org/catalog/cat_comp.php4?g_org=N [444] http://www.music-usa.org/program/members.php4?g_org=N&amp;frames=Y [445] http://www2.uakron.edu/ccga/composers/index.htm [446] http://www.ctcomposers.org/members.html [447] http://www.iowacomposers.org/index.php?module=pagesetter&amp;tid=3&amp;tpl=cols&amp;orderby=MbrName [448] http://www.licamusic.org/ [449] http://libweb.uoregon.edu/music/ORcomposers/orcomp.html [450] http://www.radford.edu/~scl-web/members/directory.html [451] http://www.wiscomposers.org/members/index.html [452] http://music.library.wisc.edu/wma/resources/wiscomp.htm [453] http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-11152005-001938/unrestricted/Antonov_dis.pdf [454] https://yale.idm.oclc.org/login?url=http://www.bbkl.de [455] http://test.woodwind.org/Databases/Composers/Names/index.html [456] http://clarinetquintet.web.unc.edu/the-quintets/ [457] http://johnranck.net/studio/clinic/practice_corner/links/composers.html [458] http://www.flutepage.de/ [459] http://web.archive.org/web/20090616183241/http://arrakis.es/~dedeo/04b-catalogo.htm [460] http://web.archive.org/web/20080610151128/http://www.arrakis.es/~dedeo/04c-catalogo.htm [461] http://www.musicated.com/CGCL/music/CGCL_az.html [462] http://dirk.meineke.free.fr/classical.html [463] http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/formcat/instruments/eschig/guitare_2001.pdf [464] http://www.earlyromanticguitar.com/erg/composers.htm [465] http://web.archive.org/web/20041206174354/http://www.music.ne.jp/~becanet/writes/19thitgu.pdf [466] http://www.jb.man.ac.uk/~agg/guitar/gtrlnat.html [467] http://www.guitarraclasicadelcamp.com/partituras/ [468] http://www.australianmusiccentre.com.au/documents/hsc/AMC_HSC_2009_Guitar.pdf [469] http://www.sheerpluck.de/composers.php [470] http://jensb-r.homepage.dk/rrr.htm [471] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_composers_for_the_classical_guitar_%28nationality%29 [472] http://www.hymnary.org/people?qu=+in:people [473] http://www.hymntime.com/tch/bio/bio-a.htm [474] http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_musiciens_de_jazz_de_A_%C3%A0_K#A [475] http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_musiciens_de_jazz_de_L_%C3%A0_Z#L [476] http://www.jazzhouse.org/gone/lastpost.php3 [477] http://opera.stanford.edu/opera/composers/A-Z.html [478] http://www.italianopera.org/elenchi/CA.htm [479] http://www.impresario.ch/libretto/ [480] http://www.zarzuela.net/ref/composer.htm [481] http://www.organ-biography.info/ [482] http://kith.org/jimmosk/organ.html [483] http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_von_Organisten [484] http://pianopedia.com [485] http://www.left-hand-brofeldt.dk/ [486] http://web.archive.org/web/20140124092857/http://recorderhomepage.net/composers.html [487] http://www153.pair.com/bensav/Compositeurs/Complist.html [488] http://www.recmusic.org/lieder/cindex.html [489] http://www.deutscheslied.com/en/search.cgi?cmd=composers [490] http://www.stabatmater.info/composers.html [491] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_A_to_E [492] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_F_to_K [493] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_L_to_R [494] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_S_to_Z [495] http://www.ifla.org/VI/3/pubs/unititles.htm#4 [496] http://www.ifla.org/VI/3/pubs/unititles.htm [497] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm [498] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#introit [499] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Introit.html [500] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#kyrie [501] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Kyrie.html [502] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#gloria [503] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Gloria.html [504] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#gradual [505] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Gradual.html [506] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Tract.html [507] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#credo [508] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Credo.html [509] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#offertory [510] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Offertory.html [511] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#sanctus [512] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Sanctus.html [513] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#agnusdei [514] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Agnus.html [515] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Communion.html [516] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Ite.html [517] http://www.loc.gov/aba/cataloging/subject/ [518] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vocal_range [519] http://cnx.org/content/m12381/latest/ [520] http://cnx.org/content/m12381/latest/vocalranges.png [521] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices [522] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/foreign [523] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/morenumb [524] https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Appendix:Numerals_in_various_languages#Indo-European_languages [525] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/names-keys-french-german-italian-and-spanish [526] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname [527] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization-of-key-opus-and-number [528] http://www.cadenza.org/glossary/ [529] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/general-music-cataloging-resources#musicterm [530] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/diacrit [531] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bdapp-e.html [532] http://web.archive.org/web/20170128081044/https://library.queensu.ca/techserv/cat/Sect02/dirlang.htm [533] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/catspan [534] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fraktur [535] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/roman.html [536] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/russian_cursive.gif [537] https://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/ukrainia.pdf [538] https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1c/Ucraniano-Alfabeto-Manuscrito.svg [539] https://sites.google.com/site/seesscm/transliteration-of-the-hard-sign-tverdyi-znak [540] https://sites.google.com/site/seesscm/home [541] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cyrillic [542] http://translit.cc/ [543] http://www.woxikon.com/ [544] http://dictionaries.travlang.com/ [545] http://www.reverso.net/text_translation.aspx?lang=EN [546] http://www.lingvosoft.com/free-online-dictionaries/ [547] http://szotar.sztaki.hu/angol-magyar [548] http://dictionaries.travlang.com/EnglishPortuguese/ [549] http://www.wordgumbo.com/ie/cel/wel/we.htm [550] http://whatlanguageisthis.com/ [551] http://www.musicoclcusers.org/NMP/nmphdbk.htm#citingtitle [552] http://www.orchestralibrary.com/reftables/ggloss.html [553] http://german.about.com/library/blabbrev.htm [554] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/german.htm [555] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/russian.pdf [556] http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51pisk.pdf [557] http://library.princeton.edu/departments/tsd/katmandu/sgman/sltrans.html [558] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/serb.html [559] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Belarusian [560] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Bulgarian [561] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Macedonian [562] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Russian [563] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Serbian [564] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Ukrainian [565] http://www.omniglot.com/writing/cyrillic.htm [566] http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Catalan/Catalan.html [567] http://www.sjsu.edu/faculty/watkins/catalan.htm [568] http://www.mun.ca/rels/morav/pics/tutor/mscript2.html [569] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/fraktur.gif [570] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/suetterlin.gif [571] http://www.beerstein.net/articles/alpha.htm [572] http://www.morscher.com/3r/fonts/fraktur.htm [573] http://www.jewishgen.org/jri-pl/translit.htm [574] http://web.archive.org/web/20060114020248/http://www.iolairweb.co.uk/romance/numbers.htm [575] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/danish.htm [576] http://www.smartphrase.com/Dutch/du_numbers_voc.shtml [577] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/latin.htm [578] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/polish.htm [579] http://web.archive.org/web/20051221205736/http://stp.ling.uu.se/call/swedish/mikaelw01.html [580] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheory29.htm#translatednames [581] http://www.dolmetsch.com/index.htm [582] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/germannumbers [583] http://www.lexisrex.com/numbers.php?native=English&amp;foreign=French&amp;nfrom=1&amp;nto=100#.UX_tDcqK2wY [584] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-documentation [585] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/twoscore [586] http://web.library.yale.edu/music/collections#AMTC [587] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srfixfd [588] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srphys [589] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/024UPC [590] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/028field [591] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/033field [592] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/033code [593] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/053/table.html [594] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/mfhdpolpro.htm [595] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/mfhdexamples.htm [596] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/multipartmfhdrev [597] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/gaps [598] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/enumeration [599] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/chronology [600] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/captions [601] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furtherpublisher [602] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furthereditor [603] http://www.unicode.org/charts/ [604] http://symbolcodes.tlt.psu.edu/bylanguage/cyrchart.html [605] http://www.terena.org/activities/multiling/ml-docs/iso-8859.html#ISO-8859-1 [606] http://web.archive.org/web/20101024185608/http://tang.waik.it/references/ [607] http://www.marxists.org/admin/charsets/fullset.htm [608] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fixcodes [609] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor [610] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/bookff [611] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/voyager/tips-lccns [612] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/ismn [613] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc028 [614] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc041 [615] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC046 [616] http://digital2.library.unt.edu/edtf/ [617] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/246field [618] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC264 [619] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338 [620] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC348 [621] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC37X [622] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC380 [623] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC381 [624] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC382 [625] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC383 [626] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC384 [627] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcgft [628] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/LCMPT [629] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcshlcgft [630] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC655 [631] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC775 [632] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=jscmap1 [633] http://special-cataloguing.com/node/1397 [634] http://bibframe.org/ [635] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/blogpost/1230658/CMC-BIBFRAME-Task-Force-blog [636] https://vimeo.com/121103011 [637] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/ [638] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/bibco/nonfile.html [639] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.pdf [640] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/filing [641] http://www.loc.gov/bibframe/ [642] http://www.loc.gov/marc/RDAinMARC.html [643] https://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ [644] https://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad1xx3xx.html [645] https://urldefense.proofpoint.com/v2/url?u=http-3A__www.loc.gov_aba_pcc_rda_PCC-2520RDA-2520guidelines_RDA-2520in-2520NARs-2DSARs-5FPCC.doc&amp;d=AwMGaQ&amp;c=-dg2m7zWuuDZ0MUcV7Sdqw&amp;r=LvBecLr1GQ2KW1TYBSe69iLlcX4cIh6GRMv2ZUtKvx0&amp;m=7zDpYrJ6HKOFBks3GRnjmhuvjdwZHPQq9cNS1yuw6lg&amp;s=ZsJwEgQ5IehsmNmjfzjm1wUhq6DRXv4y48aS4MNrnME&amp;e= [646] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd00x.html [647] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd01x09x.html [648] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd1xx.html [649] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd20x24x.html [650] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd25x28x.html [651] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/nlr/nlr3xx.html [652] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd4xx.html [653] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd5xx.html [654] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd6xx.html [655] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd70x75x.html [656] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd76x78x.html [657] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd80x83x.html [658] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd84188x.html [659] http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/countries_code.html [660] http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/countries_name.html [661] http://www.loc.gov/marc/geoareas/gacs_code.html [662] http://www.loc.gov/marc/geoareas/gacs_name.html [663] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_code.html [664] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_name.html [665] https://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/authorities/authformat.en.html [666] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/default.htm [667] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield.html [668] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx.html [669] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/1xx.html [670] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx.html [671] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/3xx.html [672] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/4xx.html [673] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/5xx.html [674] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/6xx.html [675] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/7xx.html [676] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/8xx.html [677] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/9xx.html [678] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Genre_Form_Task_Force/Hierarchy1506.pdf [679] http://classificationweb.net/ [680] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/genreForms.html [681] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/formofwork [682] https://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcgft-for-music-resources/ [683] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/6xx/655.html [684] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/performanceMediums.html [685] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcmpt/ [686] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium [687] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/07/BPsForUsingLCMPT-1.pdf [688] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/nonfilingindic.htm [689] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bdapp-e.html [690] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.html [691] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcgft-for-music-resources/ [692] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad380.html [693] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/dcmz1.pdf [694] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music [695] http://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/formatNoteMus/ [696] https://web.library.yale.edu/score [697] https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/3xx/348.html [698] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2022/05/Interim-Music-Library-Association-Best-Practices-for-Form-of-Musical-Notation.pdf [699] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#546 [700] http://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/MusNotation/ [701] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC380 [702] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC382 [703] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/LCMPT [704] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcgft [705] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/053/table.html [706] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/tables/provstat.htm [707] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/key [708] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-845#mlabp6-845 [709] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd384.html [710] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad384.html [711] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#work [712] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#expression [713] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rdaoverview#aap [714] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/lang.shtm [715] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/languages/ [716] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/041.shtm [717] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/ecbdlist.html [718] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/countries/ [719] http://sibleycataloging.wikispaces.com/ISBD+Punctuation [720] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc041#firstind [721] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC046#subfieldsworkexpression [722] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.2.9.5 [723] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgi [724] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/245.shtm [725] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/edition [726] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338 [727] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC348#formmusicalnotation [728] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chord_diagram_(music) [729] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subdcode [730] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr [731] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal [732] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/tb/260/default.htm#bibchanges [733] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/047.html [734] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.4.3.2 [735] http://www.loc.gov/marc/marbi/2012/2012-07.html [736] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/MARC/MARC.html [737] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008m.html [738] https://web.library.yale.edu/pianoscore [739] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sound-recording-cataloging#marc [740] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/mrec.shtm [741] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/elvl.shtm [742] https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1kuf5agdtWx-P1U6ByC1XIiveAwMaUqtU7GfiU2YcucQ/edit#gid=1401504940 [743] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC655 [744] http://loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/freelcmpt.html [745] http://loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/MEDIUM.pdf [746] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd382.html [747] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad382.html [748] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcmpt-v1-5-march-1-2023/ [749] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.5.2 [750] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2014/ProvisionalBestPracticesforUsingLCMPT%20FINAL.pdf [751] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Resources/ProvisionalBestPracticesforU.pdf [752] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.8-12 [753] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework#6.5 [754] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.12.1.3 [755] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#106;&#97;&#110;&#101;&#111;&#97;&#107;&#108;&#97;&#110;&#100;&#64;&#115;&#116;&#114;&#101;&#115;&#115;&#112;&#111;&#105;&#110;&#116;&#115;&#46;&#99;&#111;&#46;&#117;&#107; [756] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#109;&#101;&#114;&#119;&#105;&#110;&#115;&#105;&#117;&#64;&#104;&#111;&#116;&#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#46;&#99;&#111;&#109; [757] http://www.angelfire.com/ms/merwinsiu/ [758] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#109;&#117;&#115;&#105;&#99;&#116;&#104;&#101;&#111;&#114;&#121;&#64;&#99;&#109;&#117;&#46;&#101;&#100;&#117; [759] http://www.davidberlin.com [760] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#112;&#110;&#97;&#103;&#121;&#112;&#64;&#103;&#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#46;&#99;&#111;&#109; [761] http://www.zeneakademia.hu/oktatok/1428 [762] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#100;&#107;&#100;&#109;&#64;&#100;&#107;&#100;&#109;&#46;&#100;&#107; [763] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#105;&#110;&#102;&#111;&#64;&#112;&#97;&#109;&#105;&#110;&#97;&#116;&#114;&#105;&#111;&#46;&#99;&#111;&#109; [764] http://www.paminatrio.com [765] &#109;&#97;&#105;&#108;&#116;&#111;&#58;&#105;&#110;&#102;&#111;&#64;&#108;&#97;&#102;&#108;&#111;&#114;&#105;&#100;&#105;&#97;&#110;&#97;&#46;&#99;&#111;&#109; [766] http://www.lafloridiana.com/?p=contact [767] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.15 [768] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.13 [769] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.16 [770] https://id.loc.gov/authorities/demographicTerms.html [771] https://id.loc.gov/authorities/subjects.html [772] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCDGT/freelcdgt.html [773] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCDGT/DEMOGRAPHIC.pdf [774] http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/occupation.html [775] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/gender-in-NARs-revised-report.pdf [776] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.14 [777] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/ [778] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.5 [779] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbers [780] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-743#mlabp6-743 [781] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2025/02/MLA-Best-Practices-for-383.pdf [782] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd383.html [783] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad383.html [784] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/thematic-indexes-used-in-library-of-congress-naco-authority-files/ [785] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/distchar [786] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd381.html [787] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad381.html [788] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/7xx/775.html [789] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd007s.html [790] http://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/tb/264.en.html [791] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/007sound.shtm [792] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARS_Code [793] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/007sound.html [794] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication [795] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd264.html [796] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/264-Guidelines.doc [797] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/pubplnum [798] http://imslp.org/wiki/Main_Page [799] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad046.html [800] https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/ [801] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3 [802] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.2 [803] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.3 [804] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.4 [805] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework [806] https://digital2.library.unt.edu/edtf/ [807] http://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/listserv.html [808] http://www.peterfribbins.co.uk/repertoire.html#piano [809] http://www.ismn-international.org/whatis.html [810] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/024.shtm [811] http://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/tb/262.en.html [812] http://www.ismn-international.org/ranges.html [813] http://www.ismn-international.org/index.html [814] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/lite/elbdtils.html#mrcb246 [815] http://viaf.org/ [816] http://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=file&amp;file_name=find-b&amp;local_base=aut&amp;CON_LNG=ENG [817] http://catalog.loc.gov/ [818] http://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000140237 [819] http://catalogue.nla.gov.au/ [820] https://opacplus.bsb-muenchen.de [821] http://amicus.collectionscanada.gc.ca/aaweb/aalogine.htm [822] http://www.theeuropeanlibrary.org/tel4/discover/contributors [823] http://aleph.nkp.cz/F/M7M1E7HDLDCRAV3P7EPHK5L6NFM96DFGMKLSHF59PD61G5X63A-04000?func=file&amp;file_name=find-b&amp;local_base=NKC&amp;CON_LNG=ENG [824] http://ccfr.bnf.fr/portailccfr/jsp/portal/index.jsp?success=/jsp/portal/index.jsp&amp;profile=anonymous [825] http://opac.sbn.it/opacsbn/opac/iccu/base.jsp [826] http://www.bibliotheksportal-karlsruhe.de/ [827] http://kvk.bibliothek.kit.edu/?lang=en&amp;digitalOnly=0&amp;embedFulltitle=0&amp;newTab=0 [828] http://copac.jisc.ac.uk/ [829] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac [830] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staff [831] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staffkwsearch [832] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staff1 [833] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searchinglccns [834] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searching-special-characters-in-voyager [835] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searching-music-plate-and-publishers-numbers-in-voyager [836] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/searching/refcard/searchworldcatquickreference.pdf [837] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/oclcsear [838] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/macroexpress/documentation/diacritics-special-characters [839] https://web.library.yale.edu/croatian [840] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#acute [841] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#cedilla [842] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#circumflex [843] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#umlaut [844] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hacek [845] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#macron [846] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#breve [847] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#ligature [848] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#miagkiiznak [849] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#tverdiiznak [850] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotatmidline [851] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#grave [852] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#angstrom [853] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#highcommaoffcenter [854] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#ae [855] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#oslash [856] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#tilde [857] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#oe [858] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#doubleacute [859] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hookleft [860] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hookright [861] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotabove [862] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#polishl [863] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#alif [864] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotagove [865] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/authorities/userguide/phrase_srch_aug/phrase_srch_aug.htm [866] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/authorities/userguide/num_srch_aug/num_srch_aug.htm [867] http://www.oclc.org/oclc/man/9798sbr/chap3.htm#(MPN) [868] http://web.library.yale.edu/diacrit [869] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/page/cmc_accpointsrda [870] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/comparison-of-uniform-titles-and-preferred-titles [871] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/types-composition-and-lc-subject-headings [872] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordworktitles [873] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles [874] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateexp [875] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/collabworks [876] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks [877] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd [878] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspart [879] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsexp [880] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_thematic_indexes [881] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/thematic-catalogs [882] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/internet-sources-for-authority-work [883] http://www.themefinder.org/ [884] http://composer.themefinder.org/ [885] https://www.vmii.org/ [886] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/composers-work-lists-web [887] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/composers-worklists-in-published-scores-books-or-periodicals [888] https://www.bach-digital.de/content/index.xed [889] http://www.brittenproject.org/works/?offset=0&amp;limit=25 [890] http://frescobaldi.music.duke.edu/home.php?-link=Home [891] http://sscm-jscm.org/instrumenta/vol-4/files/Introduction,%20Thematic%20Index.pdf#view=FitH [892] http://dme.mozarteum.at/DME/nma/start.php?l= [893] http://klpaech.com/forschungsschwerpunkt-pachelbel/pachelbel-werke-verzeichnis-pwv/ [894] http://www.archive.org/stream/FranzSchubert.ThematischesVerzeichnisSeinerWerkeInChronologischerFolge/SchubertDeutsch-verzeichnisDv#page/n0/mode/1up [895] http://www.musiqueorguequebec.ca/catal/telemann/telgp.html [896] http://www.classical.net/music/composer/works/vivaldi/lists/fanna.php [897] https://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Composers [898] http://www2.cpdl.org/wiki/index.php/Main_Page [899] https://guides.library.yale.edu/online_scores/home [900] https://opac.rism.info/index.php?id=4 [901] http://www.rism.info/en/organisation/rism-for-libraries.html#c3947 [902] http://www.rism.info/fileadmin/content/community-content/Zentralredaktion/RecueilsKomponistenindex.pdf [903] http://www.hofmeister.rhul.ac.uk/2008/content/database/indices/composers/Aa-Ad.html [904] https://www.digitalarchivioricordi.com/en/catalogo [905] https://www.digitalarchivioricordi.com/en/people/A [906] http://staatsbibliothek-berlin.de/die-staatsbibliothek/abteilungen/musik/recherche-und-ressourcen/imagekataloge/ [907] http://search.bibliotecadigitale.consmilano.it/ [908] http://www.archive.org/stream/catalogueofmanus03brit#page/n3/mode/2up [909] http://www.themefinder.org/help/rism.html [910] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.5 [911] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#singularplural [912] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.5 [913] https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Mgk0q1K6usWQOy50MSoHTYzgqpc6zsrKcYPXodIaNC0/edit?usp=sharing [914] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2015/RDA_Best_Practices_for_Music_Cataloging_v1.1-150217.pdf [915] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2015/RDA_Best_Practices_for_Music_Cataloging_v1.1-150217.pd [916] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pasticcio [917] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ballad_opera [918] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.4 [919] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2011/Thematic_Indexes.htm [920] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework#6.4 [921] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.6 [922] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#onepart [923] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.7 [924] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.7.2 [925] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#twoartscons [926] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks#6.28.1.2 [927] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks#6.28.1.4 [928] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.11 [929] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musical-biographical-resources-on-the-web#country [930] http://musicalics.com/en/search/composer [931] http://www.classical.net/music/composer/works.html [932] http://www.geometry.net/composers/ [933] http://userpages.umbc.edu/~tmoore/musiclinks.html [934] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/index_A.html [935] http://www.musiqueorguequebec.ca/oeuvres2.html [936] http://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Composer_Composition_Lists [937] http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/highlights/michael-abels/michael-abels-works/ [938] http://www.stephanadam.de/ [939] http://www.migueldelaguila.com/Works.html [940] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/isaac-albeniz/ [941] http://alkan.assos.free.fr/alkan/03_catalogue_fr.html [942] http://www.ameller.org/fr/catalog.php [943] http://www.aperghis.com/catalogues/catalogue.html [944] http://www.richardarnell.com/worklistr.html [945] http://malcolmarnold.co.uk/compositions/compositions.html [946] http://www.bachcentral.com/acrobat/acrobat.html [947] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/jsbach/bwvindex.html [948] http://www.nicolasbacri.net/catal.html [949] http://wiki.theaterencyclopedie.nl/wiki/Henk_Badings [950] http://www.mic.lt/en/database/classical/composers/baltakas/ [951] http://www.alfredbaum.ch.vu/ [952] http://www.komponisten.net/baumann/kompos.htm [953] http://gasilvis.net/jb/jb/jblist.htm [954] http://www.davidparlett.co.uk/bax/ [955] http://belaubre.free.fr/catalogue_gb.htm [956] http://faculty.lsmsa.edu/ABenner/Resume.htm [957] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Berger_WG/wv_opus_1.html [958] http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartists/beyer.lists.html [959] http://digital.wustl.edu/bizet/works/ [960] http://www.marcblitzstein.com/pages/music/catalogue/works01.asp [961] http://music.fsu.edu/content/download/16405/106848/file/BodaCat.pdf [962] http://www.augustdeboeck.be/downloads/Bibliotheek_VRO.pdf [963] http://www.victoriabond.com/artist.php?view=prog [964] http://www.geocities.jp/latinamericapiano/e_braga/e_bragaarti.html [965] http://www.victorbruns.de/opus.htm [966] http://felbick.de/CALLHOFF.html [967] http://www.bruceduffie.com/campo2.jpg [968] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/gaspar-cassado/ [969] http://www.normancazden.com/works/ [970] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/chopin/index.html [971] http://www.wiscomposers.org/members/cunningham_catalog2014.pdf [972] http://www.janvandijk.net/products_menu.asp?language=1 [973] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Ern%C5%91_Dohn%C3%A1nyi [974] http://www.giorgioproductions.com/drouet/ch09.html [975] http://www.v4m.net/classicalguitar/artists/JohnDuarte/JohnDuarte.htm [976] http://elgar.org/elgarsoc/the-music/chronology-of-major-works/ [977] http://www.dietricherdmann.de/werke.html [978] http://www.ivan-eroed.at/de/werkl_opu.htm [979] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/oscar-espla/ [980] http://www.guitarraclasicadelcamp.com/partituras/joseferreryesteve.html [981] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Zden%C4%9Bk_Fibich [982] http://www.clivis-music.com/compositors/autors/FranciscoFleta/FranciscoFleta.html#OBRES [983] http://ujflury.ch/inhalt/media/WerkverzeichnisNovember2014.pdf [984] http://othes.univie.ac.at/8010/1/2009-12-16_8871132.pdf [985] http://www.andrew.cmu.edu/user/ngal/ngcat.htm [986] http://www.gardonyi.de/publikationen_zg.html [987] http://www.gardonyi.de/werkauswahl_zsg.html [988] http://www.musimem.com/gartenlaub-catalogue.htm [989] http://www.suzannegiraud.com/catalogue/ [990] http://www.glasunow.org/ru/node/70 [991] http://www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/VEPM/gorecki/g-wrks-f.html [992] http://www.institut-theodore-gouvy.fr/images/THEODORE/pdf/catalogue.pdf [993] http://web.archive.org/web/20170809185533/http://www.graap-musik.de:80/werke [994] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/enrique-granados/ [995] https://www.lucgrethen.com/about-luc-grethen/ [996] http://www.jean-guillou.org/assets/catalogue_jeanguillou.pdf [997] http://www.gfhandel.org/genre.html [998] https://archive.org/details/DasLebenDesKniglPolnischenUndKur [999] http://www.oscarvanhemel.nl/werken [1000] https://sites.google.com/site/lutzwernerhesse/werkverzeichnis [1001] http://ehieauxcatalogue.blogspot.com/ [1002] http://www.hielscher-music.de/content/cms/front_content.php?idcat=33 [1003] http://www.stanleymhoffman.com/pwp.htm [1004] http://www.stanleymhoffman.com/uwp.htm [1005] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Hofmann_Wolfgang/wv_abc.html [1006] http://www.joaquimhoms.org/eng/content/02/catalogue_eng.pdf [1007] http://www.papagenapress.com/ [1008] http://www.digitalguitararchive.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Horetzky_works.pdf [1009] http://www.bertoldhummel.de/werkverzeichnis/werkverzeichnis.html [1010] http://web.archive.org/web/20181221155020/http://www.nikolai-kapustin.info/works_complete_overview.html [1011] http://www.erhardkarkoschka.de/musik.html [1012] http://web.archive.org/web/20050829224602/http://www.hugokauder.com/kauderinsttrial2.pdf [1013] http://web.archive.org/web/20050828131937/http://www.hugokauder.com/Kauder-vocalfile.pdf [1014] http://www.romana-hamburg.de/KaunWerkverzeichnis.pdf [1015] http://daniel.kessnerfamily.org/catalog [1016] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Theodor_Kirchner [1017] http://www.pomona.edu/academics/departments/music/people/faculty/karl-kohn-works.pdf [1018] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Fritz_Kreisler [1019] http://libbylarsen.com/index.php?contentID=218 [1020] http://www.laudenslagermusic.info/his-works.html [1021] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/LeBeau_LA/wv_opus_1.html [1022] http://www.leistner-mayer.de/test.html [1023] http://www.lowellliebermann.com/works/index.html [1024] http://www.lienenkaemper.de/Grafik%20Website%2015/Bio%20Wekverz.%202015%3A1.pdf [1025] http://www.theoloevendie.com/works.htm [1026] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Magidenko_Olga/wv_gattung.html [1027] http://www.joseph-marx.org/en/full.html#list [1028] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mendelssohn/index.html [1029] http://www.petermieg.ch/Titelseite/Komponist/Werke/Orchesterwerke/tabid/112/language/de-CH/Default.aspx [1030] http://www.wrightmusic.net/pdfs/marcel-mihalovici.pdf [1031] http://perso.orange.fr/alain.miteran/FHTML/Oeuvres.htm [1032] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/frederic-mompou/ [1033] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/xavier-montsalvatge/ [1034] http://www.oskarmorawetz.com/Tabs/TabMusic/Explore.php?cat=Orchestral [1035] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mozart/index.html [1036] http://www.zb.uzh.ch/Medien/spezialsammlungen/musik/nachlaesse/muellerzuerich.pdf [1037] http://www.liornavok.com/c/work-list/ [1038] http://www.havemusic.co.uk/THE%20WORKS%20alpha.htm [1039] http://www.kb.dk/dcm/cnw/navigation.xq [1040] http://www.fabianpanisello.com/catalogo.pdf [1041] http://users.rcn.com/jpehrson/JosephPehrson.html#works [1042] http://www.orchestraespressioni.it/peraldo.htm [1043] http://www.ronaldperera.com/catalog_toc.html [1044] http://www.petitgirard.com/compositeur.html [1045] http://www.rodoni.ch/malipiero/pizzettibio.html [1046] http://www.fundacionjuanbautistaplaza.com/plazamusica.htm [1047] http://amc.net/WilliamPresser [1048] https://docplayer.fr/32786014-Marcel-quinet.html [1049] http://www.raff.org/music/catalog/opus/op050.htm [1050] http://www.monsignor-reggio.com/Catalogue-index1.html [1051] http://www.carl-reinecke.de/opus/seinewerke.html [1052] https://issuu.com/universaledition/docs/wolfgangrihm [1053] http://www.juliusrontgen.nl/nl/werk/lijst-van-composities/ [1054] http://universfranckiste.free.fr/cor.htm [1055] http://www.hemu.ch/fileadmin/user_upload/documents/Presentation/Bibliotheque/Bachelor_2009-2010/biblio_duss_mem_bachelor.pdf [1056] http://saint-george.phpnet.org/html/catalogue.htm [1057] http://www.colegiocompositores-la.org/articulos/archivos/Obras%20Sarmientos.pdf?lbisphpreq=1 [1058] http://mssf.bilkent.edu.tr/eng/adnan.htm [1059] http://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmet_Adnan_Saygun [1060] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/scarlattid/index.html [1061] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_works_by_Bernhard_Scholz [1062] http://www.othmar-schoeck.ch/gesamtausgabe/ga_inhalt.html [1063] http://www.hermann-schroeder.de/werkverzeichnis/index.html [1064] http://www.trierer-orgelpunkt.de/hschroeder.htm [1065] http://www.romanmusprod.de/werkverz/index.html [1066] http://www.kurtschwaen.de/werk/index.html [1067] http://www.cyrilscott.net/Music/CompleteWorks.html [1068] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Seidl_Hermann/dokument_werke.pdf [1069] http://www.alexshapiro.org/ASWorks.html#browsebymedium [1070] http://www.chateaugris.com/Soler/audio-music.htm [1071] http://www.chateaugris.com/Soler/solercon.htm [1072] http://web.archive.org/web/20120316032811/http://homadream.com/eng/CompleteSor.htm [1073] http://www.ericstokes.com/home.html [1074] http://www.mueller-schade.com/downloads/Portrait/Robert%20Suter%20A4.pdf [1075] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/carlos-surinach/ [1076] http://suessmayr.at/suessmayr.html [1077] http://www.amc.net/IrwinSwack [1078] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tanejew/wvjh.html [1079] http://wiki.tchaikovsky-research.net/wiki/Works [1080] http://www.tcherepnin.com/alex/comps_alex.htm [1081] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tscherepnin/wv_opus.html [1082] http://www.tcherepnin.com/ivan/comps_ivan.htm [1083] http://www.tcherepnin.com/nikolai/comps_nik.htm [1084] http://www.plainsound.org/JTwork.html [1085] http://s221292458.online.de/Sites/Theodorakis-Werkverzeichnis.php [1086] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Thieriot/wv_gattung.html [1087] http://web.archive.org/web/20070404072650/http://www.arrakis.es/~dedeo/04c-torrent_catalogo.htm [1088] http://universfranckiste.free.fr/cot.htm [1089] http://pseudo-poseidonios.net/tournemire/opus.htm [1090] http://www.tubinsociety.com/index.php?id=37 [1091] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/joaquin-turina-perez/ [1092] http://www.facartes.unal.edu.co/compositores/html/0011_4.html [1093] http://www.rvwsociety.com/workssymph.html [1094] http://www.pauline-viardot.de/Werkverzeichnis.htm [1095] http://villalobos.iu.edu/VLworks-cat [1096] http://web.archive.org/web/20110614221654/http://www.netreach.net/~druid/LVe/Oeuvre.html [1097] http://www.gwynethwalker.com/walkcat.html [1098] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/weber/index.html [1099] http://graham.main.nc.us/~bhammel/MUSIC/webern.html [1100] http://www.haas-koeln.de/pdf/komp-kataloge/Weiner-Gesamt.pdf [1101] http://www.slweiss.de/index.php?id=2&amp;type=worklist&amp;lang=eng [1102] http://www.mvmc.de/weyrauch/weywv.htm [1103] http://eamusic.dartmouth.edu/~wolff/Works.html [1104] http://www.wissensdrang.com/zwv.htm [1105] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Bernaola [1106] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/colista [1107] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dalessandro [1108] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/davidjn [1109] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/denhof [1110] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/domeniconi [1111] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/febonio [1112] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fletapolo [1113] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/holbrooke [1114] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sidney [1115] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/hyde [1116] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/kleynjans [1117] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/legnani [1118] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/levi [1119] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lhoyer [1120] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marteau [1121] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/pettersson [1122] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/stephenson [1123] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/warren [1124] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/weberrein [1125] http://statensmusikverk.se/musikochteaterbiblioteket/ladda-ner-noter/boijes-samling/ [1126] http://cglib.org/composers [1127] http://www.gitaarplakboek.nl/index.php/database-van-componisten [1128] http://web.archive.org/web/20080424072443/http://library.csun.edu/igra/vol1/ [1129] https://digitalcollections.library.appstate.edu/s/ophee/page/home [1130] http://www.musicforhorns.com/database/ [1131] http://haynes-catalog.net/ [1132] http://www.vdgs.org.uk/thematic.html [1133] http://www.saulbgroen.nl/pdf/s11.pdf [1134] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/bilagor.nsf/dl/Choir.pdf/$file/Choir.pdf [1135] http://www.arts.ufl.edu/motet/search.asp [1136] http://www.aria-database.com/index2.html [1137] http://www.operone.de/ [1138] http://www.earlyromanticguitar.com/erg/composers.htm#legnani [1139] /web/20140806175820/http://library.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/publ.html [1140] /web/20140806175820/http://www.zzz.ee/edition49/composers/ [1141] /web/20140806175820/http://www.accolade.de/autorenv.htm [1142] /web/20140806175820/http://www.c-alanpublications.com/composers.html [1143] /web/20140806175820/http://apimusic.org/composers.cfm [1144] /web/20140806175820/http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/index.php3?sid=11339868221422690475&amp;comp=1&amp;mm_code=1000 [1145] /web/20140806175820/http://www.amoseditio.cz/en/authors.htm [1146] /web/20140806175820/http://www.avk.org/ncm/composers/index.html [1147] /web/20140806175820/http://ballerbach.com/biographies.html [1148] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bardic-music.com/ [1149] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bayard-nizet.com/Compositeurs_en.html [1150] /web/20140806175820/http://www.befoco.de/Komponisten.htm [1151] /web/20140806175820/http://www.billaudot.com/ [1152] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editions-bim.com/composers.php [1153] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bmic.co.uk/composers/default.asp [1154] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bnote.de/?bns=fbb7a3f1cff2f329a47bb49cdfb7c57b&amp;set=komp_index [1155] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/home.html?/komponistenalphabet.asp?buchstabe=XXXXX [1156] /web/20140806175820/http://www.boosey.com/pages/cr/composer/ [1157] /web/20140806175820/http://brassworks4.com/composers.html [1158] /web/20140806175820/http://shop.strato.de/epages/15502304.sf/de_DE/?ObjectPath=/Shops/15502304/Categories/%22Unsere%20Komponisten%22 [1159] /web/20140806175820/http://www.carus-verlag.com/index.php3?BLink=Komponisten [1160] /web/20140806175820/http://www.cebedem.be/en/composers [1161] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mjcerri.com/Catalog/Catalog.htm [1162] /web/20140806175820/http://clivis.grn.es/compositors/compositors.html [1163] /web/20140806175820/http://www.rozhlas.cz/nakladatelstvi/authors/ [1164] /web/20140806175820/http://www.cimarronmusic.com/composers/composers-list.cfm [1165] /web/20140806175820/http://combre.dyndns.org/auteurs.htm [1166] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edizionicurci.it/classica/autore.asp [1167] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dacapo-records.dk/komponister/ [1168] /web/20140806175820/http://www.daminus.de/html/editionen/preview.htm [1169] /web/20140806175820/http://www.donemus.nl/componisten.php [1170] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ecspublishing.com/ecslinks.htm [1171] /web/20140806175820/http://www.enoty.eu/index.php?link2=abc-search&amp;par=4 [1172] /web/20140806175820/http://www.estonianmusic.com/index.php?page=70 [1173] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/eet.html [1174] /web/20140806175820/http://www.daminus.de/html/index/index_e.htm [1175] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dinsic.com/en/publications/composers-and-authors [1176] /web/20140806175820/http://www.doblinger-musikverlag.at/FSets/Komp/index.php [1177] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dohr.de/autor/index.htm [1178] /web/20140806175820/http://www.muziekgroep.nl/dutch/componisten.php [1179] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dobermaneditions.com/compmain.htm [1180] /web/20140806175820/http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/framecat.html [1181] /web/20140806175820/http://www.enpmusic.com/canadian_composers.html [1182] /web/20140806175820/http://www.eamdc.com/compos.html [1183] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/ [1184] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/cont_composers/index.htm [1185] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/ed_comp_authors/index.htm [1186] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/film_tv/index.htm [1187] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fjhmusic.com/composer/composer.htm [1188] /web/20140806175820/http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartistsfront.html [1189] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tfront.com/info/appendix-c.php [1190] /web/20140806175820/http://www.goldberg.art.br/P_nos_aut_new.htm [1191] /web/20140806175820/http://www.haas-koeln.de/autoren2.htm [1192] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ewh.dk/dk/komponist.asp [1193] /web/20140806175820/http://www.harrassowitz.de/mus_contemp_composers.html [1194] /web/20140806175820/http://www.heinrichshofen.de/komponisten [1195] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionhh.co.uk/ [1196] /web/20140806175820/http://www.hildegard.com/catalog.html [1197] /web/20140806175820/http://www.partitur.de/allgemeines/auswahl_container.html [1198] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionhoffmann.de/ [1199] /web/20140806175820/http://www.billholabmusic.com/composers/ [1200] /web/20140806175820/http://www.honeyrock.net/composer%20index.htm [1201] /web/20140806175820/http://www.internationalopus.com/cgi-bin/io.pl?mode=composer_index [1202] /web/20140806175820/http://www.composer.or.jp/english/jfcpube.html [1203] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jobert.fr/cgi-bin/compositeurs.pl [1204] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jomarpress.com/index.html [1205] /web/20140806175820/http://pw1.netcom.com/~kallisti/kallisti.html#composers [1206] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kammermusikverlag.de/komponisten.php [1207] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kendormusic.com/composer/composers.htm [1208] /web/20140806175820/http://members.iinet.net.au/~nickl/keyspress/#Composers [1209] /web/20140806175820/http://www.komverlag.com/Musikautoren.htm [1210] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kompozitor.spb.ru/authors/authors.htm [1211] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mvmc.de/katalog/alpha.htm [1212] /web/20140806175820/http://www.laurentius-musikverlag.de/html/komponisten.html [1213] /web/20140806175820/http://www.leisureplanetmusic.com/cmpsrs.htm [1214] /web/20140806175820/http://www.henry-lemoine.com/en/catalogue/rechercheCompositeurs.html [1215] /web/20140806175820/http://www.leonarda.com/ [1216] /web/20140806175820/http://www.lothringer-verlag.de/biogr.htm [1217] /web/20140806175820/http://www.luxnova.com/comp/ [1218] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-margaux.de/komponisten.php?sid=f80d8550348b7affe8d20ec4f0808bc6 [1219] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mediapressinc.com/pages.php?pageid=2 [1220] /web/20140806175820/http://www.meredithmusic.com/biolist.html [1221] /web/20140806175820/http://www.merseburger-shop.de/sess/utn;jsessionid=154270fd76ac2db/shopdata/index.shopscript?main_url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.merseburger-shop.de%2Fsess%2Futn%3Bjsessionid%3D154270fd76ac2db%2Fshopdata%2Fproduct_overview.shopscript [1222] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mmbmusic.com/concert_music/mmb_composer.aspx [1223] /web/20140806175820/http://www.musicabaltica.com/komponisti.php [1224] /web/20140806175820/http://www.emepublish.com/eme10.htm [1225] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vanteeseling.nl/catalog.html [1226] /web/20140806175820/http://www.verlag-neue-musik.de/au.php?sid=3095494e0505622f64ad37c6754d944a [1227] /web/20140806175820/http://www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.html [1228] /web/20140806175820/http://www.notissimo.com/composer.php [1229] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/composer.html [1230] /web/20140806175820/http://www.corno.de/english/komponis.htm [1231] /web/20140806175820/http://www.oup.co.uk/music/repprom/ [1232] /web/20140806175820/http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.2.html [1233] /web/20140806175820/http://www.peermusic.com/classical/composers.htm [1234] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jwpepper.com/catalog/compgallery.jsp [1235] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionpeters.com/london/modernsearch.php?start=A&amp;action=atozsearch [1236] /web/20140806175820/http://www.phylloscopus.co.uk/ [1237] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pilesmusic.net/partituras/allmanufacturersv2.php/language/en [1238] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pizzicato.ch/biografie.php [1239] /web/20140806175820/http://www.potenzamusic.com/composers-118053.cfm [1240] /web/20140806175820/http://www.presser.com/composers.html [1241] /web/20140806175820/http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.1.html [1242] /web/20140806175820/http://www.promethean-editions.com/pages/composers.html [1243] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pwm.com.pl/index.php?Name=gallery&amp;Lng=2 [1244] /web/20140806175820/http://redfrogmusic.nl/cdataned.html [1245] /web/20140806175820/http://www.redhouse.com.au/composers.html [1246] /web/20140806175820/http://www.reift.ch/accueil.php?p=composer [1247] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionreimers.se/tt/index.html [1248] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ricordi.de/ [1249] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ricordi.it/Compositori/Compositori.asp [1250] /web/20140806175820/http://www.rosewoodpublications.co.uk/ [1251] /web/20140806175820/http://www.samfundet.dk/pages/komponist_oversigt.html [1252] /web/20140806175820/http://www.schirmer.com/composers.html [1253] /web/20140806175820/http://www.schott-music.com/shop/artists/1/ [1254] /web/20140806175820/http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_e.htm [1255] /web/20140806175820/http://www.seilkopf-verlag.de/Komponisten.htm [1256] /web/20140806175820/http://www.shawneepress.com/composers.html [1257] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sikorski.de/en/composers.html [1258] /web/20140806175820/http://www.slowaymusic.com/loader.php?section=skladatelj&amp; [1259] /web/20140806175820/http://www.smith-publications.com/catalog/ [1260] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sonzogno.it/compositori/elenco.asp#anchor [1261] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sounz.org.nz/search.php [1262] /web/20140806175820/http://www.studio4music.com/catmain.php [1263] /web/20140806175820/http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/composers.htm [1264] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tecla.com/authlist.htm [1265] /web/20140806175820/http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?&amp;id=3852&amp;template=neu_reihe_default_musik [1266] /web/20140806175820/http://theophilius.superflexible.net/cgi-bin/sqweb.cgi?id=333354750356260264358390128&amp;page=../komponisten.htm [1267] /web/20140806175820/http://www.transcontinentalmusic.com/ [1268] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tremediamusicedition.com/komponisten01.htm [1269] /web/20140806175820/http://www.trevcomusic.com/onlinecatalog/ [1270] /web/20140806175820/http://www.triangiel.com/kompozyt.html [1271] /web/20140806175820/http://www.trito.es/eng/autors.asp [1272] /web/20140806175820/http://www.universaledition.com/truman/en_templates/paste.php3?template=komp_list&amp;spr=en [1273] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionsviento.com/composers.php [1274] /web/20140806175820/http://www.verlag433.de/b/frameAutor.html [1275] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vogtundfritz.de/komponistenliste.html [1276] /web/20140806175820/http://www.voxnovus.com/composer/ [1277] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vpmusicmedia.com/ [1278] /web/20140806175820/http://warwickmusic.com/mall/composers.asp [1279] /web/20140806175820/http://www.wickymusic.com/compositori.asp [1280] /web/20140806175820/http://www.wolfheadmusic.com/comps.htm [1281] /web/20140806175820/http://yrmusic.com/v2/artists/bios/ [1282] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ump.co.uk/composer.htm [1283] /web/20140806175820/http://www.uymp.co.uk/text/composers.html [1284] /web/20140806175820/http://www.zb.unizh.ch/index.html?http://www-zb.unizh.ch/sondersa/MUSIK/nachlass.htm [1285] http://library.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/publ.html [1286] http://www.zzz.ee/edition49/composers/ [1287] http://www.accolade.de/autorenv.htm [1288] http://www.c-alanpublications.com/composers.html [1289] http://apimusic.org/composers.cfm [1290] http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/index.php3?sid=11339868221422690475&amp;comp=1&amp;mm_code=1000 [1291] http://www.amoseditio.cz/en/authors.htm [1292] http://www.avk.org/ncm/composers/index.html [1293] http://ballerbach.com/biographies.html [1294] http://www.bardic-music.com/ [1295] http://www.bayard-nizet.com/Compositeurs_en.html [1296] http://www.befoco.de/Komponisten.htm [1297] http://www.billaudot.com/ [1298] http://www.editions-bim.com/composers.php [1299] http://www.bmic.co.uk/composers/default.asp [1300] http://www.bnote.de/?bns=fbb7a3f1cff2f329a47bb49cdfb7c57b&amp;set=komp_index [1301] http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/home.html?/komponistenalphabet.asp?buchstabe=XXXXX [1302] http://www.boosey.com/pages/cr/composer/ [1303] http://brassworks4.com/composers.html [1304] http://shop.strato.de/epages/15502304.sf/de_DE/?ObjectPath=/Shops/15502304/Categories/%22Unsere%20Komponisten%22 [1305] http://www.carus-verlag.com/index.php3?BLink=Komponisten [1306] http://www.cebedem.be/en/composers [1307] http://www.mjcerri.com/Catalog/Catalog.htm [1308] http://clivis.grn.es/compositors/compositors.html [1309] http://www.rozhlas.cz/nakladatelstvi/authors/ [1310] http://www.cimarronmusic.com/composers/composers-list.cfm [1311] http://combre.dyndns.org/auteurs.htm [1312] http://www.edizionicurci.it/classica/autore.asp [1313] http://www.dacapo-records.dk/komponister/ [1314] http://www.daminus.de/html/editionen/preview.htm [1315] http://www.donemus.nl/componisten.php [1316] http://www.ecspublishing.com/ecslinks.htm [1317] http://www.enoty.eu/index.php?link2=abc-search&amp;par=4 [1318] http://www.estonianmusic.com/index.php?page=70 [1319] http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/eet.html [1320] http://www.daminus.de/html/index/index_e.htm [1321] http://www.dinsic.com/en/publications/composers-and-authors [1322] http://www.doblinger-musikverlag.at/FSets/Komp/index.php [1323] http://www.dohr.de/autor/index.htm [1324] http://www.muziekgroep.nl/dutch/componisten.php [1325] http://www.dobermaneditions.com/compmain.htm [1326] http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/framecat.html [1327] http://www.enpmusic.com/canadian_composers.html [1328] http://www.eamdc.com/compos.html [1329] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/ [1330] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/cont_composers/index.htm [1331] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/ed_comp_authors/index.htm [1332] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/film_tv/index.htm [1333] http://www.fjhmusic.com/composer/composer.htm [1334] http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartistsfront.html [1335] http://www.tfront.com/info/appendix-c.php [1336] http://www.goldberg.art.br/P_nos_aut_new.htm [1337] http://www.haas-koeln.de/autoren2.htm [1338] http://www.ewh.dk/dk/komponist.asp [1339] http://www.harrassowitz.de/mus_contemp_composers.html [1340] http://www.heinrichshofen.de/komponisten [1341] http://www.editionhh.co.uk/ [1342] http://www.partitur.de/allgemeines/auswahl_container.html [1343] http://www.editionhoffmann.de/ [1344] http://www.billholabmusic.com/composers/ [1345] http://www.honeyrock.net/composer%20index.htm [1346] http://www.internationalopus.com/cgi-bin/io.pl?mode=composer_index [1347] http://www.composer.or.jp/english/jfcpube.html [1348] http://www.jobert.fr/cgi-bin/compositeurs.pl [1349] http://www.jomarpress.com/index.html [1350] http://pw1.netcom.com/~kallisti/kallisti.html#composers [1351] http://www.kammermusikverlag.de/komponisten.php [1352] http://www.kendormusic.com/composer/composers.htm [1353] http://members.iinet.net.au/~nickl/keyspress/#Composers [1354] http://www.komverlag.com/Musikautoren.htm [1355] http://www.kompozitor.spb.ru/authors/authors.htm [1356] http://www.mvmc.de/katalog/alpha.htm [1357] http://www.laurentius-musikverlag.de/html/komponisten.html [1358] http://www.leisureplanetmusic.com/cmpsrs.htm [1359] http://www.henry-lemoine.com/en/catalogue/rechercheCompositeurs.html [1360] http://www.lothringer-verlag.de/biogr.htm [1361] http://www.luxnova.com/comp/ [1362] http://www.edition-margaux.de/komponisten.php?sid=f80d8550348b7affe8d20ec4f0808bc6 [1363] http://www.mediapressinc.com/pages.php?pageid=2 [1364] http://www.meredithmusic.com/biolist.html [1365] http://www.merseburger-shop.de/sess/utn;jsessionid=154270fd76ac2db/shopdata/index.shopscript?main_url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.merseburger-shop.de%2Fsess%2Futn%3Bjsessionid%3D154270fd76ac2db%2Fshopdata%2Fproduct_overview.shopscript [1366] http://www.mmbmusic.com/concert_music/mmb_composer.aspx [1367] http://www.musicabaltica.com/komponisti.php [1368] http://www.emepublish.com/eme10.htm [1369] http://www.vanteeseling.nl/catalog.html [1370] http://www.verlag-neue-musik.de/au.php?sid=3095494e0505622f64ad37c6754d944a [1371] http://www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.html [1372] http://www.notissimo.com/composer.php [1373] http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/composer.html [1374] http://www.corno.de/english/komponis.htm [1375] http://www.oup.co.uk/music/repprom/ [1376] http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.2.html [1377] http://www.peermusic.com/classical/composers.htm [1378] http://www.jwpepper.com/catalog/compgallery.jsp [1379] http://www.editionpeters.com/london/modernsearch.php?start=A&amp;action=atozsearch [1380] http://www.phylloscopus.co.uk/ [1381] http://www.pilesmusic.net/partituras/allmanufacturersv2.php/language/en [1382] http://www.pizzicato.ch/biografie.php [1383] http://www.potenzamusic.com/composers-118053.cfm [1384] http://www.presser.com/composers.html [1385] http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.1.html [1386] http://www.promethean-editions.com/pages/composers.html [1387] http://www.pwm.com.pl/index.php?Name=gallery&amp;Lng=2 [1388] http://redfrogmusic.nl/cdataned.html [1389] http://www.redhouse.com.au/composers.html [1390] http://www.reift.ch/accueil.php?p=composer [1391] http://www.editionreimers.se/tt/index.html [1392] http://www.ricordi.de/ [1393] http://www.ricordi.it/Compositori/Compositori.asp [1394] http://www.rosewoodpublications.co.uk/ [1395] http://www.samfundet.dk/pages/komponist_oversigt.html [1396] http://www.schirmer.com/composers.html [1397] http://www.schott-music.com/shop/artists/1/ [1398] http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_e.htm [1399] http://www.seilkopf-verlag.de/Komponisten.htm [1400] http://www.shawneepress.com/composers.html [1401] http://www.sikorski.de/en/composers.html [1402] http://www.slowaymusic.com/loader.php?section=skladatelj&amp; [1403] http://www.smith-publications.com/catalog/ [1404] http://www.sonzogno.it/compositori/elenco.asp#anchor [1405] http://www.sounz.org.nz/search.php [1406] http://www.studio4music.com/catmain.php [1407] http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/composers.htm [1408] http://www.tecla.com/authlist.htm [1409] http://theophilius.superflexible.net/cgi-bin/sqweb.cgi?id=333354750356260264358390128&amp;page=../komponisten.htm [1410] http://www.transcontinentalmusic.com/ [1411] http://www.tremediamusicedition.com/komponisten01.htm [1412] http://www.trevcomusic.com/onlinecatalog/ [1413] http://www.triangiel.com/kompozyt.html [1414] http://www.trito.es/eng/autors.asp [1415] http://www.universaledition.com/truman/en_templates/paste.php3?template=komp_list&amp;spr=en [1416] http://www.editionsviento.com/composers.php [1417] http://www.verlag433.de/b/frameAutor.html [1418] http://www.vogtundfritz.de/komponistenliste.html [1419] http://www.voxnovus.com/composer/ [1420] http://www.vpmusicmedia.com/ [1421] http://warwickmusic.com/mall/composers.asp [1422] http://www.wickymusic.com/compositori.asp [1423] http://www.wolfheadmusic.com/comps.htm [1424] http://yrmusic.com/v2/artists/bios/ [1425] http://www.ump.co.uk/composer.htm [1426] http://www.uymp.co.uk/text/composers.html [1427] http://www.zb.unizh.ch/index.html?http://www-zb.unizh.ch/sondersa/MUSIK/nachlass.htm [1428] http://http://www.apimusic.org/composers.html [1429] http://http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/ [1430] https://web.library.yale.edu/www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.php [1431] http://www.billaudot.com/en/# [1432] http://www.editions-bim.com/composers/home [1433] https://www.bnote.de/?bns=02a1d771c2c016eaee2bf6a59b8d2c09&amp;set=komp_index [1434] http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/7/A/Komponistenliste-mit-Anfangsbuchstaben-%27A%27.html [1435] http://brassworks4.com/index.php/composers [1436] http://www.clivis-music.com/compositors/compositors.html [1437] http://www.rozhlas.cz/publishing/authors [1438] http://www.editions-combre.com/auteurs.htm [1439] http://www.edizionicurci.it/printed-music/autori.asp [1440] http://www.dacapo-records.dk/en/artists.aspx [1441] http://www.daminus.de/composers.html [1442] http://www.donemus.nl/composers.html [1443] http://ecspublishing.com/composers/composer-bio/ [1444] http://www.kallistimusic.com/#composers [1445] http://guides.library.yale.edu/content.php?pid=49275 [1446] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-179#mlabp6-179 [1447] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC37X#370 [1448] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-226#mlabp6-226 [1449] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad370.html [1450] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-104#mlabp6-104 [1451] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Genre_Form_Task_Force/BestPractices150608.pdf [1452] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC384.htm [1453] http://classificationweb.net/LCMPT/ [1454] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd#6.28.1.9 [1455] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd#6.28.1.10 [1456] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-784#mlabp6-784 [1457] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-824#mlabp6-824 [1458] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-832#mlabp6-832 [1459] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordworktitles#6.2.1.3 [1460] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbers#6.16.1.3.3 [1461] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/number [1462] http://electricka.com/etaf/muses/music/classical_music/composer_catalog_systems/composer_catalog_systems_popups/about_these_catalog_systems.htm [1463] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_accpointsrda [1464] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/darnchor [1465] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local6xx#darnchor [1466] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_accpointsrda#Song/Songs [1467] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instr650 [1468] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/thematic-catalogs#themnumb [1469] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/mlabpchp0.html [1470] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription [1471] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.2 [1472] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.8 [1473] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization [1474] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates [1475] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates#1.9 [1476] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/newedition [1477] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/newedition#revisededitions [1478] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource [1479] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles [1480] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper [1481] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle [1482] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle [1483] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/varianttitle [1484] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility [1485] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent [1486] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/soundchar [1487] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/content [1488] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordnames [1489] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname [1490] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/RDAentryele [1491] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/RDAentryele#spanport [1492] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons [1493] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons [1494] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/pseud.pdf [1495] https://www.loc.gov/aba/rda/mgd/relationshipLabels/index.html [1496] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgj [1497] https://urldefense.proofpoint.com/v2/url?u=http-3A__www.loc.gov_aba_pcc_sct_documents_rel-2Ddesig-2Dguide-2Dbib.pdf&amp;d=AwIFaQ&amp;c=-dg2m7zWuuDZ0MUcV7Sdqw&amp;r=LvBecLr1GQ2KW1TYBSe69iLlcX4cIh6GRMv2ZUtKvx0&amp;m=f8UJ6ZkPR0d_Kk1cuLrCR_5qht3edQ0r8yak-h86qgc&amp;s=ZS65hLKJOKyrgn3yIDa-33LUWtJqXTjc99uK3vtKy-c&amp;e= [1498] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/OpCo-2016/PCCSCSSCTTFAuthRDsGuidelinesFinal20160412b.docx [1499] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/short-checklists [1500] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music [1501] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rdaoverview [1502] http://www.rdatoolkit.org/examples/MARC [1503] http://www.slideshare.net/ALATechSource/rda-for-music-classical-music-audio-recordings-workshop [1504] http://www.slideshare.net/ALATechSource/snyder-kishimoto-rda-for-music-popular-music-jazz-and-world-music-audio-recordings [1505] http://www.slideshare.net/tls224/rda-for-music [1506] http://guides.library.cornell.edu/ld.php?content_id=1175896 [1507] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1diESWwLLSM [1508] https://www.youtube.com/c/RDAToolkitVideo [1509] http://libguides.princeton.edu/content.php?pid=317212&amp;sid=2970453 [1510] http://faculty.washington.edu/aschiff/BCLAPresentationWithNotes-RevMay2011.pdf [1511] http://www.rda-jsc.org/docs/10_3_24_MLAannmtg_SignificantchangesforcataloguingmusicAACR2vsRDA.pdf [1512] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338#3.3 [1513] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.4.5.3 [1514] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.5 [1515] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.3 [1516] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.4 [1517] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.9 [1518] http://tinyurl.com/aoxm9oz [1519] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication#copyright [1520] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/59.html [1521] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/content#7.13.3 [1522] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/55.html [1523] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphic_notation [1524] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Letter_notation [1525] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mensural_notation [1526] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neume [1527] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numbered_musical_notation [1528] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solmization [1529] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tablature [1530] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tonic_sol-fa [1531] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordpreftitles [1532] http://rdvocab.info/ [1533] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/46.html [1534] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/519.html [1535] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/525.html [1536] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/520.html [1537] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/109.html [1538] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/169.html [1539] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/78.html [1540] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/82.html [1541] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/83.html [1542] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/69.html [1543] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/91.html [1544] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/88.html [1545] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/52.html [1546] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/50.html [1547] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/53.html [1548] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/54.html [1549] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization-of-key-opus-and-number#key [1550] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.2 [1551] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.6.1.3 [1552] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.3 [1553] http://www.mlascc.org/mla2010/RDAandmusic.pdf [1554] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad336.html [1555] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacontent.html [1556] http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/genre-form.html [1557] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd336.html [1558] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&amp;target=mlabp6-258#mlabp6-258 [1559] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd337.html [1560] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdamedia.html [1561] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp3&amp;target=mlabp3-114#mlabp3-114 [1562] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd338.html [1563] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacarrier.html [1564] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp3&amp;target=mlabp3-145#mlabp3-145 [1565] http://www.loc.gov/aba/rda/source/special_topics_revised_editions.ppt [1566] http://www.unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-en.html [1567] https://list.indiana.edu/sympa/info/mla-l [1568] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338.htm#3.3 [1569] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordnames#8.5 [1570] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefname#9.2.2.5 [1571] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.2 [1572] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2 [1573] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#7.20.1.3 [1574] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility#2.4.1 [1575] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility#2.4.2 [1576] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=lcpschp8&amp;target=lcps8-27#lcps8-27 [1577] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#A.2 [1578] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication#nodate [1579] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.5 [1580] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.2 [1581] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.4 [1582] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.6 [1583] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles#2.3.1.7 [1584] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2.2 [1585] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle#2.3.3.2 [1586] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_RDA/Suppl_RDA_Best_Practices_v1.pdf [1587] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.8 [1588] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.4 [1589] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.8.1 [1590] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle#2.3.3.4 [1591] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_mlabestpractices [1592] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates#1.9.2 [1593] https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/dtst.html#DtSt [1594] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008a.html [1595] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#cover [1596] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#D.1.2.1 [1597] http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;rct=j&amp;q=&amp;esrc=s&amp;source=web&amp;cd=1&amp;ved=0CB4QFjAA&amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.ifla.org%2Ffiles%2Fassets%2Fcataloguing%2Fpubs%2Fnames-of-persons_1996.pdf&amp;ei=knwxVavqMsGqyATa_oCgCQ&amp;usg=AFQjCNGXSisGjABfxpe80R-d8_NJ8Wa4SQ&amp;bvm=bv.91071109,d.bGg&amp;cad=rja [1598] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2.4 [1599] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#245 [1600] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.3 [1601] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle#2.3.4.2 [1602] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle#2.3.5.2 [1603] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/varianttitle#2.3.6.2 [1604] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#246 [1605] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#740 [1606] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.7 [1607] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#alttitle [1608] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles#2.3.1.6 [1609] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/sct/documents/rel-desig-guide-bib.pdf [1610] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/rda/PCC%20RDA%20guidelines/Relat-Desig-Guidelines.docx [1611] http://www.abc-clio.com/ODLIS/odlis_about.aspx [1612] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#manifestation [1613] http://alcts.ala.org/ccdablog/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/CCDA_TF_InstructionsforRecordingRelationships_6.pdf [1614] http://alcts.ala.org/ccdablog/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/CCDA_TF_InstructionsforRecordingRelationships_7.pdf [1615] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd344.html [1616] http://www.ifla.org/publications/statement-of-international-cataloguing-principles [1617] http://tinyurl.com/msg08158 [1618] http://www.loc.gov/catworkshop/RDA%20training%20materials/LC%20RDA%20Training/Module1IntroManifestItemsSept12.doc [1619] https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B17huW4VEcKeUjJTMnc4WWN1LTg/edit?pli=1 [1620] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/edition#2.5.2 [1621] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent [1622] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices#band [1623] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices#nummer [1624] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srbio [1625] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/audiotimeline [1626] http://library.buffalo.edu/asl/exhibits/technology/retro-media.html [1627] https://adp.library.ucsb.edu/index.php/resources/detail/410 [1628] http://musicoclcusers.org/wp-content/uploads/DAHR-to-MARC-MOUG-presentation.pdf [1629] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/historyof78rpms [1630] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78sources [1631] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78cataloging [1632] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/soundrec.pdf [1633] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/conference/2006/huismann.ppt [1634] http://www.olacinc.org/test/conference/2006.html [1635] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/capc_files/playawaysPDF.pdf [1636] http://olacinc.org/drupal/capc_files/Streaming_Media_RDA.pdf [1637] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/260.shtm [1638] http://www.bach-cantatas.com/ [1639] http://yiddishmusic.jewniverse.info/ [1640] http://www.nfo.net/can/ [1641] http://www.nfo.net/usa/ [1642] http://www.nfo.net/brit/ [1643] http://www.nfo.net/euro/ [1644] http://www.parabrisas.com/index.php [1645] http://www.dutchdivas.net/index2.html [1646] http://www.dutchdivas.net/frames2/updates_english.html [1647] http://www.grandi-tenori.com/tenors/ [1648] http://www.francoisnouvion.net [1649] https://web.library.yale.edu/yalebooks.co.uk/pdf/9780300118735.pdf%E2%80%8E [1650] http://web.archive.org/web/20061017073219/http://russia-in-us.com/Music/GRV/ [1651] http://www.cantabile-subito.de/index.html [1652] http://www.malibran.com/ [1653] http://www.musicals101.com/whoswho.htm [1654] http://cestipevci.wz.cz/index.htm [1655] http://www.historicopera.com/index_main.htm [1656] http://www.historicopera.com/jlisting_singer_a.htm [1657] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_b.htm [1658] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_c.htm [1659] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_d.htm [1660] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_e.htm [1661] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_f.htm [1662] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_g.htm [1663] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_h.htm [1664] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_ij.htm [1665] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_k.htm [1666] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_l.htm [1667] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_m.htm [1668] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_n.htm [1669] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_op.htm [1670] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_qr.htm [1671] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_s.htm [1672] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_t.htm [1673] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_uv.htm [1674] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_wxyz.htm [1675] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.htm [1676] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.blu [1677] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.cou [1678] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.jaz [1679] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.the [1680] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.pop [1681] http://dx.doi.org/10.1300/J104v29n03_03 [1682] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/discographical-sources-78-rpm-recordings [1683] http://web.archive.org/web/20090401152953/http://www.cris.com/~oakapple/gasdisc/intromat.htm [1684] http://78rpmrecord.com/ [1685] http://adp.library.ucsb.edu/index.php [1686] http://www.78rpm.net.nz/index.htm [1687] http://www.lib.washington.edu/music/records.html#Discography [1688] http://www.78discography.com/ [1689] http://www.tedstaunton.com/ [1690] http://www.yidisher-gramofon.org/ [1691] http://settlet.fateback.com/ [1692] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs/sis.htm [1693] http://www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/slba/PSUser/servlet/com.ausys.ps.web.user.servlet.AuthorizedPageServlet?nodeid=1036&amp;pageversion=2 [1694] http://www.hensteeth.com/e_discog/ [1695] http://www.jazzdiscography.com/Labels/index.html [1696] http://www.proaxis.com/~settlet/record/links.html [1697] http://www.mgthomas.co.uk/DanceBands/IndexPages/labelindex.htm [1698] http://www.angelfire.com/or/settlet/AmericanMatrix.htm [1699] http://www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1700] http://www.jazzdisco.org/atlantic/ [1701] http://home.flash.net/~bobgh/nunncat.htm [1702] http://www.jazzdisco.org/bethlehem/ [1703] http://www.jazzdisco.org/bluenote/78r-cat/ [1704] http://www.geocities.com/SoHo/Museum/8764/colcan.htm [1705] http://www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/SLBA/NOTISER/discografi/engelskacolumbia.htm [1706] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columa.htm [1707] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columb.htm [1708] http://www.jazzdisco.org/contemporary/ [1709] http://www.jazzdisco.org/debut/ [1710] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccaa.htm [1711] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccab.htm [1712] http://www.jazzdisco.org/dial/ [1713] http://www.jazzdisco.org/mercury/ [1714] http://www.plosin.com/milesAhead/prestigeLabel.html [1715] http://www.jazzdisco.org/riverside/ [1716] http://www.jazzdisco.org/savoy/ [1717] http://www.jazzdisco.org/verve/ [1718] http://victor.library.ucsb.edu/index.php [1719] http://members.tripod.com/~Vinylville/faq-9.html [1720] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/acoustic.htm [1721] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/shellac/welcome.htm [1722] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/shellac-operetta/welcome.htm [1723] http://www.carlomarinelli.it/ [1724] http://78opera.com/?q=node/3 [1725] http://www.mccormacksociety.co.uk/Mccormack/Discography/John%20McCormack%20Alphabetical%20Guide.htm [1726] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs/laulajat.htm [1727] http://www2.bnquebec.ca/musique_78trs/accueil.htm [1728] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs2/index.php [1729] http://www.loc.gov/rr/record/Soniccont.html [1730] http://www.slba.se/slba/PSUser/servlet/com.ausys.ps.web.user.servlet.AuthorizedPageServlet?nodeid=101&amp;pageversion=2 [1731] http://amicus.collectionscanada.ca/gramophone-bin/Main/BasicSearch?coll=24&amp;l=0&amp;v=1 [1732] http://www.bill78.btinternet.co.uk/beginer.htm [1733] http://www.concentric.net/~oakapple/gasdisc/introcoupling.htm [1734] http://www.bbc.co.uk/music/features/vinyl/ [1735] http://www.riaa.com/default.asp [1736] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/scmpages [1737] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd [1738] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/musicws.pdf [1739] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local6xx [1740] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/shjzzpop [1741] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant [1742] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Resources/BPsForUsingLCGFT_Music.pdf [1743] http://musicgenrepublicforum.pbworks.com/w/page/21942009/FrontPage [1744] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genreformgeneral.html [1745] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genre_form_faq.pdf [1746] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genremusic.html [1747] http://www.hahnlibrary.net/libraries/formgenre-categorized.html#music [1748] http://www.loc.gov/aba/cataloging/subject/weeklylists/ [1749] https://vimeo.com/121087033 [1750] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/subjects.html [1751] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/saco/documents/SACOManual2007.pdf [1752] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd#chron [1753] http://www.itcompany.com/inforetriever/form_subdivisions_list.htm [1754] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgi [1755] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H0080.pdf [1756] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/freeshm.html [1757] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1916_3.pdf [1758] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1917_5.pdf [1759] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#medperf [1760] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#medium [1761] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1916_5.pdf [1762] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1917.pdf [1763] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1918.pdf [1764] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1438.pdf [1765] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1110.pdf [1766] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf [1767] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1161.pdf [1768] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H2075.pdf [1769] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H2190.pdf [1770] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instr650#cello [1771] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#unaccompanied [1772] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/comparison-of-uniform-titles-and-preferred-titles#chamber [1773] http://66.170.18.227/mcb/vol-44-2013/MCB%202013-01.html#questions [1774] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/types-composition-and-lc-subject-headings#arrangements [1775] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjunif#arrangements [1776] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psalms#Numbering [1777] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#songs [1778] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#ensembles [1779] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#choruses [1780] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#text [1781] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subdcode#early [1782] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/class_m.html [1783] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#instform [1784] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#arrangements [1785] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf [1786] http://web.archive.org/web/20230207082304/https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf [1787] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1161.pdf [1788] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#keyboard [1789] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#pluck [1790] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#noninstr [1791] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#string [1792] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/wls04/awls0413.html [1793] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/wls04/awls0417.html [1794] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#2voice2part [1795] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#arrangements